 |
 |
| AB
- AC - Acronyme
- AD - AF - AG
- AL - ALLPORT - AM
- ANA - AND - ANT
- AP - APPRENTISSAGE
- APA - AR -
AS - ASCH - AT - AU
- AV - AX |
 A
: Préfixe qui
signifie «absence ou perte d'une chose».
|
À distance : Toute activité réalisée au moyen d'un
appareil électronique branché à une ligne téléphonique
ou à internet, avec ou
sans fil (ordinateur, téléphone,
télévision, etc.), et
qui permet à l'émetteur
de s'éloigner du récepteur.
S'oppose à une activité faite sur place, en présence des individus
concernés par cette activité (auditoire).
= en ligne, par internet, à
domicile, en l'absence de, via ordinateur. /en
présentiel, sur place, à proximité, en présence de.
On line.
|
À priori :
Expression latine qui désigne ce qui précède - souvent
implicitement - un jugement,
un raisonnement, et
qui est susceptible d'influencer la conclusion de ce
jugement/raisonnenent. /a
posteriori. A priori.
| |
|
LEWIS, C.I. (1923). A pragmatic conception of the a
priori. The Journal of Philosophy, 20, 169-177. |
FRIEDMAN, M. (1992). Carnap and a priori truth. In D. Bell
& W. Vossenkuh (Eds.), Wissenschaft und
Subjektivität. Akademie : Verlag. |
|
PAP, A. (1944). The different kinds of a priori.
Philosophical Review, 53 (5), 465-484. |
REY, G. (1998). A naturalistica priori. Philosophical
Studies, 92, 25-43. |
|
PAP, A. (1949). Logic and the synthetic a priori. Philosophy
& Phenomenological Research, 10, 500-514. |
BEALER, G. (2000). A theory of the a priori. Pacific
Philosophical Quarterly, 81, 1-30. |
|
PAP, A. (1957). Once more : Colors and the synthetic a
priori. Philosophical Review, 56, 94-99. |
BOGHOSSIAN, P. (Ed.) (2000). New essays on the
apriori. Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
|
STUMP, D.J. (2015). Conceptual change and the
philosophy of science : Alternative interpretations of
the a priori. New York and London : Routledge. |
|
 |
Voir aussi Jugement
et Raisonnement |
 |
|
Aarts
Henk ( ) : Psychologue
néerlandais, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'inconscient et de l'automaticité.
Collaborateur de Bargh, Dijksterhuis,
Elliot, Gollwitzer,
Kruglanski, Sheeran,
Stroebe et Webb.
 |
AARTS, H. & DIJKSTERHUIS, A. (2002). Category
activation effects in judgement and behavior : The
moderating role of perceived comparability. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 123-138. [PDF] |
|
AARTS, H., DIJKSTERHUIS, A. & CUSTERS, R. (2003).
Automatic normative behavior in environments : The
moderating role of conformity in activating situational
norms. Social Cognition, 21, 447-464. [PDF] |
|
AARTS, H. (2007). On the emergence of human goal pursuit :
The nonconscious regulation and motivation of goals.
Social & Personality Psychology Compass, 1 (1),
183-201. [PDF] |
|
AARTS, H. (2007). Unconscious authorship ascription : The
effects of success and effect-specific information priming
on experienced authorship. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 43, 119-126. [PDF] |
|
AARTS, H., CUSTERS, R. & VELTKAMP, M. (2008). Goal
priming and the affective-motivational route to
nonconscious goal pursuit. Social Cognition, 26
(5), 555-577. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
A - ABEILLE - ABELSON -
ABRAHAM - ABRAMOVITZ
- ABRAMSON - ABRÉACTION
- ABSENTÉISME - ABSTINENCE
- ABSTRACTION - AC
|
ABA
: En anglais Applied Behavior
Analyst. Ce sigle désigne les thérapies
et les pratiques psychologiques qui s'inspirent du béhaviorisme,
et plus particulièrement des
analyses fonctionnelle et
expérimentale du
comportement. = méthode ABA,
technique ABA, thérapie ABA, approche ABA. Applied
Behavior Analyst.
| |
|
|
HOPKINS, B.L. (1991). ABA to begin accrediting graduate
programs of studies in behavior analysis. ABA
Newsleter, 14 (3), 19-21. |
WEISS, M.J. (2001). Expanding ABA interventions in
intensive programs for children with autism : The
inclusion of natural environment training and fluency
based instruction. The Behavior Analyst Today, 2 (3),
182-186. |
|
HAYES, S.C. (1991). Why APA does not deserve or support.
Division 25, Recorder, 26 (2), 19-21. |
WEISS, M.J. (2005). Comprehensive aba programs :
integrating and evaluating the implementation of varied
instructional approaches. The Behavior Analyst Today,
6, 249-256. |
|
STOLZ, S.B. (1991). Why stay in APA ? An open letter to
Steve Hayes [Letter to the editor]. Division, 25
Recorder, 26 (3), 31-32. |
CHIESA, M. (2005). ABA is not "a therapy for autism". In
M. Keenan, M. Henderson, P.K. Kerr & K. Dillenburger
(Eds.), Applied behaviour analysis and autism :
Building a future together (pp. 225-240). London :
Jessica Kingsley. |
|
PANIAGUA, F.A. (1991). Why APA does deserve our support
[Leterto the editor]. Division 25 Recorder, 26 (3),
30-31. |
DILLENBURGER, K. & KEENAN, M. (2009). None of the As
in ABA stand for autism : Dispelling the myths. Journal
of Intellectual & Developmental Disability, 34
(2), 193-195. [PDF] |
|
HOPKINS, B.L. & MOORE, J. (1993). ABA accreditation of
graduate programs of study. The Behavior Analyst, 16
(1), 117-121. [PDF] |
GALE, G.M., EIKESETH, S.J. & RUDRUD, E. (2011).
Functional assessment and behavioural intervention for
eating difficulties in children with autism : a study
conducted in the natural environment using parents and ABA
tutors as therapists. Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 41 (10), 1383-1396.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Béhaviorisme
et Analyses fonctionnelle/expérimentale
du comportement |
|
|
|
ABAI :
Association for Behavior
Analysis International.
|
|
|
VOLLMER, T.R., HAGOPIAN, L.P., BAILEY, J.S., HANLEY, G.P., LENNOX, D., RIORDAN, M.M. & SPREAT, S. (2001). The Association for Behavior Analysis International position statement on restraint and seclusion. Behavior Analyst, 34 (1), 103-110. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Abandonnisme
: Crainte /peur
irrationnelle et maladive d'être abandonné par ses proches (parents,
conjoint-e, enfants, etc.)
ou que ces derniers cessent sans raisons valables de s'occuper de
nous. Abandonnisme et névrose
d'abandon.
|
Abarognosie
: Du grec abara qui signie "poids" et gnosie
qui veut dire "connaissance". Incapacité à sentir le poids des
objets ou à en distinguer les variations, consécutive à une lésion
du lobe pariétal.
Abarognosis.
|
|
|
Abdel-Baki Amal ( ) : Psychiatre
québécoise spécialisée dans la dépistage
et le traitement de la psychose
et de la schizophrénie.
 |
ABDEL-BAKI, A. & NICOLE, L. (2001). Schizophrénie et
psychothérapies cognitivo-comportementales.The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 46 (6), 511-521. [PDF] |
|
ABDEL-BAKI, A., LESAGE, A., NICOLE, L., COSSETTE, M.,
SALVAT, E. & LALONDE, P. (2011). Schizophrenia, an
illness with bad outcome : myth or reality ? The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 56 (2), 92-101. [PDF] |
|
ABDEL-BAKI, A., OUELLET-PPLAMONDON, C. & MALLA, A.
(2012). Pharmacotherapy challenges in patients with
first-episode psychosis. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 138 (S), 3-14. |
|
ABDEL-BAKI, A., OUELLET-PLAMONDON, C., SALVAT, É., GRAR,
K. & POTVIN S. (2017). Symptomatic and functional
outcomes of substance use disorder persistence 2 years
after admission to a first-episode psychosis program. Psychiatry Research, 247, 113-119. |
|
ABDEL-BAKI, A., OUELLET-PLAMONDON, C., MEDRANO, S.,
NICOLE, L. & ROUSSEAU, C. (2018). Immigrants' outcome
after a first-episode psychosis. Early Intervention
in Psychiatry, 12 (2), 193-201. |
|
|
|
|
|
Abeille :
Insecte. En éthologie,
les abeilles sont notamment étudiées pour leur organisation
sociale et leur capacité à communiquer entre elles.
=(Apis mellifera).
Bee, honeybee.
| |
|
|
LUBBOCK, J. (1882). Ants, bees, and wasps. A record
of observations on the habits of the social hymenoptera.
London : Kegan Paul, Trench. |
BITTERMAN, M.E. (1996). Comparative analysis of learning
in honeybees. Animal Learning & Behavior, 24,
123-141. |
| |
GADAGKAR, R. (1996). The Honeybee Dance-Language
Controversy - Robot Bee Comes to the Rescue. Resonance - Journal
of Science Education, 1 (1), 63-70. |
|
FRISCH, K.V. (1956). Bees; their vision, chemical
senses, and language. Ithaca, N.Y. : Cornell
University Press. |
HAMMER, M. (1997). The neural basis of associative reward
learning in honeybees. Trends in Neurosciences, 20,
245-252. |
|
TAKEDA, K. (1961). Classical conditioned response in the
honeybee. Journal of Insect Physiology, 6,
168-179. |
HELLSTERN, F., MALAKA, R. & HAMMER, M. (1997).
Backward inhibitory learning in honeybees : a behavioral
analysis of reinforcement processing. Learning &
Memory, 4, 429-444. |
|
FRISCH, K.V. (1967). Honeybees : do they use direction and
distance information provided by their dances ?
Science, 158, 1072-1076. |
SATHEES CHANDRA, B.C., GEETHA, L., ABRAHAM, V.A., KARANTH,
P., THOMAS, K., SRINIVASAN, M.V.
& GADAGKAR, R. (1998). Uniformdiscrimination
of pattern orientation by honey bees. Animal
Behaviour, 56, 1391-1398. |
|
GROSSMAN, K.E. (1973). Continuous, fixed-ratio, and
fixed-interval reinforcement in honey bees. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 20,
105-109. [PDF] |
HAMMER, M. & MENZEL, R. (1998). Multiple sites of
associative odor learning as revealed by local brain
microinjections of octopamine in honeybees. Learning
& Memory, 5, 146-156. |
|
GOULD, J.L. (1975). Do Honey bees know what they are
doing? Natural History, 88 (6), 66-75. |
BREED, M.D. (1998). Recognition pheromones on the honey
bee. Bioscience, 48, 463-470. |
|
BREED, M.D. (1976). The evolution of social behavior in
primitively social bees : A multivariate analysis. Evolution,
30, 234-240. |
GADAGKAR, R. (2000). The origin and resolution of
conflicts in animal societies - The case of the bees and
the birds. Resonance - Journal of Science Education,
5 (4) 62-73. [PDF] |
|
BREED, M.D. & GAMBOA, G.J. (1977). Control of worker
activities by queen behavior in a primitively eusocial
bee. Science, 195, 694-696. |
MÜLLER, D., GERBER, B., HELLSTERN, F., HAMMER, M. &
MENZEL, R. (2000). Sensory preconditioning in honeybees.
Journal of Experimental Biology, 203, 1351-1364. |
|
MENZEL, R. (1979). Behavioral access to short-term memory
in bees. Nature, 281, 368-369. |
MENZEL, R. & GIURFA, M. (2001). Cognitive architecture
of a mini-brain : The honeybee. Trends in Cogitive
Science, 5, 62-71. |
|
WINSTON,M.L. & PUNNETT, E.N. (1982). Factors
determining temporal division of labor in honey- bees.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 60, 2947-2952. |
CHENG, K. & SPETCH, M.L. (2001). Blocking in
landmark-based search in honeybees. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 28 (2), 172-186. [PDF] |
|
BITTERMAN, M.E. MENZEL, R., FIETZ, A. & SCHAFER, S.
(1983). Classical conditioning of proboscis extension in
honeybees (Apis mellifera). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 97, 107-119. |
PEARCE, A.N., Z.-Y. HUANG, Z. BREED, M.D. (2001). Genetic
and endocrine correlations of aggressive behavior in honey
bees. Journal of Insect Physiology, 47,
1243-1247. |
|
BREED, M.D. (1983). Nestmate recognition in honeybees. Animal
Behaviour, 31, 86-91. |
CHENG, K., PENA J., PORTER, M.A. & IRWIN, J.D. (2002).
Self-control in honeybees. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 9, 259-263. |
 |
|
COUVILLON, PA.A. & BITTERMAN, M.E. (1985). Analysis of
choice in honeybees. Animal Learning & Behavior,
13, 246–252. |
BREED, M.D., WILLIAMS, D.B. & QUERAL, A. (2002).
Demand for task performance and workforce replacement :
Undertakers in honeybee, Apis mellifera, colonies.
Journal of Insect Behavior, 15, 319-329. |
|
BREED, M.D. (1985). How bees recognize their nestmates : A
re-evaluation from new evidence. Bee World, 66,
113-118. |
SANDOZ, J.-C. & PHAM-DELÈGUE, M.-H. (2004).
Spontaneous recovery after extinction of the conditioned
proboscis extension response in the honeybee. Learning
& Memory, 11 (5), 586-597. [PDF] |
|
BREED, M.D. (1988). Genetics and labour in bees. Nature,
333, 299. |
SAUER, S., HERRMAN, E. & KAISER, W. (2004). Sleep
deprivation in honey bees. Journal of Sleep Research,
13, 145-152. |
|
COLLETT, T.S. & KELBER, A. (1988). The retrieval of
visuo-spatial memories by honeybees. Journal of
Comparative Physiology, series A, 163, 145-150. |
GEARY, D.C. (2004). Why to the birds and bees do it ? In
D. Rothenberg & W.J. Pryor (Eds.), Writing the
future : Progress and evolution (pp. 51-58).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
GADAGKAR, R. & GADAGKAR, V.R. (1988). The amazing
world of the honey bees. VijnanaParichaya, 10
(3), 4-8. [PDF] |
GADAGKAR, R. (2004). Why do honey bee workers destroy each
other's eggs ? Journal of Biosciences, 29 (3),
101-105. [PDF] |
|
MENZEL, R. & BACKHAUS, W. (1989). Color vision in
honey bees : Phenomena and physiological mechanisms. In D.
Stavenga & R. Hardie (Eds.), Facets of vision
(pp. 281-297). Berlin-Heidelberg-New York : Springer. |
MENZEL, R. & GIURFA, M. (2006). Dimensions of
cognition in an insect, the honeybee. Behavioral
& Cognitive Neuroscience Reviews, 5, 24-40. [PDF] |
|
MENZEL, R. (1990). Neurobiology of comparative cognition,
Learning, memory, and "cognition". In R.P. Kesner &
D.S. Olton (Eds.), Honey bees (237-292).
Hillsdale, NJ. : Erlbaum, Inc. |
HUSSAINI, S.A., KOMISCHHE, B., MENZEL, R. & LACHNIT,
H. (2007). Forward and backward second-order Pavlovian
conditioning in honeybees. Learning & Memory, 14,
678-683. [PDF] |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1990). Nepotistic bee-eaters. Current
Science, 59 (9), 445-446. [PDF] |
KULACHI, I.G., DORNHAUS, A. & PAPAJ, D.R. (2008).
Multimodal signals enhance decision making in foraging
bumble-bees. Proceedings of the Royal Society -
Biological Sciences, 275 (1636), 797-802. [PDF] |
|
COUVILLON, P.A., LEIATO, T.G. & BITTERMAN, M.E.
(1991). Learning by honeybees (Apis mellifera) on arrival
at and departure from a feeding place. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 105, 177-184. |
WIEGMANN, D.D. & SMITH, B.H. (2009). Incentive
relativity and the specificity of reward expectations in
honey bees. International Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 22, 141-152.
[PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, G.E., PAGE, R.E., STRAMBI, C. & STRAMBI, A.
(1992). Colony integration in honey bees : mechanisms of
behavioral reversion. Ethology, 90, 336-348. |
HUSSAINI, S.A., BOGUSH, L., LANDGRAF, T. & MENZEL, R.
(2009). Sleep deprivation affects extinction but not
acquisition memory in honeybees. Learning &
Memory, 16, 698-705. [PDF] |
|
HAMMER, M. (1993). An identified neuron mediates the
unconditioned stimulus in associative olfactory learning
in honeybees. Nature, 366 (5), 9-63. |
KLEIN, B.A., KLEIN, A., WRAY, M.K., MUELLER, U.G. &
SEELEY, T.D. (2010). Sleep deprivation impairs precision
of waggle dance signaling in honey bees. Proceeding
of the Natioanl Academy of Science, 107 (52),
22705-22709. [PDF] |
|
FRISCH, K.V. (1993). The dance language and
orientation of bees. Harvard University Press. |
WRIGHT, G.A., MUSTARD, J.A., SIMCOCK, N.K. ROSS-TAYLOR,
A.A.A., McNICHOLAS, L.D., POPESCU, A. & MARION-POLL,
F. (2010). Parallel reinforcement pathways for conditioned
food aversions in the honeybee. Current Biology, 20
(22), 2234-2240.
[LIRE] |
|
BREED, M.D. (1993). Odour detection in bees. Nature,
362, 120. |
MATSUMOTOA, Y., MENZEL, R., SANDOZE, J.C. & GIURFAA,
M. (2012). Revisiting olfactory classical conditioning of
the proboscis extension response in honey bees : A step
toward standardized procedures. Journal of
Neuroscience Methods, 211, 159-167. [PDF] |
|
BROWN M.F. & DEMAS, G.E. (1994). Evidence for spatial
working memory in honeybees. (Apis mellifera). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 108, 344-352. |
GADAGKAR, R. (2018). How to design experiments in animal
behaviour : 2. Do bees have colour vision ? Resonance
- Journal of Science Education, 23 (10), 1101-1106.
[PDF] |
|
KIRCHNER, W.H. & GADAGKAR, R. (1994). Discrimination
of nestmate workers and drones in honeybees. Insectes
Sociaux, 41, 335-338. |
GADAGKAR, R. (2019). How to design experiments in animal
behaviour : 4. How Do bees estimate the distance flown ?
Resonance - Journal of Science Education, 24 (7),
741-753. [PDF] |
|
| |
| BURNIE,
D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi Insecte et
Animal |
|
|
Abelard Pierre (Nantes 1079-1142 Chalon-sur-Saône) :
Philosophe, logicien et
théologicien français. = Pierre
Abailard.
|
ABÉLARD, P. (1994). Abélard ou la philosophie dans le
langage. Présentation, choix de textes, bibliographie
par Jean Jolivet. Paris : Cerf. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
McCALLUM, J.R. (1948). Abelard's Christian Theology.
Oxford : Blackwell. |
BLACKWELL, D. (1988). Non-ontological constructs :
The effects of Abaelard's logical and ethical theories
on his theology. Berne/Paris/NYC. |
|
BOLER, J. (1963). Abailard and the problem of universals.
The Journal of the History of Philosophy 1, 104-126. |
WILKS, I. (1998). Peter Abelard and the metaphysics of
essential predication. Journal of the History of
Philosophy, 36, 356-385. |
|
JOLIVET, J. (1963/1994). Abélard ou la philosophie
dans le langage. Paris : Seghers/ Éditions du Cerf. |
ARLIG, A.W. (2007). Abelard's assault on everyday objects.
American Catholic Philosophical Quarterly, 81,
209-227. |
|
LEWIS, N. (1987). Determinate truth in Abelard. Vivarium,
25, 81-109. |
LENZ, M. (2005). Peculiar perfection : Peter Abelard on
propositional attitudes. Journal of the History of
Philosophy, 43, 37-386. |
|
BROWER, J.E. (1998). Abelard's theory of relations :
Reductionism and the Aristotelian Tradition. Reviewof
Metaphysics, 51, 605-631. |
KING, P. (2007). Abelard on mental language. American
Catholic Philosophical Quarterly, 81, 169-187. |
|
|
|
Abelson
Robert P. (New York 1928-2005 New York) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain et statisticien,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la pensée
et du raisonnement.
On lui doit notamment le concept de script.
Professeur de Langer, Lepper
et Zanna. Collaborateur de Banaji,
Fiske,
Hsee, Kinder,
Hsee, McKoon,
Norman,
Prentice, Ratcliff,
Schank, Tukey et Zimbardo.
 |
ABELSON, R.P. & ROSENBERG, M. (1958). Symbolic
psychologic : A model of attitudinal cognition. Behavioral
Science, 3, 1-13. |
|
ABELSON, R.P. & TUKEY, J.W. (1963). Efficient
utilization of non-numerical information in quantitative
analysis : General theory and the case of simple order. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 34, 1347-1369. |
|
ABELSON, R.P. (1981). Psychological status of the script
concept. American Psychologist, 36 (7), 715-729. |
|
ABELSON, R.P. (1985). A variance explanation paradox :
When a little is a lot. Psychological Bulletin, 97
(1), 129-133.
[PDF] |
|
ABELSON, R.P., DASGUPTA, N., PARK, J. & BANAJI, M.R.
(1998). Perceptions of the collective other. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 2, 243-250. [PDF] |
|
|
ROSEMAN, I.J. & READ, S.J. (2007). Robert P. Abelson
(1928-2005) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 62
(3), 247-248. |
|
ROSEMAN, I.J. & READ, S.J. (2007). Psychologist at
play : Robert P. Abelson's life and contributions to
psychological science. Perspectives on Psychological
Science, 2, 86-97. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Abernethy A. Bruce ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'expertise,
des habiletés
motrices et des sports,
notamment du cricket.
|
ABERNETHY, B. (1990). Expertise, visual search, and
information pick-up in squash. Perception, 19, 63-77. |
|
ABERNETHY, B. & ZAWI, K. (2007). Pickup of essential
kinematics underpins expert perception of movement
patterns. Journal of Motor Behavior, 39 (5),
353-367. |
|
ABERNETHY, B. & CÔTÉ, J. (2007). Nurturing the
development of a comprehensive model of expertise. International
Journal of Sport Psychology, 38 (1), 68-72. |
|
ABERNETHY, B., ZAWI, K. & JACKSON, R.C. (2008).
Expertise and attunement to kinematic constraints. Perception,
37 (6), 931-948. |
|
ABERNETHY, B., SCHORER, J., JACKSON, R.C. & HAGEMANN,
N. (2012). Perceptual training methods compared : The
relative efficacy of different approaches to enhancing
sport-specific anticipation. Journal of Experimental
Psychology Applied, 18 (2), 143-153. |
|
|
|
Ablation
: Retrait, par
chirurgie, d'une partie ou de la totalité d'un organe,
par exemple le cerveau ou
un rein. ( ): lobotomie,
lobectomie. Ablation.
| |
|
|
HAINSWORTH, R.F., OVERMIER J.B. & SNOWDEN C.T. (1967).
Specific and permanent deficits in instrumental avoidance
responding following forebrain ablation in the goldfish.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
63, 111-116. |
|
HOLLIS, K.L. & OVERMIER J.B. (1982). The effects of
telencephalic ablation upon the reinforcing and eliciting
properties of species-specific events in Betta splendens.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 96, 574-590. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Chirurgie |
|
|
|
|
|
Aborigène : Culture. En
français, le terme est davantage utilisé pour désigner les autochtones hors du
Canada - par exemple, les aborigènes d'Australie - alors qu'en
anglais il est synonyme d'autochtones ou de premières nations,
même au Canada.
Aborigine, aboriginal
communities.
| |
|
|
NASH, J. (1981). Sex, Money, and the status of women in
Aboriginal South Bougainville. American Ethnologist,
8 (1), 106-126. |
|
HOLLIS, K.L. & OVERMIER J.B. (1982). The effects of
telencephalic ablation upon the reinforcing and eliciting
properties of species-specific events in Betta splendens.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 96, 574-590. |
|
PEDERSEN, A. & WALKER, I. (1997), Prejudice against
Australian aborigines : Old-fashioned and modern forms. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 561-587. |
|
PEDERSEN, A. & WALKER, I. (2000). Urban
Aboriginal-Australian and Anglo-Australian children :
In-group preference, self-concept, and teachers' academic
evaluations. Journal of Community & Applied Social
Psychology, 10, 183-197. |
|
PEDERSEN, A., GRIFFITHS, B., CONTOS, N., BISHOP, B. &
WALKER, I. (200). Attitudes toward Aboriginal Australians
in city and country settings. Australian
Psychologist, 35 (2), 109-117. |
|
PEDERSEN, A., WALKER, I. & GLASS, C. (1999).
Experimenter effects on ingroup preference and
self-concept of urban Aboriginal children. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 51, 82-89. |
|
JENSEN, H., BELL, D., FLICKER, L., LOGIUDICE, D.,
LINDEMAN, M., ATKINSON, D. & SMITH, K. (2012). Dementia
service coordination in Aboriginal communities in
Central Australia. Western Australian Centre for
Health and Ageing,The University of Western Australia. |
|
LI, S.Q., GUTHRIDGE, S.L., ARATCHIGE, P.E., LOWE, M.P.,
WANG, Z., ZHAO, Y. & KRAUSE, V. (2014). Dementia
prevalence and incidence among the Indigenous and
non-Indigenous populations of the Northern Territory. Medical
Journal of Australia, 200 (8), 465-469. |
|
|
Voir aussi Autochtone |
|
|
|
Abraham
Karl (Brême 1877-1925 Berlin) : Médecin
et psychanalyste
allemand. L'un des plus fidèles disciples de Freud.
Il est membre de la Société
psychologique du mercredi. On lui doit le concept
d'objet partiel. Étudiant de Bleuler.
Analyste de Deutsch, Balint,
Klein, Rado et Simmel.
Collaborateur de
Ferenczi et Jones.
 |
ABRAHAM, K. (1924/1927). A short study of the development
of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In
selected papers of Karl Abraham. London :
Hogarth. |
|
ABRAHAM, K. (1924). Letter from Karl Abraham to
Sigmund Freud, October 20, 1924. The Complete
correspondence of Sigmund Freud and Karl Abraham
1907-1925, 518-521. |
|
ABRAHAM, K. (1965/77). Rêve et mythe : études
cliniques. Essais de psychanalyse appliquée. Oeuvres
complètes 1. Paris : Payot. |
|
ABRAHAM, K. (1966). Développement de la libido :
formation du caractère, études cliniques. Oeuvres
Complètes 2. Paris : Payot. |
|
ABRAHAM, K. (2000). Oeuvres complètes, tome I,
1907-1914. Paris : Payot. |
|
|
|
Abrami
Philip C. ( ) : Psychologue
québécois, spécialisé en éducation,
et plus particulièrement dans l'évaluation
des enseignants et des enseignements.
Professeur à l'Université de
Concordia. Collaborateur de Cohen.
|
ABRAMI, P.C., LEVANTHAL, L. & PERRY, R.P. (1982).
Educational seduction. Review of Educational
Research, 52, 446-464. |
|
ABRAMI, P.C., COHEN, P.A. & D'APOLLONIA, S. (1988).
Implementation problems in meta-analysis. Review
of Educational Research, 58 (2), 151-179. |
|
ABRAMI, P.C. (1989). How should we use student ratings to
evaluate teaching ? Research in Higher Education, 30
(2), 221-227. |
|
ABRAMI, P.C., d'APOLLONIA, S. & COHEN P.A. (1990).
Validity of student ratings of instruction : What we know
and what we do not know. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 82 (2), 219-231. |
|
ABRAMI, P.C. (2001). Understanding and promoting complex
learning using technology. Educational Research &
Evaluation, 7 (2-3), 113-136. |
|
|
|
Abramowitz
Jonathan S. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des troubles
d'anxiété, et plus particulièrement du trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif (TOC). Collaborateur de Foa,
Franklin, Kozak,
Lohr, Olatunji
et Tolin.
|
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S. (1996). Variants of exposure and response
prevention in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive
disorder : A meta-analysis. Behavior Therapy, 27, 583-600.
[PDF] |
|
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. & HOUTS, A.C. (2002). What is OCD and
what is not : Problems with the OCD spectrum concept. Scientific
Review of Mental Health Practice, 1, 139-156. [PDF] |
|
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2006). The psychological treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 51 (7), 407-415. [PDF] |
|
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S., TAYLOR, S. & McAY, D. (2009).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder. The Lancet, 374,
491-499. [PDF] |
|
ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. & JACOBY, R.J. (2014).
Obsessive-compulsive disorder in the DSM-5. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 21, 221-235. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Abrams
Dominic ( ) : Psychosociologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude
de l'identité
sociale et des groupes,
notamment de leurs normes.
Collaborateur de Hogg et Turner.
|
ABRAMS, D., WETHERELL, M.S., COCHRANE, S., HOGG, M.A.
& TURNER, J.C. (1990). Knowing what to think by
knowing who you are : Self-categorization and the nature
of norm formation, conformity, and group polarization. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 97-119. |
|
ABRAMS, D. & HOGG, M.A. (2004). Metatheory : Lessons
from social identity research. Personality &
Social Psychology Review, 8, 98-106. |
|
ABRAMS, D. (2009). Social identity on a national scale :
Optimal distinctiveness and young people's self-expression
through musical preference. Group Processes &
Intergroup Relations, 12, 303-317. |
|
ABRAMS, D., HOUSTON, D.M., VAN DE VYVER, J. &
VASILJEVIC, M. (2015). Equality hypocrisy : Equality is a
universal human right that we apply unequally. Peace
and Conflict : Journal of Peace Psychology, Special
Issue : Psychologies of Human Rights, 21, 28-46. |
|
ABRAMS, D., SWIFT, H.J. & DRURY, L. (2016). Old and
unemployable ? How age-based stereotypes affect
willingness to hire job candidates. Journal of Social
Issues, 72, 102-118. |
|
|
|
Abramson
Lyn Yvonne (Benson 1950-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la résignation
acquise et de la dépression.
Collaboratrice de Alloy,
Hyde, Joiner,
Metalsky, Moffitt,
Seligman, Teasdale
et Vohs.
 |
ABRAMSON, L.Y. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1977). Modeling
psychopathology in the laboratory : History and rationale.
In J. Maser & M.E.P. Seligman (Eds.), Psychopathology
: experimental models. San Francisco : Freeman |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & TEASDALE, J.D.
(1978). Learned helplessness in humans : Critique and
reformulation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87, 49-74. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1989).
Hopelessness depression : A theory-based subtype of
depression. Psychological Review, 96 (2),
358-372. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B. & PANZARELLA, C.C. (2002).
Depression. In Encyclopedia of Cognitive Science.London
: Macmillan. |
|
SHIBLEY-HYDE, J., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y.
(2008). The ABCs of depression : Integrating affective,
biological, and cognitive models to explain the emergence
of the gender difference in depression. Psychological
Review, 115 (2), 291-313. |
|
|
ROBINS, C.J. & BLOCK, P. (1989). Cognitive theories of
depression viewed from a diathesis-stress perspective :
Evaluation of the models of Beck and Abramson, Seligman
& Teasdale. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 13
(4), 297-313. |
|
|
|
Abréaction
: «Ab» signifie «loin ou hors de». L'abréaction est
donc une décharge émotionnelle
par laquelle un individu
se libère d'un affect lié à la survenue ou
au souvenir d'un événement désagréable ou traumatisant. La catharsis
est la méthode thérapeutique qui permet cette décharge. =
libération, décharge. Abreaction.
| |
|
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
Abscisse : Du latin abscissus qui signifie «ligne
coupée ou scindée». L'abscisse est une coordonnée qui correspond à
l'axe horizontal d'un plan. De pair avec l'ordonnée, elle permet
de déterminer un point dans cet espace. Abscisse et
variable x. =
axe des x, coordonnée x. /ordonnée.
Abscisse.
| |
| |
|
|
| |
 |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| Ordonnée ----------» |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
«
-------------- Abscisse |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Absence
du père : Voir Père
absent. Father absence, patherless, solo
mother family.
|
|
|
Absence/présence
: Paramètre
d'un indicateur, qui
exprime la présence ou l'absence d'une réponse
dans un intervalle de temps donnée. Dans une grille
d'observation, notez oui ou I
pour présence et non ou - pour
absence. Presence or absence.
| |
| Tâches
ménagères |
Jour 1 |
Jour 2 |
Jour 3 |
| J'ai
rangé la cusine |
I |
- |
- |
| J'ai
rangé ma chambre |
I |
- |
- |
| J'ai
rangé le salon |
- |
- |
- |
| J'ai
rangé la salle de bain |
I |
|
- |
| J'ai
rangé la salle de jeux |
- |
- |
I |
|
|
| |
|
|
FLEISS, J.L. (1975). Measuring agreement between two
judges on the presence or absence of a trait. Biometrics,
31, 651-659. |
|
|
|
Absentéisme : Absence répétée : Consiste à ne pas se
présenter au travail ou en
classe (peu importe la raison), alors que notre présence est
requise, et à multiplier cette absence, toujours sans raison
valable. Absentéisme, réussite
scolaire et
présence en classe. Absenteeism,
employee absence, sickness absence, absence of work.
| |
|
|
PORTER, L.W. & STEERS, R.M. (1973). Organizational,
work, and personal factors in employee turnover and
absenteeism. Psychological Bulletin, 80,
151-176. |
TIMMINGS, F. & KALISZER, M. (2002). Attitudes to
absenteeism among diploma nursing students in Ireland : an
exploratory descriptive survey. Nurse Education
Today, 22 (7), 578-588. |
|
BAUM J.F. & YOUNGBLOOD, S.A. (1975). Impact of an
organizational control policy on absenteeism, performance,
and satisfaction. Journal of Applied Psychology, 60,
688-694. |
TIMMINGS, F. & KALISZER, M. (2002). Absenteeism among
nursing students - Fact or fiction ? Journal of
Nursing Management, 10 (5), 251-264. |
|
DURAND, V.M. (1983). Behavioral ecology of a staff
incentive program : Effects on absenteeism and resident
disruptive behavior. Behavior Modification, 7, 165-181. |
CHIRUMBOLO, A. & ARENI, A. (2005). The influence of
job insecurity on job performance and absenteeism : the
moderating effect of work attitudes. SA Journal of
Industrial Psychology, 31 (4), 65-71. [PDF] |
|
HULIN, C.L. (1984). Suggested directions for defining,
measuring, and controlling absenteeism. In P. Goodman
& R. Atkin and associates (Eds.), Absenteeism.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
ICHINO, A. & RIPHAHN, R. (2005). The effect of
employment protection on worker effort : Absenteeism
during and after probation. Journal of the European
Economic Association 3, 120-143. |
|
DURAND, V.M. (1985). Employee absenteeism : A selective
review of antecedents and consequences. Journal of
Organizational Behavior Management, 7, 135-167. |
VON THIELE, U., LINDFORS, P. & LUNDBERG, F. (2006).
Evaluating different measures of sickness absence with
respect to work characteristics. Scandinavian Journal
of Public Health, 4 (3), 247-253. |
|
HANSEN, T.L. (1990). A positive reinforcement program for
controlling student absenteeism. College Student
Journal, 24, 307-312. |
DARR, W. & JOHNS, G. (2008). Work strain, health, and
absenteeism : A meta- analysis. Journal of
Occupational Health Psychology, 13 (4), 293-318. |
JOHNSON, W.G. & ONDRICH J. (1990). The duration of
post-injury absences from work. Review of Economics
and Statistics, 72, 578-586. |
|
|
JUDGE, T.A. & MARTOCCHIO, J.J. (1996). Dispositional
influences on attributions concerning absenteeism. Journal
of Management, 22, 837-861. |
KUOPPALA, J., LAMMINPÄÄ, A. & HUSMAN, P. (2008). Work
health promotion, job well-being,and sickness absences - A
systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of
Occupational & Environmental Medicine, 50 (11),
1216-1227. |
JOHNS, G. (1997). Contemporary research on absence from
work : Correlates, causes, and consequences. Interna-
tional Review of Industrial and Organizational Psychol-
ogy, 12, 115-173. |
|
|
JUDGE, T.A., MARTOCCHIO, J.J. & THORESEN, C.J. (1997).
Five-factor model of personality and employee absence. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 82, 745-755. |
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D., ALEXANDER, R. & SHAFFER,
I.A. (2008). EAP treatment impact on presenteeism and
absenteeism : Implications for return on investment. Journal
of Workplace Behavioral Health, 23 (3), 283-293. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Présence
en classe |
|
|
Absentéisme
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
les différentes formes de l'absentéisme.
Measuring absenteeism.
| |
|
|
HULIN, C.L. (1984). Suggested directions for defining,
measuring, and controlling absenteeism. In P. Goodman
& R. Atkin and associates (Eds.), Absenteeism.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
VON THIELE, U., LINDFORS, P. & LUNDBERG, F. (2006).
Evaluating different measures of sickness absence with
respect to work characteristics. Scandinavian Journal
of Public Health, 4 (3), 247-253. |
|
Voir aussi Absentéisme |
|
|
|
Absolu
: Qui existe
en soi, quoi que l'on dise, quoi que l'on fasse, et dont les
limites ne son fixées par aucun autre phénomène. EX :u sens
physique, l'univers est un absolu.
|
Abstention
: En
science politique, désigne le fait de choisir de ne pas voter.
| |
|
|
DOSTI-GOULET, E., BLAIS, A., FOURNIER, P. & GIDENGIL,
E. (2012). L’abstention selective, ou pourquoi certains
jeunes qui votent au federal boudent les élections
municipales. Canadian Journal of Political Science,
45, 909-927. |
|
Voir aussi Voter |
|
|
|
Abstinence
: Principe, souvent religieux
ou mystique, qui consiste
à s'interdire soi-même certains
plaisirs que l'on considére comme moralement inacceptables
(sexuel, alcool, drogue, jeux, etc.). Parfois imposé pour des
raisons expérimentales (privation) ou médicales et psychologiques
(sevrage). NDLR :
Les termes "privation" et "sevrage" semblent plus
neutres ou scientifiques. = privation,
désintox. Abstinence.
|
Abstinence
(Principe) : Chez Freud,
règle selon laquelle l'analyste doit
refuser de répondre aux demandes d'amour de son patient. EX:
Dans les Soprano, le docteur Melfi demeure de glace lorsque Tony
Soprano lui déclare ses sentiments... = règle
d'abstinence.
Rule of abstinence.
|
Abstraire
: Abstraction : Chez Piaget,
processus cognitif qui
sous-tend l'acquisition de nouvelles connaissances.
L'abstraction consiste à réduire un ensemble d'objets ou de
comportements à leurs propriétés communes. EX:
un camion de pompier et un coeur sont des formes rouges; un oiseau
et un avion sont des objets qui volent, etc. Selon Piaget, le
développement des concepts
et du raisonnement repose
sur l'abstraction. =
conceptualisation, plus-petit-commun-diviseur. Abstraction.
| |
|
|
MECK, W.H. & CHURCH, R.M. (1982). Abstraction of
temporal attributes. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 8, 226-243. |
RIBES-INESTA, E. (2000). Instructions, rules, and
abstraction : A misconstrued relation. Behavior &
Philosophy, 28, 41-55.
[PDF] |
|
BARTH, B.-M. (1987). L’apprentissage de l’abstraction.
Paris : Retz. |
HERSHKOWITZ, R., SCHWARZ, B. & DREYFUS, T. (2001).
Abstraction in context : Epistemic actions. Journal
for Research in Mathematics Education, 32 (2),
195-222. |
|
ROBERTS, W.A. & MAZMANIAN, D. S. (1988). Concept
learning at different levels of abstraction by pigeons,
monkeys, and people. Journal of Experimental
Psycholoy : Animal Behavior Processes, 14, 247-260. |
YOSHIDA, H. & SMITH, L.B. (2003). Known and novel noun
extensions : Attention at two levels of abstraction.
Child Development, 74 (2), 564-577. [PDF] |
| |
MONAGHAN, J. & OZMANTAR, F. (2004). Abstraction &
Consolidation. Group for the Psychology of
Mathematics Education, 3, 353-360. [PDF] |
|
DESPRELS-FRAYSSE, A. (1991). Children's abstraction of
color properties : Is it dependent on what objects
actualize the properties ? Cahiers de Psychologie
Cognitive, 11 (4), 441-452. |
VONK, J. & MacDONALD, S.E. (2004). Levels of
abstraction in orangutan (Pongo abelii) categorization.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 118, 3-13. [PDF] |
|
DAMEROW, P. (1996). Abstraction and representation.
Essays on the cultural evolution of thinking.
Dordrecht : Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
HERSHKOWITZ, R., HADAS, N., DREYFUS, T. & SCHWARZ, B.
(2007). Processes of abstraction, from the diversity of
individuals' constructing of knowledge to a group's
"shared knowledge". Mathematical Education Research
Journal, 19, 41-68. |
|
HALFORD, G.S., WILSON, W.H. & PHILLIPS, S. (1998).
Abstraction : nature, costs, and benefits. International
Journal of Educational Research, 27, 21-35. |
KIDRON, I. (2008). Abstraction and consolidation of the
limit procept by means of instrumented schemes : the
complementary role of three different frameworks. Educational
Studies in Mathematics, 69 (3), 197-216. [PDF] |
|
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1999). Abstraction and discrimination.
In C. Heyes & L. Huber (Eds.), Evolution of
cognition. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
SCHWARZ, B., DREYFUS, T. & HERSHKOWITZ, R. (2009). The
nested epistemic actions model for abstraction in context.
In B.B. Schwarz, T. Dreyfus & R. Hershkowitz (Eds.),
transformation of knowledge through classroom interaction
(pp. 11-41). London, UK : Taylor & Francis, Routledge. |
| |
HOUDÉ, O. (2009). Abstract after all ? Abstraction through
inhibition in children and adults. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 32 (3-4), 339-340. |
| |
URCELAY, G.P., MILLER, R.R. (2010). On the generality and limits of abstraction in rats and humans. Animal Cognition, 13 (1), 21-32. [PDF]
|
|
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2012). Abstraction and the origin of general ideas. Philosophers' Imprint, 12, (19), 1-22. [PDF] |
|
| |
| LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Piaget
et Raisonnement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| AB
- ACCIDENT
- ACCOMODATION -
ACCULTURATION - ACCORD -
ACQUIESCEMENT- ACQUIS
- ACTE - ACTIVATION - ACTIVITÉ
- ACUPUNCTURE - AD |
Académie
française :
|
Académique : Le mot académique n'est pas synonyme de scolaire, ni d'universitaire.
Souvent utilisé en anglais pour qualifier l'enseignement
supérieur (collège et université). En français, le mot académique
renvoie plutôt à un style conventionnel (qui a fait école), mais
englué dans le passé; Il a donc, en ce sens, une connation
péjorative (je dis léger car il y a du bon dans le
passé; dans certains domaines, le passé a même beaucoup
d'avenir...). EX: Ce film a un style académique.
Il va de soi que le mot sert également à qualifier la fonction
d'une académie. EX:
La rédaction de ce lexique est un travail académique, lent et sans
fin... Remplacer ce mot selon le selon le contexte par scolaire, universitaire,
collégial, études supérieures.
|
Acalculie
: Difficulté à calculer
consécutive à une aphasie ou a un traumatisme
cérébral. *dyscalculie.
Acalculia, arithmatics difficultie.
| |
|
|
GUTTMANN, E. (1936). Congenital arithmetic disability and
acalculia (Henschen). British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 16, 16-35. |
|
SINGER H.D. & LOW, A.A. (1933). Acalculia (Henschen) :
A clinical study. Archives of Neurology &
Psychiatry, 29, 476-498. |
|
GERSTMANN, J. (1940). Syndrome of finger agnosia,
disorientation for right and left, agraphia, acalculia. Archives
of Neurology & Psychology, 44, 398-408. |
|
TOHGI, H., SAITOH, K., TAKAHASHI, S., TAKAHASHI, H.,
UTSUGISAWAK., K., YONEZAWA, H., HATANO, K. & TOSHIAKI,
S. (1995). Agraphia and acalculia after a left prefrontal
(F1, F2) infarction. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 58, 629-632. [PDF] |
|
McCLOSKEY, M. (2001). Acalculia. In P. Winn (Ed.),
Dictionary of biological psychology. New York :
Routledge. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Traumatisme
cérébral, Calculer,
Dyscalculie et Aphasie |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accélération sociale : Concept proposé par Rosa
pour décrire la perception
individuelle et collective que le temps
s'accélère, et donc que le temps manque pour accomplir tout
ce qu'on a l'impression qu'il faut faire.
| |
|
|
ROSA, H. (2010). Accélération : une critique sociale du temps. Paris : La Découverte.
|
|
ROSA, H. (2012). Aliénation et accélération : vers une théorie critique de la modernité tardive. Paris :
La Découverte.
|
|
Voir aussi Perception
sociale, Perception
du temps et Changement
social |
|
|
|
|
Accent : Façon particulière de prononcer les mots,
d'appuyer sur certaines syllabes,
qui varie au sein d'une langue,
en fonction de la région d'appartenance du locuteur,
de sa religion, de
son époque, de son degré
de scolarité, de
l'influence des médias, etc.
EX : Les Québécois disent tuk (tuque),
alors que les Français prononcent tuqueeee; les Français
appuient sur la dernière syllabe (eeeee) de certains mots, alors
que les Québécois l'avalent (k).
Accent.
| |
|
|
VRIJ, A. & WINKEL, F.W. (1994). Perceptual distortions
in cross-cultural interrogations : The impact of skin
color, accent, speech style, and spoken fluency on
impression formation. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 25 (2), 284-295. |
|
MAJOR, R.C. (2001). Foreign accent : The
ontogeny and phylogeny of second language phonology.
New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
GLUSZEK, A. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (2010). The way they speak
: Stigma of non-native accents in communication. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 14, 214-237. |
|
RAKIC, T., STEFFANS, M.C. & MUMMENDAY, A. (2011).
Blinded by the accent! The minor role of looks in ethnic
categorization. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 100, 16-29. |
|
CRISTIA, A., SEIDL, A., VAUGHN, C., SCHMALE, R., BRADLOW,
A. & FLOCCIA, A. (2012). Linguistic processing of
accented speech across the lifespan. Frontiers in
Psychology, 3, 1-15. |
|
PIETRASZEWKI, D. & SCHAWARTZ, A. (2014). Evidence that
accent is a dimension of social categorization, not a
byproduct of perceptual salience, familiarity, or
ease-of-processing. Evolution & Human Behavior,
35, 43-50. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Langue
et Mots |
|
|
|
Acceptabilité sociale : Ensemble des pratiques que la société,
ou l'une de ses parties, juge saines et adéquates,
en dépit des risques et des
préjudices inhérents à
ces pratiques. = Balance des
inconvénients. Social acceptability.
| |
|
|
WITT, J.C. & MARTENS, B.K. (1983). Assessing the
acceptability of behavioral interventions used in
classrooms. Psychology in the Schools, 20 (4),
510-517. |
TARNOWSKI, K.J., MULICK, J.A. & RASNAKE, L.K.
(1990). Acceptability of behavioral interventions
for self-injurious behavior Replication and
interinstituional comparison. American
Journal of Mental Retardation, 95, 182-191. |
|
WITT, J.C. & ELLIOT, S.N. (1985). Acceptability of
behavioral interventions used in classrooms. In T.R.
Kratochwill (Ed.), Advances in school psychology
(Vol, 4, pp. 251-258). Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
RASNAKE, L.K., MARTIN, J., TARNOWSKI, K.J. & MULICK,
J.A. (1993). Acceptability of behavioral
treatments : influence of knowledge. Mental
Retardation, 93, 247-251. |
|
RASNAKE, L.K., MARTIN, J., TARNOWSKI, K.J. & MULICK,
J.A. (1993). Acceptability of behavioral treatments :
Influence of knowledge of behavioral principles. Mental
Retardation, 31, 247-251. |
GRACE, N.C., KAHNG, S.W. & FISHER, W.W. (1994).
Balancing social acceptability with treatment
effectiveness of an intrusive procedure : a case report.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (1):
171-172.[PDF] |
|
TARNOWSKI, K.J., RASNAKE, L.K., MULICK, J.A. &
KELLY, P.A. (1989). Acceptability of behavioral
interventions for self-injurious behavior. American
Journal of Mental Retardation, 93, 575-580. |
JOULE, R.-V. (2006). Acceptabilité sociale et savoirs
scientifiques. Les Cahiers Internationaux de
Psychologie Sociale, 70, 85-88. |
|
ELLIOT, S.N. (2017). The social validity of
"acceptability of behavioral interventions used in
classrooms". Behavioral Disorders, 43 (1),
269-273. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Risque
et Préjudices |
|
|
|
Accepter
: Acceptation : Consiste à reconnaître et à
admettre que l'on ne peut modifier sa condition ou une
situation que l'on juge néanmoins désagréable ou bien qu'il semble
impossible de modier cette condition/situation sans consentir à
des efforts plus grands et la situation/condition elle-même.
En thérapie, l'objectif consiste donc à évaluer si le
client/patient doit accepter une situation désagréable ou s'il a
avantage à tenter de la modifier.
Psychological
acceptance, acceptance.
|
|
|
HAYES, S.C., BISSETT, R.T., KORN, Z., ZETTLE, R.D.,
ROSENFARB, I.S. & COOPER, L.D. (1999). The impact of
acceptance versus control rationales on pain tolerance.
The Psychological Record, 49, 33–47. |
| |
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2010). The evolution of
cognitive behavior therapy : The rise of psychological
acceptance and mindfulness. In J.M. Herbert & E.M.
Forman (Eds.), Acceptance and mindfulness in
cognitive behavior therapy : Understanding and applying
the new therapies. Wiley. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Acception
: Signification particulière que l'on donne à un mot,
à un concept. Dans
ce lexique, certains concepts ont plusieurs acceptions.
|
Accès
: Désigne un trouble
ou un symptôme qui
survient et s'estompe soudainement, et qui se reproduit ensuite à
intervalles plus ou moins réguliers. =
poussée. ( ): accès de fièvre, accès de
stress, accès de
colère.
|
Accessibilité : Toute chose que l'on peut obtenir, en dépit des obstacles et des
contraintes inhérentes
à l'activité. Quand il s'agit d'une personne, on utilise le mot disponibilité.
|
|
|
Accessibilité
aux études : Ensemble des facteurs
psycho-socio-économiques qui favorisent ou nuisent à la scolarisation.
Parmi ces facteurs, on compte, les
handicaps physiques, la déficience
intellectuelle, le niveau
socio-économique des parents, le niveau de scolarisation
des parents, l'éloignement des lieux d'enseignement, les droits de
scolarité, le travail
excessif des élèves/étudiants, la faible promotion de la
scolarisation, les valeurs
intellectuelles et la motivation
à l'accomplissement, etc.
|
Accident : Évènement imprévisible pour celui/celle qui le subit, souvent malheureux, parfois grave, et sur lequel nous n'avons aucun contrôle, sauf pour en éviter la répétition.
Accident.
| |
|
SELZER, M.L., ROGERS, J.E. & KERN, S. (1968). Fatal
accidents : The role of psychopathology, social stress,
and
acute disturbance. American Journal of Psychiatry, 124,
8-19. |
GIGERENZER, G. (2004). Dread risk, September 11, and fatal
traffic accidents. Psychological Science, 15,
286-287. |
|
CRASKE, S. (1968). A study of the relation between
personality and accident history. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 41, 399-404. |
DIEGUEZ, S., WAGNER-EGGER, P. & GAUVRIT, N.
(2015). Nothing happens by accident, or does it ? A low
prior for randomness does not explain belief in conspiracy
theories. Psychological Science, 26, 1762-1770. |
|
SHERRY, P. (1991). Person-environment fit and accident
prediction. Journal of Business & Psychology, 5,
411-416. |
BATTY, G.D., DEARY, I.J., SCHOON, I. & GALE, C.
(2007). Childhood mental ability in relation to
cause-specific accidents in adulthood : The 1970 British
Cohort Study. Quarterly Journal of Medicine, 100, 405–-414.
|
| HANSEN, C.P. (1991). Personality characteristics of the accident-involved employee. In J.W. Jones, B.D. Steffy & D.W. Bray (Eds.), Applying psychology in business : The handbook for managers and human resource professionals (pp. 801-812). New York : Lexington Books. |
DRUPSTEEN, L. & GUIDENMUND, F.W. (2014). What is
learning ? A review of the safety literature to define
learning from incidents, accidents and disasters. Journal
of Contingencies & Crisis Management, 22 (2),
81-96. |
|
CELLIER J.M., EYROLLE, H. & BERTRAND, A. (1995).
Effects of age and level of work experience on occurrence
of accidents. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 80, 931-940.
|
|
|
|
|
Voir Prévention,
Syndrome-postraumatique, Blessure et
Blessure à la tête
|
|
|
|
Accident
(Prévention) : Ensemble des mesures
prises afin de réduire le nombre d'accidents.
Accident prevention,
prediction of accident.
| |
|
|
McGUIRE, F.L. (1972). The understanding and prediction of
accident producing behavior. North Carolina Symposium
on Highway Safety, 1, 116-118. |
|
DEBOBES, L. (1986). The psychological factors in accident
prevention. Personnel Journal, 65, 34-38. |
|
IVERSON, R.D. & ERWIN, P.J. (1997). Predicting
occupational injury : The role of affectivity. Journal
of Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 70, 113-128. |
|
PRONE M. R. (1998). Predictors of work injuries among
employed adolescents. Journal of Applied Psychology,
83, 565-576. |
|
ARTHUR, W. & DOVERSPIKE, D. (2001). Predicting motor
vehicle crash involvement from a personality measure and a
driving knowledge test. Journal of
Prevention & Intervention in the Community, 22, 35-42.
|
|
LANGLEY, J.D., BEGG, D., SAMARANAYAKA, A., BROOKLAND, R.
& WEISS, H.P. (2013). Unsupervised driving by learner
licence holders : Associated characteristics and crash
risk. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 60,
24-30. |
|
DRUPSTEEN, L., GROENWEG, J. & ZWETSLOOT, G.I.J.M.
(2013). Critical steps in learning from incidents : using
learning potential in the process from reporting an
incident to accident prevention. Journal of
Occupational Safety & Ergonomics, 19 (1),
63-77. |
DRUPSTEEN, L. & GUIDENMUND, F.W. (2014). What is
learning ? A review of the safety literature to define
learning from incidents, accidents and disasters. Journal
of Contingencies & Crisis Management, 22 (2),
81-96.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Prévention
|
|
|
|
Accident d'avion : Accident d'avion, accident
et Piloter.
| |
|
|
BOHANNON, J.N. (1988). Flashbulb memories for the space
shuttle disaster : A tale of two theories. Cognition,
29, 179-196. |
LI, G., BAKER, S., GRABOWSKI, J. & REBOK, G. (2001).
Factors associated with pilot error in aviation crashes. Aviation,
Space, &Environmental Medicine, 72,
52-58. |
| |
WIEGEMANN, D.A. & SHAPPELL, S.A. (2001). Human error
analysis of commercial aviation accidents : Application of
the Human Factors Analysis and Classification System
(HFACS). Aviation, Space, & Environmental
Medicine, 72, 1006-1016. |
|
SHAPPELL, S.A., DETWILER, C., HOLCOMB, K., HACKWORTH, C.,
BOQUET, A. & WIEGMANN, D.A. (1995). Human error and
commercial aviation accidents : an analysis using the
human factors analysis and classification system. Human
Factors, 9 (2), 227-242. [PDF] |
WIEGEMANN, D.A. (2001). Psychology of aviation safety. In
N.J. Smelser & P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International
encyclopedia of the social and behavioral sciences
(Vol.2, pp. 1019-123). Oxford, UK : Elsevier. |
|
WIEGEMANN, D.A. & SHAPPELL, S.A. (1997). Human factors
analysis of post-accident data : Applying theoretical
taxonomies of human error. The International Journal
of Aviation Psychology, 7, 67-81. |
GOH, J. WIEGEMANN, D.A. (2002). Human error analysis of
accidents involving visual flight rules flight into
adverse weather. Aviation, Space, & Environmental
Medicine, 78, 817-822. |
|
WIEGEMANN, D.A. & SHAPPELL, S.A. (1999). A human
error approach to aviation accident analysis : The human
factors analysis and classification system. Ashgate
e-Book. [PDF] |
SHAPPELL, S.A. & WIEGEMANN, D.A. (2003). Reshaping the
way we look at general aviation accidents using the Human
Factors Analysis and Classification System. Proceedings
of the International Symposium on Aviation Psychology,
12, 1047-1052. |
| |
GIGERENZER, G. (2004). Dread risk, September 11, and fatal
traffic accidents. Psychological Science, 15,
286-287. |
|
HASLBECK, A., SCHMIDT-MOLL, C. & SCHUBERT, E. (2015).
Pilots’ willingness to report aviation incidents. Proceedings
of the 18t th International Symposium on Aviation
Psychology, 5966-601.
|
|
SIEBERICHS, S. & KLUGE, A. (2021). Why learning
opportunities from aviation incidents are lacking : The
impact of active and latent failures and confidential
reporting. Aviation Psychology & Applied Human
Factors, 11 (1), 33–47. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Syndrome-postraumatique, Erreur, Blessure etPrévention
|
|
|
|
Accident de voiture : Accidenté de la route : Accident,
conduite et
syndrome-postraumatique.
Accident, road crash survivors, crash risk,
crash fatalities, motor vehicle accident, road traffic accident.
| |
|
|
SOLOMON, H. & HERMAN, L. (1977). Status symbols and
prosocial behavior : The effect of the victim's car on
helping. Journal of Psychology, 97 (2),
271-273. [PDF] |
MAYOU, R.A., EHLERS, A. & HOBBS, M. (2000).
Psychological debriefing for road traffic accident victims
: Three-year follow-up of a randomised controlled trial. The
British Journal of Psychiatry, 176, 589-593. |
|
BULMAN, R. & WORTMAN, C.B. (1977). Attributions of
blame and coping in the "real world" : Severe accident
victims react to their lot. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 35, 351- 363. |
ARTHUR, W. & DOVERSPIKE, D. (2001). Predicting motor
vehicle crash involvement from a personality measure and a
driving knowledge test. Journal of Prevention &
Intervention in the Community, 22, 35-42. |
| |
BLANCHARD, E.B. & VEAZEY, C H. (2001). Mental
disorders resulting from road traffic accidents. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 14, 143-147. |
|
DEKLERK, N.H. & ARMSTRONG, B.K. (1983). Admission to
hospital for road trauma in patients with diabetes
mellitus. Journal of Epidemiology & Community
Health, 37, 232-237. |
MAYOU, R., EHLERS, A. & BRYANT, R. (2002).
Posttraumatic stress disorder after motor vehicle
accidents : 3 year follow-up of a prospective longitudinal
study. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 40, 665-675. |
|
WILLIAMS, A.F. & CARSTEN, O. (1989). Driver age and
crash invoivement. American journal of public health,
79, 326-327. |
FULLERTON, C.S., URSANO, R.J., EPSTEIN, R.S., CROWLEY, B.,
VANCE, K., KAO, T., DOUGALL, A. & BAUM, A. (2001).
Gender differenced in posttraumatic stress disorder after
motor vehicle accidents. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 159, 1486-1491. |
|
THYER, B.A. (1992). On the road with Professor Geller :
Some comments on "Applications of behavior analysis to
prevent injuries from vehicle crashes". In S. Glenn (Ed.),
Applications of behavior analysis to prevent injuries
from vehicles crashes (pp. 96-106). Cambridge, MA :
Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. |
BLANCHARD, E.B. & HICKLING, E.B. (2003). After the
crash : Assessment and treatment of motor vehicle
accident survivors. Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
WATERS, C., GIBBONS, L., SEMINCIW, R. & MAO, Y.
(1993). Motor vehicle accidents in Canada, 1978-87 by time
of occurrence. Canadian Journal of Public Health, 84,
58-59. |
BLANCHARD, E.B., HICKLING, E.B., DEVINENI, T., VEAZEY,
C.H., GALOVSKI, T.E., MUNDY, E. & BUCKLEY, T.C.
(2003). A controlled evaluation of cognitive-behavioral
therapy for posttraumatic stress in motor vehicle accident
survivors. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 41,
79-96. |
|
|
ARTHUR, W. & GRAZIAO, W.G. (1996). The five-factor
model, conscientiousness, and driving accident
involvement. Journal of Personality, 63,
593–618. |
TEHRANI, N. (2004). Road victim trauma : An investigation
of the impact on the injured and bereaved. Counselling
Psychology Quarterly, 17, 361. |
|
HOBBS, M. & ADSHEAD, G. (1996). Preventive
psychological intervention for road crash survivors. In M.
Mitchell (Ed.), The aftermath of road accidents :
Psychological, social and legal perspectives (pp.
159-171). London, UK : Routledge. |
FITZHARRIS, M., FILDES, B., CHARLTON, J. & TINGVALL,
C. (2005). The relationship between perceived crash
responsibility and post-crash depression. Annual
proceedings of the Association for the Advancement of
Automotive Medicine, 49, 79-92. [PDF] |
|
BLANCHARD, E.B., HICKLING, E.B., BARTON, K.A., TAYLOR,
A.E., LOOS, W.R. & JONES-ALEXANDER, J. (1996).
One-year prospective follow-up of motor vehicle accident
victims. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 34,
775-786. |
ELLEN, R.L., MARSHALL, S.C., PALAYEW, M., MOLNAR, F.J.,
WILSON, K.G. & MAN-SON-HING, M. (2006). Systematic
review of motor vehicle crash risk in persons with sleep
apnea. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 2, 193-200. |
|
HOBBS, M., MAYOU, R., HARRISON, B. & WARLOCK, P.
(1996). A randomised trial of psychological debriefing for
victims of road traffic accidents. British Medical
Journal, 313, 1438-1439. |
KOBAYASKI, I., SLEDJESKI, E.M., SPOONSTER, E., FALLON,
W.F. & DELAHANTY, D.L. (2008). Effects of early
nightmares on the development of sleep disturbances in
motor vehicle accident victims. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 21, 548-555. |
|
HEMMELGARN, B, SUISSA, S., HUANG, A.R., BOIVIN, J.F &
PINARD, G. (1997). Benzodiazepine use and the risk of
motor vehicle crash in the elderly. Journal of
Medical Amercian Association, 278 (1), 27-31. [PDF] |
EHRING, T., EHLERS, A. & GLUCKMAN, E. (2008). Do
cognitive models help in predicting the severity of
posttraumatic stress disorder, phobia, and depression
after motor vehicle accidents ? A prospective longitudinal
study. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 76 (2), 219-230. [PDF] |
|
HAYWOOD, M. (1998). Road trauma : Dealing with loss and
grief. Journal of Family Studies, 4, 228-229. |
ANUND, A., KECLUND, G., PETERS, B., FORSMAN, A., LOWDEN,
A. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2008). Driver impairment at night
and its relation to physiological sleepiness. Scandinavian
Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 34 (2),
142-150. [LIRE] |
|
GUILBERT, S. (2008). Violence and accidents in competition
sports. Sport in Society (Cultures, Commerce, Media,
Politics, 11 (1), 17-31. |
| |
BÈGUE, L., BUSHMAN, B.J., GIANCOLA, P.R., SUBRA, B. &
ROSSET, E. (2010). There is no such thing as an accident,
especially when people are drunk. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 36 (10), 1301-1304. [PDF] |
| |
BATEMAN, V. (2010). Death as a result of culpable driving
: Impact and intervention. Grief matters : The
Australian Journal of Grief & Bereavement, 13
(1), 16-20. |
|
HICKLING, E.J. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (Eds.) (1999). International
handbook of road traffic accidents & psychological
trauma : Current understanding, treatment & law. Amsterdam
: Elsevier. |
LANGLEY, J.D., BEGG, D., SAMARANAYAKA, A., BROOKLAND, R.
& WEISS, H.P. (2013). Unsupervised driving by learner
licence holders : Associated characteristics and crash
risk. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 60,
24-30. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Ceinture
de sécurité, Syndrome
postraumatique, Blessure,
Conduite, Prévention,
Drogue et Alcool |
| |
|
|
Accident de travail : Accident qui survient sur un chantier, dans une usine,
ou une mine et qui entraîne parfois chez l'accidenté des
lésions, ou la perte d'un
membre ou même la mort.
| |
|
|
FLEMING, R., BAUM, A., GISRIEL, M.M. & GATCHEL, R.J.
(1982). Mediating influences of social support on stress
at Three Mile Island. Journal of Human Stress, 8,
14-22. |
| CELLIER J.M., EYROLLE, H. & BERTRAND, A. (1995).
Effects of age and level of work experience on occurrence
of accidents. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 80, 931-940.
|
|
Voir aussi Prévention,
Drogue Blessure
et Alcool |
|
|
|
Accident vasculocérébral : Lésion
du tissu cérébral (destruction totale ou partielle des neurones)
subie accidentellement à la suite de l'interruption de
l'irrigation sanguine d'une zone du cerveau.
NDLR : Autrefois, on disait accident
cérébro-vasculaire.
= AVC. Stroke, cerebral vascular accident.
| |
|
|
WILSON, B.A. (1982). Success and failure in memory
training following a cerebral vascular accident.
Cortex, 18, 581-594. |
|
LANSKA, D.J. & KULLER, L.H. (1995). The geography of
stroke mortality in the United States and the concept of a
stroke belt. Stroke, 26 (7), 1145-1149. |
|
ALBERTS, M.J. (2004). Genetics of cerebrovascular disease.
Stroke, 35, 342-344. |
|
JEFFERIES, E., BAKER, S.S., DORAN, M, & LAMBON RALPH,
M.A. (2007). Refractory effects in stroke aphasia : A
consequence of poor semantic control. Neuropsychologia,
45, 1065-1079. |
|
DONNAN, G.A., FISHER, M., MACLEOD, M. & DAVIS, S.M.
(2008). Stroke. Lancet, 371, 1612-1623. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Aphasie et Lésion |
|
|
|
|
Accommodation : Dans la théorie de Piaget,
fonction qui permet de
modifier les structures
cognitives existantes (schèmes et concepts) pour permettre à
ces structures de tenir compte des propriétés
des objets. EX:
Saisir délicatement (schème de préhension) un fruit mer (objet)
pour tenir compte de ses propriétés (délicat, rond, mou, etc.).
Accommodation et assimilation.
Accommodation.
| |
|
| LEGENDRE-BERGERON,
M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du
développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Accommodement raisonnable : Terme juridique qui renvoie à
l'obligation légale d'accorder à un tiers la permission
d'agir «à sa manière» même si cette manière contrevient au
déplaît aux us et coutume des plaignants ou d'un groupe plus large
de la société.
| |
|
WOERLING, J. (1998). L’obligation d’accommodement
raisonnable et l’adaptation de la société à
la diversité religieuse. Revue de Droit de McGill, 43,
325-401. |
|
BOSSET, P. (2005). Réflexion sur la portée et les
limites de l'obligation d'accommodement raisonnable en
matière religieuse. Montréal, Direction de la
recherche et de la planification. Commission des droits de
la personne et des droits de la jeunesse (CDPDJ). |
|
GEADAH, Y. (2007). Accommodements raisonnables :
Droit à la différence et non différence des droits. Montréal
: VLB. |
|
LABELLE, M. & ICART, J.-C. (2007). Lecture du débat
sur les accommodements raisonnables. Globe, Revue
Internationale d'Études Québécoises, 10 (1),
121-136. |
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2007). La jeunesse québécoise et la crise
des accommodements raisonnables. Controverses, 12, 112-134.
[PDF] |
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2008). Derrière la laïcité, la nation :
retour sur la controverse des accommodements raisonnables
et sur la crise du multiculturalisme québécois. Globe,
Revue Internationale d’Études Québécoises, 11 (1),
95-113. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Noyau dur
et Multiculturalisme |
|
|
|
Accompagnateur : Dans le cadre de certaines thérapies
- notamment humanistes
- il s'agit de la personne qui conseille et guide le client.
Contrairement aux thérapeutes
traditionnels - psychanalystes,
béhavioristes ou cognitivistes
- l'accompagnateur ne prétend pas posséder les connaissances
théoriques ou les solutions pour résoudre le ou les problèmes
de son client; ce n'est donc pas un expert.
Son rôle consiste plutôt à amener le client à puiser dans ses
propres ressources pour trouver une solution, sa "solution", et
ainsi découvrir son propre potentiel
et s'accomplir. =
motivateur. Coach.
|
Accomplissement : Sentiment ou impression d'avoir réalisé son plein potentiel,
au travail, à
l'école. Accomplissement et
réussiste
scolaire. = sentiment
d'accomplissement. Achievement, achievement
goal.
| |
|
|
SCHERTZER, B. (1960). Motivation to high achievement.
Chicago, IL : Science Research Associates. |
ALVA, S.A. (1993). Differential patterns of achievement
among Asian-American adolescents. Journal of Youth
& Adolescence, 22 (4), 407-423. |
|
REVELLE, W. & MICHAELS, E.J. (1976). The theory of
achievement motivation revisited : The implications of
inertial tendencies. Psychological Review, 83 (5),
394-404. [PDF] |
WIGFIELD, A. & ECCLES, J.S. (1994). Children’s
competence beliefs, achievement values, and general
self-esteem : Change across elementary and middle school.
Journal of Early Adolescence, 14 (20), 107-138. |
|
LIPS, H.M. (1982). Achievement, success and fear of
success. In N.L. Colwill (Ed.), The new partnership :
Women and men in organizations. Santa Cruz, CA :
Mayfield. |
EISENBERGER, R. (1998). Achievement : The importance of
industriousness. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21,
412-413. |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1983). Low school achievement and aggressive
behavior in adolescent boys. In D. Magnusson & V.
Allen (Eds.), Human development : An interactional
perspective. New York : Academic Press. |
ARONSON, J. (Ed.) (2002). Improving academic
achievement : Impact of psychological factors on
education. San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
|
PARSONS, J.E., ADLER, T. & MEECE, J.L. (1984). Sex
differences in achievement : A test of alternate theories.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 46, 26-43. |
WIGFIELD, A. & ECCLES, J.S. (Eds.) (2002). Development
of achievement motivation. San Diego, CA : Academic
Press. |
| |
WALTON, G.M. & COHEN, G.L. (2007). A question of
belonging : Race, social fit, and achievement. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 92 (1),
82-96. [PDF] |
|
ECCLES, J.S. (1987). Gender roles and women’s
achievement-related decisions. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 11, 135-172. |
ELLIOT, A.J., THRASH, T.M., MURAYAMA, K. & PEKRUN, R.
(2011). A 3 x 2 achievement goal model. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 103, 632-648. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Potentiel |
|
|
Accord
: Entente, négociée et conclue de manière plus ou moins
formelle, entre les parties d'un
conflit sur la forme que prendra la solution qui permettra
de sortir de l'impasse. Ce conflit peut être de nature
personnelle, politique, diplomatique, commerciale ou économique.
Accord, résolution de
problème et négociation.
Deal.
| |
|
|
KLEIN, E.D., EVANS, T.A., SCHULTZ, N.B. & BERAN, M.J.
(2013). Learning how to "make a deal" : Human and monkey
performance when repeatedly faced with the Monty Hall
Dilemma. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 127, 103-108. |
|
|
Voir aussi Résolution
de problème et
Négociation |
|
|
|
|
Accord interjuge : Accord entre deux observateurs/ codeurs
ou plus sur la nature de ce qui est observé,
classé ou ordonné lors d'une observation
systématique ou d'une analyse de
contenu. Le degré d'accord peut-être mesuré par un test
statistique, par exemple un Kappa.
Accord, panel d'expert et
fidélité interjuge.
= entente
entre observateurs/codeur.
( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous.
Interobserver agreemen,
inter-observer agreement, Nominal scale agreement, coefficient
of agreement, interobserver reliability, observer reliability.
| |
|
|
COHEN, J.A. (1960). Coefficient of agreement for nominal
scales. Educational & Psychological Measurement,
20 (1), 37-46. [PDF] |
HARRIS, F.C. & LAHEY, B.B. (1978). A method for
combining occurrence and nonoccurrence interobserver
agreement scores. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 11 (4), 523-527. [PDF] |
|
SPITZER, R.L., COHEN, J.A., FLEISS, J. & ENDICOTT, J.
(1967). Quantification of agreement in psychiatry
diagnosis : A new approach. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 1 (7), 83-87. |
CARO, T.M., ROPER, R., YOUNG, M. & DANK, G.R. (1979).
interobserver reliability. Behaviour, 69 (3-4),
303-315.
[PDF] |
|
COHEN, J.A. (1968). Weighted kappa : Nominal scale
agreement with provision for scaled disagreement or
partial credit. Psychological Bulletin, 70, 213-220.
|
HAWKINS, R.P. & FABRY, B.D. (1979). Applied behavior
analysis and interobserver reliability : A commentary on
two articles by Birkimer and Brown. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (4), 545-552. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, S.M. & BOLDSTAD, A.D. (1973). Methodological
issues in naturalistic observation : Some problems and
solutions for field research. In L.A. Hamerlynck, L.C.
Handy & E.J. Mash (Eds.), Behavior change :
methodology, concepts, and practice (pp. 7-67).
Champaign, Ilinoise : Research Press. |
PAGE, T.J. & IWATA, B.A. (1986). Interobserver
agreement : History, theory and current methods. In A.
Poling & R.W. Fuqua (Eds.), Research methods in
applied behavior analysis : Issues and advances (pp.
99-126). Plenum : New York. |
|
TAPLIN, P.S. & REID, J.B. (I973). Effects of
instructional set and experimenter influence on observer
reliability. Child Development, 44, 547-554. |
ZEGERS, F.E. (1991). Coefficients for interrater
agreement. Applied Psychological Measurement, 15 (4),
321-333. [PDF] |
| |
PLAKE, B.S., MELICAN, G.J. & MILLS, C.N. (1991).
Factors influencing intrajudge consistency during
standard-setting. Educational Measurement : Issues
& Practice, 10 (2), 15-16, 22, 25. |
|
FLEISS, J.L. (1975). Measuring agreement between two
judges on the presence or absence of a trait. Biometrics,
31, 651-659. |
BORKENAU, P. & LIEBLER, A. (1993). Convergence of
stranger ratings of personality and intelligence with
self-ratings, partner ratings, and measured intelligence.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 65,
546-553. |
|
|
REPP, A.C., DEITZ, D.E.D., BOLES, S.M., DEITZ, S.M. &
REPP, C.F. (1976). Differences among methods for
calculating interobserver agreement. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 (1), 109-113. [PDF] |
CARR, J.E., AUSTIN, J., HATFIELD, D.B. & BAILEY, J.S.
(1996). The standard deviation as an informative measure
of variability in reporting interobserver agreement means.
Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 27, 263-267. |
|
LANDIS, J.R. & KOCH G.G. (1977). The measurement of
interrater agreement for categorical data. Biometrics,
33, 159-174. |
DONNER, A. (1998). Sample size requirements for the
comparison of two or more coefficients of inter-observer
agreement. Statistics in Medicine, 17 (10),
1157-1168. |
|
YELTON, A.R., WILDMAN, B.G. & ERICKSON, M.T. (1977). A
probability-based formula for calculating inter-observer
agreement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 9
(10), 127-131. [PDF] |
SZALAI, J.P. (1998). Kappa-sub(sc) : A measure of
agreement on a single rating category for a single item or
object rated by multiple raters. Psychological
Reports, 82 (3), 1321-1322. |
|
KRATOCHWILL, T.R. & WETZEL, R.J. (1977). Observer
agreement, credibility, and judgement : some
considerations in presenting observer agreement data. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 133-139. [PDF] |
ACKLIN, M.W., McDOWELL C.J., VERSCHELL, M.S. & CHAN,
D. (2000). Interobserver agreement, intraobserver
reliability, and the Rorschach Comprehensive System.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 74, 15-47. [PDF] |
| |
HEINE, S.J. & RENSHAW, K. (2002). Interjudge
agreement, self-enhancement, and liking : Cross-cultural
divergences. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28, 442-451. [PDF] |
|
HARTMANN, D.P. (1977). Considerations in the choice of
interobserver reliability estimates. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 103-116. [PDF] |
MUDFORD, O.C., TAYLOR, S.A. & MARTIN, N.T. (2009).
Continuous recording and interobserver agreement
algorithms reported in the J. of Applied Behavior Analysis
(1995-2005). Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(1), 165-169. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Fidélité interjuge et Observateurs/codeurs
|
|
|
Accouchement : Mise au monde d'un organisme,
qui correspond à ses premiers moments de vie hors-utérine (chez
les mammifères).
Accouchement et
naissance.
= mise au monde.
( ): l'accouchement par voie basse (utérine) et
l'accouchement par césarienne. Childbirth.
|
|
|
Accoutumance : Tolérance à une drogue
ou à un médicament
(substance psychotrope) acquise progressivement par l'organisme et qui lui permet de supporter des doses croissantes de ce médicament sans effet secondaire notable.
*dépendance.
= assuétude.
Tolerance.
|
Accréditation : Procédure légale qui vise à vérifier la
correspondance ente les standards de formation d'un programme d'étude et l'enseignement
effectivement offert aux étudiants de ce programme. Accrédidation
et ABA.
Accreditation.
| |
|
|
HOPKINS, B.L. (1991). ABA accrediting graduate programs
of studies in behavior analysis. ABA Newsletter, 14 (3),
19-21.
|
|
HOPKINS, B.L. & MOORE, J. (1993). ABA accreditation of
graduate programs of study. The Behavior Analyst, 16,
117-121. [PDF] |
|
SHOOK, G.L. (1993). The professional credential in
behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 16 (1),
87-101. [PDF] |
|
MOORE, J.C. & SHOOK, G.L. (2001). Certification,
accreditation, and quality control in behavior analysis.
The Behavior Analyst, 24, 45-55. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Programme
d'étude |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulation compulsive : Voir Syllogamie.
Compulsive hoarding.
|
Acétylcholine : Neurotransmetteur
qui permet la transmission chimique de l'influx nerveux à l'extrémité des nerfs parasympathiques et des fibres préganglionnaires. Elle joue aussi un rôle important dans l'apprentissage
et la mémoire, ainsi que
dans la contraction des muscles lisses, notamment du
coeur. Acetylcholine et noyau
basal de Meynert.
= ACh.
/Anticholinergique.
Acetylcholine.
| |
|
|
JASPER, H.H. & TESSIER, J. (1971). Acetylcholine
liberation from cerebral cortex during paradoxical (REM)
sleep. Science, 172, 601-602. [PDF] |
|
TANSEY, E.M. (1991). Chemical neurotransmission in the
autonomic nervous system : Sir Henry Dale and
acetylcholine. Clinical Autonomic Research, 1
(1), 63-72. |
|
YU, A.J. & DAYAN, P. (2002). Acetylcholine in cortical
inference. Neural Networks, 15, 719-730. |
|
SAVAGE, L.M., HALL, J.M. & VETRENO, R.P. (2011).
Anterior thalamic lesions alter both hippocampal-dependent
behavior and hippocampal acetylcholine release in the rat.
Learning & Memory, 18, 751-758. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Noyau
basal de Meynert et Neurotransmetteur |
|
|
|
|
Acheter : Achat : Voir Consommer.
Consumer choice, consumption, buyer behavior,
purchasing behaviour, consumer.
|
Achilles Charles M. (1936-2013) : Spécialiste
de l'éducation. Il
s'intéresse notamment à l'effet
de la taille des classes
sur l'apprentissage
et la réussite
scolaire. Collaborateur de Egelson,
Finn, Nye
et Pate-Bain.
|
ACHILLES, C.M., NYE, B.A. BOYD-ZAHARIAS, J. & FULTON,
D. (1993). Creating sucessful schools for all children : A
proven step. Journal of School Leadership, 3 (6),
606-621. |
|
ACHILLES, C.M., NYE, B.A. & PATE-BAIN, H. (1994/95).
Test-score "value" of kindergarten for pupils in thre
class conditions at grades 1,2, and 3. National
Forum of Educational Administration & Supervision
Journal, 12 (1), 3-15. |
|
ACHILLES, C.M., HARMAN, P. & EGELSON, P. (1995). Using
research results on class size to improve pupil
achievement outcomes. Research in the Schools, 2
(2), 2-30. |
|
ACHILLES, C.M., FINN, J.D. & PATE-BAIN, H. (1998).
Using class size to reduce the equity gap. Educational
Leadership, 55 (4), 40-43. |
|
ACHILLES, C.M., FINN, J.D. & PATE-BAIN, H. (2002).
Measuring class size : Let me count the ways. Educational
Leadership, 59 (5), 24-26. |
|
|
|
Acker Elise Robinson Joan (1924-2016) : Sociologue
et féministe américaine,
spécialisée dns l'étude du genre,
des classes sociales
et des injustices.
|
ACKER, J. & VAN HOUTEN, D. (1974). Differential
recruitment and control : The sex structuring of
organizations. Administrative Science Quarterly, 19,
152-163. |
|
ACKER, J., BARRY, K. & ESSEVELD, J. (1983).
Objectivity and truth : Problems in doing feminist
research. Women's Studies International Forum, 6 (4),
423-435. |
|
ACKER, J. (1990). Hierarchies, jobs, bodies : A theory of
gendered organizations. Gender & Society, 4
(2), 139-158. [PDF] |
|
ACKER, J. (1992). From sex roles to gendered institutions.
Contemporary Sociology, 21 (5), 565-569. |
|
ACKER, J. (2006). Inequality regimes : Gender, class, and
race in organization. Gender & Society, 20 (4),
441-464. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ackerman Robert A. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du narcissisme,
notamment de sa
mesure. Collaborateur de
Donnellan, Fraley,
Kashy, Robins et Trzesniewski.
|
ACKERMAN, R.A., KASHY, D.A., DONNELLAN, M.B., NEPPI, T.,
LORENZ, F.O. & CONGER, R.D. (2013). The interpersonal
legacy of a positive family climate in adolescence.
Psychological Science, 24, 243-250. |
|
ACKERMAN, R.A., WITT, E.A., DONNELLAN, M.B., TRZESNIEWSKI,
K., ROBINS, R.W. & KASHY, D. (2011). What does the
narcissistic personality inventory really measure ?
Assessment, 18 (1), 67-87. [PDF] |
|
ACKERMAN, R.A., KASHY, D.A., DONNELLAN, M.B. & CONGER,
R.D. (2011). Positive engagement in families : A social
relations analysis. Journal of Family Psychology, 25,
719-730. [PDF] |
|
ACKERMAN, R.A. & DONNELLAN, M.B. (2013) Evaluating
self-report measures of narcissistic entitlement. Journal
of Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 35,
460-474. |
|
ACKERMAN, R.A., DONNELLAN, M.B. & WRIGHT, A.G.C.
(2019). Current conceptualizations of narcissism. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 32, 32-37. |
|
|
|
Ackerman
Philip L. ( ) : Psychométricien
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'acquisition des
habiletés.
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. (1988). Determinants of individual
differences during skill acquisition : Cognitive abilities
and information processing. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General 117, 288-318. |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. (1996). A theory of adult intellectual
development : Process, personality, interests, and
knowledge. Intelligence, 22, 229-259. |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L., KANFER, R. & GOFF, M. (199 ).
Cognitive and noncognitive determinants and consequences
of complex skill acquisition. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Applied, 1, 270-304. |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. & HEGGESTAD, E.D. (1997). Intelligence,
personality, and interests : Evidence for overlapping
traits. Psychological Bulletin, 121 (2),
219-245. [PDF] |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. (2014). Nonsense, common sense, and science
of expert performance : Talent and individual differences.
Intelligence, 45, 6-17. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acouphène : Trouble de l'ouïe qui se caractérise par une sensation auditive désagréable, sous forme de bourdonnement ou de sifflement, qui
n'est pas produit par un bruit réel ou tout autre stimulus externe
à l'oreille.
= bruit de fond interne.
Tinnitus.
| |
|
|
ANDERSSON, G. & LYTTKENS, L. (1996). Acupuncture for
tinnitus : time to stop ? Scandinavian Audiology, 25,
273-275. |
JASTREBOFF, P.J. (2000). Tinnitus habituation therapy
(THT) and tinnitus retraining therapy (TRT). In R.S. Tyler
(Ed.), Tinnitus handbook (pp. 357-376). San
Diego, CA : Singular, Thomson Learning. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. (1996). The role of optimism in patients
with tinnitus and in patients with hearing impairment. Psychology
& Health, 11, 697-707. |
ANDERSSON, G., ERIKSSON, J., LUNDH, L.-G. & LYTTKENS,
L. (2000). Tinnitus and cognitive interference : a Stroop
paradigm study. Journal of Speech, Hearing, &
Language Research, 43, 1168-1173. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & LARSEN, H.-C. (1997).
Cognitive-behavioural treatment of tinnitus in
otosclerosis : a case-report. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 25, 79-82. |
ANDERSSON, G. (2002). Psychological aspects of tinnitus
and the application of cognitive-behavioural therapy. Clinical
Psychology Review, 22 (7), 977-979. |
| |
JASTREBOFF, P.J. & JASTREBOFF, M.M. (2003). Tinnitus
retraining therapy for patients with tinnitus and
decreased sound tolerance. Otolaryngol. Otolaryngologic
Clinics of North America, 26, 321-323. |
| |
JASTREBOFF, P.J. & HAZELL, J. (2004). Tinnitus
retraining therapy : Implementing the neurophysiological
model. New York, NY : Cambridge University Press. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & McKENNA, L. (1998). Tinnitus masking
and depression. Audiology, 37, 174-182. |
ANDERSSON, G. & WESTIN, V. (2008). Understanding
tinnitus distress : Introducing the concepts of moderators
and mediators. International Journal of Audiology, 47
(S2), 106-111. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Ouïe, Oreilleet
Misophonie |
|
|
Acquiesement : Acquiescer : Forme de conformisme,
proposée par Kelman, qui
consiste à accepter une demande,
ou à s'y plier lorsque cette demande semble peu intéressante ou
difficile à satisfaire. Acquiescement et persuasion.
= acquiescer à une requête, dire oui,
accepter, se plier, se laisser influencer. /persuasion.
Compliance, compliance procedure, social
compliance, responses to direct
directives.
| |
|
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1958). Compliance, identification, and
internalization : Three processes of attitude change. Journal
of Conflict Resolution, 2 (1), 51-60. [PDF] |
WEYANT, J.M. (1996). Application of compliance
techniques to direct-mail requests for charitable
donations. Psychology & Hilarketing, 13,
157-170. |
|
FESTINGER, L. & CARLSMITH, J. (1959). Cognitive
consequences of forced compliance. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology 58, 203-210. [LIRE] |
TYLER, T.R. (1997). Compliance with intellectual property
laws : A psychological perspective. Journal of
International Law & Politics, 28, 101-115. |
|
FREEDMAN, J.L. & FRASER, S. (1966). Compliance without
pressure : The foot-in-the-door technique. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 4, 195-202. |
TYLER, T.R. (1997). Procedural fairness and compliance
with the law. Swiss Journal of Economics &
Statistics, 133, 219-240. |
|
FREEDMAN, J.L., WALLINGTON, S.A. & BLESS, E. (1967).
Compliance without pressure : The effect of guilt. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 7, 117-124. |
BOHM, J. & HENDRICKS, B. (1997). Effects of
interpersonal touch, degree of justification, and sex of
participant on compliance with a request. The Journal
of Social Psychology, 137, 460-469. |
FOREHAND, R., KING, H.E., PEED, S. & YODER, P.
(1971). Mother-child interactions : A comparison of
a noncompliant clinic group and a nonclinic group. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 13, 79-84.
|
|
|
REGAN, D.T. (1971). Effects of a favor and liking on
compliance. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
7, 627-639. |
POLLOCK, C.L., SMITH, S. D., KNOWLES, E.S. & BRUCE,
H.J. (1998). Mindfulness limits compliance with the
that's-not-all technique. Personalip & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 24, 1153-1157. |
|
KONECNI, V.J. (1972). Some effects of guilt on compliance
: A field replication. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 23 (1), 0-32. [PDF] |
BURGER, J.M. (1999). The foot-in-the-door compliance
procedure : A multiple-process analysis and review. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 3, 303-325. [PDF] |
|
DARLEY, S.A. & COOPER, J. (1972). Cognitive
consequence of forced noncompliance. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 24 (3),
321-326. [PDF] |
WHATLEY, M.A., WEBSTER, M.J., SMITH, R.H. & RHODES, A.
(1999). The effect of a favor on public and private
compliance : How internalized is the norm of reciprocity ?
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 21 (3),
251-259. |
BUCHER, B. (1973). Some variables affecting
children's compliance with instructions. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 15, 10-21.
|
|
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1974). Social influence and linkages between
the individual and the social system : Further thoughts on
the processes of compliance, identification, and
internalization. In J. Tedeschi (Ed.), Perspectives
on social power (pp. 125-171). Chicago : Aldine. [PDF] |
BURGER, J.M. REED, M., DECESARE, K., RAUNER, S. &
ROZOLIS, J. (1999). The effects of initial request size on
compliance : More about the that's-not-all technique. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 21, 243-249. [PDF] |
|
CIALDINI, R.B., VINCENT, J.E., LEWIS, S.K., CATALAN, J.,
WHEELER, D. & DARBY, B.L. (1975). Reciprocal
concessions procedure for inducing compliance : The
door-in-the-face technique. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 31, 206-215. [PDF] |
ADAMS, G.R., RYAN, B.A., KETSETZIS, M. & KEATING, L.
(2000). Rule compliance and peer sociability : A study of
family process, parent-child school-focused interactions
and children's classroom behavior. Journal of Family
Psychology, 14, 237-250. |
LYTTON, H. & ZWIMER, W. (1975). Compliance and its
controling stimuli observed in a natural setting. Developmental
Psychology, 11, 769-779.
|
|
|
|
GOETZ, E.M., HOLMBERG, M.C. & LEBLANC, J.M.
(1975). Differential reinforcement of other behavior and
noncontingent reinforcement as control procedures during
the modification of a preschooler's compliance. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (1), 77-82.
[PDF]
|
|
|
KONECNI, V.J. & EBBESEN, E.B. (1975). Effects of the
presence of children on adults' helping behavior and
compliance : Two field studies. Journal of Social
Psychology, 97, 181-193. [PDF] |
BURGER, J.M., SOROKA, S., GONZAGO, K., MURPHY, E. &
SOMERVELL, E. (2001). The effect of fleeting attraction on
compliance to requests. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 27 (12), 1578-1586. [PDF] |
|
DOLEYS, D.M., WELLS, K.C., HOBBS, S.A., ROBERTS, M.W.
& CARTELLI, L.M. (1976). The effects of social
punishment on noncompliance : a comparison with timeout
and positive practice. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 9 (4), 471-482. [PDF] |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Touch, awareness of touch and
compliance to a request. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 95, 355-360. |
|
CIALDINI, R.B. & SCHROEDER, D.A. (1976). Increasing
com- pliance by legitimizing paltry contributions : When
even a penny helps. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 34, 599-604. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Status, apparel and touch : Their
joint effects on compliance to a request. North
American Journal of Psychology, 4, 279-286. |
|
MILLER, R-L., SELIGMAN, C., CLARK, N.T. & BUSH, M.
(1976). Perceptual contrast versus reciprocal concession
as mediators of induced compliance. Canadian Journal
of Behavioral Science, 8, 401-409. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Kind of touch, gender and compliance
to a request : A pilot study. Studia Psychologica,
44, 167-172. |
FOREHAND, R. (1977). Child noncompliance to parental
requests : Behavioral analysis and treatment. In M. Her-
sen, R.M. Eisler & P.M. Miller (Eds.), Progress
in behavior modification (Vol.5, pp. 111-147). New
York : AcademicPress.
|
|
|
SHANAB, M.E. & O'NEILL, P. (1979). The effects of
contrast upon compliance with socially undesirable
requests in the door-in-the-face paradigm. Canadian
Journal of Behavioral Science, 11, 236-244. |
BURGER, J.M. MESSIAN, N., PATEL, S., DEL PRADO, A. &
ANDERSON, C. (2004). What a coincidence ! The effects of
incidental similarity on compliance. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 35-43.
[PDF] |
|
WALKER, M., HARRIMAN, S. & COSTELLO, S. (1980). The
influence of appearance on compliance with a request. Journal
of Social Psychology, 112, 159-160. |
CIALDINI, R.B. & GOLDSTEIN, N.J. (2004). Social
influence : Compliance and conformity. Annual Review
of Psychology, 55, 591-621.
[PDF] |
|
SHANAB, M.E. & ISONIO, S.A. (1980). The effects of
delay upon compliance with socially undesirable requests
in the door-in-the-face paradigm. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 15, 76-78. |
GUÉGUEN, N., JACOB, C. & BOULBRY, G. (2007). The
effect of touch on compliance with a restaurant's employee
suggestion. Hospitality Management, 26,
1019-1023. [PDF] |
|
RUSSO, D.C., CATALDO, M.F. & CUSHING, P. J. (1981).
Compliance training and behavioral covariation in the
treatment of multiple behavior problems. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 14, 209-222. [PDF]
|
|
|
BROCKNER, J., PRESSMAN, B., CABITT, J. & MORAN, P.
(1982). Nonverbal intimacy, sex, and compliance : A field
study. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 6, 253-258. |
PETROVA, K., CIALDINI, R.B. & SILLS, S.J. (2007).
Consistency-based compliance across cultures. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 104-111. [PDF] |
McLAUGHLIN, B. (1983). Child compliance to parental
control techniques. Developmental Psychology, 19,
667-673.
|
|
ELROD, M.M. (1983). Young children's responses to direct
and indirect directives. The Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 143, 217-227.
|
MURPHY, K. (2008). Enforcing tax compliance : To punish or
persuade ? Economic Analysis & Policy, 38
(1), 113-135. |
|
PARRISH, J.M., CATALDO, M.F., KOLKO, D.J., NEEF, N.A.
& EGEL, A.L. (1986). Experimental analysis of response
covariation among compliant and inappropriate behaviors.Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 19 (3), 241-254. [PDF]
|
|
|
BURGER, J.M. (1986). Increasing compliance by improving
the deal : the that's-not-all technique. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 51 (2),
277-283. [PDF] |
TYLER, T.R., DIENHART, J. & THOMAS, T. (2008). The
ethical commitment to compliance : Building value-based
cultures that encourage ethical conduct and a commitment
to compliance. California Management Review, 50,
31-51. |
|
|
GRACE, C.R., BELL, P.A. & SUGAR, J. (1988). Effects of
compliance techniques on spontaneous and asked-for
helping. Journal of Social Psychology, 128, 525-532. |
MURPHY, K. & TYLER, T.R. (2008). Procedural justice
and compliance behaviour : The mediating role of emotions.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 38,
652-668. |
|
ATWATER, J.B. & MORRIS, E.K. (1988).Teachers'
instructions and children's compliance in preschool
classrooms : a descriptive analysis. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 21 (2), 157–167. [PDF] |
MURPHY, K., TYLER, T.R. & CURTIS, A. (2009). Nurturing
regulatory compliance : Is procedural justice effective
when people question the legitimacy of the law. Regulation &
Governance, 3, 1-26. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (1990). Why people obey the law :
Procedural justice, legitimacy, and compliance. New
Haven : Yale University Press. |
BURGER, J.M. & CALDWELL, D.C. (2011). When opportunity
knocks : The effect of a perceived unique opportunity on
compliance. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 14, 671-680. [PDF] |
|
SEGRIN, C. (1993). The effects of nonverbal behavior on
outcomes of compliance gaining attempts. Communication
Studies, 44, 169-187. |
PRATI, B., PIETRATONI, L. & ZANI, B. (2011).
Compliance with recommendations for pandemic influenza
H1N1 2009 : The role of trust and personal beliefs. Health
Education Research, 26 (5), 761-769. |
|
REMLAND, M.S. & JONES, T. (1994). The influence of
vocal intensity and touch on compliance gaining. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 134 (1), 89-97. [PDF] |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2014). "Here comes the sun" :
Evidence of the Effect of Sun on Compliance to a survey
request. Survey Practice, 7 (5), 1-6. [PDF] |
| |
MURPHY, K. (2016). Turning defiance into compliance with
procedural justice : Understanding reactions to regulatory
encounters through motivational posturing. Regulation
& Governance, 10, 93-109. |
| |
MURPHY, K., BRADFORD, B. & JACKSON, J. (2016).
Motivating compliance behavior among tax offenders :
Procedural justice or deterrence ? Criminal Justice
& Behavior, 43 (1), 102-118. |
| |
MURPHY, K., WILLIAMSON, H., SARGEANT, E. & McCARTHY,
M. (2020). Why people comply with COVID-19 social
distancing restrictions : Self-interest or duty ?
Australian & New Zealand Journal of Criminology 53
(4) 1-20. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Persuasion,
Identification,
Influence
sociale, Obéissance
aux règles, Respect
et Conformisme |
| VALLERAND,
R.J. (Dir.) (1994). Les fondements de la psychologie
sociale. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
|
Acquis
: L'un des grands
problèmes de la psychologie.
Consiste à déterminer chez l'humain et l'animal le rôle des gènes
(inné) et de l'expérience avec le milieu (acquis) dans
l'apparition des comportements, des émotions, des processus
cognitifs, etc. Acquis et problème
de l'innée et de l'acquis. =
apprentissage, expérience, effet de la culture. /inné,
instinct. Culture,
nurture, experience, environmental influence.
| |
|
|
MORGAN, C.L. (1900). Instinct vs. experience in newly
hatched chicks. Nature, 62, 590. |
PLOMIN, R. & McCLEARN, G.E. (Ed.) (1993). Nature,
nurture, and psychology. Washington, D.C. :
American Psychological Association. |
|
CARMICHAEL, L. (1925). Heredity and environment : Are they
antithetical ? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 20, 245-260. |
BERGEMAN, C.S., CHIPUER, H.M., PLOMIN, R., PEDERSEN, N.L.,
McCLEARN, G.E., NESSELROADE, J.R., COSTA, P.T. &
McCRAE, R.R. (1993). Genetic and environmental effects on
openness to experience, agreeableness, and
conscientiousness : An adoption/twin study. Journal
of Personality, 61 (2), 159-179. |
|
WULFF RASMUSSEN, E. (1939). Wildness in rats : Heredity or
environment ? Acta Psychologica, 4, 295-304. |
PLOMIN, R. (1994). Genetics and experience : The
interplay between nature and nuture. Thousand Oaks
: Sage. |
|
LORENZ, K. (1970). Évolution et modification du
comportement : l'inné et l'acquis. Paris :
Éditions Payot. |
McGUE, M. & BOUCHARD, T.J. (1998). Genetic and
environmental influences on human behavioral differences.
Annual Review of Neuroscience, 21, 1-24. |
|
RICHARDS, R.J. (1974). The innate and the learned : The
evolution of Konrad Lorenz's theory of instinct. Philosophy
of the Social Sciences, 4, 111-133. |
LYKKEN, D.T. (1999). Happiness : What studies on
twins show us about nature, nurture, and the happiness
set point. New York : Golden Books. |
|
SAFIR, M.P. (1985). The effects of nature or of nurture on
sex differences in intellectual functioning : Israeli
Findings. Sex Roles, 14, 581-590. |
TOMASELLO, M. & SLOBIN, D. (Eds.) (2004). Beyond
nature-nurture : Essays in honor of Elizabeth Bates.
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
RICHERSON, P.J. & BOYD, R. (2005). Not by genes
alone : How culture transformed human evolution.
London : University of Chicago Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Grands
problèmes |
|
|
Acquisition
: Terme générique plus neutre que le mot apprentissage,
qui désigne ce qui est acquis sans
toutefois préciser la nature des mécanismes qui sous-tendent cette
acquisition (apprentissage, assimilation, traitement de
l'information, etc.). /inné.
Acquisition.
| |
|
|
BRYAN, W.L. & HARTER, N. (1899). Studies on the
telegraphic language : The acquisition of a hierarchy of
habits. Psychological Review, 6, 345-375. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1921). How do we acquire our basics
reactions ? Psychological Review, 28, 328-356. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1982). Acquisition of cognitive skill. Psychological
Review, 89 (4), 369-406. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Acronymes et sigles en psychologie :
|
|
|
ACT
(American College Testing Program) :
Test d'évaluation des
aptitudes cognitives inventé en 1959 par
Lindquist.
|
|
|
Acta
Biotheoretica : Revue
scientifique de philosophie,
qui s'intéresse à la biologie.
Éditeur : Springer.
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (2009). In what sense does "nothing in
biology make sense except in the light of evolution"? Acta
Biotheoretica, 57, 11-32. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acte
: Comportement
ou conduite volontaire.
Pour de nombreux psychologues/sociologue, l'acte se distingue du
comportement par son caractère conscient et planifié.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
|
|
|
Acte
exclusif : Ensemble de gestes/décisions réservé à une
et une seule profession. Pour obtenir ce droit, il faut être
membre d'une profession.
EX : Seul les médecins (chirurgien) ont droit d'opérer un
patient. Acte exclusif, acte réservé
et exercice
d'une profession.
|
Acte locutoire : Selon Austin, acte
de produire des sons et de dire quelque chose avec des mots selon
une structure grammaticale donnée.
| Temps
1 |
 |
Temps
2 |
|
Temps
3 |
| Acte
consommatoire |
Acte
locutoire |
Acte
perlocutoire |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acte
manqué : Comportement
émis contre la volonté ou la conscience
et qui révèle, selon la psychanalyse,
l'existence d'un désir refoulé ou d'un conflit
intrapsychique. L'acte manqué révèle par des moyens
détournés ce que la conscience ne parvient pas à exprimer. EX:
Perdre ses billets d'avion le jour de son départ (alors que cette
destination nous rebute), manquer un rendez-vous (alors que l'on
souhaite être ailleurs). Acte manqué, processus
primaire et lapsus.
Parapraxe.
| |
|
| HALL,
C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie freudienne.
Paris : Montaigne. |
|
|
Acte
perlocutoire : Selon Austin,
résultat ou conséquence de l'acte
locutoire.
| Temps
1 |
|
Temps
2 |
|
Temps
3 |
| Acte
consommatoire |
Acte
locutoire |
Acte
perlocutoire |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acte
réservé : Ensemble de gestes/décisions que seul
certains professionnels ont le droit de poser/prendre. Pour
obtenir ce droit, il faut être membre d'une profession.
EX : La psychothérapie est réservée à certaines
professions comme la psychologie, la médecine, etc. Acte réservé,
titre réservé
et exercice
d'une profession.
|
|
|
|
|
Acteur
: Le concept a deux acceptions : a)
En psychologie
sociale, le terme désigne celui qui agit; par opposition à
celui qui observe celui qui agit. /observateur.
Actor. b) En sociologie,
notamment chez Crozier,
celui qui agit (qui prend une décision ou émet un comportement) ou
qui exerce son pouvoir
afin d'amener les autres à agir (contrôle et influence sociale).
| |
|
| a |
|
JONES, E.E. & NISBETT, R.E. (1971). The actor and the
observer : Divergent perceptions of the causes of
behavior. In E.E. Jones, D.E. Kanouse, H.H. Kelley, R.E.
Nisbett, S. Valins & B.W. Weiner (Eds.), Attribution
: Perceiving the causes of behavior (pp. 37-52).
Morristown, NJ : General Learning Press. [PDF] |
|
MALLE, B.F., KNOBE, J. & NELSON, S.E. (2007).
Actor-observer asymmetries in explanations of behavior :
New answers to an old question. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 93, 491-514.
[PDF] |
|
SÉNÉCAL, G. et SAINT-LAURENT-SÉNÉCAL. H. (2014). L'acteur
: questions de méthode, dans S. Breux, J.-P. Collin, et C.
Gingras (Dirs.), Repésenter la ville : apports et
méthodes (p. 41-62). Québec : Presses de
l'Université Laval. |
|
SÉNÉCAL, G. (2016). La société des acteurs. Montréal
: Liber. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Biais
acteur/observateur |
| b |
|
CROZIER, M. et FRIEDBERG, E. (1977). L'acteur et le
système. Paris : Seuil. |
|
WELLS, G.L., PETTY, R.E., HARKINS, S.G., KAGEHIRO D. &
HARVEY, J.H. (1977). Anticipated discussion of
interpretation eliminates actor-observer differences in
the attribution of causality. Sociometry, 40, 247-253. |
|
TOURAINE, A. (1984). Le retour de l'acteur : Essai de
sociologie. Paris : Fayard. |
|
ASSOGBA, Y. (1990). Théorie systémique de la rationalité
de l’acteur et aspirations. Recherches Sociologiques,
19, 55-77. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Crozier |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acting
out : Expression anglaise utilisée en psychanalyse
pour désigner un acte impulsif
et agressif (le plus souvent commis contre son thérapeute).
EX: Tony Soprano, le parrain de la télésérie
américaine Les Sopranos, essaie d'étrangler sa
psychanalyste, qui tente en vain de lui faire admettre que sa mère
le déteste... = mise en acte, passage
à l'acte. Acting out.
| |
|
|
WEISS, E. (1942). Emotional memories and acting out. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 11, 477-492. |
NAIMAN, J. (1966). The role of the superego in certain
forms of acting out. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 47, 286-292. |
|
FENICHEL, O. (1945). Neurotic acting out. Psychoanalytic
Review, 32, 197-206. |
FREUD, A. (1968). Acting out. International Journal
of Psycho-Analysis, 49 (2-3), 165-170. |
|
DE BLÉCOURT, A. (1993). Transference, counter transference
and acting out in psychoanalysis. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 74, 757-774. |
GRINBERG, L. (1968). On acting out and its role in the
psychoanalytic process. International Journal of
PsychoAnalysis, 49, 171-178. |
|
SPIEGEL, L.A. (1954). Acting out and defensive instinctual
gratification. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 2, 107-119. |
ANASTASOPOULOS, D. (1988). Acting out during adolescence
in terms of regression in symbol formation. International
Review of Psycho-Analysis, 15, 177-186. |
|
CARROLL, E.J. (1954). Acting out and ego development.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 23, 521-528. |
CHASSEGUET-SMIRGEL, J. (1990). On acting out. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 71, 77-86. |
|
BYCHOWSKI, G. (1954). The structure of homosexual acting
out. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 23, 48-61. |
DE BLECOURT, A. (1993). Transference, countertransference,
and acting out in analysis. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 74, 757-774. |
|
ROTH, N. (1958). Manifest dream content and acting out. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 27, 547-554. |
ROUGHTON, R.E. (1993). Useful aspects acting out :
repetition, enactment, actualization. Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association, 41, 443-472. |
| LAPLANCHE,
J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la
psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
BERNSTEIN, A. (2001). The analyst's fear of acting out. Modern
Psychoanalysis, 26, 203-208. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Impulsif
et Passage à l'acte |
|
|
Action
: Comportement
ou chaîne de
comportement émis dans un but précis, afin d'atteindre un
objectif. = praxie, conduite.
/reaction. Action.
| |
|
|
TOURAINE, A. (1965). Sociologie de l'action.
Paris : Seuil. [PDF] |
THALBERG, I. (1971). Singling out actions, their
properties and components. Journal of Philosophy, 68,
781-786. |
|
TURVEY, M.T. (1977). Preliminaries to a theory of action
with reference to vision. In R. Shaw and J.
Bransfords Perceiving, acting & knowing :
Toward an ecological psychology (pp, 211-265).
Routledge.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDMAN, A. (1970). A theory of human action.
Prentice-Hall : Princeton University Press. |
GALLISTEL, R. (1980). The organisation of action.
Hillsdale. N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
GOLDMAN, A. (1971). The individuation of action. Journal
of Philosophy, 68, 761-774. |
SHARON, T. & WYNN, K. (1998). Individuation of actions
from continuous motion. Psychological Science, 9, 357-362. |
|
THOMSON, J.J. (1971). Individuating actions. Journal
of Philosophy, 68, 771-781. |
THAGARD, P.R. (2002). Emotion and action.
Philosophical Psychology, 15 (1), 34-35. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Action
collective : Action concertée
et organisée d’un groupe
d'individus - souvent un mouvement
social ou un parti
politique - dans le but d’atteindre un objectif
commun. L’atteinte de cet objectif permet aux membres
du groupe d’atteindre leurs objectifs
personnels. L’action collective a donc deux finalités : 1)
Poursuivre et réaliser un objectif commun, celui du groupe; 2)
Permettre aux membres d’atteindre leurs objectifs personnels.
L'existence de ce double objectif peut créer un point
de rupture au sein de l'organisation ou mener à un désengagement
des membres insastisfaits. =
action organisée, action sociale, action collective. Social
action, collective action.
| |
|
|
PARSONS, T. (1937/1967). Structure of social action. Glencoe,
IL : Free Press. |
TOURAINE, A. (2000). Sociologie de l'action.
Paris : Seuil. |
|
ROCHER, G. (1970). L'action sociale : Introduction à
la sociologie générale. Paris : Seuil. |
DRURY, J. COCKING, C., BEALE, J., HANSON, C. & RAPLEY,
F. (2005). The phenomenology of empowerment in collective
action. British Journal of Social Psychology, 44, 309-328.
[PDF] |
|
LAUMANN, E.O. & PAPPI, F.U. (1976). Networks of
collective action : A perspective on communitary action.
New York : Academic Press. |
DRURY, J. & REICHER S.D. (2005). Explaining enduring
empowerment : A comparative study of collective action and
psychological outcomes. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 35, 35-58. |
|
CROZIER, M. et FRIEDBERG, E. (1977). L'acteur et le
système : les contraintes de l'action collective.
Paris : Seuil. |
DUNCAN, L.E. & STEWART, A.J. (2007). Personal
political salience : The role of personality in collective
identity and action. Political Psychology, 28, 143-164. |
|
REICHER, S.D. (1982). The determination of collective
action. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Social identity and
intergroup relations (pp. 41-84). Cambridge, UK :
Cambridge University Press. |
BOUDON, R. (2007). Essais sur la théorie générale de
la rationalité : action sociale et sens commun. Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
DAWES, R.M., ORBELL, J.M., SIMMONS, R.T. & VAN DE
KRAGHT, AJ.C. (1986). Organizing groups for collective
action. The American Political Science Review, 80
(4), 1171-1185.
[PDF] |
VAN ZOMEREN, M., POSTMES, T. & SPEARS, R. (2008).
Toward an integrative social identity model of collective
action : A quantitative research synthesis of three
socio-psychological perspectives. Psychological
Bulletin, 134 (4), 504-535. [PDF] |
|
|
OSTROM, E. (1990). Governing the commons : The
evolution of institutions for collective action. New
York : Cambridge University Press. |
DRURY, J. (2009). Collective psychological empowerment as
a model of social change : Researching crowds and power. Journal
of Social Issues, 65 (4), 707-725. [PDF] |
|
WHITE HARRISON, C. (1992). Identity and control : A
structural theory of social action. Princeton :
Princeton University Press. |
MCGARTY, C., BLIUC, A., THOMAS, E. & BONGIORNO, R.
(2009). Collective action as the material expression of
opinion-based group membership. Journal of Social
Issues, 65 (4), 839-857. [PDF] |
|
MARWELL, G. & OLIVER, P. (1993). The critical mass
in collective action. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
DEROOIJ, E.A., GREEN, D.P. & GERBER, A.S. (2009).
Field experiments on political behavior and collective
action. Annual Review of Political Science, 12,
389-395. |
|
KELLY, C. & BREINLINGER, S. (1996). The social
psychology of collective action. London, England :
Taylor & Francis, Ltd. |
ZAAL, M., VAN LAAR, C., STAHL, T., ELLEMERS, N. &
DERKS, B. (2011). By any means necessary : The effects of
regulatory focus and moral conviction on hostile and
benevolent forms of collective action. British Journal
of Social Psychology, 50 (4), 670-689. |
|
BOURDIEU, P. (1996). Raisons pratiques : Sur la
théorie de l'action. Paris : Seuil. |
DUNCAN, L.E. (2012). The psychology of collective action.
In K. Deaux & M. Snyder (Eds.), The Oxford
handbook of personality and social psychology (pp.
781-803). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
DUNCAN, L.E. (1999). Motivation for collective action :
Group consciousness as mediator of personality, life
experiences, and women's rights activism. Political
Psychology, 20, 611-635. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Groupe,
Équipe, Organisation,
Mouvement
social, Parti
politique et Objectif
commun |
| |
|
|
|
|
Activation
(physiologique) :
Changement physiologique produit par un stimulus.
Arousal, emotional activation, sexual arousal.
| |
|
|
BARON, R.A. (1971). Magnitude of victim's pain cues and
level of prior anger arousai as determinants of adult
aggressive behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 17, 236-243. |
|
|
DUFFY, E. (1962). Activation and behavior.
Wiley. |
THAYER, R.E. (1989). The biopsychology of mood and
arousal. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
MATTSON, J.M. & NATSOULAS, T. (1962). Emotional
arousal and stimulus duration as determinants of stimulus
selection. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 65 (2), 142-144. |
STRELAU, J. (1994). The concepts of arousal and
arousability as used in temperament studies. In J.E. Bates
& T.D. Wachs (Eds.), Temperament : Individual
differences at the interface of biology and behavior
(pp. 117-141). Washington, D.C. : American Psychological
Association. |
|
THAYER, R.E. (1967). Measurement of activation through
self-report. Psychological Reports, 20, 663-678. |
ADAMS, H.E., LESTER, W.W. & LOHR, B.A. (1996). Is
homophobia associated with homosexual arousal ? Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 105 (3), 440-445.
[PDF] |
|
WEINER, M.J. & SAMUEL, W. (1974). The effect of
attributing internal arousal to an external source upon
test anxiety and performance. Journal of Social
Psychology, 96, 255-265. |
SCHIMMACK, U. & REISENZEIN, R. (2002). Experiencing
activation : Energetic arousal and tense arousal are not
mixtures of valence and activation. Emotion, 2,
412-417. [PDF] |
|
SCHAEFFER, G.H. & PATTERSON, M.L. (1980). Intimacy,
arousal, and small group crowding. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 38, 283-290. |
BERRIDGE, C.W. (2008). Noradrenergic modulation of
arousal. Brain Research Reviews, 58, 1-17. |
|
MALAMUTH, N.M., CHECK, J.V.P. & BRIERE, J. (1986).
Sexual arousal in response to aggression : Ideological,
aggressive, and sexual correlates. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 50, 330-340. [PDF] |
BERRIDGE, C.W. & ARNSTEN, A.F.T. (2013).
Psychostimulants andmotivated behavior : Arousal and
cognition. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews,
37, 1976-1984. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Excitation
et Changement
physiologique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Activisme
: Activiste : Doctrine
qui place au coeur de sa réflexion l'action
concrète et le changement
social comme résultat tangible de cette action. Pour y
parvenir, l'activiste encourage autrui à l'action, à tort ou à
raison, en cherchant à convaincre et à recruter un à un les
individus (non-converti à la cause) de la pertinence de son
discours (prosélytisme
actif) ou collectivement en organisant des manifestations,
des colloques, etc. En ce sens, il s'oppose à l'intellectuel qui privilégie le discours à l'action. Le discours d'un-e activiste peut être fondé sur la science ( EX
: Écologie), sur la religion ( EX :
Témoins de Jehovah), sur une idéologie ( EX : la
franc-maçonnerie) ou sur un événement déclencheur ( EX :
Les mouvements contre la guerre d'Irak), Activisme, engagement
politique et mouvement
social et politique. Activism.
| |
|
|
STAKE, J.E. & ROSE, S.M. (1994). The long-term impact
of Women's Studies on students' personal lives and
political activism. Psychology of Women Quarterly,
18, 403-412. [PDF] |
MARTIN, B. (2010). Theory for activists. Social
Anarchism, 44, 22-41. [LIRE] |
|
DUNCAN, L.E. & STEWART, E.J. (1995). Still bringing
the Vietnam War home : Sources of contemporary student
activism. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 21, 914-924. |
DUNCAN, L.E. (2010). Using group consciousness theories to
understand political activism : Case studies of Barack
Obama, Hillary Clinton, and Ingo Hasselbach. Journal
of Personality, 78 (6), 1601-1635. [PDF] |
|
DUNCAN, L.E. (1999). Motivation for collective action :
Group consciousness as mediator of personality, life
experiences, and women's rights activism. Political
Psychology, 20, 611-635. |
CRONIN, T.J., LEVIN, S., BRANSCOMBE, N.R., VAN LAAR, C.
& TROPP, L.R. (2012). Ethnic identification in
response to perceived discrimination protects well-being
and promotes activism : A longitudinal study of Latino
college students. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 15, 393-407. |
|
DUNCAN, L.E. & STEWART, A.J. (2000). A generational
analysis of women's rights activists. Psychology of
Women Quarterly, 24, 297-308. |
LAVERACK G. (2013). Health activism : foundations and
strategies. New York : Sage. |
|
LEWIS, B. (2006). A mad fight : Psychiatry and disability
activism. In L.J. Davis (Ed.), The disability studies
reader (pp. 3-16). New York : Routledge. |
ROSER-TRNOUF, C. MAILBACH, E., LEISEROWITZ, A.A. &
ZHAO, X. (2014). The genesis of climate change
activism : From key beliefs to political action.
Climatic Change, 125 (2), 163-178. |
|
ALY, A. (2009). Media hegemony, activism and identity :
Muslim women representing Muslim women. In T. Dreher &
C. Ho (Eds.), Beyond the hijab debates : New
conversations on gender, race and religion (pp. 18-
31). Newcastle : Cambridge Scholars. |
SIROIS, M. (2021). Sexe et genre : De la falsification de
la réalité par les activistes à l'insouciance des
bien-pensants. Dans R. Antonius et N. Baillargeon (Dirs),
Identité, «race», liberté d'expression (p.
353-373). Québec : Presses de l'Université de Laval. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Engagement
politique et Mouvement
social |
|
|
|
|
Activité
: Qui n'est pas au repos, qui agit, fait quelque
chose, s'active. Activity.
|
Activité
d'enseignement :
| |
|
|
NGUYEN, D.-Q. et BLAIS, J.-G. (2007). Approche par
objectifs ou approche par compétences ? Repères
conceptuels et implications pour les activités
d'enseignement, d'apprentissage et d'évaluation au cours
de la formation clinique. Pédagogie Médicale, 8 (4),
2-22. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Activité
motrice (Niveau) :
Motor activity.
| |
|
|
BARKLEY, R.A. & ULLMAN, D.G. (1975). A comparison of
objective measures of activity level and distractibility
in hyperactive and nonhyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 3, 213-244. |
|
SIEGAL, J.M. & McGINTY, D.J. (1977). Pontine reticular
formation neurons : Relationship of discharge to motor
activity. Science, 196, 678-680. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. & BREAUX, A.M. (1983). Maternal ratings
of activity level and symptomatic behavior in a
non-clinical sample of young children. Journal of
Pediatric Psychology, 8, 73-82. |
|
O'BRIEN M. & HUSTON, A.C. (1985). Activity level and
sex stereotyped toy choice in toddler boys and girls. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 146, 527-534. |
|
EATON, W.O. & ENNS, L.R. (1986). Sex differences in
human motor activity level. Psychological Bulletin,
100, 19-28. |
|
COSSETTE, L., POMERLEAU, A., MALCUIT, G. & BRAUN,
C.M.J. (1989). Différentiation précoce de l'activité
motrice et des expressions émotives selon le sexe. Revue
Tirés à Part, 9 14-22. |
|
JAMES, J.E. (1994). Does caffeine enhance or merely
restore degraded psychomotor performance ? Neuropsychobiology,
30, 124-125. |
|
|
|
Activité
neurale : Voir cerveau.
Brain activation, brain activity.
| |
|
|
NEUBAUER, A.C. & FINK, A. (2009). Intelligence and
neural efficiency : Measures of brain activation versus
measures of functional connectivity in the brain.
Intelligence, 37 (2), 223-229. |
|
ALIVISATOS, A.P., CHUN, M., CHURCH, G.M., GREENSPAN, R.J.,
ROUKES, M.L. & YUSTE, R. (2012). The brain activity
map project and the challenge of functional connectomics.
Neuron, 74, 970-974. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Cerveau
et
Efficience neurale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acupuncture
: Acupuncteur :
Croyance et pseudo-techonologie
médicale et psychologique. Certaines études semblent montrer un
effet bénéfique à court terme de l'acupuncture supérieur au
placebo, notamment dans la région du dos. = médecine
chinoise. Acupuncture, médecine
chinoise et médecine
alternative. Acupuncture.
| |
|
|
ELLIOTSON, J. (1832). Acupuncture. In J. Forbes, A.
Tweedie & J. Conolly (Eds.), The cyclopedia of
practical medicine : Comprising treatises on the nature
and treatment of diseases, materia medica and
therapeutics, medical jurisprudence (Vol. 1, pp.
32-34). London : Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper. |
ANDERSSON, G. & LYTTKENS, L. (1996). Acupuncture for
tinnitus : time to stop ? Scandinavian Audiology, 25,
273-275. |
|
TORIYAMA, M. (1975). Ear acupuncture anesthesia. Ear
& Throat, 47, 497-501. |
VICKERS, A.J. (1996). Can acupuncture have specific
effects on health ? A systematic review of acupuncture
antiemesis trials. Journal of the Royal Society of
Medicine, 89 (6), 303-311. |
|
GAW, A.C., CHANG, L.W. & SHAW, L.C. (1975). Efficacy
of acupuncture on osteoarthritic pain : a double blind
controlled trial. New England Journal of Medicine,
293, 375-378. |
ALLEN, J.J.B. SCHNYER, R.N. & HITT, S.K. (1998). The
efficacy of acupuncture in the treatment of major
depression in women. Psychological Science, 9,
397-407. |
|
GHIA, J.N., MAO, W., TOOMEY, T.C. & GREGG, J.M.
(1976). Acupuncture and chronic pain mechanisms. Pain,
2 (3), 285-299. |
LANGEVIN, H.M. & VAILLANCOURT, P.D. (1999).
Acupuncture : does it work and, if so, how ? Seminars
in Clinical Neuropsychiatry, 4, 167-175. |
|
GUNN, C.C. & MILBRANT, W.E. (1977). The neurological
mechanism of needle grasp in acupuncture. American
Journal of Acupuncture, 5, 115-120. |
EZZO, J., BERMAN, B. HADAZY, V.A., JAHAD, A.R., LAO, L.
& SINGH, B.B. (2000). Is acupuncture effective for the
treatment of chronic pain ? A systematic review. Pain,
86, 217-225. |
| |
WHITE, A., HAYHOE, S., KART, A. & ERNST, E. (2001).
Adverse events following acupuncture : prospective survey
of 32 000 consultations with doctors and physiotherapists.
Britsh Medical Journal, 323 (7311), 485-486. [PDF] |
|
GODFREY, C.M. & MORGAN, P.A. (1978). Controlled trial
of the theory of acupuncture in musculoskeletal pain. The
Journal of Rheumatology, 5 (2), 121-124. |
LANGEVIN, H.M., CHURCHILL, D.L., FOX, J.R., BADGER, G.J.,
GARRA, B.S. & KRAG, M.H. (2001). Biomechanical
response to acupuncture needling in humans. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 91, 2471-2478. [PDF] |
|
CHUNG, S.-H. & DICKERSON, A. (1980). Pain, enkephalin
and acupuncture. Nature, 283, 243-244. |
IRNICH, D., BEHRENS, N. & MOLZEN, H. (2001).
Randomised trial of acupuncture compared with conventional
massage and sham laser acupuncture for treatment of
chronic neck pain. British Medical Journal, 322,
1-6. |
|
|
LEWITH, G.T. & MACHIN, D. (1983). On the evaluation of
the therapeutic effect of acupuncture. Pain, 16,
111-127. |
GREENWOOD, M.T. (2002). Acupuncture and evidence-based
medicine : A philosophical critique. Medical
Acupuncture Journal, 13 (2), 1-12. [PDF] |
|
LEWITH, G.T., FIELD, J. & MACHIN, D. (1983).
Acupuncture compared with placebo in post-herpetic pain. Pain,
17, 361-368. |
LANGEVIN, H.M. & YANDOW, J.A. (2002). Relationship of
acupuncture points and meridians to connective tissue
planes. The Anatomical Record, 269, 257-265. [PDF] |
|
BOSSY, J. (1984). Morphological data concerning the
acupuncture points and channel network. Acupuncture
& Electro-Therapeutics Research, 9, 79–106. |
HAMMERSCHLAG R. (2003). Acupuncture : On what should its
evidence be based ? Alternative Therapies In Health
& Medicine, 9, 34-35. |
|
VINCENT, C.A. & RICHARDSON, P.H. (1986). The
evaluation of therapeutic acupuncture : concepts and
methods. Pain, 24, 1-13. |
WILSON, D.V., BERNEY, C.E., PERONI, D.L., MULLINEAUX, D.R.
& ROBINSON, N.E. (2004). The effects of a single
acupuncture treatment in horses with severe recurrent
airway obstruction. Equine Veterinary Journal, 36
(6), 489-494. |
|
RICHARDSON, P.H. & VINCENT, C.A. (1986). Acupuncture
for the treatment of pain : a review of evaluation
research. Pain, 24 (1), 15-40. |
PATERSON, C. & DIEPPE, P. (2005). Characteristic and
incidental (placebo) effects in complex interventions such
as acupuncture. British Medical Journal : Clinical
research, 330, 1202-1205. |
|
PATEL, M., GUTZWILLER, F., PACCAUD, F. & MARAZZI, A.
(1989). A meta-analysis of acupuncture for chronic pain.
International Journal of Epidemiology, 18, 900-906. |
WILKINSON, J. & FALEIRO, R. (2007). Acupuncture in
pain management. Oxford Journals Medicine & Health
BJA : CEACCP , 7 (4), 135-138. |
|
TAVOLA, T., GALA, C., CONTE, G. & INVERNIZZI, G.
(1992). Traditional Chinese acupuncture in tension type
headache : a controlled study. Pain, 48 (3),
325-329. |
LI, S., YU, B., ZHOU, D., HE, C., KANG, L., WANG, X.,
JIANG, S. & CHEN, X. (2011). Acupuncture for attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in children and
adolescents. Cochrane database of Systematic Review,
4, |
|
SCHNORRENBERGER, C.C. (1993). Controversy corner revisited
: Scientific evaluation of acupuncture : The position
paper of the National Council Against Health Fraud. The
Clinical Journal of Pain, 9 (4), 291-296. |
PATERSON, C. TAYLOR, R.S, GRIFFTIHS P, BRITTEN N, RUGG, S,
BRIDGES McCALLUM, B., KITE, G. & Cactus study team
(2011). Acupuncture for "frequent attenders" with
medically unexplained symptoms : a randomised controlled
trial (CACTUS study). British Journal of General
Practice, 61 (587), 295-305.[PDF] |
|
VINCENT, C.A. & LEWITH, G. (1995). Placebo controls
for acupuncture studies. Journal of the Royal Society
of Medicine, 88, 199-202. |
COLQUHOUN, D. & NOVELLA, S. (2007). Acupuncture is
theatrical placebo. Anesthesia & Analgesia, 116 (6),
1360-1363. [PDF] |
| |
ZHU, J., ARSOVKA, B., KOZOVSKA, K. & NIKOLOVSKA, K
(2017). Acupuncture in the treatment of pain. Journal
of Scientific & Innovative Research, 6 (1),
16-18. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Pseudotechonologie
et Médecine
chinoise |
|
|
|
|
|
AC - ADAPTATION - ADDITION - ADLER - ADHÉSION/TRAITEMENT - ADMINISTRATEUR
CENTRAL - ADOLESCENCE - ADORNO
- ADULTE -
AF |
Ad hoc : Expression latine qui signifie «pour cela». Renvoie à l'idée qu'une chose peut être
conçu ou un principe formulé pour un cas précis, particulier. Ad
hoc et
Hypothèse ad hoc.
= cas particulier.
|
Ad libitum : Expression latine qui signifie «libre ou à volonté». Utilisée en psychologie
animale pour qualifier un type particulier de diète
que l'on impose aux animaux
maintenus en captivité
et qui consiste à leur donner autant de nourriture ou d'eau qu'ils peuvent en consommer. = buffet à
volonté, à volonté.
Ad libitum.
| |
|
|
YU, B.P., MASORO, E.J., MURATA, I., BERTRAND, H.A. &
LYND, F.T. (1982). Life span study of SP FFischer 344 male
rats fed ad libitum or restricted diets : Longevity,
growth, lean body mass and disease. Journal of
Gerontology, 37, 130-141. |
|
PFEFFER, A.O. & SAMSON, H.H. (1988). Haloperidol and
apomorphine effects on ethanol reinforcement in
free-feeding rats. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior, 29, 343–350. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Psychologie
animale et Effet
buffet à volonté |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adam Kirsten C.S. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude la mémoire
de travail. Étudiante de Awh
et Vogel.
 |
ADAM, K.C.S., MANCE, I., FUKUDA, K. & VOGEL, E.K.
(2015). The contribution of attentional lapses to
individual differences in visual working memory capacity.
Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 27
(8), 1601–1616. [PDF] |
|
ADAM, K.C.S. & VOGEL, (2016). Reducing failures of
working memory with performance feedback. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 23 (5),
1520-1527. [PDF] |
|
ADAM, K.C.S., VOGEL, E.K. & AWH, E. (2017).
Clear evidence for item limits in visual working memory. Cognitive Psychology, 97, 79–97. [PDF] |
|
ADAM, K.C.S., ROBINSON, M.K. & VOGEL, E.K.
(2018). Contralateral delay activity tracks fluctuations
in working memory performance.Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 30 (9), 1229-1240. [PDF]
|
| ADAM, K.C.S. & SERENCES, J.T. (2021). History modulates early sensory processing of salient distractors. Journal of Neuroscience, 41 (38), 8007-8022. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Adamec Robert ( ) : Neuropsychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du
chat.
|
ADAMEC, R. (1975). The behavioral bases of prolonged
suppression of predatory attack in cats. Aggressive
Behavior, 1, 297-314. |
|
ADAMEC, R., STARK-ADAMEC, C. & LIVINGSTONE, K.E.
(1980). The development of predatory aggression and
defence in the domestic cat (Felis domesticus). II.
Patterns of development in the first 164 days of life. Behavioral & Neural Biology, 30, 410-434. |
|
ADAMEC, R., STARK-ADAMEC, C. & LIVINGSTONE, K.E.
(1980). The development of predatory aggression and
defence in the domestic cat (Felis domesticus). III.
Effects on development of hunger between 180 and 365 days.
Behavioral & Neural Biology, 30, 435-447. |
|
ADAMEC, R. (1990). Amygdala kindling and anxiety in the
rat. Neuroreport, 1, 255-258. |
|
ADAMEC, R. & SHALLOW, T. (2000). Effects of baseline anxiety on response to kindling of the right medial amygdala. Physiology & Behavior 70, 67-80. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Adams Gerald R. (Fremont 1946-2014) : Spécialiste de l'éducation. Il
s'intéresse notamment à l'attraction
physique, notamment dans un contexte scolaire.
|
ADAMS, G.R. & LAVOIE, J.C. (1974). The effect of
student's sex, conduct, and facial attractiveness on
teacher expectancy. Education, 95, 76-83. |
|
ADAMS, G.R. & COHEN, A.S. (1974). Childrens' physical
and interpersonal characteristics as they affect
student-teacher interactions. Journal of Experimental
Education, 43 (1), 1-6. |
|
ADAMS, G.R. & COHEN, A.S. (1976). Characteristics of
children and teacher expectancy : An extension of the
child's social and family life. Journal of
Educational Research, 70, 87-91. |
|
ADAMS, G.R. (1977). Physical attractiveness research :
Toward a developmental social psychology of beauty. Human
Development, 20, 217-239. |
|
ADAMS, G.R. (1978). Racial membership and physical
attractiveness effects on preschool teachers'
expectations. Child Study Journal, 8, 29-41. |
|
|
|
Adams Glenn ( ) : Psychosociologue
et spécialiste de l'étude du racisme.
Étudiant de Markus.
Collaborateur de Biernat et
Steele.
|
ADAMS, G. & MARKUS H. R. (2001). Culture as patterns :
An alternative approach to the problem of reification. Culture
& Psychology, 7, 283-296. |
|
ADAMS, G., GARCIA, D.M., PURDIE-VAUHNS, V. & STEELE,
C.M. (2006). The detrimental effects of a suggestion of
sexism in an instruction situation. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 42, 602-615.
[PDF] |
|
ADAMS, G., O'BRIEN, L.T. & NELSON, J.C. (2006).
Perceptions of racism in Hurricane Katrina : A liberation
psychology analysis. Analyses of Social Issues &
Public Policy, 6, 215-235. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, G., EDKINS, V., LACKA, D., PICKETT, K. &
CHERYAN, S. (2008). Teaching about racism : Pernicious
implications of the standard portrayal. Basic &
Applied Social Psychology, 30, 349-361. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, G. (2014). Decolonizing methods : African Studies
perspectives and qualitative research. Journal of
Social & Personal Relationships, 31 (4),
467-474. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Adams Jack Asthon (Davenport 1922-2010 Falls Church) :
Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des
habiletés motrices.
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1955). A source of decrement in psychomotor
performance. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 49,
390-394. |
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1961). The second facet of forgetting : A
review of warm-up decrement. Psychological Bulletin,
58 (4), 257-273. |
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1971). A closed-loop theory of motor
learning. Journal of Motor Behavior, 3, 111-150. |
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1981). Do cognitive factors in motor
performance become nonfunctional with practice ?
Journal of Motor Behavior, 13, 262-273. |
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1987). Historical review and appraisal of
research on learning, retention, and transfer of human
motor skills. Psychological Bulletin, 101 (1),
41-74. [PDF] |
|
|
WICKENS, C.D. & WILLIGES, R.C. (2010). Jack A. Adams
(1922-2010). American Psychologist, 66 (7), 638. |
|
SCHMIDT, R.A. (2011). Jack Adams, a giant of motor
behavior, has died. Journal of Motor Behavior, 43,
(1), 83-84. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Adams Martin R. ( ) : Spécialiste
américain du bégaiement.
Collaborateur de Conture.
|
ADAMS, M.R. & REISS, R. (1971). The influence of the
onset of phonation and the frequency of stuttering. Journal
of Speech & Hearing Research, 14, 639-644. |
|
ADAMS, M.R. (1980). The young stutterer : Diagnosis,
treatment and assessment of progress. Seminars in
Speech, Language & Hearing, 1, 289-299. |
|
ADAMS, M.R. (1984). Stuttering theory, research, and
therapy : A five-year retrospective and look ahead.
Journal of Fluency Disorders, 9 (2), 103-113. |
|
ADAMS, M.R. (1990). The demands and capacities model I :
Theoretical elaboration. Journal of Fluency
Disorders, 15, 135-141. |
|
ADAMS, M.R. (1999). A perspective on stuttering. Contemporary Issues in Communication Science & Disorders, 26,
5-13.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Adaptation : Adapter : Il existe deux formes d'adapation : Il s'agit soit des modifications biologiques (b) des espèces ou psychologique
(a) des organismes engendrée par des changements du
milieu physique ( désastre natuel, rechauffement climatique, pollution,
déforestation, désertification) ou social (surpopulation, famine,
prédation, compétition, migration, guerre, récessions, mises à
pied, déménagement, divorce/séparation, problèmes familiaux ou
personnels, etc.), modification qui, selon le cas, peut permette à
l'individu de survivre, de
se reproduire, de diminuer son stress, d'émettre un nouveau
comportement, d'acquérir de nouvelles connaissances, etc.
Coping, adapation.
| |
|
| a |
|
MILES, W.R. (1943). Red goggles for producing dark
adaptation. Federal Proceedings of American Society for
Experimental Biology, 2, 109–-115. |
ENDLER, N.S. & PARKER, J.D.A. (1990). Multidimensional
assessment of coping : A critical evaluation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 58, 844-854. |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1974/1980). Adaptation and intelligence :
Organic selection and phenocopy. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
|
OPPENLANDER, N. (1982). Coping or copping out. Criminology,
20, 449-465. |
BERRY, J.W. (1997). Immigration, acculturation and
adaptation. Applied Psychology, 46, 5-68. [PDF] |
|
STADDON, J.E.R. (1983). Adaptive behavior and
learning. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
FOLKMAN, S. & LAZARUS, R.S. (1988). Coping as a
mediator of emotion. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 54, 466-475. |
VITARO, F. et GAGNON, C. (2000). Prévention des
problèmes d'adaptation chez les enfants et les
adolescents. Sainte-Foy : Presses Universitaires du
Québec. |
|
|
Voir aussi Stratégie
d'adaptation au stress |
| b |
|
WILLIAMS, G.C. (1966). Adaptation and natural
selection. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
SIMPSON, J.A. (1994). Adaptation and natural selection : A
new look at some old ideas. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 17, 634-636. |
|
BECKER, G.S. (1976). Altruism, egoism, and genetic fitness
: Economics and sociobiology. Journal of Economic
Literature, 14 (3), 817-826. |
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (1996). The historical turn in the study
of adaptation. The British Journal for the Philosophy
of Science, 47 (4), 511-532. [PDF] |
|
KAGEL, J.H., GREEN, L. & CARACO, T. (1986). When for-
agers discount the future : Constraint or adaptation ?
Animal Behaviour, 34, 271-283. |
OSORIO, D. & VOROBYEV, M. (1996). Colour-vision as an
adaptation to frugivory in primates. Proceeding of
the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 263, 593-599. |
|
BURGHARDT, G.M. (1988). Precocial behavior, play, and the
ectotherm-endotherm transition : Profound reorganization
or superficial adaptation ? In E.M. Blass (Ed.), Handbook
of neurobiology (Vol. p, pp. 107-148). New York, NY
: Plenum Press. |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). Fitness. Biology &
Philosophy, 6, 37-37. |
|
TOOBY, J. & COSMIDES, L. (1990). On the universality
of human nature and the uniqueness of the individual : The
role of genetics and adaptation. Journal of
Personality, 58, 17-67. |
ORR, H. (2005). The genetic theory of adaptation : a brief
history. Nature Review Genetics, 6 (2),
119-127. |
| |
FERREIRA-VALENTE, M.A. RIBEIRO, J.L.P. & JENSEN, M.P.
(2009). Coping, depression, anxiety, self-efficacy and
social support : Impact on adjustment to chronic pain. Escritos
de Psicología, 2 (3), 8-17. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Sélection naturelle et Homéostasie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Addessi Elsa ( ) : Éthologiste
et primatologues
italienne spécialisée dans l'étude des capucins.
Collaboratrice de de Beran, Call,
Hare, Tomasello
et Visalberghi.
|
ADDESSI, E. & VISALBERGHI, E. (2001). Social
facilitation of eating novel food in tufted capuchin
monkeys (Cebus apella) : input provided by group members
and responses affected in the observer. Animal
Cognition, 4, 297-303. |
|
ADDESSI, E., GALLOWAY, A.T., VISALBERGHI, E., BIRCH, L.L.
(2005). Specific social influences on the acceptance of
novel foods in 2-5-year-old children. Appetite, 45 (3),
264-271. [PDF] |
|
ADDESSI, E. & ROSSI, S. (2011). Tokens improve
capuchin performance in the reverse-reward contingency
task. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London,
Series B, 278, 849-854. |
|
ADDESSI, E., BORGI, M. & PALAGI, E. (2012). Is
primatology an equal-opportunity discipline ? PLoS
ONE, 7 (1), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
ADDESSI, E., PAGLIERI, F., BERAN, M., EVANS, T.,
MACCHITELLA, L., DE PETRILLO, F. & FOCAROLI, V.
(2013). Delay choice vs. delay maintenance : Different
measures of delayed gratification in capuchin monkeys
(Cebus apella). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 127
(4), 392-398. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Addictive Behaviors : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéresse aux
problèmes de dépendance.
Éditeur : Elsevier.
LESIEUR, H.R., CROSS, J., FRANK, M., WELCH, M., WHITE,
C.M., RUBENSTEIN, G., MOSELEY, K. & MARK, M. (1991).
Gambling and pathological gambling among university
students. Addictive Behaviors, 16, 517-527.
|
| |
|
|
Addis Michael E. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioral américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression,
notamment chez les hommes.
Étudiant de Jacobson. Collaborateur
de Dimidjian, Dobson,
Hollon, Lewinsohn,
Kohlenberg et Martell.
|
ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1996). Reason-giving and
the process and outcome of cognitive-behavioral
psychotherapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 1417-1424. |
|
ADDIS, M.E. & MAHALIK, J.R. (2003). Men, masculinity,
and the contexts of help seeking. American
Psychologist, 58 (1), 5-14. [PDF] |
|
ADDIS, M.E. & COHANE, G.H. (2005). Social scientific
paradigms of masculinity and their implications for
research and practice in men’s mental health. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 61, 1-15. [PDF] |
|
ADDIS, M.E., HATGIS, C., CARDEMIL, E., JACOB, K., KRASMOW,
A.D. & MANSFIELD, A. (2006). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus
treatment as usual in a managed care setting : 2-year
follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74 (2), 377-385. [PDF] |
|
ADDIS, M.E. (2008). Gender and depression in men.
Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 15,
153-168. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Addition : + : Voir
Opération mathématique. Addition, compter
et dyscalculie.
Addition, plus, +.
| |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1937). Les relations d'égalité résultant de
l'addition et de la soustraction logiques
constituent-elles un groupe ? L'Enseignement
Mathématique, 36 (1/2), 99-108.
[PDF] |
WYNN, K. (2000). Findings of addition and subtraction in
infants are robust and consistent : A reply to Wakeley,
Rivera and Langer. Child Development, 71,
1535-1536. [PDF] |
|
VERGNAUD, G. & DURAND C. (1976). Structures additives
et complexité psychogénétique. Revue Française de
Pédagogie, 36, 28-43. |
|
|
VERGNAUD, G. (1979). The Acquisition of Arithmetical
Concepts. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 10,
263-274. |
|
|
SIEGLER, R.S. & SHRAGER, J. (1984). Strategy choices
in addition and subtraction : How do children know what to
do ? In C. Sophian (Eds.), Origins of cognitive skills
(pp. 229-293). Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. |
STADLER, M.A., GEARY, D.C. & HOGAN, M.E. (2001).
Negative priming from activation of counting and addition
knowledge. Psychological Research, 65, 24-27. |
|
VERGNAUD, G. (1986). Psychologie du développement cognitif
et didactique des mathématiques : un exemple, les
structures additives. Grand N, 38, 21-40. |
COHEN, L.B. & MARKS, K.S. (2002). How infants process
addition and subtraction events. Developmental
Science, 5 (2), 186-212. [PDF] |
|
WADAN, K.F., GEARY, D.C., CORMIER, P. & LITTLE, T.D.
(1989). A componential model for mental addition. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 15, 898-919. |
McCRINK, K. & WYNN, K. (2004). Large-number addition
and subtraction by 9-month-old infants. Psychological
Science, 15, 776-781. [PDF] |
|
GEARY, D.C. & BURLINGHAM-DUBREE, M. (1989). External
validation of the strategy choice model for addition.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 47, 175-192. |
GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K. & BYRD-CRAVEN, J. (2004).
Strategy choices in simple and complex addition :
Contributions of working memory and counting knowledge for
children with mathematical disability. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 88, 121-151. [PDF] |
|
VERGNAUD, G. (1990). Développement et fonctionnement
cognitifs dans le champ conceptuel des structures
additives. In S. Netchine-Grynberg (Ed.),
Développement et fonctionnement cognitifs (p.
261-277). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
ZUR, O. & GELMAN, R. (2004). Young children can add
and subtract by predicting and checking. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 19, 121-137. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human
infants. Nature, 358, 749-750. [PDF] |
CLEARFIELD, M.W. & WESTFAHL, S. M-C. (2006).
Familiarization in infants' perception of addition
problems. Journal of Cognition & Development, 7
(1), 27-43. |
|
GEARY, D.C. & BROWN, S.C. (1991). Cognitive addition :
strategy choice and speed of processing differences in
gifted, normal and mathematically disabled children.
Developmental Psychology, 27, 398-406. |
|
|
GEARY, D.C., BROWN, S.C. & SAMRANAYAKE, V.A. (1991).
Cognitive addition : A short lingitudial study of strategy
choise and speed-of-processing differences in normal and
mathematically disabled children. Developmental
Psychology, 27 (5), 7787-7797. [PDF] |
IMBO, I. & VANDIERENDONCK, A. (2008). Practice effects
on strategy selection and strategy efficiency in simple
mental arithmetic. Psychological Research, 72,
528-541. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human
infants. Nature, 358, 749-750. /(1992).
Capacités d'addition et de soustraction chez le
nourrisson, Journal International de Medecine, 245,
25-28. [PDF] |
IMBO, I. & LEFEVRE, J.A. (2009). Cultural differences
in complex addition : efficient Chinese versus adaptive
Belgians and Canadians. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 35 (6),
1465-1476. [PDF] |
|
DESJARDINS, E.A. (1993). Teaching addition and subtraction
word problems. Journal of Precision Teaching, 10 (2),
25-28. |
SCHENIDER, M. & STERN, E. (2009). The inverse relation
of addition and subtraction : a knowledge integration
perspective. Mathematical Thinking & Learning,
11, 92-101. |
|
WYNN, K. & BLOOM, P. (1992). The origins of
psychological axioms of arithmetic and geometry. Mind
& Language, 7, 409-416. [PDF] |
McCRINNK, K. & WYNN, K. (2009). Operational momentum
in large-number addition and subtraction by 9-month-olds.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 103, 400-408.
[PDF] |
|
FRENSCH, P.A. & GEARY, D.C. (1993). Effects of
practice on compo- nent processes in complex mental
addition. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 19, 433-456. |
NUNES, T., BRYANT, P., HALLETT, D., BELL, D. & EVANS,
D. (2009). Teaching children about the inverse relation
between addition and subtraction. Mathematical
Thinking & Learning, 11 (1-2), 61-78. |
|
CAMPBELL, J.I.D. (1995). Mechanisms of simple addition and
multiplication : A modified network-interference theory
and simulation. Mathematical Cognition, 1 (1),
21-164. |
EVANS, M.J., BERAN, M.J. & ADDESSI, E. (2010). Can
nonhuman primates use tokens to represent and sum
quantities? Journal of Comparative Psychology, 124,
369-380. [PDF] |
|
GEARY, D.C. (1996). The problem size effect in mental
addition : Developmental and cross-national trends. Mathematical
Cognition, 2, 63-93. [PDF] |
BEYGI, A., PADAKANNAYA, P. & GOWRAMMA, I. (2010). A
remedial intervention for addition and subtraction in
children with dyscalculia. Journal of the Indian
Academy of Applied Psychology, 36 (1), 9-17. [PDF] |
|
LEFEVRE, J.-A., SADESKY, G.S. & BISANZ, J. (1996).
Selection of procedures in mental addition : Reassessing
the problem size effect in adults. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 22, 216-230. [PDF] |
IRIE, N. & HASEGAWA, T. (2012). Summation by Asian
Elephants (Elephas maximus). Behavioral Sciences, 2,
50-56. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, J.W. & HITCH, G.J. (1997). Working memory and
children's mental addition. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 67, 21-38. |
IMBO, I. & LEFEVRE, J.A. (2009). Cultural differences
in complex addition : efficient Chinese versus adaptive
Belgians and Canadians. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 35 (6),
1465-1476. |
|
GROBECKER, B.B. & BOND, T. (1999). Children's
construction of addition. Archives de Psychologie,
67, 95-122. |
PFAFF, E., McLAUGLIN, T.F., NEYMAN, J. & EVERSON, M.
(2013). The effects of direct instruction flashcards with
math racetrack with addition facts for an elementary
school student with ADHDI. International Journal of
Basic & Applied Science, 2 (1), 124-130. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
| |
Voir aussi Enseignement
des mathématiques, Habileté
mathématique, Dyscalculie
et Compter |
|
|
| |
|
|
Additivité : Propriété
d'une mesure dont les
valeurs s'additionnent.
|
|
|
ANDERSON, N.H. (1962). Application of additive model to impression formation. Science, 138817-818. |
|
BIRNBAUM, M.H. (1974). The nonadditivity of
personality impressions. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 102 (3), 543-561. [PDF] |
|
BECKERS, T., DE HOUWER, J., PINEÑO, O. & MILLER, R.R. (2005). Outcome additivity and outcome maximality influence cue competition in human causal learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Mempory & Cognition, 31 (2), 238-249.
| |
|
|
Adepte : Tout
Individu qui adhère à une doctrine
ou à une théorie.
Contrairement au disciple
qui croit «aveuglement» aux idées promues, l'adepte conserve sa
liberté de penser, de critiquer ou même de remettre en question le
bien-fondé d'une doctrine ou d'une théorie. Adepte et
disciple.
|
Adhésion
: Adhérer : Consiste à souscrire aux idées (adhésion
intellectuelle) ou aux pratiques d'un groupe, d'une
entreprise, d'une société (adhésion sociale).
|
Adhésion
à un groupe : Voir Groupe.
|
Adhésion
au traitement : Voir
Traitement (Adhésion).
Compliance with treatment, compliance therapy,
adherence to medication, treatment engagement.
|
Adhésion
aux règles de contingence : Voir Règles de contingence
(Adhésion) et Contingence
(règle).
Sensitivity to operant contingencies, sensitivity of rule-governed behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
Adler Alfred (Penzig Autriche 1870-1937 Aberdeen) :
Médecin, psychanalyste
et psychopédagogue autrichien. Père de la psychologie
individuelle, il a développé une théorie de la personnalité
fondée sur le sentiment
social et le sentiment d'infériorité. Il s'est également intéressé à l'interaction entre le pouvoir individuel et le sentiment d'appartenance familial dans la détermination du caractère.
No
67 |
ADLER, A. (1912/70). Le tempérament nerveux :
éléments d'une psychologie individuelle et applications
à la psychothérapie. Paris : Petite Bibliothèque
Payot. |
|
ADLER, F. (1924). The practice and theory of
individual psychology. Harcourt, Brace. |
|
ADLER, A. (1927/76). Connaissance de l'homme : étude
de caractérologie individuelle. Paris : Petite
Bibliothèque Payot. |
|
ADLER, A. (1933/72). Le sens de la vie : étude de
psychologie individuelle comparée. Paris : Petite
Bibliothèque Payot. |
|
ADLER, A. (1977). L'éducation des enfants. Paris
: Payot, Petite Bibliothèque. |
|
|
OSBACHER, A. & OSBACHER, A. (1956). The
individual psychology of Alfred Adler. New York :
Basic Books. |
|
MADDI, S.R. (1970). Alfred Adler and the fulfillment model
of personality theorizing. Journal of Individual
Psychology, 26, 153-160. |
|
BICKHARD, M.H. & FORD, B.L. (1976). Adler's concept of
social interest : A critical explication. Journal of
Individual Psychology, 32, (2), 27-49. |
|
BICKHARD, M.H. & FORD, B.L. (1979). Subjective
Adaptationalism : An Adlerian metapsychology. Journal
of Individual Psychology, 35 (2), 162-186. |
|
BICKHARD, M.H. (1980). Functionalism in Adlerian
Psychology. Journal of Individual Psychology, 36
(1), 66-74. |
|
WOOD, A. (2003). Alfred Adler's treatment as a form of
brief therapy. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy,
43 (4), 59-86. |
|
SAPP, M. (2010). School co[unseling for African American
adolescents : The Alfred Adler approach. Multicultural
Learning & Teaching, 5 (2), 60-72. |
|
|
|
Adler Nancy E. ( ) : Psychologue écologiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des déterminants
psychologiques et socio-économiques
de la santé. Collaborateur
de Hendrick et Hendrick.
|
ADLER, N.E., DAVID, H.P., MAJOR, B.N., ROTH, S.H., RUSSO,
N.F. & WYATT, G.E. (1990). Psychological responses
after abortion. Science : New Series, 248
(4951), 41-44. [PDF]
|
|
ADLER, N.E. & OSTROVE, J.M. (1999). Socioeconomic
status and health : What we know and what we don’t. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896 (1), 3-15
[PDF] |
|
ADLER, N.E. & NEWMAN, K. (2002). Socioeconomic
disparities in health : Pathways and policies. Health
Affairs, 21 (2), 60-76. [PDF] |
|
ADLER, N.E. & SNIBBE, A.C. (2003). The role of
psychosocial processes in explaining the gradient between
socioeconomic status and health. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 12, 119-123. [PDF] |
|
ADLER, N.E. & REHKOPF, D.H. (2008). U.S. Disparities
in health : Descriptions, causes, and mechanisms. Annual
Review of Public Health, 29, 235-252. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Administrateur
(d'une entreprise, d'un organisme public) :
Voir gestionnaire.
|
Administrateur central : Dans le modèle de Baddeley,
fonction de la mémoire
de travail dont le rôle est de gérer l'attention
et la coordination de trois sous-systèmes, la boucle
phonatoire, le calepin
visuo-spatial et la mémoire
tampson épisodique. = centre
exécutif, système exécutif central.
Central executive, excutive control.
| |
|
|
BADDELEY, A. (1984). Working memory : The interface
between memory and cognition. In D.L. Schacter & E.
Tulving (Eds.), Memory systems (pp. 351-367).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
MORRIS, N. & JONES, D.M. (1990). Memory updating in
working memory : The role of the central executive. British
Journal of Psychology, 81, 111-121. |
|
BADDELEY, A. (1996). Exploring the central executive.
The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 49A,
5-28. |
|
BADDELEY, A. & DELLA SALA, S. (1996). Working memory
and executive control. Philosophical Transactions of
the Royal Society of London, 351, 1397-1404. |
|
TOWSE, J.N. & HOUSTON-PRICE, C.M.T. (2001).
Reflections on the concept of the central executive. In J.
Andrade (Ed.), Working memory in perspective
(pp. 240-260). Hove, England : Psychology Press. |
|
FÜRST, A.J. & HITCH, G.J. (2006). Separate roles for
executive and phonological components of working memory in
mental arithmetic. Memory & Cognition, 28 (5),
774-782. [PDF] |
| |
| MATLIN,
M. (2001/2004). Cognition. Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated. / La cognition : Une introduction
à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck
Université. |
Voir aussi Mémoire
de travail |
|
|
Administration d'un test/Questionnaire : Voir Passation.
|
Administration
d'une drogue : Manière d'injecter une drogue
à un organisme (ou de s'auto-injecter).
Drug administration.
| |
|
|
MIRSKY, A.F. & CARDON, P.V. (1962). A comparison of
the behavioral and physiological changes accompanying
sleep deprivation and chlorpromazine administration in
man. Electroencephalography & Clinical
Neurophysiology, 14, 1-10. |
ANDERSON, K.G. & WOOLVERTON, W.L. (2000). Concurrent
variable-interval drug self-administration and the
generalized matching law : A drug-class comparison. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 11, 413-420. |
|
SCHUSTER, C.R. & THOMPSON, T. (1969).
Self-administration of and behavioral dependence on drugs.
Annual Review of Pharmacology, 9, 483-502. |
|
|
ESPOSITO, R.U. & KORNETSKY, C. (1977). Morphine
lowering of self-stimulation thresholds : Lack of
tolerance with long-term administration. Science,
195, 189-191. |
|
|
JOHANSON, C.E. & BALSTER, R.L. (1978). Asummaryof the
results of a drug self-administration study using
substitution procedures in rhesus monkeys. Bulletin on
Narcotics, 30, 43-54. |
SPRONSON, E.J., CHANTREY J., HOLLIS, C., MARSDEN, C.A.
& FONEL, K.C. (2001). Effect of repeated
methylphenidate administration on presynaptic dopamine and
behavior in young adult rats. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 15, 67-75. |
|
STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G.E. & LIEBSON, I. (1979).
Reducing benzodiazepine self-administration with
contingent reinforcement. Addictive Behaviors, 4,
245-252. |
MOLL, G., HAUSE, S., RUTHER, E., ROTHENBERGER, A. &
HUETHER, G.L. (2001). Early methylphenidate administration
to young rats causes a persistent reduction in the density
of striatal dopamine transporters. Journal of Child
& Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 11, 15-24. |
|
ETTENBERG, A., PETTIT, H.O., BLOOM, F.E. & KOOB, G.F.
(1982). Heroin and cocaine intravenous self-administration
in rats : Mediation by separate neural systems. Psychopharmacology
78, 204-209. |
SPROSON, E.J., CHANTREY, J., HOLLIS, C., MARSDEN, C.A.
& FONEL, K.C. (2001). Effect of repeated
methylphenidate administration on presynaptic dopamine and
behavior in young adult rats. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 15, 67-75. |
|
LEE, A. & LADER, M. (1988). Tolerance and rebound
during and after short-term administration of quazepam,
triazolam and placebo to healthy human volunteers. International
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 3 (1), 31-47 |
|
|
CORRIGALL, W.A. & COEN, K.M. (1989). Nicotine
maintains robust self-administration in rats on a
limited-access schedule. Psychopharmacology, 99, 473-478. |
|
|
PIAZZA, P.V. ROUGÉ-PONT, F., DEMINIÈRE, J.M., KHAROUBI,
M., LE MOAL, M. & SIMON, H. (1991). Dopaminergic
activity is reduced in the prefrontal cortex and increased
in the nucleus accumbens of rats predisposed to develop
amphetamine self-administration. Brain Research, 567,
169-174. |
PERRY, J.L., LARSON, E.B., GERMAN, J.P., MADDEN, G.J.
& CARROLL, M.E. (2005). Impulsivity (delay
discounting) as a predictor of acquisition of i.v. cocaine
self- administration in female rats. Psychopharmacology,
178, 193-201. |
|
CAINE, S. & KOOB, G.F. (1993). Modulation of cocaine
self-administration in the rat through D-3 dopamine
receptors. Science, 260, 1814-1816. |
HE, J., XU, H., YANG, Y., ZHANG, X. & LI, X.M. (2005).
Chronic administration of quetiapine alleviates the
anxiety-like behavioral changes induced by a neurotoxic
regimen of dl-amphetamine in rats. Behavioral Brain
Research, 160, 178-187. |
|
|
CARELLI, R.M. & DEADWYLER, S.A. (1994). A comparison
of nucleus accumbens neuronal firing patterns during
cocaine self-administration and water reinforcement in
rats. Journal of Neuroscience, 14, 7735-7746. |
LE SCANFF, C., STEPHAN, Y., ARLETTAZ, A., PORTIER, H.
& COLLOMP, K. (2007). Effets psychologiques d'une
administration de courte durée de Prednisolone. Sciences
du Sport, 23 (2), 91-93. |
|
ADOLPHS, R., TRANEL, D., DAMASIO, H. & DAMASIO, A.
(1994). Impaired recognition of emotion in facial
expressions following bilateral damage to the human
amygdala. Nature, 372, 669-672. |
|
|
HIGGINS, S.T., BICKEL, W.K. & HUGHES, J.R. (1994).
Influence of an alternative reinforcer on human cocaine
self-administration. Life Sciences, 55, 179-187. |
CAINE, S.B., THOMSEN, M., GABRIEL, K.I., BERKOWITZ, J.S.,
GOLD, L.H., KOOB, G.F., TONEGAW, A S., ZHANG J. & XU,
M. (2007). Lack of self-administration of cocaine in
dopamine D1 receptor knock-out mice. Journal of
Neuroscience, 27 (48), 13140-13150. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPHS, R., TRANEL, D., DAMASIO, H. & DAMASIO, A.
(1995). Fear and the human amygdala. Journal of
Neuroscience, 15, 5879-5891, |
|
|
CAINE, S.B., HEINRICHS, S.C., COFFIN, V.L. & KOOB,
G.F. (1995). Effects of the dopamine D1 antagonist SCH
23390 microinjected into the accumbens, amygdala or
striatum on cocaine self-administration in the rat.
Brain Research, 692, 47-56. |
WILLIAMS, R.J. & VOLBERG, R. (2009) Impact of survey
description, administration format, and exclusionary
criteria on population prevalence rates of problem
gambling. International Gambling Studies, 9 (2),
101-117. |
|
PERKINS, K.A., DONNY, E. & CAGGIULA, A.R. (1999). Sex
differences in nicotine effects and self-administration :
Review of human and animal evidence. Nicotine &
Tobacco Research, 1, 301-315. |
KUYPERS, N.J. & HOANE, M.R. (2010). Pyridoxine
(vitamin B6) administration improves behavioral and
anatomical outcome following unilateral contusion injury
in the rat. Journal of Neurotrauma, 27,
1275-1282. |
|
CAINE, S.B., NEGUS, S.S. & MELLO, N.K. (1999). Method
for training operant responding and evaluating cocaine
self- administration behavior in mutant mice. Psychopharmacology,
147, 22-24. |
BELIN, D., BERSON, N., BALADO, E., PIAZZA, P.V. &
DEROCHE-GAMONET, V. (2011). High-novelty-preference rats
are predisposed to compulsive cocaine self-administration.
Neuropsychopharmacology, 36, 569-579. |
|
PERKINS, K.A. (1999). Nicotine self-administration.
Nicotine & Tobacco Research, 1 (S), 133-137. |
|
|
AHMED, S.H. & KOOB, G.F. (1999). Long-lasting increase
in the set point for cocaine self-administration after
escalation in rats. Psychopharmacology, 146, 303-312. |
WOOLVERTON, W.L., FREEMAN, K.B., MYERSON, J. & GREEN,
L. (2012). Suppression of cocaine self-administration in
monkeys : effects of delayed punishment. Psychopharmacology,
220, 509-517. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Drogue |
|
|
|
|
Admiration
: Admiration.
|
ADN : Molécule - découverte par Crick
et Watson - formée
de quatre bases (adénine, cytosine, guanine, thymine) qui contient
l'information génétique et
détermine la synthèse
des protéines, synthèse qui est à son tour responsable du
développement des organes
et des tissus du corps d'un organisme vivant. L’ADN est identique
à 99,9 % pour tous les humains. Le 0,1% qui reste participe, avec
l'influence du milieu, à l'explication des différences physiques
individuelles. L'ADN est concentrée dans le noyau des cellules (et
un peu dans les mitochondries = 1 %). ADN, gène
et hérédité.
= acide désoxyiribonucléique, code génétique, patrimoine
génétique. DNA, Deoxyribonucleic acid ,
double helix, genetic code.
| |
|
|
WATSON, J.D & CRICK, F.H. (1953). Molecular structure
of nucleic acids; a structure for deoxyribose nucleic
acid. Nature. 171 (4356), 737–738. |
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2000). On the theoretical role of
"genetic coding". Philosophy of Science, 67,
26-44. [PDF] |
|
OLBY, R. (1994). The path to the double helix: the
discovery of DNA. New York : Dover Publications. |
|
|
WATSON, J.D. (1962/77). The involvement of RNA in the
synthesis of protein. In Nobel Lectures in Molecular
Biology 1933-1975 (pp. 179-203.). New York :
Elsevie. |
|
|
SCHAFFNER, K.F. (1969). The Watson-Crick model and
reductionism. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 20, 325-348. |
|
|
WATSON, J.D. (1980). The double helix : A personal
account of the discovery of the structure of DNA.
Atheneum. |
WATSON, J.D. (2002). Genes, girls, and gamow : After
the double helix. New York : Random House. |
|
CRICK, F.C. (1989). Une vie à découvrir : de la double
hélice à la mémoire. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob. |
OLBY, R. (2003). Quiet debut for the double helix. Nature,
421 (6921), 402–405. |
|
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. &
PATTATUCHI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers
on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science,
261, 320-326. |
|
|
BERNSTEIN, H., BYERS G.S. & MICHOD, R.E. (1981).
Evolution of sexual reproduction : importance of DNA
repair, complementation, and variation. The American
Naturalist, 117, 537-549. |
|
|
SEARL, D.B. (1992). The linguistics of DNA. American
Scientist, 80, 579-591. |
MILLER, C.A. & SWEATT, J.D. (2007). Covalent
modification of DNA regulates memory formation.
Neuron, 53, 857-869. |
|
OLBY, R.C. (1994). The path to the double helix : the
discovery of DNA. New York : Dover Publications. |
|
|
INAYAMA, Y., YONEDA, H., SAKAI, T., ISHIDA, T., NONOMURA,
Y., KONO, Y., TAKAHATA, R., KOH, J., SAKAI, J., TAKAI, A.,
INADA, Y. & ASABA, H. (1996). Positive association
between a DNA sequence variant in the serotonin 2A
receptor gene and schizophrenia. American Journal of
Medical Genetics, 67, 103-105. |
WANG, J.C. (2009). Understanding the double helix.
Cold Spring Harbor : Lab. Press. |
|
TSONIS, A.A., EELSNER, J.B. & TSONIS, P.A. (1997). Is
DNA a language ? Journal of Theoretical Biology, 184,
25-29. |
DAR-NIMROD, I. & HEINE, S.J. (2011). Genetic
essentialism : On the deceptive determinism of DNA. Psychological
Bulletin, 137 (5), 800-818. [PDF] |
|
| |
| |
Voir aussi Crick, Watson,
Gène et Hérédité |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
ADN
codant : Partie de
l'ADN qui participe à la synthèse
des protéines. Certains auteurs affirment que chez l'humain
seulement 1.5 % à 2 % de nos gènes codent des protéines.
| |
|
|
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2000). On the theoretical role of
"genetic coding". Philosophy of Science, 67,
26-44. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADN
sans valeur : Junk DNA.
| |
|
|
OHNO, S. (1972). So much "junk DNA" in our genome. Evolution
of Genetic Systems, 23, 366-370. |
|
NOWAK, R. (1994). Mining treasures from "junk DNA". Science,
263, 608-610. |
|
WELLS, W. (1996). Don’t write off "junk" DNA. New
Scientist 150, 19. |
|
ZUCKERLANDL, E. (1997). Junk DNA and sectorial gene
repression. Gene, 205, 323-343. |
|
DOOLITTLE, W.F. (2013). Is junk DNA bunk? A critique of
ENCODE ? Proceeding of the National Academy of
Sciences, 110 (14), 5294-53000. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Adolescence
: Du latin adolescere qui signifie "grandir".
Période du développement
qui se situe entre l'enfance
et l'âge adulte, qui se
traduit par une multitude de transformations physiques,
psychologique et sociales. Débute avec la puberté
et se termine dans la plupart des sociétés entre 18 et 21
ans. Adolecence, délinquance
et hypersexualisation.
Adolescence, college student, young people.
| |
|
|
HALL, G.S. (1904). Adolescence : its psychology and
its relation to physiology, anthropology, sociology,
sex, crime, religion and education. New York : D.
Appleton & Company. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). Passionate friendships among
adolescent sexual-minority women. Journal of Research
on Adolescence, 20 (2), 191-209. [PDF] |
|
TYLER, L.E. (1941). The measured interests of adolescent
girls. Journal of Educational Psychology, 32, 561-572.
|
CHASSIN, L., PRESSON, C.C., PITTS, S.C. & SHERMAN,
S.J. (2000). The natural history of cigarette smoking from
adolescence to adulthood in a midwestern community sample
: Multiple trajectories and their psychosocial correlates.
Health Psychology, 19 (3), 223-231. |
| |
GRUBER, E. & GRUBER, J.W. (2000). Adolescent sexuality
and the media a review of current knowledge and
implications. The Western Journal of Medicine, 172
(3), 210-214. [PDF] |
| |
SLOVIC, P. (2000). What does it mean to know a cumulative
risk ? Adolescents’ perceptions of short-term and
long-term consequences of smoking. Journal of
Behavioral Decision Making, 13, 259-266. |
|
WOODWORTH, R.S. (1943). The adolescence of American
psychology. Psychological Review, 50, 10-32. |
GRIFFITHS, M. & WOOD, R.T. (2000). Risk factors in
adolescence : the case of gambling, video-game playing and
the Internet. Journal of Gambling Studies, 16, 199-225. |
| |
SIEGEL, A.W. & SCOVILL, L.R. (2000). Problem behavior
: The double symptom of adolescence. Development
& Psychopathology, 12 (4), 763-793 |
|
DEBESSE, M. (1943). L'adolescence. Paris : Que
sais-je ?/PUF. |
VANDER STOEP, A., BERESFORD, S., WEISS, N., McKNIGHT, B.,
CAUCE, M. & COHEN, P. (2000). Community-based study of
the transition to adulthood for adolescents with
psychiatric disorders. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 152 (4), 352-362. |
| |
DEREVENSKY, J.L. & GUPTA, R. (2000). Prevalence
estimates of adolescent gambling : A comparison of the
SOGS-RA, DSM-IV-J, and the GA 20 Questions. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 16 (2/3), 227-251. |
|
INHELDER, B. & PIAGET, J. (1958). The growth of
logical thinking from childhood to adolescence. New
York : Basic Books. |
BENBOW, C.P., LUBINSKI D., SHEA, D.L. &
EFTEKHARI-SANJANI, H. (2000). Sex differences in
mathematical reasoning ability at age 13 : Their status 20
years later. Psychological Science, 11, 474-480.
[PDF] |
| |
VITARO, F. et GAGNON, C. (2000). Prévention des
problèmes d'adaptation chez les enfants et les
adolescents. Sainte-Foy : Presses Universitaires du
Québec. |
| |
WAY, N. & CHEN, L. (2000). General and close
friendships among African American, Latino, and Asian
American adolescents from low-income families. Journal
of Adolescent Research, 15, 274–301. |
| |
VITARO, F. et GAGNON, C. (2000). Prévention des
problèmes d'adaptation chez les enfants et les
adolescents. Sainte-Foy : Presses Universitaires
du Québec. |
| |
SALLIS, J.F., PROCHASKA, J.J. & TAYLOR, W.C. (2000). A
review of the correlates of physical activity of children
and adolescents. Medicine & Science in Sports
& Exercise, 32, 963-975. |
|
MURDOCK, T.B., HALE, N.M. & WEBER, M.J. (2001).
Predictors of cheating among early adolescents academic
and social motivations. Contemporary Educational
& Psychology, 26 (1), 96-115. |
|
|
BANDURA, A. & WALTERS, R.H. (1959). Adolescent
aggression. New York : Ronald Press. |
WHALEN, C.K., JAMNER, L.D., HENKER, B. & DELFINO, R.J.
(2001). Smoking and moods in adolescents with depressive
and aggressive dispositions : Evidence from surveys and
electronic diaries. Health Psychology, 20,
99-111. [PDF] |
| |
PRINSTEIN, M.J., BOERGER, J. & VERNBERG, E.M. (2001).
Overt and relational aggression in adolescents :
Social-psychological adjustment of aggressors and victims.
Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology,
30 (4), 479-491. |
| |
VANIER, A. (2001). Some remarks on adolescence with
particular reference to Winnicott and Lacan. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 70, 579-597. [PDF] |
| |
WILLS, T., SANDY, J., YAEGER, A. & SHINER, O. (2001).
Family risk factors and adolescent substance use :
Moderation effects for temperament dimensions. Developmental
Psychology, 37 (3), 283-297. [PDF] |
| |
VITARO, F., LADOUCEUR, R. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2001).
Gambling, delinquency, and drug use during adolescence :
Mutual influences and common risk factors. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 17, 171-190. |
| |
RYAN, A.M. & PATRICK, H. (2001). The social
environment and changes in adolescents’ motivation and
engagement during middle school. American Educational
Research Journal, 38 (2), 437-460. [PDF] |
| |
STICE, E. (2001). Body image and eating disturbances
prospectively predict increases in depressive symptoms in
adolescent girls : A growth curve analysis.
Develpmental Psychology, 37 (5), 597-607. [PDF] |
|
ERIKSON, E.H. (1968/72). Identity : Youth and
crisis. London : Faber & Faber. /
Adolescence et crise : la quête de l'identité.
Paris : Flammarion. |
APTER, T. (2001). The myth of maturity : What
teenagers need from parents to become adults. London
: W.W. Norton. |
|
DWYER, J.T., FELDMAN, J., SELTZER, C.C. & MAYER, J.
(1969). Adolescent attitudes toward weight and appearance.
Journal of Nutrition Education & Behavior, 1, 14-19. |
HAUGAARD, J.J. (2001). Problematic behaviors during
adolescence. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
MARCIA, J.E. & FRIEDMAN, M.L. (1970). Ego identity
status in college women. Journal of Personality, 38,
249-263. |
GOTTFRIED, A.E., FLEMING, J.S. & GOTTFRIED, A.W.
(2001). Continuity of academic intrinsic motivation from
childhood through late adolescence : A longitudinal study.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 93 (1), 3-13.
[PDF] |
|
DEUTSCH, H. (1970). Problèmes de l'adolescence. La
formation de groupes. Paris : Payot. |
WENTZEL, K.R. (2002). Are effective teachers like good
parents ? Interpersonal predictors of school adjustment in
early adolescence. Child Development, 73, 287-301.
[PDF] |
|
HORNER, R.D. & KEILITZ, I. (1975). Training mentally
retarded adolescents to brush their teeth. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 195-198. [PDF] |
PINKERTON, S.D., BOGART, L.M., CECIL. H. & ABRAMSON,
P.R. (2002). Factors associated with masturbation in a
collegiate sample. Journal of Psychology & Human
Sexuality, 14, 103-121. |
|
|
SANDERS, M.R. (1978). Behavioural self-control with
children and adolescents : a review and critical analysis
of educational applications. The Exceptional Child,
25 (2), 83-104. |
FABIANO, G.A. & PELHAM, W.E. (2002). Evidence-based
treatment for child and adolescent mental disorders. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 4, 93-100. |
|
ELKIND, D. & BOWEN, R. (1979). Imaginary audience
behavior in children and adolescents. Developmental
Psychology, 15, 33-44. |
TIMS, F.M., DENNIS, M.L., HAMILTON, N., BUCHAN, J.,
DIAMOND, G., FUNK, R. & BRANTLEY, L.B. (2002).
Characteristics and problems of 600 adolescent cannabis
abusers in outpatient treatment. Addiction, 97,
46-57. |
| |
NOCK, M.K. & KAZDIN, A.E. (2002). Examination of
affective, cognitive, and behavioral factors and
suicide-related outcomes in children and young
adolescents. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 31, 48-58. |
|
HAMILTON, S.F. & CROUTER, A.C. (1980). Work and growth
: A review of research on the impact of work experience on
adolescent development. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 9, 323-338. |
ARSENEAULT, S., CANNON, M.R., POULTON, R., MURRAY, R.,
CASPI, A. & MOFITT, T.E. (2002). Cannabis use in
adolescence and risk for adult psychosis : Longitudinal
prospective study. British Medical Journal, 325,
1212-1213. |
|
JESSOR, R., CHASE, J.A. & DONOVAN, J.E. (1980).
Psychosocial correlates of marijuana use and problem
drinking in a national sample of adolescents. American
Journal of Public Health, 70, 604-613. |
STICE, E. & WHITENTON, K. (2002). Risk factors for
body dissatisfaction in adolescent girls : A longitudinal
investigation. Developmental Psychology, 38 (5),
669-678. [PDF] |
|
MARCIA, J.E. (1980). Identity in adolescence. In J.
Adelson (Ed.), Handbook of adolescent psychology (pp.
159-187). New York : Wiley. [PDF] |
STAHL, C. & FRITZ, N. (2002). Internet safety :
Adolescents self-report. Journal of Adolescent
Health, 31, 7-10. |
|
RIGBY, K. & RUMP, E.E. 1981). Attitudes towards
parents and institutional authority during adolescence.
Journal of Psychology, 109, 109-118. |
HARDOON, K.K. & DEREVENSKY, J.L. (2002). Child and
adolescent gambling behavior : Current knowlege.
Clinical Child & Psychiatry, 7 (2), 139-145. [PDF] |
|
CURRY, J.F. & HOCK, R.A. (1981). Sex differences in
sex role ideals in early adolescence. Adolescence,
16, 779-789. |
WEISZ, J.R. & HAWLEY, K.M. (2002). Developmental
factors in the treatment of adolescents. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70, 21-43. |
|
BERNARD, H.S. (1981). Identity formation during late
adolescence : A review of some empirical findings. Adolescence,
16, 349-357. |
GRIFFITHS, M. (2002). Gambling and gaming addictions
in adolescence. Oxford : British Psychological
Society Blackwell. |
|
LARSON, R.W. (1983). Adolescents' daily experience with
family and friends : Contrasting opportunity systems. Journal
of Marriage & the Family, 45, 737-750. |
KIRSH, S.J. (2003). The effects of violent video games on
adolescents - The overlooked influence of development.
Aggression & Violent Behavior, 8 (4), 377-389.
[PDF] |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1983). Low school achievement and aggressive
behavior in adolescent boys. In D. Magnusson & V.
Allen (Eds.), Human development. An interactional
perspective. New York : Academic Press. |
OLFSON, M., SHAFFER, D., MARCUS, S.C. & GREENBERG, T.
(2003). Relationship between antidepressant medication
treatment and suicide in adolescents. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 60, 978-982. [PDF] |
|
EISER, J.R., VAN DER PLIGT, J. & FRIEND, P. (1983).
Adolescents' arguments for and against smoking. Journal
of the Institute of Health Education, 21, 73-78. [PDF] |
LEWINSOHN, P.M., PETTIT, J.W., JOINER, T. & SEELY,
J.R. (2003). The symptomatic expression of major
depressive disorder in adolescents and young adults.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 112, 244-252. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS J. & WHITE, K. (1983). Adolescent status
system for males and females at 3 age levels. Adolescence,
18, 381-389. |
SUGGS, W. (2003). Athletes’ graduation rates sets a
record. The Chronicle of Higher Education, 35-36. |
|
SIEGEL, J.M. (1984). Anger and cardiovascular risk in
adolescents. Health Psychology, 3 (4), 293-313. |
LE BLANC, M. (2003). La réadaptation des adolescents avec
des difficultés d'adaptation : recherches empiriques et
interventions professionnelles. In M. Le Blanc, M.,
Ouimet, M. et D. Szabo (Dirs.), Traité de
criminologie empirique (pp. ). Montréal : Presses
de l'Université de Montréal. |
|
LARSON, R.W. & KUBEY, R. (1983). Television and music
: Contrasting media in adolescent life. Youth &
Society, 15, 13-31. |
WHALEN, C.K., JAMNER, L.D., HENKER, B., GEHRICKE, J-G.
& KING, P.S. (2003). Is there a link between
adolescent cigarette smoking and pharmacotherapy for ADHD
? Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 17,
332-335. |
|
AKERS, R.L. & COCHRANE, J.K. (1985). Adolescent
marijuana use : A test of three theories of deviant
behavior. Deviant Behavior, 6 (4), 323-346. |
MARTIN, P.D., SPECTER, G., MARTIN, D. & MARTIN, M.
(2003). Expressed attitudes of adolescents toward marriage
and family life. Adolescence, 38, 359-367. |
|
SUSMAN, E.J., NOTTELMANN, E.D., INOFF-GERMAIN, G.E., DORN,
L.D., CUTLER, G.B., LORIAUX, D.L. & CHROUSOS, G.P.
(1985). The relation of relative hormonal levels and
physical development and social-emotional behavior in
young adolescents. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 14, 245-264. |
BOXER, P. & TISAK, M.S. (2003). Adolescent
attributions about aggression : An initial investigation.
Journal of Adolescence, 26, 559-573. |
|
STEINBERG, L. & SILVERBERG, S. (1986). The
vicissitudes of autonomy in early adolescence. Child
Development, 57, 841-851. |
YOUNG, J.F. & MROCZEK, D.K. (2003). Predicting
intraindividual self-concept trajectories during
adolescence. Journal of Adolescence, 26, 586-600. |
|
CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. & LARSON, R. (1986). Being
adolescent : Conflict and growth in the teenage years. New
York : Basic Books. |
KIRSH, S.J. (2003). The effects of violent video games on
adolescents - The overlooked influence of development.
Aggression & Violent Behavior, 8 (4), 377-389.
[PDF] |
|
MEDORA, N. & WOODWARD, J. (1986). Loneliness among
adolescent college students at a mid-western university. Adolescence,
21, 391-402. |
NETTING, N.S., MATTHEW, L. & BURNETT, M.L. (2004).
Twenty years of student sexual behaviour : Subcultural
adaptations to a changing health environment. Adolescence,
39 (153), 19-38. |
|
| |
WOOD, R.T.A., GUPTA, R., DEREVENSKY, J.L. & GRIFFITHS,
M. (2004). Video game playing and gambling in adolescents
: Common risk factors. Journal of Child &
Adolescent Substance Abuse, 14 (1), 77-100. [PDF] |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M., DAVIES, M.N.O. & CHAPPELL, D. (2004).
Online computer gaming : A comparison of adolescent and
adult gamers. Journal of Adolescence, 27 (1),
87-96. [PDF] |
| |
TURNER, N. & HORBAY, R. (2004). How do slot machines
and other electronic gambling machines actually work ?
Journal of Gambling Issues, 11 10-50. [PDF] |
| |
MUFSON, L., DORTA, K. P., WICKRAMARATNE, P., NOMURA, Y.,
OLFSON, M. & WEISSMAN, M.M. (2004). A randomized
effectiveness trial of interpersonal psychotherapy for
depressed adolescents. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 61, 577-584 |
| |
SHEK, D.T.L. (2004). Chinese cultural beliefs about
adversity : Its relationship to psychological well-being,
school adjustment and problem behaviour in Hong Kong
adolescents with and without economic disadvantage. Childhood,
11 (1), 63-80. |
|
LEMING, J.S. (1987). Rock music and the socialisation of
moral values in early adolescence. Youth &
Society, 18, 363-383. |
McGUE, M. & IACONO, W.G. (2005). The association of
early adolescent problem behavior with adult
psychopathology. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162,
1118-1124. [PDF] |
| |
ORUKIBICH, J., NASSAW, K. & MORI, K. (2005). Comments
on defining adolescence. Psychological Reports, 97, 737-738.
[PDF] |
|
ACHENBACH, T.M., McCONAUGBY, S.H. & HOWELL, C.T.
(1987). Child adolescent behavioral and emotional problems
: Implications of cross-informant correlations for
situational specificity. Psychological Bulletin, 101,
213-232. |
PETER, J., VALKENBURG, P.M. & SCHOUTEN, A.P. (2005).
Developing a model of adolescent friendship formation on
the internet. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 8,
423-430. |
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A. & LANSFORD, J.E. (2005). A family
process model of problem behaviors in adolescents. Journal
of Marriage & Family, 67, 100-109. .A. &
LANSFORD, J.E. (2005). A family process model of problem
behaviors in adolescents. Journal of Marriage &
Family, 67, 100-109. |
| |
HOPPER, R. (2005). What are teenagers reading ? Adolescent
fiction reading habits and reading choices. Literacty,
39, 113–120. |
|
MILAN, S., LEWIS, J., ETHIER, K., KERSHAW, T.,
IICKOVICS, J.R. (2005). Relationship violence among
adolescent mothers : Frequency, dyadic nature, and
implications for relationship dissolution and mental
health. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29,
302–312. |
| |
MALTBY, J., GILES, D., BARBER, L. & McCUTCHEON, L.E.
(2005). Intense-personal celebrity worship and body image
: Evidence of a link among female adolescents. British
Journal of Health Psychology, 10, 17-32. [PDF] |
|
SUSMAN, E.J., INOFF-GERMAIN, G.E., OTTELMANN, E.D.,
LORIAUX, D.L.CUTLER, G.B. & CHROUSOS, G.P. (1987).
Hormones, emotional dispositions, and aggressive
attributes in young adolescents. Child Development,
58, 1114-1134. |
GENTILE, D.A. & STONE, W. (2005). Violent video game
effects on children and adolescents : A review of the
literature. Minerva Pediatrica, 57, 337-358. [PDF] |
|
ANASTASOPOULOS, D. (1988). Acting out during adolescence
in terms of regression in symbol formation. International
Review of Psycho-Analysis, 15, 177-186. |
VALKENBURG, P.M., SCHOUTEN, A.P. & PETER, J. (2005).
Adolescents' identity experiments on the Internet. New
Media & Society, 7, 383-402. [PDF] |
|
UDRY, J. (1988). Biological predisposition and social
control in adolescent sexual behavior. American
Sociological Review, 53, 709-722. |
ECCLES, J.S., O'NEILL, S.A. & WIGFIELD, A. (2005).
Ability self-perceptions and subjective task values in
adolescents and children. In K.A. MOORE & L.H.K.
LIPPMAN (Eds.), What do children need to flourish ?
Conceeptualizing and measuring indicators of positive
development. New York : Springer. [PDF] |
| |
MATSON, J.L., DIXON, D.R. & MATSON, M.L. (2005).
Assessing and treating aggression in children and
adolescents with developmental disabilities : A 20-year
overview. Educational Psychology, 25, 151-181. |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. (1988). An information-processing model for
the development of aggression. Aggressive Behavior,
14, 13–24. [PDF] |
BERGEN, H.A., MARTIN, G., ROEGER, L. & ALLISON, S.
(2005). Perceived academic performance and alcohol,
tobacco and marijuana use : longitudinal relationships in
young community adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 30,
1563-1573. [PDF] |
|
RYAN, R.M. & LYNCH, J. (1989). Emotional autonomy
versus detachment : Revisiting the vicissitudes of
adolescence and young adulthood. Child Development,
60, 340-356. |
SPERA, A. (2005). Review of the relationship among
parenting practices, parenting styles, and adolescent
school achievement. Educational Psychology Review, 17
(2), 125-146. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, E.F. & HENDEE, W.R. (1989). Adolescents and
their music : insights into the health of adolescents. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 262, 1659-1663. |
RAZ, A. (2006). Perspectives on the efficacy of
antidepressants for child and adolescent depression.
PLoS Medicine, 3 (1), 1-7. [PDF] |
|
BROOKS-GUNN, J. & FURSTENBERG, F.F. (1989). Adolescent
sexual behavior. American Psychologist, 44, 249-257. |
BLAKEMORE, S. & CHOUDHURY, S. (2006). Development of
the adolescent brain : Implications for executive function
and social cognition. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 47 (3-4), 296-312. [PDF] |
|
HODGES, J. & TIZARD, B. (1989). Social and family
relationships of ex-institutional adolescents. Journal
of Child Psychiatry & Psychology, 30, 77-97. |
CHOUDHURY, S., BLAKEMORE, S.-J. & CHARMAN, T. (2006).
Social cognitive development during adolescence. Social
Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience 1 (3),
165-174.
[PDF] |
|
|
SULS, J. (1989). Self-awareness and self-identity in
adolescence. In J. Worell & F. Danner (Eds.),The
adolescent decision-maker : Applications to development
and education (pp. 143-179). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press. |
ZARRETT, N. & ECCLES, J. (2006). The passage to
adulthood : Challenges of late adolescence. New
Directions for Youth Development, 111 (4), 13-28. [PDF] |
|
UDRY, J. (1990). Biosocial models of adolescent problem
behaviors. Social Biology, 37, 1-10. |
McCABE, M., RICCIARDELLI, L. & RIDGE, D. (2006). Who
thinks I need a perfect body ? Perceptions and internal
dialogue among adolescents about their bodies. Sex
roles, 55 (5-6), 409-419. |
|
CHAMORRO-PREMUZIC, T. & FURNHAM, A. (2006).
Self?assessed intelligence and academic performance. Educational
Psychology, 26 (6), 769–779.
|
|
PHINNEY, J.S. (1990). Ethnic identity in adolescents and
adults : Review of research. Psychological Bulletin,
108 (3), 499-514. |
CURRY, L.A. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (2006). Negative
affect, risk perception, and adolescent risk behavior.
Applied Developmental Psychology, 27, 468-485. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M. (1990). The acquisition, development, and
maintenance of fruit machine gambling in adolescents. Journal
of Gambling Studies, 6 (3), 193-204. |
VALKENBURG, P.M., PETER, J. & SCHOUTEN, A.P. (2006).
Friend networking sites and their relationship to
adolescents' well being and social self-esteem. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 9, 584-590. |
|
EVANS, R.I., TURNER, S.H., GHEE, K.L. & GETZ, J.G.
(1990). Is androgynous sex role related to cigarette
smoking in adolescents ? Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 20, 494-505. |
WAN, C.S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Psychological motives
and online games addiction : A test of flow theory and
humanistic needs theory for Taiwanese adolescents. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 9, 317-324. [PDF] |
|
MUUSS, R.E. (Ed.) (1990). Adolescent behavior and
society : A book of readings. New York :
Mcgraw-Hill. |
MELLO, Z.R. & WORRELL, F.C. (2006). The relationship
of time perspective to age, gender, and academic
achievement among academically talented adolescents.
Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 29,
271-289. [PDF] |
|
HUDSON, R. (1991). Black male adolescent development
deviating from the past : Challenges for the future. In B.
Bowser (Ed.), Black male adolescents : Parenting and
education in community context (pp. 271-281). New
York : University Press. |
WAN, C.-S. & CHIOU, W.-B. (2006). Why are adolescents
addicted to online gaming ? An interview study in Taiwan.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 9, 762-767. |
|
BECKER, J. & STEIN, R. (1991). Is sexual erotica
associated with sexual deviance in adolescent males ? International
Journal of Law & Psychiatry, 14, 85-95. |
WARD, L.M. & FRIEDMAN, K. (2006). Using TV as a guide
: Associations among television viewing and adolescents’
sexual attitudes and behaviors. Journal of Research
on Adolescents, 16, 133-156. |
|
ROWE, D.C. & RODGERS, J.L. (1991). Adolescent smoking
and drinking : are they epidemics ? Journal of Studies
on Alcohol, 52, 110-117. |
CARLO, G., CROCKETT, L.J., RANDALL, B.A. & ROESCH,
S.C. (2007). Parent and peer correlates of prosocial
development in rural adolescents : A longitudinal study.
Journal of Research on Adolescence, 17, 301-324. |
|
SUSMAN, E.J., DORN, L.D. & CHROUSOS, G.P. (1991).
Negative affect and hormone levels in young adolescents :
Concurrent and predictive perspectives. Journal of
Youth & Adolescence, 20, 167-190. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & PETER, J. (2007). Preadolescents'
and adolescents' online communication and their closeness
to friends. Developmental Psychology, 43,
267-277. [PDF] |
|
OVERTON, W.F. (1991). Reasoning in adolescence. In R.
Lerner, A. Petersen & J.Brooks-Gunn (Eds.), The
encyclopedia of adolescence. (pp. 912-916). New
York : Garland. |
GIBBONS, R.D., BBROWN, C.H., HUR, K., MARCUS, S.M.,
BHAUMIL, D.K. & ERKENS, J.A. (2007). Early evidence on
the effects of regulators' suicidality warnings on SSRI
prescriptions and suicide in children and adolescents.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 164 (9), 1356-1363.
[PDF] |
| |
LINDBERG, S., GRABE, S. & HYDE, J.S. (2007). A measure
of objectified body consciousness for preadolescent and
adolescent youth. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 30,
65–76. |
|
CONGER, J.J. (1991). Adolescence and youth :
Psychological development in a changing world.
Harper Collins. |
KANDEL, D.B., HU, M-C, GRIESLER, P.C. & SCHAFFRAN, C.
(2007). On the development of nicotine dependence in
adolescence. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 91
(1), 26-39. [PDF] |
|
NURMI, J.E. (1991). How do adolescents see their future ?
A review of the development of future orientation and
planning. Developmental Review, 11, 1-59. |
DEREVENSKY, J.L. PRATT, L., HARDOON, K. & GUPTA, R.
(2007). The relationship between gambling problems and
impulsivity among adolescents : Some preliminary data and
thoughts. Journal of Addiction Medicine, 1 (3),
165-172. |
|
| |
BARRY, C.T., GRAFEMAN, S.J., ADLER, K.K. & PICKARD,
J.D. (2007). The relations among narcissism, self-esteem,
and delinquency in a sample of at-risk adolescents. Journal
of Adolescence, 30, 933–942. [PDF] |
|
PETERSEN, A.C., SARIGIANI, P.A. & KENNEDY, R.E.
(1991). Adolescent depression : Why more girls ? Journal
of Youth & Adolescence 20, 247-271. |
PATRICK, H., RYAN, A.M. & KAPLAN, A. (2007).
Adolescents’ perceptions of the classroom social
environment, motivational beliefs, and engagement. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 99 (1), 83-98. [PDF] |
|
CHRISTENSON, P. (1992). The effects of parental advisory
labels on adolescent music preferences. Journal of
Communication, 42, 106-113. |
CROWLEY, S.J., ACEBO, C. & CARSKADON, M.A. (2007).
Sleep, circadian rhythms, and delayed phase in
adolescence. Sleep Medicine, 8, 602-612. |
|
NURMI, J.E. (1992). Age differences in adult life goals,
concerns, and their temporal extension : a life course
approach to future-oriented motivation. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 15, 487-508. |
GRIFFITHS, M. & WOOD, R.T.A. (2007). Adolescent
Internet gambling : Preliminary results of a national
survey. Education & Health, 25 (2), 23-27 [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, S.L., FLEWELLING, R.L. & RACHAL, J.V. (1992).
Predicting continued use of marijuana among adolescents :
The relative influence of drug-specific and social context
factors. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 33,
51-66. |
BECKER, S.J. & CURRY, J.F. (2007). Interactive effect
of substance abuse and depression on adolescent social
competence. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent
Psychology, 36, 469-475. |
| |
CARLO, G., McGINLEY, M., HAYES, R., BATEENHORST, C. &
WILKINSON, J. (2007). Parenting styles or practices ?
Parenting, sympathy, and prosocial behaviors among
adolescents. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 168
(2), 147-176. |
|
SEDLACECK, W. & ADAMS-GASTON, J. (1992). Predicting
the academic success of student-athletes using SAT and
noncognitive variables. Journal of Counseling &
Development, 70, 724-727. |
BRUINE DE BRUIN, W., PARKER, A. & FISCHHOFF, B.
(2007). Can adolescents predict significant events in
their lives ? Journal of Adolescent Health, 41,
208-210. [PDF] |
|
ATWATER, E. (1992). Adolescence. Prentice Hall. |
ELLENBOGEN, E., DEREVENSKY, J. & GUPTA, R. (2007).
Gender differences among adolescents with gambling-related
problems. Journal of Gambling Studies, 23 (2),
133-143. [PDF] |
|
TIENBOON, P., WAHLQVIST, M.L. & RUTISHAUSER, I.H.E.
(1992). Self-reported weight and height in adolescents and
their parents. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
528-5323. |
PITCHER, S.M., ALBRIGHT, C.J., WALKER, N.T.,
SEUNARINESINGH, K., MOGGE, S., HEADLEY, K.N., RIDGEWAY,
V.G., PECK, S., HUNT, R. & DUNSTON, P.J. (2007).
Assessing adolescents' motivation to read. Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 378-396. [PDF] |
|
HENDRY, L.B., ROBERTS, W., GLENDINNING, A. & COLEMAN
J.C. (1992). Adolescents’ perceptions of significant
individuals in their lives. Journal of Adolescence,
15, 255-270. |
YURGELUN-TODD, D. (2007). Emotional and cognitive changes
during adolescence. Current Opinion in Neurobiology,
17, 251-257. |
|
BUCHANAN, C.M., ECCLES, J.S. & BECKER, J.B. (1992).
Are adolescents the victims of raging hormones ? Evidence
for activational effects of hormones on moods and behavior
at adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 111,
62-107. [PDF] |
PETER, J. & VALKENBURG, P.M. (2008). Adolescents'
exposure to sexually explicit internet material and sexual
preoccupancy. A three-wave panel study. Media
Psychology, 11, 207-234. |
|
NURMI, J.E. (1993). Age, sex, social class, and quality of
family interaction as determinants of adolescents’ future
orientation : a developmental task interpretation. Adolescence,
22, 977-991. |
KROGER, J. (2008). Identity development during
adolescence. In G.R. Adams & M.D. Berzonsky (Eds.), Identity
development during adolescence. Blackwell Handbook
of Adolescence. [PDF]
|
|
STEINBERG, L. (1993). Adolescence. McGraw Hill. |
BAKER, F. & BORDOI, W. (2008). Can music preference
indicate mental health status in young people ? Australasian
Psychiatry, 6 (4), 284-288. [PDF] |
|
ALVA, S.A. (1993). Differential patterns of achievement
among Asian-American adolescents. Journal of Youth
& Adolescence, 22 (4), 407-423. |
CARLO, G., McGINLEY, M., ROESCH, S.C & KAMINSKI, J.
(2008). Culture group, age, and gender measurement
invariance in prosocial moral reasoning among adolescents
from Brazil and the United States. Journal of Moral
Education, 37, 485-502. |
|
WENTZEL, K.R. (1993). Motivation and achievement in early
adolescence : The role of multiple classroom goals. Journal
of Early Adolescence, 13, 4-10. |
GIEDD, J.N. (2008). The teen brain : Insights from
neuroimaging. Journal of Adolescent Health, 42,
335-343. [PDF] |
| |
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B J., STEGGE, H. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Trumping shame by blasts of noise : Narcissism,
self-esteem, shame, and aggression in young adolescents.
Child Development, 79 (6), 1792-1801. |
|
RODGERS, J.L. & ROWE, D.C. (1993). Social contagion
and adolescent sexual behavior : A developmental EMOSA
model. Psychological Review, 100, 479-510. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2008). Female bisexuality from adolescence
to adulthood : Results from a 10-Year longitudinal study.
Developmental Psychology, 44 (1), 5-14. [PDF] |
|
ECLLES, J.S. MIDGLEY, C., BUCHANAN, C.M., WIGFIELD, A.,
REUMAN, D. & MacIVER, D. (1993). Development during
adolescence : The impact of stage/environment fit. American
Psychologist, 48, 90-101 |
ROTERMANN, M. (2008). Tendances du comportement sexuel et
de l'utilisation du condom à l'adolescence. Rapports
sur la Santé, 19 (3), 57-61. |
|
PETERSEN, A.C., COMPAS, B.E., BROOKS-GUNN, J., STEMMLER,
M., EY, S. & GRANT, K.E. (1993). Depression in
adolescence. American Psychologist, 48, 155-168.
[PDF] |
McARDLE, P. (2008). Use and misuse of drugs and alcohol in
adolescence. British Medical Journal, 337,
46-50. [PDF] |
|
PRICE R. H., CIOCI, M., PENNER, W. & TRAUTLEIN, B.
(1993). Webs of Influence : School and community programs
that enhance adolescent health and education. Teachers
College Record, 94, 487-521. |
SEBASTIAN, C., BURNETT, S. & BLAKMORE, S.J. (2008).
Development of the self-concept during adolescence. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 12, 441-446. |
|
SHERROD, L.R., HAGGERTY, R.J. & FEATHERMAN, D.L.
(1993). Introducion : Late adolescence and the transition
to adulthood. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 3,
217-226. |
WILLIAMS, T.C., CRAIG, W., CONNOLLY. J. & LAPORTE, L.
(2008). Risk models of dating aggression across different
adolescent relationships : A developmental psychopathology
approach. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 76 (4), 622-632.
[PDF] |
|
DONALDSON, S.I., GRAHAM, J.W. & HANSEN, W.B. (1994).
Testing the generalizability of intervening mechanism
theories : Understanding the effects of adolescent drug
use prevention. Interventions Journal of Behavioral
Medicine, 17 (2), 195-216. [PDF] |
HEILBRON, N. & PRINSTEIN, M.J. (2008). Peer influence
and adolescent nonsuicidal self-injury : A theoretical
review of mechanisms and moderators. Applied and
Preventive Psychology, 12, 169-177. [PDF] |
|
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & GIRGUS, J.S. (1994). The
emergence of gender differences in depression in
adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 115 (3),
424-443. [PDF] |
ARSLAN C. (2009). Anger, self-esteem, and perceived social
support in adolescence. Social Behavior &
Personality, 37, 555-564. [PDF] |
|
| |
GARAIGORDOBIL, M. (2009). A comparative analysis of
empathy in childhood and adolescence : Gender differences
and associated socio-emotional variables. International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 9
(2), 217-235. [PDF] |
| |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & PETER, J. (2009). Social
consequences of the Internet for adolescents : A decade of
research. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 18 (1), 1-5. |
| |
SELFHOUT, M.H., BRANJE, S.J., DELSING, M., TER BOGT,
T.F.M. & MEEUS, W.H.J. (2009). Different types of
internet use, depression, and social anxiety : The role of
perceived friendship quality. Journal of Adolescence,
32, 819-833. |
|
ARNETT, J.J. & TABER, S. (1994). Adolescence
terminable and interminable : When does adolescence end ?
Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 23, 517-537. |
BOICHÉ, J. et SARRAZIN, P. (2009). Caractéristiques
psychosociales des adolescents non pratiquants sportifs. Journal
de Pédiatrie et de Puériculture, 22, 62-67.
[PDF] |
| |
CARLSON, K.S. & GJERDE, P.F. (2009). Preschool
personality antecedents of narcissism in adolescence and
young adulthood : A 20-Year longitudinal study. Journal
of Research in Personality, 43, 570-578. [PDF] |
| |
YEN, C-F., KO, C-H., YEN, J-Y., CHANG, Y-P., CHENG, C-P.
(2009). Multi-dimensional discriminative factors for
Internet addiction among adolescents regarding gender and
age. Psychiatry Clinical Neurosciences, 63 (3),
357-364. [PDF] |
|
PICHERT, J., MEEK, J.M., SCHLUNDT, D., FLANNERY, M.E.,
KLINE, S.S., HODGE, M.B. & KINZER, C.K. (1994).
Impacts of anchored instruction on problem-solving
strategies of adolescents with diabetes. Journal of
Academy of Nutrition & Diabetics, 94 (9),
1036-1038. |
REINECKE, M.A. CURRY, J.F. & MARCH, J.S. (2009).
Findings from the Treatment for Adolescents with
Depression Study (TADS): What have we learned ? What do we
need to know? Journal of Clinical Child and
Adolescent Psychology, 38, 761-767. |
|
ROSE, A.J. & MONTEMAYOR, R. (1994). The relationship
between gender role orientation and perceived
self-competency in male and female adolescents. Sex
Roles, 1 (9/10), 579-595. |
SAXTON, T.K., LITTLE, A.C., DeBRUINE, L.M., JONES, B.C.
& ROBERTS, S.C. (2009). Adolescents' preferences for
sexual dimorphism are influenced by relative exposure to
male and female faces. Personality & Individual
Differences, 47, 864-868. |
|
HACKER, D.J. (1994). An existential view of adolescence. The
Journal of Early Adolescence, 14 (3), 300-327. |
WANG, J., IANOTTI, R.J. & NANSEL, T.R. (2009). School
bullying among adolescents in the United States :
Physical, verbal, relational, and cyber. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 45 (4), 368-375. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, J.D., ADAMS, M.S., ASBURN, L. & REED, W.
(1995). Differential gender effects of exposure to rap
music on African American adolescents' acceptance of teen
dating violence. Sex Roles, 33 (7-8), 597-605. |
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2009). Understanding and preventing
adolescent dating violence : The importance of
developmental, socio-cultural and gendered perspectives. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 33, 30-33. [PDF] |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (1995). Adolescents’ uses of media for
self-socialisation. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 24, 519-533. [PDF] |
HEINZ, A.J., VEILLEUX, J.C. & KASSEL, J.D. (2009). The
role of cognitive structure in college student problem
drinking. Addictive Behaviors, 34 (2), 212-218.
|
|
CLOUTIER, R. (1995). L'image des adolescents rongée par
les mythes. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 16
(3), 89-107. |
WEINBERG, A. & KLONSKY, E.D. (2009). Measurement of
emotion dysregulation in adolescents. Psychological
Assessment, 21, 616-621. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, J.D., ADAMS, M.S., ASHBURN, L. & REED, W.
(1995). Differential gender effects of exposure to rap
music on African American adolescents' acceptance of teen
dating violence. Sex Roles, 33, 597-605. |
HOLMES, J., MARCH, S. & SPENCE, S. (2009). Use of the
Internet in the treatment of anxiety disorders with
children and adolescents. Counselling, Psychotherapy
& Health, 5 (1), 187-231. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, J.D., JACKSON, L.A. & GATTO, L. (1995).
Violent attitudes and deferred academic aspirations :
Deleterious effects of exposure to rap music. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 16, 27-41. |
SIMONS-BARTON, B. & CHEN, R. (2009). Peer and parent
influences on school engagement among early adolescents.
Youth & Society, 41 (1), 3-25. [PDF]
|
|
SPENCER, M., CUNNINGHAM, M. & SWANSON, D. (1995).
Identity as coping : Adolescent African-American males =
adaptive responses to high-risk environments. In H.
Harris, H. Blue, & E. Griffith. (Eds.), Racial
and ethnic identity : psychological development and
creative expression (pp. 31-52). New York :
Routledge. |
GARAIGORDOBIL, M. (2009). A comparative analysis of
empathy in childhood and adolescence : Gender differences
and associated socio-emotional variables. International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 9
(2), 217-235. [PDF] |
|
McMcCAUL, K.D. & GLASGOW, R.E. (1995). Preventing
adolescent smoking : What have we learned about treatment
construct validity ? Health Psychology, 4, 361-387. |
YOUNG, K.S. (2009). Understanding online gaming addiction
and treatment issues for adolescents. The American
Journal of Family Therapy, 37, 355-372. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., HAN, S.S., GRANGER, D.A. &
MORTON, T. (1995). Effects of psychotherapy with children
and adolescents revisited : A meta-analysis of treatment
outcome studies. Psychological Bulletin, 117
(3), 450-468. [PDF] |
CARO, D.H. (2009). Socio-economic status and academic
achievement trajectories from childhood to adolescence. Canadian
Journal of Education, 32 (3), 558-590. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, M. (1995). Adolescent gambling. London
: Routledge. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & PETER, J. (2009). Social
consequences of the Internet for adolescents : A decade of
research. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 18 (1), 1-5. |
|
|
McGUE, M., SHARMA, A. & BENSON, P. (1996). The effect
of common rearing on adolescent adjustment : evidence from
a U.S. adoption cohort. Developmental Psychology, 32,
604-613. |
RAPEE, R.M., SCHNIERING, C.A. & HUDSON J.L. (2009).
Anxiety disorders during childhood and adolescence :
Origins and treatment. Annual Review of Clinical
Psychology, 5, 311-341. [PDF] |
|
PULKKINEN, L. (1996). Proactive and reactive aggression in
early adolescence as precursors to anti- and prosocial
behavior in young adults. Aggressive Behavior, 22,
241-257. |
SHEK, D.T.L. & LEE, J.J. (2010). Prevention of problem
gambling in Chinese adolescents : Relevance of problem
gambling assessment and positive youth development
frameworks. International Journal of Adolescent
Medicine & Health, 22 (1), 139-151. [PDF] |
|
GUPTA, R. & DEREVENSKY, J. L. (1996). The relationship
between gambling and video games playing behaviour in
children adolescents. Journal of Gambling Studies, 12
(4), 375-394. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & PARKE, J. (2010). Adolescent
gambling on the Internet : a review. International
Journal of Adolescent Medicine & Health, 22,
59-75. [PDF] |
|
YUNG, A.R., McGORRY, P.D., McFARLANE, C.A., JACKSON, H.J.,
PATTON, G.C. & RAKKAR, A. (1996). Monitoring and care
of young people at incipient risk of psychosis. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 22, 283-303. |
MANSFIELD, C.F. (2010). Motivating adolescents : Goals for
Australian students in secondary schools. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
10, 44-55.
[PDF] |
|
MEEUS, W. (1996). Studies on identity development in
adolescence. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 25,
569-599. |
KING, D.L., DELFABBRO, P.H. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2010).
The convergence of gambling and digital media :
Implications for gambling in young people. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 26, 175-187. [PDF] |
|
McCREARY, M., SLAVIN, L. & BERRY E. (1996). Predicting
problem behavior and self-esteem among African-American
adolescents. Journal of Adolescent Research, 11,
194-215. |
KLIMSTRA, T.A., HALE, W.W., RAAJIMAAKERS, Q.A.W., BRANJE,
S.J.T. & MEEUS, W.H.J. (2010). Identity formation in
adolescence : Change or stability ? Journal of Youth
& Adolescence, 25 (2), 150-162. |
|
MUUSS, R.E. (Ed.) (1996). Theoretical expansion and
empirical support of Erikson's Theory. Theories of
adolescence. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
REYNOLDS, B.M. & REPETTI, R.L. (2010). Teenage girls'
perceptions of the functions of relationally aggressive
behaviors. Psychology in the Schools, 47 (3),
282-296. [PDF] |
|
GUPTA, R. & DEREVENSKY, J.L. (1996). The relationship
between gambling and video games playing behaviour in
children adolescents. Journal of Gambling Studies, 12
(4), 375-394. |
NASTALLY, B.L. & DIXON, M.R. (2010). Adolescent
gambling : Current trends in treatment and future
directions International Journal of Adolescent
Medicine & Health, 22 (1), 95-111. [PDF] |
|
AKERS, R.L. & LEE, G. (1996). Adolescent marijuana use
: A test of three theories of deviant behavior. Deviant
Behavior, 6 (4), 323-346. |
WEAVER, E., GRADISAR, M., DOHNT, H., LOVATO, N. &
DOUGLAS, P. (2010). The effect of presleep video-game
playing on adolescent sleep. Journal of Clinical
Sleep Medicine, 6 (2), 184-189. [PDF] |
|
MUUSS, R.E. (Ed.) (1996). The philosophical and
historical roots of theories of adolescence. New
York : McGraw-Hill. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & PARKE, J. (2010). Adolescent
gambling on the Internet : a review. International
Journal of Adolescent Medicine & Health, 22,
59-75. [PDF] |
|
RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (1996). Les habiletés hétérosociales
des adolescents agresseurs sexuels : une recension des
écrits. Revue Sexologique, 4 (1), 55-76. |
MATSON, P.A., ADLER, N.E., MILLSSTEIN, S.G., TSCHANN, J.M.
& ELLEN, J.M. (2010). Developmental changes in condom
use among urban adolescent females : Influence of partner
context. Journal of Adolescent Health, 48 (4),
386-390. [PDF] |
|
CATALANO, R.F., KOSTERMAN, R. & HAWKINS, J.D. (1996).
Modeling the etiology of adolescent substance use : A test
of the social development mode. Journal of Drug
Issues, 26 (2), 429-455.
[PDF] |
MANSFIELD, C.F. & WOSNITZA, M. (2010). Motivation
goals during adolescence : A cross-sectional perspective.
Issues in Educational Research, 20 (2), 149-165.
[PDF] |
|
FORSYTH, J.M., BARNARD, M. & McKEGANEY, N.P. (1997).
Music preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction,
92, 1317-1325. |
SUSMAN, E.J., DOCKRAY, S., GRANGER, D.A., BLADES K.T.,
RANDAZZO, W., HEATON, J.A. & DORN, L.D. (2010).
Cortisol and alpha amylase reactivity and timing of
puberty : Vulnerabilities for antisocial behavior in young
adolescents. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 35 (4),
557-569. [PDF] |
|
McROBBIE, A. & GARBER, J. (1997). Girls and
subcultures. In K. Gelder & S. Thornton (Eds.), The
subcultures reader (pp. 112-120). London and New
York : Routledge. |
OWENS, J.A., BELON, K. & MOSS, P. (2010). Impact of
delaying school start time on adolescents sleep, mood and
behaviour. Achieves of Pediatrics & Adolescent
Medicine, 164, 608-614. [PDF] |
|
FORTENBERRY, J.D., COSTA, F.M., JESSOR, R. & DONOVAN,
J.D. (1997). Contraceptive behavior and adolescent
lifestyles : A structural modeling approach. Journal
of Research on Adolescence, 7, 307-329. |
JAMES, J.E., KRISTJANSSON, A.L. & SIGFUSDOTTIR, I.D.
(2010). Adolescent substance use, sleep, and academic
achievement : Evidence of harm due to caffeine. Journal
of Adolescence, 34 (4), 665-673. [PDF] |
|
VITARO, F., ARSENAULT, L. & REMBLA, R.E. (1997).
Dispositional predictors of problem gambling in male
adolescents. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1769–1770. |
STINCHFIELD, R. (2010). A critical review of adolescent
problem gambling assessment instruments.
International Journal of Adolescent Medicine &
Health, 22 (1), 77-93. [PDF] |
|
CONGER, J.J. & GALAMBOS, N.L. (1997). Adolescence
and youth : Psychological development in a changing
world. New York : Longman. |
FISCHHOFF, B., BRUINE DE BRUIN, W., PARKER, A.M.,
MILLSTEIN, S.G. & HALPERN-FELSHER, B.L. (2010).
Adolescents' perceived risk of dying. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 46 (3), 265-269. [PDF] |
|
SKORIKOV, V.B. (1997). Longitudinal relationships between
part-time work and career development in adolescents. Career
Development Quarterly, 5 (3), 221-235. |
KIANG, L. & FULIGNI, A. (2010). Meaning in life as a
mediator of ethnic identity and adjustment among
adolescents from Latin, Asian, and European American
Backgrounds. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 39
(11), 1253-1264. [PDF] |
|
FORSYTH, J.M., BARNARD, M. & McKEGANEY, N.P. (1997).
Music preference as an indicator of adolescent drug use. Addiction,
92, 1317-1325. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & KUSS, D.J. (2010). Adolescent social
networking : Should parents and teachers be worried ? Education
& Health, 29 (2), 23-25. [PDF] |
| |
CHORPITA, B.F., DALEIDEN, E.L., EBESUTANI, C., BECKER,
K.D., NAKAMURA, B.J., PHILLIPS, L., WARD, A., LYNCH, R.,
TRENT, L., SMITH, R.L., OKAMURA, K. & STARACE, N.
(2011). Evidence-based treatments for children and
adolescents : An updated review of indicators of efficacy
and effectiveness. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 18 (2), 154-172.
[PDF] |
|
SETHI, S. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1997). Sex differences
in internal and external focusing among adolescents. Sex
Roles, 37, 687-700. |
HIPPLE, B., LANDO, H., KLEIN, J. & WINICKOFF, J.
(2011). Global teens and tobacco : a review of the
globalization of the tobacco epidemic. Current
Problem in Pediatric & Adolescent Health Care, 41 (8),
216-230. |
|
|
ROSE, A.J. & MONTEMAYOR, R. (1994). The relationship
between gender role orientation and perceived
self-competency in male and female adolescents. Sex
Roles, 1 (9/10), 579-595. [PDF] |
KORT-BUTLER, L.A. & HEGEWEN, K.J. (2011). School-based
extracurricular activity involvement and adolescent
self-esteem : A growth-curve analysis. Journal of
Youth & Adolescence, 40, 568-581. [PDF] |
|
ANDERMAN, E.M. & JOHNSTON, J. (1998). TV news in the
classroom : What are adolescents learning ? Journal of
Adolescent Research, 13, 73-100. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & PETER, J. (2011). Online
communication among adolescents : An integrated model of
its attraction, opportunities, and risks. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 48, 121-127. [PDF]
|
|
REINECKE, M.A., RYAN, N.E. & DUBOIS, D.L. (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy of depression and depressive
symptoms during adolescence : a review and meta-analysis.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 37 (1), 26-34. |
REEF, J., DIAMANTOPOULOU, S., VAN MEURS, I., VERHULST,
F.C. & VAN DER ENDE, J. (2011). Developmental
trajectories of child to adolescent externalizing behavior
and adult DSM-IV disorder : results of a 24-year
longitudinal study. Social Psychiatry &
Psychiatric Epidemiology, 46, 1233-1241. [PDF] |
|
LE BLANC, M. DIONNE, J., PROULX, J., GRÉGOIRE, J. et
TRUDEAU-LEBLANC, P. (1998). Intervenir autrement : le
modèle différentiel et les adolescents en difficulté. Montréal
: Presses de l'Université de Montréal. |
HEAVEN, P.C.L., CIARROCHI, J. & LEESON, P. (2011).
Cognitive ability, right-wing authoritarianism, and social
dominance orientation : A five-year longitudinal study
amongst adolescents. Intelligence, 39, 15-21. [PDF] |
|
MUUSS, R.E. (1998). Theories of adolescence.
Random House. |
ZOFIRAN, N.S., KARTINI, M.J., SABARIH, S. & AJAU, D.
(2011). The relationship between eating behaviours, body
image and BMI status among adolescence age 13 to 17 years
in Meru, Klang, Malaysia. American Journal of
Nutrition, 1 (4), 185-192. [PDF] |
|
McKAY, D, STORCH, E.A. (Eds.) (2011). Handbook of
child and adolescent anxiety disorders. New York :
Springer. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & HUNT, N. (1998). Computer game
addiction in adolescence ? A brief report.
Psychological Reports, 82, 475-480. |
SPIRITO, A., ESPOSITO-SMYTHERS, C., WOLFF, J. & UHL,
K. (2011). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adolescent
depression and suicidality. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 20 (2),
191-204. [PDF] |
|
SCHURGIN-O'KEEFFE, G. & CLARKE-PEARSON, K. (2011).
Council on communications and media. The impact of social
mdia on children, adolescents, and families. Pediatrics,
127 (4) 800-804. [PDF] |
|
FISCHHOFF, B., DOWNS, J. & BRUINE DE BRUIN, W. (1998).
Adolescent vulnerability : A framework for behavioral
interventions. Applied & Preventive Psychology,
7, 77-94. [PDF] |
GRAY, P. (2011). The decline of play and the rise of
psychopathology in children and adolescents. American
Journal of Play, 3 (4), 443-463. [PDF] |
|
SLOVIC, P. (1998). Do adolescent smokers know the risks ?
Duke Law Journal, 47, 1133-1141. |
VENTA, A., SHARP, C. & HART, J. (2012). The relation
between anxiety disorder and experiential avoidance in
inpatient adolescents. Psychological Assessment, 24
(1), 240-248. [PDF] |
|
REESE-WEBER, M. & BARTLE-HARING, S. (1998). Conflict
resolution styles in family subsystems and adolescent
romantic relationships. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 27 (6), 735-752. |
RODRIGUEZ-FRANCO, L., ANTUNA-BELLERIN, M.,
LOPEZ-CEEPRO-BORREGO, J., RODIGUEZ-DIAZ, F.-J. &
BRINGAS-MOLLEDA, C. (2012). Tolerance towards dating
violence in Spanish adolescents. Psicothema, 24
(2), 236-242.
[PDF] |
| |
LÉGER, D., BECK F., RICHARD J.B. & GODEAU E. (2012).
Total sleep time severely drops during adolescence. PLoS
One, 7 (10), 1-6.
[PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. (1998). Development of sexual orientation
among adolescent and young adult women. Developmental
Psychology, 34, 1085-1095. |
FOSCO, G.M., STORMSHAK, E.A. & WINTER, C. (2012).
Family relationships and parental monitoring during middle
school as predictors of early adolescent problem behavior.
Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology,
41 (2), 202-213. [PDF] |
|
RILEY, A.W., ENSMINGER, M.E. GREEN, B. & KANG, M.
(1998). Social role functioning by adolescents with
psychiatric disorders. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 37, 620-628. |
WALLACE, M.T., BARRY, C.T., ZEIGLER-HILL, V. & GREEN,
B.A. (2012). Locus of control as a contributing factor in
the relation between self-perception and adolescent
aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 38, 213-221. [PDF] |
|
CLARKE, G.N., ROHDE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. &
SEELEY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment
and booster sessions. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 272-279. |
SLESNICK, N., REED, S., LETCHER, A., KATAFIASZ, H., JONES,
T. & BUETTNER, C. (2012). Predictors of parental
monitoring among families with a runaway adolescent. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 82 (1), 10-18.
[PDF] |
|
| |
OWENS, E.W., BEHUN, R.J., MANNING, J.C. & REID, R.C.
(2012). The impact of internet pornography on adolescents
: A review of the research. Sexual Addiction &
Compulsivity, 19, 99–122. [PDF] |
| |
KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2012). Adolescent online
gaming addiction. Education & Health, 30
(1), 1-3. [PDF] |
| |
RAHMAN, A.S., PILVER, C.E., DESAI, R., STEINBERG, M.A.,
RUGLE, L., KRISHNAN-SARIN, S. & POTENZA, M.N. (2012).
The relationship between age of gambling onset and
adolescent problematic gambling severity. Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 46 (5), 675-683. [PDF] |
| |
SCHWARTZ, S.J., DONNELLAN, D., RAVERT, R.D., LUYCKX, K.
& ZAMBOANGA, B.L. (2012). Identity development,
personality, and well-being in adolescence and emerging
adulthood : Theory, research, and recent advances. In I.B.
Weiner, R.M. Lerner, A. Easterbrooks & J. Mistry
(Eds.), Handbook of psychology : Developmental
psychology (Vol, 6, pp. 339-364). New York : John
Wiley and Sons.
[PDF] |
| |
GOURLAN, M., SARRAZIN, P. & TROUILLOD, D. (2013).
Motivational interviewing as a way to promote physical
activity in obese adolescents : A randomised-controlled
trial using self-determination theory as an explanatory
framework. Psychology & Health, 28 (11),
1265-1286. [PDF] |
| |
JELENCHICK, L.A., EICKHOFF, J.C. & MORENO, M.A.
(2013). "Facebook depression ?" social networking site use
and depression in older adolescents. Journal of
Adolescence Health, 52 (1), 128-130. [PDF] |
| |
WEIL, L.G., FLEMING, S.M., DUMONTHEIL, I., KILFORD, E.J.,
WEIL R.S., REES, G., DOLAN, R.J. & BLAKEMORE, S.-J.
(2013). The development of metacognitive ability in
adolescence. Consciousness & Cognition 22, 264-271.
[PDF] |
| |
WILLS, C.D. (2014). DSM-5 and neurodevelopmental and other
disorders of childhood and adolescence. Journal of
the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 42,
165–72. [PDF] |
| |
CURRY, J.F. & HERSH, J. (2014). Development and
evolution of cognitive behavior therapy for depressed
adolescents. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 32, 15-30. |
| |
LA ROCQUE, C.L., HARKNESS, K.L. & BAGBY, R.M. (2014).
The differential relation of childhood maltreatment to
stress sensitization in adolescent and young adult
depression. Journal of Adolescence 37, 871-882.
[PDF] |
| |
ASARNOW, L.D., McGLINCHEY, E. & HARVEY, A.G. (2014).
The effects of bedtime and sleep duration on academic and
emotional outcomes in a Nationally representative sample
of adolescents. Journal of Adolescent Health, 54,
350-356. [PDF] |
|
BERGMAN, L. R., COROVIV, J., FERRER-WREDER, L. &
MODIG, K. (2014). High IQ in early adolescence and career
success in adulthood : Findings from a Swedish
longitudinal study. Research in Human Development, 11
(3), 165-185. |
|
KING, D.L., DELFABBRO, P.H., KAPTSIS, D. & ZWAANS, T.
(2014). Adolescent simulated gambling via digital and
social media : An emerging problem. Computers in
Human Behavior, 31, 305-313. [PDF] |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2015). Adolescent gambling and
gambling-type games on social networking sites : Issues,
concerns, and recommendations. Aloma : Revista de
Psicologia, Ciències de l’Educació i de l’Esport, 33
(2), 31-37. [PDF] |
| |
WILKES, T.C.R. & NIXON, M.K. (2015). Pharmacological
treatment of child and adolescent disruptive behaviour
disorders : Between the Scylla and Charybdis : What do the
data say ? The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 60
(2), 39-41. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, R., GREESON, M., FEHLER-CABRAL, G. &
KENNEDY, A. (2015). Pathways to help : Adolescent sexual
assault victims' disclosure and help-seeking experiences.
Violence Against Women, 21, 824-847. |
|
LARSON, R.W. & VERMA, S. (1999). How children and
adolescents spend time across the world : work, play, and
developmental opportunities. Psychological Bulletin,
125, 701e736. |
RIDEOUT, V.J., FOEHR, V.G. & ROBERTS, D.F. (2015). Generation
M2 : media in the lives of 8-18 year-olds. Kaiser
Family Foundation. [PDF] |
|
SHREEMAN, S.S. & KRUESI, M.J.P. (1999). Pharmacologic
treatment of behavior disorders in adolescents. In A.H.
Esman et al (Eds.), Adolescent psychiatry (pp.
179-211). Hillsdale, NJ : Analytic Press. |
CAIN, M.S., LEONARD, J.A., GABRIELI, J.D. & FINN, A.S.
(2016). Media multitasking in adolescence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 23 (6), 1932–1941. [PDF] |
|
GARBARINO, J. (1999). Lost boys : Why our sons turn
violent and how we can save them. New York :
Anchor Book. |
CURRY, J.F. & MEYER, A.W. (2016). Can less yield more
? Behavioral activation for adolescent depression. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 23 (1),
62-65. |
|
STORES, G. (1999). Sleep disorders in children and
adolescents. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 5,
19-29. [PDF] |
HILL, C., WAITE, P. & CRESWELL, C. (2016). Anxiety
disorders in children and adolescents. Paediatrics
& Child Health, 26 (12), 548-553.
[PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, L.M., SAVIN-WILLIAMS, R.C. & DUBÉ E.M.
(1999). Sex, dating, passionate friendships, and romance :
Intimate peer relations among lesbian, gay, and bisexual
adolescents. In W. Furman, B.B. Brown & C. Feifing
(Eds.), The development of romatic relationships in
adolescence (pp. 175-204). Cambridge : Cambrige
University press. [PDF] |
LEMOINE, É. (2016). L'adolescence made in USA : Sexe,
genre et conservatisme dans les séries pour ados.
Québec : Presses Universitaires de Laval. |
|
HILL, C., WAITE, P. & CRESWELL, C. (2016). Anxiety
disorders in children and adolescents. Paediatrics
& Child Health, 26 (12), 548–553. |
|
BEST, C., HASEEN, F., CURRIE, D., OZAKINCI. G.,
MACKINTOSH, A.-M., STEAD, M., EADIE, D., MACGREGOR, A.,
PEARCE, J., AMOS, A., FRANK, J. & HAW, S. (2017).
Relationship between trying an electronic cigarette and
subsequent cigarette experimentation in Scottish
adolescents : a cohort study. Tobacco Control, 27,
373-378. |
|
MACY, J.T., O'ROUKE, H.P., SEO, D.-C-, PRESSON, C.C. &
CHASSIN, L. (2019). Adolescent tolerance for deviance,
cigarette smoking trajectories, and ppremature mortality :
A longitudinal study. Preventive Medicine, 119, 118–123
[PDF] |
|
WALTER, H.J., BUKSTEIN, O.G., ABRIGHT, A.R., KEABLE, H.,
RAMTEKKAR, U., RIPPERGER-SUHLER, J. & ROCKHILL, C.
(2020). Clinical practice guideline for the assessment and
treatment of children and adolescents with anxiety
disorders. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 59 (10), 1107–1124. |
|
OVERBEEK, D.L., KASS, A.P., CHIEL, L.E., BOYER,
E.W. & CASEY, A.M. (2020). A review of toxic effects
of electronic cigarettes/vaping in adolescents and young
adults. Critical Reviews in Toxicology, 50, 531-538. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Puberté,
Délinquance, Dépression
et Hypersexualisation |
|
|
|
Adolescence
(Crise) : Expression forgée par
Erikson pour désigner les
problèmes que la plupart des individus éprouvent à l'adolescence.
Les données récentes à cet égard semblent montrer que,
contrairement à ce que croyait Erikson, la plupart des adolescents
ne vivent pas cette crise ou, du moins, ils ne présentent pas des
symptômes aussi sévères que ceux décrits par Erikson. Cette crise
ne serait donc pas aussi généralisée que le croyait Erickson, ce
qui, par ailleurs, ne signifie pas qu'elle n'existe
pas.
Adolescent crisis.
| |
|
|
ERIKSON, E.H. (1959). The problem of ego identity. Psychological
Issues, 1, 101-164. |
|
ERIKSON, E.H. (1968/72). Identity : Youth and
crisis. London : Faber & Faber. /
Adolescence et crise : la quête de l'identité.
Paris : Flammarion. |
|
BEIT-HALLAHMI, H.S. (1977). Identity integration,
self-image crisis, and super-ego victory in postadolescent
university students. Adolescence, 12, 57-64 |
|
GLAZER, C.A. & DUSEK, J.B. (1985). The relationship
between sex-role orientation and resolution of Eriksonian
developmental crises. Sex Roles, 13, 653-661. |
|
CLOUTIER, R. (1995). L'image des adolescents rongée par
les mythes. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 16
(3), 89-107. |
|
|
Voir aussi Adolescence
et Erikson |
|
|
Adolescence
(Pré-) : Période de l'enfancequi
se déroule entre 10 et 12 ans. Preadolescent,
tween.
| |
|
|
ELKIND, D. (1981). The hurried child : Growing up too
fast too soon. Reading, MA : Addison-Wesley. |
|
FITZGERALD, M. (1992). Targeting tween. Editor &
Publisher, 124 (34), 22-23. |
|
VERKUYTEN, M., KINKET, B. & VAN DER WIELEN, C. (1997).
Preadolescents' understanding of ethnic discrimination. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 158, 97-112. |
|
HERMAN-GIDDENS, M.E., STEFFES, J., HAEEIS, D., SLORA, E.,
HUSSEY, M., DOWSHEN, A., WASSERMAN, R., SERWINT, J.R.,
SMITHERMAN, L. & REITER, E.O. (1997). Secondary sexual
characteristics and menses in young girls seen in office
practice : A study from the pediatric research in office
settings network. Pediatrics 99, 505-512. [PDF] |
|
COOK, D.T. & KAISER, S.B. (2004). Betwixt and be tween
age ambiguity and the sexualization of the female
consuming subject. Journal of Consumer Culture, 4
(2), 203-227. [PDF] |
|
VALKENBURG, P.M. & PETER, J. (2007). Preadolescents'
and adolescents' online communication and their closeness
to friends. Developmental Psychology, 43,
267-277. |
|
GERDING, A. & SIGNORIELLI, N. (2014). Gender roles in
tween television programming : A content analysis of two
genres. Sex Roles, 70 (1), 43-56. |
|
|
|
|
|
Adolescent
agresseur : Adolescent-e qui
a commis une agression sexuelle. (
): délinquant,
déliquant sexuel.
Adolescent sex offender, violent youth
adolescent sexual assaultes, adolescent assaulter, juvenile sex
offende, young violent offenders.
| |
|
|
BANDURA, A. & WALTERS, R.H. (1959). Adolescent
aggression. New York : Ronald. |
KNIGHT, R.A. & PRENTKY, R.A. (1993). Exploring
characteristics for classifying juvenile sex offenders. In
H.E. Barbaree, W.L. Marshall & S.M. Hudson (Eds.), The
juvenile sex offender (pp. 45-83). New York :
Guilford. |
|
LAMPL-DE-GROOT, J. (1960). On adolescence. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 15, 95-103. |
VIZARD, E., MONCK, E. & MISCH, P. (1995). Child and
adolescent sex abuse perpetrators : A review of the
research literature. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 36 (5), 731-756. |
|
GROTH, A.N. (1977). The adolescent sexual offender and his
prey. International Journal of Offender Therapy and
Comparative Criminology, 21 (3), 249-254. |
MORENZ, B. & BECKER, J.V. (1995). The treatment of
youthful sexual offenders. Applied & Preventive
Psychology, 4 (4), 247-257. |
|
MARGOLIN, L. (1983). A treatment model for the adolescent
sex offender. Journal of Offender Counseling.
Services & Rehabilitation, 8 (1/2), 1-12. |
BOURKE, M.L. & DONOHUE, B. (1996). Assessment and
treatment of juvenile sex offenders : An empirical review.
Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 5 (1), 47-70. |
|
AWAD, G.A., SAUNDERS, E. & LEVENE, J. (1984). A
clinical study of male adolescent sexual offenders. International
Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative
Criminology, 28 (2), 105-115. |
RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (1996). Les habiletés hétérosociales
des adolescents agresseurs sexuels : une recension des
écrits. Revue sexologique, 4 (1), 55-76.
[PDF] |
|
EARLS, C.M. & QUINSEY, V.L. (1985). What is to be done
? Future research on the assessment and behavioral
treatment of sex offenders. Behavioural Sciences
& the Law, 3 (4), 377-390. |
BECKER, J.V. & HUNTER, J.A. (1997). Understanding and
treating child and adolescent sexual offenders. Advances
in Clinical Child Psychology, 19, 177-197. |
|
DAVIS, G.E. & LEITENBERG, H. (1987). Adolescent sex
offenders. Psychological Bulletin, 101 (3),
417-427. |
BISCHOF, G.P. & ROSEN, K.H. (1997). An ecological
perspective on adolescent sexual offending. Journal
of Offender Rehabilitation, 26 (1/2), 67-88. |
|
BECKER, J.V. & KAPLAN, M.S. (1988). The assessment of
adolescent sexual offenders. Advances in Behavioral
Assessments of Children & Families, 4, 97-118. |
ERTL, M.A. & McNAMARA, J.R. (1997). Treatment of
juvenile sex offenders : A review of the literature. Child
& Adolescent Social Work Journal, 14 (3),
199-221. |
|
AWAD, G.A. & SAUNDERS, E.B. (1989). Adolescent child
molesters : Clinical Observations. Child Psychiatry
& Human Development, 19 (3), 195-206. |
BONNER, B. L., MARX, B.P., THOMPSON, T.J. &
MICHAELSON, P. (1998). Assessment of adolescent sexual
offenders. Child Maltreatment, 3 (4), 374-383. |
|
ARNETT, J. (1990). Drunk driving, sensation seeking, and
egocentrism among adolescents. Personality &
Individual Differences, 11, 541-546. |
WISLAR, J.S. & FENDRICH, M. (2000). Can self-reported
drug use data be used to assess sex risk behavior in
adolescents ? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 29
(1), 77-89. |
| |
EDENS, K.M. & McCORMICK, C.B. (2000). How do
adolescents process advertisements ? The influence of ad
characteristics, processing objective and gend. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 25, 450-463. |
|
BECKER, J.V. (1990). Treating adolescent sexual offenders.
Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 21
(5), 362-365. |
CORWYN, R.F. & BENDA, B.B. (2001). Violent youths in
southern public schools in America. International
Journal of Adolescence & Youth, 10 (1-2),
69-90. |
|
HUNTER, J.A. & SANTOS, D R. (1990). The use of
specialized cognitive-behavioral therapies in the
treatment of adolescent sexual offenders.
International Journal of Offender Therapy &
Comparative Crirninology, 34 (3), 239-248. |
BARBAREE, H.E. & MARSHALL, W.L. (Eds.) (2006). The
juvenile sex offender. New York : Guilford. |
|
| |
BLUM, R.W. & NELSON-MMARI, K. (2004). The health of
young people in a global context. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 35, 402-418. |
| |
BLACK, C. & FORD-GILBOE, M. (2004). Adolescent mothers
: resilience, family health work and health-promoting
practices. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 48 (4),
351-360.
[PDF] |
|
AWAD, G.E. & SAUNDERS, E.B. (1991). Male adolescent
sexual assaulters : Clinical observations. Journal of
Interpersonal Violence, 6 (4), 446-460. |
SMETANA, J.G., CAMPIONE-BARR, N & METZGER, A. (2006).
Adolescent development in interpersonal and societal
contexts. Annual Review of Psychology, 57, 255-284.
[PDF] |
|
BREMER, J.F. (1992). Serious juvenile sex offenders :
Treatment and long-term follow-up. Psychiatric
Annals, 2 (6), 326-332. |
ZHOU, J., WANG, X., LI, L., CAO, X., XU, L. & SUN, Y.
(2006). Plasma serotonin levels in young violent offenders
: Aggressive responding and personality correlates.
Progress in NeuroPsychopharmacology & Biological
Psychiatry, 30 (8), 1435-1441. |
| |
TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., DONNELLAN, M.B., MOFFITT, T.E.,
ROBINS, R.W., POULTON, R. & CASPI, A. (2006). Low
self-esteem during adolescence predicts poor health,
criminal behavior, and limited economic prospects during
adulthood. Developmental Psychology, 42,
381-390. |
|
SCHLOSSBERGER, N.M., TURNER, R.A. & IRWIN, C.E.
(1992). Validity of self-report of pubertal maturation in
early adolescents. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13
(2), 109-113. |
WILLIAMS, S.T., CONGER, K.J. & BLOZIS, S.A. (2007).
The development of interpersonal aggression during
adolescence : The importance of parents, siblings, and
family economics. Child Development, 78 (5),
1526-1542. |
|
CAMP, B.H. & THYER, B.A. (1993). Treatment of
adolescent sex offenders : A review of empirical research.
Journal of Applied Social Sciences, 17 (2),
191-206. |
DEMETRIOU, A. & BAKRACEVIC, K. (2009). Reasoning and
self-awareness from adolescence to middle age :
Organization and development as a function of education. Learning
& Individual Differences, 19, 181-194. |
| |
ZIMMERMANN, P., MOHR, C. & SPANGLER, G. (2009).
Genetic and attachment influences on adolescents'
regulation of autonomy and aggressiveness. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 50, 1339-1347. [PDF] |
| |
HABER, M.G. & TORO, P.A. (2009). Parent-adolescent
violence and later behavioral health problems among
homeless and housed youth. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 79 (3), 305-318. [PDF] |
| |
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L., GOBIN, R. & FREYD, J.J. (2010).
Childhood emotional abuse predicts late adolescent sexual
aggression perpetration and victimization. Journal of
Aggression, Maltreatment, & Trauma, 19,
204-223. [PDF] |
|
BECKER, J.V. & KAPLAN, M.S. (1993).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of the juvenile sex
offender. In H.E. Barbaree, W.L. Marshall & S.M.
Hudson (Eds.), The juvenile sex offender (pp.
264-277). New York : The Guilford Press. |
RODRIGUEZ-FRANCO, L., ANTUNA-BELLERIN, M.,
LOPEZ-CEEPRO-BORREGO, J., RODIGUEZ-DIAZ, F.-J. &
BRINGAS-MOLLEDA, C. (2012). Tolerance towards dating
violence in Spanish adolescents. Psicothema, 24
(2), 236-242.
[PDF] |
| |
WU, L.-T., SWARTZ, M., BRADY, K.T. & HOYLE, R.H.
(2015). Perceived cannabis use norms and cannabis use
among adolescents in the United States. Journal
Psychiatric Research, 64, 79-87. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Adolescent et Déliquant
sexuel |
|
|
Adolescent
fugueur : Adolescent qui
quitte la maison sans annoncer son départ ou son intention de
revenir, donc sans l'autorisaton de ses
parents. Adolescent fugueur,
adolescent itinérant et encadrement
parental. /elope, homeless
adolescent, runaway adolescent.
| |
|
|
WHITEBECK, L.B. & SIOMONS, R.L. (1993). A Comparison
of adaptive strategies and patterns of victimization among
homeless adolescents and adults. Violence &
Victims, 8 (2), 135-152. [PDF] |
|
WHITEBECK, L.B., HOYT, D.R. & ACKLEY, K.A. (1997).
Families of homeless and runaway adolescents : A
comparison of parent/caretaker and adolescent perspectives
on parenting, family violence, and adolescent conduct. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 21, 517-528. |
|
SLESNICK, N., REED, S., LETCHER, A., KATAFIASZ, H., JONES,
T. & BUETTNER, C. (2012). Predictors of parental
monitoring among families with a runaway adolescent. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 82 (1), 10-18.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Enfant
fugueur |
|
|
|
|
Adolph
Karen E. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialiste du développement
moteur et de
l'apprentissage des
mouvements et des habiletés
motrices, notamment de la
locomotion et de la marche.
Étudiante de Gibson.
Collaboratrice de Thelen.
|
ADOLPH, K.E. (1997). Learning in the development of infant
locomotion. Monographs of the Society for Research in
Child Development, 62 (3, Serial No. 251). |
|
ADOLPH, K.E. (2000). Specificity of learning : Why infants
fall over a veritable cliff. Psychological Science,
11, 290-295. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPH, K.E., VEREIJKEN, B. & SHROUT, P.E. (2003).
What changes in infant walking and why. Child
Development, 74, 474-497.
[PDF] |
|
ADOLPH, K.E. (2008). Learning to move. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 213- 218.
[PDF] |
|
ADOLPH, K.E. & FRANCHAK, J.M. (2017). The development
of motor behavior. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews :
Cognitive Science, 8 (1-2), 1-30. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Adolphs
Ralph ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la relation entre les
émotions et l'amygale.
Collaborateur de Buchanan,
Damasio, Gosselin,
Schultz, Schyns,
Tranel et Todorov.
|
ADOLPHS, R., TRANEL, D., DAMASIO, H. & DAMASIO, A.
(1994). Impaired recognition of emotion in facial
expressions following bilateral damage to the human
amygdala. Nature, 372, 669-672. |
|
ADOLPHS, R., TRANEL, D. & DAMASIO, A.R. (1998).
The human amygdala in social judgment. Nature, 393
(4), 470-474. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPHS, R. (1999). Social cognition and the human brain.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 3 (12), 469-479. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPHS, R. (2002). Neural systems for recognizing
emotion. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 12
(2), 169-177.
[PDF] |
|
ADOLPHS, R., BUCHANAN, T.W. & TRANEL, D. (2005).
Amygdala damage impairs emotional memory gist but not
details of complex stimuli. Nature Neuroscience, 8
(4), 512-519. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Adorno Theodor Ludwig Wiesengrund (Frankfurt Allemagne
1903-1969) : Sociologue
allemand et membre de l'École
de Franfort. Il a notamment étudié la personnalité
autoritaire. Collaborateur de
Levinson.
 |
ADORNO, T.W., FRENKEL, B.E., SANFORD, R.N. & LEVINSON,
D.J. (1950). The authoritarian personality. New
York : Harper & Bros. |
|
ADORNO, T. (1956/82). Against epistemology : A
metacritique; studies in Husserl and the
phenomenological antinomies. Cambridge, Mass. :
MIT Press. |
|
ADORNO, T. (1963/2000). In T. Schröder (Ed.), Problems
of moral philosophy. University Press. |
|
ADORNO, T. (1964/73). The jargon of authenticity.
London : Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
|
ADORNO, T. (1966/73). Negative dialectics. New
York : Seabury Press. |
|
|
|
Adrénaline
: Hormone (ou
neurotransmetteur) découverte par Vulpian,
sécrétée par les glandes
surrénales d'un organisme
en état de stress ou lors
d'effort physique. Elle a pour fonction de préparer l'organisme
à faire face à une situation d'urgence. Elle engendre les
réactions physiologiques suivantes : accélération du rythme
cardio-vasculaire, augmentation de la force des contractions
du coeur, hausse de la pression
artérielle. = épinéphrine. Adrenaline.
| |
VULPIAN, A. (1956). Recherches expérimentales sur la
physiologie et la pathologie des capsules surrénales.
Comptes rendus de l'Académie des Sciences, Paris, 43,
663-665. |
|
AXELROD, J. & WURTMAN, R.J. (1966). Control of
enzymatic synthesis of adrenaline in the adrenal medulla
by adrenal cortex steroids. Journal of Biological
Chemistry, 241, 2301-2305. |
|
ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980).
Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Adrian
Edgar Douglas (Londres 1889-1977 Cambridge) :
Médecin anglais, neurologue
et lauréat du prix Nobel de
physiologie et de médecine en 1932 (avec Sherrington).
Il fut le premier chercheur à enregistrer l'influx
nerveux dans une fibre
afférente unique. On lui doit également la formulation de la
loi du tout ou rien (co-découverte avec Eccles).
Professeur de Rushton.
Collaborateur de Moruzzi.
 |
ADRIAN, E.D. & LUCAS, K. (1917). The conduction
of the nervous impulse. London : Longmans. |
|
ADRIAN, E.D. (1932). The mechanism of nervous action
: electrical studies of the neurone. University of
Pennsylvania Press. |
|
ADRIAN, E.D. (1937). Factors determining human
behavior. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
|
ADRIAN, E.D. & MORUZZI G. (1939). Impulses in the
pyramidal tract. The Journal of Physiology, 97,
153-199. |
|
ADRIAN, E.D. (1957). The analysis of the nervous system :
Sherrington memorial lecture. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Medicine, 50, 991-998. |
|
|
|
Adulation : Admiration excessive et maladive que l'on voue à un
individu, souvent à un proche ou à un personnage public, à une
vedette.
Celebrity worship, idol worship.
| |
|
|
BOON, S.D. & LOMORE, C.D. (2001). Admirer celebrity
relationships among young adults. Explaining perceptions
of celebrity influence on identity. Human
Communication Research, 27, 432-465. |
TYLER, I. & BENNETT, B. (2010). "Celebrity chav" :
Fame, femininity and social class. European Journal of
Cultural Studies, 13 (3), 375-393. |
|
MALTBY, J., McCUTCHEON, L.E, ASHE, D.D. & HOURAN, J.
(2001). The self-reported psychological well-being of
celebrity worshippers. North American Journal of
Psychology, 3, 441-452. |
|
|
McCUTCHEON, L.E., LANGE, R. & HOURAN, J. (2002).
Conceptualization and measurement of celebrity worship. British
Journal of Psychology, 93 (1), 67-87. |
SWAMI, V., CHAMORRO-PREMUZIC, T., MASTOR, K., SIRAN, F.H.,
SAID, M.M.M., JAAFAR, J., SINNIAH, D. & PILLAI, S.K.
(2011). Celebrity worship among university students in
Malaysia : A methodological contribution to the Celebrity
Attitude Scale. European Psychologist, 16 (4),
334-342. |
|
MALTBY, J., HOURAN, M.A. LANGE, R., ASHE, D. &
McCUTCHEON, L.E. (2002). Thou shalt worship no other gods
unless they are celebrities : The relationship between
celebrity worship and religious orientation.
Personality & Individual Differences, 32, 1157-1172. |
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2011). Celebrity worship and
incidence of elective cosmetic surgery : Evidence of a
link among young adults. Journal of Adolescent
Health, 49, 483-489. |
|
CHEUNG, C.K. & YUE, X.D. (2003). Identity achievement
and idol worship among teenagers in Hong Kong. International
Journal of Adolescence & Youth, 11, 1-26. |
|
|
MALTBY, J., HOURAN, M.A. & McCUTCHEON, L.E. (2003). A
clinical interpretation of attitudes and behaviors
associated with celebrity worship. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 191, 25-29. |
STEVER, G.S. (2011). Celebrity worship : Critiquing a
construct. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 41
(6), 1356-1370. |
|
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., McCUTCHEON, L.E., GILLETT, R.,
HOURAN, M.A. & ASHE, D.D. (2004). Personality and
coping : A context for examining celebrity worship and
mental health. British Journal of Psychology, 95,
411-428. |
McUTCHEON, L.E., GRIFFITH, J.D., ARUGUETTE, M.S. &
HAIGHT, E. (2012). Cognitive ability and celebrity worship
revisited. North American Journal of Psychology, 14,
383-392. |
|
MALTBY, J., GILES, D., BARBER, L. & McCUTCHEON, L.E.
(2005). Intense-personal celebrity worship and body image
: Evidence of a link among female adolescents. British
Journal of Health Psychology, 10, 17-32. [PDF] |
McUTCHEON, L.E., LOWINGER, R., WONG, M. & JENKINS, W.
(2014). Is analytic thinking related to celebrity worship
and disbelief in religion ? North American Journal of
Psychology, 16 (3), 453-462.
[PDF] |
|
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., McCUTCHEON, L.E., HOURAN, J. &
ASHE, D. (2006). Extreme celebrity worship, fantasy
proneness and dissociation : Developing the measurement
and understanding of celebrity worship within a clinical
personality context. Personality & Individual
Differences, 40, 273-283. |
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2017). Regulatory motivations in
celebrity interest : Self-suppression and self-expansion.
Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 6 (2),
103-112.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Vedette |
|
|
Adulte
(âge) : Période du développement
qui se situe entre l'adolescence
et la mort. /enfant.
Adult.
| |
|
|
SCHAIE, K.W. (1958). Rigidity-flexibility and intelligence
: A cross-sectional study of the adult life span from 20
to 70. Psychological Monographs, 72 (9), 1-26.
[PDF] |
CHASSIN, L., PRESSON, C.C., PITTS, S.C. & SHERMAN,
S.J. (2000). The natural history of cigarette smoking from
adolescence to adulthood in a midwestern community sample
: Multiple trajectories and their psychosocial correlates.
Health Psychology, 19 (3), 223-231. |
|
DUSH, D.M., HIRT, M.L. & SCHROEDER, H. (1983).
Self-statement modification with adults : A meta-analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 94 (3), 408-422. |
NOVECK, I.A. (2001). When children are more logical than
adults : experimental investigation of scalar
implicatures. Cognition, 78, 165-188. [PDF] |
|
CORRIGAN, P.W. (1991). Social skills training in adult
psychiatric populations : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Behavioral Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 22
(3), 203-210. |
KROGER, J. (2002). Identity processes and contents through
the years of late adulthood. Identity : An
International Journal of Theory & Research, 2, 81-99. |
| |
GRIFFITHS, M., DAVIES, M.N.O. & CHAPPELL, D. (2004).
Online computer gaming : A comparison of adolescent and
adult gamers. Journal of Adolescence, 27 (1),
87-96. [PDF] |
|
RYFF, C.D. (1995). Psychological well-being in adult life.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 4, 99-104.
[PDF] |
GAUDET, S. (2005). Responsabilité et identité dans les
parcours d’entrée dans l'âge adulte : qu’est-ce que
répondre de soi à l'âge adulte ? Canadian Review of
Sociology, 42 (1), 25-50. |
|
MEYER, T.J. & MARK, M.M. (1995). Effects of
psychosocial interventions with adult cancer patients : A
meta-analysis of randomized experiments. Health
Psychology, 14 (2), 101-108. |
CLAY, F., BOWERS, J.S., DAVIS, C.J. & HANLEY, D.A.
(2007). Teaching adults new words : The role of practice
and consolidation. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Learning, Memory & Cognition, 33 (5),
970-976. [PDF] |
|
BERGMAN, L. R., COROVIV, J., FERRER-WREDER, L. &
MODIG, K. (2014). High IQ in early adolescence and career
success in adulthood : Findings from a Swedish
longitudinal study. Research in Human Development, 11
(3), 165-185. |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (1998). Learning to stand alone : The
contemporary American transition to adulthood in cultural
and historical context. Human Development, 41,
295-315. [PDF] |
LA ROCQUE, C.L., HARKNESS, K.L. & BAGBY, R.M. (2014).
The differential relation of childhood maltreatment to
stress sensitization in adolescent and young adult
depression. Journal of Adolescence, 37, 871-882.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Vieux
et Jeune adulte |
|
|
Adulte (Jeune) :
=
adulescent, adulte de sous-sol, ours mal-léché nourri à la pizza
extra-fromage.
Emerging adulthood, Emerging
adult, young adult, late adolescence.
| |
|
|
SHERROD, L.R., HAGGERTY, R.J. & FEATHERMAN, D.L.
(1993). Introduction : Late adolescence and the transition
to adulthood. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 3,
217-226. |
ARNETT, J.J. & TANNER, J. (2006). Emerging adults
in America : Coming of Age in the 21st century. Washington,
DC, APA Book. |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (1994). Are college students adults ? Their
Conceptions of the transition to adulthood. Journal of
Adult Development, 1, 154-168. |
KROGER, J. (2006). Identity in young adulthood. In P.
Hwang and A. Frisen (Eds.), Ungdomarsidentitets
utvikling [Identity development among youth].
Stockholm : Natur och Kultur Fürlag. |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (1997). Young people's conceptions of the
transition to adulthood. Youth & Society, 29,
1-23. [PDF] |
ZARRETT, N. & ECCLES, J. (2006). The passage to
adulthood : Challenges of late adolescence. New
Directions for Youth Development, 111 (4), 13-28. [PDF] |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (1998). Learning to stand alone : The
contemporary American transition to adulthood in cultural
and historical context. Human Development, 41,
295-315. [PDF] |
CLAY, F., BOWERS, J.S., DAVIS, C.J. & HANLEY, D.A.
(2007). Teaching adults new words : The role of practice
and consolidation. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Learning, Memory & Cognition, 33 (5),
970-976. [PDF] |
|
ROBINS, R.W., FRALEY, R.C., ROBERTS, B.W. &
RZESNIEWSKI, K.H. (2001). A longitudinal study of
personality change in young adulthood. Journal of
Personality, 69, 617-640. |
ARNETT, J.J. (2007). Suffering, selfish, slackers ? Myths
and reality about emerging adults. Journal of Youth
& Adolescence, 36, 23-29. |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (2000). Emerging Adulthood : A theory of
development from the late teens through the twenties.
American Psychologist, 55 (5), 469-480. [PDF] |
ARNETT, J.J. (2007). Emerging adulthood : What is it, and
what is it good for ? Child Development Perspectives,
1, 68-73. [PDF] |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (2002). A congregation of one :
Individualized religious beliefs among emerging adults. Journal
of Adolescent Research, 17 (5), 451-467.
[PDF] |
SUBRAHMANYAM, K., REICH, S., WAECHTER, N. & ESPINOZA,
G. (2008). Online and offline social networks : Use of
social networking sites by emerging adults. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 29, 420-433. [PDF] |
|
|
STONE, M. (2003). Adolescence and emerging adulthood : The
critical passage ways to adulthood. In M.H. Bornstein, L.
Davidson, C. Keyes & K.A. Moore (Eds.), Positive
development across the life course (pp. 383-406).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
CARLSON, K.S. & GJERDE, P.F. (2009). Preschool
personality antecedents of narcissism in adolescence and
young adulthood : A 20-Year longitudinal study. Journal
of Research in Personality, 43, 570-578. [PDF] |
|
PILOTTI, M., MEADE, M.L. & GALLO, D.A. (2003).
Implicit and explicit measures of memory for perceptual
information in young adults, healthy older adults, and
patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Experimental Aging
Research, 29, 15-32. [PDF] |
MOULIN, S. (2012). L’émergence de l’âge adulte : de
l’impact des référentiels institutionnels en France et au
Québec. Sociologies : Théories et recherches [LIRE] |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (2004). Conceptions of the transition to
adulthood among emerging adults in american ethnic groups.
New Directions for Child & Adolescent Development,
100, 63-75. [PDF] |
WHITLOCK, J.L., MUEHLENKAMP, J.J., ECKENRODE, J.,
PURINGTON, A., BARAL ABRAMS, G., BARREIRA, P. & KRESS,
V. (2013). Nonsuicidal self-injury as a gateway to suicide
in young adults. Journal of Adolescent Health, 52 (4),
486-492. [PDF] |
|
ARNETT, J.J. (2004). Emerging Adulthood : The winding
road from the late teens through the twenties. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
LA ROCQUE, C.L., HARKNESS, K.L. & BAGBY, R.M. (2014).
The differential relation of childhood maltreatment to
stress sensitization in adolescent and young adult
depression. Journal of Adolescence 37, 871-882.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Adolescence
et Adulte |
|
|
Adulte (Vieil-le) : Adulte âgé de 65 ans et plus. Ce critère - fixé par les pays riches et occidentaux - est arbitraire
et ne semble correspondre à aucun changement biologique,
psychologique ou social, si ce n'est, peut-être, l'âge de la
retraite, laquelle est de moins en moins prise à 65 ans. Vieux et
vieillissement.
= personne agée, l'âge d'or, personne d'un âge certain, personne qui insiste sur le fait qu'elle n'est pas aussi vieille
que l'on croit, personne qui a l'âge de ses artères, vieux,
retraité.
/jeune.
Elderly,
elderly people, older adult, older person, older, later life,
aged patient, older people.
| |
|
|
KOOB, L. & FISH, G. (1977). The social psychology of
space : Measuring territorial behavior of elderly people
in public housing. Housing Educators Journal, 4
(3), 13-18. [PDF] |
COLE, M.G., ELIE, L.M., McCUSKER, J., BELLAVANCE, F. &
MANSOUR, A. (2000). Feasibility and effectiveness of
treatments for depression in elderly medical inpatients :
a systematic review. International Psychogeriatrics,
12 (4), 453-461. |
|
SHERMAN, N., GOLD, J. & SHERMAN, M. (1978).
Attribution theory and evaluations of older men among
college students, their parents, and grandparents. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 440- 442. |
HÉBERT, R., GUILBAULT, J., DESROSIERS, J. & DUBUC, N.
(2001). The functional autonomy measurement system (smaf)
: a clinical-based instrument for measuring disabilities
and handicaps ln older people. Journal of the
Canadian Geriatrics Society, 4, 141-147. [PDF] |
|
BREWER, M.B., DULL, V. & LUI, L. (1981). Perceptions
of the elderly : Stereotypes as prototypes. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 41 (4),
656-670. |
BARROWCLOUGH, C., KING, P., COLVILLE, J., RUSSELL, E.,
BURNS, A. & RAARIER, N. (2001). A randomized trial of
the effectiveness of CBT and supportive counseling for
anxiety symptoms in older adults. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (5),
756-762. |
|
BRAMMMER, L.M. (1984). Counseling theory and the older
adult. The Counseling Psychologist, 12, 29-37. |
HÉBERT, R., DUBUC, N., BUTEAU, M, DESROSIERS, J., BRAVO,
G., TROTTIER, L., ST-HILAIRE, C. & ROY, C. (2001).
Resources and costs associated with disabilities of
elderly people living at home and in institutions. Canadian
Journal on Aging / La Revue Canadienne du
Vieillissement, 20, 1-22. |
|
WEILMAN, F.E. & McCORMACK, J. (1984). Counseling with
older persons : A review of outcome research. The
Counseling Psychologist, 12, 81-96. |
DYER, C.B. (2001). Quantifying the problem of elder abuse
and neglect in adults : Analysis of a statewide database.
In Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 49
(1), 45-48. |
|
BREWER, M.B. & LUI, L. (1984). Categorization of the
elderly by the elderly. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 10, 585-595. |
GAUGLER, J.E. & ZARIT, S.H. (2001). The effectiveness
of adult day services for disabled older people.
Journal of Aging & Social Policy, 12 (2), 23-
47. |
|
CERELLA, J. (1985). Information processing rates in the
elderly. Psychological Bulletin, 98, 67-83. |
|
|
CROCKETT, W.H. & HUMMERT, M.L. (1987). Perceptions of
aging and the elderly. In K.W. Schaie (Ed.), Annual
review of gerontology and geriatrics (Vol.7, pp.
217-241). NewYork : Springer Publishing. |
WILSON, R.S., BECKETT, L.A., BARNES, L.L., SCHNEIDER,
J.A., BACH, J., EVANS, D.A. & BENNETT, D.A. (2002).
Individual differences in rates of change in cognitive
abilities in older persons. Psychology & Aging,
17, 179-193. |
|
BURCKHARDT, C.S. (1987). The effect of therapy on the
mental health of the elderly. Research in Nursing
& Health, 10, 277-285. |
NELSON, T.D. (2002). Ageism : Stereotyping and
prejudice against older persons. Cambridge, MA :
MIT Press. |
|
KITE, M.E. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1988). Attitudes toward
older and younger adults : A meta-analysis. Psychology
& Aging, 3, 233-244. |
ALWAHHBI, F. (2003). Anxiety symptoms and generalized
anxiety disorder in the elderly : a review. Harvard
Review of Psychiatry, 11, 180-193. |
|
VALLERAND, R.J. & O'CONNOR, B.P. (1989). Motivation in
the elderly : A theoretical framework and some promising
findings. Canadian Psychology, 30, 538-550. |
LAIDLAW, K., THOMPSON, L.W., DICK-SISKIN, L. &
GALLAGHER-THOMPSON, D. (2003). Cognitive behaviour
therapy with older adults. Chichester : John Wiley
& Sons, Ltd. |
|
HUMMERT, M.L. (1990). Multiple stereotypes of elderly and
young adults : A comparison of structure and evaluations.
Psychology & Aging, 5 (2), 182-193.
[PDF] |
PILOTTI, M., MEADE, M.L. & GALLO, D.A. (2003).
Implicit and explicit measures of memory for perceptual
information in young adults, healthy older adults, and
patients with Alzheimer's disease. Experimental Aging
Research, 29, 15-32. [PDF] |
|
OKUN, M.A. OLDING, R.W. & COHN, C.M.G. (1990). A
meta-analysis of subjective well-being interventions among
elders. Psychological Bulletin, 108 (2),
257-266. |
BHERER, L. & BELLEVILLE, S. (2004). The effect of
training on preparatory attention in older adults :
evidence for the role of uncertainty in age-related
preparatory deficits. Aging, Neuropsychology &
Cognition, 11 (1), 37-50. |
|
CALSYN, R.J., ROADES, L.A., DYLAN, M.A. & CALSYN, S.
(1992). Acquiescence in needs assessment studies of the
elderly. Gerontologist, 32 (2), 246-252. |
SECKER, D.L., KAZANTSIS, N. & PACHANA, N.A. (2004).
Cognitive behavior therapy for older adults : practical
guidelines for adapting therapy structure. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 22 (2),
93-109. |
|
|
BENNETT, G.C.J. (1992). Elder Abuse in Britain. British
Medical Journal, 303, 998-999. |
|
|
IJAS, M.L. (1992). Abuse in old age : Epidemiological data
from Finland. Journal of Elder Abuse & Neglect,
4 (3), 1-18. |
|
|
GREENBERG, J.S., SELTZER, M.M. & GREENLEY, J.R.
(1993). Aging parents of adults with disabilities : The
gratifications and frustrations of later-life caregiving.
The Gerontologist, 33, 542-550 |
MARTIN, N. et ALAPHILIPPE, D. (2005). Pressions sociales
et vieillissement : le conformisme chez des sujets âgés. Bulletin
de psychologie, 478, 447-454. [PDF] |
|
SCOGIN, F. & McELREATH, L. (1994). Efficacy of
psychosocial treatments for geriatric depression : A
quantitative review. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 62 (1), 69-74. |
GARDEZI, F., WILSON, K.G., MAN-SON-HING, M., MARSHALL,
S.C., MOLNAR, F.J., DOBBS, B.M. & TUOKKO, H.A. (2006).
Qualitative research on older drivers. Clinical
Gerontologist, 30, 5-22. |
|
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. & FINKBINER, R.G. (1995). One-day
retention of eyeblink classical conditioning and verbal
free recall in young and older adults. Aging &
Cognition, 2, 108-127. |
ARAI, M. (2006). Elder abuse in Japan. Educational
Gerontology, 32, 13-23. |
|
RYFF, C.D. (1995). Psychological well-being in adult life.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 4, 99-104.
[PDF] |
WINDLE, A., ELLIOT, E., DUSZYNSKI, K. & MOORE, V.
(2007). Benzodiazepine prescribing in elderly Australian
general practice patients. Australian & New
Zealand Journal of Public Health, 31, 379-381. [PDF]
|
|
ZACKS, R.T., RADVANSKY, G. & HASHER, L. (1996).
Studies of directed forgetting in older adults. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 22, 143-156. |
MARSHALL, S.C., MAN-SON-HING, M., MOLNAR, F.J., WILSON,
K.G. & BLAIR, R. (2007). The acceptability to older
drivers of different types of licensing restriction. Accident
Analysis & Prevention, 39, 776-793. |
|
CAMMER-PARIS, C.E. (1996). Violence against elderly
people. Mount Sinai Journal of Medicine, 63 (2),
97-100. |
BUSCHKUEHL, M., JAEGGI, S.M., HUTCHISON, S.,
PERRIG-CHIELLO, P., DÄPP, C., MÜLLER, M., BREIL, F.,
HOPPELER, H. & PERRIG, W.J. (2008). Impact of working
memory training on memory performance in old-old adults. Psychology
& Aging, 23 (4), 743-753. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
HÉBERT, R., BREAVO, G., KORNER-BITENSKY, N., VOYER, L.
(1996). Refusal and information bias associated with
postal questionnaires and face-to-face interviews in very
elderly subjects. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology,
49 (3), 373-381. |
BRYANT, C., JACKSON, H. & AMES, D. (2008). The
prevalence of anxiety in older adults : methodological
issues and a review of the literature. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 109, 233-250. |
|
ARDELT, M. (1997). Wisdom and life satisfaction in old
age. Journals of Gerontology, 52B (1), 15-27. |
HÉBERT, R., DUBOIS, M.-F., DUBUC, N., TOUSIGNANT, M.,
RAÎCHE, M. & VEIL, A. (2008). Evaluation of the
implementation of PRISMA, a coordination-type integrated
service delivery system for frail older people in Quebec.
Journal of Integrated Care, 16 (6), 4-14. |
|
HÉBERT, R., BRAYNE, C. & SPIEGELHALTER, D. (1997).
Incidence of functional decline and improvement in a
community dwelling very elderly population. American
Journal of Epidemiology, 145, 935-944. |
BACHMAN, R. & MELOY, M.L. (2008). The epidemiology of
violence against the elderly : implications for primary
and secondary prevention. Journal of Contemporary
Criminal Justice, 24 (2), 186-197. |
| |
TRUDEL, G., VILLENEUVE, V., ANDERSON, A. & PILON, G.
(2008). Sexual and marital aspects of old age : an update.
Sexual and relationship therapy, 23, 161-169 |
|
FLOYD, M. & SCOGIN, F. (1998). Cognitive-behavior
therapy for older adults : how does it work ? Psychotherapy,
35 (4), 459-463. |
DAILLY, E. & BOURIN, E. (2008). The use of
benzodiazepines in the aged patient : clinical and
pharmacological considerations. Pakistan Journal of
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 21 (2), 144-150. [PDF]
|
| |
VALLERAND, R.J. & GUAY, F. (2009). Les jeux de
hasard et d'argent chez les personnes aînées : état de
la situation. (Rapport de recherche). Fonds de
recherche Société et Culture du Québec. [PDF] |
| |
CHOU, K.L. (2009). Specific phobia in older adults :
evidence from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol
and related conditions. American Journal of Geriatric
Psychiatry, 17, 376-386. |
|
| |
VOSS, M.W., PRAKASH, R., ERICKSON, K.I., BASAK, C.,
CHADDOCK, L., KIM, J., HEO, S., WHITE, S., WOJICICKI, T.,
MAILEY, E., GOTHE, N., OLSON, E., MCAULEY, E. &
KRAMER, A.F. (2010). Plasticity of brain networks in a
randomized intervention trial of exercise training in
older adults. Frontiers in Aging Neuroscience, 2, 1-17.
[PDF] |
| |
TRUDEL, G., TURGEON, L. & PICHÉ, L. (2010). Marital
and sexual aspects of old age. Sexual &
Relationship Therapy, 25 (3), 316-341. |
|
CUIJPERS, P. (1998). Psychological outreach programmes for
the depressed elderly : a meta-analysis of effects and
dropout. International Journal of Geriatric
Psychiatry, 13 (1), 41-48. |
VLACHOPOULOS, S.P., LETSIOU, M., PALAIOLOGOU, A.,
LEPTOKARIDOU, E.T. & GIGOUDI, M.A. (2010). Assessing
multidimensional exercise amotivation among adults and
older individuals. The Amotivation Toward Exercise
Scale-2. European Journal of Psychological, 26 (4),
248-255. [PDF] |
|
JONKER, C. (1998). Elder abuse in the community :
Prevalance and consequences. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 46, 885-888. |
VALTORTA, N.K. & HANRATTY, B. (2012). Loneliness,
isolation and the health of older adults : Do we need a
new research agenda ? Journal of the Royal Society of
Medicine, 105 (12), 518-522. |
| |
LAHE, D. (2012). Research on abuse and violence against
the elderly in a family setting. Acta Technologica
Dubnicae, 1 (2), 16-28. [PDF] |
| |
NGUYEN, M.H. & KRUSE, A. (2012). A randomized
controlled trial of Tai chi for balance, sleep quality and
cognitive performance in elderly Vietnamese. Clinical
Interventions in Aging, 7, 185-190. |
| |
LATENBACHER, S. (2012). Experimental approaches in the
study of pain in the elderly. Pain Medicine, 13, 44-50.
[PDF] |
| |
LEONG, C., ENNS, M.W., SAREEN, J., ALESSI-SEVERINI, S.,
BOLTON, J., PRIOR, H.J. & CHATEAU, D. (2015), New
antidepressant use in older adults : a Canadian
population-based study (1997-2013). Aging & Mental
Health, 21 (7), 720-729. |
|
McHENRY, J.C., INSEL, K.C., EINSTEIN, G.O., VIDRINE, A.N.,
KOERNER, K.M. & MORROW, D.G. (2015). Recruitment of
older adults : Success may be in the details.The
Gerontologist, 55 (5), 845-853. [PDF] |
|
KNIGHT, B.G. & SATRE, D.D. (1999). Cognitive
behavioral psychotherapy with older adults. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 6 (2),
188-203. |
LANDRY, G.J., BEST, J.R. & LIU-AMBROSE, T. (2015).
Measuring sleep quality in older adults : a comparison
using subjective and objective methods. Frontiers in
Aging Neuroscience, 7 [166], 1-10. [PDF] |
|
ASEBEDO, S.D., WILMARTH, M.J., SEAY, M.C., ACHULETA,
K., BRASE, G.L. & MacDONALD, M. (2018). Personality
and saving behavior among older adults. Journal of
Consumer Affairs, 53 (2), 488-519. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Adulte,
Vieillisement et
Âgisme |
|
|
|
Adulte (Maltraitance/Négligence envers un vieil...)
:
| |
ANETZBERGER, G.J., PALMISANO, B.R., SANDERS, M., BASS, D.,
DAYTON, C., ECKERT, S. & SCHIMER, M.R. (2000). A model
intervention for elder abuse and dementia. Gerontologist,
40, 492-497. |
|
LACHS, M.S. & PILLEMER K. (2004). Elder abuse.
Lancet, 364, 1263-1272. |
|
Voir aussi Adulte et Maltraitance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Mind-Body Medicine : Revue
scientifique de philosophie
et de médecine. Éditeur :
CUNNINGHAM, A. (2001). Ivan Pavlov and the conditioning
of physiological responses. Advances in Mind-Body
Medicine, 17, 7-8.
|
| |
|
|
Advances in Psychiatric Treatment : Revue scientifique de recherche en psychiatrie.
Éditeur : The Royal College of Pyschiatrists.
= APT.
JACOB, K.S. (2009). Major depression : revisiting the
concept and diagnosis. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 15, 279-285. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adversité : Ensemble d'événements, souvent difficiles,
voire traumatisants ou insurmontables, qu'un individu doit
affronter pour se développer, atteindre ses objectifs.
Adversity.
| |
|
|
SEERY, M.D., HOLMAN E.A. & SILVER, R.C. (2010).
Whatever does not kill us : Cumulative lifetime adversity,
vulnerability, and resilience. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 99, 1025-1041. |
|
SARKAR, M., FLETCHER, D. & BROWN, D.J. (2015). What
doesn't kill me : Adversity-related experiences are vital
in the development of superior Olympic performance.
Journal of Science & Medicine in Sport, 18 (4),
475-479.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Athlète |
|
|
|
AD - AFFAIRE - AFFECT -
AFFICHE SCIENTIFIQUE -
AFFIRMATION DE SOI - AFGANISTHAN
- AFRO-AMÉRICAIN - AG |
Affaire : Recherche ou pratique
scientifique/clinique qui défraie les manchettes en raison de son
caractère louche, illicite ou scandaleux. Affaire, fraude
scientifique et éthique
des chercheurs.
= controverse, scandale.
Affair, case, hoax.
|
Affaire Bronswick : Pseudo-documentaire
réalisé en 1978 par Robert Awad et André Leduc, qui raconte
comment la télévision parvient,
grâce à des messages
subliminaux, à hypnotiser
les téléspectateurs, les amenant ainsi à émettre des comportements
étranges (consommation
compulsive, vols à l'étage, etc.). 
|
Affaire Burt : Des historiens
des sciences prétendent que Burt
aurait trafiqué ses résultats de recherche sur les jumeaux de façon à confirmer l'hypothèse selon laquelle l'intelligence
est en grande partie innée.
Un certain nombre de faits - corrélations quasi identiques,
résultats nébuleux et contre-intuitifs, collaborateurs inventés de
toute pièce par Burt - appuient cette hypothèse. En éthique, ce
cas est d'ailleurs souvent cité comme un exemple de fraude intellectuelle ou scientifique. À la décharge de l'accusé, il convient de noter que Burt n'a jamais admis avoir trafiqué ses
résultats de recherche. Qui plus est, il n'a jamais été
officiellement mis en accusation.
Burt affair.
| |
|
|
KAMIN, L.J. (1974). The science and politics of IQ. Potomac,
MD : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (Ed.) (1995). Cyril Burt : Fraud or
framed ? Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
JOYNSON, R.B. (1989). The Burt affair. New York
: Routledge. |
RUSHTON, J.P. (1997). Sir Cyril Burt "not guilty". Contemporary
Psychology, 42, 655. |
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1992). Scientific fraud or false accusations
? The case of Cyril Burt. In D.J. Miller & M. Hersen
(Eds.), Research fraud in the behavioral and
biomedical sciences (pp. 97-124). New York : Wiley. |
RUSHTON, J.P. (2002). New evidence on Sir Cyril Burt : His
1964 speech to the Association of Educational
Psychologists. Intelligence, 30, 555-567. [PDF] |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. (1994). Victim of scientific hoax (Cyril
Burt and the genetic IQ controversy). Society, 31,
40-44. |
BRACE, C.L. (2005). Sir Cyril Burt : Scientific Fraud. In
C.L. Brace (Ed.), Race is a four lettered Word, the
genesis of the concept. Oxford University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Affaire,
Fraude
scientifique, Jumeaux
Tricherie
et Intelligence |
|
|
|
Affaire Clever Hans : Cheval avant (car Van Osten - son maître - prétendait qu'il savait compter ! ) devenu à la fois une énigme pour la science et un
phénomène public. On doit à Stumpf
l'explication de cette énigme.
= Hans,
le cheval futé.
Clever Hans phenomenon.
| |
|
|
PFUNGST, O. (1965). Clever Hans (The horse of Mr. Von
Osten) : A contribution to experimental animal and human
psychology. New York : Holt, Rinehart, and
Winston. [LIRE] |
|
SEBEOK, T.A. & ROSENTHAL, R. (Eds.) (1981). The
Clever Hans phenomenon : Communication with horses,
whales, apes, and people. New York : New York
Academy of Sciences. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Affaire,
Fraude, Communication
avec les animaux, ChevaL,
Tricherie et
Compter |
| HUNT,
M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York :
Double Day. |
|
|
|
|
|
Affaire Dicara :
Dicara affair.
| |
|
|
DICARA, L.V., BARBER, T.X., KAMIYA, J., MILLER, N.E.,
SHAPIRO, D. & STOYVA, J (Eds.) (1975). Biofeedback
and self-control : An Aldine Annual on the regulation of
bodily processes and consciousness. Chicago :
Aldine. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Affaire,
Fraude,
Tricherie et Rétroaction
biologique |
| |
|
|
Affaire Lyssenko : Conformément aux idéologies marxiste
et staliniste, qui se fondent notamment sur le concept de
malléabilité de la nature humaine,
Lyssenko affirme que la nature des plantes peut être
modifiée par le milieu. Il
nie tout rôle des gènes et
des chromosomes dans la
transmission héréditaire. Il rejette donc les lois de Mendel et, partant, l'ensemble des connaissances biologiques de son époque sous prétexte que ces connaissances sont bourgeoises
et anti-communistes.
L'affaire fera évidemment scandale, avant de sombrer dans le
ridicule. NDLR : Cette affaire n'est pas sans rappeler une affaire
plus récente : la théorie
du genre. Cette dernière, dans sa forme woke, affirme que le sexe n'est pas déterminé pas la biologie.
Lyssenko affair.
| |
|
|
JORAVSKY, D. (1970). The Lysenko affair.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
DAVIS, B.D. (1983). Neo-Lysenkoism, IQ, and thepress. Public
Interest, 73, 41-59. |
|
GRATZER, W. (2005). L'affaire Lyssenko, une éclipse de la
raison. Médecine Sciences, 21 (2), 203-206 |
| |
|
Voir aussi Affaire, Fraude,
Tricherie
et Gènes |
|
|
Affaire Maillé : Cette affaire met en lumière les conditions d'application et les limites du principe de
confidentialité.
|
|
|
Affaire Sokal : Pseudo-article
scientifique écrit par Sokal
dans le but de critiquer le postmodernisme
et ses méthodes. Pour certains observateurs de la scène
scientifique, il s'agit davantage d'un canular que d'une
contribution scientifique. NDLR : Je ne partage
pas cet avis, il s'agit en fait d'une critique, fort pertinente
par ailleurs, de cette perspective. =
canular de Sokal. Sokal affair.
| |
|
|
SOKAL, A. (1996). Transgressing the boundaries : Toward a
transformative hermeneutics of quantum gravity. Social
Text, 46/47, 217-52. |
|
SOKAL, A. et BRICMONT, J. (1997). Impostures
intellectuelles. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
RICHELLE, M. (1998). De Lacan à Penrose. Remarques sur
"l'affaire Sokal". Les Cahiers Rationalistes, 527,
3-10. |
|
JEANNERET, Y. (1998). L'affaire Sokal ou la querelle
des impostures. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
LARIVÉE, S. (1999). "L'affaire Sokal" : les retombées d'un
canular. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-Education, 28
(1), 1-39. [PDF]
|
|
SOKAL, A. (2005). Pseudosciences et postmodernisme.
Paris : Odile Jacob. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Affaire, Tricherie,
Fraude
scientifique, Postmodernisms,
Socio-constructivisme, Sokal
et Article-bidon |
| |
|
|
Affaire Sokal au carré Série de pseudo-articles scientifiques écrits par Pluckrose, Boghossian et Lindsay
dans le but de critiquer le postmodernisme,
le
socio-constructivisme et leurs fondements et méthodes. =
canular de Sokal au carré, canular des études victimaires, de
doléances ou récriminatoires. Grievance
studies affair, grievance studies hoax, Sokal-style hoax.
| |
|
|
LINDSAY, J. & BOYLE, P. (2017). The conceptual penis
as a social construct : A Sokal-style hoax on gender
studies. Cogent Social Sciences, 3 (1), |
|
BALDWIN, R. (2018). Who are they to judge ? Overcoming
anthropometry and a framework for fat bodybuilding. Fat
Studies, 7 (3), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, H. (2018). Human reactions to rape culture and
queer performativity at urban dog parks in Portland,
Oregon. Gender, Place & Culture, 27 (2),
307-326. [PDF] |
|
LAGERSPETZ, M. (2020). "The grievance studiess affair"
project : Reconstructing and assessing the experimental
design. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 46
(2), 402-424. |
|
|
Voir Tricherie
et Fraude
scientifiquei Post-modernisme,
Socio-constructivisme, Sokal,
Boghossian
et Article-bidon |
| |
|
|
Affaire Stapel :
Stapel case.
|
|
| |
CROCKER, J. (2011). The road to fraud starts with a single
step. Nature, 479, 151. |
|
STROEBE, W., POSTMES, T. & SPEARS, R. (2012).
Scientific misconduct and the myth of self-correction in
science. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 7 (6)
670-688.[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Affaire, Tricherie
et Fraude
scientifique |
|
|
|
Affaire Tarasoff (L') : En 1976, dans
l'affaire Tarasoff contre Regents, les tribunaux américains créent
un précédent, connu sous le nom de devoir de protection (duty to
protect), en imposant aux thérapeutes
de tout genres (médecin, psychologue,
psychiatre)
l'obligation légale de protéger les victimes potentielles de leur
patient/client, donc, dans certaines circonstances, de briser leur
secret professionnel. Tarasoff
case, Tarasoff decision.
| |
|
|
EBERLEIN, l. (1980). Legal duty and confidentiality of
psychologists : Tarasoff and Haines. Canadian
Psychologist, 21, 49-58. |
|
WULSIN, L.R., BURSZTAJN, H. & GUTHEIL, T.G. (1983).
Unexpected clinical features of the Tarasoff decision :
The therapeutic alliance and the duty to warn. American
Psychiatry, 140, 601-603. |
|
FULERO, S.M. (1988). TARASOFF : Ten years later :
Profesionnal psychology : Research & Practice, 19,
184-190. |
|
KAUFMANN M. (1991). Post Tarasoff legal developments and
the mental health literature. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 55, 308-322. |
|
TRUSCOTT, D. & CROOK, K.H. (1993). Tarasoff in the
Canadian context : Wenden and the duty to protect. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 38 (2), 84-89. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Affaire, Tricherie,
Fraude
scientifique, Secret
professionnel, Psychologie
clinique et
Éthique |
|
|
|
Affaire Vicary : Spécialiste de l'étude de
la perception
subliminale, Vicary a admis avoir trafiqué les résultats
d'une recherche qui montrait qu'une technique de vente - qu'il
venait d'inventer - permettait d'influencer à leur insu les consommateurs
(acheter du Coca-cola ou du pop-corn).
|
Affect : Affectif : Dans la perspective psychanalytique,
décharge émotionnelle. Pour
Freud, il s'agit de
l’expression qualitative de la quantité d’énergie pulsionnelle et
de ses fluctuations. EX: La honte et la fierté
sont des affects. = émotion.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Affect.
|
|
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1911). Affective phenomena - descriptive
and theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 8 (5),
162-169. |
ZAJONC, R.B. (2000). Feeling and thinking : Closing the
debate over the independence of affect. In J.P. Forgas
(Ed.), Feeling and thinking : The role of affect in
social cognition (pp. 31-58). New York : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1912). Affective phenomena - descriptive
and theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 9 (5),
186-193. |
PLUTCHIK, R. (2000). Emotions in the practice of
psychotherapy : Clinical implications of affect theories.
Washington : American Psychological Association Press. |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1913). Affective phenomena - descriptive
and theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 10 (5),
188-193. |
HARMON-JONES, E. (2000). The role of affect in the mere
exposure effect : Evidence from psychophysiological and
individual differences approaches. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 27 (7), 889-898. [PDF] |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1914). Affective phenomena - descriptive
and theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 11 (5),
160-166. |
|
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1915). Affective phenomena - descriptive
and theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 12 (5),
172-176 |
|
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1916). Affective phenomena - descriptive
and theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 13 (5),
197-202. |
POLLICK, F.E., PATERSON, H.M., BRUDERLIN, A. &
SANFORD, A.J. (2001). Perceiving affect from arm movement.
Cognition, 82, 51-61. |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1917). Affective phenomena - descriptive
and theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 14 (5),
166-169.
|
CARVER, C.S. (2001). Affect and the functional bases of
behavior : On the dimensional structure of affective
experience. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 5, 345-356. [PDF]
|
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1918). Affective phenomena-descriptive and
theoretical. Psychological Bulletin, 15 (4),
104-108
|
|
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1919). The psychology of the affections in
Plato and Aristotle. Philosophical Review, 28
(1), 1-26. |
|
| |
RAPAPORT, D. (1953). On the psycho-analytic theory of
affects. The International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
34, 177-198. |
|
|
GREEN, A. (1977). Conceptions of affect. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 58, 129-156. |
|
|
KRYSTAL, H. (1978). Trauma and affects. Psychoanalysis
Study of the Child, 33, 81-116. |
SHULDBERG, D. & GOTTLIEB, J. (2002). Dynamics and
correlates microscopic changes in affect. Nonlinear
Dynamics, Psychology & Life Sciences, 6 (3),
231-257. [PDF] |
|
RUSSELL, J.A. (1978). Evidence of convergent validity on
the dimensions of affect. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 36, 1152-1168. |
|
|
RUSSELL, J.A. (1980). A circumplex model of affect. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 39 (6),
1161-1178. |
WHALEN, C.K., JAMNER, L.D., HENKER, B., GEHRICKE, J-G.
& KING, P.S. (2003). Is there a link between
adolescent cigarette smoking and pharmacotherapy for ADHD
? Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 17,
332-335. |
|
FISKE, S.T. (1981). Social cognition and affect. In J.
Harvey (Ed.), Cognition, social behavior, and the
environment (pp. 227-264). Hillsdale, N.J. :
Erlbaum. |
RUSSELL, J.A. (2003). Core affect and the psychological
construction of emotion. Psychological Review, 110, 145–172.
|
|
RACHAMN, S. (1981). The primacy of affect : Some
theoretical implications. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 19, 279-290. |
BOEKAERTS, M. (2003). Towards a model that integrates
motivation, affect and learning. British Journal of
Educational Psychology Monograph Series II, No. 2:
Development & Motivation : Joint Perspectives, 1,
173-189. |
|
NOY, P. (1982). A revision of the psychoanalytic theory of
affect. The Annual of Psychoanalysis, 10,
139-186. |
CARVER, C.S. (2003). Pleasure as a sign you can attend to
something else : Placing positive feelings within a
general model of affect. Cogntion & Emotion, 17
(2), 241-261. [PDF] |
|
|
ISEN, A.M. & PATRICK, R. (1983). The effect of
positive feelings on risk-taking : When the chips are
down. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 31, 194-202. |
TERRACCIANO, A., McCRAE, R.R., HAGEMANN, D. & COSTA,
P.T. (2003). Individual difference variables, affective
differentiation, and the structures of affect. Journal
of Personality, 71 (5), 669-703. [PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M. & MEANS, B. (1983). The influence of
positive affect on decision-making strategy. Social
Cognition, 2, 18-31. |
TERRACCIANO, A., McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (2003).
Factorial and construct validity of the Italian Positive
and Negative Affect Schedule (PANAS). European
Journal of Psychological Assessment, 19 (2),
131-141.
[PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M. (1984).Toward understanding the role of affect
in cognition. In R. Wyer & T. Srull (Eds.), Handbook
of social cognition (pp. 179-236). Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
YEUNG C.W.M. & WYER, R.S. (2004). Affect, appraisal,
and consumer judgment. Journal of Consumer Research,
31, 412-424. [PDF] |
|
ZAJONC, R.B. (1984). On the primacy of affect.
American Psychologist, 39, 117-123. [PDF] |
ISBELL, L.M., BURNS, K.C. & HAAR, T. (2005). The role
of affect on the search for global and specific target
information. Social Cognition, 6, 529-552. |
|
DIENER, E. & IRAN-NEJAD, A. (1986). The relationship
in experience between various types of affect. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 50, 1031-1038. |
PRESSMAN, S.D. & COHEN, S. (2005). Does positive
affect influence health ? Psychological Bulletin,
131, 925-971. [PDF] |
|
BLANEY, P. (1986). Affect and memory : A review. Psychological
Bulletin, 99 (2), 229-246. |
SLOVIC, P., PETERS, E., FINUCANE, M.L. & MacGREGOR,
D.G. (2005). Affect, risk, and decision making. Health
Psychology, 24, S35-S40. |
|
SCHERER, K.R. (1986). Vocal affect expression : A review
and a model for future research. Psychological
Bulletin, 99, 143-65. |
AMABILE, T.M., BARSADE, S.G., MUELLER, J.S. & STAW,
B.M. (2005). Affect and creativity at work. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 50, 367-403. [PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M. (1987). Positive affect, cognitive processes,
and social behaviors. Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology 20, 203-253. |
CURRY, L.A. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (2006). Negative
affect, risk perception, and adolescent risk behavior. Applied
Developmental Psychology, 27, 468-485. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (1987). Self-discrepancy : A theory relating
self and affect. Psychological Review, 94 (3),
319-340.
[PDF] |
PETERS, E., VÄSTJFÄLL, D., GÄRLING, T. & SLOVIC, P.
(2006). Affect and decision making : A "hot" topic. Journal
of Behavioral Decision Making, 19, 79-85. [PDF] |
|
PETTY, R.E. & CACIOPPO, J.T., SEDIKIDES, C. &
STRATHMAN, A. (1988). Affect and persuasion : A
contemporary perspective. American Behavioral
Scientist, 31, 355-371.
[PDF] |
SLOVIC, P. & PETERS, E. (2006). Risk perception and
affect. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
15 (6), 322-325. |
|
WATSON, D., CLARK, L.A. & TELLEGEN, A. (1988).
Development and validation of brief measures of positive
and negative affect : The PANAS scales. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 54 (6),
1063-1070. |
COHEN, S. & PRESSMAN, S.D. (2006). Positive affect and
health. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
15, 122-125. [PDF] |
|
SCHERER, K.R. (1988). On the symbolic functions of vocal
affect expression. Journal of Language & Social
Psychology, 7, 79-100. |
TSAI, J.L., KNUTSON, B. & FUNG, H.H. (2006). Cultural
variation in affect valuation. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 90, 288-307. [PDF] |
|
WATSON, D., CLARK L.A. & CAREY, G. (1988). Positive
and Negative Affectivity and Their Relation to Anxiety and
Depressive Disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
97, (3), 346-353. [PDF] |
|
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1989). Exposure and affect : overview and
meta-analysis of research, 1968-1987. Psychological
Bulletin, 106 (2), 265-289. |
SLOVIC, P. (2007). Affect, reason, and mere hunches. Journal
of Law, Economics & Policy, 4 (1), 191-211. |
|
|
BELL, P.A. & BARON, R.A. (1990). Affect and
aggression. In A. M. Isen & B.S. Moore (Eds.), Affect
and social behavior (pp. 64-88). London : Cambridge
University Press. |
ISBELL, L.M. & BURNS, K.C. (2007). Affect. In R.F.
Baumeister & K.D. Vohs (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
social psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 12-13). Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
CARVER, C.S. & SCHEIER, M.F. (1990). Origins and
functions of positive and negative affect : A control
process view. Psychological review, 97, 19. |
TSAI, J.L. (2007). Ideal affect cultural causes and
behavioral consequences. Perspectives on
Psychological Science, 2 (3), 242-259. [PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1992). Freud and the intentionality of
affect. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 9, 1-23. |
HASLER, B.P., MEHL, M.R., BOOTZIN, R.R. & VAZIRE, S.
(2008). Preliminary evidence of diurnal rhythms in
everyday behaviors associated with positive affect.
Journal of Research in Personality, 42, 1537-1546.
[PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M., NIENDERTHAL, P. & CANTOR, N. (1992). The
influence of positive affect on social categorization. Motivation
& Emotion, 16, 65-78. |
KIRSHNER, R.B., FIGUEREDO, J. & JACOBS, J. (2009).
Structural relations among negative affect, mate value,
and mating effort. Evolutionary Psychology, 7 (3),
374-397.
[PDF] |
|
HAIDT, J., KOLLER, S. & DIAS, M. (1993). Affect,
culture, and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 65,
613-628. [PDF]
|
SLOVIC, P. & VÄSFJÄLL, D. (2010). Affect, moral
intuition, and risk. Psychological Inquiry, 21, 387-398. |
|
NEALE, J.M, BLANCHARD, J.J., KERR, S.L. KRING, A.M. &
SMITH, D.A. (1998). Flat affect in schizophrenia. In W.F.
Flack & J.D. Laird (Eds.), Emotions in
psychopathology (pp. 353-366). Oxford University
Press. |
LIM, Y.-J., YU, B.H., KIM, D.K. & KIM, J.-H. (2010).
The positive and negative affect schedule : Psychometric
properties of the Korean version. Psychiatry
Investigation, 7, 163-169. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, D.P., SALOVEY, P. & TRUAX, K.M. (1999). Static,
dynamic, and causative bipolarity of affect. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 76 (5),
856-867. |
LARAN, J. (2010). The Influence of information processing
goal pursuit on postdecision affect and behavioral
intentions. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98 (1), 16-28. [PDF] |
|
RUSSELL, J.A. & CARROLL, J.M. (1999). On the
bipolarity of positive and negative affect. Psychological
Bulletin, 125, 3–30. |
LEYS, R. (2011). The turn to affect : A critique.
Critical Inquiry, 37 (3), 434-472. |
|
BUCK, R. (1999). The biological affects : A typology.
Psychological Review, 106 (2), 301-336. |
KLEINSMITH, A. & BIANCHI-BERTHOUZE, N (2013).
Affective body expression perception and recognition : A
survey. IEEE Transactions on Affective Computing, 4
(1), 15-33. [PDF] |
| |
LIJESTRÖM, M. (2016). Affect. In L. Disch & M.
Hawkesworth, (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of feminist
theory (pp. 16-38). New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
|
|
SILLAMY, N. (1989). Dictionnaire de la psychologie. Paris
: Larousse. |
Voir aussi Émotion |
|
|
Affect
négatif : Affect négatif et émotion
négative. Negative affect, negative
affectivity.
| |
|
|
WATSON, D., CLARK
L.A. & TELLEGEN, A. (1988). Development and validation
of brief measures of positive and negative affect : The
PANAS scales. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 54 (6), 1063-1070. |
CURRY, L.A. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (2006). Negative
affect, risk perception, and adolescent risk behavior. Applied
Developmental Psychology, 27, 468-485. |
|
WATSON, D., CLARK
L.A. & CAREY, G. (1988). Positive and Negative
Affectivity and Their Relation to Anxiety and Depressive
Disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 97,
(3), 346-353. [PDF] |
|
|
RUSSELL J.A. & CARROLL, J.M. (1999). On the bipolarity
of positive and negative affect. Psychological
Bulletin, 125 (1), 3-30. |
KIRSHNER, R.B., FIGUEREDO, J. & JACOBS, J. (2009).
Structural relations among negative affect, mate value,
and mating effort . Evolutionary Psychology, 7 (3),
374-397.
[PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A., McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (2003).
Factorial and construct validity of the Italian Positive
and Negative Affect Schedule (PANAS). European
Journal of Psychological Assessment, 19 (2),
131-141.
[PDF] |
WIRTZ, D., CHIU, C., DIENER, E. & OISHI, S. (2009).
What constitutes a good life ? Cultural differences in the
role of positive and negative affect in subjective
well-being. Journal of Personality, 77, 1167-1196.
[PDF] |
|
LARSEN, J.T., NORRIS, C.J. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2003).
Effects of positive and negative affect on
electromyographic activity over zygomaticus major and
corrugator supercilii. Psychophysiology, 40 (5),
776-785. |
LIM, Y.-J., YU, B.H., KIM, D.K. & KIM, J.-H. (2010).
The positive and negative affect schedule : Psychometric
properties of the Korean version. Psychiatry
Investigation, 7, 163-169. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Affect et Émotion
négative |
|
|
|
Affect
positif : Affect positif et émotion
positive. Positive affect, positive
affectivity.
| |
|
|
ISEN, A.M. & MEANS, B. (1983). The influence of
positive affect on decision-making strategy. Social
Cognition, 2, 18-31. |
NYGREN, T.E., ISEN, A.M., TAYLOR, P.J. & DULIN, J.
(1996). The influence of positive affect on the decision
rule in risk situations : Focus on outcome (and especially
avoidance of loss) rather than probability.
Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes,
66, 59-72. |
|
ISEN, A.M. & PATRICK, R. (1983). The effect of
positive feelings on risk-taking : When the chips are
down. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 31, 194-202. |
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., ISEN, A.M., RUST, M.C.
& GUERRA, P. (1997). Positive affect, cognition, and
the reduction of intergroup bias. In C. Sedikides, J.
Schopler & C.A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup
cognition and intergroup behavior (pp. 337-366).
Hillsdale, NJ : L. Erlbaum |
|
ISEN, A.M., JOHNSON, M.M.S., MERTZ, E. & ROBINSON,
G.F. (1985). The influence of positive affect on the
unusualness of word associations. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 1413-1426. |
ESTRADA, C., ISEN, A.M. & YOUNG, M.J. (1997). Positive
affect facilitates integration of information and
decreases anchoring in reasoning among physicians.
Organizational & Human Decision Processes, 72, 117-135. |
|
ISEN, A.M. (1987). Positive affect, cognitive processes,
and social behaviors. Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology 20, 203-253. |
ISEN, A.M. (1999). Positive affect. In T. Dalgleish &
M. Power (Eds.), The handbook of cognition and
emotion (pp. 521-539). Sussex, England : Wiley. |
|
ISEN, A.M. & GEVA, N. (1987). The influence of
positive affect on acceptable level of risk : The person
with a large canoe has a large worry. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 39 (2),
145-154. |
ISEN, A.M. (1999). Positive affect and creativity. In S.
Russ (Ed.), Affect, creative experience, and
psychological adjustment (pp. 3-17). Philadelphia :
Bruner/Mazel. |
|
ISEN, A.M. (1987). Positive affect, cognitive processes,
and social behavior. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances
in experimental social psychology (Vol. 20, pp.
203-253). New York : Academic. |
RUSSELL J.A. & CARROLL, J.M. (1999). On the bipolarity
of positive and negative affect. Psychological
Bulletin, 125 (1), 3-30. |
|
ISEN, A.M., DAUBMAN, K.A. & NOWICKI, G.P. (1987).
Positive affect facilitates creative problem solving. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 1122-1131.
[PDF] |
ISEN, A.M. (2000). Positive affect and decision making. In
M. Lewis & J.M. Haviland-Jones (Ed.), Handbook of
emotions (pp. 417-435). New York : Guilford. |
|
WATSON, D., CLARK L.A. & TELLEGEN, A. (1988).
Development and validation of brief measures of positive
and negative affect : The PANAS scales. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 54 (6),
1063–1070. |
ISEN, A.M. (2001). An influence of positive affect on
decision making in complex situations : Theoretical issues
with practical implications. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 11 (2), 75-85. [PDF] |
|
GREENE, T.R. & NOICE, H. (1988). Influence of positive
affect upon creative thinking and problem solving in
children. Psychological Reports, 63, 895-898. |
LARSEN, J.T., NORRIS, C.J. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2003).
Effects of positive and negative affect on
electromyographic activity over zygomaticus major and
corrugator supercilii. Psychophysiology, 40 (5),
776-785. |
|
WATSON, D., CLARK
L.A. & CAREY, G. (1988). Positive and Negative
Affectivity and Their Relation to Anxiety and Depressive
Disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 97,
(3), 346-353. [PDF] |
|
|
ISEN, A.M., NYGREN, T.E. & ASHBY, F.G. (1988). The
influence of positive affect on the perceived utility of
gains and losses. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 55, 710-717. |
TERRACCIANO, A., McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (2003).
Factorial and construct validity of the Italian Positive
and Negative Affect Schedule (PANAS). European
Journal of Psychological Assessment, 19 (2),
131-141.
[PDF] |
|
|
BARON, R.A. (1990). Environmentally-induced positive
affect : Its impact on self-efficacy, task performance,
negotiation, and conflict. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 20 (5), 368-384. |
PRESSMAN, S.D. & COHEN, S. (2005). Does positive
affect influence health ? Psychological Bulletin,
131, 925-971. [PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M. & BARON, R.A. (1991). Positive affect in
organizations. In L. Cummings & B. Staw (Eds.), Research
in organizational behavior (pp. 1-52). Greenwich,
CT : JAI. |
ISEN, A.M. & REEVE, J. (2005). The influence of
positive affect on intrinsic and extrinsic motivation :
Facilitating enjoyment of play, responsible work behavior,
and self-control. Motivation & Emotion, 29
(4), 297-325. [PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M., ROSENZWEIG, A.S. & YOUNG, M.J. (1991).The
influence of positive affect on clinical problem solving.
Medical Decision Making, 11, 221-227. |
MOSKOWITZ, J.T. (2003). Positive affect predicts lower
risk of AIDS mortality. Psychosomatic Medicine, 65,
620-626. |
|
BARON, R.A., REA, M.S. & DANIELS, S.G. (1992). Effects
of indoor lighting (illuminance and spectral distribution)
on the performance of cognitive tasks and interpersonal
behaviors : the potential mediating role of positive
affect. Motivation & Emotion 1, 1-33. |
COHEN, S. & PRESSMAN, S.D. (2006). Positive affect and
health. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
15, 122-125. [PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M., NIENDERTHAL, P. & CANTOR, N. (1992). The
influence of positive affect on social categorization. Motivation
& Emotion, 16, 65-78. |
HASLER, B.P., MEHL, M.R., BOOTZIN, R.R. & VAZIRE, S.
(2008). Preliminary evidence of diurnal rhythms in
everyday behaviors associated with positive affect.
Journal of Research in Personality, 42, 1537-1546.
[PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M. (1993). Positive affect and decision making. In
M. Lewis & J. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotion
(pp. 261-277). New York : Guilford. |
WIRTZ, D., CHIU, C., DIENER, E. & OISHI, S. (2009).
What constitutes a good life ? Cultural differences in the
role of positive and negative affect in subjective
well-being. Journal of Personality, 77, 1167-
1196. [PDF] |
|
KAHN, B.E. & ISEN, A.M. (1993). The influence of
positive affect on variety seeking among safe, enjoyable
products. Journal of Consumer Research, 20,
257-270. |
LIM, Y.-J., YU, B.H., KIM, D.K. & KIM, J.-H. (2010).
The positive and negative affect schedule : Psychometric
properties of the Korean version. Psychiatry
Investigation, 7, 163-169. [PDF] |
|
ISEN, A.M. (1993). The influence of positive affect on
cognitive organization : Some implications for consumer
decision making in response to advertising. In A. Mitchell
(Ed.), Advertising exposure, memory, and choice (pp.
239-258). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates,
Inc. |
SLOVIC, P. & VÄSFJÄLL, D. (2010). Affect, moral
intuition, and risk. Psychological Inquiry, 21, 387-398.
[PDF] |
|
ESTRADA, C., ISEN, A.M. & YOUNG, M.J. (1994). Positive
affect influences creative problem solving and reported
source of practice satisfaction in physicians. Motivation
& Emotion, 18, 285-299. |
|
|
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., ISEN, A.M. & LOWRANCE,
R. (1995). Group representations and intergroup bias
: Positive Affect, Similarity and group size.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 21
(6), 856-865. |
|
|
MELTON, R.J. (1995). The role of positive affect in
syllogism performance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 21, 788-794. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Affect et Émotion
positive |
|
|
Affection
: Affection.
| |
|
|
WHITE, L. (1999). Contagion in family affection : Mothers,
fathers, and young children. Journal of Marriage and
the Family, 61, 284-294. |
|
|
|
|
|
Affiche
scientifique : Grand carton que l'on accroche à un mur
et qui sert à communiquer
par écrit et visuellement les grandes lignes et les faits
saillants d'une
recherche scientifique. Ces grandes lignes sont généralement
: La problématique,
la méthode, l'analyse
des données et l'interprétation
des résultats. Poster, poster session.
| |
|
|
GORE P.A. & CAMP, J.C. (1987). A radical poster
session. Teaching of Psychology, 14, 243-244. |
|
ROSENBERG, J. & BLOUNT, R.L. (1988). Poster sessions
revisited : A student research convocation. Teaching
of Psychology, 15, 38-39. |
|
BAIRD, B.N. (1991). In-class poster sessions. Teaching
of Psychology, 18, 27-29. |
|
SCHAPMAN, A.M. (1998). Tips for presenting a poster.
Journal of Psychological Inquiry, 3, 53. |
|
HERBRANSON, W.T. (2005). Serial response time
learning in pigeons (Columba livia). 85th annual
meeting of the Western Psychological Association. Portland
Oregon. [PDF] |
|
BEINS, B.C. & BEINS, A.M. (2008). Effective
writing in psychology : Papers, posters, and
presentations. Malden : Blackwell Publishing. |
|
MILOSEVIC, I. & RADOMSKY, A.S. (2009). Review of
effective writing in psychology : Papers, posters, and
presentations. Canadian Psychology/Psychologie
Canadienne, 50 (3), 214-216. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Communiquer
et
Recherche scientifique |
|
|
Affinité : Ensemble des caractéristiques que l'on partage avec autrui, et qui nous rapprochent, facilite la communication.
|
|
|
Affirmation : Proposition
qui déclare vrai une chose
(Il existent des éléphants gris), et que le locuteur,
celui qui fait cette affirmation, tient généralement pour
vrai (Il est vrai qu'il existent des éléphants gris), sauf s'il ment
ou fait de l'humour. En science,
l'hypothèse est une
affirmation que l'on tient théoriquement pour vrai mais que l'on
cherche néanmoins à vérifier empiriquement. La croyance peut aussi
prendre la forme d'une affirmation (réputée fausse s'il s'agit supesrtition
ou indémontrable
dans le cas de la foi). /
négation.
|
Affirmation de soi : Concept proposé par Steele pour décrire les efforts
consentis par un individu pour maintenir et améliorer la
conception qu'il se fait de lui-même (= soi privé ) et exprimer et
défendre ses idées, ses biens et ses droits de façon ferme et
respectueuse envers autrui, sans faire usage d'agressivité verbale
ou physique (= soi public).
=
Intégrité personnelle.
Self-affirmation.
| |
|
|
ROSENBERG, J. & BLOUNT, R.L. (1988). Poster sessions
revisited : A student research convocation. Teaching
of Psychology, 15, 38-39. |
CORRELL, J., SPENCER, S.J. & ZANNA, M.P. (2004). An
affirmed self and an open mind : Self-affirmation and
sensitivity to argument strength. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 350-356. |
|
STEELE, C.M. (1988). The psychology of self-affirmation :
Sustaining the integrity of the self. In L. Berkowitz
(Ed.), Advances in Experimental Social Psychology (Vol.
21, pp. 261-302). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
HARRIS, P.R. & NAPPER, L. (2005). Self-affirmation and
the biased processing of threatening health-risk
information. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 31, 1250-1263. |
|
STEELE, C.M. (1988). The psychology of self-affirmation. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 261-302. |
ADAMS, G., TORMALA, T.T. & O'BRIEN, L.T. (2006). The
effect of self-affirmation on perception of racism. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 42, 616-626. |
|
HEINE, S.J. & LEHMAN, D.R. (1997). Culture,
dissonance, and self affirmation. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 23 (4), 389-400. [PDF]
|
SHERMAN, D.K. & COHEN, G.L. (2006). The psychology of
self-defense : Self-affirmation theory. In M.P. Zanna
(Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology
(Vol. 38, pp. 183-242). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
|
STEELE, C.M. (1988). The psychology of self-affirmation :
Sustaining the integrity of the self. In L. Berkowitz
(Ed.), Advances in Experimental Social Psychology (Vol.
21, pp. 261-302). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
HARRIS, P.R., MAYLE, K., MABBOTT, L. & NAPPER, L.
(2007). Self-affirmation reduces smokers’ defensiveness to
graphic on-pack cigarette warning labels. Health
Psychology, 26 (4), 437-446. |
|
SHERMAN, D.A.K., NELSON, L.D. & STEELE, C.M. (2000).
Do messages about health risks threaten the self ?
Increasing the acceptance of threatening health messages
via self-affirmation. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1046-1058. |
NELSON, S.K., FULLER, JA.K., CHOI, I. & LYUBOMIRSKY,
S. (2014). Beyond self-protection : Self-affirmation
benefits hedonic and eudaimonic well-being. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 40 (8),
998-1011. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
Affirmation de soi (Entraînement) : Intervention
visant à entraîner
un individu (souvent un
enfant) à exprimer ses idées et à défendre ses biens et ses droits
de façon ferme et respectueuse envers autrui, sans faire usage d'agressivité
verbale ou physique. On peut apprendre aux individus à
s'affirmer. = assertivité,
comportement d'affirmation, affirmation de soi, ne pas se laisser
manger la laine sur le dos.
Assertive behavior.
| |
|
|
HERSEN, M.H., EISLER, R.M. & MILLER, P.M., JOHNSON,
M.B. & PINKSTON, S.G. (1973). Effects of practice,
instructions, and modeling on components of assertive
behavior. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 11,
443-451. |
LINEHAN, M.M., GOLDFRIED, M.R. & GODFRIED, A.P.
(1979). Assertion therapy : Skill training or cognitive
restructuring. Behavior Therapy, 10, 372-388. |
|
EISLER, R.M., HERSEN, M.H. & MILLER, P.M. (1975). An
experimental analysis of generalization in assertive
training. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 12,
295-310. |
LINEHAN, M.M. & WALKER, R.O. (1983). The components of
assertion : Factor analysis of a multi-method assessment
battery. The British Journal of Clinical Psychology,
22, 277-281. |
|
EISLER, R.M., HERSEN, M.H., MILLER, P.M. & BLANCHARD,
E.B. (1975). Situational determinants of assertive
behaviors. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 43 (3), 330-340. |
LINEHAN, M.M. & SEIFERT, R. (1983). Sex and contextual
differences in the appropriateness of assertive behavior :
Fact or myth ? Psychology of Women Quarterly, 8,
79-88. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., WALKER, R.O., BROHEIM, S., HAYNES, H.F.
& EVZEROFF, H. (1979). Group vs. individual assertion
training. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 47, 1000-1002. |
LINEHAN, M.M. (1984). Interpersonal effectiveness training
for assertive situations. In E.A. Blechman (Ed.), Behavior
modification with women (pp. 143-169). New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
|
|
|
| |
SCOTT, P.D. (2012). American war machine : Deep
politics, the CIA global drug connection, and the road
to Afghanistan. / La Machine de guerre américaine : La
politique profonde, la CIA, la drogue, l'Afghanistan. Montréal
: Éditions Demi-Lune. |
|
|
Voir aussi Vétéran,
Guerre et Trouble
de stress post-traumatique |
|
|
|
| AFIS
: Association Française pour
l'Information Scientifique. |
Afrique : Africain : Continent
qui regroupe un ensemble de pays
(N=54) et un ensemble de cultures.
Africa, African.
| |
|
|
JAHODA, G. (1961). White man : A study of the
attitudes of Africans to Europeans before independence.
London/New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
MBITI, J. (1969). African religions & philosophy.
London : Heinemann. |
ADAMS, G. (2005). The cultural grounding of personal
relationship : Enemyship in North American and West
African worlds. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 88, 948-968.
[PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R. (1972). East African medical attitudes. Social
Science & Medicine, 6, 323-333.
[PDF] |
NASIM, A., UTSEY, S.O., BELGRAVE, F.Z., CORONA, R.,
PLYBON, L. & FALLAH, N. (2006). Religiosity, drug
refusal efficacy, and substance use among African American
adolescents and emerging adults. Journal of Ethnicity
in Substance Abuse, 5, 27- 48. |
|
WINTHROB, R.M. (1973). The cultural dynamics of student
anxiety : Report from Liberia. Psychopathologie
Africaine, 9, 267-283. |
UTSEY, S.O., HOOK, J.N. & STANARD, P. (2007). A
re-examination of cultural factors in relation to risk,
resilience, and African American suicide : A review of the
literature and recommendations for future research. Death
Studies, 31, 399-416. |
|
WEISZ, J.R. (1973). Psychiatric patterns in Uganda.
East African Medical Journal, 50, 261-265. |
MATORY, J.L. (2007). Free to be a slave : Slavery as
metaphor in the Afro-Atlantic religions. Journal of
Religion in Africa, 37,398-425. [PDF] |
|
DeVRIES, M. & DeVRIES, R.M. (1977). Cultural
relativity of toilet training readines : A perspective
from East-Africa. Pediatrics, 60, 170-177. |
UTSEY, S.O. BOLDEN, M.A., WILLIAMS, O., LEE, A. &
LANIER, Y. (2007). Spiritual well-being as a mediator of
the relation between culture-specific coping and quality
of life in a community sample of African Americans. Journal
of Cross Cultural Psychology, 38, 123-136. |
|
ODUYOYE, M. (1994). Feminist theology in an African
perspective. In R. Gibellini (Eds.), Paths of African
theology (pp. 166-181). London : SCM Press. |
UTSEY, S.O., GLESBRECHT, N., HOOK, J.N. & STANARD,
P.M. (2008). Cultural, socio familial, and psychological
resources that inhibit psychological distress in African
Americans exposed to stressful life events and
race-related stress. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 55, 49-62. |
|
JAHODA, G. (1997). Always something new out of Africa. In
M.H. Bond (Ed.), Working at the interface of cultures
: Eighteen lives in social science (pp. 27-37).
Routeledge. |
|
|
UTSEY, S.O. (1997). Racism and the psychological
well-being of African American men. Journal of
African American Men, 3, 69-87. |
KASOMO, D. (2009). An investigation of sin and evil in
African cosmology. International Journal of Sociology
& Anthropology, 1 (8), 145-155. |
|
PHIRI, I. (1999). Doing theology in community : The case
of African women theologians in the 1990s. Journal of
Theology for Southern Africa, 99, 68-76. |
KASOMO, D. (2010). The role of women in the church in
Africa. International Journal of Sociology &
Anthropology, 2 (6), 126-139. [PDF] |
|
|
UTSEY, S.O. & PONTEROTTO, J.G., REYNOLDS, A.L. &
CANCELLI, A.A. (2000). Racial discrimination, coping, life
satisfaction, and self-esteem among African Americans.
Journal of Counseling & Development, 78, 72-81. |
KASOMO, D. & MASENO, L. (2011). A critical appraisal
of African feminist theology. International Journal
of Current Research, 2 (1), 154-162. [PDF]
|
|
INEICHEN, B. (2000). The epidemiology of dementia in
Africa : A review. Social Science & Medicine, 50,
1673-1677. |
|
|
UTSEY, S.O., ADAMS, E.P. & BOLDEN, M. (2000).
Development and initial validation of the Africultural
Coping Systems Inventory. Journal of Black Psychology,
6, 194-215. |
KASOMO, D. & MASENO, L. (2011). The factors behind the
formation of independent churches in Kenya.
International Journal of Current Research, 2 (1),
163-169. |
|
ODUYOYE, M. (2001). Introducing African women's
theology. Sheffield : Sheffield Academic Press. |
KASOMO, D. (2011). Africa is the cradle of christian
religion. Germany : VDM Verlag Dr. Muller GmbH
& Co.KG |
|
ADAMS, G. & DZOKOTO, V.A. (2003). Self and identity in
African Studies. Self & Identity, 2, 345-359. |
MTEGA, W.P., BERNARD, R., MSUNGU, A.C. & SANARE, R.
(2012). Using mobile phones for teaching and learning
purposes in higher learning institutions : the case of
Sokoine university of agriculture in Tanzania. Proceedings
& report of the 5th UbuntuNet Alliance annual
conference, 118-129. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, G. & PLAUT, V.C. (2003). The cultural grounding
of personal relationship : Friendship in North American
and West African worlds. Personal Relationships, 10,
333-348. |
MTABE, J.S. & RAISAMO, R. (2014). Investigating
students’ behavioural intention to adopt and use mobile
learning in higher education in East Africa. International
Journal of Education & Development using Information
& Communication Technology, 10 (3), 4-20. [PDF] |
|
GARCIA, D.R. (2003). Mixed marriages and transnational
families in the intercultural context : A case study of
African/Spanish couples in Catalonia. Journal of
Ethnic & Migration Studies, 32 (3), 403-433. [PDF] |
|
|
MONROE, C.R. & OBIDAH, J.E. (2004). The influence of
cultural synchronization on a teacher's perceptions of
disruption a case study of an african american
middle-school classroom. Journal of Teacher Education,
55 (3), 256-268. [PDF] |
ADAMS, G. (2014). Decolonizing methods : African Studies
perspectives and qualitative research. Journal of
Social & Personal Relationships, 31 (4),
467-474. [PDF] |
|
PRESSELEY, M., RAPHAEL, L., GALLAGHER, J.D. & DIBELLA,
J. (2004). Providence-St. Mel School : How a school that
works for African American students works. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 96, 216-235. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Pays et Culture |
|
|
Afrique
du sud : Pays. South
Africa.
| |
|
|
DANZIGER, K. (1963). Ideology and utopia in South Africa : A methodological contribution to the sociology of
knowledge. British Journal of Sociology, 14,
59-76. |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. & SKUY, M. (2000). Performance in
Raven's Matrices by African and White university students
in South Africa. Intelligence, 28, 251-265. |
|
SHUTTS, K., KINZLER, K.D., KATZ, R.C., TREDOUX, C.
& SPELKE, E.S. (2011). Race preference in
children : insights from South Africa. Developmental
Science, 14 (6), 1283–1291. [PDF] |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J. MURPHY, R. & VAN EEDEN, R. (2011).
The Flynn effect in South Africa. Intelligence, 39 (6),
456-467. |
|
|
|
Afro-Américain-e : Désigne tous les individus de descendance africaine
et Antillaise vivant aux états-unis. Afro-Américain, Biais culturel et Différence raciale/ Différence culturelle.
= Black, Noir, communauté noire, communauté afro-américaine.
Black, Black man, black American, African American, American negro.
| |
|
|
BEAN, R.B. (1906). Some racial peculiarities of the Negro
brain. American Journal of Anatomy, 5, 353-432. |
ALTMAN, N. (2000). Black and white thinking : A
psychoanalyst reconsiders race. Psychoanalytic
Dialogues, 10, 589-606. |
|
PHILLIPS, U.B. (1918). American Negro slavery.
New York : Appleton and Co. |
WEST, C.M., WILLIAMS, L.M. & SIEGEL, J.A. (2000).
Adult sexual revictimization among Black women sexually
abused in childhood : A prospective examination of serious
consequences of abuse. Child Maltreatment, 5 (1),
49-57. |
|
PETERSON, J., LANIER, L.H. & WALKER, H.M. (1925).
Comparisons of white and negro children. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 5, 271-283. |
SIMPSON, E., SNUGGS, T., CHRISTIANSEN, T. &
SIMPLES, K.E. (2000). Race, homophily, and purchase
intentions and the black consumer. Psychology &
Marketing, 17 (10), 877-889. |
|
HERSKOVITS, M.E. (1941/90). The myth of the negro
past. Beacon Press. |
WILLIAMS, D.R. & WILLIAMS-MORRIS, R. (2000). Racism
and mental health : The African American experience. Ethnicity
& Health, 5 (3/4), 243-268. |
|
CLARK, K.B. & CLARK, M.P. (1947). Racial
identification and preference in Negro children. In T.M.
Newcomb & E.L. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social
psychology. New York : Holt. |
HUNT, L.L. & HUNT, M.O. (2001). Race, religion, and
religious involvement : A comparative study of Whites and
African Americans. Social Forces, 80, 605-631.
[PDF] |
|
LEE, E.S. (1951). Negro intelligence and selective
migration : A Philadelphia test of the Kleinberg
hypothesis. American Sociological Review, 16,
227-233. |
FRANKLIN, A.J. & BOYD-FRANKLIN, N. (2000).
Invisibility syndrome : A clinical model towards
understanding the effects of racism upon African American
males. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 70 (1),
33-41 . [PDF] |
|
ELLISON, R. (1952). Invisible man. New York :
Random House. |
STEPHAN, W.G., BONIECKI, K.A., YBARRA, O., BETTENCOURT,
A., ERVIN, K.S., JACKSON, L.A. & MCNATT, P. S. (2002).
The role of threats in the racial attitudes of Blacks and
Whites. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
28 (9), 1242-1254. [PDF] |
|
SEMLER, I. & ISCOE, I. (1966). Structure of
intelligence in Negro and White children. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 57, 326-336. |
FRANKLIN, A.J. (2002). From brotherhood to manhood :
How Black men rescue their relationships and dreams from
the invisibility syndrome. Wiley. |
|
BYRNE, D. & ERVIN, C.R. (1969). Attraction toward a
Negro stranger as a function of prejudice, attitude
similarity, and the stranger’s evaluation of the subject.
Human Relations, 22, 397-404. |
PINDERHUGHES, E.B. (2002). African American marriage in
the 20th century. Family Process, 41, 269-282. |
|
|
HRABA, J. & GRANT, G. (1970). Black is beautiful :
Reexamination of racial preference and identification. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 16, 398-402. |
CHAPELL, M.S. & OVERTON, W.F. (2002). Development of
logical reasoning and the school performance of African
American adolescents in relation to socioeconomic status, ethnic identity, and self-esteem. Journal of lack Psychology, 28, 295-317. |
|
SCHUMAN, H. & CONVERSE, J.M. (1971). The effect of
Black and White interviewers on Black responses. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 35, 44-68. |
BEAN, R.A., PERRY, B.J. & BEDELL, T.M. (2002).
Developing culturally competent marriage and family
therapists : Treatment guidelines for non- African-American therapists working with African-American families. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 28,
153-164. |
|
CROSS, WE. (1971). The Negro-to-Black conversion
experience. Black World, 20 (9), 13-27. |
|
|
JOHNSON, P.B., SEARS, D.O. & McCONAHAY, J.B. (1971).
Blacki invisibility, the Press, and the Los Angeles riot.
American Journal of Sociology, 76 (4), 698-721. |
SEYFRIED, S.F. & CHUNG, I.J. (2002). Parent
involvement as parental monitoring of student motivation
and parent expectations predicting later achievement among
African American and European American middle school age
students. Journal of Ethnic & Cultural Diversity
in Social Work, 11, 109-131. |
|
RANSFORD, H.E. (1972). Blue collar anger : Reactions to
student and Black protest. American Sociological Review, 37,333-46. |
|
|
EPSTEIN, C.F. (1973). Black and female : The double
whammy. Psychology Today, 89, 57-61. |
ARONSON, J., FRIED, C. & GOOD, C. (2002). Reducing the
effects of stereotype threat on African American college
students by shaping theories of intelligence. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 113-125. |
|
ALMQUIST, E.M. (1975). Untangling the effects of race and
sex : The disadvantaged status of Black women. Social
Science Quarterly, 56, 129-142. |
BUCHANAN, N.T. & ORMEROD, A.J. (2002. ). Racialized
sexual harassment in the lives of Africana American women.
Women & Therapy, 25, 107-124. |
|
KING, M. (1975). Oppression and power : The unique status
of Blackwomen in the American political system. Social
Science Quarterly, 56, 117-128. |
MADDOX, K.B. & GRAY, S.A. (2002). Cognitive
representations of Black Americans : Reexploring the role
of skin tone. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28 (2), 250-259. [PDF] |
|
GURIN, P. & EPPS, E. (1975). Black consciousness,
identity, and achievement. NY : Wiley. |
|
|
LANDIS, D.,DAY, H.R., McGREW, P.L., THOMAS, J.A. &
MILLER, A.B. (1976). Can a Black "culture assimilator"
increase racial understanding ? Journal of Social
Issues, 32 (2), 169-183. |
|
|
SCARR, S. & WEINBERG, R.A. (1976). IQ Test performance
of black children adopted by white families. American
Psychologist, 31, 729. |
|
|
FRANKLIN, A.J. (1977). What clinicians should know about
testing Black students. Negro Educational Review, 28 (3
& 4), 202-218. |
ASHBURN-NARDO, L., KNOWLES, M.L. & MONTEITH, M.J.
(2003). Black Americans' implicit racial associations and
their implications for inter-group judgment. Social
Cognition, 21, 61-87. [PDF] |
|
VANCE, H.B. & WALBROWN, F.H. (1978). The structure of
inteligence for black children : A hierarchical approach.
The Psychological Record, 28, 31-39. |
NEIGHBORS, H.W., TRIERWEILER, S.J., FORD, B.C. &
MUROFF, J.R. (2003). Racial differences in DSM diagnosis
using a semi-structured instrument : The importance of
clinical judgment in the diagnosis of African Americans. Journal
of Health & Social Behavior, 43, 237-256. [PDF] |
|
SEWELL, T.E. (1979). Inteligence and learning tasks as
predictors of scholastic achievement in black and white
first-grade children. Journal of Schol Psychology,
17, 325-332. |
WINGOOD, G.M., DICLEMENTE, R., BERNHARDT, J., HARRINGTON,
K., DAVIES, S., ROBILLARD, A. & HOOK, E. (2003). A
prospective study of exposure to rap music videos and
African American female adolescents’ health. American
Journal of Public Health, 93 (3), 437-439. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. & WALSH, E.J. (1979). Explanations of
Black self-esteem : Some empirical tests. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 42, 242-253. |
ADAMS, G. & PLAUT, V.C. (2003). The cultural grounding
of personal relationship : Friendship in North American
and West African worlds. Personal Relationships, 10,
333-348. [PDF] |
|
REYNOLDS, C.R. (1980). Differential construct validity of
a preschol battery for blacks, whites, males, and females.
Journal of School Psychology, 18 (2), 112-125. [PDF] |
|
|
REYNOLDS, C.R. & PAGET, K.D. (1981). Factor analysis
of the revised children's manifest anxiety scale for
blacks, whites, males, and females with a national
normative sample. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 49, 352-359. |
GE, X., KIM, I.J., CONGER, R.D., BRODY, G.H. & SIMONS,
R.L. (2003). It's about timing and change : pubertal
transition effects on symptoms of major depression among
African American youths. Developmental Psychology, 39
(3), 430-439.
[PDF] |
|
ADEBIMPE, V. (1981). Overview : white norms and
psychiatric diagnosis of Black patients. American
Journal of Psychiatry 138, 279-285. |
RUSHTON, J.P. & JENSEN, A.R. (2003). African-White IQ
differences from Zimbabwe on the Wechsler Intelligence
Scale for Children-Revised are mainly on the g factor. Personality
& Individual Differences, 34, 177-183. [PDF] |
|
PORTEFIELD, E. (1982). Black-American intermarriage in the
United States. Marriage & Family Review, 5
(1), 17-34. |
|
|
SMITH, A. & STEWART, A.J. (1983). Approaches to
studying racism and sexism in black women's lives. Journal
of Social Issues, 39, 1-15. |
|
|
|
REID, P.T. (1984). Feminism versus minority group identity
: Not for Black women only. Sex Roles, 10, 247-255. |
|
|
PINKNEY, A. (1984). The myth of Black progress.
New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
SMITH, E.R. & KLUEGEL & J.R. (1984). Beliefs and
attitudes about women's opportunity : Comparisons with
beliefs about Blacks and a general perspective. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 47, 81-95. |
RICCIUTI, H.N. (2004). Single parenthood, achievement, and
problem behavior in White, Black, and Hispanic children. Journal
of Educational Research, 97, 196-206. |
|
BLACKWELL, J.E. (1985). The Black community : Diversity
and unity. New York : Harper & Row. |
|
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1985). The nature of the black-white
difference on various psychometic tests : Spearman's
hypothesis. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 8,
193-263. |
|
|
JONES, B. & GRAY, B. (1986). Problems in diagnosing
schizophrenia and affective disorders among Blacks. Hospital
& Community Psychiatry, 37, 61-65. |
ARONSON, J. & INZLICHT, M. (2004). The ups and downs
of attributional ambiguity : Stereotype vulnerability and
the academic self-knowledge of African-American students.
Psychological Science, 15 (12), 829-836. |
|
FORDHAM, S. & OGBU, J.U. (1986). Black students school
success : Coping with the "burden of acting white". The
Urban Review, 18, 176-206. |
|
|
JACKMAN M.R. & CRANE, M. (1986). "Some of my best
friends are black..." : interracial friendship and whites'
racial attitudes. Public Opinion Quarterly, 50,
459-486. |
WARD, L.M. (2004). Wading through the stereotypes :
Positive and negative associations between media use and
black adolescents' conceptions of self. Developmental
Psychology, 40 (2), 84-294. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, N.B., WILLIAMS, R.B., LANE, J.D., HOUSEWORTH, S.
& MURANAKA, M. (1987). Parental history of
hypertension and cardiovascular responsivity in young
Black women. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 31,
723-729. |
|
|
WHITE, T.J. & SEDLACEK, W.E. (1987). White student
attitudes toward blacks and Hispanics : Programming
implications. Journal of Multicultural Counseling
& Devel- opment, 15, 171-183. |
AHMED, N.U., AHMED, N.S., SEMENYA, K.A., ELZEY, J.D.,
LARSON, C., BENNETT, C.R. & HINDS, J.E. (2004).
Prevalence and correlates of initiation of smoking
behavior among preteen black and white children.
Journal of the National Medical Association, 96 (2),
200-208. [PDF] |
|
FRAISER, M.M. (1987). The identication of gifted Black
students : Developing new perspectives. Journal for
the Education of the Gifted, 10 (3), 155-180. |
|
|
PETTIGREW T.F. & MARTIN, J. (1987). Shaping the
organizational context for Black American inclusion. Journal
of Social Issues, 43 (1), 41-78. |
SCHOOLER, D.L., WARD, M., MERRIWETHER, A. & CARUTHERS,
A. (2004). Who’s that girl : Television’s role in the body
image development of young White and Black women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 28, 38-47. |
|
FORDHAM, S. (1988). Racelessness as a strategy in Black
students' school success : Pragmatic strategy or pyrrhic
victory ? Harvard Educational Review, 58 (1),
54-84. |
|
|
ANDERSON, N.B. (1988). Aging and hypertension in Blacks :
A multidimensional perspective. In J. Jackson (Ed.), The
black American elderly : Research on physical &
psychosocial health (pp. 190-214). New York :
Springer Publishing Company. |
|
|
BROMAN, C.L., NEIGHBORS, H.W. & JACKSON, J.S. (1988).
Racial group identification anmong Black Adults. Social
Forces, 67, 146-158. |
|
MYERS, H.F., ANDERSON, N.B. & STRICKLAND, T.L.
(1989). A biobehavioral model for research on
stress and hypertension in Black adults. In R. Jones
(Ed.), Black adult development and aging (pp.
311-349). Berkeley, CA : Cobb-Henry Publishers. |
|
|
HUGHES, M. & DEMO, D.H. (1989). Self-perception of
Black Americans : Self-esteem and personal efficacy. Amercain
Journal of Sociology, 95, 132-159. [PDF] |
|
|
HUGHES, M. & HERTEL, B.R. (1990). The significance of
color remains : A study of life chances, mate selection,
and ethnic consciousness among Black Americans. Social Forces, 68, 1105-1120. |
|
|
McLOYD, V.C. (1990). The impact of economic hardship on
black families and children : Psychological distress,
parenting, and socioemotional development. Child Development, 61, 311-346. |
|
|
| DAVIS, J. (1991). Who is black ? One nation’s
definition. University Park, PA : Pennsylvania
State University Press. |
DIXON, T.L. & MADDOX, K.B. (2005). Skin tone, crime
news, and social reality judgments : Priming the
stereotype of the dark and dangerous Black criminal. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 35 (8), 1555-1570. [PDF] |
|
SIMMONS, R.G., BLACK, A. & ZHOU, Y. (1991).
African-American versus White children and the transition
into junior high school. American Journal of
Education, 99, 481-520. |
WARD, L.M., HANBOROUGH, E. & WALKER, E. (2005).
Contributions of music video exposure to black
adolescents' gender and sexual schemas. Journal of
Adolescent Research, 20, 143–166. |
|
WHITHLER, T.E., CALANTONE R.J. & YOUNG, M.R. (1991).
Strength of ethnic affiliation : Examining Black
identification with Black culture. The Journal of Social Psychology, 131, 461-467. |
|
|
ANDERSON, L.P. (1991). Acculturative stress : A theory of
relavance to Black Americans. Clinical Psychology
Review, 11, 685-702. |
|
|
CROSS, WE. & PARHAM, T.A. & HELMS, J.E. (1991).
The stages of Black identity development : Nigrescence
models. In R.L. Jones (Ed.), Black psychology (pp.
319-338). Cobb & Henry Publishers. |
|
|
VINCENT, K.R. (1991). Black/White IQ differences : Does
age make the difference ? Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 47, 266-270. |
SAUCIER, D.A., MILLER, C.T. & DOUCET, N. (2005).
Differences in helping Whites and Blacks : A
meta-analysis. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 9, 2-16. [PDF] |
|
CROSS, WE. (1991). Shades of Black : Diversity in
African-American identity. Philadelphia, PA :
Temple University Press. |
|
|
GRAHAM S. (1992). Most of the subjects were white and
middle- class. Trends in published research on
African-Americans in selected APA journals, 1970-90. American
Psychologist, 47,629-639. |
MATTHEWS, K.A., SALOMON, K., KENYON, K. & ZHOU. F.
(2005). Unfair treatment, discrimination, and ambulatory
blood pressure in Black and White adolescents. Health
Psychology, 24, 258-260. |
|
FRANKLIN, A.J. (1992). Therapy with African American Men.
Families in Society : The Journal of Contemporary Human
Services, 350-355 |
THOBURN, S. & BOGART, L.M. (2005). African American
women and family planning services : Perception of
discrimination. Women & Health, 42, 23-39. |
|
STEELE, C.M. (1992). Race and the schooling of black
Americans. The Atlantic Monthly, 4, 68-78. |
EIBACH, R.P. & KEEGAN, T. (2006). Free at last ?
Social dominance, loss aversion, and white and black
Americans' differing assessments of progress towards
racial equality. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 90, 453-467. |
|
WYCHE, K. (1993). Psychology and African-American women :
Findings from applied research. Applied &
Preventive Psychology, 2, 115-121. |
ALIM, T.N., CHARNEY, D.S. & MELLMAN, T.A. (2006). An
overview of posttraumatic stress disorder in African
Americans. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62, 801-813. |
|
BOWLES, D.D. (1993). Bi-racial identity : Children born to
African-American and white couples. Clinical Social
Work Journal, 21 (4), 417-428. |
SAMPAIO, A. (2006). Women of color teaching
political science : Examining the Intersections of race,
gender,
and course material in the classroom. PS : Political
Science & Politics, 39 (4), 917–922. |
|
FRANKLIN, A.J. (1993). The invisibility syndrome.
Family Therapy Nelworker, 32-39. |
DIXON, T.L. & LINZ. D. (2006). Overrepresentation and
underrepresentation of African Americans and Latinos as
lawbreakers on television news. Journal of
Communication 50 (2), 131-154. [PDF] |
|
CROCKER, J., LUHTANEN, R.K., BLAINE, B. & BROADNAX, S.
(1994). Collective self-esteem and psychological
well-being among Black, White, and Asian college students.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 20,
503-513. |
|
|
STEELE, C.M. & ARONSON, J. (1995). Stereotype threat
and the intellectual test performance of
African-Americans. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 69 (9), 797-811. [PDF] |
|
|
STEELE, C.M. & ARONSON, J. (1994). Stereotype
vulnerability and African-American intellectual
performance. In E. Aronson (Ed.), Readings about the
social animal. New York : Freeman & Co. |
ALIM, T.N., GRAVES, E., MELLMAN, T.A., AIGBOGUN, N., GRAY,
E., LAWSON, W. & CHARNEY, D.S. (2006). Trauma
exposure, posttraumatic stress disorder and depression in
an African-American primary care population. Journal
of the National Medical Association, 98 (10),
1630-1636. [PDF] |
|
OYSERMAN, D., GANT, L. & AGER, J. (1995). A socially
contextualized model of African American identity : School
persistence and possible selves. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 69, 1216-1232. |
SELLERS, R.M., COPELAND-LINDER, N., MARTIN, P.P. &
L'HEUREUX-LEWIS, E. (2006). Racial identity matters : The
relationship between racial discrimination and
psychological functioning in African. Journal of
Research on Adolescence, 16 (2), 187-216. [PDF]
|
|
ROSENBLATT, P.C., KARIS, T.A. & POWELl, R D. (1995). Multiracial
couples : Black and white voices. Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage. |
MAYS, V.M., COCHRAN, S.D. & BARNES, N.W. (2007). Race,
race-based discrimination, and health outcomes among Black
Americans. Annual Review of Psychology, 58,
201-225. |
|
HEREK, G.M. & CAPITANIO, J.P. (1995). Black
heterosexuals attitudes toward lesbian and gay men in the
United States. Journal of Sex Research, 32,
95-105. |
SIMPSON, J.A., McGRIMMON, T. & IRWIN, K. (2007). Are
Blacks really less trusting than Whites ? Revisiting the
race and trust question.Social Forces, 86 (2),
525-552. |
|
JOHNSON, J.D., ADAMS, M.S., ASBURN, L. & REED, W.
(1995). Differential gender effects of exposure to rap
music on African American adolescents' acceptance of teen
dating violence. Sex Roles, 33 (7-8), 597-605. |
HUNT, M.O., WISE, L.A., JIPGUEP, M., COZIER, Y.C.,
ROSENBERG, L. (2007). Neighborhood racial composition and
perceptions of racial discrimination : evidence from the
Black Women's health study. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 70 (3), 272-289. |
|
TAYLOR, R.J., CHATTERS, L.M., JAYAKODY, R. & LEVIN,
J.S. (1996). Black and White Differences in religious
participation : A multisample comparison. Journal for
the Scientific Study of Religion, 35 (4), 403-410. |
RYAN, C.S., HUNT, J.S., WEIBBLE, J.A., PETERSON, C.R.
& ASAS, J.F. (2007). Multicultural and colorblind
ideology, stereotypes, and ethnocentrism among Black and
White Americans. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 10, 617-637. |
|
McCREARY, M., SLAVIN L. & BERRY, E. (1996). Predicting
problem behavior and self-esteem among African-American
adolescents. Journal of Adolescent Research, 11, 194-215. |
PENNER, L.A., ALBRECHT, T.L., COLEMAN, D.K. & NORTON,
W. (2007). Interpersonal perspectives on Black-White
health disparities : Social policy implications.
Social Issues & Policy Review, 1 (1), 63-98. [PDF] |
|
QUILLIAN, L. (1996). Group threat and regional change in attitudes toward African Americans.
American Journal of Sociology 102, 816-860. |
|
|
SAPP, M. (1996). Irrational beliefs that can lead to
academic failure for African American middle school
students who are academically at risk. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 14
(2), 123-134. |
DIXON, T.L. (2008). Who is the victim here ? : The
psychological effects of overrepresenting White victims
and Black perpetrators on television news. Journalism
: Theory, Practice & Criticism, 9, 582-605. [PDF] |
|
BLANTON, M. PARSONS, E.P., GAYLE, H. & DIEVLER, A.
(1996). Racial differences in health : Not just Black and
White, but shades of gray. Annual Review of Public
Health, 17, 411-448. |
PEERY, D. & BODENHAUSEN, G.V. (2008). Black + White =
Black hypodescent in reflexive categorization of racially
ambiguous faces. Psychological science, 19 (10),
973-977. [PDF] |
|
FRANKLIN, A.J. (1997). Friendship issues between African
American men in a therapeutic support group. Journal
of African American Men, 3 (1), 29-43. |
DIXON, T.L. (2008). Network news and racial beliefs :
Exploring the connection between national television news
exposure and stereotypical perceptions of African
Americans. Journal of Communication, 58, 321-337.
[PDF] |
|
REEVES, K. (1997). Voting hopes or fears ? White
voters, Black candidates and racial politics in America.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
WADE, J.C. (2008). Masculinity ideology, male reference
group identity dependence, and African American men’s
health-related attitudes and behaviors. Psychology of
Men & Masculinity, 9, (1), 5-16. [PDF] |
|
|
DAVIS, D.W. (1997). Nonrandom measurement error and race
of interviewer effects among African Americans. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 61 (1), 183-207. |
GOFF, P.A., WILLIAMS, M.J., EBERHARDT, J.L. & JACKSON,
M.C. (2008). Not yet human : Implicit knowledge,
historical dehumanization, and contemporary consequences.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 94
(2), 292-306 |
|
HANSON, M. (1997). The theory of planned behavior applied
to cigarette smoking in African-American, Puerto Rican,
and non-Hispanic white teenage females. Nursing
Reearch, 48, 155-162. |
GREGORY, A. & WEINSTEIN, R.S. (2008). The discipline
gap and African Americans : Defiance or cooperation in the
high school classroom. Journal of School Psychology,
46, 455-475. |
|
TATUM, B.D. (1997). Why are all the black kids
sitting together in the cafeteria ? And other
conversations about race. New York : Basic Books. |
ARONSON, J., JANNONE, S., MCGLONE, M.S. &
JOHNSON-CAMPBELL, T. (2009). The Obama effect : An
experimental test. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45 (4), 957-960. |
|
BRODY, G.H. & FLOR, D. (1997). Maternal psychological
functioning, family processes, and child adjustment in
rural, single-parent, African-American families.
Developmental Psychology, 33, 1000-1011. |
SAPP, M. (2009). Counseling African American Adolescents
in Milwaukee : The Alfred Adler Approach. The State of
Education of Urban Learners and Possible Solutions : The
Milwaukee Experience. Edited by Gray Williams and Festus
E. Obiakor. Kendall, Hunt Publishing Company. |
|
DAVIS, D.W. (1997). The direction of race of interviewer
effects among African-Americans : Donning the black mask.
American Journal of Political Science, 41 (1),
309-322. |
PENNER, L.A., DOVIDIO, J.F., EDMONDSON, D., DAILEY, R.K.,
MARKOVA, T., ALBRECHT, T. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2009). The
experience of discrimination and Black-White health
disparities in medical care. Journal of Black
Psychology, 35, 180-203. [PDF] |
|
STEELE, C.M. & ARONSON, J. (1998). How stereotypes
influence the standardized test performance of talented
African American students. In C. Jencks & M. Phillips
(Eds.), Black-White test score differences (pp.
401-427). Harvard Press. |
GRUENEWALD, T.L., COHEN, S., MATTHEWS, K.A., TRACY, R.
& SEEMAN, T.E. (2009). Association of socioeconomic
status with inflammation markers in black and white men
and women in the coronary atery risk development in young
adults (CARDIA) study. Social Science & Medicine,
69, 451-459. [PDF] |
|
STEELE, C.M. & ARONSON, J. (1998). Stereotype threat
and the test performance of academically successful
African Americans. In C. Jencks & M. Phillips (Eds.),
Black-White test score gap. Brookings
Institution Press. |
CAMPBELL, N.L., BOUSTANI, M.A., LANE, K.A., GAO, S.,
HENDRIE, H., KHAN, B.A., MURRELL, J.R., UNVERZAGT, F.W.,
HAKE, A., SMITH-GAMBLE, V. & HALL, K. (2010). Use of
anticholinergics and the risk of cognitive impairment in
an African American population. Neurology, 75, 152-159.
[PDF] |
|
PATILLO-McCOY, M. (1998). Church culture as a strategy of
action in the Black community. American Sociological
Review, 63 (6), 767-784. |
GREGORY, A. & THOMPSON, A.R. (2010). African American
high school students and variability in behavior across
classrooms. Journal of Community Psychology, 38
(3), 386-402. [PDF] |
| |
SAPP, M. (2010). School co[unseling for African American
adolescents : The Alfred Adler approach. Multicultural
Learning & Teaching, 5 (2), 60-72. |
|
GAVIN, K.M. & GREENFIELD, D.B. (1998). A comparison of
levels of involvement for parents with at-risk African
American kindergarten children in classrooms with high
versus low teacher encouragement. Journal of Black
Psychology, 24 (4), 403-417. |
JACQUES-TIURA, A.J., TKATCH, R., ABBEY, A. & WEGNER,
R. (2010). Disclosure of sexual assault : Characteristics
and implications for posttraumatic stress symptoms among
African American and Caucasian survivors. Journal of
Trauma & Dissociation, 11, 174-192. [PDF] |
|
HEBL, M. & HEATHETON, T.F. (1998). The stigma of
obesity in women : The difference is black and white. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 417-426. |
WEBB, M.S., DE YBARRA, D.R., BAKER, E.A., REIS, I.M. &
CAREY, M.P. (2010). Cognitive-behavioral therapy to
promote smoking cessation among African American smokers :
A randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (1), 24-33.
[PDF] |
|
LICHTENBERG, P.A., ROSS, T.P., YOUNGBLADE, L.M. &
VANGEL, S.J. (1998). The normative studies research
project test battery : Detection of dementia in African
American and Euro-American urban elderly patients. Clinical
Neuropsychologist, 12, 146-154. |
HALBERSTADT, J., SHERMAN, S.J. & SHERMAN, W. (2011).
Why Barack Obama is Black : A cognitive account of
hypodescent. Psychological Science, 22, 29-33. [PDF] |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. (1998). The "Jensen effect" and the
"Spearman-Jensen hypothesis" of Black-White IQ
differences. Intelligence, 26, 217-225. [PDF] |
SANCHEZ-JOHNSEN, L.A.P., CARPENTIER, M.R. & KING, A.C.
(2011). Race and sex associations to weight concerns among
urban African American and Caucasian smokers. Addictive
Behaviors, 36 (1-2), 14-17. [PDF] |
|
FRANKLIN, A.J. (1999). Invisibility syndrome and racial
identity development in psychotherapy and counseling
African American men. The Counseling Psychologist, 27
(6), 761-793. |
MONGKUO, M.Y., LUCAS, N. & TAYLOR, A. (2012). The
effects of motivation and knowledge on HIV prevention
behavior among historically Black college students : An
application of the information- motivation-behavioral
skills model. Greener Journal of Medical Sciences, 2
(2), 38-44. [PDF] |
|
STREIN, W., SIMONSON, T. & VAIL, L. (1999).
Convergence of views : self-perceptions of african
american and white kindergartners. Psychology in the
Schools, 36 (2), 125-134. [PDF] |
PIETERSE, A.J., NEVILLE, H.A., TODD, N.R. & CARTER,
R.T. (2012). Perceived racism and mentalhealth among black
american adults : A meta-analytic review. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 59 (1), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
WASHINGTON, J.A. & CRAIG, H. (1999). Performances of
at-risk, African American preschoolers on the Peabody
Picture Vocabulary Test-III. Language, Speech, &
Hearing Services in Schools, 30, 75-82. |
NEWHEISER, A. & OLSON, K.R. (2012). White and Black
American children's implicit intergroup bias. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 48, 264-270. [PDF] |
|
BRANSCOMBE, N.R., SCHMITT, M.T. & HARVEY, R.D. (1999).
Perceiving pervasive discrimination among African
Americans : Implications for group identification and
well-being. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 77, 135-149. |
FULLER-ROWELL,T.E., DOAN, S.N., ECCLES, J.S.
Differential effects of perceived discrimination on the
diurnal cortisol rhythm of African Americans and Whites. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 37 (1), 107-118. [PDF] |
|
FUJIOKA, Y. (1999). Television portrayals and
African-American stereotypes : Examination of television
effects when direct contact is lacking. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 76 (1), 52-75. |
OGDEN, J. & RUSSELL, S. (2013). How Black women make
sense of "White" and "Black" fashion magazines : a
qualitative think aloud study. Journal of Health
Psychology, 18, 1588-1600. [PDF] |
|
MAZUR, A. (2016). Testosterone is high among young Black
men with little education. Frontiers in Sociology, 1
[1], 1-5. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, M., RAMIREZ-VALLES, J. & MATON, K. (1999).
Resilence among urban African American male adolescents :
A study of the protective effects of sociopolitical
control on their mental health. American Journal of
Community Psychology, 27 (6), 733-751. |
SPATES, K. & SLATTON, B.C. (2017). I've got my family
and my faith : Black women and the suicide paradox. Socius
: Sociological Research for a Dynamic World, 3,
1–9. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, R., ANDERSON, N.B., CLARK, V.R. & WILLIAMS,
D.R. (1999). Racism as a stressor for African Americans :
A biopsychosocial model. American Psychologist, 54
(10), 805-816. |
COCKEY, K. & GARBA, R. (2018). Speaking truth to
power : How Black/African psychology changed the
discipline of psychology. Journal of Black
Psychology, 44 (8), 695-721. |
|
PHILIPP, S.F. (1999). Are we welcome ? African-American
racial acceptance in leisure activities and the importance
given to children's leisure. Journal of Leisure
Research, 31 (4), 385-403. |
BLEICH, S.N., FINDLING, M.G., CASEY, L.S., BLENDON, R.J.,
BENSON, J.M., STEELFISHER, G.K., SAYDE, J.M. & MILLER,
C. (2019). Discrimination in the United States :
Experiences of black Americans. Health Services
Research, 54 (S2), 1399-1408. [PDF] |
|
| |
| Voir aussi Identité culturelle, États-Unis, Biais culturel, Négritude, Différence raciale,
Temps et Culturelle |
|
|
|
|
AF - ÂGE - AGISME -
AGORAPHOBIE - AGRESSION - AGRESSIVITÉ - AHEARN - AIDE - AINSWORTH - AIRE - AJZEN - ÄKERSTEDT - AL |
Agassi Joseph (Jerusalem 1927-2023 Herliya) :
Logicien et méthodologiste
israélien. Étudiant de Popper.
|
AGASSI, J. (1952). Natural philosophy of cause and chance.
Iyyun : The Jerusalem Philosophical Quarterly, 3,
178-179. |
AGASSI, J. (1959). Corroboration versus Induction.
British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 9,
311-317.
|
AGASSI, J. (1961). The role of corroboration in Popper's
methodology. Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 39,
1-91.
|
AGASSI, J. (1971). Tautology and testability in economics.
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 1 49-63.
|
AGASSI, J. (1981). To save verisimilitude. Mind,
90, 576-579.
|
|
|
|
|
Âge (chronologique) : Temps écoulé depuis
la naissance. En
psychologie, c'est l'âge du sujet au moment de la passation d'un test.
Âge, différence entre les âges et
vieillissement. =
âge. Chronological age.
| |
|
|
MILES, C.C. & MILES, W.R. (1932). The correlation of
intelligence scores and chronological age from early to
late maturity. The American Journal of Psychology, 44
(1), 44–-78. |
|
|
JONES, H.E. (1933). The growth and decline of intelligence
: A study of a homogeneous group between the ages of ten
and sixty. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 3,
223-298. |
COLE, C.A. & GAETH, G.J. (1990). Cognitive and age-
related differences in the ability to use nutritional
information in a complex environment. Journal of
Marketing Research, 27, 175-184. |
ADAMS, C.W. (1946). The age at which scientists do their
best work. Isis, 36,166-169.
|
|
|
BIRREN, J.E. & BOTWINICK, J. (1951). The relation of
writing speed to age and to the senile psychoses.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 15 (3), 243-249. |
VINCENT, K.R. (1991). Black/White IQ differences : Does
age make the difference ? Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 47, 266-270. |
|
BOTWINICK, J. & SHOCK, N.W. (1952). Age differences in
performance decrement with continuous work. Journal of
Gerontology, 7 (1), 41-46. |
ETAUGH, C. & BIRDOES, L.N. (1991). Effects of age,
sex, and marital status on person perception. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 72, 491-497. |
LEHMAN, H.C. (1953). Age and achievement. Princeton
: Princeton University Press.
|
|
|
McFARLAND, R.A., MOSELEY, A.L. & FISHER, M.B. (1954).
Age and the problems of professional truck divers in
highway transportation. Journal of Gerontology, 9
(3), 338-348. |
HASHER, L., STOLZFUS, E.R., ZACKS, R.T. & RYMPA, B.
(1991). Age and inhibition. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 17
(1), 163-169. [PDF] |
|
McFARLAND, R.A. & FISHER, M.B. (1955). Alterations in
dark adaptation as a function of age. Journal of
Gerontology, 10 (4), 424-428. |
NEURINGER, A. & HUNTLEY, R.W. (1991). Reinforced
variability in rats : Effects of gender, age and
contingency. Physiology & Behavior, 51,
145-149. |
|
BIRREN, J.E. & BOTWINICK, J. (1955). Age differences
in startle reaction time of the rat to noise and electric
shock. Journal of Gerontology, 10 (4), 437-440.
|
WENGER, G.C. (1992). Help in old age : Facing up to
change. Liverpool, U.K.: Institute of Human Ageing,
Liverpool University Press. |
|
DENNIS, W. (1956). Age and productivity among
scientists. Science, 123, 724–725. |
|
|
SCHAIE, K.W. (1959). The effect of age on a scale of
social responsability. Journal of Social Psychology,
50, 221-224. |
HAUCK, A.L. & FINCH, A.J. (1993). The effect of
relative age on achievement in middle school.
Psychology in the Schools, 30, 74-79 |
|
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1959). A theory of ageing. Nature,
184, 956-8. |
BLANCHARD, R. (1994). A structural equation model for age
at clinical presentation in nonhomosexual male gender
dysphorics. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 23,
311-320. |
|
JOURARD, S.M. (1961). Age trends in self-disclosure. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly of Behavior & Development, 7 (3),
191-198. |
BORS, D.A. & FORRIN, B. (1995). Age, speed of
information processing, recall, and fluid intelligence. Intelligence,
20, 229-248. [PDF] |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1962). The causes of ageing. In Review
Lectures on Senescence. Proceedings of the Royal
Society B, 157, 115-127. |
WORLING, J.R. (1995). Adolescent sex offenders against
females : Differences based on the age of their victims. International
Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative
Criminology, 39 (3), 276-293. |
|
HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1966). Age differences in
primary mental ability factors. Journal of
Gerontology, 21, 210-220. |
HEALY, M.C., LEHMAN, M. & McDANIEL, M. A. (1995). Age
and voluntary turnover : A quantitative review. Personnel
Psychology, 48 (2), 335-345. |
|
HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1967). Age differences in
fluid and crystallized intelligence. Acta
Psychologica, 26, 107-129. |
CELLIER J.M., EYROLLE, H. & BERTRAND, A. (1995).
Effects of age and level of work experience on occurrence
of accidents. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 80,
931-940. |
|
WOHLWILL, J.P. (1970). The age variable in psychological
research. Psychological Review, 77, 49-64. |
ZELAZO, P.D., FRYE, D. & RAPUS, T. (1996). An
age-related dissociation between knowing rules and using
them. Cognitive Development, 11, 37-63. |
ZUCKERMAN, H. & MERTON, R.K. (1973). Age, aging and
age structure in science. In R.K. Merton (Ed.), The
sociology of science (pp 493–560). Chicago :
Chicago University Press.
|
WALKER, M.B. & ANDRADE, M.G. (1996). Conformity in the
Asch task as a function of age. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 136, 367-372. |
|
NEUGARTEN, B.L. (1974). Age groups in American society and
the rise of the young-old. Annals of the American
Academy of Political & Social Science, 415, 187-198. |
ALDWIN, C.M., SUTTON K.J., CHIARA, G. & SPIRO, A.
(1996). Age differences in stress, coping, and appraisal:
Findings from the normative aging study. Journal of
Gerontology, 51B (4), 179-188. |
|
HUNT, J.W. & SAUL, P.N. (1975). The relationship of
age, tenure, and job satisfaction in males and females. Academy
of Management Journal, 18 (4), 690-702. |
NEUGARTEN, B.L. (1996). The meanings of age :
Selected papers of Bernice L. Neugarten. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
COSTA, P.T. & McCRAE, R.R. (1976). Age differences in
personality structure : A cluster analytic approach. Journal
of Gerontology, 31, 564-570. |
NAUG, D. & GADAGKAR, R. (1998). The role of age in
temporal polyethism in a primitively eusocial wasp. Behavioral
Ecology & Sociobiology, 42, 37-47. [PDF] |
|
NEUGARTEN, B.L. & HAGESTAD, G.O. (1976). Age and the
life course. In R.H. Binstock & E. Shanas (Eds.),
Handbook of aging and the social sciences (pp.
35-55). New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold. |
YOON, C. (1997). Age differences in consumers' processing
strategies : An investigation of moderating influences. Journal
of Consumer Research, 34, 329-342. |
|
NEUGARTEN, B.L. & HAVIGHURST, R.J. (1976). Social
policy, social ethics, and the aging society.
Washington, DC : U.S. Government Printing Office. |
|
|
CAPLAN, P.J. (1977). Sex, age, behavior, and subject as
determinants of report of learning problems. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 10, 314-316. |
MUSCH J. & HAY, R. (1999). The relative age effect in
soccer : Cross-cultural evidence for a systematic
discrimination against children born late in the
competition year. Sociology of Sport Journal, 16,
54-64. |
|
WAGNER, D.A. (1978). Memories of Morocco : The influences
of age, schooling, and environment on memory. Cognitive
Psychology, 10, 1-28. |
MARTIN, C. & ADAMS, S. (1999). Thanking behavior in
service provider-customer encounters : The effect of age,
gender, and race. Journal of Social Psychology, 139
(5), 665-667. |
|
STERN, S. (1978). Age and achievement in mathematics : A
case-study in the sociology of science. Social Studies
of Science, 8, 127–140. |
|
|
CECI, S.J. & HOWE, M.J.A. (1978). Age-related
differences in free recall as a function of retrieval
flexibility. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
26, 432-442. |
THOMPSON, A., BARNSLEY, R. & DYCK, R. (1999). A new
factor in youth suicide : The relative age effect. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 44, 82-85. |
|
NEUGARTEN, B.L. (1979). Policy for the 1980s : Age or need
entitlement ? In J.P. Hubbard (Ed.), Aging : Agenda
for the eighties, a national journal issues book (pp.
48-52). Washington, DC : Government Research Corporation. |
VOLKOW, N.D., LOGAN, J., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.J., GUR,
R.C., WONG, C., FELDER, C., GATLEY, S.J., DING, Y.S.,
HITZEMANN, R. & PAPPAS, N. (2000). Association between
age-related decline in brain dopamine activity and
impairment in frontal and cingulate metabolism. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 75-80. |
COLE, S. (1979). Age and Scientific Performance. American
Journal of Sociology, 84, 958–977.
|
|
|
CECI, S.J., LEA, S.E.G. & HOWE, M.J.A. (1980). A
developmental analysis of the structure of memory traces
between the ages of four and ten. Developmental
Psychology, 16, 203- 212. |
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. & AHRENS, C. (2001). Age
differences and similarities in the correlates of
depressive symptoms. Psychology & Aging, 17,
116-124. |
|
RABBITT, P.M.A. (1983). How can we tell whether human
performance is related to chronological age ? In D.
Samuel, S. Alegeri, S. Gershon, V.E. Grimm & G.
Teffano (Eds.), Aging of the brain (pp. 9-18).
New York : Raven Press. |
LE GALL, A., MULET, E. & SHAFIGI, S. (2002). Age,
religious beliefs, and sexual attitudes. Journal of
Sex Research, 39, 207–216. |
|
WENGER, G.C. (1984). The supportive network : Coping
with old age. London : Allen and Unwin. |
|
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1984). Effects of age and skill in
typing. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General,
113, 345-371. |
TWENGE, J. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Age, gender,
race, socioeconomic status, and birth cohort differences
in the Children's Depression Inventory : A meta-analysis.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 578-588. [PDF] |
|
JOYCE, P.R. (1984). Age of onset in bipolar affective
disorder and misdiagnosis as schizophrenia.
Psychological Medicine, 14, 145-149. |
COOK, D.T. & KAISER, S.B. (2004). Betwixt and between
age ambiguity and the sexualization of the female
consuming subject. Journal of Consumer Culture, 4
(2), 203-227. [PDF] |
|
|
LOFTUS, G.R., NELSON, W.W. & TRUAX, P.E. (1986).
Age-related differences in visual information processing :
Quantitative of qualitative ? In C. Schooler and W. Schaie
(Eds.), Cognitive functioning and social structure
over the life course. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
LEFRANÇOIS, R. (2004). Les nouvelles frontières de
l'âge. Montréal : Presses de l'Université de
Montréal. |
|
SWEETLAND, J. & DE SIMONE, P. (1987). Age of entry,
sex, and academic achievement in elementary school
children. Psychology in the Schools, 24,
406-412. |
SCHROEDER, D.H. & SALTHOUSE, T.A. (2004). Age-related
effects on cognition between 20 and 50 years of age.
Personality & Individual Differences, 36, 393-404.
[PDF] |
|
BJORKLUND, D.F. (1987). How age changes in knowledge base
contribute to the development of children's memory : An
interpretive review. Developmental Review, 7,
93-130. |
HELSEN, W.F., VAN WINCKEL, J. & WILLIAMS, M. (2005).
The relative age effect in youth soccer across Europe. Journal
of Sports Sciences, 23 (6), 629-636.
[PDF] |
|
RILEY, M.W. (1987). On the significance of age in
sociology. American Sociological Review, 52 (1),
1-14. |
MEMMERT, D. (2006). The effects of eye movements, age, and
expertise on inattentional blindness. Consciousness
& Cognition, 15, 620-627. |
|
MacDONALD, S.W.S., STIGSDOTTER-NEELY, A., DERWINGER, A.
& BÄCKMAN, L. (2006). Rate of acquisition, adult age,
and basic cognitive abilities predict forgetting : New
views on a classic problem. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 135 (3), 368–390. |
| |
HAWKLEY, L.C., MASI, C.M., CACIOPPO, J.T. & BERRY,
J.D. (2006). Loneliness is a unique predictor of
age-related differences in systolic blood pressure.
Psychology & Aging, 21 (1), 152-164. [PDF] |
|
ROSAY, A.B., SKROBAN, S. & HERZ, D.C. (2007).
Differences in the validity of self-reported drug use
across five factors : Gender, race, age, type of drug, and
offense seriousness. Journal of Quantitative
Criminology, 23, 41-58. [PDF] |
|
DIETRICH, A. & SRINIVASAN, N (2007). The optimal age
to start a revolution. Journal of Creative Behavior,
41, 339–351.
|
|
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1988). Age, personality,
and the spontaneous self-concept. Journal of
Gerontology, 43, 177-185. |
BHERER, L., DESJARDINS, S. & FORTIN, C. (2007).
Age-related differences in timing with breaks. Psychology
& Aging, 22 (2), 398-403. [PDF] |
|
OVER, R. (1988). Does scholarly impact decline with age ?
Scientometrics, 13, 215–223. |
NG, T.W.H. & FELDMAN, D.C. (2009). Re-examining the
relationship between age and voluntary turnover.
Journal of Vocational Behavior, 74, 283-294. |
| |
WILLIAMS, D., MARTINS, N., CONSALVO, M. & IVORY, J.D.
(2009). The virtual census : Representations of gender,
race and age in video games. New Media Society, 11
(5), 815-834. [PDF] |
|
WIGFIELD, A. (1988). Children's attributions for success
and failure : Effects of age and attentional focus. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 80 (1), 76-81.
[PDF] |
MEADE, M.L. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2009). Age differences
in collaborative memory : The role of retrieval
manipulations. Memory & Cognition, 37,
962-975.
[PDF] |
|
BALL, K., BEARD, B., ROENKER, D., MILLER, R. & GRIGGS,
D. (1988). Age and visual search : Expanding the useful
field of view. Journal of the Optical Society of
America, 5, 2210-2219. |
GERACI, L., MCDANIEL, M.A., MANZANO, I. & ROEDIGER,
H.L. (2009). The influence of age on memory for
distinctive events. Memory & Cognition, 37, 175-180.
[PDF] |
| |
NG, T.W.H. & FELDMAN, D.C. (2010). The relationships
of age with job attitudes : A meta-analysis. Personnel
Psychology, 63, 677-718. |
| |
HARKNESS, K.L., SLAVICH, G.M., MONROE, S.M., GOTLIB, I.H.
& BAGBY, R.M. (2010). Gender differences in life
events prior to onset of major depressive disorder : The
moderating effect of age. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 119 (4), 791-803. [PDF] |
| |
HERNANDEZ, A.E., MATTARELLA-MICKE, A., REDDING, R.W.T.,
WOODS, E.A. & BEILOCK, S.L. (2011). Age of acquisition
in sport : Starting early matters. American Journal of
Psychology, 124 (3), 253-260. [PDF] |
|
FREUND, K., WATSON, R. & RIENZO, D. (1989).
Heterosexuality, homosexuality, and erotic age preference.
The Journal of Sex Research, 26 (1), 107-117. |
WOODS, E.A., HERNANDEZ, A.E., WAGNER, V.E. & BEILOCK,
S.L. (2014). Expert athletes activate somatosensory and
motor planning regions of the brain when passively
listening to familiar sports sounds. Brain &
Cognition, 87, 122-133. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Vieillisement et
Différences d'âge |
|
|
|
|
Âges
(Différences) : Age
differences.
| |
|
|
BIRREN, J.E. & BOTWINICK, J. (1955). Age differences
in startle reaction time of the rat to noise and electric
shock. Journal of Gerontology, 10 (4), 437-440.
|
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2000). Adult-age differences in memory
performance : Tests of an associative deficit hypothesis.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 26, 1170-1187. [PDF] |
|
COSTA, P.T & McCRAE, R.R. (1976). Age differences in
personality structure : A cluster analytic approach. Journal
of Gerontology, 31 (5), 564-570. |
BURACK, J.A., ENNIS, J.T., IAROCCI, G. & RANDOLPH, B.
(2000). Age differences in visual search for compound
patterns : Long-versus short-range grouping. Developmental
Psychology, 36, 731-740. |
|
ADAMS, R.M. & KIRKEVOLD, B. (1978). Looking, smiling,
laughing, and moving in restaurants : Sex and age
differences. Environmental Psychology & Nonverbal
Behavior, 3, 117-121. |
KRAY, J. & LINDENBERGER, U. (2000). Adult age
differences in task switching. Psychology & Aging,
15 (1), 126-147. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., EYSENK, S. & EYSENK, H.J. (1978).
Sensation seeking in England and America : Cross-cultural,
age, and sex comparisons. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 46, 139-149. |
|
|
WALDMAN, D. & ALVOLIO, B. (1986). A meta-analysis of
age differences in job performance. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 71, 33-38. |
|
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1987). Adult age differences in
integrative spatial ability. Psychology & Aging,
2, 254-260. |
|
|
STRAYER, D.L., WICKENS, C.D. & BRAUNE, R. (1987).
Adult age differences in the speed and capacity of
information processing II : An electrophysiological
approach. Psychology & Aging, 2, 99-110. |
TWENGE, J.M. & CAMPBELL, W.K. (2001). Age and birth
cohort differences in self-esteem : A cross-temporal
meta-analysis. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 5, 321-344 |
|
HALE, S., MYERSON, J., SMITH, G.A. & POON, L.W.
(1988). Age, variability, and speed : Between-subjects
diversity. Psychology & Aging, 3, 407-410. [PDF] |
HEWITT, P.L., COREN, S. & STEEL, D.G. (2001). Death
from anorexia nervosa : Age span and gender differences. Aging
& Mental Health, 5, 41-46. |
|
WILKINSON, R.T. & ALLISON, S. (1989). Age and simple
reaction time : decade differences for 5,324 subjects. Journal
of Gerontology, 44, 29-35. |
MAYR, U. (2001). Age differences in the selection of
mental sets : the role of inhibition, stimulus ambiguity,
and response-set overlap. Psychology & Aging, 16 (1),
96-109. |
|
DOBBS, A.R. & RULE, B.G. (1989). Adult age differences
in working memory. Psychology & Aging, 4 (4),
500-503. |
BUUNK, B.P., DIJSTRA, P., KENRICK, D.T. & WARNJTES, A.
(2001). Age differences in preferences for mates are
related to gender, own age, and involvement level. Evolution
& Human Behavior, 22, 241-250. |
|
McCRAE, R.R. (1989). Age differences and changes in the
use of coping mechanisms. Journals of Gerontology, 44,
161-169. |
RYPMA, R., PRABHAKARAN, V., DESMOND, J.E. & GABRIELI,
J.D.E. (2001). Age differences in prefrontal cortical
activity in working memory. Psychology & Aging,
16, 371-384.
[PDF] |
|
|
DOBBS, A.R. & RULE, B.G. (1989). Adult age differences
in working memory. Psychology & Aging, 4,
500-503. |
CHAPELL, M.S. & OVERTON, W.F. (2002). Development of
logical reasoning and the school performance of African
American adolescents in relation to socioeconomic
status, ethnic identity, and self-esteem. Journal of
Black Psychology, 28, 295-317. |
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A., BABCOCK, R.L., SKOVRONEK, E, MITCHELL,
D.R.D. & PALMON, R. (1990). Age and experience effects
in spatial visualization. Developmental Psychology,
26, 128-136. |
ALLEN, P.A., LIEN, M.C., MURPHY, M.D., SANDERS, R.E. &
McCANN, R.S. (2002). Age differences in overlapping- task
performance : Evidence for efficient parallel processing
in older adults. Psychology & Aging, 17,
505-519. |
|
RADVANSKY, G.A., GERARD, L.D., ZACKS, R.T. & HASHER,
L. (1990). Younger and older adults' use of mental models
as representations for text materials. Psychology
& Aging, 5 (2), 209-214. [PDF] |
VERHAEGHEN, P. (2002). Age differences in efficiency and
effectiveness of encoding for visual search and memory
search : A time-accuracy study. Aging,
Neuropsychology, & Cognition, 9, 114-126. |
|
MEDIN, D.L., GOLDSTONE, R.L. & GENTNER, D. (1990).
Similarity involving attributes and relations : Judgments
of similarity and difference are not inverses. Psychological
Science, 1 (1), 64-69. [PDF] |
BUUNK, B.P., DIJSTRA, P., KENRICK, D.T. & WARNJTES, A.
(2002). Age and gender differences in mate selection
criteria for various involvement levels. Personal
Relationships, 9, 271-278. [PDF] |
|
BACHEVALIER, J., BRICKSON, M., HAGGER, C. & MISHKIN,
M. (1990). Age and sex differences in the effects of
selective temporal lobe lesion on the formation of visual
discrimination habits in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta).
Behavioral Neuroscience, 104, 885-899. |
OBERAUER, K., WENDLAND, M. & KLEGL, R. (2003). Age
differences in working memory. The roles of storage and
selective access. Memory & Cognition, 31 (4),
563-569. [PDF] |
|
SWITZER, J.Y. (1990). The impact of generic word choices :
an empirical investigation of age- and sex-related
differences. Sex Roles, 22, 69-82. |
BHERER, L. & BELLEVILLE, S. (2004). Age-related
differences in response preparation : The role of time
uncertainty. Journal of Gerontology, 59B (2),
66-74.
[PDF] |
|
PLOMIN, R., CAMPOS, C., CORLEY, R., EMDE, R.N., FULKER,
D.W., KAGAN, J., REZNICK, J.S., ROBINSON, J.L.,
ZAHN-WAXLER, C. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1990). Individual
differences during the second year of life. In J. Colombo
& J. Fagen (Eds.), Individual differences in
infancy. Hillsdale, N.J. : LEA. |
WOODS, T.A., KURTZ-COSTES, B. & ROWLEY, S.J. (2005).
The development of stereotypes about the rich and poor :
Age, race, and family income differences in beliefs. Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 34 (5), 437-445.
[PDF] |
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1991). Mediation of adult age differences
in cognition by reductions in working memory and speed of
processing. Psychological Science, 2, 179-183. |
OBERAUER, K. (2005). Binding and inhibition in working
memory : Individual and age differences in short-term
recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 134, 368-387. |
|
HASHER, L., STOLZFUS, E.R., ZACKS, R.T. & RYMPA, B.
(1991). Age and inhibition. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 17
(1), 163-169. [PDF] |
HAWKLEY, L.C., MASI, C.M., CACIOPPO, J.T. & BERRY,
J.D. (2006). Loneliness is a unique predictor of
age-related differences in systolic blood pressure.
Psychology & Aging, 21 (1), 152-164. [PDF] |
|
HAMM, V.P. & HASHER, L. (1992). Age and the
availability of inferences. Psychology & Aging,
7, 56-64. [PDF] |
RAZ, A. (2006). Individual differences and attentional
varieties. Europa Medicophysica, 42 (1), 53-58.
[PDF] |
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1991). Mediation of adult age differences
in cognition by reductions in working memory and speed of
processing. Psychological Science, 2, 179-183. |
SALTHOUSE, T.A., SIEDLECKI, K.L. & KRUEGER, L.E.
(2006). An individual differences analysis of memory
control. Journal of Memory & Language, 55,
102-125. |
|
KENRICK, D.T. & KEEFE, R.C. (1992). Age preferences in
mates reflect sex differences in human reproductive
strategies. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 15,
75-133. |
DER, G. & DEARY, I.J. (2006). Age and sex differences in reaction time in adulthood : results from the United Kingdom health lifestyle survey. Psychology & Aging, 21, 62-73.
[PDF] |
|
FURMAN, W. & BUHRMESTER, D. (1992). Age and sex
differences in perceptions of networks of personal
relationships.Child Development, 63, 103-115. |
SCHERES, A. & SANFEY, A.G. (2006). Individual
differences in decision making : Drive and reward
responsiveness affect strategic bargaining in economic
games. Behavioral & Brain Function, 2, 35-43.
[PDF] |
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1992). Why do adult age-differences
increase with task complexity ? Developmental
Psychology, 28, 905-918. |
CHYUNG, S.Y. (2007). Age and gender differences in online
behavior, self-efficacy and academic performance. Quarterly
Review of Distance Education, 8 (3), 213-222. [PDF] |
|
|
FURMAN, W. & BUHRMESTER, D. (1992). Age and sex
differences in perceptions of networks of personal
relationships. Child Development, 63, 103-115. [PDF] |
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M., COWAN, N., KILB, A. & CHEN, Z.
(2007). Age-related differences in immediate serial recall
: Dissociating chunk formation and capacity. Memory
& Cognition, 35 (4), 724-737.
[PDF] |
| |
OLD, S. & NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2008). Differential
effects of age on item and associative measures of memory
: A meta-analysis. Psychology & Aging, 23,
104-118. |
|
FERGUSON, S.A., HASTROUDI, S. & JONHSON, M.K. (1992).
Age differences in using source relevant cues. Psychology
& Aging, 7, 443-452. [PDF]
|
KAPUCU, A., ROTELLO, M.C., READY, R.E. & SEIDI, K.N.
(2008). Response bias in "remembering" emotional stimuli:
A new perspective on age differences. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 34 (3), 703-711. [PDF] |
|
|
HOWARD, D.V. & HOWARD, J.H. (1992). Adult age
differences in the rate of learning serial patterns :
Evidence from direct and indirect tests. Psychology
& Aging, 7, 232-241. |
ROWE, G., HASHER, L. & TURCOTTE, J. (2008). Age
differences in visuospatial working memory. Psychology
& Aging, 23 (1), 79-84. [PDF]
|
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A. & SKOVRONECK, E. (1992).
Within-context assessment of age differences in working
memory. Journal of Gerontology : Psychological
Sciences, 47, 110-120. |
EMERY, L., HALE, S. & MYERSON, J. (2008). Age
differences in proactive interference, working memory, and
abstract reasoning. Psychology & Aging, 23, 634-645.
[PDF] |
|
GIAMBRA, L.M. & ARENBERG, D. (1993). Adult age
differences in forgetting sentences. Psychology &
Aging, 8 (3), 451-462. |
WILLIAMS, D., MARTINS, N., CONSALVO, M. & IVORY, J.D.
(2009). The virtual census : Representations of gender,
race and age in video games. New Media Society, 11
(5), 815-834. [PDF] |
|
MAY, C.P., HASHER, L. & STOLZFUS, E.R. (1993). Optimal
time of day and the magnitude of age differences in
memory. Psychological Science, 4, 326-330. [PDF] |
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (2010). Selective review of cognitive
aging. Journal of the International
Neuropsychological Society, 16, 754-760. [PDF]
|
|
GALLO, J.J., ANTHONY, J.C. & MUTHÉN, B.O. (1994). Age
differences in the symptoms of depression : A latent trait
analysis. Journal of Gerontology, 49 (6),
251-264.
[PDF] |
MACHIZAWA, M.G. & DRIVER, J. (2011). Principal
component analysis of behavioural individual differences
suggests that particular aspects of visual working memory
may relate to specific aspects of attention. Neuropsychologia,
49, 1518-1526. |
|
FOZARD, J.L., VERCRUYSSEN, M., REYNOLDS, S.L., HANCOCK,
P.A. & QUILTER, R.E. (1994). Age differences and
changes in reaction time : The Baltimore Longitudinal
Study of Aging. Journal of Gerontology :
Psychological Sciences, 49, 179-189. |
BASAK, C. & VERHAEGHEN, P. (2011). Aging and switching
of the focus of attention in working memory : age
differences in item availability but not in item
accessibility. The Journals of Gerontology, Series B
: Psychological Sciences & Social Sciences, 66 (5),
519-526.
[PDF] |
|
BROWN A.S., JONES, E.M. & DAVIS, T.L. (1995). Age
differences in conversational source monitoring.
Psychology & Aging, 10, 111-122. |
BACHMAN, J.G., O'MALLEY, P.M., FREEDMAN-DOAN, P.,
DONNELLAN, M.B. & TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. (2011). (2011).
Adolescent self-esteem : Differences in race/ethnicity,
gender, and age. Self & Identity, 10, 445-473. |
|
BROWN, A.S. & NIX, L.A. (1996). Age-related changes in
tip-of-the-tongue experience. American Journal of
Psychology, 109 (1), 79-91. |
WILSON, M.S. & SIBLEY, C.G. (2011). Narcissism creep ?
Evidence for age related differences in narcissism in the
New Zealand general population. New Zealand Journal
of Psychology, 40 (3), 89-95. [PDF] |
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1996). The processing-speed theory of
adult age differences in cognition. Psychological
Review, 103, 403-428. |
PELEGRINA, S., BORELLA, E., CARRETTI, B. & LECHUGA, T.
(2012 ). Similarity-based interference in a working mmory
mumerical updating task age-related differences between
younger and older adults. Experimental Psychology, 59
(4), 183-189. [PDF]
|
|
BABCOCK, R.L. & SALTHOUSE, T.A. (1996). Effects of
increased processing demands on age differences in working
memory. Psychology & Aging, 5 (3), 421-428.
|
DYKIERT, D., DER, G. STARR, J. & DEARY, I.J. (2012).
Age differences in intra-individual variability in simple
and choice reaction time : systematic review and
meta-analysis. PLoS ONE. 7 (10), 1-23. [PDF] |
|
HASHER, L., QUIG, M.B. & MAY, C.P. (1997). Inhibitory
control over no-longer-relevant information : Adult age
differences. Memory & Cognition, 25, 286-295.
[PDF] |
SALTHOUSE, T.A. & MANDELL, A.R. (2013). Do age-related
increases in Tip-of-the-Tongue experiences signify
episodic memory impairments ? Psychological Science,
24, 2489-2497. [PDF]
|
|
PACKENBERG, B. & GUNDERSEN, H.J.G. (1997). Neocortical
neuron number in humans : Effect of sex and age. The
Journal of comparative Neurobiology, 384, 312-320. |
BUGG, J.M. (2014). Evidence for the sparing of reactive
cognitive control with age. Psychology & Aging,
29, 115-127. [PDF] |
| |
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2014). Age-related differences in
associative memory : The role of sensory decline. Psychology
& Aging, 29, 672-683. |
|
PRESTON, J.L., MOLFESE, P. J., MENCL, W.E., FROST, S.J.,
HOEFT, F., FULBRIGHT, R.K., LANDI, N., GRIGORENKO,
E.L., SEKI, A. FELSENFELD, S. & PUGH, K.R. (2014).
Structural brain differences in school-age children with
residual speech sound errors. Brain & Language,
128 (1), 25-33.
[PDF] |
|
D'ZURILLA, T.J., MAYDEU-OLIVARES, A. & KANT, G.L.
(1998). Age and gender differences in social
problem-solving ability. Personality & Individual
Differences, 25, 242-251. [PDF] |
VERHAEGHEN, P. (2014). The Elements of cognitive aging :
Meta-analyses of age-related differences in processing
speed and their consequences. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
|
LEMAN, P.J. (2015). How do groups work ? Age differences
in performance and the social outcomes of peer
collaboration. Cognitive Science, 39 (4), 804-820. |
|
ALLEN, P.A., KAUFMAN, M., SMITH, A.F. & PROPPER, R.E.
(1998). A molar entropy model of age differences in
spatial memory. Psychology & Aging, 13 (3),
501-518. |
AZNAR, N. & TENENBAUM, H.R. (2016). Parent' child
positive touch : Gender, age, and task differences.
Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 40 (4), 317-333. [PDF] |
|
BEBBINGTON, P.E., DUNN, R., JENKINS, R. LEWIS, G., BRUGHA,
T., FARRELL, M. & MELTZER, H. (2003). The influence of
age and sex on the prevalence of depressive conditions :
report from the National Survey of Psychiatric Morbidity.
International Review of Psychiatry, 15 (1/2),
74-83. |
BLEIDORN, W., ARSLAN, R.C., DENISSEN, J., RENTFROW, J.A.,
GEBAUER, J.E., POTTER, J. & GOSLING, S.D. (2016). Age
and gender differences in self-esteem - A cross-cultural
window. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 111 (3), 396-410. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
WINGFIELD, A., LINDFIELD, K.C. & KAHANA, M.J. (1998).
Adult age differences in the temporal characteristics of
category free recall. Psychology & Aging, 13
(2), 256-266. [PDF] |
POHL, R.F. (2017). Measuring age-related differences in
using a simple decision strategy : The case of the
recognition heuristic. Zeitschrift für Psychologie,
225 (1), 20-30. |
|
TOLBERT, P.S. & MOEN, P. (1998). Men's and women's
definitions of "good" jobs. Similarities and differences
by age and across times. Work & Occupations, 25
(2), 168-194. |
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. & MAYR, U. (2018). Age-related
differences in associative memory : Empirical evidence and
theoretical perspectives. Psychology & Aging, 33 (1),
1-6. |
|
RAWWAS, M.Y.A. & SINGHAPAKDI, A. (1998). Do consumers'
ethical beliefs vary with age ? : A substantiation of
Kohlberg's typology in marketing. Journal of
Marketing Theory & Practice, 6, 26-38. |
RHODES, S., ABBENE, E.E., MEIERHOFER, A.M.,
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. (2020). Age differences in the
precision of memory at short and long delays.
Psychology & Aging, 35, 1073-1089. |
|
GREEN, L., MYERSON, J. & OSTASZEWKI, P. (1999).
Discounting of delayed rewards across the life span : age
differences in individual discounting functions. Behavioural
Processes, 46 (8), 9-96. [PDF] |
RHODES, S., DOHERTY, J., JAROSLAWSKA, A., FORSBERG, A.,
BELLETIER, C., NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M., COWAN, N., BARROUILLET,
P., CAMOS, V. & LOGIE, R.H. (2021). Exploring the
influence of temporal factors on age differences in
working memory dual task costs. Psychology &
Aging, 36, 200-213. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Différences,
Vieillisement et
Âge chronologique |
|
|
|
Âge
mental : Évaluation développée par Binet
dans le tout premier test
d'aptitudes intellectuelles pour enfants. Il s'agit du
niveau de développement cognitif d'un enfant, établi par
comparaison au niveau mesuré chez la majorité des sujets de l'âge
chronologique X, soit 75 % des sujets. Pour calculer le QI,
il faut diviser l'âge mental du sujet par son âge chronologique,
puis multiplier le résultat par 100. EX: (11 ans/10) X 100
= QI de 110. = âge psychologique.
Mental age, MA.
| |
|
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1926). The mental age concept. Psychological
Review, 33, 268-278. [LIRE] |
|
SPITZ, H.H. (1981). A note on general intelligence and the
MA deviation concept. Intelligence, 5, 77-83. |
|
SPITZ, H.H. (1982). Intellectual extremes, mental age, and
the nature of human intelligence. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 28 (2), 167-192. |
WILSON, C., & NETTLEBECK, T.J. (1986). Inspection time
and the mental age deviation hypothesis. Personality
& Individual Differences, 7, 669-675.
|
|
BAUGHMAN, F.D., THOMAS, M.S.C., ANDERSON, M. & REID, C. (2016). Common mechanisms in intelligence and development : A study of ability profiles in mental age-matched primary school children. Intelligence, 56, 99-107. |
|
|
|
Agent : Terme générique qui a deux acceptions voisines et
logiquement reliées : a) Il renvoie d'abord à l'idée de
«cause immédiate ou lointaine», ou à tout le moins à celle de «facteurs
déterminants» du phénomène que l'on cherche à expliquer. b) Cette cause ou ce individu ou un groupe.
Agent.
| |
|
| a |
| |
| b |
|
LANGLOIS, J.H. & DOWNS, A.C. (1980). Mothers, fathers
and peers as socialization agents of sex-typed play
behaviors in young children. Child Development, 51,
1237-1247. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agentivité
: Selon Bandura,
capacité d'agir, d'être la cause des changemements de
comportements d'autrui. Cette capacité repose sur le sentiment
d'auto-efficacité. = actif,
influent, pouvoir. Agency, shaper of events.
| |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (2000). Exercise of human agency through
collective efficacy. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 9 (3), 75-78.
[PDF] |
|
ELDER-VASS, D. (2008. Searching for realism, structure and
agency in actor network theory. British Journal of
Sociology, 59 (3), 455-473. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Aggleton
John P. (Cardiff 1955-) : Neuropsychologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de l'amnésie
et du rôle de l'amygdale et de l'hippocampe
dans la compréhension de ce phénomène.
Collaborateur de Vann et
Yonelinas.
|
AGGLETON, J.P. (1993). The contribution of the amygdala to
normal and abnormal emotional states. Trends in
Neurosciences, 16 (8), 328-333. [PDF] |
|
AGGLETON, J.P. & BROWN, M.W. (1999). Episodic memory,
amnesia, and the hippocampal-anterior thalamic axis. Behavioral
& Brain Science, 22, 425-489. [PDF] |
|
AGGLETON, J.P. & WASKETT, L. (1999).The ability of
odours to serve as state-dependent cues for real-world
memories : Can Viking smells aid the recall of Viking
experiences ? British Journal of Psychology, 90,
1-7. [PDF] |
|
AGGLETON, J.P. (2008). Understanding anterograde amnesia :
Disconnections and hidden lesions. The Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61 (10),
1441-1471. [PDF]
|
|
AGGLETON, J.P., POIRIER, G.L., AGGLETON, H.S., VANN, S.D.
& PEARCE, J M. (2009). Lesions of the fornix and
anterioir thalamic nuclei dissociate different aspects of
hippocampal-dependent spatial learning : Implications for
the neural basis of scene learning. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 123, 504-519. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Aggression
& Violent Behavior : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la violence
et des agressions. Éditeur : Elsevier.
SCHUURMAN, B. & HORGAN, J.G. ( ). Rationales for
terrorist violence in homegrown jihadist groups : a case
study from the Netherlands. Aggression & Violent
Behavior, 27, 55-63.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Aging & Mental Health : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages au vieillissement
et à la santé. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
BÉLAND, S.-G., PRÉVILLE, M., DUBOIS, M.-F., LORRAIN, D.,
GRENIER, S., VOYER, P., PÉRODEAU, G. & MORIDE, Y.
(2010). Benzodiazepine use and quality of sleep in the
community-dwelling elderly population. Aging &
Mental Health, 14, 843-850.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Âgisme
: Forme de discrimination
et parfois même
d'exclusion sociale fondée sur l'âge,
généralement envers les jeunes, souvent les adolescents,
et les adultes agés. Âgisme,
différence d'âge et
vieillissement. Ageism, old age
stereotype, prejudice against older persons.
| |
|
|
BELL, D.B. & STANFIELD, G.C. (1973). The aging
stereotype in experi- mental perspective. The
Gerontologist, 13, 341-344. |
GARLOCK, V.M., WALLEY, A.C. & METSAL, J.L. (2001).
Age-of-acquisition, word frequency, and neigh-borhood
density effects on spoken word recognition by children and
adults. Journal of Memory & Language, 45,
468-492. |
|
COMFORT, A. (1976). Age prejudice in America. Social
Policy, 7, 3-8. |
NELSON, T.D. (2002). Ageism : Stereotyping and
prejudice against older persons. Cambridge : MIT
Press. |
|
KOGAN, N. (1979). Beliefs, attitudes and stereotypes about
old people : A new look at some old issues. Research
on Aging, 1, 11-36. |
BRAITHWAITE, V.A. (2002). Reducing ageism. In T.D. Nelson
(Ed.), Ageism : stereotyping and prejudice against
older persons (pp. 311-338). Cambridge : The MIT
Press. |
|
BUTLER, R.N. (1980). Ageism : A forward. Journal of
Social Issues, 36, 8-11. |
MONTPARE, J.M. & ZEBROWITZ, L.A. (2002). A
social-developmental view of ageism. In T.D. Nelson (Ed.),
Ageism (pp. 77-125). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
SIGELMAN, L. & SIGELMAN, C.K. (1982). Sexism, racism,
and ageism in voting behavior : An experimental analysis.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 263-269. |
LEVY, B.R. & BANAJI, M.R. (2002). Implicit ageism. In
T.D. Nelson (Ed.), Ageism : Stereotyping and
prejudice against older persons (pp. 49-75).
Cambridge MA : MIT Press. |
|
PUCKETT, J.M., PETTY, R.E., CACIOPPO, J.T. &
FISHER, D.L. (1983). The relative impact of age and
attractiveness stereotypes on persuasion. Journal of
Gerontology, 38, 340-343. |
NELSON, T.D. (2005). Ageism : Prejudice against our feared
future self. Journal of Social Issues, 61 (2),
207-221. |
|
SCHMIDT, D.F. & BOLLAND, S.M. (1986). Structure of
perceptions of older adults : Evidence for multiple
stereotypes. Psychology & Aging, 1, 255-260. |
MARTENS, A., GODENBERG, J. & GREENBERG, J. (2005). A
terror management perspective on ageism. Journal of
Social Issues, 61 (2), 223-240. |
|
|
BRATHWAITE, V.A. (1986). Old age stereotypes : Reconciling
contradictions. Journal of Gerontology, 41, 353-360. |
BUGENTAL, D.B. & HEHMAN, J.A. (2007). Ageism : A
review of research and policy implications. Social
Issues & Policy Review, 1, 173-216. |
|
AVOLIO, B.J. & BARRETT, G.V. (1987). Effects of age
stereotyping in a simulated interview. Psychology
& Aging, 2, 56-63. |
NELSON, T.D. (2009). The young science of ageism research
: Established answers and open questions in prejudice
against older persons. In E. Borgida & S. Fiske
(Eds.), Psychological science in court : Beyond
common knowledge. New York : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
PERDUE, C.W. & GURTMAN, M.B. (1990). Evidence for the
automaticity of ageism. Journal of Experimental &
Social Psychology, 26, 199-216. |
NELSON, T.D. (2011). Ageism. In R Weiner (Ed.), Discrimination
and disability. Sage. |
| |
ADAM, S., JOUBERT, S. & MISSOTTEN, P. (2013). L'âgisme
et le jeunisme : conséquences trop méconnues par les
cliniciens et chercheurs ! Revue de Neuropsychologie,
5 (1), 4-8. [PDF] |
|
PASUPATHI, M., CARSTENSEN, L.L. & TSAI, J.L. (1994).
Ageism in interpersonal settings. In B. Lott & D.
Maluso (Eds.), The social psychology of interpersonal
discrimination (pp. 160-182). New York : Guilford
Press. |
NELSON, T.D. (2016). The age of ageism. Journal of
Social Issues, 72 (1), 191-198. |
|
HASSELL, B.L. & PERREWE, P.L. (1995). An examination
of beliefs about older workers : Do stereotypes still
exist ? Journal of Organizational Behavior, 16,
457-468. |
NELSON, T.D. (2016). Promoting healthy aging by
confronting ageism. American Psychologist, 71
(4), 276-282. |
| |
SCHROYEN, S., MARQUET, M., JÉRUSALEM, G., DARDENNE, B.,
VAN DEN AKKER, M., BUNTIX, F. ADAM, S. & MISSOTTEN, P.
(2017). The link between self-perception of aging, cancer
view and physical and mental health of older people with
cancer. Journal of Geriatric Oncology, 8, 64-68.
|
|
FINKELSTEIN, L.M., BURKE, M.J. & RAJU, N.S. (1995).
Age discrimination in simulated employment contexts : An
integrative analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology,
80, 652-663. |
SCHROYEN, S., ADAM, S., MARQUET, M., JÉRUSALEM, G., THIEL,
S., GIRAUDET, A.L. & MISSOTTEN, P. (2017).
Communication of healthcare professionals : is there
ageism ? European Journal of Cancer Care, 27 (1),
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Vieillisement, Préjugé
et
Discrimination |
|
|
Agitation
: Mouvements
désordonnés ou sans fonction apparente, qui nuit parfois à l'attention
et aux apprentissages.
Agitation, hyperactivité
et relaxation.
Agitative-disruptive behavior.
| |
|
|
WEBSTER, D.R. & AZRIN, N.H. (1973). Required
relaxation : a method of inhibiting agitative-disruptive
behavior of retardates. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 11 (1), 67-78. |
|
|
|
Agnosie
: Trouble de la perception
causé par une lésion
cérébrale. Agnosia.
| |
|
|
GERSTMANN, J. (1940). Syndrome of finger agnosia,
disorientation for right and left, agraphia, acalculia. Archives
of Neurology & Psychology, 44, 398-408. |
|
NIELSON, J.M. (1946). Agnosia, apraxia, aphasia :
Their value in cerebral localization. New York :
Hoeber. |
|
CAMPION, J. & LATTO, R. (1985). Apperceptive agnosia
due to carbon-monoxide poisoning ö an interpretation based
on critical band masking from disseminated lesions. Behavioural
Brain Research, 15, 227-240. |
|
BROWN, J.W. (1972). Aphasia, apraxia and agnosia.
Clinical and theoretical aspects. Springfield,
Illinois, USA : Charles C. Thomas. |
|
McCARTHY, R.A. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1986). Visual
associative agnosia : a clinico-anatomical study of a
single case. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery
& Psychiatry, 49, 1233-1240. [PDF] |
|
REED, C.L. & CASELLI, R.J. (1994). The nature of
tactile agnosia : a case study. Neuropsychologia, 32,
527-539. |
|
RAMACHADRAN, V.S., ALTSCHULER, E.L. & HILLYER, S.
(1997). Mirror agnosia. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of London, 264, 645-647. |
|
BEHRMANN, M. & KIMCHI, R. (2003). What does visual
agnosia tell us about perceptual organization and its
relationship to object perception ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 29 (1), 19-42. [PDF] |
|
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Perception
et Lésion
cérébrale |
|
|
Agnosie
musicale : Trouble de la perception
de la musique causé par
une lésion cérébrale.
= amusie. Congenital
amusia, amusic brain, tone deafness.
| |
|
|
PERETZ, I. (1985). Asymétrie hémisphérique dans les
amusies. Revue Neurologique, 141, 169-183. [PDF] |
PERETZ, I., CUMMINGS, S. & DUBÉ, M-P. (2007). The
genetics of congenital amusia (Tone deafness) : A
family-aggregation study. The American Journal of
Human Genetics, 81, 582-588. [PDF] |
|
AYOTTE, J., PERETZ, I., ROUSSEZU, I., BARD, C. &
BOJANOWSKI, M. (2000). Patterns of music agnosia
associated with middle cerebral artery artefact.
Brain, 123 (9), 1926-1938. [PDF] |
MOREAU, P., JOLICOEUR, P. & PERETZ, I. (2009).
Automatic brain responses to pitch changes in congenital
amusia. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
1169, 191-194. [PDF] |
|
PERETZ, I., AYOTTE, J., ZATORRE, R., MEHLER., J., AHAD,
P., PENHUNE, V.B. & JUTRAS, B. (2002). Congenital
amusia : A disorder of fine-grained pitch discrimination.
Neuron, 33, 185-191. [PDF] |
PERETZ, I., BRATTICO, E., JARVENPAA, M. & TERVANIEMI,
M. (2009). The amusic brain : In tune, out of key, and
unaware. Brain, 132, 1277-1286. [PDF] |
|
PERETZ, I., CHAMPOD, A.-S. & HYDE, K. (2003).
Varieties of musical disorders : the Montreal Battery of
Evaluation of Amusia. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 999, 58-75.
[PDF] |
NAN, Y., SUN, Y. & PERETZ, I. (2010). Congenital
amusia in speakers of a tone language : association with
lexical tone agnosia. Brain, 133, 2635-2642.
[PDF] |
|
PERETZ, I. & HYDE, K.L. (2003). What is specific to
music processing ? Insights from congenital amusia.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (8), 362-367. [PDF] |
PERETZ, I. (2011). The bological foundations of music :
Insights from congenital amusia. In D. Deutsch (Ed.), The
psychology of music. Elsevier.
[PDF] |
|
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Agnosie, Musique
et Lésion
cérébrale |
|
|
Agnosie
tactile : Trouble de la perception
du toucher causé par une lésion
cérébrale. Tactile agnosia
| |
|
|
GERSTMANN, J. (1940). Syndrome of finger agnosia,
disorientation for right and left, agraphia, acalculia. Archives
of Neurology & Psychology, 44, 398-408. |
|
REED, C.L. & CASELLI, R.J. (1994). The nature of
tactile agnosia : a case study. Neuropsychologia,
32, 527-539. |
|
REED, C.L. & CASELLI, R.J. & FARAH, M.J. (1996).
Tactile agnosia : Underlying impairment and implications
for normal tactile object recognition. Brain, 119,
875–888. |
|
|
Voir aussi Agnosie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agrammatisme : Forme d'aphasie qui
se caractérise par la perte partielle ou totale de la capacité de
construire oralement des phrases
correctes sur le plan syntaxique,
consécutive à une
lésion cérébrale, située généralement dans l'air
de Broca.
Agrammatism.
| |
|
|
TISSOT, R.J., MOUNIN, G. et LHERMITTE, F. (1973). L'agrammatisme. Brussels, Dessart. |
FRIEDMANN, N. (2000). Moving verbs in agrammatic
production. In R. Bastiaanse & Y. Grodzinsky (Eds.), Grammatical
disorders in aphasia : A neourolinguistic perspective
(pp. 152-170). London : Whurr. [PDF] |
|
GOODGLASS, H. (1976). Agrammatism. In H. Whitaker &
H.A. Whitaker (Eds.), Studies in neurolinguistics (Vol.
1). New York : Academic Press. |
FRIEDMANN, N. (2001). Agrammatism and the psychological
reality of the syntactic tree. Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 30 (1), 71-90. [PDF] |
|
SAFFRAN, E.M., SCHWARTZ, M.F. & MARIN, O.S. (1980).
The word order problem in agrammatism. II. Production.
Brain & Language, 10, 263-280. |
STAVRAKAKI, S. & KOUVAVA, S. (2003). Functional
categories in agrammatism : Evidence from Greek. Brain
& Language, 86, 129-141. [PDF] |
|
SCHWARTZ, M.F., SAFFRAN, E.M. & MARIN, O.S.M. (1980).
The word order problem in agrammatism, I. Comprehension. Brain
& Language, 10 (2), 249-262. |
FAROQI-SHAH, Y. & THOMPSON, C.K. (2003). Regular and
irregular verb inflections in agrammatism : Dissociation
or association ? Brain & Language, 87,
9-10. [PDF] |
|
SCHWARTZ, M.F., SAFFRAN, E.M. & LINEBARGER, M.C.
(1985). The status of the syntactic theory of agrammatism.
In M.L. Kean (Ed.), Agammatism. New York,
Academic Press. |
|
|
SAFFRAN, E.M., SCHWARTZ, M.F. & MARIN, O.S. (1980).
The word order problem in agrammatism. I. Comprehension.
Brain & Language, 10, 249-262. |
WENZLAFF, M. & CLAHSEN, H. (2004). Tense and agreement
in german agrammatism. Brain & Language, 89, 57-68.
[PDF] |
|
BADECKER, W. & CARAMAZZA, A. (1985). On considerations
of method and theory governing the use of clinical
categories in neurolinguistics and cognitive
neuropsychology : The case against agrammatism. Cognition,
20, 97-125. |
BURCHERT, F., SWOBODA-MOLL, M. & DE BLESER, R. (2005).
Tense and agreement dissociations in German agrammatic
speakers : Underspecification vs. hierarchy. Brain
& Language, 94 (2), 188-199. |
|
BUTTERWORTH, B. & HOWARD, D. (1987). Paragrammatisms.
Cognition, 26 (1), 1-37. [PDF] |
BASTIAANSE, R. & VAN ZONNEVELD, R. (2005). Sentence
production with verbs of alternating transitivity in
Broca's agrammatic aphasia. Journal of
Neurolinguistics, 18, 57-66. [PDF] |
|
|
ZINGESER, L.B. & BERNDT, R.S. (1990). Retrieval of
nouns and verbs in agrammatism and anomia. Brain &
Language, 39 (1), 14-32. |
WENZLAFF, M. & CLAHSEN, H. (2005). Finiteness and
verb-second in german agrammatism. Brain &
Language, 92 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
|
FRIEDMANN, N. & GRODZINSKY, Y. (1994). Verb inflection
in agrammatism : A dissociation between Tense and
Agreement. Brain & Language, 47, 402-405. |
|
|
LUKATELA, K., SHANKWEILER, D. & CRAIN, S. (1994-5).
Syntactic Processing in Agrammatic Aphasia by Speakers of
a Slavic Language. Haskins LAboratories Status Report
on Speech Research, 119-120, 95-115. |
FRIEDMANN, N. (2001). Speech production in Broca's
agrammatic aphasia : Syntactic tree pruning. In Y.
Grodzinsky & K. Amunts (Eds.), Broca's region. Oxford
University Press. [PDF] |
|
HICKOK G. & AVRUTIN, S. (1995). Representation,
referentiality, and processing in agrammatic comprehension
: Two case studies. Brain & Language, 50,
10-26. |
YARBAY DUMAN, T., AYGEN, G. & BASTIAANSE, R. (2006).
Object scrambling and finiteness in Turkish agrammatic
production. Brain & Language, 99, 8-219. [PDF] |
|
FRIEDMANN, N. & GRODZINSKY, Y. (1997). Tense and
agreement in agrammatic production : Pruning the syntactic
tree. Brain & Language, 56, 397-425. [PDF] |
LEE, J., MILMAN, L.H. & RHOMPSON, C.K. (2008).
Functional category production in English agrammatism. Aphasiology,
22 (7-8), 893-905. [PDF] |
|
GOODGLASS, H. (1997). Agrammatism in aphasiology. Clinical
Neuroscience, 4 (2), 51-56. |
BASTIAANSE, R. (2008). Production of verbs in base
position by Dutch agrammatic speakers : Inflection versus
finiteness. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 21, 104-119. |
|
OBLER, L. K., HARRIS, K., METH, M., CENTENO, J. &
MATHEWS, P. (1999). The phonology-morphosyntax interface :
affixed words in agrammatism. Brain & Language, 68
(1-2), 233-240. |
YYARBAY DUMAN, T. & BASTIAANSE, R. (2009). Time
reference through verb inflection in Turkish agrammatic
aphasia. Brain & Language, 108, 30-39. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Aphasie et
Phrase |
|
|
Agraphie : Du grec a qui signifie "sans, privé de "
et de graphia qui signifie "écrire". Amnésie
spécifique de la capacité d'écrire
causée par une lésion
cérébrale du lobe
pariétal.
Agraphia.
| |
|
|
GERSTMANN, J. (1940). Syndrome of finger agnosia,
disorientation for right and left, agraphia, acalculia. Archives
of Neurology & Psychology, 44, 398-408. |
|
BENSON, D.F. (1979). Aphasia, alexia and agraphia.
New York : Churchill Livingstone. |
|
BEAUVOIS, M.F. & DEROUSNÉ, J. 1981). Lexical or
orthographic agraphia. Brain, 104, 21-49. |
|
TOHGI, H., SAITOH, K., TAKAHASHI, S., TAKAHASHI, H.,
UTSUGISAWAK., K., YONEZAWA, H., HATANO, K. & TOSHIAKI,
S. (1995). Agraphia and acalculia after a left prefrontal
(F1, F2) infarction. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 58, 629-632. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Lésion, Graphème,
Écriture et Lettre |
|
|
Agras
William Stewart (Londres 1929-) : Psychiatre
cognitivio-béhavioriste
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitemement des problèmes
de phobie, de
l'agoraphobie et des troubles
alimentaires. Collaborateur de Barlow,
Castonguay, Ehlers
Leitenberg et
Stice.
|
AGRAS, W.S., LEITENBERG, H. & BARLOW, D.H. (1968).
Social reinforcement in the modification of agoraphobia. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 19, 423- 427. |
|
AGRAS, W.S., LEITENBERG, H., BARLOW, D.H. & THOMSON,
L.E. (1969). Instructions and reinforcement in the
modification of neurotic behavior. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 125, 1435-1439. |
|
AGRAS, W.S., SYLVESTER, D. & OLIVEAU, D.C. (1969). The
epidemiology of common fears and phobias. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 10, 151-156. |
|
AGRAS, W.S. (1973). Toward the certification of behavior
therapists ? Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6
(1), 167-172. [PDF] |
|
AGRAS, W.S., SCHNEIDER, J.A., ARNOW, B., RAEBURN, S.D.
& TELCH, C.F. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral and
response-prevention treatments for bulimia nervosa.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57,
215-221. |
|
|
|
Agrégation
: En statistique
et en logique, expression
qui désigne une opération qui consiste à fondre en une et une
seule catégorie tous
les éléments de plusieurs catégories - au moins deux - dont les éléments
sont en apparence dissemblables, mais comportement suffisamment de points commun pour les réunir. Agrégation et
toute catégories confondues.
|
|
|
|
|
Agression : Agressivité dirigée vers un individu et qui a pour
fonction de le blesser, de le violer
ou de le tuer. Si
l'agressivité est dirigée vers un objet, ce n'est pas une
agression. Certains auteurs considèrent que la menace,
qui annonce parfois une agression, fait également partie du
concept; d'autres auteurs considèrent que tout comportment qui
porte préjudice à
autrui est une agression, même s'il s'agit d'un tort non-physique
ou que le comportement à l'origine de ce tort est dépourvu
d'agressivité , comme dans le cas d'une agression indirecte). EX : Frapper un mur est de
l'agressivité, alors que frapper un collègue est une agression. On
ne peut donc pas commettre une agression contre un mur, seulement
exprimer notre agressivité en le martelant de coups de poing.
L'agression est donc une fonction de l'agressivité. Agression, agressivité
et frustration.
= violence,
agressivité hostile.
*agressivité.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Aggression, human aggression.
| |
|
|
DOLLARD, J., DOOB, L.W., MILLER, N.E., MOWRER, O.H. &
SEARS, R.R., FORD, C., HOVLAND, C. & SOLLENBERGER, R.
(1939). Frustration and aggression. New Haven :
Yale University Press. |
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). The development of aggressive
behavior during childhood : What have we learned in the
past century ? International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 24 (2), 129-141. |
|
SEARS, R.R., HOVLAND, C.I. & MILLER, N.E. (1940).
Minor studies of aggression : I. Measurement of aggressive
behavior. Journal of Psychology, 9, 275-295. |
POULIN, F. & BOIVIN, M. (2000). Reactive and proactive
aggression : Evidence of a two-factor model. Psychological
Assessment, 12, 115-122. |
|
BARKER, R., DEMBO, T. & LEWIN, K. (1941). Frustration
and aggression : An experiment with young children. University
of Iowa Studies in Child Welfare, 18, 1-314. |
POULIN, F. & BOIVIN, M. (2000). The role of proactive
and reactive aggression in the formation and development
of boys' friendships. Developmental Psychology, 36
(2), 233-240. |
|
MILLER, N.E. & BUGELSKI, R. (1948). Minor studies of
aggression II. The influence of frustrations imposed by
the in-group on attitudes expressed toward out-groups. Journal
of Psychology, 25, 437-442. |
BJÖRKQVIST, K., LINDSSTRÖM, M, & PEHRSSON, M. (2000).
Attribution of aggression to acts : a four-factor model. Psychology
Reports, 87 (2), 525-530. |
|
BANDURA, A. & WALTERS, R.H. (1959). Adolescent
aggression. New York : Ronald. |
KOKKO, K. & PULKINNEN, L. (2000). Aggression in
childhood and long-term unemployment in adulthood : A
cycle of maladaptation and some protective factors. Developmental
Psychology, 36, 463-472. |
|
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1961). Transmision
of aggression through imitation of aggressive models.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63,
575-582. [LIRE] |
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). The origins of youth violence. Revue
Canadienne de Recherche sur les Politiques, 1 (2),
19-24. |
BUSS, A.H. (1961). The psychology of aggression.
New York : Wiley.
|
|
|
BERKOWITZ, L. (1963). Aggression. New York :
McGraw Hill. |
BOOK, A.S., STARZYK, K.B. & QUINSEY, V.L. (2001). The
relationship between testosterone and aggression : A
meta-analysis. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 6
(6), 579-599. |
|
REYNOLDS, G.S., CATANIA, A.C. & SKINNER, B.F. (1963).
Conditioned and unconditioned aggression in pigeons. Journal
of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6, 73-74. [PDF] |
SHERRY, J.L. (2001). The effects of violent video games on
aggression : A meta-analysis. Human Communication
Research, 27 (3), 409-431. [PDF] |
|
|
AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHINSON, R.R. & SALLERY, R.D. (1964).
Pain-aggression toward inanimate objects. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7 (3),
223-228. [PDF] |
MARCUS, B.A., VOLLMER, T.R., SWANSON, V., ROANE, H.R.
& RINGDAHL, J.E. (2001). An experimental analysis of
aggression. Behavior Modification, 25 (2),
189-213. |
|
HUTCHINSON, R.R., ULRICH, R.E. & AZRIN, N.H. (1965).
Effects of age and related factors on the pain-aggression
reaction. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 59 (3), 365-369. |
BJÖRKQVIST, K. (2001). Different names, same issue. Social
Development, 10, 272-275. |
|
AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHINSON, R.R. & McLAUGHLIN, R. (1965).
The opportunity for aggression as an operant reinforcer
during aversive stimulation. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 8 (3),
171-180. [PDF] |
UNDERWOOD, M.K., GALEN, B.R. & PAQUETTE, J.A.
(2001). Top ten challenges for understanding gender and
aggression in children : Why can't we all just get along
? Social Development, 10 (2), 248–-266. |
|
ULRICH, R.E., HUTCHISON, R.R. & AZRIN, N.H. (1965).
Pain-elicited aggression. Psychological Record, 15
(1), 111-126. |
GEEN, R.G. (2001). Human aggression. Oxford :
Taylor & Francis. |
|
AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHINSON, R.R. & HAKE, D.F. (1966).
Extinction-induced aggression. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9 (3), 191-204.
[PDF] |
PRINSTEIN, M.J., BOERGER, J. & VERNBERG, E.M. (2001).
Overt and relational aggression in adolescents :
Social-psychological adjustment of aggressors and victims.
Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology,
30 (4), 479-491. |
BUSS, A.H. (1966). lnstrumentality of aggression,
feedback, and frustration as determinants of physical
aggression. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 3 (2), 153-162.
|
|
|
ULRICH, R. (1966). Pain as a cause of aggression.
American Zoologist, 6, 643- 662. |
ERON, L.D., HUESMANN, L.R., SPINDLER, A., GUERRA, N.G.,
HENRY, D.B. & TOLAN, P.H. (2002). A
cognitive-ecological approach to preventing aggression in
urban settings : Initial outcomes for high-rsk children. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (1),
179-194. |
|
LORENZ, K. (1966/77). On aggression /
L'agression, New York : Harcourt, Brace & World /Paris
: Flammarion. |
ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2002). Human
aggression. Annual Review Psychology, 53, 27-51.
[PDF] |
|
AZRIN, N.H. (1967). Pain and aggression. Psychology
Today, 1, 27-33. |
GRACE, R.C. & McLEAN, A.P. (2003). Child
offenders : What do we know ? Wellington, NZ :
Department of Child, Youth, and Family Services. |
|
KAHN, M.W. & KIRK, W. (1968). The concepts of
aggression : A review and reformulation. The
Psychological Record, 18,559-573. |
|
|
GEEN, R.G. & O'NEAL, E.C. (1969). Activation of
cue-elicited aggression by general arousal. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 11,
289-292. |
|
|
ERON, L.D., WALDER, L.O. & LEFKOWITZ, M.M. (1971). Learning
of aggression in children. Boston : Little, Brown. |
HAWLEY, P.H. & VAUGH, B.E. (2003). Aggression and
adaptive functioning : The bright side to bad behavior. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 49, 239-246. |
|
BARON, R.A. (1971). Magnitude of victim's pain cues and
level of prior anger arousai as determinants of adult
aggressive behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 17 (3), 236-243. |
|
|
BARON, R.A. (1971). Aggression as a function of
magnitude of victim's pain cues, level of prior anger
arousal, and aggressor-victim similarity. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 18 (1),
48–54. |
|
|
WOLFE, B. & BARON, R.A. (1971). Laboratory aggression
related to aggression in naturalistic social situations :
Effects of an aggressive model on the behavior of college
student and prisoner observers. Psychonomic Science,
24 (4), 193-194. [PDF] |
MILLER, N., PEDERSEN, W.C., EARLEYWINE, M. & POLLOCK,
V.E. (2003). A theoretical model of triggered displaced
aggression. Personality & Social Psychology
Review, 7, 75-97. [PDF] |
|
KONECNI, V.J. & DOOB, A.N. (1972). Catharsis through
displacement of aggression. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 23 (3), 379-387. [PDF] |
VAILLANCOURT, T., BRENDGEN, M., BOIVIN, M. & TREMBLAY,
R.E. (2003). A longitudinal confirmatory factor analysis
of indirect and physical aggression : Evidence of two
factors over time ? Child Development, 74 (6),
1628-1638. |
|
HUTCHINSON, R.R. (1972). The environmental causes of
aggression. The Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 20,
155-181. |
|
|
|
BARON, R.A. (1972). Aggression as a function of ambient
temperature and prior anger arousal. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 21, 183-189. |
|
|
CAHOON, D.D. (1972). A behavioristic analysis of
aggression. The Psychological Record, 22,
463-476. |
LITTLE, T.D., BRAUNER, J., JONES, S.M. NOCK, M.K. &
HaAWLEY P. (2003). Rethinking aggression : A typological
examination of the functions of aggressive behavior. Merrill
Palmer Quarterly, 49, 343-369. |
|
BARON, R.A. & LAWTON, S. F. (1972). Environmental
influences on aggression : The facilitation of modeling
effects by high ambient temperatures. Psychonomic
Science, 26, 80-83. |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1973). Aggression : A social learning
analysis. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prenticie-Hall. |
SCHAEFFER, C.M., PETRAS, H., IALONGO, N. & PODUSKA, J.
(2003). Modeling growth in boys’ aggressive behavior
across elementary school : Links to later criminal
involvement, conduct disorder, and antisocial personality
disorder. Developmental Psychology, 39 (6),
1020-1035. [PDF] |
|
KNUTSON, J.F. (Ed.) (1973). Control of aggression :
Implications from basic research. Chicago :
Aldine-Atherton. |
JOIREMAN, J.A., ANDERSON, J. & STARTHMAN, A. (2003).
The aggression paradox : Understanding links among
aggression, sensation seeking, and the consideration of
future consequences. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 84, 1287-1302. |
|
LEYENS J.-P., CAMINO L., PARLE, R. & BERKOWITZ, L.
(1975). Effects of movie violence on aggression in a field
setting as a function of group dominance and cohesion. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 32, 346-360. |
UNDERWOOD, M.K. (2003). Social aggression among
girls. New York, NY : The Guilford Press. |
|
GEEN, R.G., STONNER, D. & SHOPE, G.L. (1975). The
facilitation of aggression by aggression : Evidence
against the catharsis hypothesis. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31, 721-726. |
|
|
KONECNI, V.J. (1975). Annoyance, type and duration of
postannoyance activity, and aggression : The "cathartic
effect". Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 104, (1), 6-102. [PDF] |
LITTLE, T.D., BRAUNER, J., JONES, S.M., NOCK, M.K. &
HAWLEY, P.H. (2003). Rethinking aggression : A typological
examination of the functions of aggression.
Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 49, 343-369. [PDF] |
|
KANE, N.L. & KNUTSON, J.F. (1976). The influence of
colony lighting conditions on home-cage spontaneous
aggression. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 90, 889-897. |
ZEICHNER, A., PARROTT, D. & FREY, F. (2003). Gender
differences in laboratory aggression under response choice
conditions. Aggressive Behavior, 29 (2), 95-106. |
|
THIESSEN, D.D. (1976). The evolution and biochemistry of aggression. Springfield : C.C. Thomas. |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1976). Social learning analysis of
aggression. In E. Ribes-Inesta & A. Bandura (Eds.), Analysis
of delinquency and aggression. Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
ANDERSON, C.A. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2003). Human
aggression : A social-cognitive view. In M.A. Hogg &
J. Cooper (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology.
Sage Publications. |
|
SANTROCK, J., SMITH, P & BOURBEAU, P. (1976). Effects
of social comparison on aggression and regression in
groups of young children. Child Development, 47,
831-837. |
HOAKEN, P.N.S., SHAUGHNESSY, V.K. & PIHL, R.O. (2003).
Executive cognitive functioning and aggression : Is It an
issue of Impulsivity ? Aggressive Behavior, 29,
15-30. [PDF] |
|
BARON, R.A. (1977). Human aggression. New York
: Plenum. |
ANDERSON, C.A. & CARNAGEY, N.L. (2004). Violent evil
and the general aggression model. In A. Miller (Ed.), The
social psychology of Good and Evil. (pp. 168-192).
New York : Guilford Publications. [PDF] |
|
BOE, R.B. (1977). Economical procedures for the reduction
of aggression in a residential setting. Mental
Retardation, 15, 25-28. |
BORREO, C.S.W., VOLLMER, T.R. & BORREO, J.C. (2004).
Combining descriptive and functional analysis logic to
evaluate idiosyncratic variables maintaining aggression. Behavioral
Interventions, 19, 247-262. [PDF] |
|
BARON, R.A. (1977). Aggression : Definitions and
perspectives. In R.A. (Ed.), Human Aggression.
Perspectives in Social Psychology. Springer, Boston. |
|
|
KNUTSON, J.F. (1978). Child abuse research as an area of
aggression research. Pediatric Psychology, 3,
20-27. |
MATSON, J.L., DIXON, D.R. & MATSON, M.L. (2005).
Assessing and treating aggression in children and
adolescents with developmental disabilities : A 20-year
overview. Educational Psychology, 25, 151-181. |
|
BANDURA, A. (1979). Psychological mechanisms of
aggression. In M. VonCranach, K. Foppa, W. LePenies &
D. Ploog (Eds.), Human ethology : Claims and limits of
a new discipline. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press. |
HUESMANN, L.R. (2005). Mechanisms and theories of
cross-generational transmission of aggression. Acta
Neurobiologiae Experimentalis, 65 (2), 236. |
|
ZEICHNER, A. & PIHL, R. (1979). Effects of alcohol and
behavior contingencies on human aggression. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 88 (2), 153-160. |
TREMBLAY, R.E., HARTUP, W.W. & ARCHER, J. (Eds.)
(2005). Developmental origins of aggression. New
York : The Guilford Press. |
|
ZILLMANN, D. (1979). Hostility and aggression.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
VERONA, E., JOINER, T., JOHNSON, F. & BENDER, T.
(2006). Gender specific gene-environment interactions on
laboratory-assessed aggression. Biological Psychology,
71 (1), 33-41. |
|
|
MACCOBY, E.E. & JACKLIN, C.N. (1980). Sex differences
in aggression : A rejoiner and reprise. Child
Development, 51, 964-980. |
ARCHER, J. (2006). Cross-cultural differences in physical
aggression between partners : A social-structural
analysis. Personality & Social Psychology Review,
10 (2), 133-153. [PDF] |
|
KNUTSON, J.F., FORDYCE, D.J. & ANDERSON, D.J. (1980).
Escalation of irritable aggression : Control by
consequences and antecedents. Aggressive Behavior, 6,
347-359. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2006). Short-term and
long-term effects of violent media on aggression in
children and adults. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 160, 348-352. [PDF] |
|
AVERILL, J.R. (1982). Anger and aggression. New
York : Springer-Verlag. |
ALVAREZ, H.K. (2007). The impact of teacher preparation on
responses to student aggression in the classroom. Teaching
& Teacher Education, 23 (7), 1113-1126. |
|
AVERILL, J.R. (1983). Studies on anger and aggression :
Implications for theories of emotion. American
Psychologist, 38, 1145-1160. [PDF] |
NELSON, R.J. & TRAINOR, B. C. (2007). Neural
mechanisms of aggression. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 8, 536-546. |
|
KAPLAN, R.M., KONECNI, V.J. & NOVACO, R.W. (Eds.)
(1984). Aggression in children and youth. The
Hague, The Netherlands : Martinus Nijhoff Publishers. |
DEWALL, C.N., BAUMEISTER, R.F., STILLMAN, T.F. &
GAILLIOT, M.T. (2007). Violence restrained : Effects of
self-regulation and its depletion on aggression.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 43 (1),
62-76.
[PDF] |
|
ZILLMANN, D. (1984). Connections between sex and
aggression. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
GRAIG, I.W. (2007). The importance of stress and genetic
variation in human aggression. BioEssays, 29,
227-236.
[PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R., ERON, L.D., LEFKOWITZ, M.M. & WALDER,
L.O. (1984). The stability of aggression over time and
generations. Developmental Psychology, 20, 1120-1134.
|
PETERSON, C.K., SHACKMAN, A.J. & HARMON-JONES, E.
(2008). The role of asymmetrical frontal cortical activity
in aggression. Psychophysiology, 45, 86-92. [PDF] |
|
MALAMUTH, N.M., CHECK, J.V.P. & BRIERE, J. (1986).
Sexual arousal in response to aggression : Ideological,
aggressive, and sexual correlates. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 50, 330-340. [PDF] |
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B J., STEGGE, H. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Trumping shame by blasts of noise : Narcissism,
self-esteem, shame, and aggression in young adolescents. Child
Development, 79 (6), 1792-1801. [PDF] |
|
PERRY, D.G., PERRY, L.C. & RASMUSSEN, P. (1986).
Cognitive social learning mediators of aggression. Child
Development, 57, 700-711. |
BARLING, J., DUPRÉ, K.E. & KELLOWAY, E.K. (2009).
Predicting workplace aggression and violence. Annual
Review of Psychology, 60, 671-692. [PDF] |
|
BERNSTEIN, S., RICHARDSON, D. & HAMMOCK, G. (1987).
Convergent and discriminant validity of the Taylor and
Buss measures of physical aggression. Aggressive
Behavior, 13, 15-24. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2010). Aggression. In
S.T. Fiske, D.T. Gilbert & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook
of social psychology (pp. 833-863). New York : John
Wiley & Sons. |
|
ARCHER, J. (1988). The behavioural biology of
aggression. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press. |
REYNOLDS, B.M. & REPETTI, R.L. (2010). Teenage girls'
perceptions of the functions of relationally aggressive
behaviors. Psychology in the Schools, 47 (3),
282- 296. [PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. (1988). An information processing model for
the development of aggression. Aggressive Behavior,
14, 13-24.
[PDF] |
|
|
SCHUTTE, N., MALOUFF, J., POST-GORDON, J. & RODASTA,
A. (1988). Effects of playing video games on children's
aggressive and other behaviors. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 18, 451-456. |
|
|
CAIRNS, R.B., CAIRNS, B.D., NECKERMAN, H.J., FERGUSON,
L.L. & GARIÉPY, J.L. (1989). Growth and aggression :
I. Childhood to early adolescence. Developmental
Psychology, 25 (2), 320-330. |
|
|
PRICE, J.M. & DODGE, K.A. (1989). Reactive and
proactive aggression in childhood : Relations to peer
status and social context dimensions. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 17, 455-471. |
|
|
BERKOWITZ, L. (1989). The frustration-aggression
hypothesis : Examination and reformulation. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 59-73. [PDF] |
|
|
FOXX, R.M., BITTLE, R.G. & FAW, G.D. (1989). A
maintenance strategy for discontinuing aversive procedures
: A 52-month follow-up of the treatment of aggression. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 94, 27-36. |
|
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1989). Temperature and aggression :
Ubiquitous effects of heat on occurrence of human
violence. Psychological Bulletin, 106, 74-96. [PDF] |
|
|
GEEN, R.G. (Ed.) (1990). Human aggression. Pacific
Grove, CA : McGraw-Hill. |
FARMER, C.A., ARNOLD, L.E., BUKSTEIN, O., FINDLING, R.L.,
GADOW, K.D., LI, X., BUTTER, E.M. & AMAN, M.G. (2011).
The treatment of severe child aggression (TOSCA) study :
Design challenges. Child & Adolescent Psychiatry
& Mental Health, 5 (36), 282-296. [PDF] |
|
BUSHMAN, B.J. & COOPER, H.M. (1990). Alcohol and human
aggression : An integrative research review. Psychological
Bulletin, 107, 341-354. |
CARRE, J.M., McCORMICK, C.M. & HARIR, A.R. (2011). The
social neuroendocrinology of human aggression. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
36 (7), 935-944.
[PDF] |
|
BELL, P.A. (1992). In defense of the negative affect
escape model of heat and aggression. Psychological
Bulletin, 111, 342-346. |
RHEE, S.H. & WALDMAN, I.D. (2011). Genetic and
environmental influences on aggression. In P.R. Shaver
& M. Mikulincer (Eds.), Human aggression and
violence : Causes, manifestations, and consequences (pp.
143-164). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
|
BERKOWITZ, L. (1993). Aggression : Its causes,
consequences, and control. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
BROSNAN, J. & HEALY, O. (2011). A review of behavioral
interventions for the treatment of aggression in
individuals with developmental disabilities. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 32, 437-446. [PDF] |
|
BJORKVIST, K. (1994). Sex differences in physical, verbal,
and indirect aggression : A review of recent research. Sex
Roles, 30 (3/4), 177-188. [PDF] |
|
|
BJORKQVIST, K, OSTERMAN, K, LAGERSPETZ, K.M.J. (1994). Sex
differences in covert aggression among adults. Aggressive
Behavior, 20, 27-33 |
|
|
|
GOLDSTEIN, A.P. (1994). The ecology of aggression.
New York : Plenum. |
LOCHMAN, J.E., BOXMEYER, C.L. & POWELL, N.P. (2012).
Cognitive-behavioral intervention for anger and aggression
: The coping power program. In S.R. Jimerson & M.J.
Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of school violence and
school safety. Routledge. |
|
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1995). Moderating role of trait
aggressiveness in the effects of violent media on
aggression. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 69, 950-960.
[PDF] |
WALLACE, M.T., BARRY, C.T., ZEIGLER-HILL, V. & GREEN,
B.A. (2012). Locus of control as a contributing factor in
the relation between self-perception and adolescent
aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 38, 213-221. [PDF] |
|
HOLLANDER, E. & STEIN, D.J. (Eds.) (1995) Impulsivity
and sggression. New York : Wiley. |
STACHNIK, T., ULRICH, R.E. & MABRY, J.H. (2013).
Reinforcement of aggression through intracranial
stimulation. Psychonomic Science, 5 (3), 101-102.
|
|
SCOTT, D. (1995). The effect of video games on feelings of
aggression. Journal of Psychology, 129, 121-132. |
|
|
O'REILLY, M.F. (1995). Functional analysis and treat- ment
of escape-maintained aggression correlated with sleep
deprivation. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
28, 225-226. [PDF] |
|
|
DILL, J. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Effects of justified
and unjustified frustration on aggression. Aggressive
Behavior, 21, 359-369. |
|
|
PULKKINEN, L. (1996). Proactive and reactive aggression in
early adolescence as precursors to anti- and prosocial
behavior in young adults. Aggressive Behavior, 22,
241-257. |
|
|
STOFF, D.M. & CAIRNS, R.B. (Eds.) (1996).
Aggression and violence : Genetic, neurobiological, and
biosocial perspectives. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
CHERMACK, ST. & GIANCOLA, P.R. (1997). The relation
between alcohol and aggression : An integrated
biopsychosocial conceptualization. Clinical Psychology
Review, 17, 621-649. |
BJORKVIST, K. (2018). Gender differences in aggression. Current
Opinion in Psychology, 19, 39-42. |
|
GEEN, R.G. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (Eds.) (1998). Human
aggression : Theories, research, and implications for
social policy. San Diego : Academic Press. |
|
|
THOMPSON, R.H., FISHER, W.W., PIAZZA, C.C. & KUHN,
D.E. (1998). The evaluation and treatment of aggression
maintained by attention and automatic reinforcement. Journal
of Applied Analysis of Behavior, 31 (1), 103-116.
[PDF] |
|
|
POULIN, F. & BOIVIN, M. (1999). Proactive and reactive
aggression and boys' friendship quality in mainstream
classrooms. Journal of Emotional & Behavioral
Disorders, 7 (3), 168-177. |
|
|
KAUKIAINEN, A., BJÖRKQVIST, K. KIRSTI LAGERSPETZ, K.,
STERMAN, K., SALMIVALLI, C., ROTHBERG, S. & AHLBOM, A.
(1999), The relationships between social intelligence,
empathy, and three types of aggression. Agressive
Behavior, 25 (2), 81-89. |
|
|
GRIFFITHS, M. (1999). Violent video games and aggression :
A review of the literature. Aggression & Violent
Behavior, 4 (2), 203-212. |
|
|
ZEICHNER, A., FREY, F., PARROTT, D. & BUTRYN, M.
(1999). Measurement of laboratory aggression : A new
response-choice paradigm. Psychological Reports, 85
(3), 1229-1237. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Agressivité et
Comportement agressif |
|
|
Agression
(Micro) : Microaggression.
| |
|
DONOVAN, R.A., GALIBAN, D.J., GRACE, R. K., BENNETT, J.K.
& FELICIÉ, S. Z. (2013). Impact of racial macro-and
microaggressions in Black women’s lives : A preliminary
analysis. The Journal of Black Psychology, 39,
185–196.
|
|
MINIKEL-LAROCQUE, J. (2013). Racism, college, and the
power of words : Racial microaggressions reconsidered. American
Educational Research Journal, 50 (3), 432-465. |
THURBER, A. & DiANGELO, R. (2018). Microaggressions :
Intervening in three acts. Journal of Ethnic &
Cultural Diversity in Social Work, 27, (1),
17–27.
|
|
|
|
Agression directe : Type d'agression
qui comporte des comportements agressifs moteurs émis à l'endroit
de la victime et dont la fonction première est de lui infliger des
souffrances, de la douleur. EX: Frapper un autre
enfant à coups de poing pour obtenir son vélo.
= violence.
Direct aggression, physical aggression.
| |
|
|
BJORKVIST, K. (1994). Sex differences in physical, verbal,
and indirect aggression : A review of recent research. Sex
Roles, 30, 177-188. [PDF] |
|
VAILLANCOURT, T., BRENDGEN, M., BOIVIN, M. & TREMBLAY,
R.E. (2003). A longitudinal confirmatory factor analysis
of indirect and physical aggression : Evidence of two
factors over time ? Child Development, 74 (6),
1628-1638. |
|
CAMPBELL, A. (2006). Sex differences in direct aggression
: what are the psychological mediators ? Aggression
& Violent Behavior, 11 (3), 237-264. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Jeu de
bataille et Agression |
|
|
Agression indirecte : Type d'agression qui comporte des comportements
verbaux susceptibles d'entraîner chez autrui des
comportements agressifs moteurs envers la victime. EX:
Inciter autrui à être violent au moyen de discours haineux, de
rumeur.
= violence verbale, violence
symbolique, incitation à la violence.
Indirect aggression.
| |
|
|
LAGERSPETZ, K., BJORKQVIST, K. & PELTONEN, T. (1988).
Is indirect aggression typical of females ? Gender
differences in aggressiveness in 11- to 12-year-old
children. Aggressive Behavior, 14, 403-414. |
VAILLANCOURT, T., BRENDGEN, M., BOIVIN, M. & TREMBLAY,
R.E. (2003). A longitudinal confirmatory factor analysis
of indirect and physical aggression : Evidence of two
factors over time ? Child Development, 74 (6),
1628-1638. |
|
LAGERSPETZ, K., BJORKQVIST, K. (1993). Indirect aggression
in girls and boys. In L.R. Huesmann (Ed.), Aggressive
behavior : current perspectives. New York : Plenum
Press. |
VAILLANCOURT, T. (2005). Indirect aggression among humans
: Social construct or evolutionary adaptation ? In R.E.
Tremblay, W.W. Hartup and J. Archer (Eds.), Developmental
origins of aggression (pp. 158-177). New York :
Guilford. |
|
BJORKVIST, K. (1994). Sex differences in physical, verbal,
and indirect aggression : A review of recent research. Sex
Roles, 30 (3/4), 177-188. [PDF] |
ARCHER, J. & COYNE, S.M. (2005). An integrated review
of indirect, relational, and social aggression.
Personality & Social Psychology Review, 9, 212-230. |
|
OWENS, L., SHUTE, R. & SLEE, P. (2000). "Guess what I
just heard !" : Indirect aggression among teenage girls in
Australia. Aggressive Behavior, 26, 67-83. |
HUNTLEY, J. & OWENS, L. (2006). "I know they are
manipulating me..." : Unmasking indirect aggression in an
adolescent girls’ friendship group : A case study. International
Education Journal, 7 (4), 514-523.
[PDF] |
|
OWENS, L., SHUTE, R. & SLEE, P. (2000). "I’m in and
you’re out..." : Explanations for teenage girls’ indirect
aggression. Psychology, Evolution & Gender, 2,
19-46. |
HESS, N.H. & HAGEN, E.H. (2006). Sex differences in
indirect aggression psychological evidence from young
adults. Evolution & Human Behavior, 27, 231-245.
[PDF] |
| |
COTÉ, S.M. (2007). Sex differences in physical and
indirect aggression : A developmental perspective.
European Journal on Criminal Policy & Research, 13,
183-200.
[PDF] |
|
HEITZMANN-KAMARINOS, S. & CLÉMENT, C. (2011).
Agressions indirectes des enseignants par les parents
d’élèves : deux exemples d’interventions
cognitivo-comportementales dans une école primaire
grecque. Journal de Thérapie Comportementale et
Cognitive, 21, 37-42.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Agression |
|
|
Agression instrumentale : Forme d'agessivité qui sert à obtenir un objet ou exercer un contrôle sur le milieu plutôt qu'à
blesser; l'agressivité est ici un moyen plutôt qu'une fin ou un objectif.
/agressivité hostile.
Instrumental aggression.
| |
|
|
ATKINS, M., STOFF, D., OSBORNE, M. & ROWN, K. (1993).
Distinguishing instrumental and hostile aggression : Does
it make a difference ? Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 21, 355-365. |
|
ATKINS, M.S. & STOFF, D. (1993). Instrumental and
hostile aggression in childhood disruptive behavior
disorders. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 21,
165-178. |
|
|
Voir aussi Agression |
|
|
Agression
offensive : Agression defensive : Type
d'agression dont la forme varie
selon que l'individu initie un comportement agressif (dit
«offensif») ou agit en réponse à un comportement offensif
(dit «défensif»).
= agressivité active/passive. Reactive and proactive aggression.
| |
|
|
DODGE, K.A. & COIE, J.D. (1987).
Social-information-processing factors in reactive and
proactive aggression in children's peer groups.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53, 1146-1158. |
SMITHMYER, C.M., HUBBARD, J.A. & SIMONS, R.F. (2000).
Proactive and reactive aggression in delinquent
adolescents : Relations to aggression outcome
expectancies. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology,
29, 86-93. |
|
PRICE, J.M. & DODGE, K.A. (1989). Reactive and
proactive aggression in childhood : Relations to peer
status and social context dimensions. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 17, 455-471. |
HUBBARD, J.A., DODGE, K.A., CILLESSEN, A.H.N., COIE, J.D.
& SCHWARTZ, D. (2001). The dyadic nature of social
information processing in boys' reactive and proactive
aggression. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 80 (2), 268-280. [PDF] |
|
DODGE, K.A. (1991). The structure and function of reactive
and proactive aggression. In D. Pepler & K. Rubin
(Eds.), The development and treatment of childhood
aggression (pp. 201-218). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
VITARO, F., BRENDGEN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2002).
Reactively and proactively aggressive children :
Antecedent and subsequent characteristics. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 43 (4),
495-506. [PDF] |
|
DAY, D.M., BREAM, L.A. & PAL, A. (1992). Proactive and
reactive aggression : An analysis of subtypes based on
teacher perceptions. Journal of Clinical Child
Psychology, 21, 210-217. |
|
|
PULKKINEN, L. (1996). Proactive and reactive aggression in
early adolescence as precursors to anti- and prosocial
behaviors in youg adults. Aggressive Behavior, 22,
241-257. |
SALMIVALLI, C. & NIEMINEN, E. (2002). Proactive and
reactive aggression among school bullies, victims, and
bully-victims. Aggressive Behavior, 28, 30-44. |
|
BROWN, K., ATKINS, M., OSBORNE, M. & MILNAMOW, M.
(1996). A revised teacher rating scale for reactive and
proactive aggression. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 24, 473-480. |
KEMPES, M., MATTHYS, W., De VRIES, H. & VAN ENGELAND,
H. (2005). Reactive and proactive aggression in children :
A review of theory, findings and the relevance for child
and adolescent psychiatry. European Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 14, 11-19. |
|
GIANCOLA, P.R., MOSS, H.B., MARTIN, C.S., KIRISCI, L.
& TARTER R.E. (1996). Executive cognitive functioning
predicts reactive aggression in boys at high risk for
substance abuse : A prospective study. Alcoholism :
Clinical & Experimental Research, 20, 740-744.
|
HUBBARD, J.A., SMITHMYER, C.M., RAMSDEN, S.R., PARKER,
E.H., FLANAGAN, K.D., DEARING, K.F., RELYEA, N. &
SIMONS, R.F. (2002). Observational, physiological, and
self-report measures of children's anger : Relations to
reactive versus proactive aggression. Child
Development, 73, 1101-1118. |
|
CRICK, N.R. & DODGE, K.A. (1996). Reactive and
proactive aggression in school children and
psychiatrically impaired chronically assaultive youth.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 37-51. |
CONNOR, D.F., STEINGARD, R.J., ANDERSON, J.J. &
MELLONI, R.H. (2003). Gender differences in reactive and
proactive aggression. Child Psychiatry & Human
Development, 33, 279-294. |
|
|
DODGE, K.A., LOCHMAN, J.E., HARNISH, J.D. & BATES, J.E
(1997). Reactive and proactive aggression in school
children and psychiatrically impaired chronically
assaultive youth. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106,
37-51. |
VITARO, F., BRENDGEN, M. (2005). Proactive and reactive
aggression : A developmental perspective. In R.E.
Tremblay, W.M. Hartup & J. Archer (Eds.), Developmental
origins of aggression. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
WASCHBUSCH, D.A., WILLOUGHBY, M.T. & PELHAM, W.E.
(1998). Criterion validity and the utility of reactive and
proactive aggression : Comparisons to attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder, oppositional defiant disorder,
conduct disorder, and other measures of functioning. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 27, 396-405. |
VITARO, F., BARKER, E.D., BOIVIN, M., BRENDGEN, M. &
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2006). Do early difficult temperament and
harsh parenting differentially predict reactive and
proactive aggression ? Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 34, 685-695. |
|
VITARO, F., GENDREAU, P.L., TREMBLAY, R.E. & OLIGNY,
P. (1998). Reactive and proactive aggression
differentially predict later conduct problems. Journal
of Psychology & Psychiatry, 39 (3), 377-385.
[PDF] |
KEMPES, M., MATTHYS, W., MAASSEN, G., VAN GOOOZEN, G.
& VAN ENGELAND, H. (2006). A parent questionnaire for
distinguishing between reactive and proactive aggression
in children. European Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 15, 38-45. |
|
POULIN, F. & BOIVIN, M. (1999). Proactive and reactive
aggression and boys' friendship quality in mainstream
classrooms. Journal of Emotional & Behavioral
Disorders, 7 (3), 168-177. [PDF] |
LAMARCHE, V., BRENDGEN, M., BOIVIN, M., VITARO, F.,
DIONNE, G. & PÉRUSSE, D. (2007). Do friends'
characteristics moderate the prospective links between
peer victimization and reactive and proactive aggression ?
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 35 (4),
665-680. |
|
POULIN, F. & BOIVIN, M. (2000). Reactive and proactive
aggression : Evidence of a two-fctor model. Psychological
Assessment, 12, 115-122. |
RAINE, A., DODGE, K.A., LOEBER, R., GATZKE-KOPP, L. LYNAM,
D., REYNOLDS, C., STOUTHAMER, M. & LIU, J. (2010). The
Reactive-Proactive Aggression Questionnaire : Differential
correlates of reactive and proactive aggression in
adolescent boys. Aggressive Behavior, 32 (2),
159-171. [PDF] |
|
SMITHMYER, C.M., HUBBARD, J.A. & SIMONS, R.F. (2000).
Proactive and reactive aggression in delinquent
adolescents : Relations to aggression outcome
expectancies. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology,
29, 86-93. |
HUBBARD, J.A. & MORROW, M.T. (2010). Reactive and
proactive aggression in childhood and adolescence :
Precursors, outcomes, processes, experiences, and
measurement. Journal of Personality, 78 (1),
95-118. [PDF] |
|
POULIN, F. & BOIVIN, M. (2000). The role of proactive
and reactive aggression in the formation and development
of friendships in boys. Developmental Psychology,
36, 1-8. |
RENOUF, A., BRENDGEN, M., SÉGUIN, J.R. & VITARO, F.
(2010). Interactive links between theory of mind, peer
victimization, and reactive and proactive aggression. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 38 (8), 1109-1123. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Agressivité |
|
|
Agression sexuelle : Agresseur sexuelle : Agression dirigée vers un enfant
ou un adulte qui comporte
des attouchements sexuels non-désirés ou un viol.
Agression sexuelle, prostitution
et viol. =
abus sexuel (calque de l'anglais).
Sexual assault, sexual crime, sexual offender, sexual abuse, sexual deviancy, Violence against women, sexual violence perpetration.
| |
|
|
GAGNON, J., GEBHARD, P., POMEROY, W. & CHRISTENSON, C.
(1965). Sex offenders : An analysis of types. New
York : Harper & Row Publishers. |
QUINSEY, V.L. & LALUMIÈRE, M.L. (1995). Evolutionary
perspectives on sexual offending. Sexual Abuse, 7,
301-315. |
|
PACHT, A.R. & ROBERTS, L.M. (1968). Factors related to
parole experiences of sexual offenders. Journal of
Correctional Psychology, 3, 1-12. |
BOURGET, D. & BRADFORD, J.M.W. (1995). Sex offenders
who claim amnesia for their alleged offence. Bulletin
of American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 23
(2), 299-307. [PDF] |
|
KUTCHINSKY, B. (1973). The effect of easy availability of
pornography on the incidence of sex crimes : The Danish
experience. Journal of Social Issues, 29,
163-81. |
POLLARD, P. (1995). Pornography and sexual aggression. Current
Psychology : Developmental, Learning, Personality,
Social, 14 (3), 200-221. |
|
COURT, J.H. (1977). Pornography and sex crimes : A
reevaluation in light of recent trends around the world. International
Journal of Criminology & Penology, 5, 129-157. |
CAMERON, P. & CAMERON, K. (1995). Does incest cause
homosexuality ? Psychological Reports, 76,
611-621. |
| |
ULLMAN, S.E. (1996). Correlates and consequences of adult
sexual assault disclosure. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 11, 554-571. |
|
MORGAN, R. (1980). Theory and practice : Pornography and
rape. In L. Lederer (Ed.), Take back the night : Women
on pornography (pp. 134-140). New York : William
Morrow. |
BAUSERMAN, R. (1996). Sexual aggression and pornography :
A review of correlational research. Basic &
Applied Psychology, 18, 405-427. |
|
DONNERSTEIN, E. (1980). Pornography and Violence against
women : Experimental studies. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 347, 277-288. W |
RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (1996). Les habiletés hétérosociales
des adolescents agresseurs sexuels : une recension des
écrits. Revue Sexologique, 4 (1), 55-76. |
|
ZILLMANN, D. (1984). Connections between sex and
aggression. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
MARSHALL, W.L. (1996). Assessment, treatment, and
theorizing about sex offenders : Developments during past
twenty years and future directions. Criminal Justice
& Behavior, 23 (1), 162-199. |
|
SILBERT, M.H. & PINES, A.M. (1984). Pornography and
sexual abuse of women. Sex Roles, 10, 857-868. |
NEZU, C.M., NEZU, A.M. & DUDECK, J. (1998). A
cognitive-behavioral model of assessment and treatment for
intellectually disabled sexual offenders. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 5, 25-64. |
|
FINKELHOR, D. (1984). Child sexual abuse : New theory
and research. New York : Plenum Press. |
NASH, M.R., NEIMEYER, R. HULSEY, T.C. & LAMBERT, W.
(1998). Psychopathology, associated with sexual abuse :
The importance of complementary designs and common ground.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66, 568-571.
[PDF] |
|
FINKELHOR, D. & BROWNE, A. (1985). The traumatic
impact of child sexual abuse : A conceptualization. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55, 530-541. |
GROSSMAN, L.S., MARTIN, B. & FICHTNER, C.G. (1999).
Are sex offenders treatable ? A research overview. Psychiatric
Services, 50, 349-361. [PDF] |
|
BROWNE, A. & FINKELHOR, D. (1986). Impact of child
sexual abuse : A review of the research. Psychological
Bulletin, 99, 66-77. |
ULLMAN, S.E., KARABATSOS, G. & KOSS, M.P. (1999).
Alcohol and sexual aggression in a national sample of
college men. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 23,
673-689. |
|
| |
ULLMAN, S.E., KARABATSOS, G. & KOSS, M.P. (1999).
Alcohol and sexual assault in a national sample of college
women. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14, 603-625. |
|
FREEMAN-LONGO, R.E. (1986). The impact of sexual
victimization on males. Child Abuse & Neglect,
10, 411-414. |
MARSHALL, W.L., ANDERSON, D. & FERNANDEZ, Y. (1999). Cognitive
behavioral treatment of sexual offenders. New York
: John Wiley. |
|
FINKELHOR, D. (1987). The sexual abuse of children :
Current research reviewed. Psychiatric Annals, 17
(4):233-241 |
KALAL, D.M., NEZU, C.M., NEZU, A.M. & McGUFFIN, P.W.
(1999). Cognitive distortions in sex offenders with
intellectual deficits. In B. Schwartz (Ed.), The sex
offender : Theoretical advances, treating special
populations and legal developments (Vol. 3, pp.
1-15). Kingston, NJ : Civic Research Institute. |
|
CANTWELL, H.B. (1988). Child sexual abuse : Very young
perpetrators. Child Abuse & Neglect, 12,
579-582. |
FRIEDMAN, S.H., FESTINGER, D.F., NEZU, C.M., McGUFFIN,
P.W. & NEZU, A.M. (1999). Group therapy for
mentally-retarded sex offenders : A behavioral approach. The
Behavior Therapist, 22, 32-33. |
|
DEMARE, D., BRIERE, J. & LIPS, H.M. (1988). Violent
pornography and self-reported likelihood of sexual
aggression. Journal of Research in Personality, 22, 140-153.
[PDF] |
TURNER, B., BINGHAM, J. & ANDRASIK, F. (2000).
Short-term community-based treatment for sexual offenders
: Enhancing effectiveness. Sexual Addiction &
Compulsivity, 7, 211-223. |
| |
NURCOMBE, B. (2000). Child sexual abuse I :
Psychopathology. Australian & New Zealand Journal
of Psychiatry, 34 (1), 85-91. |
|
KOSKY, R.J. (1989). Should sex offenders be treated ? Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 23,
176-180. |
WOOD, R.M., GROSSMAN, L.S. & FICHTNER, C.G. (2000).
Psychological asessment, treatment, and outcome with sex
offenders. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 18 (1),
23-41. |
|
KNIGHT, R.A. & PRENTKY, R.A. (1990). Classifying
sexual offenders : The development and corroboration of
taxonomic models. In W.L. Marshall, D.R. Laws & H.E.
Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of sexual assault : Issues,
theories, and treatment of the offender (pp.
23-52). New York : Plenum. |
CONROY, M.A. (2000). Assessment of sexual offenders. In B.
Van Dorsten (Ed.), Forensic psychology from classroom
to courtroom (pp. 232). New York : Plenum. |
| |
MALAMUTH, N., ADDISON, T. & KOSS, M. (2000).
Pornography and sexual aggression : Are there reliable
effects and can we understand them ? Annual Review of
Sex Research, 11, 26-91. [PDF] |
| |
CROSS, T.P. & SAXE, L. (2001). Polygraph testing and
sexual abuse : Tle lure of the magic lasso. Child
Maltreatment, 6 (3), 195-206. [PDF] |
|
KELLY, L. (1989). What's in a name ? defining child sexual
abuse. Feminist Review, 28, 65-73. |
DUFOUR, M. CORBIÈRE, M. et NADEAU, L. (2001). Stratégies
d'adaptation des victimes d'abus sexuels résilientes et
toxicomanes. Revue Québecoise de Psychologie, 22 (1),
149-162. |
|
FREUND, K., WATSON, R. & DICKEY, R. (1990). Does
sexual abuse in childhood cause pedophilia : An
exploratory study. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 19, 557-568. |
SETO, M.C., MARIC, A. & BARBAREE, H.E. (2001). The
role of pornography in the etiology of sexual aggression.
Aggression & Violent Behavior, 6, 35-53. |
|
|
ABEL, G.G. & ROULEAU, J.L. (1990). The nature and
extent of sexual assault. In W.L. Marshall, D.R. Laws
& H.E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of sexual
assault : Issues, theories, and treatment of the
offender (pp. 9-21). New York : Plenum Press. |
FLORA, R. (2001). How to work with sex offenders : A
handbook for criminal justice, human service, and mental
health professionals. New York : Haworth Clinical
Practice. |
|
FINKELHOR, D. (1990). Early and long-term effects of child
sexual abuse : An update. Professional Psychology :
Research & Practice, 21, 325-330. |
ABBEY, A. (2002). Alcohol-related sexual assault : A
common problem among college students. Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 14, 118-128. [PDF] |
| |
ABBEY, A. (2002). Alcohol and sexual violence
perpetration. National Online Resource Center,
1-17.
[PDF] |
| |
SWANSTON, H.Y., PARKINSON, P.N., OATES, R.K., O'TOOLE,
B.I., PLUNKETT, A.M. & SHRIMPTON, S. (2002). Further
abuse of sexually abused children. Child Abuse &
Neglect, 26, 115-127. |
| |
NORRIS, J., DAVIS, K.C., GEORGE, W.H., MARTELL, J. &
HEIMAN, J.R. (2002). Alcohol's direct and indirect effects
on men's self-reported sexual aggression likelihood.
Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 63, 688-695. |
|
MURPHY, W.D. (1990). Assessment and modification of
cognitive distorsions in sex offenders. in W.L. Marshall,
D.R. Laws & H.E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of
sexual assault : Issues, theories, and treatment of the
offender (pp. 331-341). New York : Plenum Press. |
TESTA, M. (2002). The impact of men’s alcohol consumption
of perpetration of sexual aggression. Clinical
Psychology Review, 22, 1239–1263. |
| |
CAMPBELL, R., AHRENS, C.E., SEFL, T. & CLARK, M.L.
(2003). The relationship between adult sexual assault and
prostitution : An exploratory analysis. Violence
& Victims, 18, 299-317. |
|
STERMAC, L.E., SEGAL, Z.V. & GILLIS, R. (1990). Social
and cultural factors in sexual assault. In W.L. Marshall,
D.R., Laws & H.E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of
sexual assault : Issues, theories, and treatment of the
offender (pp. 143-159). New York : Plenum Press. |
ULLMAN, S.E. & BRECKLIN, L.R. (2003). Sexual assault
history and health-related outcomes in a national sample
of women. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 27,
46-57. |
|
SEGAL, Z.V. & STERMAC, L.E. (1990). The role of
cognition in sexual assault. In W.L. Marshall, D.R. Laws
& H.E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of sexual
assault : Issues, theories, and treatment of the
offender (pp. 161-175). New York : Plenum Press. |
ULLMAN, S.E. (2003). A critical review of field studies on
the link of alcohol and adult sexual assault in women. Aggression
& Violent Behavior : A Review Journal, 8, 471-486. |
|
DARKE, J.L. (1990). Sexual aggression : Achieving power
through humiliation. In W.L. Marshall, D.R. Laws &
H.E. Barbaree (Eds.),Handbook of sexual assault :
Issues, theories and treatment of the offender (pp.
55-72). New York, NY : Plenum Press. |
NEZU, C.M. (2003). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for sex
offenders : Current status. Japanese Journal of
Behavior Therapy, 29, 15-24. |
|
MARSHALL, W.L. & ECCLES, A. (1991). Issues in clinical
practice with sex offenders. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 6, 69-70. |
HARPER, K. & STEADMAN J. (2003). Therapeutic boundary
issues working with childhood sexual-abuse survivors. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 57, 64 -79. |
|
COHEN, H. (Dir.) (1991). L'agression sexuelle :
perspectives contemporaines. Montréal : Éditions du
Méridien. |
SIEGEL, J. & WILLIAMS, L. (2003). The relationship
between child sexual abuse and female delinquency and
crime : A prospective study. Journal of Research in
Crime & Delinquency, 40, 71-94. |
|
|
O'DONOHUE, W.T. & ELLIOTT, A. (1991). A model for the
clinical assessment of the sexually abused child. Behavioral
Assessment, 13, 325-339. |
SHOPE, J.H. (2004). When words are not enough : The search
for the effect of pornography on abused women. Violence
Against Women, 10, 56–72. |
|
O'DONOHUE, W.T. (1991). Assessment of the effects of child
sexual abuse. Behavioral Assessment, 13,
321-324. |
GORDON, H. & GRUBIN, D. (2004). Psychiatric aspects of
the assessment and treatment of sex offenders. Advances
in Psychiatric Treatment, 10, 73-80. [PDF] |
| |
MELOY, M.L. (2005). The sex offender next door : An
analysis of recidivism, risk factors, and deterrence of
sex offenders on probation. Criminal Justice Policy
Review, 16, (2), 211-236. [PDF] |
|
FREUND, K. & WATSON, R. (1992). The proportion of
heterosexual and homosexual pedophiles among sex offenders
against children : An exploratory study. Journal of
Sex & Marital Therapy, 18 (1), 34-43. |
NEZU, C.M., NEZU, A.M., DUDEK, J.A., PEACOCK, M. &
STOLL, J. (2005). Social problem-solving correlates of
sexual deviancy among child molesters. Journal of
Sexual Aggression 11, 27-36. |
|
BJÖKRKQVIST, K. & NIEMELÄ, F. (1992). Of mice and
women : Aspects of female aggression. San Diego :
Academic Press. |
CORIC, V., FEUERSTEIN, S., FORTUNATI, F., SOUTHWICK, S.,
TEMPORINI, H. & MORGAN, C.A. (2005). Assessing sex
offenders. Psychiatry, 2 (11), 26-29. [PDF] |
|
BRIERE, J. (1992). Methodological issues in the study of
sexual abuse effects. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 60, 196-203. |
SETO, M.C. (2005). Is more better ? Combining actuarial
risk scales to predict recidivism among adult sex
offenders. Psychological Assessment, 17,
156-167. |
|
LIPSCOMB, G.H., MURAM, D., SPECK, P.M. & MERCER, B.M.
(1992). Male victims of sexual assault. Journal of
the American Medical Association, 267 (22),
3064-3066. |
ULLMAN, S.E., FILIPAS, H.H., TOWNSEND, S.M. &
STARZYNSKI, L.L. (2005). Trauma exposure, posttrau- matic
stress disorder and problem drinking in sexual assault
survivors. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 66,
610-619. |
|
NASH, M.R., HULSEY, T.C., SEXTON, M.C. & HARRALSON,
T.L. (1993). Sexual abuse, family environment, and
psychological symptoms : On the validity of statistical
control. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61, 289-290. |
NEZU, C.M., FIORE, A.A. & NEZU, A.M. (2006).
Problem-solving treatment for intellectually disabled sex
offenders. International Journal of Behavioral
Consultation & Therapy, 2, 266-276. [PDF] |
|
NASH, M.R., HULSEY, T.C., SEXTON, M.C, HARRALSON, T.L.
& LAMBERT, W. (1993). Long-term sequelae of childhood
sexual abuse : Perceived family environment,
psychopathology, and dissociation. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 276-283. |
PROULX, J. (2006). Les troubles de la personnalité des
agresseurs sexuels. Dans T. Pham (Dir.), L'évaluation
diagnostique des agresseurs sexuels (p. 43-68).
Belgique : Mardaga. |
|
KANIN, E.J. (1994). False rape allegations. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 23 (1), 81-92. |
ULLMAN, S.E., FILIPAS, H.H., TOWNSEND, S.M. &
STARZYNSKI, L.L. (2006). Correlates of comorbid PTSD and
drinking problems among sexual assault survivors. Addictive
Behaviors, 31, 128-132. |
|
HAYNES-SEMAN, C. & BAUMGARTEN, D. (1994). Children
speak for themselves. Using the Kempe Interactional
Assessment to evaluate allegations of parent-child
sexual abuse. New York : Brunner/Mazel. |
BARBAREE, H.E., LANGTON, C.M. & PEACOCK, E.J. (2006).
Different actuarial risk measures produce different risk
rankings for sexual offenders. Sexual abuse : A
Journal of Research & Treatment, 18 (4),
423-440. |
|
GOLDING, J. (1994). Sexual assault history and physical
health in randomly selected Los Angeles women. Health
Promotion, 13, 130-138. |
BEAUREGARD, E. et ROSSMO, K. (2007). Profilage
géographique et analyse des tactiques de chasse chez les
agresseurs sexuels sériels. Dans M. St-Yves et M. Tanguay
(Dirs.), Psychologie de l’enquête criminelle : La
recherche de la vérité (p. 577-605). Cowansville,
Québec : Yvon Blais. |
|
| |
WOLAK, J., MITCHELL, K.J. & FINKELHOR, D. (2007).
Unwanted and wanted exposure to online pornography in a
national sample of youth internet. Pediatrics, 119, 247-257. |
| |
STARZYNSKI, L.L., ULLMAN, S.E., TOWNSEND, S.M. & LONG,
L.L. (2007). What factors predict women’s disclosure of
sexual assault to mental health professionals ? Journal
of Community Psychology, 35, 619-638. |
| |
ABBEY, A. (2008). Alcohol and sexual violence
perpetration. National Online Resource Center,
1-17.
[PDF] |
| |
JESPERSEN, A.F., LALUMIÈRE, M.L. & SETO, M.C. (2009).
Sexual abuse history among adult sex offenders and non-sex
offenders : A meta-analysis. Child Abuse &
Neglect, 33, 179-192. |
| |
HÉBERT, M., TOURIGNY, M., CYR, M., McDUFF, P. & JOLY,
J. (2009). Prevalence of childhood sexual abuse and timing
of dsclosure in a representative sample of adults from
Québec. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 54
(9), 631-636. |
|
ELLIOT, M. (1994). Female sexual abuse of children.
Guilford. |
FORTIER, M.A., DILILLO, D., MESSMAN-MOORE, T.L., PEUGH, J.
& DENARDI, K.A. (2009). Severity of child sexual abuse
and revictimization : The mediating role of coping and
trauma symptoms. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 33
(3), 308–320. [PDF] |
| |
NEUTZE, J., SETO, M.C. & SCHAEFER, G.A. (2005).
Predictors of child pornography offenses and child sexual
abuse in a community sample of pedophiles and hebephiles.
Sexual Abuse, 23 (2), 212-242. |
|
BOERINGER, S.B. (1994). Pornography and sexual aggression
: Associations of violent and nonviolent depictions with
rape and rape proclivity. Deviant Behavior, 15,
289-304. |
JACQUES-TIURA, A.J., TKATCH, R., ABBEY, A. & WEGNER,
R. (2010). Disclosure of sexual assault : Characteristics
and implications for posttraumatic stress symptoms among
African American and Caucasian survivors. Journal of
Trauma & Dissociation, 11, 174-192. [PDF] |
|
JENNY, C., ROESLER, T.A. & POYER, K.L. (1994). Are
children at risk for sexual abuse by homosexuals ? Pediatrics,
94 (1), 41-44 |
SUMARI, M. & PING, C.L. (2010). Healing experience of
a woman survivor of childhood sexual abuse. The
International Journal of Research & Review, 5
(2), 24-28. [PDF] |
|
GLEAVES, D.H. & EBERENZ, K.P. (1994). Sexual abuse
histories among treatment-resistant bulimia nervosa
patients. International Journal of Eating Disorders,
15, 227-231. |
BRIDGES, A.J., WOSNITZER, R., SCHARRER, E., SUN, C. &
LIBERMAN, R. (2010). Aggression and sexual behavior in
best-selling pornography videos : A content analysis
update. Violence Against Women, 16 (10),
1065-1085. |
| |
FARMER, C.A., ARNOLD, L.E., BUKSTEIN, O., FINDLING, R.L.,
GADOW, K.D., LI, X., BUTTER, E.M. & AMAN, M.G. (2011).
The treatment of severe child aggression (TOSCA) study :
Design challenges. Child & Adolescent Psychiatry
& Mental Health, 5 (36), 282-296. [PDF] |
| |
STOLTENBORGH, M., VAN IJZENDOORN, M.H., EUSER, E.M. &
BAKERMANS-KRANENBURG, M.J. (2011). A global perspective on
child sexual abuse : Meta-analysis of prevalence around
the world. Child Maltreatment, 16 (2), 79-101. |
|
CHERMACK, ST. & GIANCOLA, P.R. (1997). The relation
between alcohol and aggression : An integrated
biopsychosocial conceptualization. Clinical Psychology
Review, 17, 621-649. |
NAJDOWSKI, C. & ULLMAN, S.E. (2011). The effects of
revictimization on coping in women sexual assault victims.
Journal of Traumatic Stress, 24, 218-221. |
|
ZEIGLER-HILL, V., ENJAIAN, B. & ESSA, L.
(2013). The role of narcissistic personality features in
sexual aggression. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 32 (2), 186–199. [PDF] |
| |
SINGH, M.M., PARSEKAR, S.S. & NAIR, S.N. (2014). An
epidemiological overview of child sexual abuse. Journal
of Family Medicine & Primary Care, 3 (4),
430-435. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Agression,
Misogynie,
Prostitution,
Viol, Violence,
Maltraitance
et Pornographie |
| |
|
|
Agression
sexuelle d'enfant : Agresseur d'enfant : Forme de maltraitance
qui prend la forme d'une agression sur
un enfant (victime), qui
comporte ou non des attouchements sexuels non-désirés, un viol
ou des sévices. Agression sexuelle d'enfant,
agression sexuelle et viol.
= enfant victime d'agression sexuelle.
Child sexual abuse, CSA, childhood sexual
abuse, sexual assault of children, early sexual abuse.
| |
|
|
GROTH, A.N. & BURGESS, A.W. (1977). Motivational
intent in the sexual assault of children. Criminal
Justice & Behavior 4, 14-24. |
COSENTINO, C., MEYER-BAHLBURG, H., ALPERT, J., WEINBERG,
S. & GAINES, R. (1995). Sexual behavior problems
psychopathology symptoms in sexually abused girls.
Journal of the American Academy of Child Adolescent
Psychiatry, 34, 1033-1042. |
|
FINKELHOR, D. (1984). Child sexual abuse : New theory
and research. New York : Plenum Press. |
FINKELHOR, D. & BERLINER, L. (1995). Research on the
treatment of sexually abused children : A review and
recommendations. Journal of the American Academy of
Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 1408-1423. |
|
FINKELHOR, D. & BROWNE, A. (1985). The traumatic
impact of child sexual abuse : A conceptualization. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55, 530-541. |
QUINSEY, V.L. & LALUMIÈRE, M.L. (1995). Evolutionary
perspectives on sexual offending. Sexual Abuse, 7,
301-315. |
|
FINKELHOR, D. (1986). A sourcebook on child sexual
abuse. London : Sage. |
POPE, H.G. & HUDSON, J.I. (1995). Does childhood
sexual abuse cause adult psychiatric disorders ?
Essentials of methodology. Journal of Psychiatry
& Law, 23, 363-381. |
|
BROWNE, A. & FINKELHOR, D. (1986). Impact of child
sexual abuse : A review of the research. Psychological
Bulletin, 99, 66-77. |
De JONG, T.L. & GOREY, K.M. (1996). Short-term versus
long-term group work with female survivors of childhood
sexual abuse : A brief meta-analytic review. Social
Work with Groups, 19 (1), 19-27. |
| |
POLUSNY, M.A. & FOLLETTE, V.M. (1996). Remembering
childhood sexual abuse : A national survey of
psychologists' clinical practices, beliefs, and personal
experiences. Professional Psychology : Research &
Practice, 27, 41-52. |
|
PORTER, E. (1986). Treating the young male victim of
sexual assault. Syracuse, NY : Safer Society Press |
CERMAK, P. & MOLIDOR, C. (1996). Male victims of child
sexual abuse. Child & Adolescent Social Work, 13,
385-400. |
|
CORWIN, D.L., BERLINER L., GOODMAN, G., GOODWIN, J. &
WHITE, S. (1987). Child sexual abuse and custody disputes
: No easy answers. Journal of Interpersonal Violence,
2, 91-105. |
RIND, B. & TROMOVITCH, P. (1997). A meta-analytic
review of findings from national samples on psychological
correlates of child sexual abuse. Journal of Sex
Research, 34, 237-255. |
|
COHEN, J.A. & MANNARINO, A.P. (1988). Psychological
symptoms in sexually abused girls. Child Abuse &
Neglect, 12, 571-577. |
WONDERLICH, S., BREWERTON,T., JOCIC, Z., DANSKY, B.S.
& ABBOTT, D.W. (1997). Relationship of childhood
sexual abuse and eating disorders. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
36, 1107-1115. |
|
CANTWELL, H.B. (1988). Child sexual abuse : Very young
perpetrators. Child Abuse & Neglect, 12,
579-582. |
RIND, B., TROMOVITCH, P. & BAUSERMAN, R. (1998). A
meta-analytic examination of assumed properties of child
sexual abuse using college samples. Psychological
Bulletin, 124, 22-53. [PDF] |
|
FRIEDRICH, W., EILKE, R. & URQUIZA, A. (1988).
Behavior problems in young sexually abused boys.
Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 3, 21-27. |
WINKELSPECHT, S.M. & SINGG, S. (1998). Therapists ?
self-reported training and success rates in treating
clients with childhood sexual abuse. Psychological
Report, 82, 579-582. |
|
BRIERE, J. & RUNTZ, M. (1988). Symptomatology
associated with childhood sexual victimization in a
nonclinical adult sample. Child Abuse & Neglect,
12, 51-59. |
EPSTEIN, M. & BOTTOMS, B.L. (1998). Memories of
childhood sexual abuse : A survey of young adults. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 22, 1217-1238. |
|
DE JONG, A.R. & ROSE, M. (1989), frequency and
significance of physical evidence in legally proven cases
of child sexual abuse. Pediatrics, 84 (6)
1022-1026. |
LEVESQUE, R. (1999). Sexual abuse of children.
Indiana University Press. |
|
KELLY, L. (1989). What's in a name ? defining child sexual
abuse. Feminist Review, 28, 65-73. |
RIECKERT, J. & MÖLLER, A. (2000). Rational-emotive
behaviour therapy in the treatment of adult victims of
childhood sexual abuse. Journal of Rational-Emotive
& Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 18 (2), 87-102. |
|
|
DEBLINGER, E., McLEER, S.V., ATKINS, M.S., RALPHE, D.
& FOA, E. (1989). Post-traumatic stress in sexually
abused, physically abused, and nonabused children. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 13, 403-408. |
DAVIS, M.K. & GIDYCK, C.A. (2000). Child sexual abuse
prevention programs : a meta-analysis. Journal of
Clinical Child Psychology, 29 (2), 257-265. |
|
FREUND, K., WATSON, R. & DICKEY, R. (1990). Does
sexual abuse in childhood cause pedophilia : An
exploratory study. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 19, 557-568.
|
DINWIDDIE, S., HEATH, A.C., DUNNE, M.P., BUCHOLZ, K.K.,
MADDEN, P.A., SLUTSKE, W.S., BIERUT, L.J., STATHAM, D.B.
& MARTIN, N.G. (2000) Early sexual abuse and lifetime
psychopathology : a co-twin control study. Psychological
Medicine, 30, 41-52. |
|
FINKELHOR, D. (1990). Early and long-term effects of child
sexual abuse : An update. Professional Psychology :
Research & Practice, 21, 325-330. |
KENDLER, K.S., BULIK, C.M. & SILBERG, J., HETTEMA,
J.M., MYERS, J. & PRESCOTT, C.A. (2000). Childhood
sexual abuse and adult psychiatric and substance use
disorders : an epidemiological and cotwin control
analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57,
953-959. |
|
DEJONG, A.R. & ROSE, M. (1991). Legal proof of child
sexual abuse in the absence of physical findings. Pediatrics,
88, 506-511. |
BULIK, C.M., PRESCOTT, C.A. & KENDLER, K.S. (2001).
Features of childhood sexual abuse and the development of
psychiatric and substance use disorders. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 179, 444-449. [PDF] |
|
O'DONOHUE, W.T. & ELLIOTT, A. (1991). A model for the
clinical assessment of the sexually abused child. Behavioral
Assessment, 13, 325-339. |
ONDERSMA, S.J., CHAFFIN, M., BERLINER, L., CODON, I.,
GOODMAN, G.S. & BARNETT, D. (2001). Sex with children
is abuse : Comment on Rind, Tromovitch, and Bauserman
(1998). Psychological Bulletin, 127, 707-714. |
|
O'DONOHUE, W.T. (1991). Assessment of the effects of child
sexual abuse. Behavioral Assessment, 13,
321-324. |
ROMANS, S., GENDALL, K.A., MARTIN, J. & MULLEN, P.
(2001). Child sexual abuse and later disordered eating : a
New Zealand epidemiological study. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 29 (4), 380-392. |
|
CONTE, J.R. (1992). Has this child been sexually abuse ?
Dilemmas for the mental health professional who seeks the
answer. Criminal Justice & Behavior, 19, 54-73. |
RICKERT, V.I., WIEMANN, C.M., VAUGHAN, R.D. & WHITE,
J.W. (2004). Rates and risk factors for sexual violence
among an ethnically diverse sample of adolescents.
Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 158
(12), 1132-1139. |
|
BRIERE, J. (1992). Methodological issues in the study of
sexual abuse effects. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 60 (2), 196-203.
[PDF] |
|
|
BUSHNELL, J.A., WELLS, J.E. & OAKLEY-BROWNE, M.A.
(1992). Long-term effects of intrafamilial sexual abuse in
childhood. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 85, 136-142. |
|
|
ELLIOTT, D.M. & BRIERE, J. (1992). The sexually abused boy : Problems in
manhood. Medical Aspects of Human Sexuality, 26,
68-71. |
|
|
CORWIN, D.L. & OLAFSON, E. (1993). Overview : Clinical
identification of sexually abused children. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 17, 3-5. |
|
|
MARTIN, J., ANDERSON, J., ROMAN S., MULLEN, P. &
O'SHEA, M. (1993). Asking about child sexual abuse :
methodological implications of a two-stage survey. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 17, 383-392. |
HUNTER, B.A., ROBISON, E. & JASON, L.A. (2012).
Characteristics of sexual assault and disclosure among
women in substance abuse recovery homes. Journal of
Interpersonnal Violence, 27 (13), 2627-2644. [PDF] |
|
SPACCARELLI, S. (1994). Stress, appraisal, and coping in
child sexual abuse : a theoretical and empirical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 116, 340-362. |
|
|
ROMANS, S., MARTIN, J. & MULLEN, P. (1994). Child
sexual abuse (CSA) and later eating disorders : a New
Zealand epidemiological study. Neuropsychopharmacology,
10, 92S. |
|
|
WIDOM, C.S. & AMES, M. (1994). Criminal consequences
of childhood sexual victimization. Child Abuse &
Neglect, 18, 303-318. |
|
|
ELLIOT, M. (1994). Female sexual abuse of children.
Guilford. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Agression, Enfant
maltraîté et Pédophilie |
|
|
Agressivité
: Ensemble de
comportements dont la variation
à la hausse de l'intensité (force)
permet, selon le contexte, d'obtenir ce que l'on désire
(agressivité active ou offensive)
ou d'éviter de perdre ce que l'on possède déjà (agressivité
passive ou défensive).
EX: une fillette redouble d'effort pour prendre
possession de la rondelle; un bébé tient fermement son hochet pour
ne pas le perdre. On utilise le terme agression
lorsque cette force est utilisée pour blesser autrui
(volontairement ou non). La pratique de nombreux sports
nécessite une certaine dose d'agressivité; agressivité qui peut
parfois se transformer en agression
(bagarres au hockey, coup
de boule de Zidane, etc.). En ce sens, la violence serait une
variation X jugée inacceptable par une société, ce qui permet de
comprendre pourquoi certaines sociétés considèrent que «jouer au
roi de la colline/King of the hill» est violent alors que d'autres
sociétés trouvent cela complètement normal. Pour Lorenz,
l'agressivité est un instinct.
On peut sans doute affirmer que les variations à la hausse de
l'intensité (force) sont en grande partie programmées
génétiquement, mais que les comportements qui expriment ou
traduisent ces variations sont appris.
Agressivité, violence
et théorie
de la frustration/agression. =
comportement agressif, force brute, brutalitéagressivité
instrumentale. *violence,
agression. Aggressive behavior.
| |
|
|
SEARS, R.R., HOVLAND, C.I. & MILLER, N.E. (1940).
Minor studies of aggression : I. Measurement of aggressive
behavior. Journal of Psychology, 9, 275-295. |
DUMAS, J.E. (1986). Parental perception and treatment
outcome in families of aggressive children. A causal
model. Behavior Therapy, 17, 420-432. |
|
REYNOLDS, G.S., CATANIA, A.C. & SKINNER, B.F. (1963).
Conditioned and unconditioned aggression in pigeons. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6, 73-74.
[PDF] |
ROSNOW, R.L. & CRABB, P.B. (1988). What is aggressive
? : Some contextual factors in judging international
behavior. Aggressive Behavior, 14, 105-112. |
|
AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHISON, R.R. & SALERY, D.F. (1964).
Pain-aggression toward inanimate objects. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7 (3),
223-228. [PDF] |
LABORIT, H. (1994). L'agressivité détournée.
Éditions UGE 10-18. |
|
AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHISON, R.R. & McLAUGHLIN, R. (1965).
The opportunity for aggression as an operant reinforcer
during aversive stimulation Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 8 (3), 171-180.
[PDF] |
HUESMANN, L.R. (Ed.) (1994). Aggressive behavior :
Current perspectives. New York : Springer. |
| |
WHITE, J.W. & KOWALSKI, R.M. (1994). Deconstructing
the myth of the nonaggressive woman : A feminist analysis.
Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18, 487-508. |
|
POOLE, T.B. & MORGAN, H.D.R. (1973). Differences in
aggressive behviour between male mice (Mus musculus) in
colonies of different sizes. Animal Behavior, 21,
788-795. |
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). The development of aggressive
behavior during childhood : What have we learned in the
past century ? International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 24 (2), 129-141. [PDF] |
|
VAN RILLAER, J. (1975). L'agressivité humaine. Bruxelles
: Mardaga. |
PAHLAVAN, F. (2002). Les conduites agressives. Paris
: Armand Colin. |
|
|
THOMAS, M.H. (1982). Physiological arousal, exposure to a
relatively lengthy aggressive film and aggressive
behavior. Journal of Research in Personality, 16,
72-81. |
HUESMANN, L.R. & PODOLSKI, C.L. (2003). Punishment and
the development of aggressive and antisocial behavior. In
S. McConville (Ed.), The use of punishment (pp.
55-88). Cullompton, UK : Willan Publishing. |
| |
LITTLE, T.D., BRAUNER, J., JONES, S.M. NOCK, M.K. &
HaAWLEY P. (2003). Rethinking aggression : A typological
examination of the functions of aggressive behavior. Merrill Palmer Quarterly, 49, 343-369. |
| |
STACK, D.M., SERBIN, L.A. , GRUNZEWEIG, N., TEMCHEFF, C.
E., DE GENNA, N.M., BEN-DAT FISHER, D., HODGINS, S.,
SCHWARTZMAN, A.E. & LEDINGHAM, J. (2005). De
l'agressivité à la maternité Étude longitudinale sur 30
ans auprès de filles agressives devenues mères :
trajectoires de leur agressivité durant l'enfance,
indicateurs de leurs caractéristiques parentales et
développement de leurs enfants. Criminologie, 38
(1), 39-65. [PDF] |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental
model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri
(Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10,
1-52. |
IHORI, N., SAKAMOTO, A., SHIBUYA, A. & YUKAWA, S.
(2007). Effect of video games on children's aggressive
behavior and pro-social behavior : A panel study with
elementary school students. Proceedings of DiGRA 2007
Conference, 170-177. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Agression et Force |
|
|
Agressivité (chez les enfants) : Agressivité, enfant et
Dominic Interactif. Childhood
aggression agressive child, aggression in girls and boys.
| |
|
|
REDL, F. & WINEMAN, D. (1951). The agressive
child. Children who hate. New York : Free Press. |
BJORKVIST, K. (1994). Sex differences in physical, verbal,
and indirect aggression : A review of recent research. Sex
Roles, 30, 177-188. [PDF] |
|
PENFERGRASS, V.E. (1971). Effects of length of time-out
from positive reinforcement and schedule of application in
suppression of aggressive behavior. Psychological
Record, 21, 75-80. |
DUMAS, J.E., BLECHMAN, E.A. & PRINZ, R.J. (1994).
Aggressive children and effective communication.
Aggressive Behavior, 20, 347-358. |
|
DODGE, K.A. & FRAME, C.L. (1982). Social cognitive
biases and deficits in aggressive boys. Child
Development, 53 (3), 620-635. |
|
|
CAIRNS, R.B. & CAIRNS, B.D. (1984). Predicting
aggressive patterns in girls and boys. Aggressive
Behavior, 10, 227-242. |
POULIN, F. & BOIVIN, M. (1995). Agressivité et statut
auprès des pairs chez les garçons du primaire : un examen
de la règle de dissimilarité. Revue Canadienne des
Sciences du Comportement, 27, 286-300. [PDF] |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. (1986). The prediction of aggression in girls
and boys. Social Science, 71, 16-21. |
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). The development of aggressive
behavior during childhood : What have we learned in the
past century ? International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 24 (2), 129-141. |
|
EARLS, C.M. (1992). Clinical issues in the psychological
assessment of child molesters. W. O'Donohue & Geer,
J.H (Eds.), The sexual abuse of children : Clinical
issues (Vo 1-2, pp. 232-255). New Jersey :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. |
DUMAS, J.E. (2000). L’enfant violent. Le connaître,
l’aider, l’aimer. Paris : Bayard Éditions. |
|
DUMAS, J.E., BLECHMAN, E.A. & PRINZ, R.J. (1992).
Helping families with aggressive children and adolescents
change. In R. DeV. Peters, R.J. McMahon & V.L. Quinsey
(Eds.), Aggression and violence throughout the
lifespan (pp. 126-154). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
OSOFSKY, H.J. & OSOFSKY, M.J. (2001). Violent and
aggressive behaviors in youth : A mental health and
prevention perspective. Psychiatry, 64 (4),
285-295.
|
|
PRINZ, R.J., BLECHMAN, E.A. & DUMAS, J.E. (1994). An
evaluation of peer coping-skills training for childhood
aggression. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 23,
193-203. |
DUMAS, J.E. (2004). L'enfant violent : pourquoi, comment ?
Sciences Humaines, 45, 42-45. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Agressivité |
|
|
Agressivité/Agression
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
l'agressivité/ Agression.
| |
|
|
BUSS, A.H. & PERRY, M. (1992). The aggression
questionnaire. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 63, 452-459. |
ORPINAS, P. & FRANKOWSKI, R. (2001). The Aggression
Scale : A self reported measure of aggressive behavior for
young adolescents. Journal of Early Adolescence, 21
(1), 50-67. |
|
HAMMOCK, G. & RICHARDSON, D. (1992). Predictors of
aggressive behavior. Aggressive Behavior, 18,
219-229. |
DE WAAL, F.B.M., DINDO, M., FREEMAN, C.A. & HALL, M.
(2005). The monkey in the mirror : Hardly a stranger. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 102, 11140-11147. |
|
BROWN, K., ATKINS, M., OSBORNE, M. & MILNAMOW, M.
(1996). A revised teacher rating scale for reactive and
proactive aggression. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 24, 473-480. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Agressivité |
|
|
Agressivité
motrice : Forme d'agessivité
qui prend la forme de comportements
moteurs dont la fonction
est de faire mal ou de blesser autrui. =
agressivité physique. Physical aggression.
| |
|
|
TREMBLAY, R.E., MÂSSE, L.C., PAGANI, L. & VITARO, F.
(1996). From childhood physical aggression to adolescent
maladjustment : The Montréal Prevention Experiment. In
R.D. Peters & R.J. McMahon R.J. (Eds.), Preventing
childhood disorders, substance abuse and delinquency.
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
TREMBLAY, R.E. & NAGIN, D.S. (2005). The developmental
origins of physical aggression in humans. In R.E.
Tremblay, W.W. Hartup & J. Archer (Eds.),
Developmental origins of aggression. New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
NAGIN, D.S. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (1999). Trajectories of
boys' physical aggression, opposition, and hyperactivity
on the path to physically violent and non violent juvenile
delinquency. Child Development, 70, 1181-1196. |
|
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). The development of aggressive
behaviour during childhood : What have we learned in the past century ? International Journal of Behavioral Development, 24, 129-141. |
|
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). The development of physical
aggression during childhood and the prediction of later dangerousness. In G.-F. Pinard & L. Pagani (Eds.), Clinical assessment of dangerousness : Empirical contributions (pp. 47-65). Cambridge, United Kingdom : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
NAGIN, D.S. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2001). Parental and
early childhood predictors of persistent physical
aggression in boys from kindergarten to high school. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 389-394. |
CÔTÉ, S.M., VAILLANCOURT, T., LEBLANC, J.C., NAGIN, D.S.
& TREMBLAY, R.E. (2006). The development of physical
aggression from toddlerhood to pre-adolescence : A nation
wide longitudinal study of canadian children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 34 (1), 71-85. |
|
DIONNE, G, TREMBLAY, R.E., BOIVIN, M., LAPLANTE, D. &
PÉRUSSE, D. (2003). Physical aggression and expressive
vocabulary in 19-month-old twins. Developmental
Psychology, 39 (2), 261-273. |
CÔTÉ, S.M., BOIVIN, M., NAGIN, D.S., JAPEL, C., XU, Q.,
ZOCCOLILLO, M., JUNGER, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2007).
The role of maternal education and non-maternal care
services in the prevention of children's physical
aggression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64 (11),
1305-1312. [PDF] |
|
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2003). Why socialization fails ? The case
of chronic physical aggression. In B.B. Lahey, T.E.
Moffitt & A. Caspi (Eds.), Causes of conduct
disorder and juvenile delinquency (pp. 182-224).
New York : Guilford Publications. |
BAILLARGEON, R.H., ZOCCOLILLO, M., KEENAN, K., CÔTÉ, S.M.,
PÉRUSSE, D., WU, H.X., BOIVIN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E.
(2007). Gender differences in physical aggression : A
prospective population-based survey of children before and
after 2 years of age. Developmental Psychology, 43
(1), 13-26. |
|
PAGANI, L., TREMBLAY, R.E., NAGIN, D.S., ZOCCOLILLO, M.,
VITARO F. & McDUFF, P. (2004). Risk factor models for
adolescent verbal and physical aggression toward mothers.
International Journal of Behavioral Development, 28
(6), 528-537. |
FONTAINE, N., CARBONNEAU, R., BARKER, E. D., VITARO, F.,
HÉBERT, M., CÔTÉ, S.M., NAGIN, D. S., ZOCCOLILLO, M.
& TREMBLAY, R.E. (2008). Girls' hyperactivity and
physical aggression during childhood predict adjustment
problems in early adulthood : A 15-year longitudinal
study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65 (3),
320-328. |
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. & NAGIN, D.S. SÉGUIN, J.R., ZOCCOLILLO,
M., ZELAZO, P.D., BOIVIN, M., PÉRUSSE, D. & JAPEL, C.
(2004). Physical aggression during early childhood :
trajectories and predictors. Pediatrics, 114 (1),
43-50. [PDF] |
|
|
GIMENEZ, C. et BLATIER, C. (2004). Étude de l'émergence de
l'agressivité physique au cours de la prime enfance : Une
analyse des comportements agressifs des enfants âgés de 17
mois. Devenir, 16 (4), 309-335. [PDF] |
JOUSSEMET, M., VITARO, F., BARKER, E.D., CÔTÉ, S., NAGIN,
D.S., ZOCCOLILLO, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2008).
Controlling parenting and physical aggression during
elementary school. Child Development, 79 (2),
411-425. |
|
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2004). The development of human physical
aggression : How important is early childhood ? In L.A.
& Leavitt, D.M.B. Hall (Eds.), Social and moral
development : Emerging evidence on the toddler years (pp.
221-238). New Brunswick, NJ : Johnson and Johnson
Pediatric Institute. |
GUILLEMIN, C., PROVENÇAL, N., SUDERMAN, M., CÔTÉ, S.M.,
VITARO, F., HALLETT, M., TREMBLAY, R.E. & SZYF, M.
(2014). DNA methylation signature of childhood chronic
physical aggression in T cells of both men and women.
PLoS One, 9 (1), 1-16. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Agressivité |
|
|
|
|
Agressivité verbale : Forme d'agessivité
qui prend la forme de
comportements verbaux. Verbale
aggression.
| |
|
|
VAN NAGEL, C. & DEERING-LEVIN, S. (1984). The art
of managing verbal aggression in the classroom.
Jacksonville, FL: Super Learning System. |
|
BJORKVIST, K. (1994). Sex differences in physical, verbal,
and indirect aggression : A review of recent research. Sex
Roles, 30 (3/4), 177-188. [PDF] |
|
PAGANI, L., TREMBLAY, R.E., NAGIN, D.S., ZOCCOLILLO, M.,
VITARO F. & McDUFF, P. (2004). Risk factor models for
adolescent verbal and physical aggression toward mothers.
International Journal of Behavioral Development, 28
(6), 528-537. |
|
HAMILTON, M.A. (2012). Verbal aggression understanding the
psychological antecedents and social consequences. Journal
of Language & Social Psychology, 31 (1), 5-12. |
|
|
Voir aussi Agressivité |
|
|
Agriculture
: Agriculture.
| |
|
|
UPHOF, J.C. (1938). Culture du maïs aux Etats-Unis. Revue
de Botanique Appliquée et d'Agriculture Coloniale,
18 (199), 157-175. [PDF] |
|
MAZOYER, M. & ROUDART, L. (2002). Histoire des
agricultures du monde : du néolithique À la crise
contemporaine. Éditions du Seuil. |
|
BETTINGER, R., RICHERSON, P. & BOYD, R. (2009).
Constraints on the development of agriculture. Current
Anthropology, 50 (5), 627-631. |
|
|
|
Agripper : main
un objet ou une personne
avec force, sans autre
manipulations. Agripper,
préhension et usage
d'un outil.
Grasping, grasp, grasping movement, grasping response.
| |
|
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1932). A further study of grasping.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 7, 34-63. |
McCARTY, M.E., CLIFTON, R.K., ASHMEAD, D.H., LEE, P. &
GOUBET, N. (2001). How infants use vision for grasping
objects. Child Development, 72 (4), 973-987. |
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1937). Studies of grasping responses of
early infancy : I, 11, 111. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 51, 371-449. |
WALLACE, P.S. & WHISHAW, I.Q. (2003). Independent
digit movements and precision grip patterns in
1-5-month-old human infants : Hand-babbling, including
vacuous then self-directed hand and digit movements,
precedes targeted reaching. Neuropsychologia, 41,
1912-1918. |
|
HOOKER, D. (1938). The origin of the grasping movement in
man. Proceedings of the American Philosophical
Society, 79, 597-606. |
. |
|
LANDSMEER, J.M.F. (1962). Power grip and precision
handling. Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases, 21,
164-170. |
|
|
NAPIER, J.R. (1962). The evolution of the hand. Scientific
American, 207, 156-162. |
OZTOP, E., BRADLEY, N. & ARBIB, M.A. (2004). Infant
grasp learning : a computational mode. Experimental
Brain Research, 158 (4), 480-503. [PDF] |
|
ELLIOTT, J.M. & CONNOLLY, K.J. (1984). A
classification of manipulative hand movements. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 26, 283-296. |
WITHERINGTON, D.C. (2005). The development of prospective grasping control between 5 and 7 months : A longitudinal study. Infancy, 7 (2), 143-161. |
|
VON HOFSTEN, C. & RÖNNQVIST, L. (1988). Preparation
for grasping an object : a developmental study. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 14, 610-621. |
HEYES, C.M. & BRASS, M. (2006). Grasping the
difference : What apraxia can tell us about theories of
imitation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (3),
95-96. [PDF] |
|
NEWELL, K.M., SCULLY, D.M., McDONALD, P.V. &
BAILLARGEON, R. (1989). Task constraints and infant grip
configurations. Developmental Psychobiology 22
(8), 817-832. [PDF] |
BARRETT, T.M. & NEEDHAM, A. (2008). Developmental
differences in infants’ use of an object’s shape to grasp
it securely. Developmental Psychobiology, 50,
97-106.
|
|
NEWELL, K.M., McDONALD, P.V. & BAILLARGEON, R. (1993).
Body scale and infant grip configurations.
Developmental Psychobiology, 26, 195-205. |
BARRETT, T.M., TRAUPMAN, E. & NEEDHAM, A. (2008).
Infants' visual anticipation of object structure in grasp
planning. Infant Behavior & Development, 31,
1-9. [PDF] |
|
SAKATA, H., TAIRA, M., MURATA, A. & MINE, S. (1995).
Neural mechanisms of visual guidance of hand action in the
parietal cortex of the monkey. Cerebral Cortex, 5
(5), 429-438. |
HERBORT, O. & BUTZ, M.V. (2010). Planning and control
of hand orientation in grasping movements. Experimental
Brain Research, 202, 867-878. |
|
JEANNEROD, M., ARBIB, M.A., RIZZOLATTI, G. & SAKATA,
H. (1995). Grasping objects : the cortical mechanisms of
visuomotor transformation. Trends in Neurosciences, 18
(7), 314-320. |
NELSON, E.L., BERTHIER, N.E., METEVIER, C.M. & NOVAK,
M.A. (2011). Evidence for motor planning in monkeys :
Rhesus macaques select efficient grips when transporting
spoons. Developmental Science, 14, 822-831. [PDF] |
|
McCARTY, M.E. & ASHMEAD, D.H. (1999). Visual control
of reaching and grasping in infants. Developmental
Psychology 35 (3), 620-631. |
KLEIN, L.K., MAIELLO, G., PAULUN, V.C. & FLEMING, R.W. (2018). How humans grasp three-dimensional objects. BioRxiv
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Main,
Développement
moteur, Habileté
motrice, Préhension,
Mouvement et Schème |
| |
|
|
Ahearn William H. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des
troubles alimentaires, notamment du
refus de manger. Collaborateur de Dube,
Hineline et Tonneau.
|
AHEARN, W.H., KERWIN, M.L., EICHER, P.S., SHANTZ, J. &
SWEARINGIN, W. (1996). An alternating treatments
comparison of two intensive interventions for food
refusal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 29
(3), 321-332. [PDF] |
|
AHEARN, W.H., KERWIN, M.E., EICHER, P.S. & LUKENS,
C.T. (2001). An ABAC comparison of two intensive
interventions for food refusal. Behavior Modification,
25, 385-405. |
|
AHEARN, W.H. (2003). Using simultaneous presentation to
increase vegetable consumption in a mildly selective child
with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(3), 361-365. [PDF] |
|
AHEARN, W.H., CLARK, K., GARDENIER, N., CHUNG, B. &
DUBE, W.V. (2003). Persistence of automatically reinforced
stereotypy : Examining the effects of external
reinforcers. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(4), 439-448. [PDF] |
|
AHEARN, W.H., CLARK, K., MacDONALD, R.P.F. & CHUNG,
B.I. (2007). Vocal stereotypy : Assessing and treating
acontextual vocalizations in children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (2), 263-275. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Ahmed
Mosaddeq Nafeez (1978-) : Politologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de la guerre,
des conflits internationaux et du terrorisme.
|
AHMED, N.M. (2003). Behind the war on terror : Western
secret strategy and the struggle for Iraq. New
Society Publishers. |
|
AHMED, N.M. (2005). The war on truth : 9/11,
Disinformation, and the anatomy of terrorism. Olive
Branch Press. / La Guerre contre la vérité : 11
Septembre, désinformation et anatomie du terrorisme.
Demi-Lune. |
|
AHMED, N.M. (2005). The globalization of insecurity : How
the international economic order undermines human and
national security on a world scale. Historia Actual,
5, 113-126. [PDF] |
|
AHMED, N.M. (2006). Un humanitarian intervention in East
Timor. A critical appraisal. Entelechy : Journal of
Interdisciplinary Studies, 2, 227-244.
[PDF] |
|
AHMED, N.M. (2007). Structural violence as a form of
genocide : The impact of the international economic order.
Entelechy : Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies, 5, 3-41
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Ahmed
Serge H. ( ) : Neurobiologiste
français et spécialiste de l'étude de la cocaïne
et de l'héroïne.
Collaborateur de Koob.
|
AHMED, S.H. & KOOB, G.F. (1997). Cocaine- but not
food-seeking behavior is reinstated by stress after
extinction. Psychopharmacology, 32, 289-295. |
|
AHMED, S.H. & KOOB, G.F. (1999). Long-lasting increase
in the set point for cocaine self-administration after
escalation in rats. Psychopharmacology, 146, 303-312. |
|
AHMED, S.H., WALKER, J.R. & KOOB, G.F. (2000).
Persistent increase in the motivation to take heroin in
rats with history of drug escalation. Neuropsychopharmacology,
22, 413-421.
[PDF] |
|
AHMED, S.H., KENNY, P.J., KOOB, G.F. & MARKOU, A.
(2002). Neurobiological evidence for hedonic allostasis
associated with escalating cocaine use. Nature
Neuroscience, 5 (7), 625-626. |
|
AHMED, S.H. (2010). Validation crisis in animal models of
drug addiction : Beyond non-disordered drug use toward
drug addiction. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 35, 172-184. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Ahrons Constance R. (Brooklin 1937-2021 New York) :
Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la famille et du divorce.
|
AHRONS, C.R. (1976). Counselors' perceptions of career
images of women. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 8, 197-207. |
|
AHRONS, C.R. & Arnn, S. (1981). Children and their
divorced parents : Issues for hospital staff. Health
& Social Work, 6, 21-28. |
|
AHRONS, C.R. & TANNER, J. (2003), Adult children’s
relationships with their fathers twenty years after
divorce. Family Relations, 52, 340-351. |
|
AHRONS, C.R. (2007). Introduction to the special issue on
divorce and its aftermath. Family Process, 46
(1), 2-6. [PDF] |
|
AHRONS, C.R. (2007). Family ties after divorce : Long-term
implications for children. Family Process, 46 (1),
53-65. [PDF] |
|
|
|
SAARILUOMA, P. & KARVONEN, A. (2024). Theory
languages in designing artificial intelligence. AI
& Society, 39, 2249-2258.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aide
à distance : Voir Thérapie
à distance,
Groupe de soutien à distance et
Cyberpsychologie. Online therapy,
computer-administered therapy, computer-assisted therapy,
telephone behaviour therapy, online
support group, support network, cyberpsychology,
virtual therapy, internet therapy, teletherapy.
|
Aide
à domicile : Aidant-e à domicile : Individu - souvent
un professionnel ou un
para-profesionnel
- qui se rend au domicile d'un
malade, d'un handicapé,
d'une femme enceinte,
d'un parent
monoparental ou d'une personne
âgée pour lui prodiguer des soins
ou simplement l'aider à accomplir ses tâches
quotidiennes. = soin à domicile.
Residential care, home visiting, home visiting
program.
| |
|
|
OLDS, D.L. & KITZMAN, H. (1993). Review of research on
home visiting for pregnant women and parents of young
children. The Future of Children, 3 (3), 53-92.
[PDF] |
|
OLDS, D.L., ROBINSON, J., PETTITT, L., LUCKEY, D.W.,
HOMBERG, J., NG, R.K., ISACKS, K., SHEFF, K. &
HENDERSON, C.R. (2004). Effects of home visits by
paraprofessionals and by nurses : Age 4 follow-up results
of a randomized trial. Pediatrics, 114, 1560-1568. |
|
GOMBY, D.S. (2007). The promise and limitations of home
visiting : Implementing effective programs. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 31 (8), 793-799. |
|
DUGGAN, A., CALDERA, D., RODRIGUEZ, K., BURRELL, L.,
ROHDE, C. & CROWNE, S.S. (2007). Impact of a statewide
home visiting program to prevent child abuse. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 31 (8), 801-827. |
|
ANDERSEN, E.A. (2009). Working in long-term residential
care : A qualitative metasummary encompassing roles,
working environments, work satisfaction, and factors
affecting recruitment and retention of nurse aides. Global
Journal of Health Science, 1 (2), 2-41.
[PDF] |
|
LECROY, C.W. & KRYSIK, J. (2011). Randomized trial of
the health families Arizona home visiting program.
Children & Youth Services Review, 33,
1761-1766. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir Vieil adute, Professionnel,
Soin à
domicile et Para-profesionnel |
| |
|
|
Aide-mémoire
: Notes que l'on utilise lors d'un examen
ou d'un oral pour rafraîchir
notre mémoire et nous
aider à répondre aux questions.
Précisons que, lorsqu'utilisée sans permission ou à l'insu d'un
surveillant, cette feuille constitue une forme de tricherie.
Crib sheet, cheat sheet.
| |
|
|
HINDMAN, C.D. (1980). Crib notes in the classroom :
Cheaters never win. Teaching of Psychology, 7, 166-168. |
|
WHITLEY, B.E. (1996). Does "cheating" help ? The effect of
using authorized crib notes during examinations. College
Student Journal, 30, 489-493. |
|
DICKSON, K.L. & MILLER, M.D. (2005). Authorized crib
cards do not improve exam performance. Teaching of
Psychology, 32, 230-233. |
|
ERBE, B. (2007). Reducing test anxiety while increasing
learning : The cheat sheet. College Teaching, 55, 96-97. |
|
DICKSON, K.L. & BAUER, J.J. (2008). Do students learn
course material during crib sheet construction ? Teaching
of Psychology, 35, 117-120. |
|
FUNK, S.C. & DICKSON, K.L. (2011). Crib card use
during tests : Helpful or a crutch ? Teaching of
Psychology, 38, 114-117. |
|
GRARIB, A., PHILLIPS, W. & MATHEW, N. (2012). Cheat
sheet or open-book ? A comparison of the effects of exam
types on performance, retention, and anxiety. Psychology
Research, 2 (8), 469-478.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Tricherie
et Plagiat |
|
|
Aide
naturelle : Aidant-e naturel : Personne sans compétence
particulière qui s'occupe d'une personne qui souffre
d'un problème de santé physique ou mentale,
ou qui lui offre ponctuellement son soutien, son aide.
L'aidant naturel fait partie du réseau
social de la personne souffrante; il peut s'agir d'un ami,
d'un parent, d'un voisin ou
d'un bénévole. Aide
naturel, soutien social et
soutien à domicile.
= famille aidante. family
caregivers.
| |
|
|
NÉRON, S. et FORTIN, B. (1993). Vivre avec le cancer :
stratégies d'adaptation pour le malade et pour les aidants
naturels. Perspectives Psychiatriques, 39 (4),
242-251. |
|
ZARIT, S.H., STEPHENS, M.A.P., TOWNSEND, A. & GREENE,
R. (1998). Stress reduction for family caregivers :
Effects of adult day care use. Journal of
Gerontology, 53B (5), 267-277. |
|
BERTRAND, R.M., FREDMAN, L. & SACZYNSKI, J. (2006).
Are all caregivers created equal ? Stress in caregivers to
adults with and without dementia. Journal of Aging
& Health, 18, 534-551. |
|
|
Voir aussi Entrevue de
Zarit, Soutien
social, Vieil
adulte et Soutien
à domicile |
|
|
|
|
|
Aide
professionnelle : Aidant-e professionnel : Personne
compétente (qui possède souvent un titre
professionnel) qui s'occupe d'une personne qui souffre de
problème de santé physique ou mentale
ou qui requiert l'aide d'une personne plus expérimentée. Il
peut s'agir d'un psychologue, d'un travailleur social, d'un
psychiatre, d'un orthophoniste, d'un avocat, etc. Cette aide peut
être prodiguée sous forme de thérapie,
de mentorat, de
cybermentorat, de counseling,
etc. Professional help, seek therapy, seek
professional help.
| |
|
|
VOGEL, D.L. & WESTER, S.R. (2003). To seek help or not
to seek help : The risks of self-disclosure. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 50, 351–361. |
|
VOGEL, D.L., WEI, M., BOYSEN, G.A. & WESTER, S.R.
(2005). The role of outcome expectations and attitudes on
decisions to seek professional help. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 52 (4), 459-470. [PDF] |
|
VOGEL, D.L., WADE, N.G. & HACKLER, A.H. (2008).
Emotional expression and the decision to seek therapy :
The mediating roles of the anticipated benefits and risks.
Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 27,
254–278. |
|
|
Voir aussi Comportement
d'aide |
|
|
|
|
|
AIDS
& Behavior : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la
prévention et aux
conséquences psychologiques du VIH/ Sida.
Éditeur : Springer.
ALBARRACIN, D., LEEPER, J., EARL, A. & DURANTINI,
M.R. (2008). From brochures to videos to counseling :
Exposure to HIV- prevention programs. AIDS &
Behavior, 12 (3), 354-362. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Aiello
Jack R. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la facilitation
sociale, de l'entassement
et des distances sociales.
Collaborateur de Baum.
|
AIELLO, J.R. & AIELLO-DE CARLO, T. (1974). The
development of personal space : Proxemic behavior of
children 6 through 16. Human Ecology, 2 (3),
177-189. |
|
AIELLO, J.R., THOMPSON, D.E. & BRODZINSKY, D.M.
(1983). How funny is crowding anyway ? Effects of group
size, room size, and the introduction of humor. Basic
& Applid Social Psychology, 1082, 192-207. |
|
AIELLO, J.R. & SVEC, C.M. (1993). Computer monitoring
of work performance : Social facilitation and electronic
presence. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23 (7),
537-548. |
|
AIELLO, J.R. (1993). Computer-based work monitoring :
Electronic surveillance and its effects. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 23 (7), 499-507. |
|
AIELLO, J.R. & DOUTHITT, E.A. (2001). Social
facilitation theory from Triplett to electronic
performance monitoring. Group Dynamics, 5 (3),
163-180. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Aigle
: Oiseau. Eagle.
| |
|
|
WALKER, D.G. (1983). Golden eagle killing mobbing carrion
crows. British Birds, 76, 312. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ainslie
George W. (1944-) : Psychiatre
béhavioriste américain et spécialiste des comportements
impulsifs et du contrôle
de soi. Collaborateur de Herrnstein
et Rachlin.
 |
AINSLIE, G.W. (1974). Impulse control in pigeons.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21 (3),
485-489. [PDF] |
|
AINSLIE, G.W. (1975). Specious reward : A behavioral
theory of impulsiveness and impulse control. Psychological
Bulletin, 82 (4), 463-496. [PDF] |
|
AINSLIE, G.W. & HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1981). Preference
reversal and delayed reinforcement. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 9 (4), 476-482. [PDF] |
|
AINSLIE, G.W. & MONTESSORO, J. (2003). Freud and
picoeconomics. Behaviorism, 1, 11-19.
[PDF] |
|
AINSLIE, G.W. (2005). Précis of breakdown of will. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 28 (5), 635-673. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Ainsworth
Mary Dinsmore Salter (Glendale Ohio 1913-1999) :
Psychologue
canadienne, d'origine américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du
développement et de l'attachement
chez les enfants. Elle a
inventé une situation
étrange visant à déterminer la nature de l'attachement
enfant-parent. Collaboratrice de Bowlby,
Bretherton et Waters.
No 97
|
AINSWORTH, M.D.S. (1963). The development of infant-mother
interaction among the Uganda. In B.M. Foss (Ed.), Determinants
of infant behavior (pp. 67-104). New York : Wiley. |
|
AINSWORTH, M.D. & BOWLBY, J. (1965). Child care
and the growth of love. London : Penguin Books. |
|
AINSWORTH, M.D. (1967). Infancy in Uganda : Infant
care and the growth of love. Baltimore : Johns
Hopkins University Press. |
|
AINSWORTH, M.D., BLEHAR, M.C., WATERS, E. & WALL, S.
(1978). Patterns of attachment : A psychological
study of the strange situation. Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
AINSWORTH, M.D. (1989). Attachments beyond infancy.
American Psychologist, 44 (4), 709-716. |
|
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1992). The origins of attachment theory :
John Bowlby and Mary Ainsworth inge bretherton. Developmental
Psychology, 28, 759-775. [PDF] |
|
GROSSMANN, K.E. & GROSSMANN, K. (1999). Mary Ainsworth
: Our guide to attachment research. Attachment &
Human Development, 1, 224-228. [PDF] |
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1999). Mary Ainsworth (1913-1999).
Attachment & Human Development, 1, 127-128. |
|
MAIN, M. (1999). Mary D. Salter Ainsworth : Tribute and
portrait. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19, 682-776. [PDF] |
|
BRETHERTON, I. & MAIN, M. (2000). Mary Dinsmore Salter
Ainsworth (1913-1999) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 55, 1148-1149. |
|
BRETHERTON, I. (2002). Ainsworth, Mary Dinsmore Salter
(1913-1999). In N. Salkind (Ed.), Child Development :
Macmillan psychology reference series (Vol. 1, pp.
21-23). New York : Macmillan Reference USA. |
|
|
|
|
|
Aire
associative :
| |
|
|
| |
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
|
|
Aire
de Broca : Partie du
lobe frontal, généralement localisée dans l'hémisphère
gauche (chez les droitiers), qui joue un rôle fondamental
dans la production du langage
(contrôle de la musculature bucco-phonatoire). On doit la
découverte de cette aire à Broca.
Aire de Broca, parole
et aphasie
de Broca. = zone de Broca. Broca's
area, motor speech area.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
BROCA, P. (1861). Remarques sur le siège de la faculté du
langage articulé suivies d'une observation d'aphasie. Bulletin
de la Société d'Anatomie, 6, 330-357. [HTM]
+ [LIRE] |
TETTAMANTI, M. & WENIGER, D. (2006). Broca's area : a
supramodal hierarchical processor ? Cortex, 42,
491-494. |
|
COPPENS, P. (1991). Why are Wernicke's aphasia patients
older than Broca's ? A critical view of the hypotheses.
Aphasiology, 5, 279-290. |
RAU, S., FESL, G., BRUHNS, P., HAVEL, P., BRAUN, B., TONN,
J.C. & ILIMBERGER, J. (2007). Reproducibility of
activations in Broca area with two language tasks : A
functional MR imaging study. American Journal of
Neuroradiology, 28 (7), 1346-1353. |
|
FORD, A, McGREGOR, K.M., CASE, K., CROSSON, B. &
WHITE, K.D. (2010). Structural connectivity of Broca’s
area and medial frontal cortex. Neuroimage, 52,
1230–1237. |
|
BASTIAANSE, R. & VAN ZONNEVELD, R. (2005). Sentence
production with verbs of alternating transitivity in
Broca’s agrammatic aphasia. Journal of
Neurolinguistics, 18, 57-66. |
HICKOK, G., COSTANZO, M., CAPASSO, R. & MICELI, G.
(2011). The Role of Broca’s area in Speech Perception :
Evidence from Aphasia Revisited. Brain &
Language, 119 (3), 214-220. [PDF]
|
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Broca,
Parole et Aphasie
de Broca |
|
|
Aire
de Wernicke : Partie du cerveau,
située à la jonction du lobe
pariétal et temporal,
dont la fonction première - la compréhension
du langage - a été
découverte par Wernicke.
Aire et aphasie de
Wernicke.
Wernicke's area.
| |
|
|
| |
|
WERNICKE, C. (1874). Deraphasische Symptomencomplex.
Breslau: Cohn and Weigert. |
AMUNTS, K., SCHLEICHER, A., BURGEL, U., MOHLBERG, H.,
UYLINGS, H.B.M. & ZILLES, K. (1999). Broca's region
revisited : Cytoarchitecture and intersubject variability.
Journal of Comparative Neurology, 41 (2),
319-941. |
|
BOGEN, J.E. & BOGEN, G.M. (1976). Wernicke's region -
Where is it ? Annals of the New York Academy of
Science, 280, 834-843. |
HARPAZ, Y., LEVKOVITZ, Y. & LAVIDOR, M. (2009).
Lexical ambiguity resolution in Wernicke's area and its
right homologue. Cortex, 45 (9), 1097-1103. |
|
COPPENS, P. (1991). Why are Wernicke's aphasia patients
older than Broca's ? A critical view of the hypotheses.
Aphasiology, 5 (2), 279-290. |
DeWITT, I. & RAUSCHENKER, J.P. (2013). Wernicke's area
revisited : parallel streams and word processing. Brain
& Language, 127 (2), 181-191. |
|
GANNON, P.J., HOLLOWAY, R.L., BROADFIELD, D.C. &
BRAUN, A.R. (1998). Asymmetry of chimpanzee planum
temporale : humanlike pattern of Wernicke's brain language
area homolog. Science, 279 (5348), 220-222. |
ROBSON, H., GRUBE, M., LAMBON RALPH, M.A., GRIFFITHS, T.D.
& SAGE, K. (2013). Fundamental deficits of auditory
perception in Wernicke's aphasia. Cortex, 49
(7), 1808-1822. |
|
|
Voir aussi Wernicke,
Compréhension de la parole et Aphasie
de Wernicke |
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Dcarie. |
|
|
|
Aire
motrice : L'aire motrice, située dans le
lobe frontal, contribuent à la planification et au contrôle
de l'exécution des mouvements
volontaires des muscles du
corps.
| |
|
|
|
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human
neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
|
|
Aire
tegmentale ventrale (ATV) : Groupe de
neurones situées dans le mésencéphale,
le centre du cerveau, qui synthétise la dopamine,
et qui, de ce fait, jouent un rôle essentiel dans le circuit
de la récompense/renforcement. L'aire tegmentale reçoit des
signaux en provenance de plusieurs régions du cerveau, signaux qui
informent l'organisme du niveau de satisfaction de ses besoins
physiologiques (manger, boire, etc). Ventral
tegmental area, ventral midbrain.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
PRISCO, S., PAGANNONE, S. & ESPOSITO, E. (1994).
Serotonin-dopamine interaction in the rat ventral
tegmental area : an electrophysiological study in vivo. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 271,
83-90. |
|
PRISCO, S. & ESPOSITO, E. (1995). Differential effects
of acute and chronic fluoxetine administration on the
spontaneous activity ofd opaminergic neurones in the
ventral tegmental area. British Joumal of Phamacology,
116, 1923-1931. [PDF] |
|
YUN, I.A., WAKABAYASHI, K.T., FIELDS, H.L. & NICOLA,
S.M. (2004). The ventral tegmental area is required for
the behavioral and nucleus accumbens neuronal firing
responses to incentive cues. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 24 (12), 2923-2933. [PDF] |
|
IKEMOTO, S. (2007). Dopamine reward circuitry : two
projection systems from the ventral midbrain to the
nucleus accumbens-olfactory tubercle complex. Brain
Research Reviews, 56, 27-78. |
|
BRISCHOUX, F., CHAKRABORTY, S., BRIERLEY, D.I. &
UNGLESS, M.A. (2009). Phasic excitation of dopamine
neurons in ventral VTA by noxious stimuli. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States
of America, 106 (12), 4894-4899. |
|
PINEL, J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
|
|
Aizawa
Kenneth K. ( ) : Philosophe
et historien
de la psychologie américain. Il s'est notamment intéressé à
la cognition.
|
AIZAWA, K. (1992). Connectionism and artificial
intelligence : History and philosophical interpretation. Journal
for Experimental & Theoretical Artificial
Intelligence, 2 (4), 295-313. |
|
AIZAWA, K. (1994). Representations without rules,
connectionism and the syntactic argument. Synthese,
101 (3), 465-492. |
|
AIZAWA, K. (1997). Explaining systematicity. Mind
& Language, 12 (2), 115-136. |
|
ADAMS, F. & AIZAWA, K. (2001). The bounds of cognition
Philosophical Psychology, 14 (1), 43-64. [PDF] |
|
AIZAWA, K. (2003). Cognitive architecture : The structure
of cognitive representations. In T. Warfield & S.
Stich (Eds.), Blackwell's companion to the mind (pp.
172-189). Blackwell. |
|
|
|
Ajuriaguerra
Julian De (1911-1993) : Psychiatre,
neuropsychologie
et psychanalyste
espagnol, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement
de l'enfant. Collaborateur
de Hécaen.
 |
AJURIAGUERRA, J. De & HÉCAEN, H. (1949). Le cortex
cérébral, étude neuro-psycho-pathologique. Paris :
Masson. |
|
AJURIAGUERRA, J. De (1962). Le corps comme relation.
Revue Suisse de Psychologie Pure et Appliquée, 21, 137-157. |
|
AJURIAGUERRA, J. De (Dir.) (1964). Desafférenciation
expérimentale et clinique. Symposium Bel-Air II.
Genève : Georg et Cie S.A., Masson et Cie Librairie de
l'Université. |
|
AJURIAGUERRA, J. De (Dir.) (1967). Cycles biologiques
et psychiatrie. Symposium Bel-Air III. Genève :
Georg et Cie Masson et Cie Librairie de l'Université. |
|
AJURIAGUERRA, J. De (1985). Organisation
neuropsychologique de certains fonctionnements : des
mouvements spontanés au dialogue tonico-postural et aux
modes précoces de communication. Enfance, 2 (3),
265-277. |
|
|
|
Ajustement : Ajuster : Le terme a deux
significations voisines selon qu'il décrit un individu ou la
relation entre deux personnes. a) Chez un
individu, l'ajustement est la capacité d'utiliser ses ressources
pour modifier ses comportements et ainsi résoudre un problème ou
agir avec plus d'efficacité dans une situation particulière. Il
s'agit généralement de petits changements, souvent réalisés de
manière inconsciente. b) Au sein du couple,
adaptation mutuelle et
progressive des partenaires. Trois facteurs semblent nuire à cet
ajustement : 1) l'histoire personnelle des
conjoints (personnalité déficiente ou perturbée, attachement
inadéquat, faible résilience, pauvreté des ressources
personnelles); 2) les processus interpersonnels
(communication difficile, stratégies d’adaptation peu efficace); 3)
les événements de vie stressants et leurs ressources
pour y faire face. Psychological adjustment.
| |
|
| a |
|
DUPÉRÉ, V., ARCHAMBAULT, I., LEVENTHAL, T., DION, E. &
ANDERSON, S. (2015). School mobility and school-age
children's social adjustment. Developmental
Psychology, 51 (2), 197-210. |
| b |
|
ZELKOWITZ, P. & MILLET, T. (1996). Postpartum
psychiatric disorders : their relationship to
psychological adjustment and marital satisfaction in the
spouses. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105
(2), 281-285. |
|
CORMIER, N. & JULIEN, D. (1996). Relation entre
l'ajustement conjugal et des mesures subjectives et
objectives de soutien social. Canadian Journal of
Behavioral Sciences/Revue Canadienne des Sciences du
Comportement, 28, 302-309. |
|
WENTZEL, K.R. (1998). Social support and adjustment in
middle school : The role of parents, teachers, and peers.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 90, 202-209. |
|
JULIEN, D., CHARTRAND, E. & BÉGIN, J. (1999). Social
network, structural interdependence, and dyadic adjustment
in heterosexual, gay and lesbian couples. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 61, 516-530. |
|
LANSFORD, J.E. (2009). Parental divorce and children's
adjustment. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 4
(2), 140-152.
[PDF] |
|
DENAULT, A.-S. & POULIN, F. (2008). Associations
between interpersonal relationships in organized leisure
activities and youth adjustment. The Journal of Early
Adolescence, 28, 477-502. |
|
|
|
Ajzen Icek (Pologne 1942-) : Psychosociologue
américain d'origine polonaise. En collaboration avec Fishbein, il
a développé une théorie pour expliquer et prédire le comportement
(théorie de
l’action raisonnée). Il a également proposé une théorie
du comportement planifié. =
Aizen. Collaborateur d'Albarracin,
Fishbein et Kruglanski.
 |
AJZEN, I. & FISHBEIN, M. (1977). Attitude-behavior
relations : A theoretical analysis and review of empirical
research. Psychological Bulletin, 84 (5),
888-918. [PDF] |
|
AJZEN, I. (1985). From intentions to actions : A theory of
planned behavior. In J. Kuhl & J. Beckman (Eds.),
Action-control : From cognition to behavior (pp.
11-39). Heidelberg, Germany : Springer. [PDF] |
|
AJZEN, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 50, 179-211.
[PDF] |
|
AJZEN, I. (2001). Nature and operation of attitudes. Annual
Review of Psychology, 52, 27-58.
[PDF] |
|
AJZEN, I., BROWN, T.C. & CARVAJAL, F. (2004).
Explaining the discrepancy between intentions and actions
: The case of hypothetical bias in contingent valuation. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1108-1121. [PDF] |
| |
|
VALLERAND, R.J., DESHAIES, P., CUERRIER, J-P., PELLETIER,
L.G. & MONGEAU, C. (1992). Ajzen and Fishbein's theory
of reasoned action as applied to moral behavior : A
confirmatory analysis. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 62, 98-109. [PDF] |
|
CORDANO, M. & FRIEZE, I. H. (2000). Pollution
reduction preferences of U.S. environmental managers :
Applying Ajzen's theory of planned behavior. Academy
of Management Journal, 43, 627-641. |
|
|
|
Akathisie
: Effet
secondaire de certains antidépresseurs
qui prend la forme d'une impatience des membres (jambe, bras,
cou), qui se traduit notamment pas une incapacité à demeurer dans
une position statique (assis, debout, coucher), sans bouger.
Akathisie, antidepresseur et dyskénisie
tardive. Akathisie.
|
|
| |
ROTHSCHILD, A.J. & LOCKE, C.A. (1991). Reexposure to
fluoxetine after serious suicide attempts by three
patients : The role of akathisia. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 52, 491-493.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Akers
Ronald L. (New Albany 1939-) : Criminologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de la déviance,
notamment de la consommation de
cannabis. Collaborateur de
Burgess.
 |
AKERS, R.L. KROHN, M.D., LANZA-KADUCE, L. &
RADOSEVICH, M. (1979). Social learning and deviant
behavior : A specific test of a general theory. American
Sociological Review, 44 (4), 636-655. |
|
AKERS, R.L. & COCHRANE, J.K. (1985). Adolescent
marijuana use : A test of three theories of deviant
behavior. Deviant Behavior, 6 (4), 323-346. |
|
AKERS, R.L. (1991). Self-control as a general theory of
crime. Journal of Quantitative Criminology, 7 (2),
201-211. |
|
AKERS, R.L. & LEE, G. (1996). A longitudinal test of
social learning theory : Adolescent smoking. Journal
of Drug Issues, 26 (2), 317-343. |
|
AKERS, R.L. & LEE, G. (1996). Adolescent marijuana use
: A test of three theories of deviant behavior. Deviant
Behavior, 6 (4), 323-346. |
|
|
|
Äkerstedt
Torbjörn (1946-) : Psychologue
organisationnel
suédois, spécialisé dans l'étude des effets nocifs du travail
(fatigue, privation
de sommeil, stress,
somnolence). Collaborateur de Dahlgren.
 |
ÄKERSTEDT, T. & TORSVALL, L. (1985). Napping in shift
work. Sleep, 8, 105-109. |
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T., HUME, K., MINORS, D. & WATERHOUSE, J.
(1994). The meaning of good sleep : a longitudinal study
of polysomnography and subjective sleep quality. Journal
of Sleep Research, 3, 152-158. |
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T. (1998). Is there an optimal sleep-wake
pattern in shift work ? Scandinavian Journal of Work,
Environment & Health, 24 (S3), 18-27.
[PDF] |
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T., KECKLUND, G., GILBERG, M., LOWDEN, A. &
AXELSSON, J. (2000). Sleepiness and days of recovery. Transportation
Research Part F : Traffic Psychology & Behaviour, 3
(4), 251-261. |
|
ÄKERSTEDT, T., KECKLUND, G., GILBERG, M. & JANSSON, B.
(2002). Work load and work hours in relation to disturbed
sleep and fatigue in a large representative sample.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 53, 585-588. |
|
|
|
Akhtar
Nameera (1960-) :
Psychologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'attention
sociale orientée vers un objet (attention jointe).
Collaboratrice de Gernsbacher
et Tomasselo.
|
AKHTAR, N. & TOMASELLO, M. (1996). Two-year-olds learn
words for absent objects and actions. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 14, 79-93. |
|
AKHTAR, N., JIPSON, J. & CALLAHAN, M.A. (2001).
Learning words through overhearing. Child
Development, 72 (2), 416-430. |
|
AKHTAR, N. (2005). The robustness of learning through
overhearing. Developmental Science, 8, 99-209. |
|
AKHTAR, N. & GERNSBACHER, M.A. (2007). Joint Attention
and vocabulary development : A critical look. Language
& Linguistics Compass, 1 (3), 195-207. [PDF] |
|
AKHTAR, N. & JASWAL, V. K. (2020). Stretching the
social : Broadening the behavioral indicators of
sociality. Child Development Perspectives, 14 (1),
28-33. |
|
|
|
Akins
Chana K. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude des comportements
sexuels, de l'imitation
et des drogues, notamment de la cocaïne,
chez la caille.
Collaboratrice de Domjan et
Zentall.
|
AKINS, C.K. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1996). Imitative learning
in male Japanese quail using the two-action method. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 110 (3), 316-320. [PDF] |
|
AKINS, C.K. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1998). Imitation in
Japanese quail : The role of demonstrator reinforcement. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 5 (4), 694-697. [PDF] |
|
AKINS, C.K. (2003). Behavior systems approach : A better
explanation for sexual conditioning studies. Behavior
Analyst Today, 4 (1), 5-13. [PDF] |
|
AKINS, C.K. (2004). The role of classical conditioning in
sexual behavior : A comparative analysis of humans and
nonhuman animals. International Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 17, 241-262. [PDF]
|
|
AKINS, C.K. & GEARY, E.H. (2008). Cocaine-induced
behavioral sensitization and conditioning in male Japanese
quail. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 88,
432-437. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Akiskal
Hagop Souren (1944-2021 La Jolla) : Psychiatre
américain, d'origine libanaise, et spécialiste de l'étude du tempérament
et du trouble
bipolaire. Collaborateur de Angst,
Hantouche et
Perugi.
|
AKISKAL, H.S. & PINTO, O. (1999). The evolving bipolar
spectrum Prototypes I, II, III, and IV. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 22 (3), 517–534.
|
|
AKISKAL, H.S. & MALLYA, G. (1987). Criteria for the
"soft" bipolar spectrum : treatment implications. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 23 (1), 68-73. |
|
AKISKAL, H.S., BOURGEOIS, M.L., ANGST, J., POST, R.,
MOLLER, H. & HIRSCHFELD, R. (2000). Re-evaluating the
prevalence of and diagnostic composition within the broad
clinical spectrum of bipolar disorders. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 59 (S), 5-30. |
|
AKISKAL, H.S. (2002). The bipolar spectrum–the shaping of
a new paradigm in psychiatry. Current Psychiatry
Reports, 4 (1), 1-3. |
|
AKISKAL, H.S., HANTOUCHE, E.G., BOURGEOIS, M.L.,
AZORIN, J.M., SECHTER, D., ALLILAIRE, J.F.,
LANCRENON, S., FRAUD, J.P. & CHÂTELET-DUCHÊNE, L.
(1998). Gender, temperament, and the clinical picture in
dysphoric mixed mania : findings from a French national
study (EPIMAN). Journal of Affective Disorders, 50
(2-3), 175-186. |
|
|
|
Akrami
Nazar ( ) : Psychosociologue
suédois, spécialisé dans l'étude des stéréotypes,
de la discrimination
raciale et des préjugés.
Collaborateur de Ekehammar.
 |
AKRAMI, N., EKEHAMMAR, B. & ARAYA, T. (2000).
Classical and modern racial prejudice : A study of
attitudes toward immigrants in Sweden. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 30, 521-532.
[PDF] |
|
EKEHAMMAR, B., AKRAMI, N. & ARAYA, T. (2003). Gender
differences in implicit prejudice. Personality &
Individual Differences 34, 1509-1523. [PDF] |
|
AKRAMI, N. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (2005). The association
between implicit and explicit prejudice : The moderating
role of motivation to control prejudiced reactions.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 46, 361-366. |
|
AKRAMI, N., HEDLUND, L.-E. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (2007).
Personality scale response latencies as self-schema
indicators : The inverted-U effect revisited. Personality
& Individual Differences, 43, 611-618. |
|
AKRAMI, N., EKEHAMMAR, B. & YANG- WALLENTIN, F.
(2011). Personality & social psychology factors
explaining sexism. Journal of Individual Differences,
32, 143-160. |
|
|
|
Aktouf
Omar (1944-2025) : Économiste
et psychologue
québécois d'origine algérienne. Il enseigne à l'Université
de Montréal (HEC).
 |
AKTOUF, O. (1987). Méthodologie des sciences sociales
et approche qualitative des organisations.
Montréal-Québec : Presses des H.E.C. et Presses de
l'Université du Québec. |
|
AKTOUF, O., BÉDARD, R. et CHANLAT, A. (2002). Management,
éthique catholique et esprit du capitalisme : l'exemple
québécois. Sociologie du Travail, 34 (1),
83-99. |
|
AKTOUF, O. (1992). Management and theories of
organizations in the 1990s : Toward a critical radical
humanism ? Academy of Management Review, 17 (3),
407-411. |
|
AKTOUF, O. (2002). La stratégie de l'autruche;
post-mondialisation, management et rationalité
économique. Montréal : Écosociété. |
|
AKTOUF, O. (2005). Le management entre tradition et
renouvellement. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
|
|
AG - ALBERT - ALC - ALCOCK
- ALCOOL - ALCOOLISME - ALÉATOIRE
- ALEXANDER - ALG - ALL
- ALLPORT - ALT -
ALTRUISME - ALZHEIMER
- AM |
|
|
Alain Claude ( ) : Neuropsychologue
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude des mécanismes neurocognitifs
de l'audition, notamment
l'attention sélective. Étudiant de Richer.
 |
ALAIN, C., RICHER, F., ACHIM, A. & SAINT-HILAIRE, J.M.
(1989). Human intracerebral potentials associated with
target, novel and omitted auditory stimuli. Brain
Topography, 1, 237-245. |
|
ALAIN, C. & WOODS, D.L. (1994). Signal clustering
modulates auditory cortical activity in humans. Perception
& Psychophysics, 56, 501-516. |
|
ALAIN, C. & ARNOTT, S.R. (2000). Selectively attending
to auditory objects. Frontiers in Bioscience, 5, 202-212. |
|
ALAIN, C., ARNOTT, S.R., HEVENOR, S, GRAHAM, S. &
GRADY, C.L. (2001). "What" and "where" in the human
auditory system. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences of the United States of America, 98
(21), 12301-12306. |
|
ALAIN, C., ZENDEL, B.R., HUTKA, S. & BIDELMAN, G.M.
(2014). Turning down the noise : The benefit of musical
training on the aging auditory brain. Hearing
Research, 308, 162-173. |
|
|
|
Alain
Michel ( ) : Psychosociologue
québécois. Il enseigne à
l'Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières.
|
ALAIN, M. (2004). Les us et abus dans l'application
de la régression multiple en sciences humaines. Trois-Rivières
: SMG. |
|
RAINIS, N., ALAIN, M. et DENÈVE, C. (2004). Influence des
différentes expertises psycho-juridiques sur les décisions
d'un jury populaire dans le cas d'une infraction grave. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 57, 351-361. |
|
ALAIN, M. (2004). Les us et abus dans l'application
de la régression multiple en sciences humaines.
Trois-Rivières : SMG. |
|
DUBÉ, M., BOUFFRARD, L., LAPIERRE, S. & ALAIN, M.
(2005). La santé mentale par la gestion des projets
personnels : une intervention auprès de jeunes retraités.
Santé Mentale au Québec, 30 (2), 321-344. |
|
ALAIN, M. (2005). Les influences sociales. Dans R.J.
Vallerand (Ed.), Les fondements de la psychologie
sociale. Montréal : Gaétan Morin. |
|
|
|
Albarracin
Dolorès ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des attitudes,
notamment à l'endroit du sida
et du VIH. Étudiante de Fishbein
et Wyer. Collaboratrice
de Ajzen, Eagly
et Zanna.
 |
ALBARRACIN, D., FISHBEIN, D. & MIDDLESTADT, S. (1998).
Generalizing behavioral findings across times, samples and
measures : A replication and extension in St-Vincent and
the Grenadines. Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
28, 657-674. |
|
ALBARRACIN, D., KUMALE, G.T. & JOHNSON, B.T. (2004).
Influences of social power and normative support on condom
use decisions : a research synthesis. AIDS Care, 16
(6), 700-/723.
[PDF] |
|
ALBARRACIN, D., GILLETTE, J., EARL, A., GLASMAN, L.R.,
DURANTINI, M.R. & HO., M.H. (2005). A test of major
assumptions about behavior change : A comprehensive look
at the effects of passive and active HIV-prevention
interventions since the beginning of the epidemic. Psychological
Bulletin, 131, 856-897. [PDF] |
|
ALBARRACIN, D., LEEPER, J., ALLISON, E. & DURANTINI,
M.R. (2008). From brochures to videos to counseling :
Exposure to HIV-prevention programs. AIDS &
Behavior, 12 (3), 354-362. [PDF] |
|
ALBARRACIN, D., NOGUCHI, K., LI, H., LEEPER, J., BROWN,
R.D., HANDLEY, I.M., McCULLOCH, K.C., EARL, A. & HART,
W.P. (2008). Increasing and decreasing motor and cognitive
output : A model of general action and inaction goals. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 95 (3),
510-523. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Albee
George Wilson (Saint Mary's 1921-2006) :
Psychologue américain.
Président de l'APA en 1970.
|
ALBEE, G.W. & DICKEY, M.A. (1957). Manpower trends in
three mental health professions. American
Psychologist, 12, 57-70. |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (1970). The uncertain future of clinical
psychology. American Psychologist, 25,
1071-1080. |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (1990). The futility of psychotherapy.
Mind & Behavior, 11 (3-4), 369-384. |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (1996). Revolutions and counterrevolutions in
prevention. American Psychologist, 51 (11),
1130-1133. [PDF] |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (2000). The Boulder model's fatal flaw.
American Psychologist, 55 (2), 247-248.
[PDF] |
|
|
KESSLER, M. (2008). George W. Albee (1921-2006) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 62 (4), 317-318. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alberts Susan C. ( ) : Primatologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des
babouins. Étudiante de Altmann.
Collaboratrice de Silk.
|
ALBERTS, S.C. (1994). Vigilance in young baboons : effects
of habitat, age, sex and maternal rank on glance rate. Animal
Behaviour, 47, 749-755. [PDF] |
|
ALBERTS, S.C. & ALTMANN, J. (1995). Balancing costs
and opportunities : dispersal in male baboons. American
Naturalist, 145, 279-306.
[PDF] |
|
ALBERTS, S.C. & ALTMANN, J. (1995). Immigration and
hybridization patterns of yellow and anubis baboons in
Amboseli, Kenya. American Journal of Primatology, 53,
139-154. [PDF] |
|
ALBERTS, S.C. (1999). Paternal kin discrimination in wild
baboons. Proceeding Royal Society London B Bio, 266,
1501-1506. [PDF] |
|
ALBERTS, S.C., BUCHAN, J.C. & ALTMANN, J. (2006).
Sexual selection in wild baboons : from mating
opportunities to paternity success. Animal Behaviour,
72, 1177-1196. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Albinisme
: Albinos : Allbinisme.
| |
|
|
MACDONALD, J.T., KUTZBACH, B.R., HOLLESCHAU, A.M.,
WYCKOFF, S. & SUMMERS, C.G. (2012). Reading skills in
children and adults with albinism : the role of visual
impairment. Journal of Pediatric Ophthalmology &
Strabismus, 49 (3), 184-188. |
|
|
|
Alcock
James E. (1942-) : Psychosociologue
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des croyances
ésotériques, notamment de la parapsychologie.
 |
ALCOCK, J.E. & OTIS, L.P. (1980). Critical thinking
and belief in the paranormal. Psychological Reports,
46, 479-482. |
|
ALCOCK, J.E. (1981/88). Parapsychology : Science or
magic ? / Parapsychologie : Science ou magie ? : Le
point de vue d'un psychologue. London : Pergamon /
Paris : Éditions Flammarion. |
|
ALCOCK, J.E. (1987). Parapsychology : science of the
anomalous or search for the soul ? Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 10 (4), 553-565. |
|
ALCOCK, J.E. (1998). Science, pseudoscience, and anomaly.
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 303-304. |
|
ALCOCK, J.E. (2003). Give the null hypothesis a chance :
Reasons to remain doubtful about the existence of psi.
Journal of Consciousness Studies, 10 (6-7), 29-50.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Alcool : Substance naturelle obtenue par distillation de jus
fermentés. Parfois à l'origine de
l'agressivité ou de la
violence. Alcool, boire
et alcoolisme.
Alcohol, alcohol consumption, alcool use.
| |
|
|
MASSERMAN, J.H. & YUM, K.S. (1946). Ananalysis of the
influence of alcohol on experimental neurosis in cats. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 8, 36-52. |
JOSEPHS, R.A. & STEELE, C.M. (1990). The two faces of
alcohol myopia : Attentional mediation of psychological
stress. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 9 (2),
115-126. [PDF] |
|
CONGER, J.J. (1951). Th effects of alcohol on conflict
behav ior in the albino rat. Journal of Studies on
Alcohol & Drugs, 12, 1-29. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & COOPER, H.M. (1990). The effects of
alcohol on human aggression : An integrative research
review. Psychological Bulletin, 107 (3), 341-354. |
|
CAMPBELL, H.E. (1964). The role of alcohol in fatal
traffic 'accidents' and measures needed to solve the
problem. Michigan Medicine, 63,
699-703. |
MOSKOVITZ, H. & BURNS, M. (1990). Effects of alcohol
on driving performance. Alcohol Health & Research
World, 14, 12-14. |
|
MOSKOWITZ, H. & DEPRY, D. (1968). Differential effect
of alcohol on auditory vigilance and divided-attention
tasks. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 29,
54-63. |
STEELE, C.M. & JOSEPHS, R.A. (1990). Alcohol myopia :
Its prized and dangerous effects. American
Psychologist, 45 (8), 921-933. |
|
JONES, M.C. (1968). Personality correlates and antecedents
of drinking patterns in adult males. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 31, 2-12. |
McELROY, E. & NEURINGER, A. (1990). Effects of alcohol
on reinforced repetitions and reinforced variations in
rats. Psychopharmacology, 102, 49-55. |
|
HAMILTON, P. & COPEMAN, A. (1970). The effect of
alcohol and noise on components of a tracking and
monitoring task. British Journal of Psychology, 61,
149-156. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & COOPER, H.M. (1990). Alcohol and human
aggression : An integrative research review. Psychological
Bulletin, 107, 341-354. |
|
MOSKOWITZ, H. & ROTH, S. (1971). Effect of alcohol on
response latency in object naming. Quarterly Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 32, 969-975. |
ARMSTRONG, B.G., McDONALD, D. & SLOAN, M. (1992).
Cigarette, alcohol, and coffee consumption and spontaneous
abortion. American Journal of Public Health, 82 (1),
85-87. [PDF]
|
|
CAPPELL, H. & HERMAN, C.P. (1972). Alcohol and tension
reduction. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
33, 33-64. |
SAYETTE, M.A. , SMITH, D.W., BREINER, M.J. & WILSON,
G.T. (1992), The effect of alcohol on emotional response
to a social stressor. Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
53, 541-545. |
|
WINEFIELD, H.R., GOLDNEY, R.D., WINEFIELD, A.H. &
TIGGEMANN, M. (1992). Psychological correlates of level of
alcohol consumption in young adults. Medical Journal
of Australia, 156, 755-759. |
|
HUNTLEY, M.S. (1972). Influences of alcohol and s-r
uncertainty upon spatial localization time. Psychopharmacologia,
27, 131-140. |
SAYETTE, M.A. (1993). Heart rate as an index of stress
response in alcohol administration research : A critical
review. Alcoholism : Clinical & Experimental
Research, 17, 802-809. |
|
HUNTLEY, M.S. (1973). Effects of alcohol and fixation-task
difficulty on choice reaction time to extra foveal
stimulation. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
34, 89-103. |
MARKHAM, M.R., DOUGHER, M.J. & WULFERT, E. (1993).
Social contingencies and the effects of punishment in
alcoholics and nonalcoholics. Behavior Therapy, 24,
277-284. [PDF] |
|
MOSKOWITZ, H. & SHARMA, S. (1974). Effects of alcohol
on peripheral vision as a function of attention. Human
Factors, 16, 174-180. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1993). Human aggression while under the
influence of alcohol and other drugs : An integrative
research review. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 2, 148-152. |
| |
SAYETTE, M.A. (1994). The effects of alcohol on
self-appraisal. The International Journal of the
Addictions, 29, 127-133. |
| |
COOPER, M.L. (1994). Motivations for alcohol use among
adolescents : Development and validation of a four- factor
model. Psychological Assessment, 6, 117-128. |
|
HUNTLEY, M.S. (1974). Effects of alcohol, uncertainty and
novelty upon response selection. Psychopharmacologia,
39, 259-266. |
DE BOER, M.C., SCHIPPERS, G.M. & VAN DER STAAK, C.P.F.
(1994). The effects of alcohol, expectancy, and alcohol
beliefs on anxiety and self-disclosure in women : Do
beliefs moderate alcohol effects ? Addictive
Behaviors, 19 (5), 509-520. |
|
|
BARRETT, J.E. (1976). Effects of alcohol,
chlordiazepoxide, cocaine and pentobarbital on responding
maintained under fixed-interval schedules of food or shock
presentation. Journal of Pharmacology &
Experimental Therapeutics, 196, 605-615. |
TESTA, M. & PARKS, K.A. (1996). The role of women's
alcohol consumption in sexual victimization. Aggression
& Violent Behavior, 1 (3), 217-234. |
|
MOSKOWITZ, H. & BURNS, M. (1976). Effects of rate of
drinking on human performance. Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, 37, 598-605. |
WOOD, M.D., SHER, K.J. & STRATHMAN, A. (1996). Alcohol
outcome expectancies and alcohol use and problems. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 57, 283-288. |
|
ROSEN, L.J. & LEE, C.L. (1976). Acute and chronic
effects of alcohol use on organizational processes in
memory. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 85,
309-317. |
DAS-EIDEN, R. & LEONARD, K.E. (1996). Paternal alchool
use and the mother infant relationship. Development
& Psychopathology, 8, 307-323. |
| |
CHERMACK, ST. & GIANCOLA, P.R. (1997). The relation
between alcohol and aggression : An integrated
biopsychosocial conceptualization. Clinical Psychology
Review, 17, 621-649. |
| |
HAWKINS, J.D., GRAHAM, J.W., MAGUIN, E., ABBOTT, R., HILL,
K.G. & CATALANO, R.F. (1997). Exploring the effects of
age of alcohol use initiation and psychosocial risk
factors on subsequent alcohol misuse. Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 58 (3), 280-290. |
| |
STORMO, K.J., LANG, A.R. & STRIZKE, W.G.K. (1997).
Attributions about acquaintance rape : The role of alcohol
and individual differences. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 27, 279-305. |
| |
TURNER, N.E., ANNIS, H.M. & SKLAR, S.M. (1997).
Measurement of antecedents of drug use and drinking :
Psychometric Properties of the Inventory of Drug Taking
Situations (IDTS). Behavior Research & Therapy,
35, 465-483. |
|
JACOBS, H.H. (1976). Effects of alcohol on sustained
attention in the presence of competing stimuli. Dissertation
Abstracts International, 37, 3113. |
TRAN, G.Q., HAAGA, D.A.F. & CHAMBLESS, D.L. (1997).
Expecting that alcohol use will reduce social anxiety
moderates the relation between social anxiety and alcohol
consumption. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 21 (5),
535-553. |
|
POLIVY, J., SCHUENEMAN, A.L. & CARLSON, K. (1976).
Alcohol and tension reduction : Cognitive and
physiological effects. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 85, 595-600. |
FILLMORE, M.T., CARSCADDEN, J.L. & VOGEL-SPROTT, M.
(1998). Alcohol, cognitive impairment and expectancies. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 59 (2), 174-179. [PDF] |
| |
CURTIN, J.J., LANG, A.R., PATRICK, C.J. & STRITZKE,
W.G.K. (1998). Alcohol and fear potentiated startle : A
test of stress response dampening and attention allocation
theories. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107,
547-557. |
|
MOSKOVITZ, H. & MURRAY, J.T. (1976). Decrease of
iconic memoryafter alcohol. Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, 37, 278-283. |
ROSSELLO, J., MUNAR, E., JUSTO, S. & ARIAS, R. (1999).
Effects of alcohol on divided attention and on accuracy of
attentional shift. Psychology in Spain, 3 (1),
69-74. |
|
LARIMER, M.E., LYDUM, A.R., ANDERSON, B.K. & TURNER,
A.P. (1999). Male and female recipients of unwanted sexual
contact in a college student sample : Prevalence rates,
alcohol use, and depression symptoms. Sex Roles, 40 (3),
295-308. |
|
FRANKS, H.M., HENSLEY, B.A., HENSLEY, W.J., STARMER, G.A.
& TEO, R.K.C. (1976). The relationship between alcohol
dosage and performance decrement in humans. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 37, 284-297. |
RICHARDS, J.B., ZHANG, L., MITCHELL, S.H. & DE WIT, H.
(1999). Delay or probability discounting in a model of
impulsive behavior : effect of alcohol. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 71 (2), 121-143.
[PDF] |
| |
ULLMAN, S.E., KARABATSOS, G. & KOSS, M.P. (1999).
Alcohol and sexual aggression in a national sample of
college men. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 23,
673-689. |
| |
ULLMAN, S.E., KARABATSOS, G. & KOSS, M.P. (1999).
Alcohol and sexual assault in a national sample of college
women. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14, 603-625. |
|
LEIGH, G., TANG, J.E. & CAMPBELL, J.A. (1977). Effects
of ethanol and tobacco on divided attention. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 38, 1233-1239. |
MODESTO-LOWE, V. & KRANZLER, H.R. (1999). Diagnosis
and treatment of acohol-dependent patients with comorbid
psychiatric disorders. Alcohol Research & Health,
23 (2), 144-160. [PDF] |
| |
TESTA, M., LIVINGSTON, J.A. & COLLINS, R.L. (2000).
The role of women’s alcohol consumption in evaluation of
vulnerability to sexual aggression. Experimental
& Clinical Psychopharmacology, 8, 185-191. |
| |
PETTINATI, H.M., VOLPICELLI, J.R., KRANZLER, H.R., LUCK,
G., RUKSTALIS, M.R. & CNAAN, A. (2000). Sertraline
treatment for alcohol dependence : Interactive effects of
medication and alcoholic subtype. Alcoholism :
Clinical & Experimental Research, 24 (7),
1041-1049. |
| |
JONES, B.T., CORBIN, W. & FROMME, K. (2001). A review
of expectancy theory and alcohol consumption.
Addiction, 96, 57-92. [PDF] |
| |
SAYETTE, M.A., MARTIN, C.S., PERROTT, M.A., WERTZ, J.
& HUFFORD, M.R. (2001). A test of the
appraisal-disruption model of alcohol on stress. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 62, 247-256. |
|
DENGERINK, H.A. & FAGAN, N.J. (1978). Effect of
alcohol on emotional responses to stress. Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 39, 525-539. |
BOOK, S.W. & RANDALL, C.L. (2002). Social anxiety
disorder and alcohol use. Alcohol Research &
Health, 26 (2), 130-135. [PDF] |
|
| |
NORRIS, J., DAVIS, K.C., GEORGE, W.H., MARTELL, J. &
HEIMAN, J.R. (2002). Alcohol's direct and indirect effects
on men's self-reported sexual aggression likelihood.
Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 63, 688-695. |
|
LARIMER, M.E. & CRONCE, J.M. (2002). Identification,
prevention and treatment :
a review of individual-focused strategies to reduce
problematic alcohol consumption by college students. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, (S), 148-163. |
| |
ABBEY, A. (2002). Alcohol-related sexual assault : A
common problem among college students. Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 14, 118-128. [PDF] |
| |
TESTA, M. (2002). The impact of men's alcohol consumption
of perpetration of sexual aggression. Clinical
Psychology Review, 22, 1239–1263. |
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & RUSSELL, J.A. (1978). A questionnaire
measure of habitual alcohol use. Psychological
Reports, 43, 803-806. |
MILLER, W.R. & WILLBOURNE, P.L. (2002). Mesa Grande :
A methodological analysis of clinical trials of treatments
for alcohol use disorders. Addiction, 97, 265-277. |
|
LOGNE, P.E., GENTRY, W.D., LINNOILA, M. & ERWIN, C.W.
(1978). Effect of alcohol consumption on state anxiety
changes in male and female non alcoholics. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 135, 1079-1081. |
COLLINS, B.N. & BRANDON, T.H. (2002). Effects of
extinction context and retrieval cues on alcohol cue
reactivity among nonalcoholic drinkers. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70, 390-397. |
| |
CURTIN, J.J. & FAIRCHILD, B.A. (2003). Alcohol and
cognitive control : Implications for regulation of
behavior during response conflict. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 112, 424-436. |
|
RUSSELL, J.A. & BOND, C.R. (1979). Beliefs among
college students on settings and emotions conducive to
alcohol and marijuana use. International Journal of
the Addictions, 14, 977-986. |
BARTHOLOW, B.D., PEARSON, M.A., GRATTON, G. & FABIANI,
M. (2003). Effects of alcohol on person perception : A
social cognitive neuroscience approach. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 85, 627-638. |
|
BREWER, N. & SANDOW, B. (1980). Alcohol effects on
driver performance under conditions of divided attention.
Ergonomics, 26, 647-657. |
ODUM, A.L. & RAINAUD, C.P. (2003). Discounting of
delayed hypothetical money, alcohol, and food. Behaviour
Process, 64, 305-313. |
| |
GUÉGUEN N., JACOB C. & LE GUELLEC, H. (2004). Sound
level of background music and alcohol consumption : An
empirical evaluation. Perceptual & Motor Skills,
99, 34-38.
[PDF] |
|
HULL, J.G. (1981). A self-awareness model of the causes
and effects of alcohol consumption. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 90, 586-600. |
ROOM, R., BABOR, T. & REHM, J. (2005). Alcohol and
public health. Lancet, 365, 519-530. |
| |
BERGEN, H.A., MARTIN, G., ROEGER, L. & ALLISON, S.
(2005). Perceived academic performance and alcohol,
tobacco and marijuana use : longitudinal relationships in
young community adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 30,
1563-1573. [PDF] |
|
SHER, K.J. & LEVENSON, R.W. (1982). Risk for
alcoholism and individual differences in the
stress-response- dampening effect of alcohol. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 91, 350-367. |
DAVIS, K.C., NORRIS, J., GEORGE, W.H., MARTELL, J. &
HEIMAN. J.R. (2006). Men's likelihood of sexual aggression
: the influence of alcohol, sexual arousal, and violent
pornography. Aggressive Behavior, 32 (6),
581-589. [PDF] |
|
HULL, J.G. & REILLY, N.P (.1982). Self-awareness,
self-regulation, and alcohol consumption : A reply to
Wilson. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 92, 514-519. |
TESTA, M., VANZILE-TEMSEN, C., LIVINGSTON, J.A. &
BUDDIE, A.M. (2006). The role of women’s alcohol
consumption in managing sexual intimacy and sexual safety
motives. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 67,
665-674. |
| |
SZLEMKO, W.J., WOOD, J.W. & THURMAN, P.J. (2006).
Native Americans and alcohol : Past, present, and future.
The Journal of General Psychology, 133, 435-451. |
|
HULL, J.G., LEVENSON, R.W., YOUNG, R.D. & SHER, K.J.
(1983). Alcohol and self-awareness. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 461-473. |
BARTHOLOW, B.D. & HEINZ, A. (2006). Alcohol and
aggression without consumption : Alcohol cues, aggressive
thoughts, and hostile perception bias. Psychological
Science, 17, 30-37. |
| |
MURPHY, J.G. & MACKILLOP, J. (2006). Relative
reinforcing effiacy of alcohol among college student
drinkers. Experimental & Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 14, 219-227. [PDF] |
|
| |
SIMS, C.M., NOEL, N. & MAISTO, S.A. (2007). Rape blame
as a function of alcohol presence and resistance type. Addictive
Behaviors, 32, 2766-2775. |
|
THYER, B.A. & CURTIS, G.C. (1984). The effects of
ethanol intoxication on phobic anxiety. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 22, 599-610. |
BRUMBACK, T., CAO, D. & KING, A. (2007). Effects of
alcohol on psychomotor performance and perceived
impairment in heavy binge social drinkers. Drug &
Alcohol Dependence, 91, 10-17.
[PDF] |
|
McCRADY, B.S. & SHER, K.J. (1985). Alcoholism
treatment research : Treatment variables. In B.S. McCrady,
N.E. Noel & T. Nirenberg (Eds.), NIAAA Research
Monograph 15 : Future directions in alcohol treatment
research (pp. 48-62). Washington, D.C. : ADAMHA. |
CASTRO, F.G. & COE, K. (2007). Traditionalism and
alcohol use. A mixed-methods analysis. Cultural
Diversity & Ethnic Minority Psychology, 13,
269-284. |
|
SHER, K.J. (1985). Excluding problem drinkers in high-risk
studies of alcoholism : The effect of screening criteria
on high-risk vs. low-risk comparisons. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 94, 106-109. |
FERGUSSON, D, HORWOOD, L. & RIDDER, E. (2007). Conduct
and attentional problems in childhood and adolescence and
later substance use, abuse and dependence : results of a
25 year longitudinal study. Drug Alcohol Depend, 88, 14-26. |
|
BAUM-BAICKER, C. (1985). The psychological benefits of
moderate alcohol consumption : a review of the literature.
Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 15, 305-322. |
McARDLE, P. (2008). Use and misuse of drugs and alcohol in
adolescence. British Medical Journal, 337,
46-50. [PDF] |
|
BATTY, G.D., DEARY, I.J., SCHOON, I., EMSLIE, C., HUNT, K.
& GALE, C.R. (2008). Childhood mental ability in
relation to adult alcohol intake and alcohol problems :
The 1970 British Cohort Study. American Journal of
Public Health, 98, 2237–2243.
|
|
SHER, K.J. (1985). Subjective effects of alcohol : The
influence of setting and individual differences in alcohol
expectancies. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 46, 137-146.
|
DENSON, T.F., AVILES, F., POLLOCK, V., EARLEYWINE, M.,
VASQUEZ, E.A. & MILLER, N. (2008). The effects of
alcohol and the salience of aggressive cues on triggered
displaced aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 34, 24-33.
[PDF] |
|
MOSKOVITZ, H., BURNS, M. & WILLIAMS, A.F. (1985).
Skills performance at low blood alcohol levels. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 46, 482-485. |
NORRIS, J. (2008). The relationship between alcohol
consumption and sexual victimization. National Online
Resource Center on Violence Against Women, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
GELLER, E.S., RUSS, N.W. & ALTOMARI, M.G. (1986).
Naturalistic observations of beer drinking among college
students. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 19 (4),
391-396. [PDF] |
DEWALL, C.N., BUSHMAN, B.J., GIANCOLA, P.R. & WEBSER,
G.D. (2010). The big, the bad, and the boozed-up : Weight
moderates the effect of alcohol on aggression. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 46, 619-623. [PDF] |
|
JUBIS, R.T. (1986). Effects of alcohol and nicotine on
free recall of relevant cues. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 62, 363-369. |
DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2008). Self-reported
use of alcohol, marijuana, and hard drugs and aggression :
A structural equation modeling analysis of an internet
survey of long-term marijuana users. Journal of
Aggression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 16, 164-180.
[PDF]
|
|
HULL J.G. & BOND, C.F. (1986). Social and behavioral
consequences of alcohol consumption and expectancy : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 347-360. |
DENSON, T.F., AVILES, F., POLLOCK, V., EALEYWINE, M.,
VASQUEZ, E.A. & MILLER, N. (2008). The effects of
alcohol and the salience of aggressive cues on triggered
displaced aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 34, 24-33.
[PDF] |
|
LARIMER, M.E., MALONE, D.K., GARNER, M.D., ATKINS, D.C.
& BURLINGHAM, B. (2009). Health care and public
service use and costs before and after provision of
housing for chronically homeless persons with severe
alcohol problems. Journal of American Medical
Association, 301 (13), 1349-1357. |
|
BURDA, P.C. & VAUX, A.C. (1988). Social drinking in
supportive contexts among college males. Journal of
Youth & Adolescence, 17, 165-171. |
BÈGUE, L., BUSHMAN, B.J., GIANCOLA, P.R., SUBRA, B. &
ROSSET, E. (2010). There is no such thing as an accident,
especially when people are drunk. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 36 (10), 1301-1304. [PDF] |
|
YOHMAN, J.R., SCHAEFFER, K.W. & PARSONS, O.A. (1988).
Cognitive training in alcoholic men. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 67-72. |
ANDERSON, M.L., NOKIA, M.S., GOVINDARAJU, K.P. &
SHORS, T.J. (2012). Moderate drinking ? Alcohol
consumption significantly decreases neurogenesis in the
adult hippocampus. Neuroscience, 224, 202-209. [PDF] |
|
SAYETTE, M.A., WILSON, G.T. & CARPENTER, J.A. (1989).
Cognitive moderators of alcohol's effects on anxiety. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 27, 685-690. |
JAHNG, S., SOLHAN, M.B., TOMKO, R.L., WOOD, P.K.,
PIASECKI, T.M. & TRULL, T.J. (2011). Affect and
alcohol use : An ecological momentary assessment study of
outpatients with borderline personality disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 120, 572-584. |
|
CHASSIN, L., CURRAN, P.J., HUSSONG, A.M. & COLDER,
C.R. (1996). The relation of parent alcoholism to
adolescent substance use : A longitudinal followup study.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 195 (1), 70-80. [PDF] |
BECKER, H.C., LOPEZ, M.F. & DOREMUS-FITZWATER, T.L.
(2011). Effects of stress on alcohol drinking : a review
of animal studies. Psychopharmacology, 218 (1),
131-156. [PDF] |
|
COX, W.M. & KLINGER, E. (1996). A motivational model
of alcohol use. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 97 (2),
168-180. |
LAMIS, D.A. & MALONE, P.S. (2011). Alcohol-related
problems and risk for suicide among college students : The
mediating roles of belongingness and burdensomeness. Suicide
& Life-Threatening Behavior, 41 (5), 543-553.
[PDF] |
|
| |
SAYETTE, M.A., DIMOFF, J.D., LEVINE, J.M. & MORELAND,
R.L., VOTRUBA-DRZAL, E. (2012). The effects of alcohol and
dosage-set on risk-seeking behavior in groups and
individuals. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 26,
194-200. |
| |
BARTHOLOW, B.D., HENRY, E.A., LUST, S.A., SAULTS, J.S.
& WOOD, P.K. (2012). Alcohol effects on performance
monitoring and adjustment : Affect modulation and
impairment of evaluative cognitive control. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 121, 173-186. |
|
STREISSGUTH, A.P., BARR H.H., SAMPSON, P.D., ARBY, B.L.
& MARTIN, D.C. (1989). IQ at age 4 in relation to
maternal alcohol use and smoking during pregnancy.
Developmental Psychology, 25, 3-11. |
FILLMORE, M.T. & WEAFER, J. (2012). Acute tolerance to
alcohol in at-risk binge drinkers. Psychology of
addictive behaviors : Journal of the Society of
Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors, 26 (4),
693-702. [PDF] |
| |
FAIRBARN, C.E. & SAYETTE, M.A. (2013). The effect on
emotional inertia : A test of alcohol myopia. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 122, 770-781. [PDF] |
| |
FAIRBARN, C.E. & SAYETTE, M.A. (2014). A
social-attributional analysis of alcohol response.
Psychological Bulletin, 140 (5), 1361-1382. [PDF] |
| |
FAIRBARN, C.E., SAYETTE, M.A., AALEN, O.O. & FRIGESSI,
A. (2015). Alcohol and emotional contagion : An
examination of the spreading of smiles in male and female
drinking groups. Clinical Psychological Science, 3
(5), 686-701. [PDF] |
| |
LEE, E., SUTTON, R.M. & HARTLEY, B.L. (2016). From
scientific article to press release to media coverage :
Advocating alcohol abstinence and democratising risk in a
story about alcohol and pregnancy. Health, Risk &
Society, 18, 247-269. |
| |
WOOD, A.M. et al. (2018). Risk thresholds for
alcohol consumption : combined analysis of
individual-participant data for 599 912 current drinkers
in 83 prospective studies. Lancet, 391, 1513-1522.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir Accident,
Boire et Alcoolisme |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alcoolisme
: Pathologie
qui consiste à boire trop d'alcool
(intoxication) ou à en boire suffisamment pour éprouver des
difficultés majeures dans sa vie personnelle ou son travail. =
dépendance à l'alcool,
consommation abusive d'alcool, un p'tit dernier pour la route,
boire un verre de bière mon minou... Alcoolisme et
dépendance. Alcoholism,
alcohol problem, problem drinking, drinker, alcohol
use disorder, severe alcohol
problems.
| |
|
|
SIMMEL, E. (1948). Alcoholism and addiction. Pyschoanalytic
Quarterly, 17, 6-31. |
MARKHAM, M., DOUGHER, M.J. & WULFERT, E. (1993).
Effects of social consequences on alcoholics performance
in aversive learning situations. Behavior Therapy,
24, 277-284. |
|
CONGER, J.J. (1956). Alcoholism : Theory, problem, and
challenge : II. Reinforcement theory and the dynamics of
alcoholism. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
17, 296-305. |
SOBELL, M.B. & SOBELL, L.C. (1993). Problem
drinkers : Guided self-change treatment. New York
: Guilford Press. |
|
JELLINEK, E. (1960). The disease concept of
alcoholism. Connecticut : Hill House Press. |
BIEN, T.H., MILLER, W.R. & TONIGAN, J.S. (1993). Brief
interventions for alcohol problems : A review. Addiction,
88, 315-336. |
|
BLANE, H., CHAFTETS, M. & OVERTON, W.F. (1963). Social
factors in the diagnosis of alcoholism : I.
Characteristics of the patient. Quarterly Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 24, 640-666 |
|
|
CAUTELA, J.R. (1970). The treatment of alcoholism by
covert sensitization. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research & Practice, 7 (2), 86-90. [PDF] |
MARLATT, G.A. SOMERS, J.M. & TAPERT, S.F. (1993). Harm
reduction : application to alcohol abuse problems. NIDA
- Research Monographs, 137, 147-166. |
|
BLANE, H. & HILL, M. (Eds.) (1970). Frontiers on
alcoholism. New York : Science House. |
|
|
SOBELL, L.C., SOBELL, M.B. & CHRISTELMAN, W.C. (1972).
The myth of "one drink". Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 10, 119-123. |
NORRIS, J. & KERR, K.L. (1993). Alcohol and violent
pornography : responses to permissive and nonpermissive
cues. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 11 (S),
118-127. |
|
JESSOR, R., COLLINS, M.I. & JESSOR, S.L. (1972). On
becoming a drinker : Social-psychological aspects of an
adolescent transition. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 197, 199-213. |
WERNER, M.J., WALKER, L.S. & GREENE, J.W. (1993).
Alcohol expectancies, problem drinking, and adverse health
consequences. Journal of Adolescent Health, 14, 446-452. |
|
HUNT G.M. & AZRIN, N.H. (1973). A
community-reinforcement approach to alcoholism. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 1, 91-104. |
RICE, D.P. (1993). The economic cost of alcohol abuse and
alcohol dependence. Alcohol, Health & Research
World, 17, 10-12. |
|
SOBELL, M.B. & SOBELL, L.C. (1973). Individualized
behavior therapy for alcoholics. Behavior Therapy, 4,
49-72. |
BEUTLER, L.E. PATTERSON, K.M., JACOB, T., SHOHAM, V.,
YOST, E. & ROHRBAUGH, M. (1994). Matching treatment to
alcoholism subtypes. Psychotherapy, 30, 463-472. |
|
SOBELL, L.C. & SOBELL, M.B. (1973). A self-feedback
technique to monitor drinking behavior in alcoholics. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 11, 237-238. |
SLUTSKE, W.S., D'ONOFRIO, D.M., TURKHEIMER, E., EMERY,
R.E., HARDEN, K.P., HEATH, A.C. & MARTIN, N.G. (2008).
Searching for an environmental effect of parental
alcoholism on offspring alcohol use disorder : A
genetically-informed study of children of alcoholics. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 117, 534-551. |
|
MARLATT, G.A., DEMMING, B. & REID, J.B. (1973). Loss
of control drinkingin alcoholics : An experimental
analogue. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 81,
233-241. |
CLÉMENT, D. (1995). L'effet de la consommation
d'alcool sur l'excitation sexuelle déviante. Thèse
de doctorat en psychologie. Université de Montréal. |
|
JESSOR, R. (1973). Remarks on drinking in youth. In M.E.
Chafetz (Ed.), Research on alcoholism : Clinical
problems and special populations (pp.
258-261/297-299). Proceedings, First Annual Alcoholism
Conference. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and
Alcoholism. Washington, DC : U.S. Government Printing
Office. |
HEATH, A.C. (1995). Genetic influences on alcoholism risk
: A review of adoption and twin studies. Alcohol
Health and Research World, 19, 166-171. |
|
|
SOBELL, M.B. & SOBELL, L.C. (1973). Alcoholics treated
by individualized behavior therapy : One year treatment
outcome. Behavior Research & Therapy, 11,
599-618. |
RYAN, R.M., PANT, R.W. & O'MALLEY, S. (1995). Initial
motivations for alcohol treatment : Relations with patient
characteristics, treatment involvement and dropout. Addictive
Behaviors, 20, 279-297. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. & WIKLER, A. (1974). Craving and relapse
to drink. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
35, 108-130. |
WINDLE, M. (1996). Effect of parental drinking on
adolescents. Alcohol Health & Research World, 20,
181-184. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. & STARK, L.H. (1974). Alcohol craving :
Subjective and situational aspects. Quarterly Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 35, 899-905. |
WOOD, M.D., SHER, K.J. & STRATHMAN, A. (1996).
Alcohol outcome expectancies and alcohol use and problems.
Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 57, 283-288. |
|
SMITH, R.B. & O'NEIL, L. (1975). Electrosleep in the
management of alcoholism. Biological Psychiatry, 10
(6), 675-680. |
LANGENBUCHER, J., CHUNG, T., MORGENSTERN, J., LABOUVIE,
E., NATHAN, P.E. & BAVLY, L. (1997). Physiological
alcohol dependence as a "specifier" of risk for medical
problems & relapse liability in DSM-IV. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 58, 341-350. |
|
SOBELL, L.C. & SOBELL, M.B. (1975). Legitimizing
alternatives to abstinence : Implications now and for the
future. Journal of Alcoholism, 10, 5-16. |
HEATH, A.C., BUCHOLZ, K.K., MADDEN, P.A.F., DINWIDDIE,
S.H., SLUTSKE, W.S., STATHAM, D.J., DUNNE, M.P.,
WHITFIELD, J. & MARTIN, N.G. (1997). Genetic and
environmental contributions to alcohol dependence risk in
a national twin sample : Consistency of findings in men
and women. Psychological Medicine, 27,
1381-1396. |
|
JESSOR, R. & JESSOR, S.L. (1975). Adolescent
development and the onset of drinking : A longitudinal
study. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 36, 27-51. |
JACOB, T. & JOHNSON, S. (1997). Parenting influences
on the development of alcohol abuse and dependence. Alcohol
Health & Research World, 21 (3), 205-209. [PDF] |
|
RUSSELL, J.A. & MEHRABIAN, A. (1975). The mediating
role of emotions in alcohol use. Journal of Studies
on Alcohol, 36, 1508-1536. |
SUISSA, J.A. (1998/2007). Why alcoholism is not a
disease ? Pourquoi l'alcoolisme n'est pas une maladie ?
/Why alcoholism is not a disease ? Editions Fidès |
|
AZRIN, N.H. (1976). Improvements in the
community-reinforcement approach to alcoholism.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 14, 339-348. |
BEGLIETER, H. & PORJESZ, B. (1999). What is inherited
in the predisposition toward alcoholism ? A proposed
model. Alcoholism : Clinical & Experimental
Research, 23, 1125-1135. [PDF] |
|
SOBELL, M.B., SOBELL, L.C. & SHEAHAN, D.B. (1976).
Functional analysis of drinking problems as an aid in
developing individual treatment strategies. Addictive
Behaviors, 1, 127-132. |
THOMASSON, H. (2000). Alcohol elimination : Faster in
women ? Alcoholism : Clinical & Experimental
Research, 24 (4), 419-420. |
|
COTTON, N.S. (1979). The familial incidence of alcoholism
: A review. Journal of Studies on Alcohol &
Drugs, 40 (1), 89-116. |
MORGENSTERN, J. & LONGABAUGH, R. (2000).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment for alcohol dependence : A
review of evidence for its hypothesized mechanisms of
action. Addiction, 95, 1475-1490. |
|
ABRAMS, D.B. & WILSON, G.T. (1979). Effects of alcohol
on social anxiety in women : Cognitive versus
physiological processes. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 88, 161-173. |
BECKER, H.C. (2000). Animal models of alcohol withdrawal.
Alcohol Research & Health, 24, 105-113. [PDF] |
|
STUMPHAUZER, J.S. (1980). Learning to drink : Adolescents
and alcohol. Addictive Behaviors, 5, 277–283. |
JACKSON, K.M., SHER, K.J. & WOOD, P.K. (2000).
Prospective analyses of comorbidity : Tobacco and alcohol
use disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109,
679-694. |
|
AZRIN, N.H., SISSON, R.W., MEYERS, R. & GODLEY, M.
(1982). Alcoholism treatment by disulfiram and community
reinforcement therapy. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 13, 105-112. [PDF] |
MADDEN, P.A., BUCHOLZ, K.K., MARTIN, N.G. & HEATH,
A.C. (2000). Smoking and the genetic contribution to
alcohol- dependence risk. Alcohol Research &
Health, 24 (4), 209-214. [PDF] |
|
|
HULL, J.G., LEVENSON, R.W., YOUNG, R.D. & SHER, K.J.
(1983). The self-awareness reducing effects of alcohol
consumption. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44, 461-473. |
RANDALL, C.L., THOMAS, S. & THEVOS, A.K. (2001).
Concurrent alcoholism and social anxiety disorder : A
first step toward developing effective treatments. Alcoholism
: Clinical & Experimental Research, 25 (2),
210-220. |
|
WRIGHT, L.S. (1983). Correlates of reported drinking
problems among male and female college students.
Journal of Alcohol & Drug Education, 28 (3),
47-57. |
SAYETTE, M.A. MARTIN, C.S., PERROTT, M.A. & WERTZ, J.
(2001). Parental alcoholism and the effects of alcohol on
semantic priming. Experimental & Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 9, 409-417. |
|
HULL, J.G. & REILLY, N.P. (1983). Self-awareness,
self-regulation, and alcohol consumption : A reply to
Wilson. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 92, 514-519. |
SUISSA, J.A. (2001). La construction d'un problème social
en maladie : le cas de l'alcoolisme en Amérique du Nord.
Dans R. Mayer et H. Dorvil (Dirs.), Problèmes sociaux
: Théories et méthodologies (p. 135-154).
Sainte-Foy : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
VAILLANT G.E. (1983). Natural history of alcoholism.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
PERKINS, H.W. (2002). Social norms and the prevention of
alcohol misuse in collegiate contexts. Journal of
Studies in Alcohol, 14 (S), 164-172. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, W.R. (Ed.) (1985). Alcoholism : Theory,
research, and treatment. Lexington, MA : Ginn
Press. |
GRILO, C.M., SINHA, R. & O'MALLEY, S.S. (2002). Eating
disorders and alcohol use disorders. Alcohol Research
& Health, 26 (2), 151-160. [PDF] |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. (1985). Cognitive processes associated with
"spontaneous" recovery from alcoholism. Journal of
Studies on Alcohol & Drugs, 46 (1), 53-58. |
SLUTSKE, W.S., HEATH, A.C., MADDEN, P.A.F., BUCHOLZ, K.K.,
STATHAM, D. & MARTIN, N.G. (2002). Personality and the
genetic risk for alcohol dependence. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 111, 124-133. |
|
TARTER, R.E., ALTERMAN, A.I. & EDWARDS, K.L. (1985).
Vulnerability to alcoholism in men : A behavior-genetic
perspective. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 46,
329-356. |
GRANT, J.E., KUSHNER, M.G. & KIM, S.W. (2002).
Pathological gambling and alcohol use disorder. Alcohol
Research & Health, 26 (2), 143-160. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, W.R. & HESTER, R.K. (1986). Inpatient
alcoholism treatment : Who benefits ? American
Psychologist, 41, 794-805. |
WOOD, P.K., SHER, K.J. & BARTHOLOW, B.D. (2002).
Alcohol use disorders and cognitive abilities in young
adulthood : A prospective study. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70, 897-907. |
|
BERKOWITZ, A.D. & PERKINS, W. (1986). Problem drinking
among college students : A review of recent research. College
Health, 35, 21-28. [PDF] |
MARLATT, G.A. & WITKIEWITZ, K. (2002). Harm reduction
approaches to alcohol use : health promotion, prevention,
and treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 27 (6),
867-886. |
|
GUSTAFSON, R. (1986). Visual attention span as a function
of a small dose of alcohol. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 63, 367-370. |
GRILLO, C.M., SINHA, R. & O'MALLEY, S.S. (2002).
Eating disorders and alcohol use disorders. Alcohol
Research & Health, 26 (2), 151-160. [PDF] |
|
JONHSON, B. (2003). Psychoanalytic treatment of
psychological addiction to alcohol (alcohol abuse). Frontiers
in Psychology, 2 [362], 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
HULL, J.G. & SCHNURR, P.P. (1986). The role of self in
alcohol use. In L.M. Hartman and K.R. Blankstein (Eds.), Perception
of self in emotional disorder and psychotherapy.
New York : Plenum. |
WALKER, D.D., VENNER, K., HILL, D.E., MEYERS, R.J. &
MILLER, W.R. (2004). A comparison of alcohol and drug
disorders : Is there evidence for a developmental sequence
of drug abuse ? Addictive Behaviors, 29,
817-824. |
|
LARIMER, M.E., TURNER, A.P., MALLETT, K.A. & GEISNER,
I.M. (2004). Predicting drinking behavior and
alcohol-related problems among fraternity and sorority
members : Examining the role of descriptive and injunctive
norms. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 18
(3), 203–212. |
|
WEST, M. & PRINZ, R. (1987). Parental alcoholism and
childhood psychopathology. Psychological Bulletin,
102, 204-218. |
GOUDRIAAN, A.E., OOSTERLAAN, J., de BEURS, E. & van
den BRINK, W. (2006). Neurocognitive functions in
pathological gambling : a comparison with alcohol
dependence, Tourette syndrome and normal controls. Addiction,
101, 534-547. |
|
BURDA, P.C. & VAUX, A.C. (1988). Social drinking in
supportive contexts among college males. Journal of
Youth & Adolescence, 17, 165-171. |
IRONS, B.L. (2006). Alcohol use disorders : A clinical
update. Adolescent Medicine, 17, 259-282. |
|
|
ALTERMAN, A. (1988). Patterns of familial alcoholism,
alcoholism severity, and psychopathology. The Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 176 (3), 167-175. |
KIRCHNER, T.R., SAYETTE, M.A., COHN, J.F., MORELAND, R.L.
& LEVINE, J.M. (2006). Effects of alcohol on group
formation among male social drinkers. Journal of
Studies in Alcohol, 67 (5), 785-793. |
|
SOBELL, L.C., SOBELL, M.B. & NIRENBERG, T.D. (1988).
Behavioral assessment and treatment planning with alcohol
and drug abusers : A review with an emphasis on clinical
application. Clinical Psychology Review, 8,
19-54. |
LARIMER, M.E. & CRONCE, J.M. (2006). Identification,
prevention, and treatment revisited : individual-focused
college drinking prevention strategies 1999-2006.
Addictives Behaviors, 2, 2439-2468. [PDF] |
|
BANAJI, M.R. & STEELE, C.M. (1989). Alcohol and
self-evaluation : Is a social cognition approach
beneficial ? Social Cognition, 7 (2), 137-151. |
GROH, D.R., JASON, L.A., DAVIS, M.A., OLSON, B.D. &
FERRARI, J.R. (2007). Friends, family, and alcohol abuse :
An examination of general and alcohol-specific social
support. American Journal of Addiction, 16 (1),
49-55.
[PDF] |
|
MOSOKOWITZ, J.M. (1989). The primary prevention of alcohol
problems : A critical review of the research literature. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol & Drugs, 50, 54-88. |
SAUNDERS, S.M., LUCAS, V. & KURAS, L. (2007).
Measuring the discrepancy between current and ideal
spiritual and religious functioning in problem drinkers. Psychology
of Addictive Behaviors, 21 (3), 404-408. |
|
PETERSON, J.B., ROTHFLEISCH, J., ZELAZO, P.D. & PIHL,
R.O. (1990). Acute alcohol intoxication and
cognitive functioning. Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
51 (2), 114-122. |
HUEBNER, R.B. & KANTOR, L.W. (2008). Advances in
alcoholism treatment. Alcohol Research & Health,
33 (4), 295-299. [PDF] |
|
ROTHENBERG, A. (1990). Creativity, mental health, and
alcoholism. Creativity Research Journal, 3, 179-201. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2009). Mental disorder and moral
responsibility : Disorders of personhood as harmful
dysfunctions, with special reference to alcoholism. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 16, 91-99. |
|
POLLOCK, V.E., BRIERE, J. SCHNEIDER, L., KNOP, J.,
MEDNICK, S.A. & GOODWIN, D.W. (1990). Childhood
antecedents of antisocial behavior : Parental alcoholism
and physical abusiveness. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 147, 1290-1293. |
HEINZ, A.J., VEILLEUX, J.C. & KASSEL, J.D. (2009). The
role of cognitive structure in college student problem
drinking. Addictive Behaviors, 34 (2), 212-218. |
|
SOBELL, L.C. & SOBELL, M.B. (1990). Self-report issues
in alcohol abuse : state of the art and future directions.
Behavioral Assessment, 12 (1), 77-90. |
MILLER, M.L. & SAUNDERS, S. (2011). A naturalistic
study of the associations between changes in alcohol
problems, spiritual functioning, and psychiatric symptoms.
Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 25 (3),
455-461. [PDF] |
|
FARREN, C.K., HILL K.P. & WEISS, R.D. (2012). Bipolar
disorder and alcohol use disorder : A review. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 14, 659–-666. |
|
HARRIS, K.B. & MIILLER, W.R. (1990). Behavioral
self-control training for problem drinkers : Components of
efficacy. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 4,
82-90. |
MOORE, S.K. & MATTAINI, M.A. (2014). US social work
students' attitudes shift favorably towards a harm
reduction approach to alcohol and other drugs practice :
The effectiveness of consequence analysis. Social Work
Education, 33 (6), 788-804. |
|
NEWLIN, D.B. & THOMPSON, J.B. (1990). Alcohol
challenge with sons of alcoholics : A critical review and
analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 383-402. |
STANCIU, C.N. (2018). Alcohol use disorders : A clinical
update. Journal of Alcoholism & Drug Dependence,
6 (5), 143-144. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Dépendance,
Boire et Alcool |
|
|
Alcoolisme (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
l'alccolisme. Measuring
gambling outcomes.
| |
|
|
SELZER, M.L. (1971). The Michigan Alcoholism Screening
Test : The quest for a new diagnostic instrument.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 1653-1658. |
|
MAYFIELDD., McLEOD, G. & HALL, P. (1974). The CAGE
questionnaire : Validation of a new alcoholism screening instrument. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 131, 1121-1123. |
|
MAYER, J. & FILSTEAD, W.J. (1979). The Adolescent
Alcohol Involvement Scale : An instrument for measuring
adolescent use and misuse of alcohol. Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 40, 2911-300. |
|
|
Voir aussi Alcolisme
|
|
|
Alcoolisme
(Prévention) : Prevention
of alcohol misuse.
| |
|
|
MOSOKOWITZ, J.M. (1989). The primary prevention of alcohol
problems : A critical review of the research literature. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol & Drugs, 50, 54-88. |
|
HAWKINS, J., CATALANO, R. & MILLER, J. (1992). Risk
and protective factors for alcohol and other drug problems
in adolescence and early adulthood : Implication for
substance abuse prevention. Psychological Bulletin,
112 (1), 64-105. [PDF] |
|
MARLATT, G.A. & WITKIEWITZ, K. (2002). Harm reduction
approaches to alcohol use : health promotion, prevention,
and treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 27 (6),
867-886. |
|
PERKINS, H.W. (2002). Social norms and the prevention of
alcohol misuse in collegiate contexts. Journal of
Studies in Alcohol, 14 (S), 164-172. [PDF] |
|
LARIMER, M.E. & CRONCE, J.M. (2006). Identification,
prevention, and treatment revisited : individual-focused
college drinking prevention strategies 1999-2006.
Addictives Behaviors, 2, 2439-2468. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Alcoolisme |
|
|
Alcoolisme
(Traitements/Thérapies) : Ensemble des thérapies
et des médicaments qui
vise à soigner l'alccolisme.
Alcohol treatment, behavior therapy for
alcoholic, prevention of alcohol misuse, interventions for
alcohol problems, alcohol-specific social support, interventions
for alcohol dependence.
| |
|
|
SOBELL, M.B. & SOBELL, L.C. (1973). Individualized
behavior therapy for alcoholics. Behavior Therapy, 4,
49-72. |
DEVINE, J.A., BRODY, C.J. & WRIGHT, J.D. (1997).
Evaluating an alcohol and drug treatment program for the
homeless : An econometric approach. Evaluation &
Program Planning, 20 (2), 205-215. |
|
SMITH, R.B. & O'NEIL, L. (1975). Electrosleep in the
management of alcoholism. Biological Psychiatry, 10
(6), 675-680. |
ANTON, R.K., MOAK, D.H., LATHAM, P.K., WAID, L.R.,
MALCOLM, R.J., DIAS, J.K. & ROBERT, J.S. (2001).
Posttreatment results of combining naltrexone with
cognitive- behavior therapy for the treatment of
alcoholism. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology,
21, 72-77. |
|
SOBELL, M.B., SOBELL, L.C. & SHEAHAN, D.B. (1976).
Functional analysis of drinking problems as an aid in
developing individual treatment strategies. Addictive
Behaviors, 1, 127-132. |
RANDALL, C.L., THOMAS, S. & THEVOS, A.K. (2001).
Concurrent alcoholism and social anxiety disorder : A
first step toward developing effective treatments. Alcoholism
: Clinical & Experimental Research, 25 (2),
210-220. |
|
AZRIN, N.H., SISSON, R.W., MEYERS, R. & GODLEY, M.
(1982). Alcoholism treatment by disulfiram and community
reinforcement therapy. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 13, 105-112. [PDF] |
MARLATT, G.A. & WITKIEWITZ, K. (2002). Harm reduction
approaches to alcohol use : health promotion, prevention,
and treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 27 (6),
867-886. |
| |
APODACA, T.R. & MILLER, W.R. (2003). A meta-analysis
of the effectiveness of bibliotherapy for alcohol
problems. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59,
289-304. |
|
MILLER, W.R. & HESTER, R.K. (1986). Inpatient
alcoholism treatment : Who benefits ? American
Psychologist, 41, 794-805. |
MACK, A.H. & FRANCES, R.J. (2003). Treatment of
alcohol use disorders in adolescents. Journal of
Psychiatric Practice, 9, 195–208. |
|
|
SOBELL, L.C., SOBELL, M.B. & NIRENBERG, T.D. (1988).
Behavioral assessment and treatment planning with alcohol
and drug abusers : A review with an emphasis on clinical
application. Clinical Psychology Review, 8,
19-54. |
ANTON, R.F., O'MALLEY, S.S., CIRAULO, D.A CISLER, R.A.,
COUPER, D., DONOVAN, D.M., GASTFRIEND, D.R., HOSKING,
J.D., JOHNSON, B.A., LOCASTRO, J.S., LONGABAUGH, R.,
MASON, B.J., MATTSON, M.E., MILLER, W.R., PETTINATI, H.M.,
RANDALL, C.L., SWIFT, R., WEISS, R.D., WILLIAMS, L.D.
& ZWEBEN, A. (2006). Effect of combined
pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol
dependence : The COMBINE study : A randomized controlled
trial. JAMA : Journal of the American Medical
Association, 295 (17), 2003-2017. [PDF] |
|
SOBELL, M.B. & SOBELL, L.C. (1993). Problem
drinkers : Guided self-change treatment. New York
: Guilford Press. |
LARIMER, M.E. & CRONCE, J.M. (2006). Identification,
prevention, and treatment revisited : individual-focused
college drinking prevention strategies 1999-2006.
Addictives Behaviors, 2, 2439-2468. [PDF] |
|
BIEN, T.H., MILLER, W.R. & TONIGAN, J.S. (1993). Brief
interventions for alcohol problems : A review. Addiction,
88, 315-336. |
GROH, D.R., JASON, L.A., DAVIS, M.A., OLSON, B.D. &
FERRARI, J.R. (2007). Friends, family, and alcohol abuse :
An examination of general and alcohol-specific social
support. American Journal of Addiction, 16 (1),
49-55.
[PDF] |
|
BEUTLER, L.E. PATTERSON, K.M., JACOB, T., SHOHAM, V.,
YOST, E. & ROHRBAUGH, M. (1994). Matching treatment to
alcoholism subtypes. Psychotherapy, 30, 463-472. |
COHEN, E., FEINN. R., ARIAS, A. & KRANZLER, H.R.
(2007). Alcohol treatment utilization : Findings from the
National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related
Conditions. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 86 (2/3),
214-221. |
|
RYAN, R.M., PANT, R.W. & O'MALLEY, S. (1995). Initial
motivations for alcohol treatment : Relations with patient
characteristics, treatment involvement and dropout. Addictive
Behaviors, 20, 279-297. |
HUEBNER, R.B. & KANTOR, L.W. (2008). Advances in
alcoholism treatment. Alcohol Research & Health,
33 (4), 295-299. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Alcoolisme |
|
|
Alderson, Arthur S. ( ) : Sociologue
et spécialiste de l'étude des inégalités,
notamment en matière de revenus. Il
s'intéresse également à la mondialisation.
Collaborateur de Nielsen.
|
ALDERSON, A.S. (1997). Globalization and
deindustrialization : Direct investment and the decline of
manufacturing employment in 17 OECD Nations. Journal
of World Systems Research, 3, 1-34. |
|
ALDERSON, A.S. (1999). Explaining deindustrialization :
Globalization, failure, or success ? American
Sociological Review, 64, 701-721. |
|
ALDERSON, A.S. & NIELSEN, F. (2002). Globalization and
the great U-turn : Income inequality Trends in 16 OECD
countries. American Journal of Sociology, 107,
1244-1299. |
|
ALDERSON, A.S., BECK, J. & NIELSEN, F. (2005). Exactly
how has income inequality changed ? Patterns of
distributional change in core societies. International
Journal of Comparative Sociology, 46,405-423. |
|
ALDERSON, A.S. & KATZ-GERRO, T. (2016). Compared to
whom ? Inequality, social comparison, and happiness in the
United States. Social Forces, 95, 25-53. |
|
|
|
|
|
Aldrich
John ( ) : Statisticien
et historien des
sciences.
|
ALDRICH, J. (1997). R.A. Fisher and the making of maximum
likelihood 1912-22. Statistical Science, 12,
162-176. [PDF] |
|
ALDRICH, J. (2005). Fisher and regression. Statistical
Science, 20, 401-417. [PDF] |
|
ALDRICH, J. (2006). When are inferences too fragile to be
believed ? Journal of Economic Methodology, 13
(2), 161-177. [PDF] |
|
ALDRICH, J. (2007). Information and economics in Fisher's
design of experiments. International Statistical
Review, 75 (2), 131-149. [PDF] |
|
ALDRICH, J. (2008). Keynes among the statisticians. History
of Political Economy, 40 (2), 265-316. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Aldrich John Herbert (1947-) : Politologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment au vote
et à l'engement
politique
|
ALDRICH, J.H. (1976). Some problems in testing two
rational models of participation. American Journal of
Political Science, 20 (4), 713-733. |
|
ALDRICH, J.H. & ABRAMSON, P.R. (1982). The decline of
electoral participation in America. American
Political Science Review, 502-521. |
|
ALDRICH, J.H. (1993). Rational Choice and Turnout. American
Journal of Political Science, 37 (1), 246–278. |
|
ALDRICH, J.H. & ALVAREZ, R.M. (1994). Issues and the
presidential primary voter. Political Behavior, 16 (2),
289-317. |
|
ALDRICH, J.H., DEFRANCESCO, SOTOE, V. & PETROW, D
(2009). The human face of economic globalization : Mexican
migrants and their support for free trade. Journal of
Latino-Latin American Studie, 3 (2), 26-46. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alexander Franz Gabriel (Budapest 1891-1964 New York) :
Psychiatre américain,
psychanalyste et
figure marquante de l'école de la psychologie
du soi. Il est également membre du Groupe
de Chicago et le fondateur en 1931 de l'Institut
de Psychanalyse de Chicago et l'un des pionniers de la
médecine psychosomatique.
Il a été analysé par Sachs.
Analyste de Saussure et
Lewin.
 |
ALEXANDER, F. (1923). The castration complex in the
formation of character. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 4, 11-42. |
|
ALEXANDER, F. (1929). The need for punishment and the
death-instinct. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 10, 256-269. |
|
ALEXANDER, F. (1930). The neurotic character. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 11, 292-311. |
|
ALEXANDER, F. (1950/196262/2002). Psychosomatic
medicine : Its principles and applications. New
York : W.W. Norton. La médecine psychosomatique.
Paris : Payot. |
|
ALEXANDER, F. (1965/2002). Principes de psychanalyse.
Paris : Payot. |
|
|
|
Alexander F. Matthias (Melbourne 1869-1955) :
Acteur australien. Il a mis au point une technique d'apprentissage
qui porte son nom. Collaborateur de Dewey.
|
Alexander Gerianne M. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine d'origine canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude de
l'influence des hormones
sur les comportements
(jeu, choix des jouets, différences
sexuelles, etc.).
|
ALEXANDER, G.M. & SHERWIN, B.B. (1991). The
association between testosterone, sexual arousal, and
selective attention for erotic stimuli in men. Hormones
& Behavior, 25, 367-381. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M. & HINES, M. (2002). Sex differences in
responses to children’s toys in a non-human primate
(cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus). Evolution &
Human Behavior, 23, 467-479. [PDF] |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M. (2003). An evolutionary perspective of
sex-typed toy preferences : Pink, blue, and the brain. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 32, 7-14. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M. & EVARDONE, M. (2008). Blocks and
bodies : Sex differences in a novel version of the mental
rotations test. Hormones & Behavior, 53 (1),
177-184. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M., WILCOX, T. & WOODS, R. (2009). Sex
differences in infants visual interest in toys. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 38 (3), 427-433. |
|
|
|
Alexie : Du grec a qui signifie "ne pas" et lexis
qui veut dire "mot ou langage". Incapacité - consécutive à une lésion
cérébrale - de reconnaître
(et non de voir) à la lecture
les mots et les autres éléments du langage.
= dyslexie
acquise.
Alexia.
| |
|
|
BENSON, D.F. (1979). Aphasia, alexia and agraphia.
New York : Churchill Livingstone. |
COSLETT, H.B. (2000). Acquired dyslexia. Seminars in
Neurology, 20 (4), 419-426. |
|
COSLETT, H.B., SAFFRAN, E.M., GREENBAUM, S. &
SCHWARTZ, H. (1993). Reading in pure alexia. Brain,
116, 21-37. |
BEHRMANN, M., SHOMSTEIN, S.S., BLACK, S.E. & BARTON,
J.J.S. (2001). The eye movements of pure alexic patients
during reading and nonreading tasks. Neuropsychologia,
39, 983-1002. |
| |
STARRFELT, R. HABEKOST, T. & LEFF, A.P. (2009). Too
little, too late : Reduced visual span and speed
characterize pure alexia. Cerebral Cortex, 19 (12),
2880-2890. [PDF] |
| |
STARRFELT, R. HABEKOST, T. & GERLACH, C. (2010).
Visual processing in pure alexia : A case study.
Cortex, 46, 242-255. [PDF] |
|
MAHER, L.M., CLAYTON, M.C., BARRETT, A.M., SCHOBER
PETERSON, D. & GONSALEZ-ROTHI, L.J. (1998).
Rehabilitation of a case of pure alexia : Exploiting
residual abilities. Journal of the International
Neuropsychological Society, 4, 636-647. |
STARRFELT, R. & BEHRMANN, M. (2011). Number reading in
pure alexia : A review. Neuropsychologia, 49,
2283-2298. |
| |
SHELDON, C.A., ABEGG, M., SEKUNOVA, A. & BARTON, J.J.
(2012). The word-length effect in acquired alexia, and
real and virtual hemianopia. Neuropsychologia, 50,
841-851. |
| |
STARRFELT, R., GERLACH, C., HABEKOST, T. & LEFF, A.P.
(2009). Word-superiority in pure alexia. Behavioural
Neurology, 26, 167-169. [PDF] |
| |
STARRFELT, R., NIELSEN, S., HABEKOST, T. & ANDERSEN,
T.S. (2013). How low can you go : Spatial frequency
sensitivity in a patient with pure alexia. Brain
& Language, 126, 188-192. [PDF] |
| |
STARRFELT, R. & SHALLICE, T. (2014). What's in a name
? The characterisation of pure alexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 31 (5-6), 367-377. [PDF] |
| |
BEHRMANN, M. & PLAUT, D.C. (2014). Bilateral hemi-
spheric processing of words and faces : Evidence from word
impairments in prosopagnosia and face impairments in pure
Alexia. Cerebral Cortex, 24, 1102-1118 |
|
COLTHEART, M. (1998). Seven questions about pure alexia
(letter-by-letter reading). Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 15, 1-6. |
HABEKOST, T., PETERSEN, A., BEHRMNN, M. & STARRFELT,
R. (2014). From word superiority to word inferiority :
Visual processing of letters and words in pure alexia.
Cognitive Neuropsychology, 31, 413-436. |
|
BEHRMANN, M., NELSON, J. & SEKULER, E.B. (1998).
Visual complexity in letter-by-letter reading : "Pure"
alexia is not pure. Neuropsychologia, 36, 1115-1132. |
STARRFELT, R. & SHALLICE, T. (2014). From word
superiority to word inferiority : Visual processing of
letters and words in pure alexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 31 (5-6), 367-377. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Dyslexia et
Lésion
cérébrale |
|
|
Alexithymie : Incapacité (ou grande difficulté) à exprimer
verbalement ses émotions,
ses sentiments. Alexithymia.
| |
|
|
SIFNEOS, P.E. (1973). The prevalence of "alexithymic"
characteristics in psychosomatic patients. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 22, 255-262. |
CARPENTER, K.M. & ADDIS, M.E. (2001). Alexithymia,
gender, and responses to depressive symptoms. Sex
Roles, 43 (9), 629-644. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., DOODY, K. & NEWMAN, A. (1981).
"Alexithymia" characteristics in patients with
inflammatory bowel disease. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 26, 470-474. |
|
|
KELTIKANGAS-JARVINEN, L. (1982). Alexithymia in violent
offenders. Journal of Personality Assessment, 46, 462-467. |
LUNDH, L.G. & SIMONSSON-SARNECKI, M. (2001).
Alexithymia, emotion, and somatic complaints. Journal
of Personality, 69, 483-510. |
|
LEGORETTA, G., HULL, R.B. & KIELY, M.C. (1988).
Alexithymia and symbolic function in the obese.
Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 50 (2), 88-94.
|
CORCOS, M., GUILBAUD, O., SPERANZA, M., PATERNITI, S.,
LOAS, G., STEPHAN, P. & JEAMMET, P. (2000).
Alexithymia and depression in eating disorders.
Psychiatry Research, 93, 263-266. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J. & BAGBY, R.M. (1988). Measurement of
alexithymia : recommandations for clinical practice and
future research. Psychiatric Clinics of North
America, 11, 351-366. |
|
|
TAYLOR, G.J., BAGBY, R.M. & PARKER, J.D.A. (1991). The
alexithymia construct : A potential paradigm for
psychosomatic medicine. Psychosomatics, 32,
153-164. |
CARPENTER, K.M. & ADDIS, M.E. (2001). Alexithymia and
patterns of help-seeking for depression. Sex Roles,
43, 363-378. |
|
PEDINIELLI, J.-L. (1992). Psychosomatique et
alexithymie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
WISE, T.N., OSBOURNE, C., STRAND, J., FAGAN, P.J. &
SCHMIDT, C.W. (2002). Alexithymia in patients attending a
sexual disorders clinic. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 28, 445-450. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., BAGBY, R.M. & PARKER, J.D. (1992). The
Revised Toronto Alexithymia Scale : Some reliability,
validity, and normative data. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 57 (1-2), 34-41. |
GRABE, H.J., SPITZER, C. & FREYBERGER, H.J. (2004).
Alexithymia and personality in relation to dimensions of
psychopathology. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161,
1299-1301. [PDF] |
|
HAVILAND, M.G., HENDRYX, M.S., SHAW, D.G. & HEMRY,
J.P. (1994). Alexithymia in women and men hospitalized for
psychoactive substance dependence. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 35 (2), 124-128. |
SPERANZA, M., CORCOS, M., LOAS, G., STÉPHAN, P., GUILBAUD,
O., PEREZ-DIAZ, F., VENISSE, J.L., BIZOUARD, P., HALFON,
O., FLAMENT, M. & JEAMMET, P. (2005). Depressive
personality dimensions and alexithymia in eating
disorders. Psychiatry Research, 135, 153-163. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, G.J. (1994). The alexithymia construct :
Conceptualization, validation, and relationship with basic
dimensions of personality. New Trends in Experimental
& Clinical Psychiatry, 10, 61-74. |
TULL, M.T., MEDAGLIA, E. & ROEMER, L. (2005). An
investigation of the construct validity of the Twenty-Item
Toronto Alexithymia Scale through the use of a
verbalization task. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 59, 77-84. |
| |
ZIMMERMANN, G., ROSSIER, J., DE STADELHOFEN, F.M. &
GAILLARD, F. (2005). Alexithymia assessment and relations
with dimensions of personality. European Journal of
Psychological Assessment, 21, 23-33. |
|
|
BAGBY, R.M., PARKER, J.D.A. & TAYLOR, G.J. (1994). The
twenty-item Toronto Alexithymia Scale : I. Item selection
and cross validation of the factor structure. Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 38, 23-32. |
LUMLEY, M.A., GUSTAVSON, B.J., PARTRIDGE, R.T. &
LABOUVIE-VIEF, G. (2005). Assessing alexithymia and
related emotional ability constructs using multiple
methods : Interrelationships among measures. Emotion,
5, 329-342. |
|
BAGBY, R.M., TAYLOR, G.J. & PARKER, J.D.A. (1994). The
twenty-item Toronto Alexithymia Scale : II. Convergent
discriminant, and concurrent validity. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 38, 33-40. |
LARSEN, J.K., VAN STRIEN, T. & EISINGA, R. (2006).
Gender differences in the association between alexithymia
and emotional eating in obese individuals. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 60, 237-243. [PDF] |
|
FUKUNISHI I. & RAHE, R.H. (1995). Alexithymia and
coping with stress in healthy persons : Alexithymia as a
personality trait is associated with low social support
and poor responses to stress. Psychological Reports,
76, 1299-1304. |
REID, R.C., CARPENTER, B.N., SPACKMAN, M. & WILES,
D.L. (2008). Alexithymia, emotional instability, and
vulnerability to stress proneness in patients seeking help
for hypersexual behavior. Journal of Sex &
Marital Therapy, 34 (2), 133-149. [PDF] |
|
LINDEN, W., LENZ J.W. & STOSSEL, C. (1996).
Alexithymia, defensiveness and cardio-vascular reactivity
to stress. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 41, 575-583. |
WOODMAN, T., CAZENAVE, N. & LE SCANFF, C. (2008).
Skydiving as emotion regulation : The rise and fall of
anxiety is moderated by alexithymia. Journal of Sport
& Exercise Psychology, 30, 424–433. |
|
ZLOTNICK, C., SHEA, M.T., PEARLSTEIN, T., SIMPSON, E.,
COSTELLO, E. & BEGIN, A. (1996). The relationship
between dissociative symptoms, alexithymia, impulsivity,
sexual abuse, and self-mutilation. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 37, 12-16. |
VAUCLAIR, J. & SCOLA, C. (2008). Dépression,
alexythimie et latéralisation dans la façon de porter un
nouveau-né. Annales Médico-psychologiques, 166,
269-276. [PDF] |
|
LANE, R.D., AHERN, G.L., SCHWARTZ, G.E. & KASZNIAK,
A.W. (1997). Is alexithymia the emotional equivalent of
blindsight ? Biological Psychiatry, 42, 834-844. |
REID, R.C., CARPENTER, B.N., SPACKMAN, M. & WILLES,
D.L. (2008). Alexithymia, emotional instability, and
vulnerability to stress proneness in patients seeking help
for hypersexual behavior. Journal of Sex &
Marital Therapy, 34, 133-149.
[PDF] |
| |
TONEATTO, T., BAGBY, M B. & LECCE, J. (2009).
Alexithymia and problem gambling. Journal of
Addictive Diseases, 28, 193-198. |
| |
WOODMAN, T., HUGGINS, M., LE SCANFF, C. & CAZENAVE, N.
(2009). Alexithymia determines the anxiety experienced in
skydiving. Journal of Affective Disorders, 116,
134-138. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., PARKER, J.D.A. & BAGBY, R.M. (1997).
Disorders of affect regulation : Alexithymia in medical
and psychiatric illness. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
YATES, T.M., GREGOR, M. & HAVILAND, M.G. (2012). Child
maltreatment, alexithymia, and problematic internet use in
young adulthood. Cyberpsychology, Behavior &
Social Networking, 15 (4), 219-225.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Émotions
et Sentiments |
|
|
|
|
Algorithme : Le mot a deux significations très voisines : a)
En psychologie, série
de règles ou d'instructions
logiquement ordonnées qui vise à résoudre une famille de problèmes.
a) En informatique, l'algorithme constitue
l'inventaire de toutes les solutions logiquement possibles pour un
problème donné, ainsi que les instructions
et les opérations qui permettent de produire ces solutions. Dans
le modèle de traitement de l'information, les algorithmes sont
exécutés dans l'unité de
traitement. EX: L'algorithme de l'addition
ou de la multiplication. Algorithme, heuristique
et résolution
de problèmes. = algorithme
mental, programme. Algorithm,
algorithmization.
| |
|
| a |
|
LANDA, L. (1974). Algorithmization in learning and
instruction. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Educational
Technology Publications. |
MOORE, J. (1991). Implementing connectionist algorithms
for classical conditioning in the brain. In M.L. Commons,
S. Grossberg & J.E.R. Staddon (Eds.), Neural
network models of conditioning and action : A volume in
the quantitative analysis of behavior series.
Lawrence Erlbaumm. |
|
LANDA, L. (1976). Instructional regulation and control
: Cybernetics, algorithmization, and heuristics in
education. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Educational
Technology Publications. |
HOLLAND, J.H. (1992). Genetic algorithms. Scientific
American, 267, 66-72. |
|
HOLLAND, J.H. (1980). Adaptive algorithms for discovering
and using general patterns in growing knowledge bases. International
Journal of Policy Analysis & Information Systems, 4,
245-268. |
BUGENTAL, D.B. (2000). Acquisition of the algorithms of
social life : A domain-based approach. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 187-219. [PDF] |
|
STEFFE, L.P. (1983). Children's algorithms as schemes.
Educational Studies in Mathematics, 14, 109-154. |
HÉLIE, S. (2006). An introduction to model selection :
Tools and algorithms. Tutorials in Quantitative
Methods for Psychology, 2, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
BRASSARD, G. et BRATLEY, P. (1987). Algorithmique :
conception et analyse. Montréal : Masson/Presses de
l'Université de Montréal. |
LAMING, D. (2008). An improved algorithm for predicting
free recalls. Cognitive Psychology, 57 (3),
179-221. |
|
FALKENHAINER, B., FORBUS, K.D. & GENTNER, D. (1989).
The structure mapping engine : Algorithm and examples. Artificial
Intelligence, 41, 1-63. |
DAVELAAR, E.J. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2012). Human
memory search. In Cognitive search : Evolution,
algorithms, and the brain (pp. 177-193).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
| b |
|
GRAHAM, N. (1979). Introduction to computers,
information, and algorithms. St. Paul, MNb : West
Publishing Co. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Heuristique |
|
|
Aliénation mentale : Expression utilisée en droit (et non en
psychologie) pour désigner l'état psychologique d'un individu
(aliéné mental) qui n'est pas en mesure de faire la distinction
entre le bien et le mal, et qui pour cette raison ne peut être
tenu criminellement responsable de ses actes, qu'ils soient
volontaires ou non. Par conséquent, on dira de l'aliéné mental
soupçonné d'avoir commis un crime qu'il n'est pas apte
à subir son procès ou, à l'issue d'un procès, qu'il ne peut
être à tenu criminellement
responsable de ses actes. = folie,
anormalité, trouble
mental, pathologie,
déviance.
|
Aliénation sociale : État de celui ou celle qui n'est pas
conscient de son exploitation
ou de sa marginalisation,
mais qui en souffre
néanmoins. Alienation.
| |
|
|
ISRAEL, J. (1971). Alienation : From Marx to modern
sociology. Boston : Allynand Bacon. |
|
MADDI, S.R., HOOVER, M. & KOBASA, S.C. (1979). An
alienation test. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 19,
73-76. |
|
MADDI, S.R., HOOVER, M. & KOBASA, S.C. (1982).
Alienation and exploratory behavior. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 42, 884-890. |
|
HEINZ, W. (1992). The methodology of alienation research.
In F. Geyer and W. Heinz (Eds.), Alienation, society,
and the individual. New Brunswick, NJ :
Transaction. |
|
GERGEN, K. (1996). Postmodern culture and the revisioning
of alienation. In F. Geyer (Ed.), Alienation,
ethnicity, and postmodernism. Westport, Conn. :
Greenwood. |
|
GEYER, F. (Ed.) (1996). Alienation, ethnicity, and
postmodernism. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood. |
|
ROSA, H. (2014). Aliénation et accélération.
Paris : La découverte. |
|
|
|
|
|
Allais Maurice (Paris 1911-2012 St-Cloud) :
Économiste français et prix
Nobel(1988). On lui doit la découverte du
paradoxe d'Allais. Il s'est également intéressé à la théorie
de l'équilibre général et aux avantages/désavantages de
l'immigration.
 |
ALLAIS, M. (1947). Économie et intérêt. Paris :
Imprimerie Nationale. |
|
ALLAIS, M. (1953). Le comportement de l'homme rationnel
devant le risque, critique des postulats et axiomes de
l'école américaine. Econometrica, 21, 503-546. |
|
ALLAIS, M. (1971). Les théories de l'équilibre économique
général et de l'efficacité maximale. Revue d'Économie
Politique, 81 (3), 331-409. |
|
ALLAIS, M. (1987). The equimarginal principle. Meaning,
limits and generalization. Rivista Internazionale di
Scienze Economische e Commerciali, 34 (8), 689-750. |
|
ALLAIS, M. (1989). La philosophie de ma vie, avec un
Appendice : Sur mes expériences de physique, 1952-1960. Revue
d'Économie Politique, 99 (1), 28-54. |
|
|
DAGUM, C. (1989). Hommage à Maurice Allais.
L'Actualité Économique, 65 (3), 351–357.
[PDF] |
|
STERDYNIACK, H. (2011/2). Maurice Allais, itinéraire d'un
économiste français. Revue d'Économie Politique, 121,
119-153.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Allaitement
: Allaitement, nouveau-né
et lait
maternel.
Breastfeeding.
| |
|
|
PASCOE, J.M. & BERGER, A. (1985). Attitudes of high
school girls in Israel and the United States toward
breastfeeding. Journal of Adolescent Health Care, 6,
28-30. |
|
|
LUCAS, A., MORLEY, R., COLE, T.J., LISTER, G. &
LEESON-PAYNE, C. (1992). Breast milk and subsequent
intelligence quotient in children born preterm. Lancet,
339 (8788), 261-264. |
CALLEN, J. & PINELLI, J. (2004). Incidence and
duration of breastfeeding for term infants in Canada,
United States, Europe, and Australia : a literature
review. Birth, 31 (4), 285-292. |
|
YOSHIDA, K., SMITH, B. & KUMAR, R.C. (1999).
Psychotropic drugs in mother's milk : a comprehensive
review of assay methods, pharmacokinetics and of safety in
breast-feeding. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 13,
64-80. |
DER, G., BATTY, G.D. & DEARY, I.J. (2006). Effect of
breast feeding on intelligence in children : prospective
study, sibling pairs analysis, and meta-analysis. British
Medical Journal, 333 (7575), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
JACOBSON, S.W., CHIODO, L.M. & JACOBSON, J.L. (1999).
Breastfeeding effects on intelligence quotient in 4- and
11-year-old children. Pediatrics, 103 (5),
929-930. [PDF] |
DONNOT, J., VAUCLAIR, J. & BRÉJARD, V. (2008). Newborn
right-holding is related to depressive symptoms in
bottle-feeding mothers but not in breastfeeding mothers.
Infant Behavior & Development, 31, 352-360. [PDF] |
|
JAIN, A., CONCATO, J. & LEVENTHAL, J.M. (2002). How
good is the evidence linking breastfeeding and
intelligence ? Pediatrics, 109 (6), 1044-1053.
|
KRAMER, M.S., ABOUD F., MIRONOVA, E., VANILOVICH, I.,
PLATT, R.W., MATUSH, L., IGUMNOV, S., FOMBONNE, E.,
BOGDANOVICH, N., DUCRUET, T., COLLET, J.P., CHALMERS, B.,
HODNETT, E., DAVIDOVSKY, S., SKUGAREVSKY, O., TROFIMOVICH,
O., KOZLOVA, L., SHAPIRO, S. & PROMOTION OF
BREASTFEEDING INTERVENTION TRIAL (PROBIT)/Study Group.
(2008). Breastfeeding and child cognitive development :
New evidence from a large randomized trial. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 65 (5), 578-584. [PDF] |
|
MORTENSEN, E.L, MICHAELSEN, K.F, SANDERS, S.A. &
REINISH, J.M. (2002). The association between duration of
breastfeeding and adult intelligence. Journal of
American Medical Association, 287 (18), 2365-2371. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Sein, Nouveau-né
et Lait maternel |
|
|
|
|
Allan
Lorraine G. (-2012) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste et
psychophysiologiste canadienne, spécialisée dans l'étude du jugement
et de la perception
du temps et de la contingence.
Collaboratrice de Jenkins,
Siegel et Gibbon.
 |
ALLAN, L.G. (1979). The perception of time. Perception
& Psychophysics, 26, 340-354. |
|
ALLAN, L.G. (1993). Human contingency judgements : Rule
based or associative ? Psychological Bulletin, 114
(3), 435-448. [PDF]
|
|
ALLAN, L.G., TANGEN, J.M., WOOD, R. & SHAH, T. (2003).
Temporal contiguity and contingency judgments : A
Pavlovian analogue. Integrative Physiological &
Behavioral Science, 38 (3), 214-229. [PDF] |
|
ALLAN, L.G., SIEGEL, S. & TANGEN, J.M. (2005). A
signal detection analysis of contingency data. Learning
& Behavior, 33 (2), 250-263. [PDF] |
|
ALLAN, L.G., HANNAH, S.D., MATTHEW, J., CRUMP, C. &
SEGAL, S. (2008). The psychophysics of contingency
assessment. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 137 (2), 226-243. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Allèle : Formes différentes d'un même gène, c-à-d situées sur le même locus. Dans une cellule diploïde,
chaque gène possède deux allèles : un allèle transmis par chaque parent. Les allèles provenant des parents peuvent être identiques ou non; s'ils sont identiques, on dira que l'individu
est homozygote pour ce
gène alors que s'ils sont différents, l'individu sera hétérozygote. Dans ce dernier cas, l'allèle qui s'exprimera en influençant le phénotype sera
considéré comme «dominant»
et l'autre, qui restera "muet", sera qualifié de récessif.
= variation d'un gène, copie d'un gène.
Allele.
| |
|
|
KIMURA, M., MARUYAMA, T. & CROW, J.F. (1964). The
number of alleles that can be maintained in a finite
population. Genetics, 49 (4), 725-738. [PDF] |
|
COURTET, P, BAUD, P. & ABBAR, M., BOULENGER, J.P.,
CASTELNAU, D., MOUTHON, D., MALAFOSSE, A. & BURESI, C.
(2001). Association between violent suicidal behavior and
the low activity allele of the serotonin transporter gene.
Molecular Psychiatry, 6, 338-341. [PDF] |
|
WRAY, N.R. (2005). Allele frequencies and the r2 measure
of linkage disequilibrium, impact on design and
interpretation of association studies. Twin Research
& Human Genetics, 8, 87-94. |
|
GARVER-APGAR, C.E., GANGESTAD, S.W, THORNHILL, R., ILLER,
R.D. & OLP, J J. (2006). Major histocompatibility
complex alleles, sexual responsivity, and unfaithfulness
in romantic couples. Psychological Science, 17,
830-835. |
|
McCLELLAN, J.M., SUSSER, E. & KING, M.-C. (2007).
Schizophrenia : A common disease caused by multiple rare
alleles. British Journal of Psychiatry, 190,
194-199. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Locus et
Gène |
|
|
Allemagne
: Pays. Germany.
| |
|
|
KIRKPATRICK, C. (1939). Woman in nazi Germany.
Londres : Jarrolds. |
|
|
MURRAY, H.A. (1943). Analysis of the personality of
Adolph Hitler : With predictions of his future behavior
and suggestions for dealing with him now and after
Germany's surrender. Washington, DC : OSS Archives. |
ZICK, A., WAGNER, U., VAN DICK, R. & PETZEL, T.
(2001). Acculturation and prejudice in Germany : Majority
and minority perspectives. Journal of Social Issues,
57, 541-557. |
|
ANSBACHER, H.L. (1949). Lasting and passing aspects of
Germany military psychology. Sociometry, 12 (4),
301-312. |
WOLKE, D., WOODS, S., SCHULZ, H. & STANFORD, K.
(2001). Bullying and victimisation of primary school
children in South England and South Germany : Prevalence
and school factors. British Journal of Psychology,
92, 673-696.
[PDF] |
|
WELLER, L. (1966). German anti-semitism in the light of
theories of prejudice. Indian Journal of Sociology,
7, 110-119. |
SCHAFER, M., WERNER, N.E. & CRICK, N.R. (2002). A
comparison of two approaches to the study of negative peer
treatment : General victimization and bully/victim
problems among German schoolchildren. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 20, 281-306. |
|
HIRSCH, J. (1978). The crisis of mass integration : On the
development of political repression in Federal Germany. International
Journal of Urban & Regional Research, 2 (1-3),
222-232. |
ZAGEFKA, H. & BROWN, R. (2002). The relationship
between acculturation strategies and relative fit and
intergroup relations : Immigrant-majority relations in
Germany. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 171-188. |
|
GROSSMANN, K.E., GROSSMANN, K., HUBER, F. & WARTNER,
U. (1981). German children's behavior towards their
mothers at 12 months and their fathers at 18 months in
Ainsworth's strange situation. International Journal
of Behavioral Development, 4, 157-181. |
CATALANO, R. (2003). Sex ratios in the two Germanies : A
test of the economic stress hypothesis. Human
Reproduction, 18 (9), 1972-1975. [PDF] |
|
FLETCHER, R. (1984). Revisionism and empire :
Socialist imperialism in Germany, 1897-1914. London
: HarperCollins Publishers. |
MUNSCH, S., BECKER, E., MEYER, A.H., SCHEIDER, S. &
MARGRAF, J. (2003). Recurrent binge eating (RBE) and its
characteristics in a sample of young women in Germany.
European Eating Disorders Review, 15, 385-399. |
|
GROSSMANN, K., GROSSMANN, K.E., SPANGLER, G., SUESS, G.
& UNZNER, L. (1985). Maternal sensitivity and
newborns' orientation responses as related to quality of
attachment in northern Germany. Monographs of the
Society for Research in Child Development, 50 (209),
233-256. |
WENZLAFF, M. & CLAHSEN, H. (2004). Tense and agreement
in german agrammatism. Brain & Language, 89,
57-68. [PDF] |
|
WILLE, R. & BEIER, K.M. (1989). Castration in Germany.
Annual Review of Sex Research, 2, 103-133. |
NEUMAYER, E. (2004). Recessions lower (some) mortality
rates : Evidence from Germany. Social Science &
Medicine, 58, 1037–1047. |
|
SCHNEIDER, W.H. (1990). The eugenics movement in France,
1890-1940 Dans M.B. Adams (Ed.), The wellborn
science. Eugenics in Germany, France, Brazil, and Russia
(pp. 69-109). New York and Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
GOERKE, L. & PANNENBERG, M. (2004). Norm-based trade
union membership : Evidence for Germany. German
Economic Review, 5 (4), 481-504. |
|
GROSSMANN, K. & GROSSMANN, K.E. (1991). Newborn
behavior, early parenting quality and later toddler-parent
relationships in a group of German infants. In J.K.
Nugent, B.M. Lester & T.B. Brazelton (Eds.), The
cultural context of infancy (pp. 3-38), Vol. II.
Norwood : Ablex. |
WENZLAFF, M. & CLAHSEN, H. (2005). Finiteness and
verb-second in german agrammatism. Brain &
Language, 92 (1), 33-44. |
|
ALWIN, D.F., BRAUN, M. & SCOTT, J. (1992). The
separation of work and the family : attitudes towards
women's labour-force participation in Germany, Great
Britain, and the United States. European Sociological
Review, 8, 13-37. |
|
|
|
SLUGA, H. (1993). Heidegger's crisis : Philosophy and
politics in Nazi germany. Cambridge, M.A. : Harvard
University Press. |
BURCHERT, F., SWOBODA-MOLL, M. & DE BLESER, R. (2005).
Tense and agreement dissociations in German agrammatic
speakers : Underspecification vs. hierarchy. Brain
& Language, 94, 188-199. |
|
WARTNER, U.G., GROSSMANN, K., FREMMER-BOMBIK, E. &
SUESS, G. (1994). Attachment patterns at age six in South
Germany : Predictability from infancy and implications for
preschool behavior. Child Development, 65,
1014-1027. |
HOLTFREICH, C.-L. (2008). L'inflation en Allemagne
1914-1923 : Causes et conséquences au regard du
contexte international. IGPDE. |
|
BECONA, E. (1996). The problem and pathological in Europe
: The cases of Germany, Holland and Spain. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 12 (2), 179-192. |
PLENER, P.L., LIBAL, G., KELLER, F., FEGERT, J.M. &
MUEHLENKAMP, J.J. (2009). An international comparison of
adolescent non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI) and suicide
attempts : Germany and the USA. Psychological
Medicine, 39 (9), 1549-1558.
[PDF] |
|
WIMMER, H. (1996). The nonword reading deficit in
developmental dyslexia : Evidence from children learning
to read German. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 61, 80-90. |
GEIST, C. (2009). One Germany, two worlds of housework ?
Examining employed single and partnered women in the
decade after unification. Journal of Comparative
Family Studies, 40 (3), 415-437. [PDF] |
|
WATTS, M.W. (1996). Political zenophobia in the transition
from socialism : Threat, racism, and ideology among East
German youth. Political Psychology, 17, 97-126. |
STUMPP, T., MUCK, T., HÛLSHEGER, U., JUDGE, T.A. &
MAIER, G. (2010). Core self-evaluations in Germany :
Validation of a German measure and its relationships with
career success. Applied Psychology : An International
Review, 59, 674-700. |
|
BUUNK, B., ANGLEITNER, A., OUBAID, V. & BUSS, D.
(1996). Sex differences in jealousy in evolutionary and
cultural perspective : Tests from the Netherlands,
Germany, and the United States. Psychological Science,
7, 359-363. |
DITLMANN, R.K., PURDIE-VAUGHNS, V. & EIBACH, R.P.
(2011). Heritage- and ideology-based national identities
and their implications for immigrant citizen relations in
the United States and in Germany. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 35, 395-405. [PDF] |
|
HOFSTEE, W.K.B., KIERS, H.A.L., DE RAAD, B., GODLBERG,
L.R. & OSTENDORF, F. (1997). Comparison of Big-Five
structures of personality traits in Dutch, English, and
German. European Journal of Personality, 11,
15-31. |
WARTBERG, L., KRISTON, L., KAMMERL, R., PETERSEN, K.U.
& THOMASIUS, R. (2015). Prevalence of pathological
internet use in a representative German sample of
adolescents : Results of a latent profile analysis. Psychopathology, 48 (1), 25-30. |
|
KLATTE, M., SPILSKI, J., MAYERL, J., MÖHLER, U., LACHMANN,
T. & BERGSRÖM, K. (2016). Effects of aircraft noise on
reading and quality of life in primary school children in
Germany : Results From the NORAH Study. Environment
& Behavior, 49 (4), 390-424. |
|
KEMMELMEIER, M. (1997). Need for closure and political
orientation among German university students. Journal
of Social Psychology, 137, 787-789. |
BENDAU A., PLAG, J., KUNAS S., WYKA, S., STRÖHLE, A. &
PETZOLD, M.B. (2021). Longitudinal changes in anxiety and
psychological distress, and associated risk and protective
factors during the first three months of the COVID-19
pandemic in Germany. Brain & Behavior, 11, 1-13.
[PDF] |
|
ROTT, D., KOHNEN, M. & FISCHER, C. (2024). The importance of promoting critical thinking in schools : Examples from Germany. Gifted Education International, 40 (2), 214-232.
[PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
|
|
Allen Colin (1960-) : Philosophe et historien
des sciences anglais, spécialiste de la douleur
et de la conscience
animale. Collaborateur de Bekoff,
Burghardt, Cummins
et Hauser.
|
ALLEN, C. (1992). Is anyone a cognitive ethologist ? Biology
& Philosophy, 19, 589-607. |
|
ALLEN, C. (1992). Mental content. British Journal of
the Philosophy of Science, 43, 537-553. |
|
ALLEN, C. & BEKOFF, M. (1997). Species of mind :
The philosophy and biology of cognitive ethology.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
ALLEN, C. (1998). The discovery of animal consciousness :
an optimistic assessment. Journal of Agricultural
& Environmental Ethics, 10, 217-225. |
|
ALLEN, C. (2014). Models, mechanisms, and animal minds. The
Southern Journal of Philosophy, 52, 75–97. |
|
|
|
Allen Eileen K. (1918-2015) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste du développement des enfants.
Étudiante de Wolf et Baer.
Collaboratrice de Hart.
 |
HART, B.M., ALLEN, K.E., BUELL, J.S., HARRIS, F.R. &
WOLF, M.M. (1964). Effects of social reinforcement on
operant crying. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 1 (2), 145-153. |
|
ALLEN, K.E., HART, B.M., HARRIS, F.R. (1964). Effects of
Social Reinforcement on isolate behavior of a nursery
schooll child. Child Development, 35 (2),
511-518. |
|
ALLEN, K.E. & HARRIS, F.R. (1966). Elimination of a
child's excessive scratching by training the mother in
reinforcement procedures. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 4 (2), 79-84. |
|
ALLEN, K.E., HENKE, L.B., HARRIS, F.R., BAER, D.M. &
REYNOLDS, N.J. (1967). Control of hyperactivity by social
reinforcement of attending behavior. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 58 (4), 231-237. |
|
BIJOU, S.W., PETERSON, R.F., HARRIS, F.R. ALLEN, K.E.
& JOHNSTON, M.S. (1969). Methodology for experimental
studies of young children in natural settings. The
Psychological Record, 19 (2), 177-210. |
|
|
|
Allen John S. (1961-) : Anthropologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du cerveau,
de la schizophrénie
et du dimorphisme sexuel.
|
ALLEN, J.S. & SARICJ, V.M. (1988). Schizoprenia in an
evolutionary perspective. Perspectives in Biology
& Medicine, 32 (1), 132-153. |
|
ALLEN, J.S., DAMASIO, H. & GRABOWSKI, T.J. (2002).
Normal neuroanatomical variation in the human brain : an
MRI-volumetric study. American Journal of Physical
Anthropology, 118, 341-358. |
|
ALLEN, J.S., DAMASIO H., GRABOWSKI, T.J., BRUSS, J. &
ZHANG W. (2003). Sexual dimorphism and asymmetries in the
gray-white composition of the human cerebrum. Neuroimage,
18, 880-894. |
|
ALLEN, J.S., BRUSS J. & DAMASIO H. (2004). The
structure of the human brain. American Scientist, 92,
246-253. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, J.S. & NERO, K.L. (2007). Schizophrenia in Palau
: A biocultural analysis. Current Anthropology, 48
(2), 189-213. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Allen Jon G. ( ) : Psychologue
américain. Collaborateur de Bateman,
Fonagy, Frueh et Gergely.
|
ALLEN, J.G. & GERGELY, G. (2001). Introduction. In J.
Allen (Ed.), Cognitive and interactional foundations of
attachment. Special Issue of the Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 65 (3), 293-296. |
|
ALLEN, J.G. (2004). Coping with trauma : Hope through
understanding. American Psychiatric Publishing. |
|
ALLEN, J.G. & FONAGY, P. (2006). Handbook of
mentalization-based treatment. John Wiley &
Sons, Ltd. |
|
ALLEN, J.G. (2013). Psychotherapy is an ethical endeavor :
Balancing humanism and science in clinical practice. The
Bulletin of The Menninger Clinic, 77 (2), 103-131. |
|
ALLEN, J.G. (2014). Biomania : Benefits, risks, and
challenges. Neurobiology & Mental Health Clinical
Practice : New Directions-New Challenges, 84 (2-3),
189-213. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Allen Mike W. (Iowa 1946-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialiste de la communication et de
l'éducation, notamment de
l'enseignement à distance. Collaborateur de Titsworth.
|
ALLEN, M., BOURHIS J., BURRELL, N. & MABRY, E. (2002).
Comparing student satisfaction with distance education to
traditional classrooms in higher education : A
meta-analysis. American Journal of Distance
Education, 16 (2), 83-97. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, M., MABRY, E., MATTREY, M., BOURHIS J., TITSWORTH,
S. & BURRELL, N. (2004). Evaluating the effectiveness
of distance learning : A comparison using meta-analysis. Journal
of Communication, 54 (3), 402-420. |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
|
Allergie : Maladie.
Allergy symptoms, food allergy.
| |
|
|
KENNEDY C.H. & MEYER, K.A. (1996). Sleep deprivation,
allergy symptoms, and negatively reinforced problem
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 29, 133-135.
[PDF] |
|
COULSON, N.S. & KNIBB, R.C. (2007). Coping with food
allergy : exploring the role of the online support group.
CyberPsychology & Behaviour, 10 (1), 145-148. |
|
|
|
|
|
Alliance : Association, parfois ponctuelle, entre deux parties au prise avec un problème commun, et dont l'objectif est
d'augmenter leur pouvoir
respectif. On a longtemps cru que les alliances n'étaient
possibles que chez les humains; mais des études récentes attestent
de la présence de ce phénomène chez les primates non-humains. Alliance, rang
social et coopération.
| |
|
|
CHENEY, D.L. (1977). The acquisition of rank and the
development of reciprocal alliances among free-ranging
baboons. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 2,
303-318. |
|
WALT, S.M. (1987). The origins of alliances.
Cornell University Press. |
|
WALT, S.M. (1988). Testing theories of alliance
formation. International Organization, 43 (2),
275-316. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. (1989). Functions of
alliances in contests within wild gorilla groups. Behaviour,
109, 176-190. |
|
SILK, J.B. (1999). Male bonnet macaques use information
about third-party rank relationships to recruit allie. Animal
Behaviour, 58, 45-51. [PDF] |
|
HEMELRIJIK, C.K., PUGA-GONZALEZ, Y. & STEINHAUSER, J.
(2015). Cooperation, coalition, alliances. In W. Henke
& I. Tattersall (Eds.), Handbook of
paleoanthropology. Berlin : Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allington Richard L. ( ) : Spécialiste
américain de l'éducation. Il
s'ntéresse à la littéracie
et à la lecture.
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. (1980). Teacher interruption behaviors
during primary grade oral reading. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 72 (3), 371-377. |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. (1983). The reading instruction provided
readers of differing reading abilities. The Elementary
School Journal, 83 (5), 548-559. |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. & McGILL-FRANZEN, M. (1989). School
response to reading failure : Chapter 1 and special
education students in grades 2, 4, & 8. The
Elementary School Journal, 89 (5), 529-542. |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. (2002). What I've learned about effective
reading instruction from a decade of studying exemplary
elementary classroom teachers. Phi Delta Kappan, 83(10), 740-747. |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. (2013). What really matters when working
with struggling. The Reading Teacher, 66 (7),
520-530. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
ALLISON, J. & TIMBERLAKE, W. (1973). Instrumental and
contingent saccharin-licking in rats : response
deprivation and reinforcement. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 2, 141-143. |
|
ALLISON, J. (1976). Contrast, induction, facilitation,
suppression, and conservation. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25, 185–198. [PDF]
|
|
ALLISON, J. & TIMBERLAKE, W. (1973). Response
deprivation and instrumental performance in the
controlled-amount paradigm. Learning & Motivation,
6,122-142. |
|
ALLISON, J. (1979). Demand economics and experimental
psychology. Behavioral Science, 24 (6), 403-415. |
|
ALLISON, J. (1993). Response deprivation, reinforcement,
and economics. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 60 (1), 129–140. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
Allochtone :
/Autochtone.
| |
|
|
GOULET, J-G.A. (2006). Maîtres chez nous. Les fondements
des projets de justice et de citoyenneté des autochtones
et allochtones au Québec. Anthropologie et
Sociétés, 30 (1), 187-201. |
|
|
|
|
|
Alloway Tracy Packiam ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine d'origine anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de
la mémoire de travail.
Collaboratrice de Gathercole.
|
ALLOWAY, T.P., GATHERCOLE, S.E., ADAMS, A.-M., WILLIS, C.,
EAGLEN, R. & LAMONT, E. (2005). Working memory and
phonological awareness as predictors of progress towards
early learning goals at school entry. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 23, 417-426. [PDF] |
|
ALLOWAY, T.P. (2006). How does working memory work in the
classroom ? Educational Research & Reviews, 1
(4), 134-139. [PDF] |
|
ALLOWAY, T.P., GATHERCOLE, S.E., KIRKWOOD, H. &
ELLIOTT, J. (2009). The cognitive and behavioural
characteristics of children with low working memory. Child
Development, 80, 606-621. PDF] |
|
ALLOWAY, T.P., DOHERTY-SNEDDON, G. & FORBES, L.
(2012). Teachers’ perceptions of classroom behavior &
working memory. Education Research & Reviews, 7,
138-142. |
|
ALLOWAY, T.P. & ALLOWAY, R.G. (2013). Working memory
in the lifespan : A cross-sectional approach. Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 25, 84-93. |
|
|
|
Alloy Lauren B. (1953-) :
Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la résignation
acquise, de l'illusion
de contrôle et de la dépression.
Collaboratrice de Abramson,
Hineline, Metalsky,
Mineka et Seligman.
|
ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1979).The judgment of
contingency in depressed and nondepressed students :
Sadder but wiser ? Journal of Experimental Psychology
: General, 108, 441-485. |
|
ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. &
HARTLAGE, S. (1988). The hopelessness theory of depression
: Attributional aspects. British Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 27, 5-21. |
|
ALLOY, L.B. (1991). Anxiety and depression : Disorders of
cognition or emotion ? Psychological Inquiry, 2,
72-74. |
|
ALLOY, L.B. & CLEMENTS, C.M. (1992). Illusion of
control : Invulnerability to negative affect and
depressive symptoms after laboratory and natural
stressors. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101,
234-245. |
|
ALLOY, L.B. (2001). The developmental origins of cognitive
vulnerability to depression : Negative interpersonal
context leads to personal vulnerability. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 25, 349-351. |
|
|
|
|
|
Allport D. Alan ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain,
d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'attention.
|
ALLPORT, D.A. (1968). Phenomenal simultaneity and the
perceptual moment hypothesis. British Journal of
Psychology, 59, 395-406. |
|
ALLPORT, D.A., ANTONIS, B. & REYNOLDS, P. (1972). On
the division of attention : a disproof of the single
channel hypothesis. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 24, 225-235 |
|
ALLPORT, D.A. (1987). Selection for action : Some
behavioural and neurophysiological considerations of
attention and action. In H. Heuer & D.F. Saunders
(Eds.), Perspectives on perception and action (pp.
395-419). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
ALLPORT, D.A. (1989). Visual attention. In M.I. Posner
(Ed.), Foundations of cognitive science (pp.
631-682). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
ALLPORT, D.A. (1992). Attention and control : Have we been
asking the wrong questions ? A critical review of
twenty-five years. In D.E. Meyer & S. Kornblum (Eds.),
Attention and performance (Vol. 14, pp. 183-218).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
|
|
Allport Floyd Henry (Milwaukee 1890-1978) : Psychosociologue américain. Il a notamment étudié la personnalité. et l'influence des groupes sur le comportement social des individus. Étudiant de Holt. Professeur de Katz. Collaborateur d'Allport.
 |
ALLPORT, F.H. (1919). Behavior and experiment in social
psychology. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 14, 297-307.
[LIRE] |
|
ALLPORT, F.H. & ALLPORT, G. (1921). Personality traits
: their classification and measurement. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 16, 6-40. [LIRE] |
|
ALLPORT, F.H. (1937). Toward a science of public opinion.
Public Opinion Quarterly, 1 (1), 7-23. [PDF] |
|
ALLPORT, F.H. (1954). The structuring of events : outline
of a general theory with applications to psychology. Psychological
Review, 61, 281-303. [LIRE] |
|
ALLPORT, F.H. (1967). A theory of enestruence (event
structure theory) : report of progress. American
Psychologist, 22, 1-24. |
|
|
FARIS, E. (1914). Review of social psychology by Floyd
Henry Allport. American Journal of Sociology, 30,
367-378. [LIRE] |
|
KATZ, D. (1979). Obituary : Floyd H. Allport (1890-1978).
American Psychologist, 34 (4) 351-353. [PDF] |
|
NICHOLSON, I.A.M. (2000). A coherent datum of perception :
Gordon Allport, Floyd Allport and the politics of
"Personnality" : Journal of the History of the
Behavioral Sciences, 36 (4), 463-470. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Allport Gordon Willard (Montezuma 1897-1967 Cambridge) :
Psychosociologue
américain, spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité
et des rumeurs. Président
de l'APA en 1939. Étudiant de Langfeld
et Münstenberg. Professeur
de Bruner, Cartwright,
Doob, French, Milgram,
Pettigrew et
Postman. Collaborateur d'Allport,
Cantril, Katz,
Lindzey et Vernon.
 
No 11 |
ALLPORT, G.W. (1927). Concepts of trait and personality.
Psychological Bulletin, 24, 284-293. [LIRE] |
|
ALLPORT, G.W. & VERNON, P.E. (1931). Study of
values : A scale for measuring the dominant interests in
personality. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
ALLPORT, G.W. (1937). The functional autonomy of motives.
American Journal of Psychology, 50, 141-156.
[LIRE] |
|
ALLPORT, G.W. & POSTMAN, L.G. (1947). The
psychology of rumor. New York : Russel &
Russel. |
|
ALLPORT, G.W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Reading,
Mass : Addison-Westley.
[PDF] |
|
|
ZUROFF, D.C. (1986). Was Gordon Allport a trait theorist ?
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51 (5),
993-1000. |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1990). A bold stroke for personality a
half-century ago : A retrospective review of Gordon
Allport's personality : A psychological interpretation. Contemporary Psychology, 35, 533-536. |
|
WINTER, D.G. (1997). Allport's Life and Allport's
Psychology. Journal of Personality, 65 (3),
723-731. |
|
NICHOLSON, I.A.M. (1998). Gordon Allport, character, and
the "culture of personality", 1897-1937. History of
Psychology, 1, 52-68. |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1999). Gordon Willard Allport : A
Tribute. Journal of Social Issues, 55 (3),
415-428. |
|
NICHOLSON, I.A.M. (2000). A coherent datum of perception :
Gordon Allport, Floyd Allport and the politics of
"Personnality" : Journal of the History of the
Behavioral Sciences, 36 (4), 463-470. [PDF] |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F., KERSTN, H. & WILLARD, G. (2016).
Allport : The nature of prejudice. In S. Salzborn (Ed.),
Klassiker der Sozialwissenshaften [Classics of social
science]. (pp. 174-178). Wiesbaden, Germany :
Springer. |
|
|
|
Almond Abraham Gabriel (Rock Island 1911-2002 Pacific Grove)
: Politologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'état et de la comparaison
des systèmes politiques. Collaborateur de Lasswell
et Lippmann.
|
ALMOND, A.G. & LASSWELL, H.D. (1934). Aggressive
behavior by clients toward public relief administrators :
A configurative analysis. American Political Science
Review, 28 (4), 643-655. |
|
ALMOND, A.G. (1956). Comparative political systems. The
Journal of Politics, 18 (3), 391-409. |
|
ALMOND, A.G. (1966). Political theory and political
science. American Political Science Review, 60
(4), 869-879. |
|
ALMOND, A.G. & POWELL, B. (1966). Comparative
politics : A developmental approach. Little, Brown. |
|
ALMOND, A.G. (1988). The return to the state. American
Political Science Review, 82 (3), 853-874. |
|
|
|
Almy
Millie (Clymer 1915-2001 Berkeley) :
Psychologue cognitive européenne d'origine américaine.
|
ALMY, M. (1961). Wishful thinking about children's
thinking. Teachers College Record, 62 (5),
396-396. |
|
ALMY, M. (1962). Intellectual mastery and mental health. Teachers
College Recordd, 63 (6), 468-478 |
|
ALMY, M., CHITTENDEN, E. & MILLER, P. (1966).
Young children's thinking : Studies of some aspects of
Piaget's theory. Teachers Coll. Press. |
|
ALMY, M. & GENISHI, C. (1979). Ways of studying
children. New York : Teachers College Press. |
|
ALMY, M. (1979). The impact of Piagetian theory : On
education, philosophy, psychiatry, and psychology. University
Park Press. |
|
|
|
Alogie : Ensemble de symptômes verbaux que l'on observe
souvent chez les schizophrènes
: Manque de spontanéité du langage, réponse courte et
mécanique, voire mutisme
dans certain cas.
| |
|
| DUMAS,
J.E. (2007). Psychopathologie de l'enfant et de
l'adolescent. Bruxelles : De Boeck. |
|
|
Alpern Mathew (Akron 1920-1996) : Physiologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision. Collaborateur de Rushton.
|
ALPERN, M. & ELLEN, P. (1956). A quantitative analysis
of the horizontal movement of the eyes in the experiment
of Johannes Mueller. I. Method and results. American
Journal of Ophthalmology, 42 (4), 289. |
|
ALPERN, M. (1965). Rod-cone independence in the
after-flash effects. Journal of Physiology, 176,
462-472. [PDF] |
|
ALPERN, M. & RUSHTON, W.A.H. (1965). The specificity
of the cone interaction in the after-flash effect. Journal
of Physiology, 176 (3), 473-482.
[PDF] |
|
ALPERN, M., RUSHTON, W.A.H. & TORII, S. (1970). The
size of rod signals. Journal of Physiology, 206,
193-208. [PDF] |
|
ALPERN, M. & PUGH, E.N. (1974). The density and
photosensitivity of human rhodopsin in the living retina.
Journal of Physiology, 237 (2), 341-370. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Alpha : Première lettre de
l'alphabet grec qui signifie... "premier". a)
Utilisé dans plusieurs contextes pour désigner le premier élément
d'une suite ordonnée ou d'une hiérarchie.
b) En physiologie,
cette lettre désigne également un type
d'onde cérébrale qui caractérise l'état de vieille
diffus, la relaxation
et la méditation.
| |
|
| a |
|
NISHIDA, T., HASEGAWA, T., HAYAKI, H., TAKAHATA, Y. &
UEAHARA, S. (1992). Meat-sharing as a coalition strategy
by an alpha male chimpanzee ? In T. Nishida, W., Mcgrew,
P. Marler, M. Pickford & F. de Waal (Eds.), Topics
in primatology (Vol. 1. pp. 159-174). Tokyo :
University of Tokyo Press. |
|
MECH, L.D. (1999). Alpha status, dominance, and division
of labor in wolf packs. Canadian Journal of Zoology,
77 (8), 1196-1203. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hiérarchie
et Rang social |
| b |
|
ISA, I.S., ZAINUDDIN, B.S., HUSSAIN, Z. & SULAIMAN,
S.N. (2014). Preliminary study on analyzing EEG alpha
brainwave signal activities based on visual stimulation. Procedia Computer Science, 42, 85-92. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Onde
alpha |
| c |
|
CRONBACH, L.J. (1951). Coefficient alpha and the internal
structure of tests. Psychometrika, 16 (3),
297-333. |
|
|
Voir aussi Coefficient
de fidélité alpha |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alpralozam :
Benzodiazépine utilisé comme anxiolytique dans le traitement
des troubles d'anxiété,
notamment du trouble
panique.
Alprazolam.
| |
|
|
CHOUINARD, G., ANNABLE, L., FONTAINE, R. & SOLYOM, L.
(1982). Alprazolam in the treatment of generalized anxiety
and panic disorders : a double-blind placebo-controlled
study. Psychopharmacology, 77, 229-233. |
RILEY, W.T., McCORMICK, M., SIMON, E.M., STACK, K.,
PUSHKIN, Y. & OVERSTREET, M.M. (1995). Effects of
alprazolam dose on the induction and habituation processes
during behavioral panic induction treatment. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 9, 217-227. |
|
HOEHN-SARIC, R., MCLEOD, D.R. & ZIMMERLI, W.D. (1988).
Differential effects of alprazolam and imipramine in
generalized anxiety disorder : somatic versus psychic
symptoms. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 49 (8),
293-301. |
|
|
ABRAMOWICZ, M. (1991). Alprazolam for panic disorder. The
Medical Letter on Drugs & Therapeutics, 33,
30-31. |
|
|
JONAS, J.M. & COHON, M.S. (1993). A comparison of the
safety and efficacy of alprazolam versus other agents in
the treatment of anxiety, panic, and depression : a review
of the literature. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54
(S), 25-45. |
JENKINS, A.J., LEVINE, B., LOCKE, J.L. & SMIALEK, J.E.
(1997). A fatality due to alprazolam intoxication.
Journal of Analytical Toxicology, 21, 218-220. |
|
OTTO, M.W., POLLACK, M.H., SACHS, G.S., REITER, S.R.,
MELTZER-BRODY, S. & ROSENBAUM, J.F. (1993).
Discontinuation of benzodiazepine treatment : efficacy of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for patients with panic
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1485-1490. |
MICHAUD, K., AUGSBURGER, M, ROMAIN, N., GIRAUD, C. &
MANGIN, P. (1999). Fatal overdose of tramadol and
alprazolam. Forensic Science International, 105,
185-189. |
|
SPIEGEL, D.A., BRUCE, T.J., GREGG, S.F. & NUZZARELLO,
A. (1994). Does cognitive behavior therapy assist
slow-taper alprazolam discontinuation in panic disorder ?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 876-881. |
ISBISTER, G.K., O'REGAN, L., SIBBRITT, D. & WHYTE,
I.M. (2004). Alprazolam is relatively more toxic than
other benzodiazepines in overdose. British Journal of
Clinical Pharmacology, 58 (1), 88-95. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Benzodiazépine et
Benzodiazépine |
|
|
Altemeyer Robert (Saint-Louis 1940-2024) : Psychosociologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'autoritarisme.
= Bob Altemeyer.
 |
ALTEMEYER, B. (1981). Right-wing authoritarianism. Manitoba,
Canada : University Press. |
|
ALTEMEYER, B. (1988). Enemies of freedom :
Understanding right-wing authoritarianism. San
Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
ALTEMEYER, B. & KAMENSHILOV A. (1991) Impressions of
American and Soviet behaviour : RWA changes in a mirror.
South African Journal of Psychology, 21, 255-260.
|
|
ALTEMEYER, B. & HUNSBERGER, B. (1992).
Authoritarianism, religious fundamentalism, quest, and
prejudice. International Journal for the Psychology
of Religion, 2, 113-133. |
|
ALTEMEYER, B. (1998). The other «authoritarian
personality». In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in
Experimental Social Psychology (Vol. 30, pp.
47-92). San Diego : Academic Press. |
|
|
|
Altermondialisme :
| |
|
|
BOUDREAU, P. (2009). Francis Dupuis-Déri,
L'altermondialisme. Nouveaux Cahiers du Socialisme,
2, 336-340. |
|
BEAUDET, P., CANET, R. et MASSICOTTE, M.-J. (Dirs.)
(2010). L'altermondialisme : forums sociaux,
résistances et nouvelle culture politique. Montréal
: Écosociété. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternative : Option qui constitue une solution de rechange ou une possibilité, même
faible, à l'option envisagée ou choisie. NDLR :En
français, le mot n'est utilisé que dans une situation où il n'y a
que deux états possibles; on dira que A est une alternative à B,
et non que A et B sont des alternatives à C. S'il y a plus de
trois états possibles, utiliser les mots scénario ou option.
= une possibilité de faire autrement, le revers de la
médaille.
| |
|
|
BREHM, J.W. (1956 ). Postdecision changes in the
desirability of alternatives. The Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 52 (3), 384-389. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Altman Douglas G. (Londres 1948-2018) : Statisticien
britannique et spécialiste de la méta-analyse.Collaborateur de Bland, Higgins
et Gotzsche.
|
ALTMAN, D.G. (1979). Estimation of gestational age at
birth - comparison of two methods. Archives of Disease in
Childhood 54, 242-243. |
|
ALTMAN, D.G. & BLAND, J.M. (1983). Measurement in
medicine - the analysis of method comparison studies. The
Statistician, 32, 307-317.
[PDF] |
|
ALTMAN, D.G. & BLAND, J.M. (2003). Statistics notes :
Interaction revisited : the difference between two
estimates. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
MATTHEW, R., CHALMMERS, I. & ROTHWELL, P. (2018).
Douglas G Altman : statistician, researcher, and driving
force behind global initiatives to improve the reliability
of health research. British Medical Journal, 63
(2), 226-246. |
|
|
|
Altman Joseph (1925-2016) : Biologiste américain. On lui doit la découverte de la neurogénèse
postnatale au début des années soixante. Collaborateur de Bayer.
|
ALTMAN, J. (1962). Are neurons formed in the brains of
adult mammals ? Science, 135, 1127-1128. [PDF] |
|
ALTMAN, J. (1963). Autoradiographic investigation of cell
proliferation in the brains of rats and cats. Anatomical
Record, 145, 573-591. [PDF] |
|
ALTMAN, J. & DAS, G.D. (1965). Autoradiographic and
histological evidence of postnatal hippocampal
neurogenesis in rats. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 124, 319-335. [PDF] |
|
ALTMAN, J. & DAS, G.D. (1967). Postnatal neurogenesis
in the guinea-pig. Nature, 214, 1098-1101. [PDF] |
|
ALTMAN, J. & BAYER, S.A. (2002). Regional differences
in the stratified transitional field and the honeycomb
matrix of the developing human cerebral cortex.
Journal of Neurocytology 31, 613-632. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Altmann Jeanne (New York 1940-) : Primatologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du babouin. Professeur de Alberts et collaboratrice de Altmann, Hausfater et Silk.
|
ALTMANN, J. (1974). Observational study of behaviour :
Sampling methods. Behaviour, 49, 227-267. [PDF] |
|
ALTMANN, J., ALTMANN, S.A. & HAUSFATER, G. (1978).
Primate infant's effects on mother's future reproduction.
Science, 201, 1028-1029. |
|
ALTMANN, J., ALBERTS, S.C., ALTMANN, S.A. & ROY, S.B.
(2002). Dramatic change in local climate patterns in the
Amboseli basin, Kenya. African Journal of Ecology, 40, 248-251.
[PDF] |
|
ALTMANN, J. & ALBERTS, S.C. (2003). Variability in
reproductive success viewed from a life-history
perspective in baboons. American journal of human
biology, 15, 401-409. [PDF] |
|
ALTMANN, J. & ALBERTS, S.C. (2005). Growth rates in a
wild primate population : ecological influences and
maternal effects. Behavioral Ecology &
Sociobiology, 57, 490-501. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
ALTMANN, S.A. (1965). The sociobiology of rhesus monkeys
II : Stochastics of social communication. Journal of
Theoretical Biology, 8, 490-522. |
|
ALTMANN, S.A. (1970). The pregnancy sign in savannah
baboons. Laboratory Animal Digest, 6, 7-10. |
|
ALTMANN, S.A. (1974). Baboons, space, time, and energy. American
Zoologist 14, 221-248 |
ALTMANN, S.A. (1987). The impact of locomotor energetics
on mammalian foraging. Journal of Zoology, 211, 215-225.
|
ALTMANN, S.A. & ALTMANN, J. (2003). The
transformation of behaviour field studies. Animal
Behaviour, 65, 413-423.
|
|
|
|
Altruisme : Aide
que l'on consent sans intention de récompense
immédiate ou éloignée. Altruisme et
comportement d'aide.
=
comportement prosocial, aide gratuite.
*empathie,
sympathie.
/intérêt
personnel, égoïsme.
Altruism, nonselfish behaviour, put yourself in
the shoes of another.
| |
|
|
RICE, G.E.J. & GAINER, P. (1962). Altruism in the
albino rat. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 55, 123-125. |
|
|
LEEDS, R. (1963). Altruism and the norm of giving. Merrill-Pamer
Quarterly, 9, 229-240. |
|
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The evolution of altruistic
behavior. The American Naturalist, 97, 354-356.
|
KOHN, A. (1990). The brighter side of human nature :
altruism and empathy in everyday life. New York :
Basic Books. |
|
MacINTYRE, A. (1967). Egoism and altruism. In P. Edwards
(Ed.), The encyclopedia of philosophy (Vol 2, pp
462-466). New York : Macmillan. |
|
|
MACAULAY, J. & BERKOWITZ, L. (Eds.) (1969).
Altruism and helping. New York : Academic Press. |
PILIAVIN, J.A. & CHANG, H.-W. (1990). Altruism : A
review of recent theory and research. The Annual
Review of Sociology, 16, 27-65. [PDF] |
|
ROSENHAN, D. (1969). Determinants of altruism :
Observations for a theory of altruistic development.
Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American
Psychological Association, Washington. |
ANDREONI, J. (1990). Impure altruism and donations to
public goods : A theory of warm-glow giving. The
Economic Journal, 100, 464–477. |
|
KREBS, D.L. (1970). Altruism : an examination of the
concept and a review of the literature. Psychological
Bulletin, 73, 258-302. |
SIMON, H.A. (1990). A mechanism for social selection and
successful altruism. Science, 250, 1665-1668. |
|
TRIVERS, R.L. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal
altruism. Quarterly Review of Biology, 46, 35-57. |
BATSON, C.D. (1991). The altruism question : Towards
a social social-psychological answer. Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
|
TRIVERS, R. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal altruism.
Quarterly Review of Biology, 46, 35-57. |
CLARY, E.G. & SNYDER, M . (1991). A functional
analysis of altruism and prosocial behavior : The case of
volunteerism. In M. Clark (Ed.), Prosocial behavior
(pp. 119-140). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
|
WEISS, R.F., BUCHANAN, W., ALTSTATT, L. & LOMBARDO,
J.P. (1971). Altruism is rewarding. Science, 171, 1262-1263. |
BATSON, C.D. & SHAW, L.L. (1991). Evidence for
altruism : Toward a pluralism of prosocial motives.
Psychological Inquiry, 2, 107-122. [PDF] |
|
BEKOWITZ, L. (1972). Social norms, feelings, and other
factors affecting helping behavior and altruism. In L.
Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in Experimental Social
Psychology. Vol.6 (pp. 63-108). New York : Academic
Press. |
BATSON, C.D. & SHAW, L.L. (1991). Evidence for
altruism : Toward a pluralism of prosocial motives. Psychological
Inquiry, 2, 107-122. |
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1972). Altruism and related phenomena,
mainly in social insects. Annual Review of Ecology,
Evolution & Systematics, 3, 193-232. |
BATSON, C.D. (1991). The altruism question : Toward a
social-psychological answer. Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
DIENER, E., WESTFORD, K.L., FRASER, S.C. & BEAMAN,
A.L. (1973). Selected demographic variables in altruism. Psychological Reports, 33, 226. [PDF] |
CIALDINI, R.B. (1991). Altruism or egoism : That is
(still) the question. Psychological Inquiry, 2,
124-126. |
|
RUBIN, K.H. & SCHNEIDER, F.W. (1973). The relationship
between moral judgment, egocentrism, and altruistic
behavior. Child Development, 44, 661-665. |
KENRICK, D. (1991). Proximate altruism and ultimate
selfishness. Psychological Inquiry, 2 (2),
135-137. |
|
CIALDINI, R.B., DARBY, B.L. & VINCENT, J.E. (1973).
Transgression and altruism : a case of hedonism. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 9 (6), 501-516. |
WILSON, D.S. & DUGATKIN, L.A. (1992). Altruism :
contemporary debates. In E.F. Keller and E.A. Lloyd
(Eds.), Keywords in evolutionary biology (pp.
29-33). Harvard University Press. |
|
SHERROD, D.R. & DOWNS, R. (1974). Environmental,
determinants of altruism : The effects of stimulus
overload and perceived control on helping. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 468-479. |
UYENEOYAMA, M.K. & FELDMAN, M.W. (1992). Altruism :
some theoretical ambiguities. In E.F. Keller & E.A.
Lloyd (Eds.), Keywords in evolutionary biology
(pp. 34-40). Harvard University Press. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. (1975). Belief in a just world and
altruistic behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 31, 972-976. |
|
|
SMITH, R.E., WHEELER, G. & DIENER, E. (1975). Faith
without works : Jesus people, resistance to temptation,
and altruism. Journal of Applied Social Psychology,
5, 320-330. |
CRONIN, H. (1992). The ant and the peacock : Altruism
and sexual selection from Darwin to today.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
KREBS, D.L. (1975). Empathy and altruism. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 32, 1134-1146. |
SIMON, H.A. (1992). Altruism and economics. Eastern
Economic Journal, 18, 73-83. |
|
|
WILSON, J.P. (1976). Motivation, modeling and altruism : A
person X situation analysis. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 34, 1078-1086. |
|
|
CIALDINI, R.B. & KENRICK, D.T. (1976). Altruism as
hedonism : A social developmental perspective on the
relationship of mood state and helping. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 34, 907-914. |
SIMON, H.A. (1993). Altruism and economics. American
Economic Review, 83, 156-161. |
|
BECKER, G.S. (1976). Altruism, egoism, and genetic fitness
: Economics and sociobiology. Journal of Economic
Literature, 14 (3), 817-826. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1993). Is altruism part of human nature ?
Toward a theoretical foundation for the helping
professions. Social Service Review, 67, 406-458. |
|
MATESSI, C. & JAYAKAR, S.D. (1976). Conditions for the
evolution of altruism under Darwinian selection. Theoretical
Population Biology 9, 360-387. |
SUGDEN, R. (1993). Thinking as a team : towards an
explanation of nonselfish behaviour. Social Philosophy
& Policy, 10, 69-89. |
|
WILSON, J.P. (1976). Motivation, modeling, and altruism :
A person X situation analysis. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 34 (6), 1078-1086. |
SAMUELSON, P.A. (1993). Altruism as a problem involving
group versus individual selection in economics and
biology. American Economic Review, 83, 143-148. |
|
KONECNI, V.J. (1976). Altruism : Methodological and
definitional issues. Science, 194, 562. [PDF] |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1993). Why altruism is impossible... and
ubiquitous. Social Service Review, 67, 314-343. |
|
MILLER, D.T. (1977). Altruism and threat to a belief in a
just world. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 13, 113-125. |
KREBS, D.L. & VAN HESTEREN, F. (1994). The development
of altruism : Toward an integrative model. Developmental
Review, 14, 103-158 |
|
PACKER, C. (1977). Reciprocal altruism in olive baboons
(Papio anubis). Nature, 265, 441-443. |
GADAGKAR, R. (1994). The evolution of altruism in insects
: A case study. In O.P.Agarwa (Ed.), Perspectives in
entomological research (pp. 263-275). Jodhpur :
Scientific Publishers. [PDF] |
|
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1977). Normative influence on altruism. In
L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social
psychology (Vol. 10, pp. 222–275). New York :
Academic. |
STARK, O. (1995). Altrusim and beyond. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
DARLEY, J.M. (1977). Altruism. In B. Wolman (Ed.), International
Encyclopedia of Neurology, Psychology, Psychoanalysis
and Psychiatry (Vol. 1, pp. 437-439). New York :
Van Nostrand. |
ZAHAVI, A. (1995). Altruism as a handicap : The
limitations of kin selection and reciprocity. Journal
of Avian Biology, 26, 1-3. |
|
WILSON, E. (1978). The genetic evolution of altruism. In
L. Wispé (Ed.), Altruism, sympathy, and helping
(pp. 11-37). New York : Academic Press |
ECKEL, C. & GROSMANN, P. (1996). Altruism in anonymous
dictator games. Games & Economic Behavior, 16
(2), 181-191. [PDF] |
|
WISPÉ, L. (Ed.) (1978). Altruism, sympathy and
helping : Psychological and sociological principles. Academic
Press. |
LAITNER, J. & JUSTER, F.T. (1996). New Evidence on
Altruism : A Study of TIAA-CREF Retirees. The American
Economic Review, 86, (4), 893-908 |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. (1978). Urban density and altruism : Helping
strangers in a Canadian city, suburb, and small town. Psychological Reports, 43, 987-990. |
MONROE, K.R. (1996).The heart of altruism :
Perceptions of a common humanity. Princeton, NJ :
Princeton University Press. |
|
TULLOCK, G. (1978). Altruism, malice, and public goods. Journal
of Social & Biological Structures, 1, 3-9. |
ROSE-ACKERMAN, S. (1996). Altruism, nonprofits, and
economic theory. The Journal of Economic Literature,
14, 701-728. |
|
KREBS, D.L. (1978). A cognitive developmental approach to
altruism. In L. Wispé (Ed.), Altruism, sympathy and
helping (pp. 141-164). New York : Academic Press. |
CIALDINI, R.B., BROWN, S.L., LEWIS, B.P., LUCE.C. &
NEUBERG, S.L. (1997). Reinterpreting the empathy-altruism
relationship : When one into one equals oneness. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73,
481-494.
[PDF] |
|
KENRICK, D.T., BAUMANN, D. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1979). A
step in the socialization of altruism as hedonism :
Effects of negative mood on children's generosity under
public and private conditions. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 37, 747-755. |
HOWARD, J. & PILIAVIN, J.A. (2000). Altruism. In E.F.
Borgatta & R.J.V. Montgomery (Eds.), Encyclopedia
of Sociology (pp. 114-120). New York : Macmillan
Reference USA. |
|
AHAMMER, I.M. & MURRAY, J.P. (1979). Kindness in the
kindergarten : The relative influence of role-playing and
prosocial television in facilitating altruism. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 2, 133-157. |
ANDREONI, J. & VESTERLUND, L. (2001). Which is the
fair sex ? Gender differences in altruism. Quarterly
Journal of Economics, 116, 293-312. |
|
|
THOMPSON, W.C., COWAN, C.L. & ROSENHAN, D.L. (1980).
Focus of attention mediates the impact of negative affect
on altruism. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 38, 291-300. |
|
|
RUSHTON, J.P. (1980). Altruism, socialization, and
society. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
BOORMAN, S.A. & LEVITT, P.R. (1980). The genetics
of altruism. New York : Academic Press. |
WILSON, D.S. (2001). Cooperation and altruism. In C.W.
Fox, D.A. Roff and D.J. Fairbairn (Eds.), Evolutionary
ecology : Concepts and case studies (pp. 222-231).
Oxford : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
BAR-TAL, D., RAVIV, A. & LEISER, T. (1980). The
development of altruistic behavior : Empirical evidence. Developmental Psychology, 16, 516-524. |
RACHLIN, H. (2002). Altruism and selfishness. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 25, 239-296. [PDF] |
|
JACKSON, J.M. &
LATANÉ, B. (1981). Strength and number of solicitors and
the urge toward altruism. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 7, 415-422. |
BROSNAN, S.F. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (2002). A proximate
perspective on reciprocal altruism. Human Nature, 13,
129-152. [PDF] |
|
BATSON, C.D., DUNCAN, B.D., ACKERMAN, P., BUCKLEY, T.
& BIRCH, K. (1981). Is empathic emotion a source of
altruistic motivation ? Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 40, 290-302. |
HOLMES, J.G., MILLER, D.T. & LERNER, M.J. (2002).
Committing altruism under the cloak of self-interest : The
exchange fiction. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 38, 144-151. |
|
HOFFMAN, L. (1981). Is altruism part of human nature ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 40, 121-137.
|
SIGMUND, K. & HAUERT, C. (2002). Altruism. Current
Biology, 12, 270–272. |
|
RUSHTON, J.P., CHRISTJOHN, R.D. & FEKKEN, G.C. (1981).
Thealtruistic personality and the self-report altruism
scale. Personality & Individual Differences, 2,
1-11. |
|
|
TEACHMAN, G. & ORME, M. (1981). Effects of aggressive
and prosocial film material on altruistic behavior of
children. Psychological Reports, 48, 699-702. |
GRACE, R.C., McLEAN, A.P. & BRAGASON, O. (2002). Can
altruism be understood in terms of socially-discounted
extrinsic reinforcement ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 25, 259-260. |
|
VAN ORNUM, W., FOLEY J.M., BURNS, R., DEWOFE, A.S. &
KENNEDY, E.C. (1981). Empathy, altruism, and self-interest
in college students. Adolescence, 16, 799-808. |
|
|
KREBS, D.L. & RUSSELL, C. (1981). Role-taking and
altruism : When you put yourself in the shoes of another,
will they take you to their owner's aid ? In J.P. Rushton
and R.M. Sorrentino (Eds.), Altruism and helping
behavior : social, personality, and developental
perspectives (pp. 137-165). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum
Associates, Inc. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2002). A potentially testable mechanism to
account for altruistic behavior. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 25, 282. |
|
SMITH, D.H. (1981). Altruism, volunteers and volunteering.
Journal of Voluntary Action Research 10, 21-36. |
MANER, J.K., LUCE, C.L., NEUBERG, S.L. & SAGARIN, B.J. (2002). The effects of perspective taking on motivations for helping : Still no evidence for altruism. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28 (11), 1601-1610. [PDF] |
|
UNDERWOOD, B. & MOORE, B. (1982). The generality of
altruism in children. In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), The
development of prosocial behavior (pp. 25-52). New
York : Academic Press. |
FEHR, E. & GÄCHETER, S. (2002). Altruistic punishment
in humans. Nature, 415, 137-140.
[PDF] |
|
UNDERWOOD, B. & MOORE, B. (1982). Perspective-taking
and altruism. Psychological Bulletin, 91, 143-173. |
BATSON, C.D., AHMAD, N., LISHNER, D.A. & TSANG, J-A.
(2002). Empathy and altruism. In C.R. Snyder and S.J.
Lopez (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology (pp.
485-498). London : Oxford University Press. |
|
CONNOR, R.C. & NORRIS, K.S. (1982). Are dolphins
reciprocal altruists ? American Naturalist, 119,
358-374. |
GINTIS H., BOWLES S., BOYD R. & FEHR E. (2003).
Explaining altruistic behavior in humans. Evolution
& Human Behavior, 24, 153-172. |
|
ZAHN-WAXLER C. & RADKE-YARROW, M. (1982). The
development of altruism : Alternative research strategies.
In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), The development of prosocial
behavior (pp. 109-137). New York : Academic Press. |
BATSON, C.D. & POWELL, A.A. (2003). Altruism and
prosocial behavior. In T. Millon & M.J. Lerner (Eds.),
Handbook of psychology : Personality and social
psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 463-484). Hoboken, NJ :
Wiley. |
|
MARGOLIS, H. (1982). Selfishness, altruism, and
rationality : A theory of social choice. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
FEHR, E. & FISCHBACHER, U. (2003). The nature of human
altruism. Nature, 425 (6960), 785-791. |
|
TOI, M. & BATSON, C.D. (1982). More evidence that
empathy is a source of altruistic motivation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 281-292.
|
HAUSER, M., CHEN, M.K., CHEN, F. & CHUANG, E. (2003).
Give unto others : genetically unrelated cotton-top
tamarin monkeys preferentially give food to those who
altruistically give food back. Proceedings of the
Royal Society B, 270, 2363-2370. [PDF] |
|
BULBULIA, J. (2004). Religious costs as adaptations that
signal altruistic intention. Evolution & Cognition,
10 (1), 19-38. |
|
KREBS, D.L. (1982). Altruism - A rational approach. In N.
Eisenberg (Ed.), The development of prosocial
behavior (pp. 53-76). New York : Academic. |
KERR, B., GODFREY-SMITH, P. & FELDMAN, M.W. (2004).
What is altruism ? Trends in Ecology & Evolution,
19, 135-140. [PDF] |
|
|
BAUMANN, D.J., KENRICK, D.T. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1983).
Mood and sex differences in the development of altruism as
hedonism. Academic Psychology Bulletin, 5,
299-207. |
HARDY, C. & VAN VUGT, M. (2006). Nice guys finish
first : The competitive altruism hypothesis. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 1402-1413. |
|
EDNEY, J.J. & BELL, P.A. (1983). The commons dilemma :
comparing altruism, the Golden Rule, perfect equality of
outcomes, and territoriality.The Social Science
Journal, 20, 23-33. |
BOWLES, S. (2006). Group competition, reproductive
leveling, and the evolution of human altruism. Science,
314, 1569-1572. |
|
FOEHL, J.C. & GOLDMAN, M. (1983). Increasing
altruistic behavior by using compliance techniques. Journal
of Social Psychology, 119, 21-29. |
DUGATKIN, L.A. (2006). The altruism equation : Seven
scientists search for the origins of goodness.
Princeton University Press. |
|
PUKA, B. (1983). Altruism and moral development. In D.
Bridgeman (Ed.), The nature of prosocial behavior :
Interdisciplinary theories and strategies (pp.
185-204). New York : Academic Press. |
FOWLER, J.H. (2006). Altruism and turnout. Journal of
Politics, 68 (3), 674-683. [PDF] |
|
MATESSI, C. & KARLIN, S. (1984). On the evolution of
altruism by kin selection. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A., 81, 1754-1758. |
VAN VUGT, M., ROBERTS, G. & HARDY, C. (2007).
Competitive altruism : Development of reputation-based
cooperation in groups. In R. Dunbar & L. Barrett
(Eds.), Handbook of evolutionary psychology. Oxford
: Oxford University Press. |
|
NUNNEY, L. (1985). Group selection, altruism, and
structured-deme models. The American Naturalist, 126,
212-230 |
FOWLER, J.H. & KAM, C.D. (2007). Beyond the self:
Social identity, altruism, and political participation.
The Journal of Politics, 69, 813-827. |
|
KREBS, D.L. & MILLER, D.T. (1982). Altruism and
aggression. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Hanbook
of social psychology (Vol 2, pp. 1-71). New York :
Random House. |
CHOI, J. & BOWLES, S. (2007). The coevolution of
parochial altruism and war. Science, 318,
636-640. |
|
EISENBERG, N. (1986). Altruistic cognition, emotion,
and behavior. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
FOWLER, J.H. & KAM, C.D. (2007). Beyond the self :
Social identity, altruism, and political participation.
The Journal of Politics, 69, 813- 827. |
|
RUSHTON, J.P., FULKER, D.W., NEALE, M.C., NIAS, D.K.B.
& EYSENK, H.J. (1986). Altruism and aggression : The
heritability of individual differences. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 50 (6),
1192-1198. [PDF] |
WEST, S.A., GRIFFIN, A.S. & GARDNER, A. (2007). Social
semantics : Altruism, cooperation, mutualism and strong
reciprocity. Journal of Evolutionary Biology, 20,
415-432. |
| |
McCULLOUGH, M.E., KIMELDORF M.B. & COHEN, A.D. (2008).
An adaptation for altruism ? The social causes, social
effects, and social evolution of gratitude. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 281-284.
[PDF] |
|
FULTZ, J., BATSON, C.D., FORTENBACH, V.A., McCARTHY, P.M.
& VARNEY, L. (1986). Social evaluation and the empathy
altruism hypothesis. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 50, 761-769. |
DE WAAL, F.B.M. (2008). Putting the altruism back into
altruism : The evolution of empathy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 59, 279-300. [PDF] |
|
EISENBERG, N. (1987). The relation of altruism and other
moral behaviors to moral cognition : Methodological and
conceptual issues. In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), Contemporary
topics in developmental psychology (pp. 165-189).
New York : Wiley. |
PILIAVIN, J.A. (2009). Altruism and helping : The
evolution of a field : The 2008 Cooley-Mead presentation.
Social Psychology Quarterly, 72 (3), 209-225. |
|
BATSON, C.D. & FULTZ, J. (1987). Critical
self-reflection and self-perceived altruism : When
self-reward fails. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 53, 594-602. |
BOESCH, C. BOLÉ, C., ECKKARDT, N. & BOESCH, H. (2010).
Altruism in forest chimpanzees : the case of adoption. PlosOne,
5/1/e8901. [PDF] |
|
SCHROEDER, D., DOVIDIO, J.F., SIBICKY, M.E., MATTHEWS,
L.L. & ALLEN, J.L. (1988). Empathic concern and
helping behavior : Egoism or altruism ? Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 24 (4), 333-353. |
FETCHENHAUER, D., GROOTHUIS, T. & PRADEL, J. (2010).
Not only states but traits -Humans can identify permanent
altruistic dispositions in 20 s. Evolution &
Human Behavior, 31, 80-86. [PDF] |
|
SOBER, E. (1988). What is evolutionary altruism ? Canadian
Journal of Philosophy, 14, 75-99. |
DAWKINS, M.S. (2010). Do asymmetries destablize the
prisoner's dilemma and make reciprocal altruism unlikely ?
Animal Behaviour, 80, 339-341. [PDF] |
|
WILKINSON, G.S. (1988). Reciprocal altruism in bats and
other mammals. Ethology & Sociobiology, 9,
85-100. |
CLAVIEN, C. (2011). Trois sortes d'altruisme et leur
rapport à la morale. Dans A. Masala & A. Ravat (Ed.),
La morale humaine et les sciences (pp. 141-168).
Editions Matériologiques. [PDF] |
|
RITUCCI, G. et FRYDMAN, M. (1988). Le développement de
l'attitude altruiste. Expérimentation et évaluation d'un
programme centré sur le comportement d'aide. Enfance,
41 (3-4), 73-85. [PDF] |
GUÉGUEN, N., MARIN, A. & MEINERI, S. (2011). Mimicry
and altruism : An evaluation of mimicry on explicit
helping request. The Journal of Social Psychology,
151 (1), 1-4. |
| |
GADAGKAR, R. (2011). Altruistic wasps ? Science, 333,
833-834. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, K., KEATING, P. & STOTLAND, E. (1989). Altruism
reconsidered : The effect of denying feedback on a
victim's status to empathic witnesses. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 57, 641-650. |
DELLAVIGNA, S., LIST, J.A. & MALMENDIER, U. (2012).
Testing for altruism and social pressure in charitable
giving. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (1),
1-56. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1989). The selfishness-altruism debate : In
defense of agnosticism. Brain & Behavioral
Sciences, 12, 723-724. [PDF] |
LIN-HEALY, F. & SMALL, D.A. (2013), Nice guys finish
last and guys in last are nice : The clash between doing
well and doing good. Social Psychological &
Personality Science, 4 (6), 692-698. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Comportement d'aide, Générosité,
Charité, Théorie
du monde juste et Comportement
prosociaux |
| |
|
|
Alvarez George Angelo ( ) :
Neuropsychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire
visuelle. Étudiant de Cavanagh.
Collaborateur de Brady.
|
ALVAREZ, G.A. & CAVANAGH, P. (2004). The capacity of
visual short-term memory is set both by visual information load and by number of objects. Psychological Science, 15 (2), 106-111. |
|
ALVAREZ, G.A. & SCHOLL, B.J. (2005). How does
attention select and track spatially extended objects ? New effects of attentional concentration and amplification. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 134(4), 461-476. |
|
ALVAREZ, G.A. & FRANCONERI, S.L. (2007). How
many objects can you attentively track ? : Evidence for a resource-limited tracking mechanism. Journal of Vision, 7 (13), 1-10. |
|
ALVAREZ, G.A. (2011). Representing multiple objects as an
ensemble enhances visual cognition. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 15 (3), 122-131.
|
ALVAREZ, G.A., GILL, J. & CAVANAGH, P. (2012). Anatomical constraints on attentional selection: hemifield independence is a signature of
multifocal spatial selection. Journal
of Vision, 12 (5), 1-20.
|
|
|
|
Aly Anne (Alexandrie 1967-) : Psychosociologue australienne, d'origine égygptienne, spécialisé dans l'étude des mulsumans et de la peur du terrorisme.
= Anne Azza Aly. Collaboratrice de
McGarty et Pedersen.
|
ALY, A. (2006). Australian Muslim responses to the
discourse on terrorism in the Australian popular media. Australian Journal of Social Issues, 42, 27-40. |
|
ALY, A. & WALKER, D. (2007). Veiled threats :
Recurrent cultural anxieties in Australia. Journal of
Muslim Minority Affairs, 27, 203-214. |
|
ALY, A. & BALNAVES, M. (2007)."They want us to be
afraid": Developing a metric for the fear of terrorism. The
International Journal of Diversity in Organisations,
Communities & Nations, 6, 113-122. |
|
ALY, A. (2009). Media hegemony, activism and identity :
Muslim women representing Muslim women. In T. Dreher &
C. Ho (Eds.), Beyond the hijab debates : New
conversations on gender , race and religion (pp.
18-31). Newcastle : Cambridge Scholars. |
|
ALY, A. (2013). The policy response to home-grown
terrorism : reconceptualising Prevent and Resilience as
collective resistance. Journal of Policing,
Intelligence & Counter Terrorism, 8 (1), 2-18. |
|
|
|
Alzheimer
: Maladie
dégénérative du
système nerveux qui
se traduit par la libération dans le cerveau
d'une protéine (béta amyloide) qui produit des plaques sénile qui,
en se multipliant, nuisent à la communication entre les neurones
(et finissent par les étouffer et les détruire). Ces plaques
amyloïdes engendrent une perte progressive des fonctions
cognitives (mémoire, résolution de problème, humeur, etc) et
d'habiletés motrices (dextérité fine, préhension, etc.), ainsi que
la disparition ou la modification de plusieurs comportements
sociaux. La maladie commence toujours par détruire les
neurones du système limbique,
particulièrement des hippocampes.
Des recherches récentes montrent que le chromosome 21 intervient dans le codage
du gène responsable de la
synthèse des proteines béta amyloides. Cependant, l'autopsie
de cerveaux montent
que certains individus produisaient ces plaques de leur vivant
sans développer les symptômes typiques de la maladie. Découverte
par Alzheimer et Kraepelin.
Alzheimer, Alzheimer
précoce et vieillissement.
Alzheimer.
| |
|
| APPELL, J., KERTESZ, A. & FISMAN, M. (1982). Study of language functioning in Alzheimer patients. Brain
Language, 17, 73-91. |
SCHERDDER, E.J.K. & BOUMA, A. (2000). Visual analogue
scales for pain assessment in Alzheimer’s disease. Gerontology,
46, 47-53. |
|
ROSEN, W.G., MOHS, R.C. & DAVIS, K.L. (1984). A new
rating scale for Alzheimer's disease. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 1356-1364. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2000). Eyeblink classical conditioning
in normal aging and Alzheimer's disease. In D.S.
Woodruff-Pak & J.E. Steinmetz (Eds.), Eyeblink
classical conditioning : Applications in humans
(Vol. 1, pp. 163-189). Boston : Kluwer. |
|
KEATING, N. & GILEWICH, G. (1985). Alzheimer's disease
: The burden of family caring. Alberta Psychology, 14
(2), 17-19. |
ZEISEL, J. & RAIA, P. (2000). Nonpharmacological
treatment for Alzheimer's disease : A mind-brain approach.
American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease & Other
Dementias, 15 (6), 331-340. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, R.G. (1986). Short-term forgetting in senile
dementia of the Alzheimer's type. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 3, 77-97. |
TORRALVA, T., DORREGO, F., SABE, L., CHEMERINSKI, E. &
STARKSTEIN, S.E. (2000). Impairments of social cognition
and decision making in alzheimer's disease. International
Psychogeriatry, 12 (3), 359-368. |
|
TERI, L., LARSON, E.B. & REIFLER, B.V. (1988).
Behavioural disturbance in dementia of the Alzheimer's
type. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society,
36, 1-6. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2001). Eyeblink classical conditioning
differentiates normal aging from Alzheimer's disease. Integrative
Physiological & Behavioral Science, 36, 87-108. |
|
MANN, D.M.A. & ESIRI, M.M. (1988). The site of the
earliest lesions of Alzheimer's disease. New England
Journal of Medicine, 318, 789-790. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2001). Insights about learning in
Alzheimer's disease from the animal model. In M.E. Carroll
& J.B. Overmier (Eds.), Linking animal research
and human psychological health (pp. 323-336).
Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
|
EVANS, L. (1988). Older driver involvement in fatal and
severe traffk crashes. Journal of Gerontology, 43 (S),
186-193. |
KARLIN, N.J., BELL, P.A. & NOAH, J.L. (2001).
Long-term consequences of the Alzheimer's caregiver role :
A qualitative analysis. American Journal of
Alzheimer's Disease & Other Dementias, 16, 177-182. |
|
WRAGG, R.E. & JESTE, D.V. (1989). Overview of
depression in Alzheimer's disease. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 145, 577-587. |
OHNISHI, T., MATSUDA, H., TABIRA, T., ASADA, T. & UNO,
M. (2001). Changes in brain morphology in Alzheimer’s
disease and exaggerated aging process ? American
Journal of Neuroradiology, 22, 1680-1685. |
| |
ROULEAU, I., SALMON, D.P. et VRBANIC, M. (2002). Learning,
retention and generalization of a mirror tracing skill in
Alzheimer's disease. Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Neuropsychology, 24, 239-251. |
|
ABBENHUIS, M.A., RAAIJMAKERS, W.G.M., RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.
& VAN WOERDEN, G.J.M. (1990). Episodic memory in
dementia of the Alzheimer type and in normal ageing :
Similar impairment in automatic processing. The
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 42A,
569-583. [PDF] |
GRANT, W.B., CAMPBELL, A., ITZHAKI, R.F. & SAVORY, J.
(2002). The significance of environmental factors in the
etiology of Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of
Alzheimer’s Disease, 4, 179-189. |
|
FISHER, L.M., FREED, D.M. & CORKIN, S. (1990). Stroop
color-word test performance in patients with Alzheimer's
disease. Journal of Clinical & Experimental, 12 (5),
745-758. |
BUDSON, A.E., DAFFNER, K.R., SITARSKI, J. & SCHACTER,
D.L. (2002). False recognition of pictures versus words in
Alzheimer’s disease : The distinctiveness heuristic. Neuropsychology,
16 (2), 163-173. [PDF] |
|
TERI, L. & GALLAGHER-THOMPSON, D. (1991).
Cognitive-behavioral interventions for treatment of
depression in Alzheimer's patients. Gerontologist,
31, 413-416. |
WILLEMS, S., ADAM, S. & VAN DER LINDEN, M. (2002).
Normal mere exposure effect with impaired recognition in
Alzheimer’s disease. Cortex, 38, 77-86. |
|
JOHNSON-TALBERT, C. & COOPER, J.O. (1992). Precision
teaching and Alzheimer's. Journal of Precision
Teaching, 10(1), 53-72. |
PILOTTI, M., MEADE, M.L. & GALLO, D.A. (2003).
Implicit and explicit measures of memory for perceptual
information in young adults, healthy older adults, and
patients with Alzheimer’s disease. Experimental Aging
Research, 29, 15-32. [PDF] |
|
| DUBINSKY, R.M., WILLIAMSON, A., GRAY, C.S. & GLATT, S.I. (1992). Driving in Alzheimer's disease. Journal
of the American Geriatrics Society, 40, 1112-1116. |
NESTOR, P.J., FRYER, T.D., SMILEWSKI, P. & HODGES,
J.R. (2003). Limbic hypometabolism in Alzheimer's disease
and mild cognitive impairment. Annals of Neurology,
54, 343-351. |
| |
WERNER, P. (2003). Knowledge about symptoms of Alzheimer's
disease : correlates and relationship to help-seeking
behavior. Inernational Journal of Geriatric
Psychiatry, 18, 1029-1036. |
| |
JIN, K., PEEL, A.L., MAO, X.O., XIE, L., COTTRELL, B.A.,
HENSHALL, D.C. & GREENBERG, D.A. (2003). Increased
hippocampal neurogenesis in Alzheimer's disease. Proceeding
of National Academy of Sciences, 101 (1), 343-347.
[PDF] |
| |
GREICIUS, M.D., SRIVASTAVA, G., REISS, A.L. & MENON,
V. (2004). Default-mode network activity distinguishes
Alzheimer’s disease from healthy aging : Evidence from
functional MRI. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences, 101 (13), 4637-4642. [PDF] |
|
YOUNGJOHN, J.R., LARRABEE, G.J. & CROOK, T.H. (1992).
Discriminating age-associated memory impairment from
Alzheimer's disease. Psychological Assessment, 4
(1), 54-59. [PDF] |
AMIEVA, H., PHILLIPS, L.H., DELLA SALLA, S. & HENRY,
J.D. (2004). Inhibitory functioning in Alzheimer’s
disease. Brain, 127, 949-964. |
| |
NESTOR, P.J., SCHELTENS, P. & HODGES, J.R. (2004).
Advances in the early detection of Alzheimer's disease.
Nature Medicine, 10 (7), 34-41. |
| |
DE LA TORRE, J.C. (2004). Is Alzheimer’s disease a
neurodegenerative or a vascular disorder ? Data, dogma,
and dialectics. Lancet Neurology, 3 (3), 184-190. |
|
ZEC, R.F., LANDRETH, E.S., VICARI, S.K., BELMAN, J.,
FELDMAN, E., ANDRISE, A., ROBBS, R., BECKER, R. &
KUMAR, V. (1992). Alzheimer Disease Assessment Scale : a
subtest analysis. Alzheimer Disease & Associated
Disorders, 6 (3), 164-181. |
LOGIE, R.H., COCCHINI, S., DELLA, SALA, S. & BADDELEY,
A. (2004). Is there a specific capacity for dual task
co-ordination ? Evidence from Alzheimer’s disease. Neuropsychology, 18 (3), 504-513. |
|
BAYLES, K.A., TOMOEDA, C.K. & TROSSET, M.W. (1993).
Alzheimer's disease : effects on language.
Developmental Neuropsychology, 9, 131-160. |
GESELL W., JUNGKUNZ, G. & RIEDERER, P. (2004).
Functional neurochemistry of Alzheimer’s disease. Current
Pharmaceutical Design, 10, 265-293. |
| |
MENENDEZ, M. (2005). Down syndrome, Alzheimer’s disease
and seizures. Brain & Development, 27,
246-252. |
| |
GILBOA, A., RAMIREZ J., KÖHLER S., WESTMACOTT R., BLACK
S.E. & MOSCOVITCH M. (2005). Retrieval of
autobiographical memory in Alzheimer's disease : relation
to volumes of medial temporal lobe and other structures. Hippocampus,
15, 535-550.
[PDF] |
| |
BUDSON, A.E., DAFFNER, K. DODSON, C.S. & SCHACTER,
D.L. (2005). Metacognition and false recognition in
Alzheimer’s disease : Further exploration of the
distinctiveness heuristic. Neuropsychology, 19 (2),
253-258. [PDF] |
|
WEST, M.J., COLEMAN, P.D., LOOD, D.G. & TRONCOSCO,
J.C. (1994). Differences in the pattern of hippocampal
neuronal loss in normal ageing and Alzheimer’s disease. Lancet,
344, 769-772. |
BIRD, T.D. (2005). Genetic factors in Alzheimer’s disease.
New England Journal of Medicine, 352, 862-864. |
| |
MARSH, E.J., BALOTA, D.A. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2005).
Learning facts from fiction : The effects of healthy aging
and early stage dementia of the Alzheimer's type. Neuropsychology,
19, 115-129. |
|
LAWLOR, B.A., RADCLIFFE, J. & MOLCHAN, S.E. (1994). A
pilot placebo-controlled study of trazodone and buspirone
in Alzheimer’s disease. International Journal of
Geriatry & Psychiatry, 9, 55-59. |
EXLEY, C. (2005). The aluminum-amyloid cascade hypothesis
and Alzheimer’s disease. Subcellular Biochemistry,
38, 225-234. |
| |
ANDIN, U., PASSANT, U., GUSTAFSON, L. & ENGLUND, E.
(2006). Alzheimer's disease with and without white matter
pathology - clinical identification of concurrent
cardiovascular disorders. Archives of Gerontology
& Geriatrics, 44 (3), 277-286. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, M.K. & HERMANN A.M. (1995). Semantic
relations and Alzheimer's disease : An early and
disproportionate deficit in functional knowledge.
Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society,
1, 568-574.
[PDF] |
McGOWAN, E., ERIKSEN, J. & HUTTON, M. (2006). A decade
of modeling Alzheimer's disease in transgenic mice.
Trends in Genetics, 22 (5), 281-289. |
|
BARANAGA, M. (1995). Missing Alzheimer's gene found. Science, 269, 817-818. |
GOODING, H.C., LINNENBRINGER, E.L., BURACK, ROBERTS, B,
ROBERT, J.S., GREEN, R.C. & BIESECKER, B.B. (2006).
Genetic susceptibility testing for Alzheimer disease :
Motivation to obtain information and control as precursors
to coping with increased risk. Patient Education
& Counseling, 64, 259-267. [PDF] |
|
|
ROHRER, D. & WIXTED, J.T., SALMON, D.P. & BUTTERS,
N. (1995). Retrieval from semantic memory and its
implications for Alzheimer's disease. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 21, 1127-1139. [PDF] |
MITCHELL, J.P., SULLIVAN, A.L., SCHACTER, D.L. &
BUDSON, A.E. (2006). Misattribution errors in Alzheimer’s
disease : The illusory truth effect. Neuropsychology,
20, 185-192. [PDF] |
| |
APOSTOLOVA, L.G., DUTTON, R.A., DINOV, I.D., HAYASHI,
K.M., TOGA, A.W., CUMMINGS, J.L. & THOMPSON, P.M.
(2006). Conversion of mild cognitive impairment to
Alzheimer disease predicted by hippocampal atrophy maps. Archives of Neurology, 63, 693-699. |
| |
NESTOR, P.J., FRYER, T.D. & HODGES, J.R. (2006).
Declarative memory impairments in Alzheimer's disease and
semantic dementia. Neuroimage, 30, 1010-1020. |
| |
BELLEVILLE, S., ROULEAU, N. & VAN DER LINDEN, M.
(2006). Use of the Hayling task to measure inhibition of
prepotent responses in normal aging and Alzheimer's
disease. Brain & Cognition, 62 (2), 113-119 |
|
NUNES, P.V., FORLENZA, O.V. & GATTAZ, W.F. (2007).
Lithium and risk for Alzheimer's disease in elderly
patients with bipolar disorder. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 90, 359–360. |
| |
MOORE, K., DELANEY, J.A. & DIXON, M.R. (2007). Using
indices of happiness to examine the influence of
environmental enhancements for nursing home residents with
Alzheimer's disease. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 40 (3), 541-544. [PDF] |
| |
MIOSHI, E., KIPPS, C.M., DAWSON, K.E., MITCHEL, J.,
GRAHAM, A. & HODGES, J.R. (2007). Activities of daily
living in frontotemporal dementia and Alzheimer disease. Neurology,
12 (24), 2077-2084. |
|
BONILLA, J.L. & JOHNSON, M.K. (1995). Semantic space
in Alzheimer's disease patients. Neuropsychology, 9,
345-353.
[PDF] |
LOMBROZO, T., KELEMEN, D. & ZAITCHIK, D. (2007).
Inferring design : Evidence of a preference for
teleological explanations in patients with Alzheimer's
disease. Psychological Science 18, 999-1006. |
|
JOHNSON, M.K., HERMANN A.M. & BONILLA, J.L. (1995).
Semantic relations and Alzheimer's disease : Typicality
and direction of testing. Neuropsychology, 9, 529-536.
[PDF] |
WADE, N.J. (2007). Alzheimer’s memory. Perception,
36, 1111-1114. [PDF] |
| |
ZAITCHIK, D. & SOLOMON, G.E.A. (2008). Animist
thinking in the elderly and in patients with Alzheimer's
disease. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 25, 27-37. |
|
TALWALKER, S., OVERALL, J.E., SRIRAMA, M.K. & GRACON,
S.I. (1996). Cardinal features of cognitive dysfunction in
Alzheimer's disease : a factor-analytic study of the
Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale. Journal of
Geriatric Psychiatry & Neurology, 9, 39-46. |
PIOLINO, P. (2008). A la recherche du self : théorie et
pratique de la mémoire autobiographique dans la maladie
d'Alzheimer. Encéphale, 34 (2), 77-88. |
|
BELLEVILLE, S., PERETZ, I. & MALENFANT, D. (1996).
Examination of the working memory components in normal
aging and in dementia of the Alzheimer type. Neuropsychologia,
34, 195-207. |
BOYLE, P.A., WILSON, R.S., SCHNEIDER, J.A., BIENIAS, J.L.
& BENNETT, D.A. (2008). Processing resources reduce
the effect of Alzheimer pathology on other cognitive
systems. Neurology, 70 (17), 1534-1542. [PDF] |
| |
MOSER, I. (2008). Making Alzheimer's disease matter :
Enacting, interfering and doing politics of nature. Geoforum,
39, 98-110. |
|
HENDERSON, V.W., WATT, L. & BUCKWALTER, J.G. (1996).
Cognitive skills associated with estrogen replacement in
women with Alzheimer's disease. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
21, 421-430. |
ARVANITAKIS, Z., SCHNEIDER, J.A., WILSON, R.S., BIENIAS,
J.L., KELLY, J.F., EVANS, D.A. & BENNETT, D.A. (2008).
Statins, incident Alzheimer disease, change in cognitive
function, and neuropathology. Neurology, 70 (18),
1795-1802. [PDF] |
|
SPIELER, D. H., BALOTA, D.A. & FAUST, M.E. (1996).
Stroop performance in healthy younger and older adults and
in individuals with dementia of the Alzheimer's type.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception
& Performance, 22 (2), 461-479. [PDF] |
DOODY, R.S., PAVLICK, V., MASSMAN, P., ROUNTREE, S.,
DARBY, E. & CHAN, W. (2010). Predicting progression of
Alzheimer’s diseas. BioMed Central, 2 (2), 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
BERGEM, A.L., ENGEDAL K. & KRINGLEN, E. (1997). The
role of heredity in late-onset Alzheimer disease and
vascular dementia : A twin study. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 54, 264-270. |
GARDETTE, V., COLEY, N. & ANDRIEU, S. (2010).
Non-pharmacologic therapies : A different approach to AD.
The Canadian Review of Alzheimer’s Disease & Other
Dementias, 13 (3), 13-22. [PDF] |
| |
PENGAS, G., PATTERSON, K., ARNOLD, R.J., BIRD, C.M.,
BURGESS, N. & NESTOR, PJ. (2010). Lost and found :
bespoke memory testing for Alzheimer's disease and
semantic dementia. Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 21
(4), 1347-1365. [PDF] |
| |
MISSOTTEN, P., SQUELARD, G. et YLIEFF, M. (2010).
Évaluation de la qualité de vie dans la maladie
d'Alzheimer et les troubles apparentés. Gérontologie
et Société, 33 (133), 115-131. |
|
| |
DIDIC, M., BARBEAU, E.J., FELICIAN, O., TRAMONI, E.,
GUEDJ, E., PONCET, M. & CECCALDI, M. (2011). Which
memory system is impaired first in Alzheimer’s disease ?
Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, 27, 11–22
[PDF] |
|
HOYERT, D.L. & ROSENBERG, H.M. (1997). Alzheimer's
disease as a cause of death in the United States. Public
Health Reports, 112, 497-505. |
YEO, R.A., ARDEN, R. & JUNG, R.E. (2011). Alzheimer’s
disease and intelligence. Current Alzheimer
Research, 8 (4), 345-353.
[PDF] |
| |
BELLEVILLE, S., CLEMENT, F., MELLAH, S., GILBERT, B.,
FONTAINE F. & GAUTHIER, S. (2011). Training-related
brain plasticity in subjects at risk of developing
Alzheimer's disease. Brain, 134 (6), 1623-1634. |
|
LOVESTONE, S. GRAHAM, N. & HOWARD, R. (1997).
Guidelines on drug treatments for Alzheimer's disease. Lancet,
350, 232-233. |
NOSOFSKY, R.M., DENTON, S.E., ZAKI, S.R., MURPHY-KNUDSEN,
A.F. & UNVERZAGT, F.W. (2012). Studies of implicit
prototype extraction in patients with mild cognitive
impairment and early Alzheimer's disease. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 38, 860-880. [PDF] |
|
NELSON, P.T., ALAFUZOFF, I., BIGIO, E.H., BOURAS, C.,
BRAAK, H., CAIRNS, N.J., CASTELLANI, R.J., CRAIN, B.J.,
DAVIES, P., DEL TREDICI, K., DUYCKAERTS, C., FROSCH, M.P.,
HAROUTUNIAN, V., HOF, P.R., HULETTE, C.M., HYMAN, B.T.,
IWATSUBO, T., JELLINGER, K.A., JICHA, G.A., KÖVARI, E.,
KUKULL, W.A., LEVERENZ, J.B., LOVE, S., MACKENZIE, I.R.,
MANN, D.M., MASLIAH, E., MCKEE, A.C., MONTINE, T.J.,
MORRIS, J.C., SCHNEIDER, J.A., SONNEN, J.A., THAL, D.R.,
TROJANOWSKI, J.Q., TRONCOSO, J.C., WISNIEWSKI, T.,
WOLTJER, R.L. & BEACH, T.G. (2012). Correlation of
Alzheimer disease neuropathologic changes with cognitive
status : a review of the literature. Journal of
Neuropathology & Experimental Neurology, 71 (5),
362-381. [PDF] |
|
ROGERS, S.L., DOODY, R.S., MOHS, R.C. & FRIEDOFF, L.T.
(1998). Donepezil Study Group. Donepezil improves
cognition and global function in Alzheimer disease. Archives
of Internal Medicine, 158, 1021-1031. |
SCHWEIZER, T.A., WARE, J., FISCHER, C.E., CRAIK, F.I.
& BIALYSTOK, E. (2012). Bilingualism as a contributor
to cognitive reserve : Evidence from brain atrophy in
Alzheimer's disease. Cortex, 48 (8), 991-996. [PDF] |
| |
LAFERLA, F.M. & GREEN, K.N. (2012). Animal models of
alzheimer disease. Cold Spring Harbor Perspectives in
Medicine, 2 (11), 1-13. [PDF] |
| |
SMALL, J.A. (2012). A new frontier in spaced retrieval
memory training for persons with Alzheimer's disease.
Neuropsychological Rehabilitation, 22, 329-361. |
|
KATZ, I.R. (1998). Diagnosis and treatment of depression
in patients with Alzheimer's disease and other dementias.
The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (S9),
38-44. |
MOLINA COBOS, F.J. & MONTOYA-RODRIUES, M. (2012). A
review of psychological intervention in Alzheimer’s
disease. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 12 (3), 373-388.
[PDF] |
|
VAIDYA, C.L, MONTI, L.A., GABRIELI, J.D.E., TINKLENBERG,
J.J. & YESEVAGE, J.A. (1999). Dissociation between two
forms of conceptual priming in Alzheimer's disease.
Neuropsychology, 13 (4), 516-524. [PDF] |
NIZZI, M.-C. (2013). La notion de perte d’identité dans la
représentation sociale de la maladie d’Alzheimer.
Revue Philosophique, 27, 263-287. [PDF] |
|
KARLIN, N.J., NOAH, J.L., BELL, P.A., MARTICHUSKI, D.K.
& KNIGHT, B.L. (1999). Assessing Alzheimer's support
group participation : An eight-year follow-up.
American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 14 (6),
326-333. |
DO CARMO, S. & CUELLO, C. (2013). Modeling Alzheimer’s
disease in transgenic ratsModeling Alzheimer’s disease in
transgenic rats. Molecular Neurodegeneration, 8 [37],
2-11. [PDF] |
| |
OREN, S., WILLERTON, C. & SMALL, J. (2014). Effects of
spaced retrieval training on semantic memory in
Alzheimer's disease : A systematic review. Journal of
Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 57 (1),
247-270. |
| |
SALZMAN, C. & SHADER, R.I. (2015). Benzodiazepine use
and risk for Alzheimer disease. Journal of Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 35 (1), 1-3. |
| |
VILLENEUVE, S. (2016). Cause of suspected non-alzheimer
disease pathophysiology : If not tau pathology, Then what
? Journal of American Association/Neurology, 73 (10),
1177-1179. |
| |
VANDERHEYDEN, W.M., LIM, M.M., MUSIEK, E.S. &
GERSTNER, J.R. (2018). Alzheimer's disease and sleep-wake
disturbances : Amyloid, astrocytes, and animal models. Journal
of Neuroscience, 38 (12), 2901-2910. [PDF] |
| |
MANN. D.M.A., DAVIDSON, Y.S., ROBINSON, A.C., ALLEN, N.,
HASHIMOTO, T., RICHARDSON, A., JONES, M., SNOWDEN, J.S.,
PENDLETON, N., POTIER, M.-C., LAQUERRIÈRE, A., PRASHER,
V., IWATSUBO, T. & STRYDOM, A. (2018). Patterns and
severity of vascular amyloid in Alzheimer's disease
associated with duplications and missense mutations in APP
gene, Down syndrome and sporadic Alzheimer's disease. Acta
Neuropathologica, 136, 569-587. [PDF]
|
| |
HODGES, J.R. & PIGUET, O. (2018). Progress and
challenges in frontotemporal dementia research : A 20-year
review. Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 62, 1467-1480. |
| |
HAYASHIA, S., TERADAA, S., OSHIMAA, E. SATO, S., KURISUA,
K. AKENOSHITAA, S.,YOKOTAA, O. & YAMADA, N. (2018).
Verbal or visual memory score and regional cerebral blood
flow in alzheimer disease. Dementia & Geriatric
Cognitive Disorders, 8, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Maladie
biologique, Hippocampe,
Mémoire épisodique,
Mémoire
spatiale et Alzheimer |
| |
|
|
Alzheimer précoce : Maladie
dégénérative du
système nerveux. =
Démence présénile. Presenile dementia.
| |
|
|
JOHANNESON, G., HAGBERG, B., GUSTAFSON, L. & INGVAR,
D.H. (1979). EEG and cognitive impairment in presenile
dementia. Acta Neurologica Scandinavica, 59, 225-240. |
|
JOHANNESON, G., BRUN, A., GUSTAFSON, L., INGVAR, D.H.
(1977). EEG in presenile dementia related to cerebral blood
flow and autopsy findings. Acta Neurologica
Scandinavica, 56, 89-103. |
|
BRUN, A. & GUSTAFSON, L. (1978). Limbic lobe
involvement in presenile dementia. Archiv fur
Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten, 226, 79-93. |
|
GREICUS, M.D., GERSCHWIND, M.D. & MILLER, B.L. (2002).
Presenile dementia syndromes : an update on taxonomy and
diagnosis. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, &
Psychiatry, 72, 691-700. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
| AL
- ÂME
- AMORÇAGE - AMERICAN
PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION/APA - AMITIÉ
- AMNÉSIE - AMODIO
- AMOUR - AMP -
AMYGDALE - AN |
Amabile Teresa M. (1950-) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la créativité.
Étudiante de Lepper.
Collaboratrice de Ross.
 |
ROSS, L., AMABILE, T.M. & STEINMETZ, J.L. (1977).
Social roles, social control and biases in social
perception. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 35, 485-494. |
|
AMABILE, T.M. (1983). The social psychology of
creativity. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
AMABILE, T.M. (1989). Growing up creative : Nurturing
a lifetime of creativity. New York : Crown
Publishing Group. |
|
AMABILE, T.M. (1998). How to kill creativity. Harvard
Business Review, 76 (5), 76-87. [PDF] |
|
AMABILE, T.M., BARSADE, S.G., MUELLER, J.S. & STAW,
B.M. (2005). Affect and creativity at work. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 50, 367-403. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Amabilité : Dans la théorie
de Costa et McCrae
(Big-five),
trait de personnalité
qui se caractérise par un tendance à se comporter de manière empathique,
coopérative et altruiste.
Ce trait joue également un rôle central dans la théorie
HEXACO. = agréabilité, comportement
prosociaux.
Agreeableness.
| |
|
|
GRAZIANO, W.G. & EISENBERG, N. (1997). Agreeableness; A
dimension of personality. In R. Hogan, S. Briggs & J.
Johnson (Eds.), Handbook of personality psychology.
San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
|
GRAZIANO, W.G. & TOBIN, R.M. (2009). Agreeableness. In
M.R. Leary & R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of
individual differences in social behavior (pp.
46-61). New York, NY : Guilford. |
|
ASHTON, M.C., LEE, K. & DE VRIES, R.E. (2014). The
HEXACO Honesty-humility, agreeableness, and emotionality
factors : A review of research and theory. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 18 (2), 139-152. [PDF]
|
|
Voir aussi McCrae, Costa
et Théorie 5
traits centraux |
|
|
|
Amaro
Hortensia ( ) : Féministe
américaine d'origine cubaine.
|
AMARO, H., ZUCKERMAN, B. & CABRAL, H. (1989). Drug use
among adolescent mothers : A profile of risk.
Pediatrics, 84, 144-151. |
|
AMARO, H., Fried, L., CABRAL, H. & ZUCKERMAN, B.
(1990). Violence during pregnancy : The relationship to
drug use among women and their partners. American
Journal of Public Health, 80 (5), 575-579. |
|
AMARO, H. (1995). Love, sex, and power : Considering
women's realities in HIV prevention. American
Psychologist, 50, 437-447. |
|
AMARO, H & HARDY-FANTA, C. (1995). Gender relations in
women's addiction and recovery. Journal of
Psychoactive drugs, 27, 325-337. |
|
AMARO, H., RAJ, A. & REED, E. (2001). Women's sexual
health : the need for feminist analyses in public health
in the decade of behavior. Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 25, 324-334. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Amato Paul R. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la paternité,
du divorce et des comportements
d'aide.
|
AMATO, P.R. (1983). Helping behavior in urban and rural
environments. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 45, 571-586. |
|
AMATO, P.R. (1994). Life-span adjustment of children to
their parents’ divorce. Children & Divorce, 4
(1), 143-164. [PDF]
|
|
AMATO, P.R. & PREVITI, D. (2003). People’s reasons for
divorcing : Gender, social class, the life course, and
adjustment. Journal of Family Issues, 24 (5),
602-626. [PDF]
|
|
AMATO, P.R. (2005). The impact of family formation change
on the cognitive, social, and emotional well-being of the
next generation. The Future of Children, 15 (2),
75-95. [PDF]
|
|
AMATO, P.R., KANE, J.B. & JAMES, S. (2010).
Reconsidering the good divorce. Family Relations, 60,
511-524. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Ambiance : Ensemble de propriétés physiques (son, odeur,
emplacement, température, musique, etc) et sociales (familiarité,
camaraderie, présence de ressources, absence de danger) qui
caractérise un moment et un lieu, et dont on prend plus ou moins
conscience mais qui, néanmoins, influence notre comportement et
parfois notre évaluation (bonne ou mauvaise) de cette situation. =
situation agréable/désagréable.
|
Ambiguïté : Qui n'a pas une signification
claire, qui ne peut être identifié, classé ou décomposé
adéquatement en ses éléments.
Ambiguity.
| |
|
|
ELLSBERG, D. (1961). Risk, ambiguity, and the savage
axioms. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 75 (4),
643–669. [PDF] |
|
|
HOGARTH, R.M. & KUNREUTHER, H. (1985). Ambiguity and
insurance decisions. American Economic Review, 75
(2), 386-390. |
KUNREUTHER, H. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1992). How does
ambiguity affect insurance decisions ? G. Dionne (Ed.), Contributions
to insurance economics (pp. 307-324). Boston, MA :
Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
|
EINCHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1986). Decision making
under ambiguity. Journal of Business, 59 (S4),
225-250. |
|
|
EINCHORN, H.J & HOGARTH, R.M. (1986). Ambiguity and
uncertainty in probabilistic inference. Psychological
Review, 92 (4), 433-461. |
|
|
EINCHORN, H.J & HOGARTH, R.M. (1988). Decision making
under ambiguity. In B. Munier (Ed.), Risk, decision,
and rationality (pp. 327-336). Dordrecht, Holland
: D. Reidel PubEinhorn. |
KUNREUTHER, H., HOGARTH, R.M. & MESZAROS, J. (1993).
Insurer ambiguity and market failure. Journal of Risk
& Uncertainty, 7, 71-87. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1989). Ambiguity and competitive decision
making : Some implications and tests. Annals of
Operations Research, 19, 31-50. |
|
|
HOGARTH, R.M. & KUNREUTHER, H. (1989). Risk,
ambiguity, and insurance. Journal of Risk &
Uncertainty, 2, 5-35. |
KUNREUTHER, H., MESZAROS, J., HOGARTH, R.M. & SPRANCA,
M. (1995). Ambiguity and underwriter decision processes. Journal
of Economic Behavior & Organization, 26 (3),
337-352. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Signification |
|
|
Ambiguïté sexuelle : Voir Intersexué.
Interersexuality, genital atypicality.
|
Ambition : Ambitieu-x-se : Volonté
et motivation
d'atteindre ses objectifs
individuels, peu importe les obstacles et la nature de ces
objectifs. La personne ambitieuse est prête à de nombreux
sacrifices (quitter son patelin, perdre son train de vie,
s'éloigner de ses amis, encaisser un surcroît de stress, faire de
longues heures de travail, négliger sa santé, ses enfants, etc)
pour les etteindre. = Ce que l'on
croit pouvoir faire. Ambition.
| |
|
|
REYNOLDS, J., STEWART, M., MACDONALD, R. & SISCHO, L.
(2006). Have adolescents become too ambitious ? High
school seniors' educational and occupational plans, 1976
to 2000. Social Problems, 53, 186-206. |
|
VAN HIEL, A. & VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2009). Ambitions
fulfilled ? The effects of intrinsic and extrinsic goal
attainment on older adults' ego-integrity and death
attitudes. International Journal of Ageing & Human
Development, 68, 27-51. |
|
|
|
|
Ambivalence : État psychologique qui manifeste la coexistence de sentiments
ou d'attitudes contraires
envers un même objet ou un
même individu. Dans une situation de choix,
l'ambivalance peut conduire à l'hésition
et même, parfois, à la paralysie.
EX: Ressentir à la fois de la haine et de
l'amour envers son père.
= opposition
interne.Ambivalence, attitude
ambivalente et dissonance
cognitive.
Ambivalence.
| |
|
|
McCONAHAY, J.B. (1986). Modern racism, ambivalence, and
the modern racism scale. In J.F. Dovidio & S.L.
Gaertner (Eds.), Prejudice, discrimination and racism
(pp. 91-124). Academic Press : San Diego. |
PRIESTER, J.R. & PETTY, R.E. (1996). The gradual
threshold model of ambivalence : relating the positive and
negative bases of attitudes to subjective ambivalence. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 71 (3),
431-449. [PDF] |
|
SEGAL, H. (1992). The achievement of ambivalence. Common
Knowledge, 1, 92-104. |
THOMPSON, M.M. & HOLMES, J.G. (1996). Ambivalence in
close relationships : Conflicted cognitions as a
catalyst for change. In R.M. Sorrentino & E.T. Higgins
(Eds.), Handbook of motivation and cognition : The
interpersonal context (Vol. 3, pp. 497-530). New
York, NY : Guilford Press. |
|
THOMPSON, M.M., ZANNA, M.P. & GRIFFIN, D.W. (1995).
Let's not be indifferent about (attitudinal) ambivalence.
In R.E. Petty & J.A. Krosnick (Eds.), Attitude
strength : Antecedents and consequences (Vol. 4,
pp. 361-386). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
MIKULINCER, M. & SHAVER, P.R., BAR-ON, N. &
EIN-DOR, T. (2010). The pushes and pulls of close
relationships : Attachment insecurities and relational
ambivalence. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98, 450-468. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, M.M. & ZANNA, M.P. (1995). The conflict
individual: Personality-based and domain-specific
antecedents of ambivalent social attitudes. Journal
of Personality, 63, 259-288. |
NOHLEN, H. U., VAN HARREVELD, F., ROTTEVEEL, M.,
LELIEVELD, G.-J. & CRONE, E.A. (2014). Evaluating
ambivalence : Social-cognitive and affective brain regions
associated with ambivalent decision-making. Social
Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 9, 924-931. |
|
BENJAMIN, J. (1996). In defense of gender ambiguity. Gender
& Psychoanalysis, 1, 27-43. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Attachement
non-sécuritaire, Dissonance
cognitive et Attitude
ambivalente |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amélioration de soi : Voir Valorisation
de soi. Self-enhancement, sense of superiority, self-enhancing biases.
|
Aménorrhée : Arrêt ou absence de menstruations
chez une femme en âge d'en avoir. Il s'agit d'un sympôme
fréquent de l'anorexie. Amenorrhea.
| |
|
|
GARFINKEL, P.E., LIN, P., GOERING, P., SPEGG, C.,
GOLDBLOOM, D., KENNEDY, S., KAPLAN, A.S. & WOODSIDE,
D.B. (1996). Should amenorrhoea be necessary for the
diagnosis of anorexia nervosa ? evidence from a Canadian
community sample. The British Journal of Psychiatry,
168 (4), 500-506. |
|
|
|
Américain : En principe, le mot qualifie les habitants d'un continent, l'Amérique.
Dans les faits, le plus souvent, ce mot désigne les citoyens des États-Unis. NDLR : Bien que peu usité, le terme «Étatsunien» décrit avec plus de précision les citoyens des États-Unis.
= États-Unien.
USA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
Journal of Diseases of Children (1911-1993)
: Revue scientifique
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des pathologies
enfantines. Éditeur : American Medical Association. Maintenant Archives
of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine.
SEGAL, K.R. & DIETZ, W.H. (1991). Physiologic
responses to playing a video game. American Journal
of Diseases of Children, 145, 1034-1036.
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
Journal of Epidemiology (The) :
Revue scientifique d'épidémiologie.
Éditeur : Oxford Journals.
VANDER STOEP, A., BERESFORD, S., WEISS, N., McKNIGHT,
B., CAUCE, M. & COHEN, P. (2000). Community-based
study of the transition to adulthood for adolescents
with psychiatric disorders. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 152 (4), 352-362.
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Family Therapy (The) :
Revue scientifique
multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à l'étude de la famille.
Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
CEDAR, B. & LEVANT, R.F. (1990). A meta-analysis of
the effects of parent effectiveness training. The
American Journal of Family Therapy, 18 (4),
373-384.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
Journal of Human Genetic : Revue
scientifique.
FISHER, S.E., FRANKS, C, McCRACKEN, J.T., McGOUGH, J.J.,
MARLOW, A.J., MacPHIE, I.L., NEWBURY, D.F., PLAMER,
C.G.S., WOODWARD, J.A., DEL'HOMME, M., CANTWELL, D.P.,
NELSON, S.F., MONACO, A.P. & SMALLEY, S.L. (2002). A
genome-wide scan for loci involved in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). American Journal of Human Genetic, 70, 1183-1196.
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Medical Genetics (The) :
Revue scientifique qui
consacre ses pages à l'étude de la génétique
humaine. Éditeur : Wiley.
HAQUE, F.N., GOTTESMAN, I.I. & WONG, A.C.H. (2009).
Not really identical : epigenetic differences in
monozygotic twins and implications for twin studies in
psychiatry. American Journal of Medical Genetics,
151C (2), 136-141. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Medicine (The) : Revue
scientifique.
ERACKER, S.A., BECKER, M.H., STRECHER, V.J. &
KIRSCHT, J.P. (1985). Smoking behavior, cessation
techniques, and the health decision model. The
American Journal of Medicine, 78, 817-825. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Managed Care : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la
manière de dispenser les soins
et les traitements
médicaux et psychiatriques. Éditeur : = Am
J Manag Care.
PERLIS, R.H. (2005). Misdiagnosis of bipolar disorder. American
Journal of Managed Care, 11 (9), 271-274.
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Mental Deficiency : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude de la déficience
intellectuelle. = Am J Ment
Defic.
| |
FAVELL, J.E., McGIMSEY, J.F., JONES, M.L. & CANNON,
P.R. (1981). Physical restraint as positive
reinforcement. American Journal of Mental
Deficience, 85 (4), 425-432.
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Mental Retardation (The) :
Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages
à l'étude de la déficience
intellectuelle. Éditeur : American Association of
Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. =
Am J Ment Retard.
DIDDEN R., DUKER, P.C. & KORZILIUS, H. (1997).
Meta-analytic study on treatment effectiveness for
problem behaviors with individuals who have mental
retardation. American Journal of Mental
Retardation, 101 (4), 387-399.
|
| |
|
|
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry (The) :
Revue scientifique de psychiatrie.
Éditeur : APA.
RUTTER, M. (1987). Psychosocial resilience and
protective mechanisms. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 57, 316-331.
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Philosophy (The) :
Revue de philosophie.
MOSER, P.K. (1992). Realism and agnosticism. The
American Philosophical Quarterly, 29 (1), 1-17.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
Journal of Primatology (The) :
Revue scientifique de primatologie.
Éditeur : American Psychatry Publishing Inc. =
Am J Psychiatry.
SMITH, E.O. & PEFFER-SMITH, P.G. (1982). Triadic
interactions in captive Barbary macaques (Macaca
sylvanus, Linnaeus, 1758): "agonistic buffering" ? American
Journal of Primatology, 2, 99-107.
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Psychiatry (The) : Revue
scientifique de psychiatrie.
Éditeur : American Psychatry Publishing Inc. =
Am J Psychiatry.
GABBARD, G.O. (2005). Long-term psychodynamic
psychotherapy : A basic text. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 162, 639-640.
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Psychology (The) : Revue
scientifique de psychologie.
Éditeur : University of Illinois Press. Disponible en ligne.
= AJP.
FALMIER, O. & YOUNG, M.E. (2008). The impact of
object animacy on the appraisal of causality. American
Journal of Psychology, 121 (3), 475-500. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
EVANS, R.B. & COHEN, J.B. (1987). The American journal
of psychology : A retrospective. American Journal of
Psychology, 100, 321-362. |
|
|
|
American
Journal of Psychotherapy (The) :
Revue scientifique de psychologie.
Éditeur : Association for the Advancement of Psychotherapy.
BERNE, E. (1957). Ego states in psychotherapy. The
American Journal of Psychotherapy, 11, 293-309.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
American
Journal of Sociology (The) : Revue
scientifique de sociologie.
Éditeur : Chicago Journals.
HOMANS, G.C. (1958). Social behavior as exchange. American
Journal of Sociology, 63 (6), 597-606.
|
| |
|
|
American
Journal of Speech-Language Pathology : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui s'intéress au langage.
Éditeur : American Speech-Language-Hearing Association.
BOTHE, A.K., DAVIDOW, J.H., BRAMLETT, R.E., FRANIC, D.F.
& INGHAM, R.J. (2006). Stuttering treatment research
1970-2005 : I. Systematic review incorporating trial
quality assessment of behavioral, cognitive, and related
approaches. American Journal of Speech-Language
Pathology, 15, 321-341.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
American
Naturalist (The) : Revue
scientifique. Éditeur : Chicago Journals. =
Am. Nat.
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The evolution of altruistic
behavior. The American Naturalist, 97,
354-356.
|
|
|
|
|
American Philosophical Association :
| |
|
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1904). American Philosophical Association.
Psychological Bulletin, 1 (2), 46–56. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
American
Psychoanalytic Association :
= Association
Psychanalytique Internationale.
|
American Psychological Association : APA : Association
américaine de psychologie.
Chaque année, un-e président-e
est élu-e. Elle compte 54
divisions. APA et normes
et format de citation APA.
APA, APA member.
| |
|
|
WARREN, H.C. (1921). A history of the association
psychology. New York : C. Scribner's sons. |
|
|
SOKAL, M.M. (1973). APA's first publication : Proceedings
of the American Psychological Association, 1892-1893. American
Psychologist, 28, 277-292. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2002). Criteria for
practice guideline development and evaluation. American
Psychologist, 57, 1048-1051. |
|
APA Publication Manual Task Force. (1977). Guidelines for
nonsexist language in APA journals : Publication Manual
change sheet 2. American Psychologist, 32,
487-494. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2002). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct. American
Psychologist, 57, 1060-1073. |
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (1992). Ethical
principles of psychologists and code of conduct.
American Psychologist, 47, 1597-1611. |
FINCH, S., THOMASON, N. & CUMMING, G. (2002). Past and
future American Psychological Association guidelines for
statistical practice. Theory & Psychology, 12,
825-853. [PDF] |
|
BENJAMIN, L.T. (1991). A history of the New York Branch
of the American Psychological Association, 1903-1935.
American Psychologist, 46, 1003-1011. |
FIDLER, F. (2002). The fifth edition of the APA
Publication Manual : Why its statistics recommendations
are so controversial. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 62, 749-770. |
|
SOKAL, M.M. (1992). Origins and early years of the
American Psychological Association, 1890-1906. American
Psychologist, 47, 111-122. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2008). Reporting
standards for research in psychology : Why do we need
them ? What might they be ? [PDF] |
|
CADWALLADER, T.C. (1992). The historical roots of the
American psychological association. In R.B. Evans, V.S.
Sexton, T.C. & Cadwallader (Eds.), 100 Years : The
American psychological association : A historical
perspective. Washington : American Psychological
Association. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2009). Recommended
postdoctoral education and training program in
psychopharmacology for prescriptive authority.
Washington, DC. |
|
LAWSON, T.J. & SMITH, R.A. (1996). Formatting APA
pages in WordPerfect : An update. Teaching of
Psychology, 23, 56-58. |
FIDLER, F. (2010). The american psychological
association publication manual sixth edition :
implications for statistics education. Washington
: American Psychological Association.
[PDF] |
|
GREEN, C.D. (2002). Toronto's "other" original APA member
: James Gibson Hume. Canadian Psychology, 43, 35-45.
[LIRE] |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2011). Practice
guidelines regarding psychologists’ involvement in
pharmacological issues. [PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Normes
et format de citation APA |
|
|
American
Psychological Association (Normes et format de citation
de... ) : Voir
APA style.
|
|
|
|
|
Américanisation : Adoption par un pays - plus ou moins consciente, progressive et volontaire - du style de vie et des valeurs des États-Unis. EX : Tendance à préférer le fast-food à la nourriture plus raffinée.
Americanization.
| |
|
|
SPEEK, P.A. (1926). The meaning of nationality and
americanization. The American Journal of Sociology, 32
(2), 237-249. |
|
Voir aussi États-Unis |
|
|
Amérindien : Voir Autochtone.
Indians, First nations, Indigenous peoples, Indian society, aboriginal communities, American-Indian, native, native American population.
|
|
|
|
|
Amérique
du nord : Territoire
au nord du continent américain.
= États-Unis + Canada.
North america.
| |
|
|
CRONIN, M.A., McNEIL, M.C. & PATTON, J.C. (2005).
Variation in mitochondrial DNA and microsatellite DNA in
caribou (Rangifer tarandus) in North America. Journal
of Mammalogy, 86 (3), 495-505. |
|
ADAMS, G. & PLAUT, V.C. (2003). The cultural grounding
of personal relationship : Friendship in North American
and West African worlds. Personal Relationships, 10,
333-348. |
|
ADAMS, G. (2005). The cultural grounding of personal
relationship : Enemyship in North American and West
African worlds. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 88, 948-968.
[PDF] |
|
STERLING, D.M., McLELLAN, B.N. & DEROCHER, A.E.
(2013). Conservation and management of large carnivores in
North America. International Journal of Environmental
Studies, 70 (3), 383-398. |
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
|
|
Ames Carole ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de
l'éducation, notamment de la motivation.
|
AMES, C. & AMES, P. (1984). System of student and
teacher motivation towards a qualitative definition. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 76 (4), 535-556. |
|
AMES, C. & ARCHER, J. (1987). Mothers' beliefs about
the role of ability and effort in school learning.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 79 (4),
409-414. [PDF] |
|
AMES, C. & ARCHER, J. (1988). Achievement goals in the
classroom : students' learning strategies and motivation
processes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80,
260-267. |
|
AMES, C. (1990). Motivation : What teachers need to know.
Teachers College Record, 91 (3), 410-420. [PDF] |
|
AMES, C. (1992). Classrooms : goals structures, and
student motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 84, 261-274. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Ami : Amitié : Relation
étroite et privilégiée entre deux individus
- indépendamment de leur âge, de leur sexe
et de leur origine ethnique
ou socio-économique - qui
exclut les rapports sexuels. Amitié, coopération
et amour. /ennemi.
Friend, friendship, friend relationship.
| |
|
|
SMITH, C.R., WILLIAMS, L. & WILLIS, R.H. (1967). Race,
sex and belief as determinants of friendship acceptance. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 5, 127–137. |
|
|
ARONSON, E. & COPE, V. (1968). My enemy's enemy is my
friend. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 8, 8–12. |
BLIESZNER, R. & DEVRIES, B. (2000). Definitions of
friendship in the third age : Age, gender, and study
location effects. Journal of Aging Studies, 14
(1), 117-133. |
|
WRIGHT, P.H. & CRAWFORD, A.C. (1971). Agreement and
friendship : A close look and some second thoughts. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 2, 52-69. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). Passionate friendships among
adolescent sexual-minority women. Journal of Research
on Adolescence, 20 (2), 191-209. [PDF] |
|
DUCK, S.W. (1973). Personality similarity and friendship
choice : Similarity of what, when ? Journal of
Personality, 41, 543-558. |
WAY, N. & CHEN, L. (2000). General and close
friendships among African American, Latino, and Asian
American adolescents from low-income families. Journal
of Adolescent Research, 15, 274–301. |
|
EBBESEN, E.B., KJOS G.L. & KONECNI, V.J. (1976).
Spatial ecology : Its effects on the choice of friends and
enemies. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
12, 505-518. |
ROSE, S.M. (2000). Heterosexism and the study of women’s
romantic and friend relationships. Journal of Social
Issues, 56, 315-328. [PDF] |
|
WERNER, C. & PARMELEE, P. (1979). Similarity of
activity preferences among friends : Those who play
together stay together. Social Psychology Quarterly,
42, 62-66. |
POULIN, F. & BOIVIN, M. (2000). The role of proactive
and reactive aggression in the formation and development
of boys' friendships. Developmental Psychology, 36
(2), 233-240. |
| |
AHRENS, C.E. & CAMPBELL, R. (2000). Assisting rape
victims as they recover from rape : The impact on friends.
Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 15, 959-986. |
|
ASHER, S.R., RENSHAW, P.D. & GERACI, R.L. (1980).
Children's friendships and social competence. International
Journal of Linguistics, 7, 27-39. |
BERNDT, T.J. (2002). Friendship quality and social
development. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 11, 7-10. |
|
ROSE, S.M. (1984). How friendships end : Patterns among
young adults. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 3, 267-277. [PDF] |
CRICK, N.R. & NELSON, D.A. (2002). Relational and
physical victimization within friendships : Nobody told me
there’d be friends like these. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 30, 599-607. |
|
BOIVIN, M., TESSIER, O. & STRAYER, F.F. (1985). La
cohérence des choix sociométriques et l'évaluation de
l'amitié chez les enfants d'âge préscolaire. Enfance,
38 (4), 329-343. |
DIAMOND, L.M. & DUBÉ, E.M. (2002). Friendship and
attachment among heterosexual and sexual-minority youths :
Does the gender of your friend matter ? Journal of
Youth & Adolescence, 31, 155-166. |
|
ROSE, S.M. (1985). Same- and cross-sex friendships and the
psychology of homosociality. Sex Roles, 12 (1/2),
63-74. [PDF] |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2002). Having a girlfriend without knowing
it : Intimate friendships among young sexual-minority
women. Journal of Lesbian Studies, 6, 5-16. |
|
ROSE, S.M. & SERAFICA, F.C. (1986). Keeping and ending
best, close, and casual friendships. Journal of
Social & Personal Relationships, 3, 275-288. [PDF] |
GIFFORD-SMITH, M.E. & BROWNELL, C.E. (2003). Childhood
peer relationships : social acceptance, friendships, and
peer networks. Journal of School Psychology, 41 (4),
235-284. |
|
| ROSE, S.M. & ROADES, L. (1987). Feminism and women’s friendships. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 11,
243-354. [PDF] |
CROSNOE, R., CAVANAGH, S. & ELDER, L.G. (2003).
Adolescent friendships as academic resources : The
intersection of friendship, race, and school disadvantage.
Sociological Perspectives, 46, 331-352. |
|
LADD, G.W. (1988). Friendship patterns and peer status
during early and middle childhood. Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 9,
229-238. |
ADAMS, G. & PLAUT, V.C. (2003). The cultural grounding
of personal relationship : Friendship in North American
and West African worlds. Personal Relationships, 10,
333-348. [PDF] |
|
AUKETT, R., RITCHIE, J. & MILL, K. (1988). Gender
differences in friendship patterns. Sex Roles, 19, 57-66. |
WENTZEL, K.R., McNAMARA, C. & CALDWELL, K. (2004).
Friendships in middle school : Influences on motivation
and school adjustment. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 96 (2), 195-203. |
|
LADD, G.W. (1990). Having friends, keeping friends, making
friends, and being liked by peers in the classroom :
Predictors of children’s early school adjustment ? Child
Development, 61 (4), 1081-1100. |
CROSNOE, R. & NEEDHAM, B. (2004). Holism, contextual
variability, and the study of friendships in adolescent
development. Child Development, 75 (1), 264-279. |
|
YOUNISS, J. & HAYNIE, D.L. (1992). Friendship in
adolescence. Journal of Development & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 13, 59-66. |
WAY, N., GINGOLD, R., ROTENBERG, M. & KURIAKOSE, G.
(2005). Close friendships among urban, ethnic-minority
adolescents. New Directions for Child & Aolescent
Development, 107, 41-59. [PDF] |
|
CLAES, M. et POIRIER L. (1993). Caractéristiques et
fonctions des relations d'amitié à l'adolescence. La
Psychiatrie de l'Enfant, 36 (1), 289-308. |
PETER, J., VALKENBURG, P.M. & SCHOUTEN, A.P. (2005).
Developing a model of adolescent friendship formation on
the internet. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 8,
423-430. |
|
PARKER, J.G. & ASHER, S.R. (1993). Friendship and
friendship quality in middle childhod : Links with peer
group acepptance and feelings of loneliness and social
dissatisfaction. Developmental Psychology, 29,
611-621. |
|
|
WENTZEL, K.R. & ERDLEY C.A. (1993). Strategies for
making friends : Relations to social behavior and peer
acceptance in early adolescence. Developmental
Psychology, 29, 819-826. |
MIKLOSI, A. & TOPAL, J. (2005). Is there a simple
recipe for how to make friends ? Trends in Cognitive
Science, 9, 463-464. [PDF] |
|
SHULMAN, S., ELICKER, J. & SROUFE, L.A. (1994). Stages
of friendship growth in preadolescence as related to
attachment history. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 11, 341- 361. |
|
|
LADD, G.W., KOCHENDERFER, B.J. & COLEMAN, C.C. (1996).
Friendship quality as a predictor of young children’s
early school adjustment. Child Development, 67, 1103-1118. |
PETER, J. & VALKENBURG, P.M. & SCHOUTEN, A.P.
(2005). Developing a model of adolescent friendship
formation on the Internet. CyberPsychology &
Behavior, 8, 423-430. |
|
HALL, R. & ROSE, S.M. (1996). Friendships between
African-American and White lesbians. In J. Weinstock and
E. Rothblum (Eds.), Lesbian friendships (pp.
165-191). New York : New York University Press. |
VIGIL, J.M. (2007). Asymmetries in the friendship
preferences and social styles of men and women. Human
Nature, 18, 143-161. |
|
|
ROSE, S.M. (1996). Women's friendships. In J. Chrisler and
A. Hemstreet (Eds.), Variations on a theme :
Diversity and the psychology of women (pp.
79-106). New York : SUNY Press. |
|
|
PARKS, M.S. & FLOYD, K. (1996). Making friends in
cyberspace. Journal of Communication, 46 (1),
80-97. |
CARDOSO, H.R. (2007). Friendship as conceptual landscape
and friend as conceptual character, according to Deleuze e
Guattari. Kriterion, 48 (115), 33-45. [PDF] |
|
ASHER, S.R., PARKER, J.G. & WALKER, D.L. (1996).
Distinguishing friendship from acceptance : Implications
for intervention and assessment.In W.M. Bukowski, A.F.,
Newcomb & W.W.Hartup (Eds.), The company they
keep : Friendship during childhod and adolescence
(p. 366-405). New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
KEEFE, K. & BERNDT, T. (1996). Relations of friendship
quality to self-esteem in early adolescence. The
Journal of Early Adolescence, 16, 110-129. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & PETER, J. (2007). Preadolescents'
and adolescents' online communication and their closeness
to friends. Developmental Psychology, 43 (2),
267-277. [PDF] |
|
WENTZEL, K.R. & CALDWELL, K. (1997). Friendships, peer
acceptance, and group membership : Relations to academic
achievement in middle school. Child Development, 68,
1198-1209. [PDF] |
BATOOL, S. & MALIK, N.I. (2010). Role of attitude
similarity and proximity in interpersonal attraction among
friends . International Journal of Innovation,
Management & Technology, 1 (2), 142-146. [PDF]
|
|
LADD, G.W., KOCHENDERFER, B.J. & COLEMAN, C.C. (1997).
Classroom peer acceptance, friendship, victimization :
Distinct relational systems that contribute uniquely to
children’s school adjustment ? Child Development, 68,
1181-1197. |
POULIN, F., DENAULT, A.-S. & PEDERSEN, S. (2011).
Longitudinal associations between other-sex friendships
and substance use in adolescent girls and boys. Journal of
Research on Adolescence, 21, 776-788.
[PDF] |
|
BIDART, C. (1997). L'amitié, un lien social. Paris
: La découverte. |
YBARRA, O., WINKIELMAN, P., YEH, I., BURNSTEIN, E. &
KAVANAGH, L. (2011). Friends (and sometimes enemies) with
cognitive benefits : Which types of social interactions
boost executive functioning ? Social Psychological
& Personality Science, 2, 253-261. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, K.J. & LEAPER, C. (1998). Emotion talk
between same- and cross-gender friends : Form and
function. Journal of Language & Social
Psychology, 17, 421-450. |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y., KINGBURY, M. & SCHNEIDER, B.H.
(2012). Friendship : An old concept with a new meaning ? Computers in Human Behavior, 29, 33-39. |
|
HOGG, M.A. & HAINS, S.C. (1998). Friendship and group
identification : A new look at the role of cohesiveness in
groupthink. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28,
323-341. |
JACOBSON, L.T. & BRUDSAL, C.A. (2012). Academic
performance in middle school : Friendship influences. Global
Journal of Community Psychology Practice, 2 (3),
1-12. [PDF] |
|
NIFFENEGGER, J.P. & WILLER, D.R. (1998). Friendship
behaviors during early childhood and beyond. Early
Childhood Education Journal, 26 (2), 95-99. |
SEYFARTH, R.M. & CHENEY, D.L. (2012). The evolutionary
origins of friendship. Annual Review of Psychology,
63, 153-177. [PDF]
|
|
HODGES, E.V.E., BOIVIN, M., VITARO, F. & BUKOWSKI,
W.M. (1999). The power of friendship : Protection against
an escalating cycle of peer victimisation. Developmental
Psychology, 35, 94-101. |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y., KINGBURY, M. & SCHNEIDER, B.H.
(2013). Friendship : An old concept with a new meaning ? Computers
in Human Behavior, 29, 33-39. |
|
LADD, G.W. (1999). Peer relationships and social
competence during early and middle childhood. Annual
Review of Psychology (Vol. 50, pp. 333-359). Palo
Alto, CA : Annual Reviews Inc. [PDF]
|
YEARWOOD, M. H., CUDDY, A., LAMBA, N., YOUYOU, W., VAN DER
LOWE, I., PIFF, P.K., GRONIN, C., FLEMING, P.,
SIMON-THOMAS, E., KELTNER, D. & KOGAN, A. (2015). On
wealth and the diversity of friendships : High social
class people around the world have fewer international
friends. Personality & Individual Differences,
87, 224-229. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Amour et Ennemi |
|
|
Ami imaginaire : Personnage que certains enfants
imaginent pour tromper leur solitude
ou attirer l'attention. On
observe parfois ce phénomène chez les schizophrènes.
*enfant
imaginaire. Imaginary friend,
Imaginary companion, imaginary playmate.
| |
|
|
HURLOCK, E. & BURNSTEIN, M. (1932). The imaginary
playmate : A questionnaire study. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 41, 380-392. |
GLEASON, T., SEBANC, A. & HARTUP, W. (2000). Imaginary
companions of preschool children. Developmental
Psychology, 36, 419-428. |
|
NAGERA, H. (1969). The imaginary companion : Its
significance for ego development and conflict solution. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 24, 165-195. |
GLEASON, T. (2002). Social provisions of real and
imaginary relationships in early childhood.
Developmental Psychology, 38, 979-992. |
|
MANOSEVITZ, M., PRENTICE, N. & WILSON, F. (1973).
Individual and family correlates of imaginary companions
in preschool children. Developmental Psychology, 8, 72-79. |
TAYLOR, M., CARLSON, S.M., MARING, B.L., GEROW, L. &
CHARLEY, C. (2004). The characteristics and correlates of
high fantasy in school-aged children : Imaginary
companions, impersonation and social understanding. Developmental
Psychology, 40, 1173-1187. [PDF] |
|
MANOSEVITZ, M., FLING, S. & PRENTICE, N. (1977).
Imaginary companions in young children : Relationships
with intelligence, creativity and waiting ability. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 18, 73-78. |
TAYLOR, M. & MOTTWEILER, C.M. (2008). Imaginary
companions : Pretending they are real but knowing they are
not. American Journal of Play, 1, 47-54. [PDF] |
|
MEYER, J. & TUBER, S. (1989). Intrapsychic and
behavioral correlates of the phenomenon of imaginary
companions in young children. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 6 (2), 151-168. |
|
|
DIERKER, L.C., DAVIS, K.F. & SANDERS, B. (1995). The
imaginary companion phenomenon : An analysis of
personality correlates and developmental antecedents. Dissociation
: The Official Journal of the International Society for
the Study of Multiple Personality & Dissociation, 8
(4), 220-228. |
|
|
TAYLOR, M. (1999). Imaginary companions and the
children who create them. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
TAYLOR, M., HULETTE, A.C. & DISHION, T.J. (2010).
Longitudinal outcomes of young high-risk adolescents with
imaginary companions. Developmental Psychology, 46, 1632-1636.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Enfant |
|
|
|
|
Amichai-Hamburger
Yair ( ) : Psychosociologue
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude des médias
sociaux et d'internet.
Collaborateur de Furnham.
|
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & BEN-ARTZI, E. (2003).
Loneliness and Internet use. Computers in Human
Behavior, 19, 71-80. |
|
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & FURNHAM, A. (2007). The
positive net. Computers in Human Behaviour, 23,
1033-1045. |
|
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & KINAR, O. (2007). The effects
of need for cognition on Internet use. Computers in
Human Behavior, 23, 880-891. |
|
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & VINITZKY, G. (2010). Social
network use and personality. Computers in Human
Behavior, 26, 1289-1295. |
|
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & ETGAR, S. (2016). Intimacy and
smartphone multitasking - a new oxymoron ? Psychological
Reports, 119, 826-838. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Amiot Catherine ( ) : Psychosociologue
québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude de l'identité, de la motivation, du sport et de la relation humain-animal.
Collaboratrice de Bourhis, De la Sablonnière, Hornsey et Vallerand.
|
AMIOT, C., BLANCHARD, C.M., PERREAULT, S. & VALLERAND, R.J. (2009). Cohesiveness, coach's interpersonal style and psychological needs : Their effects on self-determination and athletes' subjective well-being. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 10 (5), 545-551. |
|
AMIOT, C., TERRY, D.J., WIRAWAN, D. & GRICE, T. (2010). Changes in social identities over time : The role of coping and adaptation processes. British Journal of Social Psychology, 49 804-826. |
|
AMIOT, C. & HORNSEY, M.J. (2010). Collective self-esteem contingency and its role in predicting intergroup bias. Self & Identity, 9, 62-86. |
|
AMIOT, C. & SANSFAÇON, S. (2011). Motivations to identify with social groups: A look at their positive and negative consequences. Group Dynamics, 15, 105-127. |
|
AMIOT, C., SANSFAÇON, S., LOUIS, W.R. & YELLE, M. (2012). Can intergroup behaviors be emitted out of self-determined reasons ? : Testing the role of group norms and behavioral congruence in the internalisation of discrimination and parity behaviors. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 38, 63-76. |
|
|
|
Amine :
Amine.
| |
|
|
MENDELS, J., STINNETT, J., BURNS, D. & FRAZER, A.
(1975). Amine precursors and depression. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 32, 22-30. |
|
|
|
Amish
: Religion. Amish.
| |
|
|
EGELAND, J.A. & HOSTETTER, A.M. (1983). Amish Study, I
: Affective disorders among the Amish, 1976-1980. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 140, 56-61. |
|
|
|
|
|
Amitriptyline
: Antidépresseur
tricyclique, qui agit comme un
inhibiteur la recapture de la sérotonine/noradréanaline. Amitriptyline.
| |
|
|
HALL, J. & LONIE, D.A. (1962). Controlled trial of
amitriptylene for treatment of depression in inpatients. New
Zealand Medical Journal, 61, 548-550. |
|
|
BRICK, H., DOUB, W.H.J. & PERDUE, W.C. (1962). Effects
of amitriptylene on depressive and anxiety states in
penitentiary inmates. Diseases of the Nervous System,
22, 572-528. |
|
|
GARRY, J.W. & LEONARD, J. (1963). Trial of
amitriptylene in chronic depression. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 109, 54-55. |
|
|
HOLLISTER, L.E., OVERALL, J.E., JOHNSON, M., PENNINGTON,
V., KATZ, G. & SHELTON, J. (1964). Controlled
comparison of imipramine, amitriptyline and placebo in
hospitalised depressed patients. Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 139, 370-375. |
|
|
KRAMER, A. & FEIGUINE, R. (1981). Clinical effects of
amitriptyline in adolescent depression. Journal of the
American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 20, 636-644. |
BREMNER, J.D. & SMITH, W.T. (1995). Org 3770 vs
amitriptyline and placebo in major depression. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 56, 519-525. |
|
JOHNSTONE, E.C., BOURNE, R.C., CROW, T.J., FRITH, C.D.,
GAMBLE, S., LOFTHOUSE, R., OWEN, F., OWENS, D.G.,
ROBINSIN, J. & STEVENS, M. (1981). The relationships
between clinical response, psychophysiological variables
and plasma levels of amitriptyline and diazepam in
neurotic outpatients. Psychopharmacology, 72 (3), 233-240. |
|
|
|
GLEN, A.I.M., JOHNSON, A.L. & SHEPERD, M. (1984).
Continuation therapy with lithium and amitriptyline in
unipolar depressive illness : a randomized, double-blind,
controlled trial. Psychological Medicine, 14
(1), 37-50. |
BREMNER, J.D. & SMITH, W.T. (1996). Org 3770 vs
amitriptyline in the continuation treatment of depression
: A placebo controlled trial. European Journal of
Psychiatry, 10, 5-15. |
|
FRITH, C.D., STEVENS, M., JOHNSTONE, E.C. & OWENS,
D.G. (1984). The effects of chronic treatment with
amitriptyline and diazepam on electrodermal activity in
neurotic outpatients. Physiological Psychology, 12 (3),
247-252. |
|
|
BECK, A.T., HOLLON, S.D., YOUNG, J.E., BEDROSIAN, R.C.
& BUDENZ, D. (1985). Treatment of depression with
cognitive therapy and amitriptyline. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 42, 142-148. |
OGUZHANOGLU, A., SAHINER, T., KURT, T. & AKALIN, O.
(1999). Use of amitriptyline and fluoxetine in prophylaxis
of migraine and tension-type headaches. Cephalalgia,
19, 531-532. |
|
SOLOFF, P.H., GEORGE, A. & NATHAN, R. S. (1986).
Progress in pharmacotherapy of borderline disorders : a
double-blind study of amitriptyline, haloperidol and
placebo. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43,
691-697. |
KRYMCHANTOWSKI, A.V., SILVA, M.T., BARBOSA, J.S. &
ALVES, L.A. (2002). Amitriptyline versus amitriptyline
combined with fluoxetine in the preventative treatment of
transformed migraine : a double-blind study. Headache,
42 (6), 510-514. |
|
CERVO, L. & SAMANIN, R. (1988). Repeated treatment
with imipramine and amitriptyline reduced the immobility
of rats in the forced swimming test by enhancing dopamine
mechanismsin the nucleus accumbens. Journal of
Pharmacy & Pharmacology, 40, 155-156. |
BOZ, C., ALTUNAYOGLU, V., VELIOGLU, S. & OZMENOGLU, M.
(2003). Sertraline versus amitriptyline in the
prophylactic therapy of non-depressed chronic tension-type
headache patients. Journal of Headache Pain, 4
(2), 72-78. |
|
WORZ, R. & SCHERHAG, R. (1990). Treatment of chronic
tension headache with doxepin or amitriptyline : Results
of a double-blind study. Headache, 1 (3),
216-223. |
MARTIN-ARAGUZ, A., BUSTAMANTE-MARTINEZ, C., DE &
PEDRO-PIJOAN, J.M. (2003). Treatment of chronic
tension-type headache with mirtazapine and amitriptyline. Revista de Neurologia, 37 (2), 101-105. |
|
MOORE, R.A., DERRY, S., ALDINGTON, D., COLE, P, & WIFFEN, P.J. (2015). Amitriptyline for neuropathic in adults. Cochrane Database Systamatic Reviews (7), 101-105. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Antidépresseur
tricyclique |
|
|
Ammons
Robert B. (192-1999) : Psychologue
américain et spécialisite de l'étude des habiletés
motrices. Il a co-fondé avec Carol H. Ammons deux revues
importantes, Perceptual &
Motor Skills et Psychological
Reports.
|
AMMONS, R.B. (1947). Acquisition of motor skill : l.
Quantitative analysis and theoretical formulation. Psychological
Review, 54, 268-281. |
|
AMMONS, R.B. (1947). Rotary pursuit apparatus. I. Survey
of variables. Psychological Bulletin, 52 (1),
69-76. |
|
AMMONS, R.B., LARSON, W.L. & SHEARN, C.R. (1950). The
Full-Range Picture Vocabulary Test : V. Results for an
adult population. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
14 (2), 150-155. |
|
AMMONS, R.B. (1949). Motor skills research exchange.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 1 (3), 18-21. |
|
AMMONS, R.B. & AMMONS, C.H. (1951). Motor skills
research exchange. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 3
(2), 53-60. |
|
|
OTTO, W. & McMENEMY, R.A. (1965). An appraisal of the
Ammons Quick Test in a remedial reading program.
Journal of Educational Measurement, 2 (2), 193-198. |
|
MEDNICK, M.T. (1967). Relationship of the Ammons quick
test of intelligence to other ability measures. Psychology
Reports, 20 (2), 523-526. |
|
MEDNICK, M.T. (1969). Ammons quick test validity among
randomly selected referrals. Psychological Reports,
24 (2), 388-390. |
|
SEITZ, F.C. & BRAUCHT, G.N. (1971). Ammons' quick test
as a measure of adult intelligence in a psychiatric
sample. Psychological Reports 29 (2), 356-358. |
|
VANCE, B., HANKINS, N. & BROWN, W. (1986). The
relationship among the Test of Nonverbal Intelligence,
Ammons' Quick Test, and Wechsler Intelligence Scale for
Children-Revised. Assessment for Effectice
Intervention, 12 (1), 47-52. |
|
ZAGAR, R.J., KOVACH, J.W., BUSCH, K.G., ZABLOCKI, M.D.,
OSNOWITZ, W., NEUHENGEN, J., LIU, Y. & ZAGAR, A.K.
(2013). Ammons quick test validity among randomly selected
referrals. Psychological Reports, 113 (3),
823-854. |
|
|
|
Amnésie : Amnésique
: Trouble de la mémoire.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Amnesia.
| |
|
|
RIBOT, T.A. (1881). Les maladies de la mémoire. |
KIHLSTROM, J.F. & SCHACHTER, D.L. (1990). Anesthesia,
amnesia, and the cognitive unconscious. In B. Bonke, W.
Fitch & K. Millar (Eds.), Memory and awareness
in anaesthesia (pp. 22-44). Amsterdam : Swets
& Zeitlinger. |
|
JONES, E. (1909). Remarks on a case of complete
autopsychic amnesia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
4, 218-235. |
HODGES, J.R. & WARLOW, C.P. (1990). Syndromes of
transient amnesia : towards a classification. A study of
153 cases. Neurology, Neurosurgery, &
Psychiatry, 53, 834-843. [PDF] |
|
HOPWOOD, J.S. & SNELL, H.K. (1933). Amnesia in
relation to crime. Journal of Mental Science, 79, 27-41. |
|
|
LEAVITT, F.H. (1935). The etiology of temporary amnesia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 91, 1079-1087. |
WINOCUR, G. (1990). Anterograde and retrograde amnesia in
rats with dorsal hippocampal or dorosomedial thalamic
lesions. Behavioural Brain Research, 38, 145-154. |
|
KANZER, M. (1939). Amnesia : A statistical study. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 96, 711=716. |
|
|
LENNOX, W.G. (1943). Amnesia, real and feigned. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 99, 732-743. |
GAFFAN, D. (1992). Amnesia for complex naturalistic scenes
and for objects following fornix transection in the Rhesus
monkey. European Journal of Neuroscience, 4, 381-388. |
|
WILSON, G. RUPP, C. & WILSON, W.W. (1950). Amnesia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 106, 481-485. |
|
|
MILNER, B. (1966). Amnesia following operation on the
temporal lobes. In C.W.M. Whitty & O.L. Zangwill
(Eds.), Amnesia. London : Butterworth. |
BRIERE, J. & CONTE, J. (1993). Self-reported amnesia
for abuse in adults molested as children. Journal of
Traumatic Stress, 6, 21-31. [PDF] |
|
WICKELGREN, A. (1968). Sparing of short term memory in an
amnesic patient : implications for strength theory of
memory. Neuropsychologia, 6, 235-244. |
POLSTER, M., McCARTHY, R., O'SULLIVAN, G., GRAY, P. &
PARK, G. (1993). Midazolaminduced amnesia : Implicatioms
for the implicit/explicit memory distinction. Brain
& Cognition, 22, 244-265. |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. & WEISKRANTZ, L. (1968). New method
of testing long-term retention with special reference to
amnesic patients. Nature, 217, 972-974. |
MORGAN, R.E. & RICCIO, D.C. (1994). Extinction of an
amnesic memory in rats : Evidence for the malleability of
"inaccessible" information. Learning &
Motivation, 25, 431. |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. & WEISKRANTZ, L. (1968). A study of
learning and retention in amnesic patients. Neuropsychologia,
6, 283-291. |
BOURGET, D. & BRADFORD, J.M.W. (1995). Sex offenders
who claim amnesia for their alleged offence. Bulletin
of American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 23
(2), 299-307. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, R.R. & MISANIN, J.R. (1969). Critique of
electroconvulsive shock-induced retrograde amnesia :
Analysis of the familiarization effect. Communications
in Behavioral Biology, 4, 255-256. |
BUTTERS, N. & DELIS, D.C. (1995). Clinical assessment
of memory disorders in amnesia and dementia. Annual
Review of Psychology, 46, 493-523. |
|
MILLER, R.R., MISANIN, J.R. & LEWIS, D.J. (1969).
Amnesia as a function of events during the learning-ECS
interval. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 67, 145-148. |
BOWERS, K.S. & WOODY, E.Z. (1996). Hypnotic amnesia
and the paradox of intentional forgetting. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 105, 381-390. |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. & WEISKRANTZ, L. (1970). A study
of forgetting in amnesic patients. Neuropsychologia,
8, 281-288. |
AGGLETON, J.P. & SHAW, C. (1996). Amnesia and
recognition memory : A re-analysis of psychometric data. Neuropsychologia,
34 (1), 51-62. |
|
BADDELEY, A.D. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1970). Amnesia and
the distinction between long-and short-term memory. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 9,
176-189. |
HARROD, S.B., METZGER, M.M. & RICCIO, D.C. (1996).
Does induced recovery from amnesia represent a
disinhibition effect ? Physiology & Behavior, 60,
1375-1378. |
|
MILLER, R.R. (1970). Effects of environmental complexity
on amnesia induced by electroconvulsive shock in the rat.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
71, 267-275. |
CERMAK, L.S., VERFAELLIE, M., LANZONI, S., MATHER, M.
& CHASE, K.A. (1996). Effect of spaced repetitions on
amnesia patients' recall and recognition performance. Neuropsychology,
10 (2), 219-227. |
|
|
MILLER, R.R. SPRINGER, A.D. (1971). Temporal course of
amnesia in rats after electroconvulsive shock. Physiology
& Behavior, 6, 229-233. |
SMITH, D.J. (1996). Memory, amnesia, and modern
cognitive theory. Cardiff : UWIC. |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. & WEISKRANTZ, L. (1974). The effect
of prior learning on subsequent retention in amnesic
patients. Neuropsychologia, 12 (4), 419-428. |
KIHLSTROM, J.F. (1997). Hypnosis, memory and amnesia. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London, 352,
1727-1732. |
|
BROOKS, D.N. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1976). What can amnesic
patients learn ? Neuropsychologia, 14, 111-122. |
SQUIRE, L.R. & ZOLA, S.M. (1997). Amnesia, memory and
brain systems. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society of London, Series B. 352, 1663-1673.
[PDF] |
| |
PARKIN, A.J. (1997). Memory and amnesia. Oxford,
Blackwell Publishers. |
|
ROEDIGER, H.L. & THORPE, L.A. (1978). The role of
recall time in producing hypermnesia. Memory &
Cognition, 6, 296-305. [PDF] |
KAPUR, N., MILLAR, J., COLBOURN, C., ABBOTT, P., KENNEDY,
P. & DOCHERTY, T. (1997). Very long-term amnesia in
association with temporal lobe epilepsy : evidence for
multiple-stage consolidation processes. Brain &
Cognition, 35, 58-70. |
|
HORAL, J.A. (1978). The neuroanatomy of amnesia : a
critique of the hippocampal memory hypothesis. Brain
101, 403-445. |
YONELINAS, A.P., KROLL, N.E., DOBBINS, I., LAZZARA, M.
& KNIGHT, R.T. (1998). Recollection and familiarity
deficits in amnesia : convergence of remember-know,
process dissociation, and receiver operating
characteristic data. Neuropsychology, 12, 323-339.
|
|
HUPPERT, F.A. & PIERCY, M. (1979). Normal and abnormal
forgetting in amnesia : effect of locus of lesion.
Cortex, 15, 385-390. |
RUBIN, D.C. & GREENBERG, D.L. (1998). Visual
memory-deficit amnesia : A distinct amnesic presentation
and etiology. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences USA, 95, 5413-5416. |
|
COHEN, N.J. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1980). Preserved learning
and retention of pattern-analyzing skill in amnesia :
dissociation of knowing how and knowing that. Science,
210, 207-210. |
SQUIRE L.R. & ZOLA, S.M. (1998). Episodic memory,
semantic memory, and amnesia. Hippocampus, 8 (3),
205-211. [PDF] |
|
BUTTERS, N. & CERMAK, L.S. (1980). Alcoholic
Korsakoff's syndrome : An information-processing
approach to amnesia. New York : Academic Press. |
NOSOFSKY, R.M. & ZAKI, S.R. (1998). Dissociations
between categorization and recognition in amnesic and
normal individuals : An exemplar-based interpretation. Psychological
Science, 9 (4), 247-255. [PDF] |
|
SCHACTER, D.L. & TULVING, E. (1982). Amnesia and
memory research. In L.S. Cermak (Ed.), Human memory
and amnesia (pp. 1-32). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
AGGLETON, J.P. & BROWN, M.W. (1999). Episodic memory,
amnesia and the hippocampal-anterior thalamic axis. Behavioral
& Brain Science, 22, 425-489. [PDF] |
| |
ROSENBAUM, R.S., PRISELAC, S., KÖHLER, S., BLACK, S.E.,
GAO, F.Q., NADEL, L. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (2000). Remote
spatial memory in an amnesic person with extensive
bilateral hippocampal lesions. Nature Neuroscience, 3
(10), 1044-1048. |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. (1982). Comparative aspects of studies of
amnesia. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B, 298, 97-109 |
MILLIN, P.M., MOODY, E.W. & RICCIO, D.C. (2001).
Interpretations of retrograde amnesia : Old problems
redux. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2, 68-70. |
| |
BADDELEY, A.D., VARGHA-KHADEM, F. & MISHKIN, M.
(2001). Preserved recognition in a case of developmental
amnesia : implications for the acquisition of semantic
memory. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13 (3),
357–369. |
| |
WINOCUR, G., McDONALD, R.M. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (2001).
Anterograde and retrograde amnesia in rats with large
hippocampal lesions. Hippocamous, 11, 18-26. [PDF] |
|
SCHACTER, D.L. (1983). Amnesia observed : Remembering and
forgetting in a natural environment. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 92, 236-242. |
CIMA, M, MERCKELBACH, H., NIJMAN, H., KNAUER, A. &
HOLLNACK, S. (2001). I can't remember your honor :
Offenders who claim amnesia. German Journal of
Psychiatry, 5 24-34. [PDF] |
|
NADEL, L. & ZOLA-MORGAN, S. (1984). Infantile amnesia
: A neurobiological perspective. In M. Moscovitch (Ed.),
Infantile memory : Its relation to normal and
pathological memory in humans and other animals. New
York : Plenum. |
BADDELEY, A.D. & WILSON, B.A. (2002). Prose recall and
amnesia : implications for the structure of working
memory. Neuropsychologia, 40 (10), 1737-1743. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, N.S. (1984). Preserved learning capacity in amnesia
: evidence for multiple memorysystems. In L.R. Squire
& N. Butters (Eds.), Neuropsychology of memory
(pp. 83-103). NewYork : Guilford. |
BÄUML, K.-H.T.. KISSLER, J. & RAK, A. (2002).
Part-list cuing in amnesic patients. Memory &
Cognition, 30 (6), 862-870. [PDF] |
|
RICCIO, D.C. & RICHARDSON, R. (1984). The status of
memory following experimentally induced amnesias : Gone,
but not forgotten. Physiological Psychology, 12
(2), 59-72. |
BADDELEY, A.D. (2002). Developmental amnesia : A challenge
to current models. In L. Squires & D. Schacter (Eds.),
The neuropsychology of memory (pp. 88-96). New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. (1985). A disconnection analysis of
amnesia. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
444, 72–-77. |
CIMA, M., MERCKELBACH, H. & HOLLNACK, S. (2003).
Characteristics of psychiatric prison inmates who claim
amnesia. Personality & Individual Differences, 35,
373-380. |
|
LISTER, R.G. (1985). The amnesic action of benzodiazepines
in man. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 9, 87-94. |
|
|
GRAF, P. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1985). Implicit and
explicit memory for new associations in normal and amnesic
subjects. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 11, 501-518. |
VERFAELLIE, M., COOK, S.P. & KEANE, M.M. (2003).
Absence of size congruency effects in amnesic patients’
recognition : A failure of perceptually based
recollection. Neuropsychology, 17, 108-114. |
|
HIRST, W., JOHNSON, M.K., KIM, J.K., PHELPS, E.A., RISSE,
G. & VOLPE, B.T. (1986). Recognition and recall in
amnesics. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 12, 445-451. [PDF] |
SHORS, T.J. (2003). Can new neurons replace memories lost
? Science of Aging Knowledge Environment, 49,
35-38. |
|
SCHACTER, D.L. (1986). On the relation between genuine and
simulated amnesia. Behavioral Sciences & the Law,
4, 47-64. |
JOUBERT, S., BARBEAU, E., WALTER, N., CECCALDI, M. &
PONCET, M. (2003). Preservation of autobiographical memory
in a case of pure progressive amnesia. Brain &
Cognition, 53, 235–-238. [PDF] |
|
EICHENBAUM H., FAGAN, A. & COHEN, N.J. (1986). Normal
olfactory discrimination learning set and facilitation of
reversal after medial-temporal damage in rats :
Implications for an account of preserved learning
abilities in amnesia. Journal of Neuroscience, 6, 1876-1884. |
CIMA, M., NIJMAN, H., MERCKELBACH, H., KREMER, S. &
HOLLNACK, S. (2004). Claims of crime-related amnesia in
forensic patients. International Journal of Law &
Psychiatry, 27, 215-221. [PDF] |
|
SPANOS, N.P. (1986). Hypnotic behavior : A social
psycological interpretation of amnesia, analgesia and
"trance logic". Behavioural & Brain Science,
9, 449-502. |
WIXTED, J.T. (2004). On common ground : Jost's (1897) law
of forgetting and Ribot's (1881).law of retrograde
amnesia. Psychological Review, 111, 864-879. [PDF] |
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S., SQUIRE, L.R. & AMARAL, D.G. (1986).
Human amnesia and the medial temporal region : enduring
memory impairment following a bilateral lesions limited to
field CA1 of the hippocampus. Journal of Neuroscience,
6, 2950-2967. |
MOSCRIP, T.D., TERRACE, H.S., SACKEIM, H.A. & LISANBY,
S.H. (2004). A primate model of the anterograde and
retrograde amnesia produced by convulsive therapy.
Journal of Electroconvulsivetherapy, 20 (1),
26-36. [PDF] |
|
KOPELMAN, M.D. (1987). Crime and amnesia : a review. Behavioral
Sciences & the Law, 5,323-342. |
PETERSON, C., GRANT, V.V. & BOLAND, L.D. (2005).
Childhood amnesia in children and adolescents : Their
earliest memories. Memory, 13, 622-637. [PDF]
|
|
BADDELEY, A.D. & WILSON, B. (1988). Frontal amnesia
and the dysexecutive syndrome. Brain & Cognition,
7, 212–230 |
BADDELEY, A.D. VANDENBERGHE, M., SCHMIDT, N., FERY, P.
& CLEERMANS, A. (2006). Can amnesic patients learn
without awareness ? New evidence comparing deterministic
and probabilistic sequence learning. Neuropsychologia,
44, 1629-1641. [PDF]
|
|
SNODGRASS, J.G. & CORWIN, J. (1988). Pragmatics of
measuring recognition memory : applications to dementia
and amnesia. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 117, 34-50. |
REDER, L.M., OATES, J.M., THORNTON, E.R., QUINLAN, J.J.,
KAUFER, A. & SAUER, J. (2006). Drug induced amnesia
hurts recognition, but only for memories that can be
unitized. Psychological Science, 17 (7),
562-567.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, B.A. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1988). Semantic,
episodic and autobiographical memory in a post-meningitic
amnesic patient. Brain & Cognition, 8,
31-46. |
REDER, L.M., OATES, J.M., THORNTON, E.R., QUINLAN, J.J.,
KAUFER, A. & SAUER, J. (2006). Drug induced amnesia
hurts recognition, but only for memories that can be
unitized. Psychological Science, 17 (7),
562-567.
[PDF] |
|
AGGLETON, J.P. (2008). Understanding anterograde amnesia :
Disconnections and hidden lesions. The Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61 (10),
1441-1471. [PDF]
|
|
|
GAMZU, E. (1988). Animal model studies of
benzodiazepine-induced amnesia. Psychopharmacology
Service, 6, 218-229. |
BRANDT. K.R., GARDINER, J.M., VARGHA-KHADEM, F., BADDELEY,
A.D. & MISHKIN, M. (2009). Selective impairment of
recollection but not familiarity in a case of
developmental amnesia. Neurocase, 15 (1), 60-65. |
|
SQUIRE, L.R., HISRT, F. & SHIMAMURA, A.P. (1989). The
neurology of memory : Quantitative assessment of
retrograde amnesia in two groups of amnesic patients. Journal
of Neurosciences, 9, 828-839 |
ROSENBAUM, R.S., GILBOA, A., LEVINE, B., WINOCUR, G. &
MOSCOVITC, H.M. (2009). Amnesia as an impairment of detail
generation and binding : Evidence from personal,
fictional, and semantic narratives in K.C. Neuropsychologia,
47, 2181-2187. [PDF]
|
|
WOOD, F.B., BROWN, I.S. & FELTON, R.H. (1989).
Long-term follow-up of a childhood amnesic syndrome. Brain
& Cognition, 10, 76-86. |
EICHENBAUM, H., FORTIN, N., SAUVAGE, M., ROBITSEK, R.J.
& FAVORIK, A. (2010). An animal model of amnesia that
uses Receiver Operating Characteristics (ROC) analysis to
distinguish recollection from familiarity deficits in
recognition memory. Neuropsychologia, 48 (8),
2281-2289. [PDF] |
|
SHIMAMURA, A.P. (1989). Disorders of memory : The
cognitive science perspective. In F. Boller & J.
Grafman (Eds.), Handbook of neuropsychology
(Vol. 3, pp. 35-73). Amsterdam : Elsevier Science
Publishers. |
PETERSON, C. & NGUYEN, D.T.K. (2010). Parent-child
relationship quality and infantile amnesia in adults.
British Journal of Psychology, 101, 719-737. [PDF]
|
|
HODGES, J.R. & WARD, C.D. (1989). Observations during
transient global amnesia. A behavioural and
neuropsychological study of five cases. Brain, 112
(3), 595-620. |
AGGLETON, J.P. (2010). Understanding retrosplenial amnesia
: Insights from animal studies. Neuropsychologia, 48,
2328-2338. |
| |
ROSENBAUM, R.S., MURPHY, K.J. & RICH, J.B. (2011). The
amnesias. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews : Cognitive
Science, 3, 47-63. |
| |
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2011). Amygdala in
action : Relaying biological and social significance to
autobiographic memory. Neuropsychologia 49,
718-733. |
|
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2012). Amnesic
disorders. Lancet, 380 (9851), 1429-1440. |
| |
ROSE, N.S., OLSEN, R.K., CRAIK, F.I.M. & ROSENBAUM,
R.S. (2012). Working memory and amnesia : The role of
stimulus novelty. Neuropsychologia, 50, 11-18. [PDF]
|
| |
WINOCUR, G., SEKERES, M.J., BINNS, M.A. & MOSCOVITCH,
M. (2013). Hippocampal lesions produce both nongraded and
temporally graded retrograde amnesia in the same rat. Hippocampus,
23, 330-241. |
| |
CRAVER, C.F., KEVEN, N., KWAN, D., KURCZEK, J., DUFF, M.
& ROSENBAUM, R.S. (2016). Moral judgment in episodic
amnesia. Hippocampus, 26, 975-979. |
| |
ROSENBAUM, R.S., KWAN, D., FLODEN, D., LEVINE, B., STUSS,
D.T. & CRAVER, C.F. (2016). No evidence of risk-taking
or impulsive behaviour in episodic amnesia : Implications
for the role of the hippocampus in future-regarding
decision-making. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 69, 1606-1618. |
| |
RABIN, J.S., OLSEN, R.K., GILBOA, A., BUCHSBAUM, B. &
ROSENBAUM, R.S. (2016). Using fMRI to understand event
construction in developmental amnesia. Neuropsychologia,
90, 261-273. |
| |
D'ANGELO, M.C.. ROSENBAUM, R.S. & RYAN, J.D. (2016).
Semantic knowledge does not support relational inference
in developmental amnesia. Hippocampus, 26, 1291-1302. |
|
|
|
| |
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Oubli et
Mémoire |
| |
|
|
|
|
Amnésie antérograde : Trouble de la mémoire
qui se traduit par une incapacité d'acquérir de nouvelles connaissances,
consécutif à une blessure, à une maladie dégénérative du cerveau
ou à l'alcoolisme. Amnésie antérograde
et cas célèbre de
HM. Anterograde amnesia.
| |
|
|
WINOCUR, G. (1990). Anterograde and retrograde amnesia in
rats with dorsal hippocampal or dorosomedial thalamic
lesions. Behavioural Brain Research, 38, 145-154. |
|
WINOCUR, G., McDONALD, R.M. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (2001).
Anterograde and retrograde amnesia in rats with large
hippocampal lesions. Hippocamous, 11, 18–26. [PDF] |
|
GILBOA, A., WINOCUR, G., ROSENBAUM, R.S., POREH, A., GAO,
F., BLACK, S.E., WESTMACOTT R. & MOSCOVITCH M. (2006).
Hippocampal contributions to recollection in retrograde
and anterograde amnesia. Hippocampus, 16 (11),
966-980. |
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Amnésie |
|
|
Amnésie
collective : Expression qui désigne un événement qu'une
société toute entière a oublié (sauf ceux et celles qui évoquent
cet oubli, évidemment) ou feint d'oublier.
|
Amnésie
dissociative :
Dissociative
amnesia.
| |
|
|
STANILOIU, A. & MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (2014). Dissociative
amnesia. Lancet Psychiatry, 1 (3), 226-241. |
|
|
Voir aussi Amnésie |
|
|
Amnésie
feinte : Amnésie simulée.
Simulated amnesia.
| |
|
|
SCHACTER, D.L. (1986). On the relation between genuine and
simulated amnesia. Behavioral Sciences & the Law,
4, 47-64. |
|
SCHACTER, D.L. (1986). Amnesia and crime : how much do we
really know? American Psychology, 41, 286-295. |
|
BOURGET, D. & BRADFORD, J.M.W. (1995). Sex offenders
who claim amnesia for their alleged offence. Bulletin
of American Academy of Psychiatry the Law, 23, 299-307. |
|
CIMA, M., MERCKELBACH, H. & HOLLNACK, S. (2003).
Characteristics of psychiatric prison inmates who claim
amnesia. Personality & Individual Differences, 35,
373-380. |
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Amnésie |
|
|
Amnésie
infantile : Incapacité pour un individu de se souvenir
de son enfance (souvenir autobiographie de la mémoire épisodique)
entre la naissance et 2 deux ou trois ans.
Childhood amnesia, infantile amnesia.
| |
|
|
HENRI, V. & HENRI, C. (1895). On our earliest
recollections of childhood. American Journal of
Psychology, 7, 303-304. |
HAYNE, H. (2004). Infant memory development : Implications
for childhood amnesia. Developmental Review, 24, 33-73. |
|
WETZLER, S.E. & SWEENEY, J.A. (1986). Childhood
amnesia : An empirical demonstration. In D.C. Rubin (Ed.),
Autobiographical memory ( pp. 191-201). New York,
NY. : Cambridge University Press. |
CARVER, L.J. & BAUER, P.J. (2001). The dawning of a
past : The emergence of long-term explicit memory in
infancy. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 130, 726-745. |
|
FIVUSH, R. & HAMOND, N.R. (1990). Autobiographical
memory across the preschool years : Toward
reconceptualizing childhood amnesia. In R. Fivush &
J.A. Hudson (Eds.), Knowing and remembering in young
children (pp. 223-248). Cambridge, England :
Cambridge. University Press. |
STRANGE, D., WADE, K.A. & HAYNE, H. (2008). The dark
side of the moon : Childhood amnesia enhances
susceptibility to false memories. Memory, 16,
475-484. |
|
HOWE, M.L. & COURAGE, M.L. (1993). On resolving the
enigma of infantile amnesia. Psychological Bulletin,
113, 305-326. |
JACK, F. & HAYNE, H. (2010). Childhood amnesia :
Empirical evidence for a two-stage phenomenon. Memory,
18 (8), 831-844. |
|
USHER, J. & NEISSER, U. (1993). Childhood amnesia and
the beginnings of memory for four early life events.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 122 (2),
155-165. |
TUSTIN, K. & HAYNE, H. (2010). Defining the boundary :
Age-related changes in childhood amnesia. Developmental
Psychology, 46 (5), 1049-1061 |
|
FIVUSH, R., HADEN, C.A. & ADAM, S. (1995). Structure
and coherence of preschoolers' personal narratives over
time : Implications for childhood amnesia. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 60, 32-56. |
HAYNE, H. & JACK, F. (2011). Childhood amnesia. WIRE
Cognitive Science, 2 (2), 136-145. |
|
FIVUSH R. & SCHWARZMUELLER, A. (1999). Children
remember childhood : implications for childhood amnesia. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 12 (5), 455-473. |
JOSSELYN, S.A. & FRANKLAND, P.W. (2012). Infantile
amnesia : A neurogenic hypothesis. Learning &
Memory, 19, 423-433.
[PDF] |
|
WEST, T. & BAUER, P. (1999). Assumptions of infantile
amnesia : Are there differences between early and later
memories ? Memory, 7 (3), 257-278. |
PERRET, P. (2011). L'amnésie infantile : les perspectives
tirées de la psychologie développementale. Devenir,
23 (4). 379. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Amnésie |
|
|
Amnésie
rétrograde : Trouble de la
mémoire qui affecte les informations
stockées en mémoire, consécutif à une blessure ou une maladie
dégénérative du cerveau. Retrograde
amnesia.
| |
|
|
TULVING, E. (1969). Retrograde amnesia in free recall.
Science, 164, 88-90.
[PDF] |
MARKOWITSCH, H. J. (1996). Organic and psychogenic
retrograde amnesia : two sides of the same coin ? Neurocase,
2, 357-371. |
|
MILLER, R.R. & MISANIN, J.R. (1969). Critique of
electroconvulsive shock-induced retrograde amnesia :
Analysis of the familiarization effect. Communications
in Behavioral Biology, 4, 255-256. |
NADEL, L. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (1997). Consolidation,
retrograde amnesia and the hippocampal formation. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 7, 217-227. |
|
KAPP, B.S., GALLAGHER, M., HOLMQUIST, B.F. & THEALL,
C.A. (1978). Retrograde amnesia and hippocampal
stimulation : Dependence upon the nature of associations
formed during conditioning. Behavioral Biology, 24,
1-23. |
LEVINE, B., BLACK, S.E., CABEZA, R., SINDEN, M., MCINTOSH,
A.R., TOTH, J P., TULVING, E. & STUSS, D.T. (1998).
Episodic memory and the self in a case of isolated
retrograde amnesia. Brain, 121, 1951-1973. [PDF] |
|
WINOCUR, G. (1990). Anterograde and retrograde amnesia in
rats with dorsal hippocampal or dorosomedial thalamic
lesions. Behavioural Brain Research, 38, 145-154. |
WINOCUR, G., McDONALD, R.M. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (2001).
Anterograde and retrograde amnesia in rats with large
hippocampal lesions. Hippocamous, 11, 18–26. [PDF] |
|
BARR, W.B., GOLDBERG, E., WASSERSTEIN, J. & NOVELLY,
R.A. (1990). Retrograde amnesia following unilateral
temporal lobectomy. Neuropsychologia, 28 (3),
243-255. |
HANSON, G.R., BUNSEY, M.D. & RICCIO, D.C. (2002). The
effects of pretraining and reminder treatments on
retrograde amnesia in rats : Comparison of lesions to the
fornix or perirhinal and entorhinal cortices.
Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 78, 365-378. |
|
SQUIRE, L.R. & ALVAREZ, P. (1995). Retrograde amnesia
and memory consolidation : a neurobiological perspective.
Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 5, 169-177. |
RICCIO, D.C., MILLIN, P.M. & GISQUET-VERRIER, P.
(2003). Retrograde amnesia : Forgetting back. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 41-44. |
| |
WIXTED, J.T. (2004). On common ground : Jost's (1897) law
of forgetting and Ribot's (1881) law of retrograde
amnesia. Psychological Review, 111, 864-879. [PDF]
|
| |
WINOCUR, G. SEKERES, M.J., BINNS, M.A. & MOSCOVITCH,
M. (2013). Hippocampal lesions produce both nongraded and
temporally graded retrograde amnesia in the same rat. Hippocampus,
23 (5), 330-341. |
|
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Amnésie |
|
|
Amodio
David M. ( ) : Psychosociologue
et neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
neurogénétiques du racisme,
du biais de race
et des stéréotypes.
Collaborateur de Bartholow,
Devine et
Harmon-Jones.
|
AMODIO, D.M., HARMON-JONES, E. & DEVINE, P.G. (2003).
Individual differences in the activation and control of
affective race bias as assessed by startle eyeblink
responses and self-report. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 84, 738-753. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
AMODIO, D.M., DEVINE, P.G. (2006). Stereotyping and
evaluation in implicit race bias : Evidence for
independent constructs and unique implications for
behavior. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 91, 652-661. [PDF] |
|
AMODIO, D.M., DEVINE, P.G. & HARMON-JONES, E. (2007).
A dynamic model of guilt : Implications for motivation and
self-regulation in the context of prejudice. Psychological
Science, 18, 524-530. [PDF] |
|
AMODIO, D.M., DEVINE, P.G. & HARMON-JONES, E. (2008).
Neural signals for the detection of race bias :
Implications for individual differences in regulatory
ability. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 94, 60-74.
[PDF] |
|
AMODIO, D.M. (2010). Can neuroscience advance social
psychological theorey ? Social neuroscience for the
behavioral social psychologist. Social Cognition, 28
(6), 695-716. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Amorçage : Amorce
(positif et négatif) : Étape du traitement
de l'information qui se déroule dans la mémoire
implicite (non-consciente) et qui se traduit par une
augmentation de la précision
ou de la vitesse d'une prise
de décision (amorçage positif) ou d'une diminution de cette
précision ou de
cette vitesse (amorçage négatif) à la suite de l'exposition
préalable à un stimulus (amorce). EX: On décide
plus rapidement que le mot "chien" est un mammifère (traitement
par inclusion, chien étant un élément de la classe des mammifères)
si au préalable on a vu le mot chat (amorce). Priming,
priming effect.
| |
|
|
NEILL, W.T. (1978). Decision processes in selective
attention : Response priming in the Stroop color-word
task. Perception & Psychophysics, 23, 80-84.
|
|
|
TULVING, E., SCHACTER, D.L. & STARK, H.A. (1982).
Priming effects in word-fragment completion are
independent of recognition memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 8 (4), 336-342.
[PDF] |
|
|
FLEXSER, A.J. & TULVING, E. (1982). Priming and
recognition failure. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 21, 237-248.
[PDF] |
KRAMER, A.F. & STRAYER, D.L. (2001). Influence of
stimulus repe- tition on negative priming. Psychology
& Aging, 16, 580-587. |
|
CERMAK, L.S., TALBOT, N., CHANDLER, K. & WOLBARST,
L.R. (1985). The perceptual priming phenomenon in amnesia.
Neuropsychologia, 23 (5), 615-622. |
TIPPER, S.P. (2001). Does negative priming reflect
inhibitory mechanisms ? A review and integration of
conflicting views. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 54A (2), 321-343. [PDF] |
|
TULVING, E., SCHACTER, D.L., MCLACHLAN, D.R. &
MOSCOVITCH, M. (1988). Priming of semantic
autobiographical knowledge : A case study of retrograde
amnesia. Brain & Cognition, 8, 2-20.
[PDF] |
GAMBOZ, N., RUSSO, R. & FOX, E. (2002). Age
differences and the identity negative priming effect : An
updated meta-analysis. Psychology & Aging, 17,
525-530. |
|
NEILL, W.T., VALDES, L.A., TERRY, K.M. & GORFEIN, D.S.
(1992). Persistence of negative priming : II. Evidence for
episodic trace retrieval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18, 993-1000. |
GRISON, S. & STAYER, D.L. (2002). Negative priming and
perceptual fluency : More than what meets the eye. Perception
& Psychophysics, 63, 1063-1071. |
|
NEILL, W.T. & VALDES, LA. (1992). Persistence of
negative priming : Steady state or decay ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 18, 565-576. |
PECHER, D., ZEELENBERG, R. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.
(2002). Associative priming in a masked perceptual
identification task : Evidence for automatic processes. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 55A, 1157-1173.
[PDF] |
|
DRIVER, J. & BAYLIS, G.C. (1993). Cross-modal negative
priming and interference in selective attention. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 31, 45-48. |
NEILL, W.T. & JOORDENS, S. (2002). Negative priming
and stimulus repetitions : A reply to Grison and Strayer
(2001). Perception & Psychophysics, 64,
855-860. |
|
NEILL, W.T., TERRY, K.M. & VALDES, L.A. (1994).
Negative priming without probe selection. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 1, 119-121. |
MACLEOD, C.M., CHIAPPE, D.L. & FOX, E. (2002). The
crucial roles of stimulus matching and stimulus identity
in negative priming. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 9 (3), 521-528. [PDF] |
|
PARK, J. & KANWISHER, N. (1994). Negative priming for
spatial locations : Identity mismatching, not distractor
inhibition. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 20, 613-623. |
BUCHNER, A., ZABAL, A. & MAYR, S. (2003). Auditory,
visual, and cross-modal negative priming. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 10, 917-923. |
|
STRAYER, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & ALBERT, R.W. (1994).
Negative priming and stimulus repetition : A reply to
Neill and Joordens (2002). Perception &
Psychophysics, 64 (5), 861-865. [PDF] |
CHAO, H.F. & YEH, Y.Y. (2004). Distractors of low
activation can produce negative priming. Memory &
Cognition, 32, 979-989. |
|
MAY, C.P., KANE, M.J. & HASHER, L. (1995).
Determinants of negative priming. Psychological
Bulletin, 118, 35-54. |
BUCHNER, A. & MAYR, S. (2004). Auditory negative
priming in younger and older adults. Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Experimental
Psychology, 57A, 769-787. |
|
FOX, E. (1995). Negative priming from ignored distractors
in visual selection : A review. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 2, 145-173. |
MONDOR, T.A., LEBOE, J.P. & LEBOE, L.C. (2005). The
role of selection in generating auditory negative priming.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12, 289-294. |
|
BANKS, W.P., ROBERTS, D. & CIRANNI, M. (1995).
Negative priming in auditory attention. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 21, 1354-1361. |
AARTS, H., CUSTERS, R. & WEGNER, D.M. (2005). On the
inference of personal authorship : Enhancing experienced
agency by priming effect information. Consciousness
& Cognition, 14, 439-458. |
|
CHIAPPE, D.L. & MacLEOD, C.M. (1995). Negative priming
is not task bound : A consistent pattern across naming and
categorization tasks (PDF). Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 2 (3), 364-369. [PDF] |
ZABAL, A. & BUCHNER, A. (2006). Normal auditory
negative priming in schizophrenic patients. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 59, 1224-1236. |
|
| |
WAGENMAKERS, E.J.M. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2006).
Long-term priming of neighbors biases the word recognition
process : Evidence from a lexical decision task. Canadian
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 60, 275-284. [PDF] |
|
MILLIKEN, B. & JOORDENS, S. (1996). Negative priming
without overt prime selection. Canadian Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 50, 333-346. |
JONAS, K.J. & SASSENBERG, K. (2006). Knowing how to
react : Automatic response priming from social categories.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 709-721. |
|
KANE, M.J., MAY, C.P., HASHER, L., RAHHAL, T. &
STOLTZFUS, E.R. (1997). Dual mechanisms of negative
priming. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 23, 632-650. [PDF] |
GIBBONS, H., RANSAYER, T.H. & STAHL, J. (2006).
Multiple sources of positive- and negative-priming effects
: An event-related potential study. Memory &
Cognition, 34, 172-186. |
|
NEILL, W.T. (1997). Episodic retrieval in negative priming
and repetition priming. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 23, 1291-3105. |
FRINGS C. & WENTURA, D. (2006). Strategy effects
counteract distractor inhibition : Negative priming with
constantly absent probe distractors. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 32, 854-864. |
|
FOX, E. & de FOCKERT, J.W. (1998). Negative priming
depends on prime-probe similarity : Evidence for episodic
retrieval. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 5,
107-113. |
MAYR, S. & BUCHNER, A. (2007). Negative priming as a
memory phenomenon : A review of 20 years of negative
priming research. Journal of Psychology, 215 (1),
35-51.
[PDF] |
| |
BRY, C., FOLLENFANT, A. & MEYER, T. (2008). Blonde
like me : When self-construals moderate stereotype priming
effects on intellectual performance. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 751-757. |
|
NEILL, W.T. & MATHISE, K.M. (1998).
Transfer-inappropriate processing : Negative priming and
related phenomena. In D. L. Medin (Ed.), The
psychology of learning and motivation : Advances in
research and theory (Vol. 38, pp. 1-44). San Diego
: Academic Press |
MAYR, S., HAUKE, R. & BUCHNER, A. (2009). No evidence
for a cue mismatch in negative priming. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62 (4),
645-652. [PDF] |
|
PECHER, D., ZEELENBERG, R. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.
(1998). Does pizza prime coin ? Perceptual priming in
lexical decision and pronunciation. Journal of Memory
& Language, 38, 401-418. [PDF] |
DENNIS, I., CARDER, H. & PERFECT, T.J. (2010). Sizing
up the associative account of repetition priming. Psychological
Research, 74 (1), 35-49. |
|
VERHAEGHEN, P. & DE MEERSMAN, L. (1998). Aging and the
negative priming effect : A meta-analysis. Psychology
& Aging, 13, 435-444. |
DENNIS, I. & PERFECT, T.J. (2010). Do stimulus-action
associations contribute to repetition priming ? Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition 39 (1), 85-95. |
|
ZEELENBERG, R., SHIFFRIN, R.M. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.
(1999). Priming in a free association task as a function
of association directionality. Memory & Cognition,
27, 956-961. [PDF] |
SPAAN, P.E.J. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2011). Priming
effects from young-old to very old age on a word-stem
completion task : Minimizing explicit contamination. Aging,
Neuropsychology, & Cognition, 18, 86-107.
[PDF] |
|
MILLIKEN, B., LUPIANEZ, J., DEBNER, J. & ABELLO, B.
(1999). Automatic and controlled processing in Stroop
negative priming : The role of attentional set.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 25, 1384-1402. |
SCHRÖDER, T. & THAGARD, P. (2013). The affective
meanings of automatic social behaviors : Three mechanisms
that explain priming. Psychological Review, 120, 255-280.
[PDF] |
|
PECHER, D., ZEELENBERG, R. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.
(1999). Automatic priming effects for new associations in
lexical decision and perceptual identification. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 52A, 593-614.
|
CESARIO, J. (2014). Priming, replication, and the hardest
science. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 9 (1),
40-48. [PDF] |
|
STRAYER, D.L. & GRISON, S. (1999). Negative identity
priming is contingent on stimulus repetition. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 25, 24-38. |
CESARIO, J. & JONAS, K.J. (2014). Replicability and
models of priming : What a resource computation framework
can tell us about expectations of replicability. Social
Cognition, 32, 124-136. [PDF] |
|
|
|
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition / La cognition :
Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Wiley,
John & Sons, Incorporated/Paris : Deboeck Université.
|
Voir Traitement
de l'information et Mémoire
implicite |
|
|
|
|
Amour
: Aimer : Sentiment
très agréable, voire exaltant, que l'on ressent à l'endroit d'une
personne, du même sexe ou non, peu importe l'âge. Individu très
renforçant, notamment sur le plan sexuel. Amour, Attirance
physique et
Paix. Love, love relationships.
| |
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1945). A study of human love relationships. The
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 15, 61-71. |
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1990). Love and work : An
attachment-theoretical perspective. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology 59, 270-280. |
| |
HALL, A.C., HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (2007).
Personal construct systems and love styles. Journal International
Journal of Personal Construct Psychology, 4, (2),
137-155. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1945). A study of the love emotions of American
college girls. International Journal of Sexology, 3,
15-21. |
HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (1992). Liking,
loving and relating. Pacific Grove, CA :
Brooks/Cole. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1947). Questionnaire versus interview method in
the study of human love relationships. American
Sociological Review, 12, 541-553. |
TZENG, O.C.S. (1992). Theories of love development,
maintenance, and dissolution : Octagonal cycle and
differential perspectives. Praeger. |
|
HITSCHMANN, E. (1952). Freud's conception of love.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33,
421-428. |
FISHER, H. (1992). Anatomy of love. New York :
Norton & Company. |
|
FROMM, E. (1956/68). The art of loving. New
York : Harper & Row. L'art d'aimer. Paris :
Epi. |
KIRKPATRICK, L.A. & SHAVER, P.R. (1992). An
attachment-theoretical approach to romantic love and
religious belief. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 18, 266-275. |
|
HARLOW, H. (1958). The nature of love. American
Psychologist, 13, 573-685. |
WILSON, T.D. & KRAFT, D. (1993). Why do i love thee ?
: Effects of repeated introspections about a dating
relationship on attitudes toward the relationship. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 19 (4), 409-418.
|
| |
DUNCOMBE, J. & MARSDEN, D. (1993). Love and intimacy :
The gender division of emotion and "emotion work". A
neglected aspect of sociological discussion of
heterosexual relationships. Sociology, 27 (2),
221-241. |
|
HARLOW, H.F. (1959). Love in infant monkeys.
Scientific American, 200 (6), 68-74. |
HATFIELD, E. & RAPSON, R.L. (1993). Love, sex, and
intimacy : Their psychology, biology, and history.
New York : Harper Collins. |
| |
NETO, F. (1994). Love styles among Portuguese students.
The Journal of Psychology, 128, 613-616. |
| |
LEVINE, R.V., SATO, S., HASHIMOTO, T. & VERMA, J.
(1995). Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26 (5), 554-571. |
| |
REEDER, H.M. (1996). The subjective experience of love
through adult life. International Journal of Aging
& Human Development, 43, 325-340. |
|
HARLOW, H. & SUOMI, S.J. (1970). The nature of love --
simplified. American Psychologist, 25, 161-168. |
DION, K.K. & DION, K.L. (1996). Cultural perspectives
on romantic love. Personal Relationships, 3,
5-17. |
|
RUBIN, Z. (1970). Measurement of romantic love. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 16, 265-273. |
HATFIELD, E. & RAPSON, R.L. (1996). Love and sex
: Cross-cultural perspectives. Needham Heights, MA
: Allyn & Bacon. |
|
PETTIT. P. (1997). Love and its place in moral discourse.
In R. Lamb (Ed.), Love analyzed (pp.
153-163). Boulder, Westview Press.
[PDF] |
| |
REGAN, P.C. (1998). Of lust and love : Beliefs about the
role of sexual desire in romantic relationship. Personal
Relationships, 5, 139-157. |
|
| |
MEEKS, B.S., HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (1998).
Communication, Love and Relationship Satisfaction. Journal
of Social and Personal Relationships, 15 (6),
755-773 |
| |
HENDRICK, C., HENDRICK, S.S. & DICKE, A. (1998). The
Love Attitudes Scale : Short form. Journal of Social
& Personal Relationships, 15, 147-159. |
| |
BARTELS, A. & ZEKI, S. (2000). The neural basis of
romantic love. Neuroreport, 11 (17), 829-834.
[PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, E. (1971). Passionate love. In B.I. Murstein
(Ed.), Theories of attraction and love (pp.
85-99). New York : Springer Press. |
NETO, F. (2001). Love styles of three generations of
women. Marriage & Family Review, 33 (4),
19-30. |
|
DRISCOLL, R.H., DAVIS, K.E. & LIPETZ, M.E. (1972).
Parental interference and romantic love : The Romeo and
Juliet effect. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 24, 1-10. |
HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (2002). Linking romantic
love with sex : Development of the Percep- tions of Love
and Sex Scale. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 19, 361-378. |
|
WALSTER, E., WALSTER, G.W., PILIAVIN, J.A. & SCHMIDT,
L. (1973). Playing hard-to-get : understanding an elusive
phenomenon. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 26, 113-121. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2003). What does sexual orientation orient
? A biobehavioral model distinguishing romantic love and
sexual desire. Psychological Review, 110,
173-192. [PDF] |
|
RUBIN, Z. (1973). Liking and loving : An invitation
to social psychology. Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2004). Emerging perspectives on
distinctions between romantic love and sexual desire. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 116-119. [PDF] |
|
LEE, J.A. (1973). The colors of love : An exploration
of the ways of loving. Don Mills, Ontario : New
Press. |
BARTELS A. & ZEKI, S. (2004). The neural correlates of
maternal and romantic love. Neuroimage, 21,
1155-1166. [PDF] |
|
BERSCHEID, E. & WALSTER, E. (1974). A little bit about
love. in T.L. Huston (Ed.), Foundations of
interpersonal attraction. New York : Academic
Press. |
FISHER, H.E. (2004). Why we love : The nature and
chemistry of romantic love. Henry Holt and Co. |
|
MONEY, J. (1976). Sex, love, and commitment. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 2 (4), 273-276. |
NETO, F. (2005). The satisfaction with Love Life Scale. Measurement
& Evaluation in Counseling & Development, 38,
2-13. |
|
HALL, J.A. & TAYLOR, S.E. (1976). When love is blind :
Maintaining idealized images of one's spouse. Human
Relations, 29, 751-61 |
SPRECHER, S. & FEHR, B. (2005). Compassionate love for
close others and humanity. Journal of Social &
Personal Relationships, 22, 629-651. |
|
GRUNEBAUM, H. (1976). Thoughts on love, sex, and
commitment. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 2
(4), 277-283. |
FISHER, H.E., ARON, A. & BROWN, L.J. (2006). Romantic
love : A mammalian brain system for mate choice. Philosphical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Bioloical Science,
361, 2173-2186. [PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, E. & WALSTER, G.W. (1978). A new look
at love. Lanham, MD : University Press of America. |
SCOLLON, C.N. & DIENER, E. (2006). Love, work, and
changes in extraversion and neuroticism over time.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 91
(6), 1152-1165. |
|
SMELSER, N.J. & ERIKSON, E.H. (Eds.) (1980).
Themes of work and love in adulthood. Cambridge, MA
: Harvard University Press. |
BERNSTEIN, J.W. (2006). Love, desire, jouissance : Two out
of three ain’t bad. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 16, 711-724. |
|
HENDRICK, C., HENDRICK, S.S., FOOTE, F.H. &
SLAPION-FOOTE, M.J. (1984). Do men and women love
differently ? Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 1 (2), 177-195. |
NETO, F. & PINTO, M.C. (2007). Love styles : A
cross-cultural study of British, Indian, and Portuguese
college students. Journal of Comparative Family
Studies, 38, 239-254. |
|
AVERILL, J.R. (1985). The social construction of emotion :
With special reference to love. In K. Gergen & K.
Davis (Eds.), The social construction of the person (pp.
89-109). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
HATFIELD, E., SINGELIS, T., LEVINE, T., BACHMAN, G., MUTO,
K. & CHOO, P. (2007). Love schemas, preferences in
romantic partners, and reactions to commitment. Interpersona
: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Personal
Relationships, 1 (1), 1-24. |
|
ADLER, N.L., HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (1986).
Male sexual preference and attitudes toward love and
sexuality. Journal of Sex Education & Therapy,
12, (2), 27-30. |
STANBURY, A. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2007). Obsessive love
as an addiction. Psychology Review, 12 (3), 2-4. |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (1986). A triangular theory of love.
Psychological Review, 93, 119-135. |
HATFIELD, E., RAPSON, R.L. & MARTEL, L.D. (2007).
Passionate love and sexual desire. In S. Kitayama & D.
Cohen (Eds.), Handbook of cultural psychology
(pp. 760-779). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
WEISS, D.L., SLOSNERICK, M., CATE, R, & SOLLIE, D. L.
(1986). A survey instrument for assessing the cognitive
association of sex, love, and marriage. The Journal of
Sex Research, 22, 206-220. |
KNOX, J. (2007). The fear of love : The denial of self in
relationship. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 52,
543-563. [PDF] |
|
| |
ZEKI, S.M. (2007). The neurobiology of love. FEBS
Letters, 581 (14), 2575-2579. |
|
YOVELL, Y. (2008). Is there a drive to love ? Neuropsychoanalysis,
10, 117–144.
|
| |
VICEDO, M. (2009). Mothers, machines, and morals : Harry
Harlow's work on primate love from lab to legend. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 45, 193–218. |
|
HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (1986). A theory and
method of love. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 50, 392-402. |
FISETTE, D. (2009). Love and hate : Brentano and Stumpf on
emotions and sense feelings. Gestalt Theory, 29 (1),
115-127. [PDF] |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (1987). Liking versus loving : A
comparative evaluation of theories. Psychological
Bulletin, 102, 331-345. |
ACEVDO, B.P. & ARON, A. (2009). Does a long-term
relationship kill romantic love ? Review of General
Psychology, 13, 59-65. [PDF] |
| |
VICEDO, M. (2010). The evolution of Harry Harlow : from
the nature to the nurture of love. History of
Psychiatry, 21 (2), 1–16. |
|
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P. (1987). Romantic love
conceptualized as a attachment process. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 511-524. |
BRAXTON-DAVIS, P. (2010).The social psychology of love an
attraction. McNair Scholars Journal, 14 (1),
6-10. [PDF]
|
|
BERSHEID, E. (1988). Some comments on love's anatomy : Or
whatever happened to old-fashioned lust ? In R.J.
Sternberg & M.L. Barnes (Eds.), The psychology of
love (pp. 359-374). New Haven, CT : Yale University
Press. |
ROSE, S.M. & EATON, A.A. (2012). Lesbian love, sex,
and relationships. In D. Castaneda & M. Paludi (Eds.),
An essential handbook of women's sexuality :
Diversity, health and violence. New York :
Praeger. [PDF] |
|
HENDRICK, S.S., HENDRICK, C. & ADLER, N.L. (1988).
Romantic relationships : Love, satisfaction, and staying
together. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 54, 980-988. |
DIAMOND, L.M. & DICKENSON, J. (2012). The neuroimaging
of love and desire : Review and future directions. Clinical
Neuropsychiatry, 9, 39-46. [PDF] |
|
HENDRICK, C. & HENDRICK, S.S. (1989). Research on love
: Does it measure up ? Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 56 (5), 784-794. |
NETO, F. (2012). Perceptions of love and sex across the
adult life span. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 29 (6) 760-775. [PDF] |
| |
LI, Y.L., LI, J., CHAN, D.K.S. & ZHANG, B. (2016).
When love meets money : Priming the possession of money
influences mating strategies. Frontiers in
Psychology, 7 (387), 1-9. [PDF] |
| |
DA COSTA, A.L., KIM, H.S., SOPHIA, E.C., SANCHES, C.,
ZILBERMAN, M.L. & TAVARES, H. (2018). Pathological
love and pathological jealousy : Apples to apples or
apples to oranges ? Psychiatry Research, 259, 572-570. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Courtiser,
Attirance
physique et Sentiment |
|
|
Amour
maternel : Par opposotion à l'amour charnel, qui
valorise d'abord et avant le désir sexuel, l'amour romantique se
fonde sut l'attachement
entre l'enfant et la mère (ou son substitut).
Maternal love.
| |
|
|
NORIUCHI, M., KIKUCHI, Y. & SENOO, Y. (2008). The
functional neuroanatomy of maternal love : mother's
response to infant's attachment behaviors. Biological
Psychiatry, 63, 415-423. |
|
KIKUCHI, Y. & NORIUCHI, M. (2015). The neuroscience of
maternal love. Neuroscience Communications, 1, 1-6.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Attachement |
|
|
|
Amour
romantique : Forme d'amour.
Romantic love.
| |
|
|
RUBIN, Z. (1970). Measurement of romantic love. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 16, 265-273. |
|
KIRKPATRICK, L.A. & SHAVER, P.R. (1992). An
attachment-theoretical approach to romantic love and
religious belief. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 18, 266-275. |
|
DION, K.K. & DION, K.L. (1996). Cultural perspectives
on romantic love. Personal Relationships, 3,
5-17. |
|
REGAN, P.C. (1998). Of lust and love : Beliefs about the
role of sexual desire in romantic relationship. Personal
Relationships, 5, 139-157. |
|
BARTELS A. & ZEKI, S. (2004). The neural correlates of
maternal and romantic love. Neuroimage, 21,
1155-1166. [PDF] |
|
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2007). Becoming what we love :
autogynephilic transsexualism conceptualized as an
expression of romantic love. Perspectives in Biology
& Medicine, 50 (4), 506-520. [PDF] |
|
ACEVDO, B.P. & ARON, A. (2009). Does a long-term
relationship kill romantic love ? Review of General
Psychology, 13,59-65. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Amour et
Attachement |
|
|
|
Amphétamine : Drogues de
la famille des stimulants.
Il s'agit de subsances psychoactives qui ont pour effet de
stimuler le système nerveux
central. Ces drogues diminuent la fatigue,
accentuent l'éveil et
peuvent entraîner une perte
de poids. Amphétamine et dépendance aux drogues.
( ): ice,
glass, crystal.
Amphetamine.
| |
|
|
AXELROD, J. (1955). The enzymatic deamination of
amphetamine (Benzedrine). Journal of Biological
Chemistry, 214, 753-763. |
URBAIN, C., POLING, A., MILLAM, J. & THOMPSON, T.
(1978). d-Amphetamine and fixed-interval performance :
Effects of operant history. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 29 (3),
385-392. [PDF] |
|
DEWS, P.B. (1958). Studies on behavior. IV. Stimulant
actions of methamphetamine. Journal of Pharmacology
& Experimental Therapeutics, 122 (1) 137-147. |
BENINGER, R.J., HANSON, D.R. & PHILLIPS, A.G. (1981).
The acquisition of responding with conditioned
reinforcement : Effect of cocaïne +- amphetamine and
pipraradrol. British Journal of Pharmacology, 74,
149-154. [PDF] |
| |
ROBINSON, T.E., BECKER, J.B. & PRESTY, S.K. (1982).
Long-term facilitation of amphetamine-induced rotational
behavior and striatal dopamine release produced by a
single exposure to amphetamine : sex differences. Brain
Research, 253, 231-241. |
|
GELLER, I. & SEIFTER, J. (1960). The effects of
meprobamate, barbiturates, d-amphetamine and promazine on
experimentally induced conflict in the rat. Psycho-pharmacologia,
1, 482-492. |
GALBICKA, G., FOWLER, K.P. & RITCH, Z.J. (1991).
Control over response number by a targeted percentile
schedule : reinforcement loss and the acute effects of
d-amphetamine. Journal of Experimental of Analysis
Behavior, 56 (2), 205-215. [PDF] |
|
LATIES, V.G. & WEISS, B. (1962). Enhacement of human
performance by caffeine ant the amphetamines. Pharmacological
Review, 14, 1-36 |
ARAKAWA, O. (1994). Effects of methamphetamine and
methylphenidate on single and paired rat open : field
behaviors. Physiology & Behavior, 55,
441-446. |
|
ZUCKER, I. & MILNER, P.M. (1964). The effect of
amphetamine on established hoarding in the rat. Psychonomic
Science, 1, 367. |
MOOK, D.M. & NEURINGER, A. (1994). Different effects
of amphetamine on reinforced variations versus repetitions
in Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats (SHR). Physiology
& Behavior, 56, 939-944. |
|
STEIN, L. (1964). Self-stimulation of the brain and the
central stimulant action of amphetamine. Federal
Proceedings, 23, 836-850. |
BELKE, T.W. & NEUBAUER, J.A. (1997). Matching law
analysis of the effect of amphetamine on responding
reinforced by the opportunity to run. Psychological
Record, 47, 483-498. |
|
SMITH, C.B. (1964). Effects of d-amphetamine upon operant
behavior of pigeons : Enhancement by reserpine. Journal
of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 146,
167-174. |
KOLB, B., GORNY, G., LI, Y., SAMAHA, A-N. & ROBINSON,
T.E. (2003). Amphetamine or cocaine limits the ability of
later experience to promote structural plasticity in the
neocortex and nucleus accumbens. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences (USA), 100,
10523-10528. [PDF]
|
|
CLARK, F.C. & STEELE, B.J. (1966). Effects of
d-amphetamine on performance under a multiple schedule in
the rat. Psychopharmacologia, 9, 157-159. |
MEREDITH, C.W., JAFFE C., ANG-LEE K. & SAXON A.J.
(2005). Implications of chronic methamphetamine use : a
literature review. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 13,
141-154. |
|
|
MARRIOTT, A.S. (1968). The effects of amphetamine,
caffeine and methylphenidate on the locomotor activity of
rats in an unfamiliar environment. International
Journal of Neuropharmacology, 7, 487-491. |
HE, J., XU, H., YANG, Y., ZHANG, X. & LI, X.M. (2005).
Chronic administration of quetiapine alleviates the
anxiety-like behavioral changes induced by a neurotoxic
regimen of dl-amphetamine in rats. Behavioral Brain
Research, 160, 178-187. |
|
McMILLAN, D.E. (1969). Effects of d-amphetamine on
performance under several parameters of multiple FI- FR
performance. Journal of Pharmacology &
Experimental Therapeutics, 167, 26-33. |
|
|
CLARK, F.C. (1969). Effects of d-amphetamine on observing
behavior in the squirrel monkey. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (6),
977-987. [PDF] |
|
|
WEISS, B. (1970). Amphetamine and the temporal structure
of behavior. In E. Costa and S. Garattini (Eds.), Amphetamines
and related compounds; proceedings of the Mario Negri
Institute for Pharmacological Research Milan, Italy. New
York : Raven Press. |
ROLL, J.M., HUBER, A., SODANO, R., CHUDZYNSKI, J.,
MOYNIER, E. & SHOPTAW, S. (2006). A comparison of five
reinforcement schedules for use in contingency
management-based treatment of methamphetamine abuse. The
Psychological Record, 56, 67-81. [PDF] |
GILLIS, J. & DAVIS, K.E. (1973). The effects of
amphetamine and chloropromazine on complex thinking in
paranoid and nonparanoid schizophrenics. In D. Summers and
L. Rappaport (Eds.), Human judgment and social
interaction (pp. 170-184). New York : Holt,
Rinehart, and Winston.
|
|
|
HEFFNER, T.G., DRAWBAUGH, R.B. & ZIGMOND, M.J. (1974).
Amphetamine and operant behavior in rats : Relationship
between drug effect and control response rate. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological, 86, 1037-1039. |
ROLL, J.M. (2007). Contingency management : an
evidence-based component of methamphetamineuse disorder
treatments. Addiction, 102 (S1), 114-120. [PDF] |
|
ZENTALL, S.S. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1976). Amphetamine's
effects may be predictable. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 9, 188-189. |
McClURE, E.A., SAULSGIVER, K.A. & WYNNE C.D.L. (2009).
ABA chronic dosing of d-amphetamine produces differential
drug effects in two variants of a temporal discrimination
procedure in pigeons. Behavioural Pharmacology, 20,
705-719. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Drogues
et stimulant |
|
|
Amphibien : Classe de vertébrés tétrapodes.
Amphibia.
|
Ampleur
de l'effet : Voir
Effet. Effect size.
|
Amplitude
: Paramètre
d'un comportement,
d'une distibution ou d'une classe de données. Il s'agit de
l'étendue d'un phénomène
ou d'une classe de phénomènes. L'amplitude correspond à la
différence entre la borne supérieure et la borne inférieure d'un
phénomène ou d'une classe de phénomènes. EX:
L'amplitude d'une réponse dans un groupe où la réponse la moins
fréquente (borne inférieure) est deux et la réponse la plus
fréquente est 5 (borne supérieure) correspond à trois. =
étendue. Amplitude.
| |
|
|
BRAZA, F., BRAZA, P., MUNOZ, J.M. & CARRERAS, M.R.
(1997). The index of amplitude of behavior as a measuring
instrument of social ability in preschool children. Psicothema,
9 (2), 305-310. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Amsel
Abram (Montréal 1922-2006 Austin) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
d'origine québécoise. Il a proposé une théorie de la frustration.
Étudiant de Spence.
Collaborateur de Domjan et
Rashotte.
 |
AMSEL, A. & ROUSSEL, J. (1952). Motivational
properties of frustration : I. Effects on a running
response of the addition of frustration to the
motivational complex. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 43, 363-368. |
|
AMSEL, A. (1958). The role of frustrative nonreward in
noncontinuous reward situations. Psychological
Bulletin, 55, 102-119. |
|
AMSEL, A. (1962). Frustrative nonreward in partial
reinforcement and discrimination learning : Some recent
history and a theoretical extension. Psychological
Review, 69, 306-328. |
|
AMSEL, A. (1994). Précis of frustration theory : An
analysis of dispositional learning and memory. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 1, 280-296. |
|
AMSEL, A. & HU, D. (1992). A simple test of the
vicarious trial-and-error hypothesis of hippocampal
function. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences of the United States of America, 92 (12),
5506-5509. |
|
|
RASHOTTE, M.E. (20007). Abram Amsel (1922-2006) In
Memoriam. Learning & Behavior, 35 (1), 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
 |
|
|
ROSVOLD, H.E., MIRSKY, A.F. & RIBRAM, K.H. (1954).
Influence of amygdalectomy on social behavior in monkeys.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
47, 173-178. |
ANDERSON, A.K. & PHELPS, E.A. (2001). Lesions of the
human amygdala impair enhanced perception of emotionally
salient events. Nature, 411, 305-309. [PDF] |
|
MAGNUS, O. & LAMMERS, H.J. (1956). The amygdaloid
nuclear complex. Part I : Electrical stimulation of the
amygdala and periamygdaloid cortex in the waking cat. Folia
Psychiatrica, Neurologica et Neurochirurgica
Neerlandica, 55, 555-581. |
HUDRY, J., RYVLIN, P., ROYET, J.P. & MAUGUIERE, F.
(2001). Odorants elicit evoked potentials in the human
amygdala. Cerebral Cortex, 11, 619-627. |
|
FERNANDEZ DE MOLINA, A. & HUNSPERGER, R.W. (1959).
Central representation of affective reactions in forebrain
and brainstem : Electrica stimulation of amygdala, stria
terminalis, and adjacent structures. Journal of
Physiology, 145, 251-265. [PDF] |
THOMAS, K.M., DREVETS, W.C., DAHL, R.E., RYAN, N.D.,
BIRMAHER, B., ECCARD, C.H., AXELSON, D., WHALEN, P.J.
& CASEY, B.J. (2001). Amygdala response to fearful
faces in anxious and depressed children, Archives of
General Psychiatry, 58, 1057-1063. |
|
STEIN, L. & WISE, C.D. (1969). Release of
norepinephrine from hypothalamus and amygdala by rewarding
medial forebrain bundle stimulation and amphetamine.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
67, 189-198. |
DAVIS, M. & WHALEN, P.J. (2001). The amygdala :
Vigilance and emotion. Molecular Psychiatry, 6, 13-34. |
|
GALLAGHER, M., KAPP, B.S., MUSTY, R.E. & DRISCOLL,
P.A. (1977). Memory formation : Evidence for a specific
neurochemical system in the amygdala. Science, 198,
423-425. |
HOLLAND, P.C, CHIK, Y. & ZHANG, Q. (2001). Inhibitory
learning tests of conditioned stimulus associability in
rats with lesions of the amygdala central nucleus. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 115, 1154-1158. |
|
MISHKIN, M. (1978). Memory in monkeys severely impaired by
combined but not by separate removal of amygdala and
hippocampus. Nature, 273, 297-298. |
ANDERSON, A.K. & PHELPS, E.A. (2001). The human
amygdala supports affective modulatory influences on
visual awareness. Nature, 411, 305-309. |
|
GALLAGHER, M. & KAPP, B.S. (1978). Manipulation of
opiate activity in the amygdala alters memory processes. Life
Sciences, 23, 1973-1978. |
STEIN, M., GOLDIN, P., SARREN, J., ZORRILLA, L. &
BROWN, G. (2002). Increased amygdala activation to angry
and contemptuous faces in generalized social phobia. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 59 (11), 1027-1034. [PDF] |
|
MAHUT, H., MOSS, M. & ZOLA-MORGAN, S. (1981).
Retention deficits after combined amygdalo-hippocampal and
selective hippocampal resections in the monkey.
Neuropsychologia, 19 (2), 201-225. |
PHELPS, E.A., O'CONNOR, K.J., GATENBY, J.C., GORE, J.C.,
GRILLON, C. & DAVIS, M. (2001). Activation of the left
amygdala to a cognitive representation of fear. Nature
Neuroscience, 4, 437-441. [PDF] |
|
APPLEGATE, C.D., FRYSINGER, R.C., KAPP, B.S. &
GALLAGHER, M. (1982). Multiple unit activity recorded from
amygdala central nucleus during Pavlovian heart rate
conditioning in rabbit. Brain Research, 238,
457-462. |
LEDOUX, J.E. (2002). The emotional brain, fear, and the
amygdala. Cellular & Molecular Neurobiology, 23
(4/5), 727-738. [PDF] |
|
REYNOLDS, G.P. (1983). Increased concentrations and
lateral asymmetry of amygdala dopamine in schizophrenia.
Nature, 305, 527-529. |
|
|
LEDOUX, J.E., IWATA, J., CICHETTI, P. & REIS, D.J.
(1988). Different projections of the central amygdaloid
nucleus mediate autonomic and behavioral correlates of
conditioned fear. Journal of Neuroscience, 8,
2517-2529. |
ÖHMAN, A. (2002). Automaticity and the amygdala :
Nonconscious responses to emotional faces. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 62-66. |
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S.M., SQUIRE, L.R., AMARAL, D.G. &
SUZUKI, W. (1989). Lesions of perirhinal and
parahippocampal cortex that spare the amygdala and
hippocampal formation produce severe memory impairment. Journal
of Neuroscience, 9, 4355-4370. |
McGAUGH, J.L., McINTYRE, C.K. & POWER, A.E. (2002).
Amygdala modulation of memory consolidation : Interaction
with other brain systems. Neurobiology of Learning
& Memory, 78, 539-552. [PDF] |
|
|
GALLAGHER, M., GRAHAM, P.W. & HOLLAND, P.C. (1990).
The amygdala central nucleus and appetitive pavlovian
conditioning : lesions impair one class of conditioned
behavior. Journal of Neuroscience, 10, 1906-1911. |
ANDERSON, A.K. & PHELPS, E.A. (2002). Is the human
amygdala critical for the subjective experience of emotion
? Evidence of intact dispositional affect in patients with
amygdala lesions. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience,
14 (5), 709-720. [PDF] |
|
TRANEL, D. & HYMAN, B.T. (1990). Neuropsychological
correlates of bilateral amygdala damage. Archives of
Neurology, 47, 349-355. |
ROSENKRANZ, J.A. & GRACE, A.A. (2002).
Dopamine-mediated modulation of odour-evoked amygdala
potentials during pavlovian conditioning. Nature,
417, 282-287. [PDF] |
|
ADAMEC, R. (1990). Amygdala kindling and anxiety in the
rat. Neuroreport, 1, 255-258. |
HAMANN, S.B., ELY, T., HOFFMAN. J.M. & KILTS, C.
(2002). Ecstasy and agony : activation of the human
amygdala in positive and negative emotion. Psychological
Science, 13, 135-141. |
|
LEDOUX, J.E., CICHETTI, P., XAGORARIS, A. & ROMANSKI,
L.M. (1990). The lateral amygdaloid nucleus : Sen- sory
interface of the amygdala in fear conditioning. Journal
of Neuroscience, 10, 1062-1069. |
ROSENKRANZ, J.A., MOORE, H. & GRACE, A.A. (2003). The
prefrontal cortex regulates lateral amygdala neuronal
plasticity and responses to previously conditioned
stimuli. Journal of Neuroscience, 23, 11054-11064.
[PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E., FARB, C. & RUGGIERO, D.A. (1990).
Topographic organization of neurons in the acoustic
thalamus that project to the amygdala. Journal of
Neuroscience, 10 (4), 1043-1054. [PDF] |
GOTTFRIED, J.A., ODOHERTY, J. & DOLAN, R.J. (2003).
Encoding predictive reward value in human amygdala and
orbitofrontal cortex. Science, 301, 1104-1106. |
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R., ALVAREZ-ROYO, P. &
CLOWER, R.P. (1991). Independence of memory functions and
emotional behavior : Separate contributions of the
hippocampal formation and the amygdala. Hippocampus,
1 (2), 207-220. [PDF] |
HARIRI A.R., MATTAY, V.S., ESSITORE, A., FERA, F. &
WEINBERGER, D.R. (2003). Neocortical modulation of the
amygdala response to fearful stimuli. Biological
Psychiatry, 53, 494-501. |
|
INTROINI-COLLISON, I., MYAZAKI, B. & McGAUGH, J.
(1991). Involvement of the amygdala in the
memory-enhancing effects of denbuterol. Psychopharmacology,
104 (4), 541-544. |
LIBERZON, I., PHAN, K.L., DECKER, L.R. & TAYLOR, S.F.
(2003). Extended amygdala and emotional salience : A PET
activation study of positive and negative affect. Neuropsychopharmacology,
28, 726-733. |
|
HITCHCOCK, J.M. & DAVIS, M. (1991) Efferent pathway of
the amygdala involved in conditioned far as measured with
the fear-potentiated startle paradigm. Behavioural
Neuroscience, 105, 826-842. |
SANDER, D., GRAFMAN, J. & ZALLA, T. (2003). The human
Amygdala : The evolved system for relevance detection. Review
in Neurosciences, 14, 303-316. [PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E., FARB, C.R. & ROMANSKI, L.M. (1991).
Overlapping projections to the amygdala and striatum from
auditory processing areas of the thalamus and cortex. Neuroscience
Letters, 134 (1), 139-144. |
DOLAN, R.J. & VUILLEUMIER, P. (2003). Amygdala
automaticity in emotional processing. Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 985, 348-355 |
|
AGGLETON, J.P. (Ed.) (1992). The Amygdala :
Neurobiological aspects of emotion, memory and mental
dysfunction. New York : Wiley-Liss. |
RAUCH, S.L., SHIN, L.M. & WRIGHT, C.I. (2003).
Neuroimaging studies of amygdala function in anxiety
disorders. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 985, 389-410. |
|
| |
STEIN, M.B., GOLDIN, P.R., SAREEN, J., EYLER ZORILLA, L.T.
& BROWN, G.G. (2002). Increased amygdala activation to
angry and contemptuous faces in generalized social phobia.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 1027-1034. |
|
LEDOUX, J.E. (1992). Emotion and the amygdala. In J.P.
Aggleton (Ed.), The amygdala : Neurobiological
aspects of emotion, memory and mental dysfunction. New
York : Wiley-Liss. |
QUIRK, G.J. & GEHLERT, D.R. (2003). Inhibition of the
amygdala : Key to pathological states ? Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 985, 263-272. |
|
GLOOR, P. (1992). Amygdala and temporal lobe epilepsy. In
J.P. Aggleton (Ed.), The amygdala : Neurobiological
aspects of emotion, memory and mental dysfunction.
New York : Wiley-Liss. |
BARTON, R.A., AGGLETON, J.P. & GRENYER, R. (2003).
Evolutionary coherence of the mammalian amygdala.Proceedings
of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 270 (1514),
539-543. [PDF] |
|
EDELINE, J.M. & WEINBERGER, N.M. (1992). Associative
retuning in the thalamic source of input to the amygdala
and auditory cortex : receptive field plasticity in the
medial division of the medial geniculate body.
Behavioral Neuroscience, 106 (1), 81-105. |
SHIN, L.M., ORR, S.P., CARSON, M.A., RAUCH, S.L., MACKLIN,
M.L., LASKO, N.B., MARZOL PETERS, P., METZGER, L.J.,
DOUGHERTY, D.D., CANNISTRARO, P.A., ALPERT, N.M.,
FISCHMAN, A.J. & PITMAN, R.K. (2004). Regional
cerebral blood flow in amygdala and medial prefrontal
cortex during traumatic imagery in male and female Vietnam
veterans with PTSD. Archives of General Psychiatry,
61, 168-176. [PDF]
|
|
HALGREN, E. (1992). Emotional neurophysiology of the
amygdala within the context of human cognition. In P.
Aggleton (Ed.), The amygdala : Neurobiological
aspects of emotion, memory and mental dysfunction.
New York : Wiley-Liss. |
McGAUGH, J.L. (2004). The amygdala modulates the
consolidation of memories of emotionally arousing
experiences. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 27, 1-28. |
|
GAFFAN, D. (1992). Amygdala and the memory of reward. In
J. P. Aggleton (Ed.), The amygdala : Neurobiological
aspects of emotion, memory, and mental dysfunction
(pp. 471-483). Wiley-Liss. |
LEE, T. & KIM, J.J. (2004). Differential effects of
cerebellar, amygdalar, and hippocampal lesions on
classical eyeblink conditioning in rats. The Journal
of Neuroscience, 24 (13), 3242-3250. [PDF] |
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S.M., SQUIRE, L.R., CLOWER, R.P. &
REMPEL, N.L. (1993). Damage to the perirhinal cortex but
not the amygdala exacerbates memory impairment following
lesions to the hippocampal formation. Journal of
Neuroscience, 12, 2582-2596 |
HAMANN, S.B., HERMAN, R.A., NOLAN, C.L. & WALLEN, K.
(2004). A sex difference in amygdala response to visual
sexual stimuli. Nature Neuroscience, 7, 411-416. |
| |
WHALEN, P.J., KAGAN, J., COOK, R.G., DAVIS, F.C., KIM, H.,
POLIS, S., MCLAREN, D.G., SOMERVILLE, L.H., MCLEAN, A.A.,
MAXWELL, J.S. & JOHNSTONE, T. (2004). Human amygdala
responsivity to masked fearful eye whites. Science,
306, 2061. |
|
NAHM, F.K.D., TRANEL, D., DAMASIO, H. & DAMASIO, A.R.
(1993). Cross-modal associations and the human amygdala. Neuropsychologia
31, 727-744. |
McDANNALD, M., KERFOOT, E., GALLAGHER, M. & HOLLAND,
P.C. (2004). Amygdala central nucleus function is
necessary for learning but not expression of conditioned
visual orienting. European Journal of Neuroscience,
20, 240-248. [PDF] |
|
HOLLAND, P. & GALLAGHER, M. (1993). Amygdala central
nucleus lesions disrupt increments, but not decrements, in
CS processing. Behavioral Neuroscience, 107,
246-253. |
HOLLAND, P. & GALLAGHER, M. (2004). Amygdala frontal
interactions and reward expectancy. Current Opinions
in Neurobiology, 14, 148-155. |
|
AGGLETON, J.P. (1993). The contribution of the amygdala to
normal and abnormal emotional states. Trends in
Neurosciences, 16 (8), 328-333. [PDF] |
ADOLPHS, R. & TRANEL, D. (2004). Impaired judgments of
sadness but not happiness following bilateral amygdala
damage. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16,
453-462. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPHS, R., TRANEL, D., DAMASIO, H. & DAMASIO, A.
(1994). Impaired recognition of emotion in facial
expressions following bilateral damage to the human
amygdala. Nature, 372, 669-672. |
CARLSSON, K., PETERSON, K.M., LUNDQUIST, D., KARLSSON, A.,
INGVAR, M. & ÖHMAN, A. (2004). Fear and the amygdala :
Manipulation of awareness generates differential cerebral
responses to phobic and fear-relevant (but non feared)
stimuli. Emotion, 4, 340-353. |
|
GALLAGHER, M. & HOLLAND, P.C. (1994). The amygdala
complex : multiple roles in associative learning and
attention. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 91 (25), 11771-11776. |
KNIGHT, D.C., SMITH, C.N., CHENG, D.T., STEIN, E.A. &
HELMSTETTER, F.J. (2004). Amygdala and hippocampal
activity during acquisition and extinction of human fear
conditioning. Cognitive, Affective & Behaviorial
Neuroscience, 4 (3), 317-325. [PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E. (1994). The amygdala : contributions to fear
and stress. Seminars in Neuroscience, 6,
231-237. |
WANG, S.H., OSTLUND, S.B., NADER, K. & BALLEINE, B.W.
(2005). Consolidation and reconsolidation of incentive
learning in the amygdala. Journal of Neuroscience, 25
(4), 830-835. |
|
CAINE, S.B., HEINRICHS, S.C., COFFIN, V.L. & KOOB,
G.F. (1995). Effects of the dopamine D1 antagonist SCH
23390 microinjected into the accumbens, amygdala or
striatum on cocaine self-administration in the rat. Brain
Research, 692, 47–56. |
HAMANN, S. (2005). Sex differences in the responses of the
human amygdala. Neuroscientist, 11 (4), 288-293.
[PDF] |
|
MORRIS, J.S., FRITH, C.D., PERRETT, D.I., ROWLAND, D.,
YOUNG, A.W., CALDER, A.J. & DOLAN, R.J. (1996). A
differential neural response in the human amygdala to
fearful and happy facial expressions. Nature, 383
(6603), 812-815. |
GROSHEK, F., KEFOOT, E.C., McKENNA, V., POLACKWICH, A.S.,
GALLAGHER, M. & HOLLAND, P.C. (2005). Amygdala central
nucleus function is necessary for learning but not
expression of conditioned auditory orienting. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 119, 202-212. |
|
BECHARA, A., DAMASIO, H., DAMASIO, A.R. & LEE, G. P.
(1999). Different contributions of the human amygdala and
ventromedial prefrontal cortex to decision-making. Journal
of Neuroscience, 19 (3), 5473-5481. |
JASNOW, A.M., SHI, C., ISRAEL, J.E., DAVIS, M. &
HUHMAN, K. (2005). Memory of social defeat is facilitated
by cAMP response element-binding protein overexpression in
the amygdala. Behavioral Neuroscience, 119 (4),
1125–1130. |
|
McGAUGH, J.L. , CAHILL, L. & ROOZENDAAL, B. (2000).
Amygdala. Involvement of the amygdala in memory storage :
Interaction with other brain systems. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 93,
13508-13514. [PDF] |
ADOLPHS, R., GOSSELIN, F., BUCHANAN, T.W. & TRANEL,
D., SCHYNS, P. & DAMASIO, A.R. (2005). A mechanism for
impaired fear recognition after amygdala damage. Nature,
433, 22-23. |
|
MAREN, S. & FANSELOW, M.S. (1996). The amygdala and
fear conditioning : Has the nut been cracked ? Neuron,
16, 237-240. |
ADOLPHS, R., BUCHANAN, T.W. & TRANEL, D. (2005).
Amygdala damage impairs emotional memory gist but not
details of complex stimuli. Nature Neuroscience, 8
(4), 512-519. [PDF] |
|
MAJDISHAD, P., PELLI, D.G. & LEDOUX, J.E. (1996).
Disruption of fear conditioning to contextual stimuli but
not to a tone by lesions of the accessory basal nucleus of
the amygdala. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 22,
1116. |
ADOLPHS, R., BUCHANAN, T.W. & TRANEL, D. (2005).
Amygdala damage impairs emotional memory gist but not
details of complex stimuli. Nature Neuroscience, 8
(4), 512-519. [PDF] |
|
BREITER, H.C., BERKE, J., KENNEDY, W., ROSEN, B. &
HYMAN, S. (1996). Activation of striatum and amygdala
during reward conditioning : an fMRI study. Neuroimage,
3, S220. |
|
|
GALLAGHER, M. & CHIBA, A. (1996). The amygdala and
emotion. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 6,
221-227. |
PHELPS, E.A. & LEDOUX, J.E. (2005). Contributions of
the amygdala to review emotion processing : From animal
models to human behavior. Neuron, 48, 175-187. [PDF] |
|
GRAY, T.S. & BINGAMAN, E.W. (1996). The amygdala :
Corticotropin-releasing factor, steroids, and stress. Critical Reviews in Neurobiology, 10, 155-168. |
PESSOA, L., PADMALA, S. & MORLAND, T. (2005). Fate of
unattended fearful faces in the amygdala is determined by
both attentional resources and cognitive modulation. Neuroimage,
28 (1), 249-255 |
|
|
ZALD, D.H. & PARDO, J.V. (1997). Emotion, olfaction,
and the human amygdala : Aamygdala activation during
aversive olfactory stimulation. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences USA, 94 (8),
4119-4124. |
SHIN, L.M., RAUCH, S.L. & PITMAN, R.K. (2006).
Amygdala, medial prefrontal cortex, and hippocampal
function in PTSD. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 1071, 67-79. |
|
KÖTTER, R. & STEPHAN, K.E. (1997). Useless or helpful
? The "limbic system" concept. Reviews in the
Neurosciences, 8 (2), 139-145. [PDF] |
PATON, J., BELOVA, M.A., M0RISSON, S E. & SALMAN, C.D.
(2006). The primate amygdala represents the positive and
negative value of visual stimuli during learning. Nature,
439, 865-870. [PDF] |
|
McDONALD, A.J. (1998). Cortical pathways to the mammalian
amygdala. Progress in Neurobiology 55, 257-332. |
WRIGHT, P. & LIU, Y. (2006). Neutral faces activate
the amygdala during identity matching. Neuroimage, 29,
628–630. |
|
WHALEN, P.J. (1998). Fear, vigilance, and ambiguity :
Initial neuroimaging studies of the human amygdala. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 7 (6),
177-188. |
HOLLAND, P.C. & GALLAGHER, M. (2006). Different roles
for amygdala central nucleus and substantia innominata in
the surprise-induced enhancement of learning. Neuroscience,
26 (14), 3791-3797.
[PDF] |
|
BRYANT, R.A. & HARVEY, A.G. (1998). Relationship of
acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder
following mild traumatic brain injury. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 625-629. |
PHELPS, E.A. (2004). Human emotion and memory :
Interactions of the amygdala and hippocampal complex.
Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 14, 198–202. [PDF] |
|
PINEL J.P., KALYNCHUK, L.E. & TREIT, D. (1998).
Long-term amygdala kindling and defensive behavior in
rats. In V.M. Corcoran and S. Moshel (Eds.), Kindling
(pp. 349-360). New York : Plenum Press. |
COONEY, R.E., ATLAS, L.Y. JOORMANN, J., EUGÈNE, F. &
GOTLIB, I.H. (2006). Amygdala activation in the processing
of neutral faces in social anxiety disorder : Is neutral
really neutral ? Psychiatry Research : Neuroimaging,
148, 55-59. [PDF] |
|
SWANSON, L.W. & PETROVICH, G.D. (1998). What is the
amygdala ? Trends in Neurosciences, 21, 323-331.
|
RAMEL, W., GOLDIN, P.R., EYLER, L.T., BROWN, G.G., GOTLIB,
I.H. & MCQUAID, J.R. (2007). Amygdala reactivity and
mood-congruent memory in individuals at risk for
depressive relapse. Biological Psychiatry, 61, 231-239.
[PDF] |
|
MURRAY, E.A. & MISHKIN, M. (1998). Object recognition
and location memory in monkeys with excitotoxic lesions of
the amygdala and hippocampus. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 18 (16), 6568-6582. [PDF] |
VERMETTEN, E., SCHMAHL, C., LINDER, S., LOEWENSTEIN, R.J.
& REMMER, J.D. (2006). Hippocampal and amygdalar
volumes in dissociative identity disorder. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (4), 630-636. [PDF] |
|
McDONALD, A.J. (1998). Cortical pathways to the mam-
malian amygdala. Progress in Neurobiology, 55,
257-332. |
ETKIN, A., EGNER, T., PERAZA, D.M., KANDEL, E.R. &
HIRSCH, J. (2006). Resolving emotional conflict : A role
for the rostral anterior cingulate cortex in modulating
activity in the amygdala. Neuron, 51, 871-882. |
|
MORRIS, J.S., ÖHMAN, A. & DOLAN, R.J. (1998).
Conscious and unconscious emotional learning in the
amygdala. Nature, 393, 467-470. [PDF] |
LEDOUX, J.E. (2007). The amygdala. Current Biology,
17 (20), 868-874. [PDF] |
|
| |
BARRETT, L.F. BLISS-MOREAU, E., DUNCAN, S.L., RAUCH, S.L.
& WRIGHT, C.I. (2007). The amygdala and the experience
of affect. Social, Cognitive, & Affective
Neuroscience, 2, 73-83. |
|
WHALEN, P.J., SHIN, L.M., McINERNEY, S.C. & RAUCH,
S.L. (1998). Greater fMRI activation to fearful vs angry
facial expression in the amygdaloid region.
Neuroscience Abstracts, 24, 692. |
MECK, W.H. & MacDONALD, C.J. (2007). Amygdala
inactivation reverses fear’s ability to impair divided
attention and make time stand still. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 121, 707-720. |
|
MAREN, S., ANAGNOSTARAS, S.G. & FANSELOW, M.S. (1998).
The startled seahorse : Is the hippocampus necessary for
contextual fear conditioning ? Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 2, 39-41. |
BERNTSON, G.G., BECHARA, A., DAMASIO, H., TRANEL, D. &
CACIOPPO, J.T. (2007). Amygdala contribution to selective
dimensions of emotion. Social Cognitive &
Affective Neuroscience, 2, 123-129. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPHS, R., TRANEL, D. & DAMASIO, A.R. (1998). The
human amygdala in social judgment. Nature, 393
(4), 470-474. [PDF] |
YOO, S.S., GUJAR, N., HU, P., JOLESZ, F.A. & WALKER,
M.P. (2007). The human emotional brain without sleep : A
prefrontal amygdala disconnect. Current Biology, 17,
877-878. [PDF] |
|
LABAR, K.S., GATENBY, J.C., GORE, J.C., LEDOUX, J.E. &
PHELPS, E.A. (1998). Human amygdala activation during
conditioned fear acquisition and extinction : A
mixed-trial fMRI study. Neuron, 20, 937-945. |
TODOROV, A. & ENGELL, A. (2008). The role of the
amygdala in implicit evaluation of emotionally neutral
faces. Social, Cognitive & Affective
Neuroscience, 3, 303-312. |
|
MORRIS J.S., FRISTON K.J., BÜCHEL C., YOUNG A.W., CALDER
A.J. & DOLAN R.J. (1998). A neuromodulatory role for
the human amygdala in processing emotional facial
expressions. Brain, 121, 47-57. |
WADDELL, J., BANGASSER, D.A. & SHORS, T.J. (2008).
Inactivation of the amygdala at the time of stress
exposure blocks the subsequent facilitation of Pavlovian
conditioning in males, and disrupted conditioning in
females. Journal of Neuroscience, 28, 5290-5294. |
|
HOLLAND, P. & GALLAGHER, M. (1999). Amygdala circuitry
inattentional and representational processes. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 3, 65-73. |
LEE, H.J., YOUN, J.M., HOLLAND, P. & GALLAGHER, M.
(2008). Temporally limited role of substantia
nigra-central amygdala connections in surprise-induced
enhancement of learning. European Journal of
Neuroscience, 27, 3043-3049. [PDF] |
|
HAMANN, S.B., ELY, T., GRAFTON, S. & KILTS, C. (1999).
Amygdala activity related to enhanced memory for pleasant
and aversive stimuli. Nature Neuroscience, 2,
289-293. |
BRYANT, R.A. (2008). Enhanced amygdala and medial
prefrontal activation during nonconscious processing of
fear in posttraumatic stress disorder : An fMRI study. Human
Brain Mapping, 29, 517-523. |
|
GALLAGHER, M. & SCHOENBAUM, G. (1999). Functions of
the amygdala and related forebrain areas in attention and
cognition. Annals of the New York Academy of Science,
877, 397-411. |
KELLER, J., SHEN, L., GOMEZ, R.G., GARRETT, A., SOLVASON,
B., REISS, A. & SCHSTZBERG, A.F. (2008). Hippocampal
and amygdalar volumes in psychotic and nonpsychotic
unipolar depression. American Journal of Psychiatry,
165 (7), 872-880. [PDF] |
|
TOTTENHAM, N. & SHERIDAN, M.A. (2009). A review of
adversity, the amygdala and the hippocampus : a
consideration of developmental timing. Frontiers in
Human Neurosciene, 3 [68], 1-18. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, J.S., ÖHMAN, A. & DOLAN, R.J. (1999). A
subcortical pathway to the right amygdala mediating
"unseen" fear. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, USA, 96, 1680-1685. |
KENNEDY, P., GLÄSHER, J., TYSZKA, J.M. & ADOLPHS, R.
(2009). Personal space regulation by the human amygdala. Nature
Neuroscience, 12 (10), 1226-1227. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPHS, R., TRANEL, D. & DAMASIO, A.R. (1999). A role
for the human amygdala in recognizing emotional arousal
from unpleasant stimuli. Psychological Science, 10, 167-171. |
CARLSTON, J.M., REINKE, K.S. & HABIB, R. (2009). A
left amygdala mediated network for rapid orienting to
masked fearful faces. Neuropsychologia, 47, 1386-1389. |
|
KOOB, G.F. (1999). The role of the striatopallidal and
extended amygdala systems in drug addiction. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 877,445-460 |
YOSHIDA, T., McCARLEY, R.W., NAKAMURA, M., LEE, K., KOO,
M.-S., BOUIX, S., SALISBURY, D.F., MORRA, L., SHENTON,
M.E. & NIZNIKIEWICZ, M.A. (2009). A prospective
longitudinal volumetric MRI study of superior temporal
gyrus gray matter and amygdala-hippocampal complex in
chronic schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 113,
84-94. |
|
SCHLUND, M.V. & CATALDO, M.F. (2010). Amygdala
involvement in human avoidance, escape and approach
behavior. Neuroimage, 53 (2), 769-776. |
|
BECHARA, A., DAMASIO, H., DAMASIO, A.R. & LEE, G.P.
(1999). Di erent contributions of the human amygdala and
ventromedial prefrontal cortex to decision-making. Journal
of Neuroscience, 19 (3), 5473-5481. |
RULE, N.O., MORAN, J.M., FREEMAN, J.B.,
WHITFIELD-GABRIELI, S., GABRIELI, J.D.E. & AMBRADY, N.
(2011). Face value : Amygdala response reflects the
validity of first impressions. NeuroImage, 54 (1),
734-741.
[PDF] |
| |
RAINE, A. (2011). An amygdala structural abnormality
common to two sub-types of conduct disorder : A
neurodevelopmental conundrum. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 168, 569-571. [PDF] |
|
PHELPS, E.A., O'CONNOR, K.J., CUNNINGHAM, W.A., FUNAYAMA,
E.S., GATENBY, J.C., GORE, J.C. & BANAJI, M.R. (2000).
Performance on indirect measures of race evaluation
predicts amygdala activation. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 12 (5), 729-738. [PDF] |
KOSCIK, T.R. & TRANEL, D. (2011). The human amygdala
is necessary for developing and expressing normal
interpersonal trust. Neuropsychologia, 49 (4),
602-611. [PDF] |
|
| |
GOSSELIN, F., SPEZIO, M.L., TRANEL, D. & ADOLPHS, R.
(2011). Asymmetrical use of eye information from faces
following unilateral amygdala damage. Social
Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 6, 330-337. |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., RING, H., BULLMORE, E., WHEELWRIGHT, S.,
ASHWIN, C. & WILLIAMS, S. (2000). The amygdala theory
of autism. Neuroscience & Behavioural Reviews,
24, 355-364. [PDF] |
LUPIEN, S.J., PARENT, S., EVANS, A C., TREMBLAY, R E.,
ZELAZO, . D., CORBO, V., PRUESSNER, J.C. & SEGUIN,
J.R. (2011). Larger amygdala but no change in hippocampal
volume in 10-year-old children exposed to maternal
depressive symptomatology since birth. Prroceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States
of America, 108 (34), 14324-14329. [PDF] |
|
PHELPS, E.A., O'CONNOR, K.J., CUNNINGHAM, W.A., FUNAYAMA,
E.S., GATENBY, J.C., GORE, J.C & BANAJI, M.R. (2000).
Performance on indirect measures of race evaluation
predicts amygdala activation. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 12 (5), 729-738. [PDF] |
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, A. (2011). Amygdala in
action : Relaying biological and social significance to
autobiographical memory. Neuropsychologia, 49
(4), 718-733. |
| |
LOISELLE, M., ROULEAU, I., NGUYEN, D.K., DUBEAU, F.,
MACOIR, J., WHATMOUGH, C., LEPORE, F. & JOUBERT, S.
(2012). Comprehension of concrete and abstract words in
patients with sselective anterior temporal lobe resection
and in patients with selective hippocampo-amygdalectomy. Neuropsychologia,
50 (5), 630-639. |
| |
SCARLET, J., DELAMATER, A.R., CAMPESE, V., FEIN, M. &
WHEELER, D.S. (2012). Differential involvement of the
basolateral amygdala and the orbitofrontal cortex in the
formation of sensory-specific associations in conditioned
flavor preference and magazine approach paradigms. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 35, 1799-1809. |
|
EMERY, N.J. & AMARAL, D.G. (2000). The role of the
amygdala in primate social cognition. In Lane, R.D. &
Nadel, L (Eds.), Cognitive neuroscience of emotion
(pp. 156-191). Oxford University Press : New York. |
BUSS, C., DAVIS, E.P., SHAHBABA, B., PRUESSNER, J.C.,
HEAD, K. & SANDMAN, C.A. (2012). Maternal cortisol
over the course of pregnancy and subsequent child amygdala
and hippocampus volumes and affective problems. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 109 (20),
1312-1319. [PDF] |
|
BRYANT, R.A., HARVEY, A.G, GUTHRIE, R.M. & MOULDS,
M.L. (2000). A prospective study of acute
psychophysiological arousal, acute stress disorder, and
posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 109, 341-344. |
MURRAY, R.J., BROSCH, T. & SANDER, D. (2014). The
functional profile of the human amygdala in affective
processing : Insights from intracranial recordings.
Cortex 60, 10-33. [PDF] |
|
McGAUGH, J.L. (2000). Amygdala : role in modulation of
memory storage. In J.P. Aggleton (Ed.), The Amygdala
: A functional analysis (pp. 391-423). Oxford
University Press. |
YASOSHIMA, Y., YOSHIZAWA, H., SHIMURA, T. & MIYAMOTO,
T. (2015). Thebasolateral nucleus of the amygdala mediates
caloric sugar preference over a non- caloric sweetener in
mice. Neuroscience, 291, 203-215. |
| |
WARLOW, S.M., ROBINSON, M.J.F. & BERRIDGE, K.C.
(2017). Optogenetic central amydala stimulation
intensifies and narrows motivation for cocaine.
Journal of Neuroscience, 37 (35), 8330-8348. [PDF] |
|
| |
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres
: Williams & Wilkins. |
Voir aussi Cerveau,
Mémoire épisodique et
Émotion |
|
|
| AM
- ANALOGIE
- ANALYSE -
ANALYSE/DONNÉES - ANALYSE
EXPÉRIMENTALE - ANALYSE
FONCTIONNELLE - ANALYSE
STATISTIQUE - AND |
Anal
: Anus :
Sphincter.
| |
|
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1940). Genital and sphincter behavior of
the male infant. The Pedagogical Seminary &
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 56 (1), 95-136. |
|
|
Voir aussi Stade anal |
|
|
Analgésie
: Analgésique : Perte partielle ou totale de la
sensibilité à la douleur
provoquée par un médicament
anti-douleur ou consécutive à la prise de certains
anti-psychotiques (effet secondaire). Analgesia.
| |
|
|
HILGARD, E.R., MacDONALD, H., MORGAN, A.H. & JOHNSON,
L.S. (1978). The reality of hypnotic analgesia : A
comparison of highly hypnotizables with simulators. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 87, 239-246. |
|
YAKSH, T.L. (1984). Multiple spinal opiate receptor
systems in analgesia. In L. Kruger & J.C. Liebeskind
(Eds.), Neural mechanisms of pain (pp. 197-216).
New York : Raven Press |
|
EIPPERT, F., BINGEL, U., SCHOELL, E.D., YACUBIAN, J.,
LORENZ, J. & BÜCHEL, C. (2009). Activation of the
opioidergic descending pain control system underlies
placebo analgesia. Neuron, 63, 533-543. [PDF]
|
|
COLLOCA, L. & BENEDETTI, F. (2009). Placebo analgesia
induced by social observational learning. Pain, 144
(1-2), 28-34. |
|
|
Voir aussi Effet
placebo et Douleur |
|
|
|
|
Analogie
(cognitive) : Dans un
raisonnement, comparaison
entre une chose que l'on connait et une autre que l'on
cherche à mieux comprendre. Analogy.
| |
|
|
RIGNEY, J.W. & LUTZ, K.A. (1976). Effect of graphic
analogies of concepts in chemistry on learning and
attitude. Journal of Educational Psychology, 68, 305-311. |
BARNES, A. & THAGARD, P. (1997). Empathy and analogy.
Dialogue : Canadian Philosophical Review, 36, 705-720.
[LIRE] |
|
GENTNER, D. (1983). Structure mapping : A theoretical
framework for analogy. Cognitive Science, 7,
155-170. |
GENTNER, D., BOWDLE B., WOLFF, P. & BORONAT, C.
(2001). Metaphor is like analogy. In D. Gentner, K.J.
Holyoak & B.N. Kokinov (Eds.), The analogical
mind : Perspectives from cognitive science (pp.
199-253). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
GENTNER, D. (1989). The mechanisms of analogical learning.
In S. Vosniadou & A. Ortony (Eds.), Similarity,
analogy, and thought (pp. 199-241). Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
SALVUCCI, D.D. & ANDERSON, J.R. (2001). Integrating
analogical mapping and general problem solving : The
path-mapping theory. Cognitive Science, 25,
67-110. [PDF]
|
|
GOSWAMI, U. (1991). Learning about spelling sequences -
The role of onsets and rimes in analogies in reading. Child
Development, 62 (5), 1110-1123. |
GENTNER, D. & FORBUS, K. (2011). Computational models
of analogy. WIREs Cognitive Science, 2, 266-276.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Analogie
de l'horloge : Paley a développé une analogie
créationiste (the
watchmaker analogy), que Jacob
résume ainsi : [...] la principale preuve de l'existence de Dieu a
longtemps été l'argument d'intention. Développé par Paley dans sa
théologie naturelle, publiée plusieurs années avant L'Origine
des espèces, l'argument va comme suit : Si vous trouvez une
montre, vous ne doutez pas qu'elle a été fabriquée par un
horloger. De même, si vous considérez un organisme
un peu complexe, avec l'évidente finalité de tous ses organes,
comment ne pas conclure qu'il a été produit par la volonté d'un
être supérieur, d'un Créateur ? Car il serait simplement absurde,
dit Paley, de supposer que l'oeil d'un mammifère, par exemple,
avec la précision de son optique et sa géométrie, aurait pu se
former par un pur hasard.
|
Analogie
fonctionnelle : En science,
explication ou description
par comparaison de type comme si... EX: Le
cerveau traite l'information comme un ordinateur,
donc comme s'il fonctionnait comme une machine électronique
(circuits, mémoires, unité de traitement, etc.). Analogie
fonctionnelle et explication
métaphorique. = analogie
humain-machine, métaphore
humain-machine.
*isomorphisme.
Analogy, analogical reasoning.
| |
|
|
PENROSE, E.T. (1952). Biological anologies in the theory
of the firm. American Economic Review, 2, 804-819. |
KACELNIK, A. & HOUSTON, A. (1984). The use of
evolutionary analogies and the rejection of state
variables by B.F. Skinner. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 7 (4), 691-692. |
|
CRAGG, B.G. & TEMPERLEY, H.N.V. (1954). The
organisation of neurones : A cooperative analogy. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 6, 85-92. |
KENDALL, S.B. (1987). An animal analogue of gambling.
The Psychological Record, 37, 247-256. |
|
CRAGG, B.G. & TEMPERLEY, H.N.V. (1955). Memory : The
analogy with ferromagnetic hysteresis. Brain, 78, 304-16. |
JACKENDOFF, R. (1987). Consciousness and the
computational mind. Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
|
OPPENHEINER, J.R. (1956). Analogy in science. American
Psychologist 11, 127-35. |
GIGERENZER, G. & GOLDSTEIN, D.G. (1996). Mind as
computer : Birth of a metaphor. Creativity Research
Journal, 9 (2-3), 131-144. [PDF] |
|
HESSE, M. (1966). Models and analogies in science.
Notre Dame, IN : University of Notre Dame Press. |
HOLYOAK, K.J. & THAGARD, P. (1997). The analogical
mind. American Psychologist, 52, 35-44. [PDF] |
|
BUNGE, M. (1967). Analogy in quantum theory : from insight
to nonsense. British Journal of Philosophy, 18,
265-286. |
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1988). The computer and the
mind. Cambridge : Harvard U.P. |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C. (1968). Computer models of personality.
New York : Random House. |
TIBERGHIEN, G. et JEANNEROD, M. (1995). Pour la science
cognitive. La métaphore cognitive est-elle
scientifiquement fondée ? Revue Internationale de
Psychopathologie, 18, 173-203. [PDF] |
|
BUNGE, M. (1969). Analogy, simulation, representation. Revue
Internationale de Philosophie, 23, 16-33. |
DONNELLY, C.M. & DUMAS, J.E. (1997). Use of analogies
in therapeutic situations : An analogue study. Psychotherapy,
34, 124-132. |
|
LORENZ, K.Z. (1974). Analogy as a source of knowledge. Science,
185, 229-234. |
POVINELLI D.J. & GIAMBRONE, S. (1999). Inferring other
minds : failure of the argument by analogy. Philosophy
Topics, 27, 167-201. [PDF] |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (1977). Intelligence, information
processing, and analogical reasoning. Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
SAARILUOMA, P. & LAINE, T. (2001). What do computer
models explain ? Scandinavian Journal of Psychology,
42, 147-148. |
|
| |
FRENCH, R.M. (2002). The computational modeling of
analogy-making. Trends in Cognitive Science, 6, 200-205. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1980). How does a brain build a cognitive
code ? Psychological Review, 87, 1-51. |
MORRSION, R.G., KRAWCZYK, D.C., HOLYOAK, K.J., HUMMEL,
J.E., CHOW, T.W., MILLER, B.L. & KNOWLTON, B.J.
(2004). A neurocomputational model of analogical reasoning
and its breakdown in frontotemporal lobar degeneration. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16, 260-271. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1980). Human and computer rules and
representations are not equivalent. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 3, 136-138. |
SWELLER, J. (2004). Instructional design consequences of
an analogy between evolution by natural selection and
human cognitive architecture. Instructional Science,
32, 9-31. [PDF] |
|
SCHANK, R.C. (1982). Dynamic memory : A theory of
reminding and learning in computers and people.
Cambridge University Press. |
HOLYOAK, K.J. (2005). Analogy. In K.J. Holyoak & R.G.
Morrison (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of thinking
and reasoning (pp. 117-142). Cambridge, UK :
Cambridge University Press. |
| |
MATOS, M.A. & PASSOS, M.L.R.F. (2010). Emergent verbal
behavior and analogy : Skinnerian and linguistic
approaches. The Behavior Analysis, 33 (1),
65-81. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, T.L. (1983). Skinner’s environmentalism : The
analogy with natural selection. Behaviorism, 11, 133-
153. |
CUMMINS, R. (2010). What is it like to be a computer ?
In The World in the Head. Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
| |
GENTNER, D. (2011). Metaphors for mind. In T. Luhrman
(Ed.), Toward an anthropological theory of mind.
Suomen Antropologi : Journal of the Finnish
Anthropological Society, 36 (4), 48-49. [PDF] |
|
GENTNER, D. (1983). Structure-mapping : A theoretical
framework for analogy. Cognitive Science, 7,
155-170. |
GENTNER, D. & FORBUS, K. (2011). Computational models
of analogy. WIREs Cognitive Science, 2, 266-276.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Métaphore,
Analogie et Explication
métaphorique |
| |
|
|
Analogie
humain-odinateur : Thèse centrale du cognitivisme
américain fondée sur l'analogie
entre le cerveau
virtuel et le fonctionnement d'une machine
binaire sériel (l'ordinateur)
ou parallèle.
= analogie de l'ordinateur, analogie
homme-machine.
Hardware/software, computer
model, machine.
|
|
|
VON NEUMANN, J. (1958). The computer and the brain. New
Haven : Yale Univ. Press. |
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1988). The computer and the mind
: An introduction to cognitive science. Harvard :
Harvard University Press. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1967). Why computers must have bodies In
order to be intelligent. Review of Metaphysics, 21
(1), 13-32. |
SEARLE, J.R. (1990). Is the brain a digital computer ? Proceedings
and Addresses of the APA, 64 (3). |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C. (1968). Computer models of personality.
New York : Random House. |
DREYFUS, H.L. (1992). What computers "still" can't do
: A critique of artificial reason. Cambridge, Mass.
: MIT Press. |
|
PAPERT, S. (1981). Jaillissement de l'esprit.
Ordinateurs et apprentissage. Paris : Flammarion. |
REYNA, V.F., BRAINERD, C.J., EFFKEN, J., BOOTZIN, R. &
LLOYD, F.J. (2001). The psychology of human computer
mismatches. In C. Wolfe (Ed.), Learning and teaching
on the World Wide Web (pp. 23-44). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press. |
|
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1981). Cognition, computers, and
mental models. Cognition, 10, 139-143. |
HARNAD, S. (2003). Can a machine be conscious ? How ? Journal
of Consciousness Studies, 10 (4-4), 69-75. |
| |
LITT, A., ELIASMITH, C., KROON, F.W. WEINSTEIN, S. &
THAGARD, P. (2006). Is the brain a quantum computer. Cognitive
Science, 30, 593-603. [PDF] |
|
WINOGRAD, T. & FLORES, F. (1986). Understanding
computers and cognition. Reading, MA :
Addison-Wesley. |
LEAVITT, D. (2006). The man who knew too much : Alan
Turing and the invention of the computer. W.W.
Norton. |
|
KOCH, C. & TONONI, G. (2008). Machines be conscious ?
IEEE Spectrum, 45 (6), 55-59. [PDF]
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Analogie,
Analogie fonctionnelle et Cognitivisme
américain |
|
|
Analphabète
: Analphabétisme : Qui ne connaît pas ses lettres,
du moins pas suffisament pour
lire et écrire.
| |
|
|
PINARD, A., LEFEBRE-PINARD, M. et BIBEAU, M. (1989). Le
savoir métacognitif portant sur la compréhension :
comparaison entre adultes analphabètes et adultes
alphabétisés. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 10
(3), 78-91. |
|
JONES, S. & PIGNAL, J. (1996). Lire l'avenir : un
portrait de l'alphabétisme au Canada. Ottawa. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Littératie, Écrire
et Lire |
|
|
|
|
Analyse : Analyser : Le terme renvoie à deux réalités voisines
: a) En logique, consiste à décomposer un objet
(concret ou abstrait)
en ses éléments, en ses parties ou en fonction de ses propriétés.
On analyse un article
scientifique, un poème (= objet abstrait). On analyse aussi
une molécule ou une entreprise
(objet concret naturel ou social). NDLR : Pour
une raison que j'ignore, on lui préfère souvent le mot décortiquer,
qui n'ajoute rien au sens d'analyser, si ce n'est
l'envie irrésistible de manger du crabe en buvant un bon chablis.
= examiner. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous. /synthèse.
Analysis.
b) Le terme, dans de nombreux contextes, est
également synonyme de psychanalyse.
| |
|
| a |
|
PIERCE, W.D. & EPLING, W.F. (1980). What happened to
analysis in applied behavior analysis ? The Behavior
Analyst, 3 (1), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
RITCHEY, T. (1991). Analysis and synthesis : On scientific
method - Based on a study by Bernhard Riemann. Systems
Research, 8 (4), 21-41. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., HODGINS, H.S., ZUCKERMAN, A. &
ROSENTHAL, R. (1993). Contemporary issues in the analysis
of data : A survey of 551 psychologists. Psychological
Science, 4 (1), 49-53. |
| b |
|
BASCH, M. (1986). How docs analysis cure ? An
appreciation. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 6,
403-428. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analyse
(Méga-) :
Analyse statisique qui
consiste à déterminer quelle proportion de la variation des résultats
dans toutes les méta-analyse
examinées pour un problème donné est attribuable à une variabledonnée
(ou à une combinaison de variables). =
synthesis of meta- analyses. Mega-analysis.
| |
|
|
HATTIE J.A. (1987). Identifying the salient facets of a
model of student learning : A synthesis of meta-analyses.
International Journal of Educational Research, 11,
187-212. |
|
HATTIE J.A. (1992). Towards a model of schooling : A
synthesis of meta-analyses. Australian Journal of
Education, 36, 5-13. |
|
FORNESS, S.R., KAVALE, K.A., BLUM, I.M. & LLOYD, J.W.
(1997). Mega-analysis of meta-analysis : What works in
special education. Teaching Exceptional Children, 19
(6), 4-9. |
|
DERUBEIS, R.J., GELFAND, L.A., TANG, T.Z. & SIMONS,
A.D. (1999). Medication versus cognitive behavioral
therapy for severely depressed outpatients : Mega-analysis
of four randomized comparisons. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 1007-1013. |
|
HATTIE J.A. (2009). Visible learning : A synthesis of
over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. New
York : Routledge. |
|
BISSONNETTE, S., RICHARD, M., GAUTHIER, C. et BOUCHARD, C.
(2010). Quelles sont les stratégies d’'enseignement
efficaces favorisant les apprentissages fondamentaux
auprès des élèves en difficulté de niveau élémentaire ?
Résultats d’une méga-analyse. Revue de Recherche
Appliquée sur l'Apprentissage, 3, 1-35. [PDF] |
|
HIGGINS, S. & SIMPSON, A. (2011). Visible learning : A
synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to
achievement. British Journal of Educational Studies,
59 (2), 197-201. |
|
|
Voir aussi Méta-analyse |
|
|
Analyse
(Méta-) : Analyse
statistique qui
consiste à déterminer quelle proportion de la variation des résultats
dans toutes les études examinées pour un problème donné est
attribuable à une variable donnée (ou à une combinaison de
variables). On utilise également le terme pour désigner les articles
scientifiques qui présente cette analyse. La prétention des
tenants de la méta-analyses est que cet outil permet de mettre en
évidence les causes X les plus probables ou fréquentes d'un
phénomène Y. Méta-analyse et ampleur
de l'effet. Meta-analysis, méta-analytic
procedure.
| |
| Indice
d |
Interprétationde
l'indice |
| <
0.10 % |
Pas de
différence |
| <
0.11 d 0.35 % |
Petite
différence |
| <
0.36 d 0.65 % |
Différence
moyenne |
| <
0.66 d 1.00 % |
Grande
différence |
| >
1.00 % |
Très
grande différence |
|
|
|
|
HYDE, J.S. (1981). How large are cognitive gender
differences ? A meta-analysis using omega squared and d.
American Psychologist, 36, 892-901.
|
| |
|
|
| Méta-Analyse
: Caractéristiques |
|
GLASS, G.V. (1976). Primary, secondary, and meta-analysis
of research. Educational Researcher, 5, 3-8. |
COOPER, H.M., VALENTINE, J.C. & CHARLTON, K. (2000).
The methodology of meta-analysis. In R. Gersten, E.
Schiller & S. Vaughn (Eds.), Contemporary special
education research. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
GLASS, G.V. & SMITH, M.L. (1978). Meta-analysis
of research on the relationship of class size and
achievement. San Francisco : Far West Laboratory
for Educational Research and Development. |
STERNE, J.A.C.C, GAVAGHAN, D. & EGGER, M. (2000).
Publication and related bias in meta-analysis : Power of
statistical tests and prevalence in the literature. Journal
of Clinical Epidemiology, 53 (11), 1119-129. |
|
McGAW, B. & GLASS, G.V. (1980). Choice of the metric
for effect size in meta-analysis. American
Educational Research Journal, 17, 325-337. |
GOTZSCHE, P.C. (2000). Why we need a broad perspective on
meta-analysis. British Medical Journal, 321
(7261), 585-586. |
|
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1980). Meta-analysis of
research on class size and its relationship to attitudes
and instruction. American Educational Research
Journal, 17, 419-433. |
|
|
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH SERVICE (1980). Class size research :
A critique of recent meta-analysis. Phi Delta Kappan,
62, 239-241. |
|
|
SIMPSON, S.N. (1980). Comment on meta-analysis of research
on class size and achievement. Educational
Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 2 (3), 81-83. |
ENGELS, E.A., SCHMID, C.H., TERRIN, N.T., OLKIN, I. &
LAU, J.L. (2000). Heterogeneity and statistical
significance in meta-analysis : an empirical study of 125
meta-analyses. Statistics in Medicine, 19,
1707-1728. |
|
CHOPPIN, B. (1980). Review of meta-analyses on class size.
Educational Researcher, 22, 232-233. |
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (2000). Practical
meta-analysis. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
LEVITON, L.L. & COOK, T.D. (1981). What differentiates
meta-analysis from other forms of review ? Journal of
Personality, 49, 31-36. |
ROSENTHAL, R. & DIMATTEO, M.R. (2001). Meta-analysis :
Recent developments in quantitative methods for literature
reviews. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 59-82. |
|
GLASS, G.V., McGAW, B. & SMITH, M.L. (1981). Meta-analysis
in social research. Beverly. Hills, CA : Sage. |
HEDGES, L. & PIGOTT, T.D. (2001). The power of
statistical tests in meta-analysis. Psychological
Methods, 6 (3), 203-217. |
|
HUNTER, J.E., SCHMIDT, F.L. & JACKSON, G.B. (1982). Meta-analysis
: Cumulating research findings across studies. BeverlyHills,
CA : Sage. |
|
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome research : A critical
appraisal. Behavioural Psychotherapy, 10, 4-25.
|
HIGGINS, J.P.T. & THOMPSON, S.G. (2002). Quantifying
heterogeneity in a meta-analysis. Statistics in
Medicine, 21 (11), 1539-1558 |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1983). Refinement, precision and
representativeness in meta-analysis. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 6, 300-301. |
BOND, C.F., WIITALA, W.L. & RICHARD, F.D. (2003).
Meta-Analysis of raw mean differences. Psychological
Methods, 8 (4), 406-418. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1983). Comparative
therapy outcome research : Methodological implications of
meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 51 (1), 42-53. |
HIGGINS, J.P.T., THOMPSON, S.G., DEEKS, J.J. & ALTMAN
D.G. (2003). Measuring inconsistency in meta-analyses.
British Medical Journal, 327 (7414), 557-560. |
|
SLAVIN, R.E. (1984). Meta-analysis in education : how has
it been used ? Educationai Researcher, l3, 6-15,
24-27. |
|
|
CARLBERG, C.G., JOHNSON, D.W., JOHNSON, R., MARUYAMA, G.,
KAVALE, K., KULIK, C. KULIK, J.A., LYSAKOWSKI, R.S.,
PFLAUM, S.W. & WALBERG, H.J. (1984). Meta-analysis in
education : A reply to Slavin. Educational Researcher,
13. 16-27. |
|
|
HOLMES, C.T. (1984). Effect size estimation in
meta-analysis. Journal of Experimental Education, 52,
106-109. |
COHN, L.D. & BECKER, B.L. (2003). How meta-analysis
increases statistical power. Psychological Methods, 8
(3), 243-253. |
|
FITZGIBBON, C.T. (1984). Meta-analysis : an explanantion.
Bristish Education Research Journal, 10 (2),
135-144.
[PDF] |
|
|
MULLEN, H. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1985). BASIC
meta-analysis : Procedures and programs. Hillsdale,
NJ : Earlbaum. |
HUNTER J. & SCHMIDT, F. (2004). Methods of
meta-analysis : Correcting error and bias in research
findings. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
BULLOCK, R.J. & SVYANTEK, D.J. (1985). Analyzing
meta-analysis : Potential problems, an unsuccessful
replication, and evaluation criteria. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 70, 108-115. |
ROTHSTEIN, H., SUTTON, A. & BORENSTEIN, M. (2005). Publication
bias in meta-analysis : Prevention, assessment and
adjustments. Hoboken, NJ : Wiley. |
|
HEDGES, L. & OLKIN, I. (1985). Statistical
methods for meta-analysis. New York : Academic
Press. |
FIELD, A.P. (2005). Is the meta-analysis of correlation
coefficients accurate when population effect sizes vary ?
Psychological Methods, 10 (4), 444-467. |
|
WOLF, F.M. (1986). Meta-analysis : Quantitative
methods for research synthesis. Beverly Hills, CA :
Sage. |
CUMMING, G. (2006). Meta-analysis : Pictures that explain
how experimental findings can be integrated. In A. Rossman
and B. Chance (Eds.), Proceedings of the Seventh
International Conference on Teaching Statistics,
Salvador, Brazil. Voorburg : The Netherlands :
International Statistical Institute. |
|
BANGERT-DROWNS, R.L. (1986). A review of developments in
meta-analytic method. Psychological Bulletin, 99,
388-399. |
JEYNES, W.H. (2007). The relationship between parental
involvement and urban secondary school academic
achievement : A meta-analysis. Urban Education, 42
(1), 82-110.
[PDF] |
|
ROSENTHAL, R. & RUBIN, D.B. (1986). Meta-analytic
procedures for combining studies with multiple effect
sizes. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 400-406. |
SHADISH, W.R. (2007). A world without meta-analysis. Journal
of Experimental Criminology, 3, 281-291. |
|
ABRAMI, P.C., COHEN, P.A. & D'APOLLONIA, S. (1988).
Implementation problems in meta-analysis. Review of
Educational Research, 58 (2), 151-179. |
LIPSEY, M.W. (2007). Unjustified inferences about
meta-analysis. Journal of Experimental Criminology,
3, 271-279. |
|
MATT, G.E. (1989). Decision rules for selecting effect
sizes in meta-analysis : A review and reanalysis of
psychotherapy outcome studies. Psychological
Bulletin, 105, 106-115. |
SUTTON A.J. & HIGGINS, J.P.T. ()2008). Recent
developments in meta-analysis Statistics in Medicine,
27,625-650. |
|
HUNTER, J.E. & SCHMIDT, F.L. (1990). Methods of
meta-analysis : Correcting error and bias in research
findings. Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
WATSON, H.J. & REES, C.S. (2008). Meta-analysis of
randomized, controlled treatment trials for pediatric
obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 49, 489-498. |
|
KULIK, C.L.C., KULIK, J.A. & BANGERT-DROWNS, R.L.
(1990). Effectiveness of mastery learning programs : A
meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 60
(2), 265-299 . [PDF] |
|
|
BERLIN, J.A & COLDITZ, G.A. (1990). A
meta-analysis of physical activity in the prevention of
coronary heart disease. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 132, 612-628. |
|
|
MITCHELL, J. (1990). An introduction to the logic of
psychological measurement. Hilsdale, NJ : Erbaum. |
DIECKMANN, N.F., MALLE, B.F. & BODNER, T.E. (2009). An
empirical assessment of meta-analytic practice. Review
of General Psychology, 13, 101-115. |
|
COOPER, H.M. & LEMKE, K.M. (1991). On the role of
meta-analysis in personality and social psychology. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 245-251. |
KOESTERS, M., BEXKER, T., KILIAN, R., FEGERT, J.M. &
WEINMAN, S. (2009). Limits of meta-analysis :
methylphenidate in the treatment of adult
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Psychopharmacololgy, 23, 733-744. |
|
ROSENTHAL, R. (1991). Meta-analytic procedures for
social research. Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
BORENSTEIN, M. HEDGES, L.V., HIGGINS, J.P.T. &
ROTHSTEIN, H.R. (2009). Introduction to
meta-analysis. West Sussex, England : Wiley. |
STEWART, L.A. & PARMAR, M.K. (1993). Meta-analysis of
the literature or of individual patient data : is there a
difference ? Lancet, 341, 418–422.
|
|
|
MITCHELL, J. (1993). The origins ofthe representational
theory of measurement : Helmholtz, Holder, and Russell. Studies
in History & Philosophy of Science, 24,
185-206. |
BORNEMAN, M.J. (2010). Using meta-analysis to increase
power in differential prediction analyses. Industrial
& Organizational Psychology : Perspectives on
Science & Practice, 3, 224-227. |
|
YEATON, W.H. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). On the reliability
of meta-analytic review : The role of intercoder
agreement. Evaluation Review, 17 (3), 292-309.
[PDF] |
VIECHTBAUER, W. (2010). Conducting meta-analyses in R with
the metafor package. Journal of Statistical Software,
36 (3), 1-48. |
|
ROESE, N.J. & JAMIESON, D.W. (1993). Twenty years of
bogus pipeline research : A critical review and
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 114,
363-375. [PDF] |
CUIJPERS, P., LI, J., HOFMANN, S.G. & ANDERSSON, G.
(2010). Self-reported versus clinician-rated symptoms of
depression as outcome measures in psychotherapy research
on depression : a meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology
Review, 30 (6), 768-778. |
|
EYSENCK, H. J. (1994). Meta-analysis and its problems. British
Medical Journal, 309, 789-792. |
|
|
VOYER, S., VOYER, D. & BRYDEN, M.P. (1995). Magnitude
of sex differences in spatial abilities : A meta-analysis
and consideration of critical variables. Psychological
Bulletin, 117 (2), 250-270. [PDF] |
FIELD, A.P. & GILLETT, R. (2010). How to do a
meta-analysis. British Journal of Mathematical and
Statistical Psychology, 63 (3), 665-694. |
|
|
ROSENTHAL, R. (1995). Writing meta-analytic reviews. Psychological
Bulletin, 188, 183-192. [PDF] |
|
|
LEPPER, M.R. (1995). Theory by the numbers ? Some concerns
about meta-analysis as a theoretical tool. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 8, 1-12. |
|
|
FORNESS, S.R., KAVALE, K.A., BLUM, I.M. & LLOYD, J.W.
(1997). Mega-analysis of meta-analysis : What works in
special education. Teaching Exceptional Children, 19
(6), 4-9. |
|
|
BAILAR, J.C. (1997). The promise and problems of
meta-analysis. The New England Journal of Medicine,
337, 559-561. |
|
|
EGGER, M. SMITH, G.D. & PHILLIPS, A.N. (1997).
Meta-analysis : principles and procedures. British
Medical Journal, 315, 1533-1537. |
|
|
EGGER, M., DAVEY-SMITH, G., SCHNEIDER, M. & MINDER, C.
(1997). Bias in meta-analysis detected by a simple
graphical test. British Medical Journal, 315,
629-634. [PDF] |
COOPER, H. & DENT, A.L. (2011). Ethical issues in
conducting meta-analysis. In A.T. Panter & S.K. Sterba
(Eds.), Handbook of ethics in quantitative
methodology. New York : Routledge |
|
HUNT, M.M. (1997). How science takes stock : The
story of meta-analysis. New York : Russell Sage
Foundation. |
AYTUG, Z.G., ROTHSTEIN, H.R., ZHOU, W. & KERN, M.C.
(2012). Revealed or concealed ? Transparency of
procedures, decisions, and judgment calls in
meta-analyses. Organizational Research Methods, 15 (1),
103-133. |
|
SHARPE, D. (1997). Of apples and oranges, file drawers and
garbage : Why validity issues in meta- analysis will not
go away. Clinical Psychology Review, 17, 881-901. |
|
|
EGGER, M., DAVEY-SMITH, G. & SCHNEIDER, M. (1997).
Meta-analysis : potentials and promise. British
Medical Journal, 315, 1371-1374. |
|
|
EGGER, M. & DAVEY-SMITH, G. (1998). Meta-analysis :
Bias in location and selection of studies. British
Medical Journal, 316, 61. |
|
|
MOHER, D., PHAM, B., JONES, A., COOK, D.J., JADAD, A.R.,
MOHER, M., TUGWELL, P. & KLASSEN, T. (1998). Does
quality of reports of randomised trials affect estimates
of intervention efficacy reported in meta-analyses ?
The Lancet, 352, 609-613. |
VAN ASSEN, M.A.L.M., VAN AERT, R.C.M. & WICHERTS, J.
M. (2015). Meta-analysis using effect size distributions
of only statistically significant studies. Psychological
Methods, 20 (3), 293-309. [PDF] |
|
KRAEMER, H.C., GERDNER, C., BROOKS, J.O. & YESAVAGE,
J.A. (1998). Advantages of excluding underpowered studies
in meta-analysis : Inclusionist versus exclusionist
viewpoints. Psychological Methods, 3 (1),
23-31. |
|
|
ANDERSSON, G. (1999). The role of meta-analysis in the
significance test controversy. European Psychologist,
4, 75-82. |
|
|
CORNELL, J.E. & MULROW, C.D. (1999). Meta-analysis. In
H.J. Adèr & G.J. Mellenbergh (Eds.), Research
methodology in the social, behavioral and life sciences
(pp. 285-323). London : Sage. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Biais
de publication et
Ampleur de l'effet |
|
| Exemples |
|
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1977). Choosing your
psychotherapist : Meta-analysis of psychotherapy outcome
studies. American Psychologist, 32 (9), 752-760.
[PDF] |
SMOLAK, L., MURNEN, S.K. & RUBLE, A.E. (2000). Female
athletes and eating problems : A meta-analysis. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 27, 371-380. [PDF] |
|
KULIK, J.A., KULIK, C-L.C. & COHEN, P.A. (1979).
Research on audiotutorial instruction : A meta-analysis of
comparative studies. Research in Higher Education,
11, 321-341. |
JUDGE, T.A. & BONO, J. (2000). Relationship of core
self-evaluations traits : self-esteem, generalized
self-efficacy, locus of control, and emotional stability :
With job satisfaction and job performance : A
Meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86 (1),
80-92. [PDF] |
|
KULIK, J.A., KULIK, C-L.C. & COHEN, P.A. (1979). A
meta-analysis of outcome studies of Keller's personalize
system of instruction. American Psychologist, 34, 307-
318. |
SMOLAK, L., MURNEN, S.K. & RUBLE, A.E. (2000). Female
athletes and eating problems : a meta-analysis. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 27 (4), 371-380. |
|
ANDREWS, G., GUITAR, B. & HOWIE P. (1980).
Meta-analysis of the effects of stuttering treatment. Journal
of Speech & Hearing Disorders, 45, 287-307. |
SHADISH, W.R., MATT, G.E., NAVARRO, A.M. & PHILIPPS,
G. (2000). The effects of psychological therapies under
clinically representative conditions : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 512-529. |
| |
JEYNES, W.H. & LITTELL, S. (2000). A meta-analysis of
studies examining the effect of whole language instruction
on the literacy of low-SeS students. The Elementary
School Journal, 101 (1), 21-33. |
|
SMITH, M.L. (1980). Publication bias and meta-analysis. Evaluation
in Education : An International Review Series, 4
(1), 22-24. |
STEVENS, S.E., HYNAN, M.T. & ALLEN, M. (2000). A
meta-analysis of common factor and specific treatment
effects across the outcome domains of the phase model of
psychotherapy. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 7, 273-290. |
| |
MEISSMER, C.A. & BRIGHAM, J.C. (2001). A meta-analysis
of the verbal overshadowing effect in face identification.
Applied Cognitive, 15, 603-616. [PDF] |
| |
ALBARRACIN, D., JOHNSON, B., FISHBEIN, D. &
MUELLERLEILE, P. (2001). Theories of reasoned action and
planned behavior as models of condom use : a meta-
analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 127 (1),
142-161. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, P.A. (1980). Effectiveness of student-rating
feedback for improving college instruction : A
meta-analysis. Research in Higher Education, 13,
321-341. |
STROMSWOLD, K. (2001). The heritability of language : A
review and meta-analysis of twin, adoption, and linkage
studies. Language, 77, 647-723. |
|
BECKER, W.C. & GERSTEN, R. (1982). A follow-up of
follow through : Meta-analysis of the later effects of the
direct instruction model. American Educational
Research Journal, 19, 75-93. |
ARMITAGE, C. & CONNER, M. (2001). Efficacy of the
theory of planned behaviour : A meta-analytic review.
British Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 471-499. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome research : Descriptive
statistics on 143 studies. JSAS Catalog of Selected
Documents in Psychology, 12, 46-47. |
O'KEEFE, D.J. & HALE, S.L. (2001). An odds-ratio-based
meta-analysisi of research on the door-in-the-face
influence strategy. Communication Reports, 14
(1), 31-38. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, P.A., KULIK, J.A. & KULIK, C.L.C. (1982).
Educational outcomes of tutoring : A meta-analysis of
findings. American Educational Research Journal, 19,
237-248. [PDF] |
ARMITAGE, C. & CONNER, M. (2001). Efficacy of the
theory of planned behaviour : A meta-analytic review. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 471-499. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome studies : a replication and
refinement. Psychological Bulletin, 92 (3),
581-604. |
SHERRY, J.L. (2001). The effects of violent video games on
aggression : A meta-analysis. Human Communication
Research, 27 (3), 409-431. [PDF] |
|
DUSH, D.M., HIRT, M.L. & SCHROEDER, H.E. (1983).
Self-statement modification in the treatment of child
behavior disorders : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 106 (1), 91-106.
[PDF] |
PILLING, S., BEBBINGTON, P., KUIPERS, E., GARETY, P.,
GEDDES, J., ORBACH, G. & MORGAN, C. (2002).
Psychological treatments in schizophrenia : I.
Meta-analysis of family intervention and cognitive
behaviour therapy. Psychological Medicine, 32,
763-782.
[PDF] |
|
|
EAGLY, A.H. & STEFFEN, V.J. (1986). Gender and
aggressive behavior : A meta-analytic review of the social
psychological literature. Psychological Bulletin, 100
(3), 309-330. [PDF] |
OYSERMAN, D., COON, H.M. & KEMMELMEIRER, M. (2002).
Rethinking individualism and collectivism : Evaluation of
theoretical assumptions and meta-analyses.
Psychological Bulletin, 128 (1), 3-72. [PDF] |
|
KULIK, C.L.C., KULIK, J.A. & SHWALB, B.J. (1986). The
effectiveness of computer-based adult education : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Computing
Research, 2 (2), 235-252. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MINAMI, T., BASKIN, T.W. & TIERNEY,
S.C. (2002). A meta-(re ) analysis of the effects of
cognitive therapy versus "other therapies" for depression.
Journal of Affective Disorders, 68, 159-165. [PDF] |
|
WALDMAN, D.A. & AVOLIO, B.J. (1986). A meta-analysis
of age differences in job performance. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 71, 33-38. |
LIPSEY, M.W. (2002). Meta-analysis and program outcome
evaluation. Socialvetenskaplig Tidskrift, 9
(2-3), 194- 208.
[PDF] |
|
SWEENEY, P.D., ANDERSON, K. & BAILEY, S. (1986).
Attributional style in depression : A meta-analytic
review. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology 50 (5), 974-991. |
TWENGE, J. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2002). Age, gender,
race, socioeconomic status, and birth cohort differences
in the Children’s Depression Inventory : A meta-analysis.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 578-588. [PDF] |
|
HATTIE J.A. (1987). Identifying the salient facets of a
model of student learning : A synthesis of meta- analyses.
International Journal of Educational Research, 11,
187-212. |
RIVIS, A. & SHEERAN, P. (2003). Descriptive norms as
an additional predictor in the theory of planned behavior
: a meta-analysis. Current Psychology : Developmental,
Learning, Personality, Social, 22, 218-233. [PDF] |
| |
HIGGINS, J.P.T, THOMPSON, S.G., DEEKS, J.J. & ALTMAN,
D.G. (2003). Measuring inconsistency in meta-analyses. British
Medical Journal, 327 (7414), 557-560.
[PDF] |
| |
APODACA, T.R. & MILLER, W.R. (2003). A meta-analysis
of the effectiveness of bibliotherapy for alcohol
problems. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59,
289-304. |
| |
JANÉ-LOPIS, E., HOSMAN, C., JENKINS, R. & ANDERSON, P.
(2003). Predictors of efficacy in depression prevention
programmes : Meta-analysis. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 183, 384-397.
[PDF] |
| |
WILSON, S.J., LIPSEY, M.W. & DERZON, J. (2003). The
effects on aggressive behavior : A meta- analysis.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 71, 136-149. |
|
WHITE, W.A.T. (1988). Meta-analysis of the effects of
direct instruction in special education. Education
& Treatment of Children, 11, 364-374. |
JEYNES, W.H. (2003). A meta-analysis : The effects of
parental involvement on minority children's academic
achievement. Education & Urban Society, 35,
202-218. |
|
STEBLAY, N.M. (1987). Helping behavior in rural and urban
environments : A meta-analysis. Psychology Bulletin,
102, 346-356. |
BASKIN, T.W., TIERNEY, S.C., MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD,
B.E. (2003). Establishing specificity in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis of structural equivalence of placebo
controls Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (6), 973-979. [PDF] |
|
TENENBAUM, G. & GOLDRING, E. (1989). A
meta-analysis of the effect of enhanced instruction :
Cues, participation, reinforcement and feedback and
correctives on motor skill learning. Journal of
Research & Development in Education, 2 (3),
53-64. |
ARCHER, J. (2004). Sex differences in aggression in
real-world settings : A meta-analytic review. Review
of General Psychology, 8 (4), 291-322. |
|
BAENNINGER, M. & NEWCOMB, N. (1989). The role of
experience in spatial test performance : A meta-analysis.
Sex Roles, 20, 327-344. |
LYNN, R. & IRWING, P. (2004). Sex differences on the
progressive matrices : a meta-analysis. Intelligence,
32, 481-498. [PDF] |
|
EAGLY, A.H. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1990). Gender and
leadership style : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 108 (2), 233-256. [PDF] |
SOMMER, I.E., ALEMAN, A., BOUMA, A. & KAHN, R.S.
(2004). Do women really have more bilateral language
representation than men ? A meta-analysis of functional
imaging studies. Brain, 127, 1845-1852. [PDF] |
|
BUSHMAN, B.J., COOPER, H.M. & LEMKE, K.M. (1991). Meta
analysis of factor analyses : An illustration using the
Buss-Durkee Hostility Inventory. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 344-349. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L. (2006). A meta-analytic
test of intergroup contact theory. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 751-783.
[PDF] |
|
EAGLY, A.H., ASHMORE, R.D., MAKHIJANI, M. G. & LONGO,
L.C. (1991). What is beautiful is good, but...: A
meta-analytic review of research on the physical
attractiveness stereotype. Psychological Bulletin,
110, 109-128. |
ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., WHITESIDE, S.R. & DEACON, B.J.
(2005). The effectiveness of treatment for pediatric
obsessive-compulsive disorder : A meta-analysis.
Behavior Therapy, 36, 55-63. [PDF] |
|
EVANS, C. & DION, K.L. (1991). Group cohesion and
performance : A meta-analysis. Small Group Research,
22 (2), 175-186. |
HYDE, J.S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American
Psychologist, 60 (6), 581-592.
[PDF] |
| |
JEYNES, W.H. (2005). A meta-analysis of the relation of
parental involvement to urban elementary school children's
academic achievement. Urban education, 40,
237-269.
[PDF] |
|
COOPER, H.M. & LEMKE, K.M. (1991). On the role of
meta-analysis in personality and social psychology. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 245-251. |
MALOUFF, J.M., THORSTEINSSON, E.B. & SCHUTTE, N.S.
(2005). The efficacy of problem solving therapy in
reducing mental and physical health problems : A
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 27, 46-57.
[PDF] |
|
EAGLY, A.H. & KARAU, S.J. (1991). Gender and the
emergence of leaders : a meta-analysis. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 60 (5),
685-710. |
SENSKY, T. (2005). The effectiveness of cognitive therapy
for schizophrenia : what can we learn from the
meta-analyses ? Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
74, 131-134. |
|
BUSK, P.L. & SERLIN, R.C. (1992). Meta-analysis for
single case research. In T. Kratochwill & J. Levin
(Eds.), Single-case research design and analysis : New
directions for psychology and education (pp.
187-212). Hillsdale, NJ, England : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates, Inc. |
RODRIGUEZ, M.C. & MAEDA, Y. (2006). Meta-analysis of
coefficient apha. Psychological Methods, 11 (3),
306-322.
[PDF] |
|
WANOUS, J., POLAND, T., PREMACK, S. & DAVIS, S.
(1992). The effects of met expectations on newcomer
attitudes and behaviors : A review and meta-analysis.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 77 (3), 288-297. [PDF] |
SUSSMAN, S. (2006). A meta-analysis of teen cigarette
smoking cessation. Health Psychology, 25 (5),
549-557.
[PDF] |
| |
NEWTON-HOWES, G., TYRER, P. & JOHNSON, T. (2006).
Personality disorder and the outcome of depression :
meta-analysis of published studies. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 188, 13-20.
[PDF] |
|
|
GREENBERG, R.P., BORNSTEIN, R.F., GREENBERG, M.D. &
FISHER, S. (1992). A meta-analysis of antidepressant
outcome under blinder conditions. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology 60, 664-669. |
BUTLER, A.C., CHAPMAN, J.E., FORMAN, E.M. & BECK, A.T.
(2006). The empirical status of cognitive-behavioral
therapy : A review of meta-analyses. Clinical
Psychology Review, 26, 17-31. [PDF] |
|
HATTIE J.A. (1992). Towards a model of schooling : A
synthesis of meta-analyses. Australian Journal of
Education, 36, 5-13. |
GLASMAN, L.R. & ALBARRACIN, D. (2006). Forming
attitudes that predict future behavior : A meta-analysis
of the attitude-behavior relation. Psychological
Bulletin, 132, 778-822.
[PDF] |
| |
O'ROURKE, K. (2007). An historical perspective on
meta-analysis : dealing quantitatively with varying study
results. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine,
100 (12), 579-582. [PDF] |
| |
ZIEGLER, M., SCHMIDT-ATZERT, L., BÜHNER, M. & KRUMM,
S. (2007). Fakability of different measurement methods for
achievement motivation : questionnaire, semi-projective,
and objective. Psychology Science, 49 (4),
291-307. [PDF] |
|
MEAD, A.D. & DRASGOW, F. (1993). Equivalence of
computerized and paper-and-pencil cognitive ability tests
: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 114,
449-458. |
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.P. (2007). A meta-analytic
review of cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome across
the anxiety disorders. Journal of Nervous &
Mental Disease, 195, 521-531. [PDF] |
|
SHADISH, W.R., MONTGOMERY, L.M., WILSON, P., WILSON, M.R.,
BRIGHT, I. & OKWUMABUA, T. (1993). Effects of family
and marital psychotherapies : A meta-analysis. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61 (6),
992-1002. [PDF] |
BISSON, J.I., EHLERS, A., MATTHEWS, R., PILLING, S.,
RICHARDS, D. & TURNER, S. (2007). Psychological
treatments for chronic post-traumatic stress disorder :
Systematic review and meta-analysis. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 190, 97-104. [PDF] |
| |
BAR-HAIM, Y., LAMY, D., PEGAMIN, L., BAKERMANS-KRANEBURG,
M.J. & VAN IJZENDOORN, M.H. (2007). Threat-Related
attentiona bias in anxious and nonanxious individuals : A
meta-analytic study. Psychological Bulletin, 133
(1), 1-24. [PDF] |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). The efficacy of
psychological, educational, and behavioral treatment :
Confirmation from meta-analysis. American
Psychologist, 48, 1181-1209. [PDF] |
STEWART, W.H. & ROTH, P.L. (2007). A meta-analysis of
achievement motivation differences between entrepreneurs
and managers. Journal of Small Business Management,
45 (4), 401-421. [PDF] |
| |
MONTOYA, R.M., HORTON, R.S. & KIRCHNER, J. (2008). Is
actual similarity necessary for attraction ? A
meta-analysis of actual and perceived similarity. Journal
of Social & Personal Relationships, 25,
889-922. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, S.G. (1994). Why sources of heterogeneity in
meta-analysis should be investigated. British Medical
Journal, 309, 1351-1355. |
HOFMANN, S.G. & SMITS, J.A. (2008).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adult anxiety disorders :
a meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69 (4), 621-632. [PDF]
|
|
HEDGES, L.V., LAINE, R.D. & GREENWALD, R. (1994). Does
money matter ? A meta-analysis of studies of the effects
of differential school inputs on student outcomes. Educational
Researcher, 23 (3), 5-14. |
WOODBERRY, K.A., GIUKIANO, A.J. & SEIDMAN, L.J.
(2008). Premorbid IQ in schizophrenia : a meta-analytic
review. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165 (5),
579-587. [PDF] |
|
OLIVER, M.B. & HYDE, J.S. (1993). Gender differences
in sexuality : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 114 (1), 29-51.
[PDF] |
TWENGE, J.M., KONRATH, S., FOSTER, J.D., CAMPBELL, W.K.
& BUSHMAN, B.J. (2008). Egos inflating over time : A
cross-temporal meta-analysis of the Narcissistic
Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality, 76,
875-901. [PDF] |
| |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2008). How does
intergroup contact reduce prejudice ? Meta-analytic tests
of three mediators. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 38 (6), 922-934. [PDF] |
|
FEINGOLD, A. (1994). Gender differences in personality : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 116,
429-456.
[PDF] |
KLONSKY, E.D. & MOYER, A. (2008). Childhood sexual
abuse and non-suicidal self-injury : Meta-analysis. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 192, 166-170. [PDF] |
|
ROTHBAUM, F. & WEISZ, J.R. (1994). Parental caregiving
and child externalizing behavior in nonclinical samples :
A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 116, 55-74.
[PDF] |
KOESTERS M., BEXKER, T., KILIAN, R., FEGERT, J.M. &
WEINMAN, S. (2009). Limits of meta-analysis :
methylphenidate in the treatment of adult
attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of
Psychopharmacololgy, 23, 733-744. |
|
VOYER, S., VOYER, D. & BRYDEN, M.P. (1995). Magnitude
of sex differences in spatial abilities : A meta-analysis
and consideration of critical variables. Psychological
Bulletin, 117 (2), 250-270. [PDF] |
HART, W., ALBARRACIN, D., EAGLY A.H., BRECHAN, I.,
LINDBERG M.J. & MERRILL, L. (2009). Feeling validated
versus being correct : A meta-analysis of selective
exposure to information. Psychological Bulletin, 135,
555-588. |
|
SHADISH, W.R., RAGSDALE, K., GLASER, R.R. &
MONTGOMERY, L.M. (1995). The efficacy and effectiveness of
marital and family therapy : A perspective from
meta-analysis. Journal of Marital & Family
Therapy, 21, 345-360. |
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., HUGHES, J.C., JAHR, E.
EIKESETH, S. & CROSS, S. (2009). Meta-analysis of
early intensive behavioral intervention for children with
autism. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent
Psychology, 38 (3), 439-450. [PDF] |
|
VOYER, D., VOYER, S. & BRYDEN, M.P. (1995). Magnitude
of sex differences in spatial abilities : A meta-analysis
and consideration of critical variables. Psychological
Bulletin, 117 (2), 250-270. [PDF] |
POROPAT, A.E. (2009). A meta-analysis of the five-factor
model of personality and academic performance. Psychological
Bulletin, 135 (2), 322-338. [PDF] |
|
JOFFE, R., SOKOLOV, S. & STEINER, D. (1996).
Antidepressant treatment of depression : A meta-analysis.
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 41, 613-616. [PDF] |
BLANCHARD, V.L., HAWKINS, A.J., BALDWIN, S.A. &
FAWCETT, E.B. (2009). Investigating the effects of
marriage and relationship education on couples’
communication skills : A meta-analytic study. Journal
of Family Psychology, 23 (2), 203-214. [PDF] |
|
SHADISH, W.R. (1996). Meta-analysis and the exploration of
causal mediating processes : A primer of examples,
methods, and issues. Psychological Methods, 1,
47-65. |
STORM, L., TRESSOLDI, P.E. & DI RISIO, L. (2010).
Meta-analysis of free-response studies, 1992-2008 :
Assessing the noise reduction model in parapsychology. Psychological
Bulletin, 136, 471-485. [PDF] |
|
FAGARD, R.H., STAESSEN, J.A. & THIJS, L. (1996).
Advantages and disadvantages of the meta-analysis
approach. Journal of Hypertension, 14 (S2),
9-13. |
LYNCH, D., LAWS, K.R. & McKENNA, P.J. (2010).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for major psychiatric
disorder : does it really work ? A meta-analytical review
of well-controlled trials. Psychological Medicine,
40, 9-24.
[PDF] |
|
DUNLOP, W.P., CORTINA, J.M., VASLOW, J.B. & BURKE,
M.J. (1996). Meta-analysis of experiments with matched
groups or repeated measures designs. Psychological
Methods, 1, 170-177. |
JAMIESON, J.P. (2010). The home field advantage in
athletics : A meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 40 (7), 1819-1848. [PDF] |
|
HUNTER, J. & SCHIDT, F.L. (1996). Cumulative research
knowledge and social policy formulation : The critical
role of meta-analysis. Psychology, Public Policy
& Law, 2 (2), 324-347. [PDF] |
HOFMANN, W., HOUWER, J., PERUGINI, M., BAEYENS, F. &
CROMBEZ, G. (2010). Evaluative conditioning in humans : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 136 (3),
390-421.
[PDF] |
|
BOND, R. & SMITH, P. (1996). Culture and conformity :
a meta-analysis of studies using Asch’s (1952, 1956). line
judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119,
111-137. [PDF]
|
CUIJPERS, P., LI, J., HOFMANN, S.G. & ANDERSSON, G.
(2010). Self-reported versus clinician-rated symptoms of
depression as outcome measures in psychotherapy research
on depression : a meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology
Review, 30 (6), 768-778. |
|
TOPA, G. & MORIANO, J.A. (2010). Theory of planned
behavior and smoking : meta-analysis and SeM model. Substance
Abuse & Rehabilitation, 1, 23-33. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, H.M. (1997). Some finer points in conducting a
meta-analysis. In M. Hunt (Ed.), How science takes
stock : The story of meta-analysis. New York :
Russell Sage. |
ANDERSON, C.A., SHIBUYA, A., IHORI, N., SWING, E.L.,
BUSHMAN, B.J., SAKAMATO, A., ROTHSTEIN, H.R. & SALEEM,
M. (2010). Violent video game effects on aggression,
empathy, and prosocial behavior in Eastern and Western
countries : A meta-analytic review. Psychological
Bulletin, 136 (2), 151-173.
[PDF] |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MOODY, M., STICH, F., BENSON,
K. & AHN, H. (1997). A meta-analysis of outcome
studies comparing bonafide psychotherapies : Empirically,
"all must have prizes". Psychological Bulletin, 122,
203-215. |
KLIEM, S., KRÜGER, C. & KOSSFELDER, J. (2010).
Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality
disorder : A meta-analysis using mixed-effects modeling. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78,
936-951.
[PDF] |
|
RIND, D., TROMOVITCH, P. & BAUSERMAN, R. (1997). A
meta-analytic review of findings from national damples on
psychological correlates of child sexual abuse. Journal
of Sex Research, 34 (3), 237-255. |
PETERSEN, J.L. & HYDE J.S. (2010). A meta-analytic
review of research on gender differences in sexuality,
1993-2007. Psychological Bulletin, 136 (1),
21-38. [PDF] |
|
DE WOLLFF, M. & VAN IJZENDOORN, M.H. (1997).
Sensitivity and attachment : A meta-analysis on parental
antecedents of infant attachment. Child Development,
68, 571-591. [PDF] |
FISAK, B.R. & MANN, D. & MANN, A. (2011). The
prevention of child and adolescent anxiety : a
meta-analytic review. Prevention Science, 12
(3), 255-268. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, K., COOPER, H.M. & KAMURA, L. (1997).
Individual differences and attitudes toward rape : A meta-
analytic review. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 23, 295-315. |
GROESZ, L.M., LEVINE, M.P. & MURNEN, S.K. (2011). The
effect of experimental presentation of thin media images
on body satisfaction : A meta-analytic review. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 31 (1), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
|
FORNESS, S.R., KAVALE, K.A., BLUM, I.M. & LLOYD, J.W.
(1997). Mega-analysis of meta-analysis : What works in
special education. Teaching Exceptional Children, 19
(6), 4-9. |
REYNOLDS, S., WILSON, C. & AUSTIN, J, HOOPER, L.
(2012). Effects of psychotherapy for anxiety in children
and adolescents : a meta-analytic review. Clinical
Psychology Review, 32 (4), 251-262. |
| |
CUIJPERS, P., DRIESSEN, E., HOLLON, S.D., VAN OPPEN, P,
BART, J. & ANDERSSON, G. (2012). The effi cacity of
non-directive supportive therapy for adult depression : a
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 32 (4),
280-291. |
|
FEELEY, T.H., ANKER A.E. & LOE, A.M. (2012). The
door-in- the-face persuasive message strategy : A
meta-analysis of the first 35 Years. Communication
Monographs, 79, 316-343. |
|
DENEVE, K.M. & COOPER, H. (1998). The happy
personality : A meta-analysis of 137 personality traits
and subjective well-being. Psychological Bulletin,
124,197-229. [PDF] |
REICHOW, B. (2012). Overview of meta-analyses on early
intensive behavioral intervention for young children with
autism spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 42, 512-520. |
|
SUDKAMP, A., KAISER, J. & MOLLER, J. (2012). Accuracy
of teachers’ judgments of students’ academic achievement :
A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology,
104, 743-762. |
|
O'KEEFE, D.J. & HALE, S.L. (1998). The
door-in-the-face influence strategy : A random-effects
meta-analytic review. Communication Yearbook, 21,
1-33. |
PIETERSE, A.J., NEVILLE, H.A., TODD, N.R. & CARTER,
R.T. (2012). Perceived racism and mental health among
Black american adults : A meta-analytic review. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 59 (1), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
SUKHODOLSKY, D.G., BLOCH, M. H., PANZA, K. & REICHOW,
B. (2013). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for anxiety in
children with high-functioning autism : A meta-analysis. Pediatrics,
132 (5), 1341-1350. [PDF] |
|
REICHOW, B., VOLKMAR, F.R. & BLOCH, M.H. (2013).
Systematic review and meta-analysis of pharmacological
treatment of the symptoms of
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in children with
pervasive developmental disorders. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 13 (10), 2435-2441. |
|
VON STUMM, S. & ACKERMAN, P.L. (1988). (2013).
Investment and intelligence : A review and meta-analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 139, 841-869. |
|
JACKSON, T.A., MEYER, J.P. & WANG, X.-H. (2013).
Leadership, commitment, and culture : A meta-analysis. Journal
of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 20,
84-106. |
| |
CUIJPERS, P., TURNER, E.H., MOHR, D.C., HOFMANN, S.G.,
ANDERSSON, G., BERKING, M. & COYNE, J. (2014).
Comparison of psychotherapies for adult depression to pill
placebo control groups : a meta-analysis. Psychological
Medicine, 44 (4), 685-695. |
|
DECI, E.L., KOESTNER, R. & RYAN, R.M. (1999). A
meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects
of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation.
Psychological Bulletin, 125 (6), 627-668. [PDF]
|
RUIGROK, A.N.V., SALIMI-KHORSHIDI, G., LAI, M.-C.,
BARON-COHEN, S., LOMBARDO, M.V., TAIT, R.J. &
SUCKLING, J. (2014). A meta-analysis of sex differences in
human brain structure. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews, 39 (100), 34-50. [PDF] |
|
LEPPER, M.R., HENDERLONG, J. & GINGRAS, I. (1999).
Understanding the effects of extrinsic rewards on
intrinsic motivation : Uses and abuses of meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 125, 669-676. |
TRAHAN, L., STUEBING, K.K., HISCOCK, M.K. & FLETCHER,
J.M. (2014). The Flynn effect : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 140 (5), 1332-1360 [PDF] |
|
AMATO, P.R. & GILBRETH, J.G. (1999). Nonresident
fathers and children's well-being : A meta-analysis. Journal
of Marriage & the Family, 61, 557-573. |
TAN, A., MA, W, VIRA, A., MARWHA, D. &
ELIOT, L. (2015). The human hippocampus is not
sexually-dimorphic : meta-analysis of structural MRI
volumes. Neuroimage, 124, 350-366. |
|
KLING, K.C., HYDE, J.S. SHOWERS, C.J. & BUSWELL, B.N.
(1999). Gender differences in self-esteem : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 125 (4),
470-500. |
MACKEY, J.D., ROTH, P.L., VAN IDDEKINGE, C.H. &
MCFARLAND, L.A. (2019). A meta-analysis of gender
proportionality effects on job performance. Group
& Organization Management, 1-33. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Biais
de publication et
Ampleur de l'effet |
|
|
Analyse
acheminatoire : L'analyse des chemins critiques ou
analyse acheminatoire est une analyse
statistique qui consiste en l'application systématique des corrélations
semipartielles et des poids béta obtenus par régression
multiple pour valider ou tester des modèles (présumés) causaux à
partir de données corrélationnelles. =
modèle acheminatoire, analyse des chemins critiques.
Path analysis.
| |
|
|
ALWIN, D. & HAUSER, R.M. (1975). The decomposition of
effects in path analysis. American Sociological
Review, 40, 37-47. |
|
OLIVER, R.L. & BERGER, P.K. (1979). A path analysis of
preventive health care decision model. Journal of
Consumer Research, 6, 113-122. |
|
MARSH, H.W. (1982). The use of path analysis to estimate
teacher and course effects in student ratings of
instructional effectiveness. Applied Psychological
Measurement, 6, 47-59. |
|
WALLER, N.G. & MEEHL, P.E. (2002). Risky tests,
verisimilitude, and path analysis. Psychological
Methods, 7, 323-337. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. & WALLER, N.G. (2002). The path analysis
controversy : A new statistical approach to strong
appraisal of verisimilitude. Psychological Methods, 7
(3), 283-300. |
|
EDWARDS, J.R. & LAMBERT L.S. (2007). Methods for
integrating moderation and mediation : A general
analytical framework using moderated path analysis. Psychological
Methods, 12, 1-22. |
|
|
Voir aussi Corrélations
semipartielles |
|
|
Analyse
bayesienne : Type d'analyse statistique insoirée des
travaux de Bayes. Bayesian analysis, bayesian
perspective, bayesian hypothesis
testing .
| |
|
|
SMITH, J.Q. (1988). Decision analysis : A Bayesian
approach. London : Chapman and Hull. |
BERGER, J.O. (2006). The case for objective bayesian
analysis (with discussion). Bayesian Analysis, 1, 385-402.
|
|
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J. & GRÜNWALD, P. (2006). A bayesian
perspective on hypothesis testing : A comment on Killeen
(2005). Psychological Science, 17, 641-642. |
|
BERGER, J.O., De OLIVEIRA, V. & SANSO, B. (2001).
Objective Bayesian analysis of spatially correlated data.
Journal of the American Statistical Association, 96,
1361-1374. |
LECOUTRE, B. (2006). Training students and researchers in
Bayesian methods for experimental data analysis. Journal
of Data Science, 4 (2), 207-232. [PDF]
|
|
GELMAN, A., CARLIN, J.B., STERN, H.S. & RUBIN, D.B.
(2003). Bayesian data analysis. New York :
Chapman and Hall/CRC Texts in Statistical Science. |
JACKMAN, S. (2009). Bayesian analysis for the social
sciences. Chichester : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J., LODEWYCK, T., KURIYAL, H. &
GRASMAN, R. (2010). Bayesian hypothesis testing for
psychologists : A tutorial on the Savage-Dickey method. Cognitive
Psychology, 60, 158-189. |
|
KRUSCHKE, J.K. (2010). Bayesian data analysis. Wiley
Interdisciplinary Reviews : Cognitive Science, 1,
658–676. |
|
VAN DE SCHOOT, R., KAPLAN, D., DENISSEN, J., ASENDORPF,
J.B., NEYER, F.J. & VAN AKEN, M.A. (2013). A gentle
introduction to Bayesian analysis : Applications to
developmental research. Child Development, 85,
841-860. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Bayes, Théorème
de Bayes,
Statistisque bayésienne, et Modèle
de Bayes |
|
|
|
Analyse
comparative : En science
toute forme d'analyse qui vise à montrer les points communs et les
différences entre deux
objets. En statististique,
l'analyse comparative (ou inférentielle) a pour objectif de
montrer que la différence entre deux groupes
n'est pas due au hasard.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analyse
de contenu : Méthode
descriptive de recherche qui vise à analyser le contenu
d'une production visuelle, écrite ou sonore (images, films,
romans, textes, journaux, etc) ou le résultats ou le produit d'un
comportement. Ce contenu peut être déjà écrit ( EX:
un roman, des articles de journaux, un discours, etc.) ou obtenu
au moyen de rapports
verbaux (verbatim) à la suite d'une entrevue ou d'une
question ouverte dans un questionnaire, soit dans le cadre
d'expériences véritables ou de recherches non expérimentales. Le corpus,
souvent constitué des textes (ou d'images), est en premier
lieu décrit à l'aide d'un dictionnaire (lexicon) relevant les mots
significatifs et non significatifs sur le plan syntaxique. Un
second dictionnaire est ensuite défini pour indiquer les
synonymes, variantes et équivalences entre les divers mots. À
cette étape-ci un dénombrement des mots utilisés peut être fait au
moyen d'une grille
d'analyse, de même qu'une description des associations
positives ou négatives retrouvées entre les mots d'une même phrase
ou de phrases contiguës. Une autre étape plus avancée consiste à
définir dans un lexique les relations qui déterminent les mots
dans une phrase. Ces relations peuvent ensuite servir de base pour
une nouvelle compilation, le but étant de caractériser davantage
les dimensions sémantiques retrouvées dans un texte plutôt que ses
aspects purement syntaxiques. Ainsi, des relations très complexes
peuvent être reconnues par des automates de reconnaissance
programmés à cette fin. = analyse du
corpus, analyse des productions, analyse qualitative, analyse de
traces, analyse du discours. Content analysis,
text analysis, discourse analysis.
| |
|
|
SCOTT, W. (1955). Reliability of content analysis : The
case of nominal scale coding. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 17, 321-325. |
ROBERTS, C.W. (2000). A conceptual framework for
quantitative text analysis. Quality & Quantity,
34, 259-274. |
|
BARDIN, L. (1977). L'analyse de contenu. France
: PUF. |
LEUNG, S.A. (2000). A content analysis of the Asian
Journal of Counselling, 1992-1999. Asian Journal of
Counselling, 7, 85-93. |
|
ROSSMAN, G.B. & WILSON, B.L. (1985). Numbers and words
: Combining quantitative and qualitative methods in a
single large-scale evaluation study. Evaluation
Review, 9 (5), 627-643. |
KRIPPENDORF, K. (2004). Content analysis : An
introduction to its methodology. Sage. |
|
VOLLMER, T.R., IWATA, B.A., ZARCONE, J.R. & RODGERS,
T.A. (1992). A content analysis of written behavior
management programs. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 13 (5), 429-441. |
VAN DIJK, T.A. (2006). Ideology and discourse analysis. Journal
of Political Ideologies, 11 (2), 115-140. [PDF] |
|
SCHILLING, J. (2006). On the pragmatics of qualitative
assessment : designement the process for content analysis.
European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 22
(1), 28-37. [PDF] |
| |
MONADI, M. (2007). Oral and written text content analysis
in behavioral and social sciences. Journal of Human
Sciences Methodology, 12 (48), 19-27. |
| |
WANLIN, P. (2007). L'analyse de contenu comme méthode
d'analyse qualitative d'entretiens : une comparaison entre
les traitements manuels et l'utilisation de logiciels.
Recherches Qualitatives, 3, 243-271. [PDF] |
| |
ELO, S. & KYNGAS, H. (2008). The qualitative content
analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62
(1), 107-115. |
| |
SIGNORIELLI, N. (2010). Research ethics in content
analysis. Media Messages & Public Health,
106-114. |
| |
BRIDGES, A.J., WOSNITZER, R., SCHARRER, E., SUN, C. &
LIBERMAN, R. (2010). Aggression and sexual behavior in
best-selling pornography videos : A content analysis
update. Violence Against Women, 16 (10),
1065-1085. |
|
BARDIN, L. (1997). L'analyse de contenu. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
KASOMO, D. (2011). Contemporary method to study humanities
and social sciences. International Journal of
Psychology & Behavioral Sciences, 1 (1), 55-62.
[PDF] |
| |
LERAY, C. et BOURGEOIS, I. (2016). L'analyse de contenu.
Dans B Gauthier (Dir.), Recherche sociale. De la
problématique à la collecte des données (p.
427-455). Québec : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Corpus
et Codeur |
|
|
|
|
Analyse
de la covariance : Variante de l'analyse
de la variance (ANOVA) dans laquelle une variable appelée covariable
est neutralisée ex post
facto par une évaluation ou extraction de ses effets sur la
variable dépendante.
Cette procédure permet de mettre en évidence les effets des autres
variables indépendantes. Covariance
analysis.
| |
|
|
SNEDECOR, G.W. (1934). Calculation and interpretation
of analysis of variance and covariance. Ames, IA :
Collegiate. |
|
BRESLOW, N. (1974). Covariance analysis of censored
survival data. Biometrics, 30, 89-99. |
|
GLASS, G.V., PECKAM, P.D. & SANDERS, J.R. (1972).
Consequences of failure to meet assumptions underlying the
fixed effects analysis of variance and covariance.
Review of Educational Research, 42, 237-288. |
|
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. & PIETERS, J.P.M. (1987).
Measurement error and ANCOVA : Functional and structural
relationship approaches. Psychometrika, 52,
521-538. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Analyse de la
variance |
|
|
Analyse
de la variance : ANOVA : Technique de
comparaison par statistique
inférentielle développée par Fisher,
qui examine les différences
entre au moins trois
moyennes de groupes ou de
traitements. Cette technique postule : 1)
que les variances des divers groupes sont égales (homogènes); 2)
que la distribution de la variable dépendante (mesure) est
normale; 3) qu'elle est de type métrique (à
intervalles ou à rapports); 4) que les effets
des variables explicatives sont additifs. =
test d'analyse de la variance. Analysis of
variance, F test.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. & MacKENZIE, W.A. (1923). Studies in crop
variation, II. The manurial response of different potato
varieties. Journal of Agricultural Science, 311-320.
[PDF] |
ARNOLD, S.F. (1980). Asymptotic validity of F tests for
the ordinary linear model and the multiple correlation
model. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 75, 890-894. |
|
SNEDECOR, G.W. (1934). Calculation and interpretation
of analysis of variance and covariance. Ames, IA :
Collegiate. |
AZZALINI, A. & COX, D.R. (1984). Two new tests
associated with analysis of variance. Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society : Series B, 46, 335-343. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1937). The use of ranks to avoid the
assumption of normality implicit in the analysis of
variance. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 32 (200), 675-701. |
KENNY, D.A. & JUDD, C.M. (1986). Consequences of
violating the independence assumption in analysis of
variance. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 422-431. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1939). The use of the analysis of variance
in enumeration by sampling. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 34, 492-510. |
VASEY, M.W. & THAYER, J.F. (1987). The continuing
problem of false positives in repeated measures ANOVA in
psycho-physiology : A multivariate solution. Psychophysiology,
24, 450-458. |
| |
NELDER, J.A. (1987). Discussion : What is an analysis of
variance ? The Annals of Statistics, 15 (3),
930-931. |
|
HOYT, C. (1941). Test reliability estimated by analysis of
variance. Psychometrika, 6, 153-160. |
WILCOX, R.R. (1989). Adjusting for unequal variances when
comparing means in one-way and two-way fixed effects ANOVA
model. Journal of Educational Statistics, 14, 269-278. |
|
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1947). Some consequences when the
assumptions for the analysis of variance are not
satisfied. Biometrical Bulletin, 3, 22-38. |
WAHLSTEN, D. (1990). Insensitivity of the snalysis of
variance to heredity-environment interations. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 13, 109-120. |
|
TUKEY, J.W. (1949). Comparing individual means in the
analysis of variance. Biometrics, 5 (2),
99-114. [PDF] |
WILCOX, R.R. (1993). Robustness in ANOVA. In L. Edwards
(Ed.), Applied analysis of variance in the behavioral
sciences (pp. 345-374). New York : Marcel Dekker. |
|
MARASCUILO, L.A. & LEVIN, J.R. (1970). Appropriate
post hoc comparisons for interaction and nested hypotheses
in analysis of variance designs : The elimination of Type
IV errors. American Educational Research Journal, 7,
397-421. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (1993). Deux tests de variation monotone
pour l'analyse de variance. Lettres statistiques, 9, 69-91. |
|
LUNNEY, G. (1970). Using analysis of variance with a
dichotomous dependent variable : An empirical study. Journal
of Educational Measurement, 7, 263-269. |
JOHNSON, C.C. & RAKOW, E.A. (1994). The effects of
violations of data set assumptions when using the oneway,
fixed-effects analysis of variance and the one concomitant
analysis of variance. Research in the Schools, 1 (2),
61-75. |
|
GLASS, G.V., PECKAM, P.D. & SANDERS, J.R. (1972).
Consequences of failure to meet assumptions underlying the
fixed effects analysis of variance and covariance.
Review of Educational Research, 42, 237-288. |
ROSNOW, R.L. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1996). Contrasts and
interactions redux : Five easy pieces. Psychological
Science, 7, 253-257. |
|
GENTILLE, J.R., RHODEN, A.H. & KLEIN, R.D. (1972). An
analysis-of-variance model for the intrasubject
replication design. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 5 (2), 193-198. [PDF] |
LECOUTRE, M-P. & DERZKO, G. (2001). Asserting the
smallness of effects in ANOVA. Methods of
Psychological Research, 6 (1), 1-32. |
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1974). The analysis of variance and the
analysis of causes. American Journal of Human
Genetics, 26, 400–-411. |
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment faire une
analyse de variance. Montréal : Collège Ahuntsic. |
|
KRATOCHWILL, T., ALDEN, K., DEMUTH, D., DAWSON, D.,
PANICUCCI, C., ARNTSON, P., MCMURRAY, N., HEMPSTEAD, J.
& LEVIN J. (1974). A further consideration in the
application of an analysis-of-variance model for the
intrasubject replication design. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 7 (4), 629-633. [PDF] |
STEIGER, J.H. (2004). Beyond the F test : Effect size
confidence intervals and tests of close fit in the
analysis of variance and contrast analysis.
Psychological Methods, 9, 164-182. |
| |
KOZUB, R.M. (2010). An ANOVA analysis of the relationships
between business students' learning styles and
effectiveness of web based instruction. American
Journal of Business Education, 3 (3), 89-98. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test F, MANOVA
et Fisher |
|
|
Analyse
de la variance multivariée : MANOVA :
Analyse de la variance faite
simultanément sur plusieurs variables dépendantes. Analyse et
positionnement
multivariés. MANOVA, Multiple
ANalysys Of VAriance,
multiple analysis of variance, multivariate statistics.
| |
|
|
ANDERSON, T.W. (1958). An introduction to multivariate
statistical analysis. New York : Wiley. |
|
|
KRISHNAIAH, P.R. (1966). Multivariate analysis.
New York : Academic Press. |
O'BRIEN, R.G. & KAISER, M.K. (1985). MANOVA method for
analyzing repeated measures designs : An extensive primer.
Psychological Bulletin, 97 (2), 316-333. [PDF] |
|
MORRISON, D.F. (1967). Multivariate statistical
methods. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
HARRIS R.J. (1985). A primer of multivariate
statistics. Orlando : Academic Press. |
|
LYKKEN, D.T. (1971). Multiple factor analysis and
personality research. Journal of Research in
Personality, 5, 161-170. |
RICHINS, M.L. (1987). A multivariate analysis of responses
to dissatisfaction. Journal of the Academy of
Marketing Science, 15 (4), 24-31. |
|
COOLEY, W.W. & LOHNES, P.R. (1971). Multivariate
data analysis. New York : John Wiley and Sons. |
COLE, D.A., MAXWELL, S.E., ARVEY, R. & SALAS, E.
(1993). Multivariate group comparisons of variable systems
: MANOVA and structural equation modeling.
Psychological Bulletin, 114, 174-184. |
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. (1971). Multivariate analysis. New
York : Wiley. |
COLE, D., ARVEY, R.D.. MAXWELL, S. & SALAS, E.
(1994). How the power of MANOVA can both increase and
decrease as a function of the intercorrelations among the
dependent variable. Psychological Bulletin, 115
(3), 465-474. |
|
SHIRSAGAR, A.M. (1972). Multivariate analysis.
New York : Marcel Dekker. |
|
|
OVERALL, J.E. & KLETT, C.J. (1972). Applied
nultivariate analysis. McGraw-Hill : New York. |
|
OLSON, C.L. (1974). Comparative robustness of six tests in
multivariate analysis of variance. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 69, 893–908 |
|
|
LEARY, M.R. & ALTAMAIER, E.M. (1980). Type I error in
counseling research : A plea for multivariate analyses.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 27, 611-615. |
TABACHNICK, B.G. & FIDELL, L.S. (2001). Using
multivariate statistics. Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
|
DILLON, W.R. & GOLDSTEIN, M. (1984). Multivariate
analysis : methods and applications. New York :
John Wiley and Sons. |
HUBERTY, C.J. & OLEJNIK, S. (2005). Applied
MANOVA and discriminant analysis. Wiley. |
|
DUNTEMAN, G. (1984). Introduction to multivariate
analysis. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Analyse
de régression : Voir
Régression. Regression analysis.
|
Analyse
de mot/texte : Voir Analyse
de contenu. Content analysis, text
analysis, discourse analysis.
|
Analyse
des coûts et des bénéfices : =
modèle coûts/bénéfices. Costs and benefits.
| |
|
|
DOVIDIO, J.F., PILIAVIN, J.A., GAERTNER, S.L., SCHROEDER,
D.A. & CLARK, R.D. (1991). The arousal : cost-reward
model and the process of intervention In M.S. Clark (Ed.),
Prosocial behavior (pp. 86-118). Newbury Park, Ca :
Sage Publications. |
|
MADDOX, W.T. & BOHIL, C.J. (2000). Costs and benefits
in perceptual categorization. Memory & Cognition,
28, 597-615.
[PDF] |
|
PERSE, E.M. & FERGUSON, D.A. (2000). The benefits and
costs of web surfing. Communication Quarterly, 48 (4), 343-359. |
|
MADDOX, W.T., DODD, J.L. & BOHIL, C.J. (2001). On the
relation between base-rate and cost-benefit learning in
simulated medical diagnosis. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 27,
1367-1384. [PDF] |
|
MADDOX, W.T. & BOHIL, C.J. (2001). Feedback effects on
cost-benefit learning in perceptual categorization. Memory
& Cognition, 29, 598-615. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyse des données : Étape de la recherche qui suit
immédiatement la collecte
des données et qui consiste dans l'ordre à : 1)
épurer les fichiers de données en relevant les erreurs de saisie
de même que les cas qui contreviennent au protocole de collecte; 2)
faire les corrections appropriées; 3)
à décrire les données
brutes ( = analyse
statistique). 4)
comparer les moyennes
ou les fréquences
obtenues afin de vérifier les hypothèses
statistiques au moyen de test
ou de dégager des régularités
signifiantes (= analyse
statistique). La ou les hypothèses de la recherche sont
traitées en premier lieu (analyse
principale), suivies des hypothèses improvisées (analyse
secondaire) pendant l'analyse elle-même. Une analyse
statistique peut se faire dans le cadre d'une recherche
empirique ou à partir de données déjà compilées. Dans la
démarche scientifique, le rôle de l'analyse est de décomposer
un phénomène logiquement afin de réduire les possibilités
d'interprétation. En principe, l'analyse produit une base commune
de résultats que plusieurs théories
peuvent ensuite
interpréter. = analyse
statistique, analyse des résultats présentation des
résultats/données *interprétation
des données.
( ): analyse
qualitative, analyse
quantitative analyse
principale, analyse
secondaire.
Data analysis, statistical analysis, results.
| |
|
|
MUELLER, C.G. (1949). Numerical transformations in the
analysis of experimental data. Psychological
Bulletin, 46, 198-223. |
BLAIS, J.-G. (1991). Statistique, méthodes quantitatives et
analyse des données. Repères, Essais en Éducation,
13, 63-90. |
|
GREENHOUSE, S.W. & GEISSER, S. (1959). On methods in
the analysis of profile data. Psychometrika, 24
(2), 95-112. [PDF] |
CARACELLI, V.J. & GREENE, J.C. (1993). Data analysis
strategies for mixed-method evaluation designs.
Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 15,
195-207. |
|
TUKEY, J.W. (1974). The future of data analysis. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 33, 1-67. |
ZUCKERMAN, M. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1993). Contemporary
issues in the analysis of data : A survey of 551
psychologists. Psychological Science, 4, 49-53. |
| |
KENNY, D.A., KASHY, D.A. & BOLGER, N. (1998). Data
analysis in social psychology. In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske
& G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social
psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 233-265). Boston, MA :
McGraw-Hill. |
|
BOUROCHE, J.-M. et SAPORTA G. (1987). L'analyse des
donnés. Paris : PUF/Que sais-je ? |
ANDERSON, D.R., LINK, W.A., JOHNSON, D.H. & BURNHAM,
K.P. (2001). Suggestions for presenting the results of
data analysis. Journal of Wildlife Management, 65,
373-378. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, J.O. & BERRY, D.A. (1988). Statistical
analysis and the illusion of objectivity. American
Scientist, 76 (2), 159-165. [PDF] |
LOFTUS, G.R. (1996). Psychology will be a much better
science when we change the way we analyze data.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5,
161-171. [PDF] |
|
JUDD, C.M. & McCLELLAND, G.H. (1989). Data
analysis : A model comparison approach. San Diego,
CA : Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich. |
LOFTUS, G.R. (2002). Analysis, interpretation, and visual
presentation of data. In Stevens' Handbook of
Experimental Psychology (Vol 4.pp. 339-390). New
York : John Wiley and Sons. [PDF] |
|
WEISSBERG, H.F., KROSNICK, J.A. & BOWEN, B.D. (1989).
An introduction to survey research and data analysis.
Glenview, IL : Scott Foresman. |
JUDD, C.M., McCLELLAND, G.H. & RYAN, C.S. (2009). Data
analysis : A model comparison approach. New York :
Routledge Press. |
|
KEPPEL, G. & ZEDECK, S. (1989). Data analysis for
research designs : Analysis of variance and
multiple regression correlation approaches. Worth
Pub. |
JUDD, C.M., McCLELLAND, G.H., RYAN, C.S., MULLER, D. &
YZERBYT, V. (2010). Analyse des données : Une
approache par comparaison de modèles. Brussels,
Belgium : DeBroek. |
|
MAXWELL, S. & DELANY, H. (1990). Designing
experiments and analyzing data. Belmont, CA :
Wadworth. |
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J., WETZELS, R., BORSBOOM, D. & VAN
DER MAAS, H. (2011). Why psychologists must change the way
they analyze their data : The case of psi. A comment on
Bem (2011). Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 100, 426-432. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Analyse
statistique, SPPS,
SAS et
SIMSTATS |
|
|
|
|
Analyse
des données dyadiques : Dyadic data
analysis.
| |
|
|
KENNY, D.A. (1995). The effect of nonindependence on
significance testing in dyadic research. Personal
Relationships, 2, 67-75. |
|
KENNY, D.A. KENNY, D.A. (1996). Models of nonindependence
in dyadic research. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 13, 279-294. |
|
KENNY, D.A., KENNY, D.A., KASHY D.A. & COOK, W.L.
(2006). Dyadic data analysis. New York :
Guilford. |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyse des données qualitatives : Cette expression a au moins deux acceptions : a) Pour certaines auteurs,
elle renvoie à l'analyse
statistique des données qualitatives dites nominales ou
ordinales. En ce sens, un test khi-deux est une analyse
statistique des données qualitatitives.
=
analyse statistique des données qualitatives. b)
Pour d'autres auteurs, l'expression désigne une analyse
non-statistique d'un texte, d'une image ou d'un extrait sonore. =
analyse qualitative.
|
Analyse des données quantitatives : Voir Analyse quantitative.
Quantitative analysis, quantitative data analysis./span>
|
Analyse
des données résiduelles : Residual
method.
| |
|
|
COMREY, A.L., 1962. The minimum residual method of factor
analysis. Psychological Reports 11, 15-18. |
| BEAUGRAND,
J.P. (2004). Vocabulaire de méthodologie. [LIRE] |
|
|
Analyse
des séries chronologiques : Tableau ou figure
qui présente l'évolution d'une ou de plusieurs variables
dans le temps. Désigne également un type d'analyse statistique
(analyse des séries temporelles). =
analyse des séries temporelles. Times-series,
time series analysis.
| |
|
|
BOX, G.E.P. & TIAO, G.C. (1965). A change in level of
non-stationary time series . Biometrika, 52,
181-192. |
|
|
CAMPBELL, D.T. & ROSS, H.L. (1968). The Connecticut
crackdown on speeding : Time-series data in
quasi-experimental analysis. Law & Society Review,
3 (1), 33-54. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
LEVENE, H. & BROCKWELL, P.J. (1991). Time series
: Theory and methods. New York : Springer-Verlag.
|
|
ROSS, L. CAMPBELL, D.T. & GLASS, G.V. (1970).
Determining the social effects of a legal reform : The
British "breathalyser" crackdown of 1967. American
Behavioral Scientist, 13 (4), 493-509. |
|
|
BOX, G.E.P. & JENKINS, G.M. (1976). Time series
analysis : Forecasting and control. San Francisco :
Holden-Day. |
|
|
JONES, R.R., VAUGHT, R.S. & WEINROTT, M. (1977).
Time-series analysis in operant research. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 151-166. [PDF] |
|
|
COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1979). Quasi-experiments
: Interrupted time-series designs. In T.D. COOK & D.T.
CAMPBELL (Eds.), Quasi-Experimentation : Design and
analysis issues for field settings (pp. 207-232).
Boston : Houghton Mifflin Co. |
ORWIN, R.G. (1997). Twenty-one years old and counting :
The interrupted time series comes of age. In E. Chelimsky
and W.R. Shadish (Eds.), Evaluation for the 21 st
Century : A handbook (pp. 443-465). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage Publications, Inc. |
|
JUDD, C.M. & KENNY, D.A. (1981). The interrupted time
series design. In Estimating the effects of social
interventions (pp. 132-159). New York : Cambridge
University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
TRYON, W.W. (1982). A simplified time series analysis for
evaluating treatment interventions. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (3), 423-429. [PDF] |
|
|
VELICER, W.F. & HARROP, J.W. (1983). The reliability
and accuracy of time series model identification.
Evaluation Review, 7, 551-560. |
|
|
REAL, P.G. (1983). A time-series analysis of changeover
performance on concurrent variable-interval schedules. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 11 (2), 255-265. |
CATALANO, R. & HANSEN, H. (2001). Using time-series
analyses to detect the health effects of medical care
reforms : a Norwegian example. Social Science &
Medicine, 53, 1037-1043. |
|
VELICER, W.F. & McDONALD, R.P. (1984). Time series
analysis without model identification. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 19, 33-47. |
VELICER, W.F. & FAVA, J.L. (2003). Time series
analysis. In J.A. Schink & W.F. Velicer
(Eds.), Handbook of psychology : Research methods in
psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 581–606). Hoboken, NJ, US
: Wiley & Sons Inc |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1985). Integrative complexity of American
and Soviet foreign policy rhetoric : A time-series
analysis. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology : Interpersonal Relations & Group
Processes, 49, 1565-1585. [PDF] |
BOURBONNAIS, R. & TERRAZA, M. (2006). Analyse des
séries temporelles : Applications à l'économie et à la
gestion. Paris : Dunod. |
|
HARROP, J.W. & VELICER, W.F. (1985). A comparison of
three alternative methods of time series model
identification. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 20,
27-44. |
DAVIS, R.A., LEE, T. & RODRIGUEZ-YAM, G. (2006).
Structural break estimation for nonstationary time series
models. Journal of American Statistical Association,
101, 229-239. [PDF] |
|
HEPWORTH, J.T. & WEST, S.G. (1988). Lynchings and the
economy : a time series reanalysis of Hovland and Sears
(1940). Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 55, 239-247. |
SATOPAA, V., JENSEN, S., MELLERS, B.A., TETLOCK, P.E.
& UNGAR, L. (2014). Probability aggregation in the
time-series dynamic, hierarchical modeling of sparse
expert beliefs. Annals of Applied Statistics, 8
(2), 1256-1280. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Analyse des
séries temporelles |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyse
discriminante : Analyse
statisique qui consiste à utiliser une ou plusieurs
variables (mesures) pour différencier et reclasser les sujets ou
cas dans leur groupe d'appartenance respectif. Postulats : 1)
les variables contribuent à une distribution multivariée normale;
2) la matrice
de variance/covariance de chacun des groupes est homogène; 3)
les variables mesurées sont toutes métriques; 4)
l'effectif (le N) comprend au moins 10 cas par variable.
Discriminant analysis, linear discriminant analysis.
| |
|
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. & TIEDEMAN, D.V. (1954). Discriminant
analysis. Review of Educational Research, 24, 402-420. |
KLECKA, W. R. (1980), Discriminant analysis, Sage
University Paper Series on Quantitative Applications in
the Social Sciences. Beverly Hills and London :
Sage Publications. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (1966). Discriminant analysis when the
initial samples are misclassified. Technometrics, 8, 657-662. |
HAND, D.J. (1982). Kernel discriminant analysis.
New York : Research Studies Press. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (1967). An almost unbiaised method of
obtaining confidence intervals for the probability of
misclassification in discriminant analysis.
Biometrics, 23 (4), 539-645. 645. |
|
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (1968). On expected probabilities of
misclassification in discriminant analysis, necessary sample
size, and a relation with the multiple correlation
coeficient. Biometrics, 24, 823-834. |
|
|
GILBERT, E. (1968). On discrimination using qualitative
variables. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 63, 1399. |
|
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. & MICKEY, M.R. (1968). Estimation of
error rates in discriminant analysis. Technometrics,
10, 1-11. |
BETZ, N.E. (1987). Use of discriminant analysis in
counseling psychology research. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 34, 393-403. |
|
GILBERT, E. (1969). The effect of unequal
variance-covariance matrices on Fisher's linear
discriminant function. Biometrics, 25, 505-516. |
|
|
McLACHLAN, G.J. (1972). Asymptotic results for
discriminant analysis when the initial samples are
misclassified. Technometrics, 14, 415-422. |
HUBERTY, C.J. (1994). Applied discriminant analysis.
New York : Wiley. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (1973). Some results on the multiple
group discriminant problem. In T. Cacoullos (Ed.), Discriminant
analysis and applications. New York : Academic
Press. |
HAWKINS, D.M. & McLACHLAN, G.J. (1997). High-breakdown
linear discriminant analysis. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 92 (437), 136-143. |
|
MOORE, D.H. (1973). Evaluation of five discrimination
procedures for binary variables. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 68, 399-404. |
CROUX C. & DEHON, C. (2001). Robust linear
discriminant analysis using S- estimators. The
Canadian Journal of Statistics, 29, 473-492. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. & KUPPER, L.L. (1973). Discriminant
analysis when one population is a mixture of normals. Biometrische
Zeitschrisft, 5 (3), 191-197. |
|
|
HABBEMA J.D.F., HERMANS, J. & VAN DEN BROECK, K.
(1974). A stepwise discriminant analysis program using
density estimation. In G. Bruckmann, F. Ferschl & L.
Schmetterer (Eds.), Proceedings in computational
statistics (pp. 101-110). Vienna : Physica-Verlag. |
McLACHLAN, G.J. (2004). Asymptotic results for
discriminant analysis when Discriminant Analysis and
statistical pattern recognition. New York : Wiley. |
|
MARKS, S. & DUNN, O.J. (1974). Discriminant functions
when covariance matrices are unequal. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 69, 555-559. |
HUBERTY, C.J. & OLEJNIK, S. (2005). Applied
MANOVA and discriminant analysis. New York : Wiley. |
|
AHMED, S. & LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (1975). Discriminant
analysis when one or both of the initial samples is
contaminated : Large sample results. EDV in Medizin
und Biologie, 6, 35-42 |
PARDO, P.J., GEORGOPOULOS, A.P., KENNY, J.T., STUVE, T.A.,
FINDLING, R.L. & SCHULZ, C.S. (2006). Classification
of adolescent psychotic disorders using linear
discriminant analysis. Schizophrenia Research, 87
(1-3), 297-306. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P. A. (1975). Discriminant Analysis.
New York : Hafner Publishing. |
HUBERTY, C.J. (2011). Discriminant analysis : Issues and
Problems. In International Encyclopedia of
Statistical Science (pp. 390-392). |
|
|
|
|
Analyse du comportement : Expression surtout utilisée
par les béhavioristes
pour désigner l'explication des comportements en laboratoire
(analyse expérimentale du comportement ou en condition naturelle
(analyse fonctionnelle du comportement). Voir
Analyse fonctionnelle du comportement et Analyse
expérimentale du comportement.
Behavior analysis.
| |
|
|
BAER, D.M. (1981). A flight of behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 4 (2), 85-91. [PDF] |
AXELROD, S. (1996). What's wrong with behavior analysis ?
Journal of Behavioral Education, 6 (3), 247-256. |
|
MICHAEL, J. (1980). Flight from behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 3 (2), 1-21. [PDF] |
FRIMAN, P.C., HAYES S.C. & WILSON, K.G. (1998). Why
behavior analysts should study emotion : The example of
anxiety. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31,
137–156.
[PDF]
|
|
MOORE, J., WASSERMAN, E., MARR, J.M., PEAR, J. &
SCHNAITTER, R. (1883). On cognitive and behavioral
orientations to the language of behavior analysis : Why be
concerned over the differences ? The Psychological
Record, 33 (1), 3-30. |
MOORE, J.C. & SHOOK, G.L. (2001). Certification,
accreditation, and quality control in behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 24, 45-55. [PDF]
|
|
BARNES, D. (1989). Behavior-behavior analysis, human
schedule performance, and radical behaviorism. The
Psychological Record, 39 (3), 339-350. |
WACKER, D.P. (2003). Bridge studies in behavior analysis :
Evolution and challenges in JABA. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 3, 405-411. |
|
SAUTTER, R.A. & LEBLANC, L.A. (2006). Empirical
applications of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior with
humans. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 22,
35-48. |
|
JOHNSON, J.M. (1991). What can behavior analysis learn
from the aversives controversy ? The Behavior
Analyst, 14, 187-196. |
THOMPSON, T. (2007). Relations among functional systems in
behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 87 (3), 423-440. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, J.S. (1991). Marketing behavior analysis requires
different talk. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
24 (3), 445-448. [PDF] |
MACE, F.C. & CRITCHFIELD, T.S. (2010). Translational
research in behavior analysis : Historical traditions and
imperative for the future. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 93 (3),
293-312. [PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1993). The unconventional philosophy of
science of behavior analysis. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60, 449-452. [PDF] |
MARR, M.J. (2013). Tweedledum and Tweedledee : Symmetry in
behavior analysis. Conductual, 1, 16-25.
|
|
REESE, H.W. (1994). Teleology and teleonomy in behavior
analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 17 (1), 75-91. [PDF] |
ARNTZEN, E. & VANDBAKK, M. (2014). Reactions on
historical and future aspects of behavior analysis.
Norsk Tidsskrift for Atferdsanalyse, 41, 45-58. [PDF] |
|
SHOOK, G.L. (1993). The professional credential in
behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 16,
87-101. |
CATANIA, A.C. (2017). The ABCs of behavior analysis :
An introduction to behavior and learning.
Cornwall-on-Hudson, NY : Sloan Publishing. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Analyse fonctionnelle
du comportement et Analyse
expérimentale du comportement |
|
|
|
Analyse du discours : Forme d'analyse de contenu qui s'intéresse essentiellement aux données qualitiatives sous forme de texte.
| |
|
|
CHEEK, J. (2004). At the margins ? Discourse analysis and
qualitative research. Qualitative Health Research, 14
(8), 1140-1150. |
|
STARKS, H. & BROWN-TRINIDAD, S. (2007). Choose your
method : a comparison of phenomenology, discourse
analysis, and grounded theory. Qualitative Health
Research, 17 (10), 1372-1380. [PDF] |
|
VASILACHIS DE GIALDINO, I. (2010). Labour, workers and
work : sociological and linguistic analysis of political
discourse. Critical Discourse Studies, 7 (3),
203-217. |
|
CARBAUGH, D., NUCIFORO, E.V., MoOLINA-MARKHAM, E. &
VAN OVER, B. (2011). Discursive reflexivity in the
ethnography of communication : cultural discourse
analysis. Cultural Studies & Critical
Methodologies, 11 (2), 153-164. |
|
|
|
Analyse en composantes : Analyse
statisique.
Component analysis, estimation of principal components.
| |
|
|
WOLD, H. (1966). Estimation of principal components and
related models by iterative least squares. In P.R.
Krishnaiah (Ed.), Multivariate analysis. New
York : Academic Press. |
|
JACKSON, J.E. (1991). A user guide to principal
components. Wiley. |
|
|
|
Analyse expérimentale du comportement : AEC :
Analyse, développée par Skinner,
qui a vise à décrire et à manipuler en laboratoire
les contingences qui
déterminent l'apparition et la fréquence
des comportements
d'un organisme. On
utilise souvent une boîte
de de Skinner pour mener cette analyse. Lorsque l'analyse
des contingences est faite hors du laboratoire, on emploie plutôt
le terme d'analyse fonctionnelle
du comportement ou techniques de modification
du comportement. Analyse expérimentale du comportement, presser sur le levier et conditionnement opérant.
Experimental analysis of behavior.
| |
 |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1951). The experimental analysis of
behavior. Proceedings and Papers of the Thirteenth
International Congress of Psychology, 62-91. |
|
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1953). The use of the free operant in the
analysis of behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 50,
263-274. |
WILLIAMS, B.A. (1986). On the role of theory in behavior
analyst. Behaviorism, 14 (2), 111-124. [PDF] |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1953). Some contributions of an
experimental analysis of behavior to psychology as a
whole. American Psychologist, 8, 69-78. |
DINSMOOR, J.A. (1987). A visit to Bloomington : the first
conference on the experimental analysis of behavior.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 48
(3), 441-445.
[PDF] |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. & SKINNER, B.F. (1954). A method for
the experimental analysis of the behavior of psychotic
patients. American Psychologist, 9, 419-420. |
IVERSEN, I.H. & LATTAL, K.A. (Eds.) (1991). Techniques
in the behavioral and neural sciences : Experimental
analysis of behavior. Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
|
SKINNER, B.F., SOLOMON, H.C. & LINDSLEY, O.R. (1954).
A new method for the experimental analysis of behavior of
psychotic patients. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 120, 403-406. |
MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive
and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre
speech. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 24
(3), 553-562. [PDF] |
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1955). A systematic approach to an experi-
mental analysis of young children. Child Development,
26, 161-168. |
PERONE, M. (1991). Experimental design in the analysis of
free-operant behavior. In I.H. Iversen & K.A. Lattal
(Eds.), Techniques in the behavioral and neural
sciences : Experimental analysis of behavior (pp.
135-168). Amsterdam : Elsevier. [PDF] |
|
BARON, A., PERONE, M. & GALIZIO, M. (1991). The
experimental analysis of human behavior : Indispensable,
ancillary or irrelevant ? The Behavior Analyst, 14, 145-155.
[PDF] |
|
HYTEN, C. & REILLY, M.P. (1992). The renaissance of
the experimental analysis of behavior. The Behavior
Analyst, 15, 109-114. [PDF] |
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1957). Methodology for an experimental
analysis of child behavior. Psychological Reports, 3,
243-250. |
SASSO, G.M., REIMERS, T.M., COOPER, L.J., WACKER, D.,
BERG, W., STEEGE, M., KELLY, L. & ALLAIRE A. (1992).
Use of descriptive and experimental analyses to identify
the functional properties of aberrant behavior in school
settings. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (4),
809-821. [PDF] |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1993). The unconventional philosophy of
science of behavior analysis. Journal of th |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1957). The experimental analysis of
behavior. American Scientist, 45, 343-371. |
STADDON, J.E.R. (1993). The conventional wisdom of
behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 60 (2), 439–447. [PDF] |
|
SKINNER, B.F. & HOLLAND, J.G. (1961). The analysis
of behavior : A program for self-instruction. New
York : McGraw Hill. |
GRANT, L. & EVANS, A. (1994). Principles of
behavior analysis. New York : Harper Collins. |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1966). What is the experimental analysis of
behavior ? Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 9 (3), 213-218. [PDF] |
ARNDORFER, R.E., MILTENBERGER, R.G., WOSTER, S.H.,
RORTVEDT, A.K. & GAFFANEY, T. (1994). Home-based
descriptive and experimental analysis of problem behaviors
in children. Topics in Early Childhood Special
Education, 14, 64-87. |
|
MILLENSON, J.R. (1967). Principles of behavioral
analysis. New York : MacMillan. |
MILES, T.R. (1994). Ordinary language : The contributions
of Gilbert Ryle and John Austin to the experimental
analysis of behavior. Behavior Analyst, 7 (1),
25-33. [PDF] |
| |
DOUGHERTY, D.M. (1994). The selective renaissance of the
experimental analysis of human behavior. The Behavior
Analyst, 17 (1), 165-168. [PDF] |
|
BRIGHAM, T.A. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1968). An experimental
analysis of verbal imitation in preschool children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 151-158.
[PDF] |
SHERBUME, T.R. & BUSKIT, W. (1995). Taking stock of
the experimental analysis of human social behavior. Experimental
Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, 1 (3), 5-7. [PDF] |
|
GUESS, D., SAILOR, W., RUTHERFORD, G. & BAER, D.M.
(1968). An experimental analysis of linguistic development
: the productive use of the plural morpheme. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (4),
297-306. [PDF] |
McCOMAS, J.J., WACKER, D.P. & COOPER, L.J. (1996).
Experimental analysis of academic performance in a
classroom setting. Journal of Behavioral Education,
6, 191-201. |
| |
LEIGLAND, S. (1996). An experimental analysis of ongoing
verbal behavior : Reinforcement, verbal operants, and
superstitious behavior. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 13, 79-104. [PDF] |
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1996). Reflections on some early
events related to behavior analysis of child development.
The Behavior Analyst, 19, 49-60 |
| |
LESLIE, J.C. (1996). Principles of behavioral
analysis. Amsterdam : Harwood Academic Publishers. |
| |
MARTIN, G. & PEAR, J. (1996). Behavior
modification : What it is and how to do it. Upper
Saddle River : Prentice Hall. |
| |
McCOMAS, J.J., WACKER, D.P., COOPER, L.J., ASMUS, J.M.,
RICHMAN, D. & STONER, B. (1996). Brief experimental
analysis of stimulus prompts for accurate responding on
academic tasks in an out- patient clinic. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 29 (3), 397-401. [PDF] |
| |
BARNES, D. & ROCHE, B. (1997). Relational frame theory
and the experimental analysis of human sexuality. Applied
& Preventive Psychology, 6, 117-135. [PDF] |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1969/71). Contingencies of reinforcement :
A theoretical analysis. New York :
Appleton-Century-Crofts. / L'analyse expérimentale du
comportement. Paris : Seuil. |
DYMOND, S. (1997). International publication trends in the
experimental. The Behavior Analyst, 20 (2),
109-119. [PDF] |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1970). An analysis of the experimental
analysis of behavior (TEAB). Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (1), 101-108.
[PDF] |
CATANIA, A.C. & SHIMOFF, E. (1998). The experimental
analysis of verbal behavior. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 15, 97-100. |
| |
PIERCE, W.D. & EPLING, W.F. (1999). Behavior
analysis and learning. Upper Saddle River :
Prentice Hall. |
|
EDWARDS, D. (Ed.) (1970). The experimental analysis
of behavior. New York : Selected Academic Readings. |
DALY, E.J., MARTENS, B.K., HAMLER, K.R., DOOL, E.J. &
ECKERT, T.L. (1999). A brief experimental analysis for
identifying instructional components needed to improve
oral reading fluency. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 32 (1), 83-94. [PDF] |
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1972).The experimental analysis of clinical
phenomena. The Psychological Record, 22, 1-16. |
HOBBS, S., CORNWELL, D. & CHIESA, M. (2000). Telling
tales about behavior analysis : Text-books, scholarship
and rumor. In J.C. Leslie & D. Blackman (Eds.), Experimental
and applied analysis of human behavior (pp.
251-270). Reno, NV : Context Press. |
|
|
HAYES, S.C. (2001). The greatest dangers facing behavior
analysis today. The Behavior Analyst Today, 2,
61-63. [PDF] |
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1974). Toward a constructional approach to
social problems : ethical and constitutional issues raised
by applied behavior analysis. Behaviorism, 2,
1-84. |
DINSMOOR, J.A. (2004). The etymology of basic concepts in
the experimental analysis of behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 82 (3),
311-316. [PDF] |
| |
SKINNER, B.F. (1977). The experimental analysis of operant
behavior. In R.W. Rieber & K. Salzinger (Eds.), The
roots ofAmerican psychology : Historical influences and
implications for the future (Vol. 291, pp.
374-385). Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. |
SAUTTER, R.A. & LEBLANC, L.A. (2006). Empirical
applications of Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior with
human. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 22
(1), 35-48. [PDF] |
|
|
MILLER, L.K. (2006). Principles of everyday
behavior analysis Boston, MA : Cengage Learning. |
| |
FANTINO, E. & LOGAN, C.A. (1979). The
experimental analysis of behavior : A biological
perspective. San Francisco : W.H. Freeman. |
DIXON, M.R. (2007). Why behavior analysts should
study gambling behavior. Analysis of Gambling
Behavior, 1 (1), 1-3. [PDF] |
| |
CATANIA, A.C. (1981). The flight from experimental
analysis. In C.M. Bradshaw, E. Szabadi, & C.F. Lowe
(Eds.), Quantification of steady-state operant
behavior (pp. 49-64). Amsterdam :
Elsevier/North-Holland. |
THOMPSON, T. (2007). Relations among functional systems in
behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 87 (3), 423-440. [PDF] |
| |
|
BORREO, C.S.W. & BORREO, J.C. (2008).
Descriptive and experimental analyses of potential
precursors to problem behavior. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 41 (1), 83-96. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
POLING, A., PICKER, M., GOSSETT, D., HALL-JOHNSON, E.
& HOLBROOK, M. (1981). The schism between experimental
and applied behavior analysis : Is it real and who cares ?
The Behavior Analyst, 4, 93-102. [PDF] |
JOHNSON, J.M. & PENNYPACKER, H.S. (2009). Strategies
and tactics of behavioral research. New York :
Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. |
| |
LEE, V.L. (1981). Terminological and conceptual revision
in the experimental analysis of language development :
Why. Behaviorism, 9, 25-53. |
CHOLIZ, M. (2010). Experimental analysis of the game in
pathological gamblers : Effect of the immediacy of the
reward in slot machines. Journal of Gambling Studies,
26 (3), 249-256. [PDF] |
| |
MORRIS, E.K., HIGGINS, S.T. & BICKEL, W.K. (1982).
Comments on cognitive science in the experimental analysis
of behavior. Experimental analysis of behavior. The
Behavior Analyst, 5, 109-125. [PDF]
|
MECHNER, F. (2011). Why behavior analysis needs a formal
symbolic language for codifying behavioral contingencies.
reinforcement in stimulus control. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 12 (1), 93-104. [PDF] |
| |
SKINNER, B.F. (1983). Can the experimental analysis of
behavior rescue psychology ? The Behavior Analyst, 6,
9-17. [PDF]
|
ARNTZEN, E. & VANDBAKK, M. (2014). Reactions on
historical and future aspects of behavior analysis.
Norsk Tidsskrift for Atferdsanalyse, 41, 45-58. [PDF] |
|
MARR, M.J. (1984). Some reflections on Kantor’s (1970). An
analysis of the experimental analysis of behavior (TEAB).
The Behavior Analyst, 7, 189-196.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Skinner
et Modification du
comportement |
| |
|
|
Analyse factorielle : Technique d'analyse statistique multivariée qui utilise les corrélations
entre les diverses variables
afin de déterminer les dimensions ou facteurs que représentent ces
variables.
Factorial analysis.
| |
|
|
HOLZINGER, K.J. (1940). A synthetic approach to factor
analysis. Psychometrika, 5, 235-250. |
HARMAN, H.H. (1967). Modern factor analysis.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
BURT, C. (1940). The factors of the mind : An
introduction to factor analysis in psychology.
London : University of London. |
FLEMING, J.S. & DEAVILA, E.A. (1980). Scalogram and
factor analysis of two tests of cognitive development. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 15, 73-93. |
| |
LANDO, H.A. (1982). A factorial analysis of preparation,
aversion, and maintenance in the elimination of smoking. Addictive
Behaviors, 7, 143-154. |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1947). Multiple factor analysis. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press. |
AKAIKE, H. (1987). Factor analysis and AIC. Psychometrika,
52, 317-332. |
|
BURT, C. (1949). The structure of the mind: A review of
the results of factor analysis. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 19, 100-111. |
MARSH, H.W. & BYRNE, B.M. (1993). Confirmatory factor
analysis of multitrait-multimethod self-concept data :
Between-group and within-group invariance constraints. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 28, 313-349. |
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1950). Tests of significance in factor
analysis. British Journal of Psychology, 3,
77-85. |
MEREDITH, W. (1993). Measurement invariance, factor
analysis and factorial invariance. Psychometrika, 58,
525-543. |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1951). L'analyse factorielle, méthode
scientifique. Année Psychologique, 50, 61-75. |
MILLER, G.A. & RICE, K.G. (1993). A factor analysis of
a university counseling center problem checklist.
Journal of College Student Development, 34, 98-102. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1952). Factor analysis. New York
: Harper. |
KLINE, P. (1994). An easy guide to factor analysis.
London, UK : Routledge. |
|
|
EYSENK, H.J. (1953). The logical basis of factor analysis.
American Psychologist, 8, 105-114. |
MacCALLUM, R.C., WIDAMAN, K.F., ZHANG, S. & HONG, S.
(1999). Sample size in factor analysis. Psychological
Methods, 4 (1), 84-99. [PDF] |
|
FRUCHTER, B. (1954). Introduction to factor analysis. Princeton : Van Nostrand. |
FABRIGAR, L.R., WEGENER, D.T., McCALLUM, R.C. &
STRAHAN, E.J. (1999). Evaluating the use of exploratory
factor analysis in psychological research. Psychological
Methods, 4 (3), 272-299. [PDF] |
|
GUTTMAN, L. (1954). Some necessary conditions for common
factor analysis. Psychometrika, 19, 149-162. |
REISE, S.P., WALLER, N.G. & COMREY, A.L. (2000).
Factor analysis and scale revision. Psychological
Assessment, 12, 287-297. [PDF] |
|
KAISER, H.F. (1960). The application of electronic
computer to factor analysis. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 20, 141-151. |
HAYDUK, L.A. & GLASER, D.N. (2000). Jiving the
four-step, waltzing around factor analysis, and other
serious fun. Structural Equation Modeling : A
Multidisciplinary Journal, 7 (1), 1-35. [PDF] |
|
HOWARD, K.I. & GORDON, R.A. (1960). Empirical note on the "number" in factor analysis. EPsychological Reports 12 (1), 247-250. |
|
|
HORN, J.L. (1965). A rationale and test for the number of
factors in factor analysis. Psychometrika, 30, 179-185. |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. & BOEHNKE, K. (2004). Evaluating the
structure of human values with confirmatory factor
analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 38, 230-255.
|
|
BARRATT, E.S. (1965). Factor analysis of some psychometric
measures of impulsivness and anxiety. Psychological
Reports, 16, 547-554. |
|
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1966). The scree test for the number of
factors. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 1, 245-276. |
CHILD, D. (2006). The essentials of factor analysis.
Bloomsbury Academic Press. |
|
MOSCOVICI, S. (1979). Le colloque international d'analyse
factorielle (compte-rendu). Bulletin de Psychologie, 9
(4), 247-249. |
WIEBE, S.A., ESPY, K. & CHARAK, D. (2008). Using
confirmatory factor analysis to understand executive
control in preschool children : I. Latent Structure. Developmental
Cognitive Neuroscience Laboratory - Faculty & Staff
Publications, 38. [PDF] |
|
TUCKER, L.R. (1966). Some mathematical notes on three-mode
factor analysis. Psvchometrika, 31, 279-311. |
JACKSON, D.L., PURC-STEPHENSON, R. & GILLASPY, J.A.
(2009). Reporting practices in confirmatory factor
analysis : An overview and some recommendations. Psychological
Methods, 14 (1), 6-23. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Analyse
statistique et Corrélation |
|
|
|
|
Analyse
fonctionnelle du comportement : AFC
: Analyse fondée sur les théories béhavioristes,
qui vise à décrire les contingences
qui déterminent l'apparition et la fréquence
des comportements
(moteurs, sociaux
et verbaux)
d'un individu ou d'un animal, en
laboratoire (analyse
expérimentale) ou en milieu naturel (modification
du comportement). Cette analyse peut également se faire dans
le cadre d'une thérapie.
= analyse du comportement.
( ): analyse expérimentale
du comportement, modification
du comportement.
ABA, Applied Behavior
Analysis, Behavior analysis, behavioral treatment, functional
analysis of behavior, functional assessment, functional behavior
assessment.
| |
|
|
LOVAAS, O.I., SCHAEFFER, B. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1965).
Building social behavior in autistic children by use of
electric shock. Journal of Experimental Research in
Personality, 1, 99-109. [PDF] |
LALLI, J.S., LIVEZEY, K. & KATES, K. (1996).
Functional analysis and treatment of eye poking with
response blocking. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 29 (1), 129-132. [PDF] |
|
KANFER, F.H. & SASLOW, G. (1965). Behavioral analysis
: An alternative to diagnostic classification.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 12, 529-538. [PDF] |
BROUSSARD, C. &
NORTHUP, J. (1995). An approach to functional assessment
and analysis of disruptive behavior in regular education
classrooms. School Psychology Quarterly, 10,
151-164. |
|
MILLENSON, J.R. (1967). Principles of behavioral
analysis. New York : MacMillan. |
SIGAFOOS, J. & SAGGERS, E. (1995). A discrete-trial
approach to the functional analysis of aggressive behavior
in two boys with autism. Australia & New Zealand
Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 20, 287-297. |
|
BAER, D.M., WOLF, M.M. & RISLEY, T.R. (1968). Some
current dimensions of applied behavior analysis. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1, 91-97. [PDF] |
O'REILLY, M.F. (1995). Functional analysis and treatment
of escape-maintained aggression correlated with sleep
deprivation. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28
(2), 225-226. [PDF] |
|
GUESS, D. (1969). A functional analysis of receptive
language and productive speech : acquisition of the plural
morpheme. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2
(1), 55-64. [PDF] |
BARBETTA, P.M. & SKARUPPA, C.L. (1995). Looking for a
way to improve your behavior analysis lectures ? Try
guided notes. Behavior Analyst, 18 (1),
155–160. [PDF] |
|
KAGEL, J.H. & WINKLER, R.C. (1972). Behavioral
economics : areas of cooperative research between
economics and applied behavioral analysis. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (3), 335-342. [PDF] |
AXELROD, S. (1996). What's wrong with behavior analysis ?
Journal of Behavioral Education, 6 (3), 247-256. |
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1973). A functional analysis of dépression.
American Psychologist, 28 (10), 857-870. [PDF] |
FOXX, R.M. (1996). Translating the covenant : The behavior
analyst as ambassador and translator. The Behavior
Analyst, 19, 147-161. [PDF] |
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1974). Toward a constructional approach to
social problems : Ethical and constitutional issues raised
by applied behavior analysis. Behaviorism, 2 (1),
1-84. |
FORSYTH, J.P. & EIFERT, G.H. (1996). "Cleaning-up"
cognition in triple-response fear assessment through
individualized functional behavior analysis. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 27,
87-98. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1975). The impact of applied behavior
analysis on diverse areas of research. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (2), 213-229. [PDF] |
FOXX, R.M. (1996). Twenty years of applied behavior
analysis in treating the most severe problem behaviors :
Lessons learned. The Behavior Analyst, 19 (2),
225-235. [PDF] |
|
SOBELL, M.B., SOBELL, L.C. & SHEAHAN, D.B. (1976).
Functional analysis of drinking problems as an aid in
developing individual treatment strategies. Addictive
Behaviors, 1, 127-132. |
BROUSSARD, C. &
NORTHUP, J. (1997). The use of functional analysis to
develop peer interventions for disruptive classroom
behavior. School Psychology Quarterly, 12,
65-76. |
| |
O'NEILL, R.E., HORNER, R.H., ALBIN, R.W. & SPRAGUE, J.
(1997). Functional assessment and program development
for problem behavior : A practical handbook.
Pacific Grove : Brooks/Cole Publishing. |
| |
MILLER, L.K. (1997). Principles of everyday behavior
analysis Monterey, CA : Brooks/Cole Publishing
Company. |
|
HOLLAND, J.G., SOLOMAN, C., DORAN, J. & FREZZA, D.A.
(1976). The analysis of behavior in planning
instruction. Reading, MA : Addison-Wesley. |
JOHNSTON, J.M. (1997). The place of behavior analysis in
the academy. Behavior & Social Issues, 7, 99-101. |
| |
HAYNES, S.C. & LEISEN, M.B. & BLAINE, D.D. (1997).
Design of individualized behavioral treatment programs
using functional analytic clinical case models. Psychological
Assessment, 9 (4), 334-348. [PDF] |
|
|
AXELROD, S. (1977). Behavior modification for the
classroom teacher. New York : McGraw-Hill |
O'REILLY, M.F. (1997). Functional analysis of episodic
self-injury correlated with recurrent otitis media. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (1), 165-167. [PDF] |
|
BARRETT, B.H. (1977). Behavior analysis. In J. Wortis
(Ed.), Mental retardation and developmental
disabilities : (Vol. 9, pp. 141-202). New York :
Brunner/Mazel. |
WATT, W.J., LAMAL, P.A., NEWMAN, B. & HOBIE, S.A.
(1997). Treatment of behavior analysis in five
leading introductory psychology textbooks.
Monograph published by BALANCE : Behavior Analysis League
for Accuracy in News, Commentary and Education. |
|
FOSTER, W.S. (1978). Adjunctive behavior : an
under-reported phenomenon in applied behavior analysis ?Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 11 (4), 545-546. [PDF] |
CARR, E.G., YARBROUGH, S.C. & LANGDON, N.A. (1997).
Effects of idiosyncratic stimulus variables on functional
analysis outcomes. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 30 (4), 673-685. [PDF] |
|
NEEF, N.A. (1993). Response to Myers on par-
ticipation of women in behavior analysis :
Right problem, wrong source. The Behavior
Analyst, 16, 357-359 [PDF] |
|
DEITZ, S.M. (1978). Current status of applied behavior
analysis : Science versus technology. American
Psychologist, 33, 805-814. |
MOORE, J.C. (1997). Some thoughts on the S-R issue and the
relation between behavior analysis and behavioral
neuroscience. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 67 (2), 242-245. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M.M. (1978). Social validity : The case for
subjective measurement or how applied behavior analysis is
finding its heart. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 11 (2), 203-214. [PDF] |
FREA, W.D. & HUGHES, C. (1997). Functional analysis
and treatment of social-communicative behavior of
adolescents with developmental disabilities. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (4), 701-704. [PDF] |
|
STOLTZ, S.B. (1978). Ethics of social and educational
interventions : Historical context and a behavioral
analysis. In A.C. Catania & T.A. Brigham (Eds.), Handbook
of applied behavior analysis. New York :
Irvington. |
HAGOPIAN, L.P., FISHER, W.W., THOMPSON, R.H.,
OWEN-DESCHRYVER, J., IWATA, B.A. & WACKER, D.P.
(1997). Toward the development of structured criteria for
interpretation of functional analysis data. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (2), 313-326. [PDF] |
|
McSWEENEY, F.K., DONAHOE, P. SWINDELL, S. (1998).
Women in the experimental analysis of behavior. The
Behavior Analyst, 21, 183–202. [PDF] |
|
WAHLER, R.G. & FOX, J.J. (1981). Setting events in
applied behavior analysis : Toward a conceptual and
methodological expansion. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 14 (3), 327-338. [PDF] |
BAER, D.M. & ROSALES-RUIZ, J. (1998). In the analysis
of behavior, what does "develop" mean ? Mexican
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 24 (2), 127-136. [PDF] |
|
PIERCE, W.D. & EPLING, W.F. (1980). What happened to
analysis in applied behavior analysis ? The Behavior
Analyst, 3 (1), 1-9. [PDF] |
MORRIS, E.K. (1998). Mechanism, contextualism and the
behavior analysis of development. Mexican Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 24, 97-110. [PDF] |
|
MICHAEL, J. (1980). Flight from behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 3, 1-21. [PDF] |
FRIMAN, P.C., HAYES, S.C. & WILSON, K. (1998). Why
behavior analysts should study emotion : The example of
anxiety. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31 (1),
137-156. [PDF] |
|
HINELINE, P.N. (1980). The language of behavior analysis :
Its community, its function, and its limitations. Behaviorism,
8, 67-86. [PDF] |
LEIGLAND, S. (1998). The methodological challenge of the
functional analysis of verbal behavior. The Analysis
of Verbal Behavior, 15, 125-127. [PDF] |
|
BAER, D.M. & BUSHELL, D. (1981). The future of
behavior analysis in the schools ? Consider the recent
past, and then ask a different question. School
Psychology Review, 10, 259-270. |
ALBERTO, P.A. & TROUTMAN, A.C. (1999). Applied
behavior analysis for teachers. New York :
Merrill. |
|
STOLTZ, S.B. (1981). Adoption of innovations from applied
behavioral research: "Does anybody care ?" Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (4), 491-505. [PDF] |
RAPP, J.T., MILTENBERGER, R.G., GALENSKY, T.L., ELLINGTON,
S.A. & LONG, E.S. (1999). A functional analysis of
hair pulling. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32
(3), 29-337. [PDF] |
|
BALDWIN, J.D. & BALDWIN J. I. (1981). Behavior
principles in everyday life. Englewood Cliffs :
Prentice-Hall. |
WALLACE, M.D. & IWATA, B.A. (1999). Effects of session
duration on functional analysis outcomes. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 32 (2), 175–183. [PDF] |
|
BAER, D.M. (1981). A flight of behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analysis, 4 (2), 85-91. [PDF] |
VOLLMER, T., IWATA, B.A., CUVO, A.J., HEWARD, W.L.,
MILTENBER, R. & NEEF, N.A. (Eds.) (2000). Research
in applied behavior analysis. Lawrence, Kansas :
Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
|
KING, L. (1981). Comment on : "Adoption of innovations
from applied behavioral research" : Does anybody care ? Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14 (4), 507-511.
[PDF] |
IWATA, B.A., WALLACE, M.D., KAHNG, S., LINDBERG, J.S.,
ROSCOE, E.M., CONNERS, J., HANLEY, G.P., THOMPSON, R.H.
& WORDSELL, A.S. (2000). Skill acquisition in the
implementation of functional analysis methodology.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (2),
181-194.
[PDF] |
|
EPLING, W.F. & PIERCE, W.D. (1983). Applied behavior
analysis : New directions from the laboratory. The
Behavior Analyst, 6, 27-37. [PDF] |
CRITHFIELD, T.S., BUSKIST, W., CROCKETT, J., SHERBURNE, T.
& KEEL, K. (2000). Sources cited most frequently in
the experimental analysis of human behavior. The
Behavior Analyst, 23, 255-266. [PDF] |
POLING, A., GROSSETT, D., FULTON, B., ROY, S., BEECH- LER,
S. & WITTKOPP, C.J. (1983). Participation
by women in behavior analysis. The Behavior
Analyst, 6 (2), 145-152 [PDF]
|
McSWEENEY, F.K., DONAHOE, P. & SWINDELL, S.
(2000). Women in applied behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 23 (2), 267–277. [PDF] |
|
DIETZ, S.M. & ARRINGTON, R.L. (1983). Factors
confusing language use in the analysis of behavior. Behaviorism,
11, 117-132. |
DOUGHER, M.J. (Ed.) (2000). Clinical behavior
analysis : Theory, research, and treatment. Reno,
NV : Context Press |
|
DIETZ, S.M. (1983). Two correct definitions of "applied",
The Behavior Analyst, 6, 105-106. |
IWATA, B.A., KHANG, S., WALLACE, M.D. & LINDBERG, J.S.
(2000). The functional analysis model of behavioral
assessment. In J. Austin & J.E. Carr (Eds.),
Handbook of applied behavior analysis (pp. 61-89).
Reno, NV : Context Press. |
|
|
TODD, J.T. & MORRIS, E.K. (1983). The msrepresentation
of behavior analysis in psychology textbooks :
Misconception and miseducation. The Behavior Analyst,
6 (2), 153-160. [PDF] |
RINGDAHL, J.E. & SELLERS, J.A. (2000). The effects of
dif- ferent adults as therapists during functional
analyses. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 33 (2),
247-250.
[PDF] |
|
IWATA, B.A. & LENT, C.E. (1984). Participation by
women in behavior analysis : Some recent data on
authorship of manuscripts submitted to the Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 7,
77-78. [PDF] |
|
|
PIERCE, W.D. & EPLING, W.F. (1984). On the persistence
of cognitive explanation : implications for behavior
analysis. Behaviorism, 12, 15-27. |
VALDOVINOS, M.G., NAPOLITANO, D.A., ZARCONE J.R.,
HELLINGS, J.A., WILLIAMS, D.C. & SCHROEDER, S.R.
(2002). Multimodal evaluation of risperidone for
destructive behavior : Functional analysis, direct
observations, rating scales, and psychiatric impressions.
Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 10 (3),
268-275. |
|
GARRETT, K.R. (1985). Elbow room in a functional analysis
: Freedom and dignity regained. Behaviorism, 13,
21-36. |
HOBBS, S., CORNWEL, D. & CHIESA, M. (2000). Telling
tales about behavior analysis : Textbooks, scholarship and
rumor. In J. Leslie & D. Blackman (Eds.), Issues
in experimental and applied analysis of human behavior (pp.
251-270). Reno, NV : Context Press. |
|
SCHLUNDT, D.G. (1985). An observational methodology for
functional analysis. Bulletin of the Society of
Psychologists in Addictive behaviors, 4, 234-249. |
MOORE, J.C. & SHOOK, G.L. (2001). Certification,
accreditation, and quality control in behavior analysis.
The Behavior Analyst, 24, 45-55. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G. & DURAND, V.M. (1985). Reducing behavior
problems through functional communication training. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18, 111-126. [PDF] |
McCORD, B.E., THOMSON, R.J. & IWATA, B.A. (2001).
Functional analysis and treatment of self-injury. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (2), 195-210. [PDF] |
|
SCHLUNDT, D.G., JOHNSON, W.G. & JARRELL, M.P. (1985).
A naturalistic functional analysis of eating behavior in
bulimia and obesity. Advances in Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 7 (3), 149-162. |
ROSENWASSER, B. & AXELROD, S. (2001). The
contributions of applied behavior analysis to the
education of people with autism. Behavior
Modification, 25, 671-677. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C. (2001). The greatest dangers facing behavior
analysis today. The Behavior Analyst Today, 2,
61-63. [PDF] |
|
FANTINO, E. (1985). Behavior analysis and behavioral
ecology : A synergistic coupling. The Behavior
Analyst, 8 (2), 151-157. [PDF] |
MALOTT, R.M., LYON, D. & MALOT, M.E. (2002). A history
of the Association for Behavior Analysis. ABA
Newsletter, 25 (3), 5-16. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, B.A. (1986). On the role of theory in behavior
analyst. Behaviorism, 14 (2), 111-124. [PDF] |
HERBERT, J.D. & BRANDSMA, L.L. (2002). Applied
behavior analysis for childhood autism : Does the emperor
have clothes ? The Behavior Analyst Today, 3 (1),
45-50. [PDF] |
|
HOPKINS, B.L. (1987). Comments on the future of applied
behavior analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 20 (4), 339-346. [PDF] |
MOORE, J.W., EDWARDS, R.P., STERLING-TURNER, H.E., RILEY,
J., DUBARD, M. & MCGEORGE, A. (2002). Teaching
acquisition of functional analysis methodology. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (1), 73-77. [PDF] |
|
HINELINE, P.N. & LATIES, V.G. (1987). Anniversaries in
behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 48 (3), 439-514. [PDF] |
BAILEY, J.S. & BURCH, M.R. (2002). Research
methods in applied behavior analysis. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
BAER, D.M., WOLF M.M. & RISLEY, T.R. (1987). Some
still-current dimensions of applied behavior analysis.
Journal of the Association for Behavior Analysis, 20
(4), 3131-327. [PDF] |
ASMUS J.M., VOLLMER T.R. & BORRERO, J.C. (2002).
Functional behavioral assessment : A school-based model. Education
& Treatment of Children, 25, 67-90. |
|
COOPER, J.O, HERON, T.E. & HEWARD, W.L. (1987/2007).
Applied behavior analysis. New York : Macmillan. |
EWING, C.B., MAGEE, S.K. & ELLIS, J. (2002). The
functional analysis of problematic verbal behavior. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 18, 51-60. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, J.M. & SHOOK, G.L. (1987). Developing
behavior analysis at the state level. The Behavior
Analyst, 10 (2), 199-233. [PDF] |
MOORE, J.C. (2003). Behavior analysis, mentalism, and the
path to social justice. The Behavior Analyst, 26
(2), 181-193. [PDF] |
|
HOKINS, B.L. (1987). Comments on the future of applied
behavior analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 20, 339-346. [PDF] |
PIAZZA, C.C., FISHER, W.W., BROWN, K.A., SHORE, B.A.,
PATEL, M.R., KATZ, R.M., SEVIN, B.M., GULOTTA, C.S. &
BLAKELY-SMITH, A. (2003). Functional analysis of
inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Journal of Applied
Analysis of Behavior, 36 (2), 187-204. [PDF] |
|
SULZER-AZAROFF, B., DRABMAN, R.M., GREER, R.D., HALL,
R.V., IWATA, B.A. & LEARY, S.G. (Eds.) (1987).
Behavior analysis in education. Lawrence, KS : The
Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
HANLEY, G.P., IWATA, B.A. & McCORD, B.E. (2003).
Functional analysis of problem behavior : A review. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (2), 147-185. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1987). Behavioral treatment and normal
educational and intellectual functioning in young autistic
children. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 55, 3-9. |
MOORE, J.C. & COOPER, J.O. (2003). Some proposed
relations among the domains of behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 26, 69-84. [PDF] |
|
BARRETT, B.H. (1987). Drifting ? Course ? Destination ? A
review of Research methods in applied behavior analysis :
Issues and advances. The Behavior Analyst, 10, 253-276.
[PDF] |
NEEF, N.A., IWATA, B.A, HORNER, R.H., LERMAN, D.C.,
MARTENS, B. & SAINATO, D. (Eds.) (2004). Behavior
analysis in education. Lawrence, Kansas : Society
for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
|
BIGLAN, A. (1988). Behavior analysis and the larger
context. Behavior Analysis, 23, 25-32. |
VYSE, S. (2004). Stability over time : Is behavior
analysis a trait psychology ? The Behavior Analyst,
27 (1), 43-53. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, E.K. (1988). Contextualism : The world view of
behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental Child
Psychology, 46, 289-323. |
WYNNE, L. (2004). The missing theory : Why behavior
analysis has little impact on voluntary adult outpatient
services. Ethical Human Psychology & Psychiatry,
6 (2), 135-146. [PDF] |
|
STURMEY, P., CARLSEN, A., CRISP, A.G. & NEWTON, J.T.
(1988). A functional analysis of multiple aberrant
responses : A refinement and extension of Iwata et al's
(1982) methodology. Journal of Intellectual Disability
Research, 32, 31-46. |
LEHMAN, P.K. & GELLER, E.S. (2004). Behavior analysis
and environmental protection : Accomplishments and
potential for more. Behavior & Social Issues, 13,
13-32. [PDF] |
|
SCHOPLER, E., SHORT A. & MESIBOV, G. (1989). Relation
of behavioral treatment to normal educational functioning
: Comment on Lovaas. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 57, 162-164. |
STURMEY, P. & BERNSTEIN, H. (2004). Functional
analysis of maladaptive behaviors : Current status and
future directions. In J.L. Matson, R.B. Laud & M.L.
Matson (Eds.), Behavior modification for persons with
developmental disabilities : Treatments and supports
(Vol. 1, pp. 1-32). Kingston : NADD Press. |
|
GELLER, E.S. (1989). Applied behavior analysis and social
marketing : An integration for environmental preservation.
Journal of Soical Issues, 45 (1), 17-36. [PDF] |
KODAK, T., GROW, L. & NORTHUP, J. (2004). Functional
analysis and treatment of elopement in a young child
diagnosed with ADHD. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (2), 229-232. [PDF] |
|
MOXLEY, R.A. (1989). Some historical relationships between
science and technology with implications for behavior
analysis. Behavior Analysis, 2 (1), 45-57. [PDF] |
MADDEN, G.J., KLATT, K.P., JEWETT, D.C. & MORSE, L.A.
(2004). A forgotten resource critical to the future of
behavior analysis : Undergraduate psychology majors. The
Behavior Analyst, 27 (1), 33-41. [PDF] |
|
GREER, R.D., McCORKLE N. & WILLIAMS, G. (1989). A
sustained analysis of the behaviors of schooling. Behavioral
Residential Treatment, 4, 113-141. |
MALOTT, M.E. (2004). Toward the globalization of behavior
analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 27 (1), 25-32. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
HAYNES S.C. & O'BRIEN, W.H. (1990). Functional
analysis in behavior therapy. Clinical Psychology
Review, 10, 649-668. |
NORTHUP, J., KODAK, T., GROW, L., LEE, J. & COYNE, A.
(2004). Instructional influences on analogue functional
analysis outcomes. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (4), 509-512 [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, E.K., TODD, J.T., MIDGLEY, B.D., SCHNEIDER, S.M.
& JOHNSON, L.M. (1990). The history of behavior
analysis : Some historiography and a bibliography. The
Behavior Analyst, 13, 131-158. [PDF] |
SCOTT, T., BUCALOS, A., LIAUPSIN, C., NELSON, C.,
JOLIVETTE, K. & DeSHEA, L. (2004). Using functional
behavior assessment in general education settings : Making
a case for effectiveness and efficiency. Behavioral
Disorders, 29 (2), 189-202. |
| |
SHOOK, G.L., JOHNSTON, J.M. & MELLICHAMP, F.H. (2004).
Determining essential content for applied behavior analyst
practitioners. The Behavior Analyst, 27 (1),
67-94. [PDF]
|
|
O'NEILL, R.E., HORNER, R.H. & ALBIN, R.W. (1990). Functional
analysis of problem behavior. Brooks/Cole. |
BORREO, C.S.W., VOLLMER, T.R & BORREO, J.C. (2004).
Combining descriptive and functional analysis logic to
evaluate idiosyncratic variables maintaining aggression. Behavioral
Interventions, 19, 247-262. |
| |
O'REILLY, M., SIGAFOOS, J. & OLIVE, M. (2005).
Noncontingent reinforcement for the standpoint of an
applied behaviora nalyst. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 33-39. [PDF] |
| |
THOMPSON, T. (2005). Paul E. Meehl and B.F. Skinner :
Autitaxia, autitypy, and autism. Behavior &
Philosophy, 33, 101-131. [PDF] |
| |
MORRIS, E.K., SMITH, N.G. & ALTUS, D.E. (2005). B.F.
Skinner's contributions to applied behavior analysis.
The Behavior Analyst, 28 (2), 99-131. [PDF]
|
|
PROCTOR, R.W. & WEEKS, D.J. (1990). The goal of
B.F. Skinner and behavior analysis. New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
CHIESA, M. (2005). ABA is not "a therapy for autism". In
M. Keenan, M. Henderson, P.K. Kerr & K. Dillenburger
(Eds.), Applied behaviour analysis and autism :
Building a future together (pp. 225-240). London :
Jessica Kingsley. |
|
NOSIK, M.R. & GROW, L.I. (2005). Prominent women in
behavior analysis : An introduction. Behavior Analyst,
38, 225-227. [PDF] |
|
GELLER, S. (1991). Is applied behavior analys is technological
to a fault ? Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24,
401-406. |
VIRUÉS-ORTEGA, J. & HAYNES, S.N. (2005). Functional
analysis in behavior therapy : Behavioral foundations and
clinical application. International Journal of
Clinical & Health Psychology, 5 (3), 567-587. [PDF] |
|
MACE, F.C., LALLI, J.S. & PINTER-LALLI, E. (1991).
Functional analysis and treatment of aberrant behavior. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 12 (2), 155-180. |
KANTER, J.W., CAUTILLI, J.D., BUSCH, A.M. & BARUCH,
D.E. (2005). Toward a comprehensive functional analysis of
depressive behavior : Five environmental factors and a
possible sixth and seventh. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 6 (1), 65-81. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, J.S. (1991). Marketing behavior analysis requires
different talk. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
24 (3), 445-448. [PDF] |
SALZINGER, K. (2006). Behavior analysis in the real world.
Behavior & Social Issues, 15, 192-195. [PDF] |
|
|
SAUTTER, R.A. & LEBLANC, L.A. (2006). Empirical
applications of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior with
humans. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 22,
35-48. |
|
NORTHUP, J., WACKER, D., SASSO, G., STEEGE, M., CIGRAND,
K., COOK, J. & DERAAD, A. (1991). A brief functional
analysis of aggressive and alternative behavior in an
outclinic setting. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 24 (3), 509-522.
[PDF] |
CHANCE, P. (2006). First course in applied behavior
analysis. Waveland Press. |
|
AXELROD, S. (1991). Smoking cessation through functional
analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24
(4), 717-718. [PDF] |
JOHNSON, J.M., FOXX, R.M., JACOBSON, J.W., GREEN, G. &
MULICK, J.A. (2006). Positive behavior support and applied
behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 29, 51-74.
[PDF] |
|
MACE, F.C., LALLI, J.S. & LALLI, E.P. (1991).
Functional analysis and treatment of aberrant behavior. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 12 (2), 155-180. |
STAGE, S.A., JACKSON, H.G., MOSCOVITZ, K., ERICKSON, M.J.,
THRUMAN, S.O., JESEE, W. & OLSON, E.M. (2006). Using
multimethod-multisource functional behavioral assessment
for students with behavioral disabilities. School
Psychology Review, 35 (3), 451-471. |
|
SELINSKE, J.E., GREER, R.D. & LODHI, S. (1991). A
functional analysis of the comprehensive application of
behavior analysis to schooling. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 24 (1), 107-117. [PDF] |
WAGUESPACK, A., VACCARO, T. & CONTINERE, L. (2006).
Functional behavioral assessment and intervention with
emotional/behaviorally disordered students : In pursuit of
state of the art. International Journal of Behavioral
Consultation & Therapy, 2 (4), 463-474. [PDF] |
|
CLÉMENT, C. et CARDOT, O. (2006). Analyse fonctionnelle
d'un cas d'anxiété de séparation : Apports et limites
d'une intervention in situ. Journal
de Thérapie Comportementale et Cognitive, 16
(3), 119-123.
|
| |
ALBERTO, P.A. & TROUTMAN, A.C. (2006). Applied
behavior analysis for teachers. Upper Saddle
River, NJ : Pearson. |
| |
WRIGHT-GALLO, G., HIGBEE, T., REAGON, K. & DAVEY, B.
(2006). Classroom-based functional analysis and
intervention for students with emotional/behavioral
disorders. Education & Treatment of Children, 29 (3),
421-435. |
|
DUNLAP, G., KERN-DUNLAP, L., CLARKE, S. & ROBBINS,
F.R. (1991). Functional assessment, curricular revision,
and severe behavior problems. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 24 (2), 387-397.
[PDF] |
JOHNSON, J.M. (2006). Distinguishing between applied
research and practice. The Behavior Analyst, 19
(1), 35-47. [PDF] |
|
HAYNES, S.C. & FOLLETE, W.C. (1992). Can functional
analysis provide a substitute for syndromal classification
? Behavioral Assessment, 14, 345-365. |
MARR, M.J. (2006). Behavior analysis and social issues :
Some questions and concerns. Behavior & Social
Issues, 15, 57-67. [PDF] |
|
FANTUZZO, J. & ATKINS, M. (1992). Applied behavior
analysis for educators : teacher centered and classroom
based. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (1),
37-42. [PDF] |
KEARNY, C.A. & VECCHIO, J. (2006). Functional analysis
and treatment of selective mutism in children. American
Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 1 (2), 141-148.
[PDF] |
|
PALMER, D.C. & DONOHOE, J.W. (1992). Essentialism and
selectionism in cognitive science and behavior analysis. American
Psychologist, 47, 1344-1358. [PDF] |
BRANCH, M.N. (2006). KELLEHER, R.T. : Behavior analyst.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86
(3), 371-384. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C. & HAYES, L.J. (1992). Verbal relations and
the evolution of behavior analysis. American
Psychologist, 47 (11), 1383-1395. |
RUIZ, M.R. & ROCHE, B. (2007). Values and the
scientific culture of behavior analysis. Behavior
Analysis, 30 (1), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
SCHLINGER, H.D. (1992). Theory in behavior analysis : An
application to child development. American
Psychologist, 47, 1396-1410. |
THOMPSON, T. (2007). Relations among functional systems in
behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 87 (3), 27-44. [PDF] |
|
SIMON, J.L., MORRIS, E.K. & SMITH, N.G. (2007). Trends
in women’s participation at the meetings of the
Association for Behavior Analysis : 1975–2005. The
Behavior Analyst, 30, 181–196 |
|
LEE, V.L. (1992). Transdermal interpretation of the
subject matter of behavior analysis. American
Psychologist, 47 (11), 1337-1343. |
BRADY, J.V. (2007). Behavior analysis in the spaceage. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 8 (4), 398-413. [PDF] |
|
HINELINE, P.N. (1992). A self-interpretive behavior
analysis. American Psychologist, 47 (11),
1274-1286. |
NORMAND, M.P. (2008). Science, skepticism, and applied
behavior analysis. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 1,
42-49. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, E.K. (1992). The aim, progress, and evolution of
behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 15,
3-29. [PDF] |
NEEF, N.A. & PETERSON, S.M. (2008). Functional
behavior assessment. In J.O. Cooper, T.E. Heron & W.
Heward (Eds.), Applied behavior analysis. Upper
Saddle River, NJ : Prentice. |
|
GREENBERG, J.H. & MARTINEZ, R.C. (2008). Starting off
on the right foot : One year of behavior analysis in
practice and relative cost. International Journal of
Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 4 (2),
212-226. |
|
LLOYD, K.E. & LLOYD, M.E. (1992). Behavior analysis
and technology in higher education. In R.P. West &
L.A. Hamerlynck (Eds.), Designs for excellence in
education : A legacyto B.F. Skinner (pp. 147-160).
Longmont, CO : Sopris West, Inc. |
HORNER, R.H. & ANDERSON, C. (2008). Applied Behavior
Analysis. In E.M. Anderman & H.L. Anderman (Eds.), Psychology
of classroom learning : An Encyclopedia. London :
Thomson. |
|
MALOTT, R.W. (1992). Should we train applied behavior
analysts to be researchers ? Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 25 (1), 83-88. [PDF] |
IWATA, B.A. & DOZIER, C.L. (2008). Clinical
application of functional analysis methodology.
Behavior Analysis in Practice, 1, 3-9. |
|
SKINNER, M.E. & HALES, M.R. (1992). Classroom
teachers' "explanations" of student behavior : One
possible barrier to the acceptance and use of applied
behavior analysis procedures in the schools. Journal
of Educational & Psychological Consultation, 3
(3), 219-232. |
BLOH, C. & AXELROD, S. (2008). IDEIA and the means to
change behavior should be enough : Growing support for
using applied behavior analysis in the classroom.
Journal of Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention,
5 (2), 52-56. |
|
CZUBAROFF, J. (1993). Convergences with behavior analysis
: Recommendations from the rhetoric of inquiry. The
Behavior Analyst, 16, 1-8.
[PDF] |
DORSEY, M.F., WEINBERG, M.F., ZANE, T. & GUIDI, M.M.
(2009). The case for licensure of applied behavior
analysts. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 2 (1),
53-58. [PDF] |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J., TSAI, M. & DOUGHER, M.J. (1993). The
dimensions of clinical behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 16 (2), 271-282. [PDF] |
ELDEVIK, S., HASTING, R.P., HUGHES, J.C., JAHR, E.,
EIKESETH, S. & CROSS, S. (2009). Meta-analysis of
early in- tensive behavioral intervention for children
with autism. Journal of Clinical Child &
Adolescent Psychology, 38 (3), 439-450. [PDF] |
|
SHERIDAN, S.M. (1993). Functional outcome analysis : Do
the costs outweigh the benefits ? School Psychology
Quarterly, 8 (3), 227-230. |
MORRIS, E.K. (2009). Behavior analysis and ecological
psychology : past, present, and future : a review of Harry
Heft’s ecological psychology in context. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 92 (2),
275-304. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, E.K. (1993). Behavior analysis and mechanism : One
is not the other. The Behavior Analyst, 16,
25-43. [PDF] |
EIKESETH, S., HAYWARD, D., GALE, C., GITLESEN, J-P. &
ELDEVIK, S. (2009). Intensity of supervision and outcome
for preschool aged children receiving early and intensive
behavioural interventions : A preliminary study.
Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 3, 67-73.
[PDF] |
|
|
DELPRATO, D.J. (1993). Behavior analysis and S.C. Pepper's
other mechanism. The Behavior Analyst, 16 (1),
51-53.
[PDF] |
BACHMEYER, M.H., PIAZZA, C.C., FREDRICK, L.D., REED, G.K.,
RIVAS, K.D. & KADEY, H.J. (2009). Functional analysis
and treatment of multiply controlled inappropriate
mealtime behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 42 (3), 641-658. [PDF] |
|
GRESHAM, F.M., GANSLE, K.A. & NOELL, G.H. (1993).
Treatment integrity in applied behavior analysis with
children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26
(2), 257-264. [PDF] |
LAYNG, T.V.J. (2009). The search for an effective clinical
behavior analysis : The nonlinear thinking of Israel
Goldiamond. Behavior Analysist, 32 (1),
163-184. [LIRE] |
|
ALLEN, K.D., BARONE, V.J. & KUHN, B.R. (1993). A
behavioral prescription for promoting applied behavior
analysis within pediatric. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 26 (4), 493-502. [PDF] |
JOHNSON, J.M. & PENNYPACKER, H.S. (2009). Strategies
and tactics of behavioral research. New York :
Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. |
|
LOVITT, T.C. (1993). A brief history of applied behavior
analysis at the University of Washington. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (4), 563-567. [PDF] |
MORRIS, E.K. (2009). A case study in the misrepresentation
of applied behavior analysis in autism : The Gernsbacher
lectures. The Behavior Analyst, 32 (1),
205-240.
[PDF] |
|
DILLENBURGER, K. & KEENAN, M. (2009). None of the As
in ABA stand for autism : Dispelling the myths.
Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability,
34,
193-195. [PDF] |
|
HAYNES S.C. & UCHIGAKIUCHI, P. (1993). Incorporating
personality trait measures in behavioral assessment : Nuts
in a fruitcake or raisins in a mai tai ? Behavor
Modification, 17, 72-92. |
POLING, A. (2010). Looking to the future : Will behavior
analysis survive and prosper ? Behavior Analysis, 33
(1), 7-17. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, E.K. (1993). Mechanism and contextualism in
behavior analysis : Just some observations. The
Behavior Analyst, 16, 255-269. [PDF] |
EMURIAN, H.H., CANFIELD, K. & BRADY, J.V. (2010).
Behavior analysis of team performance : A case study of
membership replacement. The Behavior Analyst Today,
11 (3), 161-185. [PDF] |
| MYERS, D.L. (1993). Participation by women.
Behavior analysis. II : 1992. The Behavior Analyst, 16
(1), 75-86. [PDF] |
POLING, A. (2010). Progressive-ratio schedules and applied
behavior analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 43 (2), 347-349.
[PDF] |
NEEF, N.A. (1993). Response to Myers on participation of
women in behavior analysis : Right problem, wrong
Source. The Behavior Analyst, 16 (1), 75-86. [PDF] |
LANG, R., DAVIS, P., O'REILLY, M.F., MACHALICEK, W.,
RISPOLI, M., SIGAFOOS, J., LANCIONI, G. & REGESTER, A.
(2010). Functional analysis and treatment of elopement
across two school settings. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 43 (1), 113-118. [PDF] |
| MYERS, D.L. (1993). More Participation by women in
behavior analysis : Reply to Neef. The Behavior
Analyst, 16 (1), 75-86. [PDF]
|
FRYLING, M.J. (2011). The impact of applied behavior
analysis on the science of behavior. Behavior &
Social Issues, 19, 24-31. |
| |
FRYLING, M.J. & HAYES, L.J. (2011). The concept of
function in the analysis of behavior. Revista Mexicana
de Analisis de la Conducta, 37 (1) 11-20. [PDF] |
| |
O'REILLY, M.F., RISPOLI, M., DAVIS, T., MACHALICEK, W.,
LANG, R., SIGAFOOS, J., KANG, S., LANCIONI, G., GREEN, V.
& DIDDEN, R. (2010). Functional analysis of
challenging behavior in children with autism spectrum
disorders : A summary of 10 cases. Research in Autism
Spectrum Disorders, 4, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
MICHAEL, J. (1994). Concepts and principles of
behavior analysis. Kalamazoo, MI : Society for the
Advancement of Behavior Analysis. |
SMITH, T. (2012). Evolution of research on interventions
for individuals with autism spectrum disorder :
Implications for behavior analysts. The Behavior
Analysist, 35 (1), 101-113.
[PDF] |
|
IWATA, B.A., DORSEY, M.F., SLIFER, K.J., BAUMAN, K.E.
& RICHMAN, G.S. (1994). Toward a functional analysis
of self-injury. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
27 (2), 197-209. [PDF] |
GAMBRILL, E. (2012). Birds of a feather : Applied behavior
analysis and quality of life. Research on Social Work
Practice, 23 (2), 121-140. [PDF] |
|
MACE F. C. (1994). The significance and future of
functional analysis methodologies. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 27, 385-392. |
DIXON, D.R., VOGEL, T. & TARBOX, J. (2006). A brief
history of functional analysis and applied behavior
analysis. In J.L. Matson (Ed.), Functional assessment
for challenging behaviors (pp. 3-24). Springer. [PDF] |
|
CARR, E.G. (1994). Emerging themes in the functional
analysis of problem behavior. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 393 399. [PDF] |
HAGOPIAN, L.P., ROOKER, G.W., JESSEL, J. & DELEON,
I.G. (2013). Initial functional analysis outcomes and
modifications in pursuit of differentiation : A summary of
176 inpatient cases. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 46, 88-100. [PDF] |
| |
NORMAND, M.P. & KOHN, C.S. (2013). Don't wag the dog :
Extending the reach of applied behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 36 (1), 109-122. [PDF] |
|
SCHLINGER, H.D. & NORMAND, M.P. (2013). On the origin
and functions of the term "functional analysis". Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46 (1), 285-288. |
|
FIELDLING, C., LOWDERMILK, J., LANIER, L.L., FANNIN, A.G.,
SCHKADE, J.L., ROSE, C.A. & SIMPSON, C.G. (2013).
Applied behavior analysis : Current myths in public
education. Journal of the American Academy of Special
Education, 83-97.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, T. (2013). What is evidence-based behavior analysis
? The Behavior Analyst, 36 (1), 7-33. [PDF] |
|
|
MORRIS, E.K., ALTUS, D.E. & SMITH, N.G. (2020).
A Study in the founding of applied behavior analysis
through its publications. The Behavior Analyst, 36
(1), 73-107. [PDF] |
| |
ROANE, H.S., FISHER, W.W., KELLEY, M.E., LOMAS MEVERS, J.
& BOUXSEIN, K.J. (2013). Using a modified
visual-inspection criteria to interpret functional
analysis outcomes. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 46 (1), 130-146. |
| |
ARNTZEN, E. & VANDBAKK, M. (2014). Reactions on
historical and future aspects of behavior analysis.
Norsk Tidsskrift for Atferdsanalyse, 41, 45-58. [PDF] |
| |
SLOCUM, T.A., DETRICH, R., WILCZYNSKI, S.M., SPENCER,
T.D., LEWIS, T. & WOLFE, K. (2014). The evidence-based
practice of applied behavior analysis. Behavior
Analyst, 37 (1), 41–56. [PDF] |
|
WORCESTER, L., McLAUGHLIN, T.F., NEYMAN, J. & BLECHER,
J. (2015). Use of a functional behavior assessment to
address tantrum behavior with a preschooler with
developmental delays. International Journal of English
& Education, 4 (1), 522-538. |
|
NORMAND, M.P., DALLERY, J. & ONG, T. (2015). Applied
behavior analysis for health and fitness. In H. Roane, J.
Ringdahl & T. Falcomata (Eds.), Clinical and
organizational applications of applied behavior analysis
(pp. 555-582). Elsevier. |
|
FAVELL, J.E. (2015). A career in behavior analysis : notes
from the journey. The Behavior Analyst, 38,
229–236. |
|
IVY, J.W. & SCHRECK, K.A. (2016). The efficacy of ABA
for individuals with autism across the lifespan. Current Developmental
Disorders Reports, 3, 57-66. |
| |
FEE, A., SCHIEBER, E., NOBLE, N. & VALDOVINOS, M.G.
(2016). Agreement between questions about behavior
function, the motivation assessment scale, functional
assessment interview, and brief functional analysis of
children's challenging behaviors. Behavior Analysis :
Research & Practice, 16 (2), 94-102. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, J.M. CARR, J.E. & MELLICHAMP, F.H. (2017). A
history of the professional credentialing of applied
behavior analysts. The Behavior Analyst, 40, 1-16.
[PDF] |
|
ENRIGHT, S.M. & AXELROD, S. (1995). Peer-tutoring :
applied behavior analysis working in the classroom. School
Psychology Quarterly, 10 (1), 29-40. |
|
|
KENNEDY, C.H. & SOUZA, G. (1995). Functional analysis
and treatment of eye poking. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 28 (1), 27-37. [PDF]
|
LI, A., CURIEL, H., PRITCHARD, P. & POLING, A.
(2018). Participation of women in behavior analysis
research : Some recent and relevant data. Behavior
Analysis in Practice, 11, 160–164. [PDF]
|
|
HOPKINS, B.L. (1995). Applied behavior analysis and
statistical process control ? Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 28 (3), 379-386. [PDF]
|
ALTUS, D.E., MORRIS, E.K. & SMITH, N.G. (2020).
A study in the emergence of applied behavior analysis
through the referencing patterns in its founding articles,
European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 22 (1),
101–132.[PDF] |
|
LATTAL, K.A. (1995). Contingency and behavior analysis. The
Behavior Analyst, 18 (2), 209-224. [PDF]
|
ROTTA, K., LI, A., CURIEL, E.S.L., CURIEL, H. &
POLING, A. (2021). Women in behavior analysis : A Review
of the Literature. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 15,
592-607. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Intervention
intensive comportementale, Thérapie béhavioriste et Techniques de modification du comportement |
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analyse
longitudinale : Analyse d'une phénomème
qui tient compte de son évolution dans le temps. EX:
Observer les comportements de jeu d'enfants à deux ans,
quatre ans, six ans, etc. Analyse longitudinale et
recherche longitudinale. Longitudinal
analysis.
| |
|
|
ZHOU, L., IWATA, B.A., GOFF, G.A. & SHORE, B.A.
(2001). Longitudinal analysis of leisure-item preferences.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32 (2),
179-184. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Recherche
longitudinale |
|
|
Analyse multidimensionnelle : = positionnement multidimensionnel.
Multidimensional scaling,multidimensional scaling techniques.
| |
|
|
COX, T.F. & COX, M.A.A. (2001). Multidimensional
scaling. Chapman and Hall. |
|
TREAT, T.A., MCFALL, R.M., VIKEN, R.J., NOSOFSKY, R.M.,
MACKAY, D.B. & KRUSCHKE, J.K. (2002). Assessing
clinically relevant perceptual organization with
multidimensional scaling techniques. Psychological
Assessment, 14 (3), 239-252. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Analyse mixte : Voir Méthode mixte.
Mixed methods research, mixed
approaches, multimethod research, mixed analysis, mixed
research.
|
|
|
Analyse par partionnement (des données) :
= analyse par catégorie.
Cluster analytic approach, cluster analysis.
| |
|
|
COSTA, P.T. & McCRAE, R.R. (1976). Age differences in
personality structure : A cluster analytic approach. Journal
of Gerontology, 31, 564-570. |
|
GUEST, G. & McLELLAN, E. (2003). Distinguishing the
trees from the forest : Applying cluster analysis to
thematic qualitative data. Field Methods, 15 (2),
186-201. |
|
LI, Q., AMLUNG, M.T., VALTCHEVA, M., CAMCHONG, J., AUSTIN,
B.P., DYCKMAN, K.A., UNSWORTH, N., CLEMENTZ, B.A. &
MCDOWELL, J.E. (2012). Evidence from cluster analysis for
differentiation of antisaccade performance groups based on
speed/accuracy trade-offs. International Journal of
Psychophysiology, 85, 274-277. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyse post-hoc : Le terme renvoie à deux
réalités complémentaires : l'analyse
statisique réalisée pour neutraliser l'effet des variables
parasites qui n'ont pas été contrôlées pendant la recherche
(analyse des covariables) ou pour préciser les résultat d'un
premier test (EX : faire un Scheffé ou un Tukey à la suite d'une
analyse de variance). 20 Le terme renvoie également aux analyses
effectuées pour vérifier une hypothèse formulé après la recherche,
une fois que les données de cette recherche ont été analysées.
|
|
|
Analyse qualitative : Étape d'une recherche
qualitative qui consiste à analyser des données
non-chiffrées afin d'en faire ressortir la signification
individuelle (pour chaque participant) ou collective (pour
l'ensemble de l'échantillon).
Il peut s'agir d'extraits de
texte, d'extraits sonore ou d'image. NDLR : La
confusion qui règne autour de cette expression tient
essentiellement à deux raisons : 1) d'abord au
fait qu'elle renvoie à deux phases biens distinctes mais
successives de la recherche (d'abord
la collecte de données, puis la préparation et l'analyse de ces données); Dans un premier temps, il faut savoir que les données d'une recherche peuvent être aussi bien quantitatives
que qualitatives. Certaines recherches ne produisent qu'un type de
données, alors que d'autres fournissent aussi bien des données
quantitatives que qualitatives. En effet, lors de la collecte, le
phénomène à l'étude peut être aussi bien mesuré qu' évalué; s'il est mesuré, la donnée obtenue au moyen de cette opération sera notée
sous forme de chiffre (échelle
de rapports et échelles
d'intervalles); si le phénomène est évalué, la donnée
obtenue sera notée sous forme de mot, que l'on pourra ensuite ou
non traduire en chiffre (échelle
nominale et échelle
ordinale). 2) derrière l'expression analyse
qualitative se cache également deux conceptions de la
science quasi diamétralement opposées (la science nomothétique et la science
idiographique). Ce n'est donc pas la nature des données -
quantitative ou qualitatitve - qui permet de qualifier une
recherche de qualitative ou de quantitative, mais plutôt ce que
l'on fait par la suite avec ces données, c-à-d la manière de les
analyser. En effet, pour les tenants de la science nomothétique,
toute donnée doit faire l'objet d'une analyse
statistique, qu'elle soit de nature quantitative ou
qualitative. C'est à partir de cette analyse statistique que
seront interprétés
les résutats et vérifiées les hypothèses de la recherche. Au
contraire, pour les partisans de la science idiographique,
l'analyse statistique est une opération nuisible, au mieux
inutile. Inutile parce qu'elle ne permet pas d'extraire des
données la signification ou le sens «profond» que les participants
donnent à leurs gestes et paroles. Nuisible parce que les calculs
mathématiques et les tests réduisent,
selon eux, l'être humain à des dimensions secondaires ou
superficielles, qui nous éloignent de l'essentiel, c-à-d comprendre
le point de vue des participants. Il convient cependant de
préciser qu'il existe une trosième voie - intermédaire à ces deux
positions exclusives - qui considère que le type l'analyse -
qualitative ou quantitative - dépend essentiellement de la nature
du problème, et non de la conception épistémologique du chercheur
; qui plus est, dans certains cas, ces chercheurs préconisent le
recours à l'un et l'autre dans une même recherche (méthode
mixte). Analyse, méthode
et données
qualitatives. = méthode
qualitative, recherche
qualitative, approche qualitative. =
analyse qualitative. /analyse
quantitative. Qualitative analysis,
qualitative data analysis, qualitative approach, qualitative
inquiry.
| |
| |
|
|
|
LAZARSFELD, P. (1972). Qualitative analysis.
Historical and critical essays. Boston : Allyn
& Bacon. |
WEITZMAN, E.A. & MILES, M.B (1995). Computer
programs for qualitative data analysis. London/New
Delhi : Sage Publications. |
|
HALFPENNY, P. (1979). The analysis of qualitative data.
The Sociological Review, 27 (4), 799-825. |
PAIILÉ, P. (1996). De l'analyse qualitative en général et
de l'analyse thématique en particulier. Recherches
qualitatives, 15, 179-194. |
| |
CLIFF, N. (1996). Ordinal methods for behavioral data
analysis. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates Inc. |
|
DUFFY, M.E. (1985). Designing research the
qualitative-quantitative debate. Journal of Advanced
Nursing, 11 (3), 225-232. |
COX, D.R. & FAREWELL, V.T. (1997). Qualitative and
quantitative aspects should not be confused. British
Medical Journal, 314, 73-77. [PDF] |
| |
ELLIOTT, S.J. & GILLIE, J. (1998). Moving experiences
: A qualitative analysis of health and migration.
Health & Place, 4 (4), 327-339. |
|
BENOLIEL, J.Q. (1985). Advancing qualitative approaches. Western
Journal of Research, 7 (2), 1-8. |
WILLIG, C. (2001). Introducing qualitative research
in psychology. Buckingham, UK : Open University
Press. |
| |
EZZY, D. (2002). Qualitative analysis : Practice and
innovation. Crows Nest, Australia : Allen &
Unwin. |
|
STRAUSS, A.L. (1987). Qualitative analysis for social
scientists. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (2002). The
qualitative researcher's companion. Thousand Oaks :
Sage. |
|
BOCKMON, D.F. & RIEMAN, D.J. (1987). Qualitative
versus quantitative research. Holistic Practice, 2
(1), 71-75. |
BAILEY, D.M. & JACKSON, J.M. (2003). Qualitative data
analysis : Challenges and dilemmas related to theory and
method. American Journal of Occupational Therapy, 57
(1), 57-65. |
| |
PAILLÉ, P. et MUCHIELLI, A. (2003). L'analyse
qualitative en sciences humaines et sociales. Paris
: Armand Colin. |
|
STRAUSS, A.L. & CORBIN, J. (1990/2004). Basics of
qualitative research : Grounded theory procedures and
techniques / Les fondements de la recherche qualitative.
Techniques et procédures de développement de la théorie
enracinée. Fribourg Suisse : Academic Presse
Fribourg/Éditions Saint-Paul. |
HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (2003). Analyse des
données qualitatives. Bruxelles : De Boeck. |
|
HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (1991). Analyse des
données qualitatives : recueil de nouvelles méthodes.
Bruxelles/St-Laurent : De Boeck Wesmael/ERPI. |
AYRES, L., KAVANAUGH, K. & NAFL, K.A. (2003).
Within-case and across-case approaches to qualitative data
analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 13,
871-883. |
|
CORNER, J. (1991). In search of more complete answers to
research questions : Quantitative versus qualitative
research methods is there a way forward ? Journal of
Research, 16 (3), 718-727. |
HSIEH, H.F. & SHANON, S.E. (2005). Three approaches to
qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health
Research, 15 (9), 1277-1288. [PDF] |
|
|
GUBA, E. (1991). Subjectivity and objectivity. In E.
Eisner & A. Peshkin (Eds.), Qualitative inquiry
in education. New York : Teachers College Press. |
BAZELEY, P. (2006). The contribution of computer software
to integrating qualitative and quantitative data analyses.
Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 64-74. |
|
CONSTAS, M.A. (1992). Qualitative data analysis as a
public event : The documentation of category development
procedures. American Educational Research Journal, 29,
253-266. |
THOMAS, D.R. (2006). A general inductive approach for
analyzing qualitative evaluation data. American
Journal of Evaluation, 27 (2), 237-246. [PDF] |
|
DEY, I. (1993). Qualitative data analysis : A
user-friendly guide for social scientists. London
: Routledge. |
LAFLAMME, S. (2007). Analyses qualitatives et
quantitatives : deux visions, une même science. Nouvelles
Perspectives en Sciences Sociales : Revue Internationale
de Systémique Complexe et d'Études Relationnelles, 3
(1), 141-149. [PDF] |
| |
CRESWELL, J.W. & PLANO CLARK, V.L. (2007/11). Designing
and conducting mixed methods research. Thousand
Oaks, California, London : Sage. |
|
PÉLADEAU, N. et MERCIER, C. (1993). Approches qualitative
et quantitative en évaluation de programmes. Sociologie
et Sociétés, 25 (2), 111-124. [PDF] |
HUSSAIN, Z. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2009). The attitudes,
feelings, and experiences of online gamers : A qualitative
analysis. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 12 (6),
747-753. [PDF] |
|
BRYMAN, A. & BURGESS, R.G. (Eds.) (1994).
Analyzing qualitative data. London : Routledge. |
BAZELEY, P. (2009). Analysing qualitative data : More Than
"identifying themes". Malaysian Journal of Qualitative
Research, 2, 6-22.
[PDF] |
|
WOLCOTT, H.F. (1994). Transforming qualitative data :
Description, analysis, and interpretation. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
RUSSELL, B.H. & RYAN, B.G. (2010). Analyzing
qualitative data : Systematic approaches. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
RITCHIE, J. & SPENCER, L. (1994). Qualitative data
analysis for applied policy research. In A. Bryman &
R. Burgess (Eds.), Analyzing qualitative data
(pp. 173-194). London : Sage. |
LEJEUNE, C. (2010). Montrer, calculer, explorer, analyser.
Ce que l'informatique fait (faire) à l'analyse
qualitative. Recherches Qualitatives, 9,
15-32. |
|
ALTHEIDE, D.L. & JOHNSON, J.M. (1994). Criteria for
assessing interpretive validity in qualitative research.
In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of
qualitative research (pp. 485-499). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage. |
KRIEF, N. & ZARDET, V. (2013). Analyse de données
qualitatives et recherche-intervention. Recherches en
Sciences de Gestion, 95, 211-237. [PDF] |
|
MILES, M.B. & HUBERMAN, A.M. (1994). Qualitative
data analysis : An expanded sourcebook. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
BAZELEY, P. (2013). Qualitative data analysis :
practical strategies. London : Sage. |
|
KELLE, U., PREIN, G. & BIRD, K. (1995). Computer-aided
qualitative analysis : Theory, methods and practice. London
: Sage. |
MILES, M.B., HUBERMAN, A.M. & SALDANA, J. (2014). Qualitative
data analysis : A methods sourcebook. Thousand
Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Échelle,
Méthode,
Recherche,
Méthode
qualitative et Données
qualitatives |
|
|
Analyse quantitative : Analyse statistique des données chiffrées, qu'elles soient
quantitatives ou qualitatives (ordinales ou nominales). Analyse, méthode
et données
quantitatives.
= analyse quantitative, méthode
quantitative, recherche
quantitative. /analyse
qualitative.
Quantitative analysis,
quantitative data analysis.
| |
|
|
|
ABELSON, R.P. & TUKEY, J.W. (1963). Efficient
utiliztion of non-numerical information in quantitative
analysis : General theory and the case of simple order. The
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 34, 1347-1369. |
CORNER, J. (1991). In search of more complete answers to
research questions : Quantitative versus qualitative
research methods is there a way forward ? Journal of
Research, 16 (3), 718-727. |
|
NEVIN, J.A. (1984). Quantitative analysis. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42 (3), 421-434.
[PDF] |
COX, D.R. & FAREWELL, V.T. (1997). Qualitative and
quantitative aspects should not be confused. British
Medical Journal, 314, 73-77. [PDF] |
|
DUFFY, M.E. (1985). Designing research the
qualitative-quantitative debate. Journal of Advanced
Nursing, 11 (3), 225-232. |
ANTONIUS, R. (2003). Interpreting quantitative data
with SPSS. London : SAGE. |
|
BLAKLEY, E. & POLING, A. (1986). Some thoughts on
quantitative analysis. Experimental Analysis of Human
Behavior Bulletin, 2, 31-33. |
BAZELEY, P. (2006). The contribution of computer software
to integrating qualitative and quantitative data analyses.
Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 64-74. [PDF] |
|
LORIAUX, M. (1988). Limites, illusions, misères et fraudes
de l'analyse quantitative. Dans H. Gérard et M. Loriaux
(Dirs.), Au-delà du quantitatif. Espoirs et limites
de l'analyse qualitative en démographie (pp.
55-129). Louvain-la-Neuve : CIACO. |
LAFLAMME, S. (2007). Analyses qualitatives et
quantitatives : deux visions, une même science. Nouvelles
Perspectives en Sciences Sociales : Revue Internationale
de Systémique Complexe et d'études Relationnelles, 3
(1), 141-149. [PDF] |
|
MOORE, J.C. (2008). A critical appraisal of contemporary
approaches in the quantita- tive analysis of behavior. The
Psychological Record, 58, 641–664.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Analyse
statistique, échelle,
Méthode,
Recherche
et Données
quantitatives |
| |
|
|
|
|
Analyse secondaire (des données) : Analyse statistique réalisée à partir des données
(secondaires) qui ne sont pas recueillies dans le but de vérifier
l'hypothèse (ou
l'objectif) d'une recherche. Il peut s'agir de : 1)
la relation entre la variable indépendante (X) et et les
indicateurs secondaires de la recherche; 2)
Tout autre X
ou cause potentiel et les
principaux indicateurs de la recherche; 3)
Tout autre X ou cause potentiel et les indicateurs secondaires de
la recherche. Par tout autre X, on entend l'ensemble des variables
susceptibles d'agir comme des causes (X). Il peut donc s'agir de
variables parasites que le chercheur a contrôlées ( EX:
sexe, âge, lieu de la recherche, heure, ethnie, programme d'étude,
etc.). Dans un rapport
scientifique ou un article
empirique, on ne fait mention de ces analyses que si elles
sont significatives.
Analyse secondaire, indicateur
secondaire et autre
X. =
analyse des données secondaires, analyse des variables
secondaires.
Data crunching, secondary
data analysis.
| |
|
|
CHURCH, R.M. (2001). The effective use of secondary data.
Learning & Motivation, 33, 32-45. [PDF] |
| LAMOUREUX,
A. (2000). Recherche et méthodologie en sciences
humaines. Laval : Beauchemin. |
|
|
|
|
Analyse statistique : Opération qui consiste à utiliser les statistiques
descriptive et
inférentielle pour décrire des séries de données quantitives
(échelle d'intervalles
et échelle de rapports) qualitatives
(échelle de rapports et échelles
d'intervalles) et vérifier des hypothèses.
Cette opération se fait habituellement au moyen d'un logiciel
d'analyse de données, comme SPSS
ou SIMSTATS. =
analyse des données, technique
d'analyse statistique. Statistical analysis.
| |
|
|
COHEN, J. (1965). Some statistical issues in psychological
research. In B.B. Wolman (Ed.), Handbook of clinical
psychology (pp. 95-121). New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
FERGUSON, G.A. (1966). Statistical analysis in
psychology and education. New York : McGraw-Hlil. |
|
BERGER, J.O. & BERRY, D.A. (1988). Statistical
analysis and the illusion of objectivity. American
Scientist, 76 (2), 159-165. [PDF] |
|
JUDD, C.M. & McCLELLAND, G.H. (1989). Data
analysis : A model comparison approach. San Diego,
CA : Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich. |
|
COHEN, J. (1992). Statistical power analysis. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 98-105. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). Les analyses statistiques. In S.
Bouchard et C. Cyr (Dir.), Recherche psychosociale :
pour harmoniser recherche et pratique (p. 361-406).
Sainte-Foy : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
BAZELEY, P.A. (2006). The contribution of computer software
to integrating qualitative and quantitative data analyses.
Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 64-74. |
WALDMAN, I.D. & LILIENFIELD, S.O. (2014). Thinking about data, research methods, and statistical analyses : Commentary on Sijtsma's (2014) "Playing with data". Psychometrica, 47, 1173-1181. [PDF] |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Statistique
et Analyse des données |
|
|
Analyse stratégique : Expression utilisée par Crozier et Friedberg pour
désigner un angle d'analyse particulier des comportements sociaux
et des groupes qui met l'accent sur les stratégies
individuelles que les acteurs
utilisent pour protéger leur zone d'incertitude et accroître leur pouvoir. Ce type d'analyse a depuis donné naissance à une nouvelle perspective sociologique.
| |
|
|
CROZIER, M. et FRIEDBERG, E. (1977). L'acteur et le
système. Paris : Seuil. |
|
ANSART, P. (1990). Les sociologies contemporaines.
Paris : Seuil. |
|
|
|
Analyse systémique : Analyse qui vise à décrire les différents systèmes
dans lesquels se développe
un individu ou un groupe.
| |
|
|
THEORET M. et GLADU S. (1984). Analyse "systémique" de
l'influence de l'idéologie sexuelle dominante sur les
thérapies sexuelles. Revue de Modification du
Comportement, 14 (1), 15-30. |
|
|
|
Analyse théorique : Analyse scientifique d'un problème et de ses solutions possibles sur le plan logique et conceptuel. Cette
analyse peut donner lieu à un livre,
un chapitre de livre,
une conférence ou un article
théorique. /analyse empirique,
analyse factuelle.
|
Analyse transactionnelle : AT : Nom donné à
la théorie de
la personnalité et à la thérapie développées par Berne,
qui se fonde sur les jeux
de rôle et les différents états ou status de la
personnalité (parent, adulte, enfant).
|
Analyse transversale : Analyse qui se concentre sur des phénomènes qui se déroulent pendant un intervalle de temps donné (par exemple une année) entre plusieurs cohortes ou populations. Analyse et
recherche transversale.
|
Analyses of Social Issues & Public Policy : Revue scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du jeu compulsif. Éditeur : Wiley.
CHIRZO, P. & BUCHANAN, T.M. (2023). We the People.
Who ? The face of future American politics is shaped by
perceived foreignness of candidates of color.
Analyses of Social Issues & Public Policy, 23 (1),
5-19.
|
|
|
Analysis of Gambling Behavior (2007) : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du jeu
compulsif.
WEATHERLY, J.N. & MEIER, E. (2007). Studying
gambling behavior experimentally : The value of money. Analysis
of Gambling Behavior, 1, 133-140.
|
| |
|
|
Analysis of Verbal Behavior (1982-2008) : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des comportements verbaux. Éditeur : ABAI. =
The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Anal. Verbal Behav.
LEIGLAND S. (1996). The functional analysis of
psychological terms : In defense of a research program.
The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 13, 105-122. [PDF]
|
| |
| |
|
|
NORMAN, M., FOSSA, J. & POLING, A. (2000). Publication
trends in The Analysis of Verbal Behavior : 1982-1998. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 17, 167-173. |
|
|
|
Analyste : Souvent utilisé comme synonyme de thérapeute,
surtout lorsqu'il s'agit d'un psychanalyste.
Dans ce contexte, le patient devient
l'analysé et le thérapeute, l'analysant.
= cure.
Analyst.
| |
|
|
STEIN, R. (1997). The shame experiences of the analyst. Progress
in Self Psychology, 13, 109-123. |
|
RENIK, O. (1998). The analyst’s subjectivity and the
analyst’s objectivity. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 79, 487-497. |
|
|
|
Anamnèse : Du grec àna (remontée) et mnémè (souvenir). Ensemble des renseignements
recueillis auprès d'un patient
relatifs à son histoire personnelle et à sa maladie.
Cette démarche fait partie de la troisième étape d'une thérapie,
l'évaluation, puisque l'anamnèse oriente le diagnostic
et le traitement.
= auto-biographie, entretien clinique. *récit
de vie. Anamnesis.
| |
LÜTSCHG, J. & SCHOBER, H. (2012). Lorsque seules
l’anamnèse et la clinique donnent le diagnostic :
Épilepsies partielles bénignes du nourrisson. Forum
Medical Suisse, 12 (3), 50-51. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Anaphore : Répétition
d'une idée au moyen de synonyme
ou d'expression équivalente dans le but de mettre l'accent sur
cette idée, de l'appuyer. métaphore
et analogie. Anaphora.
| |
|
|
MURPHY, G.L. (1985). Psychological explanations of deep
and surface anaphora. Journal of Pragmatics, 9, 171-198.
[PDF] |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (1986). Comprehension of conceptual
anaphora in discourse. Proceedings of the Cognitive
Science Society, 8, 110-125. |
|
BEEMAN, M. & GERNSBACHER, M.A. (1987). An on-line
investigation of pronominal anaphora. In S. DeLancey &
R.S. Tomlin (Eds.), Proceedings of the pacific
linguistics Conference. Eugene : OR. |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (1997). Generic pronominal anaphora :
The case of the English singular they. Verbum, 19,
67-84. |
|
|
|
Anarchie : Anarchisme : a) Au sens strict, absence de loi et d'ordre. Désigne également une idéologie ou un programme politique qui prône une organisation sociale dont la structure légale et juridique serait réduite à sa plus simple expression.
Anarchie et anarcho-capitalisme.
Anarchy. b) En
science, le terme est parfois utilisé pour qualifier une pratique
scientifique qui refuse d'observer certains principes
méthodologiques.
Epistemological
anarchism.
| |
|
| a |
|
PROUDHON, P.J. (1841). Avertissement aux
propriétaires. |
|
ANSART, P. (1970). De l'anarchisme. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
McELROY, W. (1980). Culture of individualist anarchism in
late 19th century america. Journal of Libertarian
Studies, 5 (3), 291-304.
[PDF] |
| b |
|
FEYERABEND, P. (1979). Contre la méthode. Paris
: Points. |
|
GOMES, A.P., SIQUIERA-BATISTA, R. & REGO, S. (2013).
Epistemological anarchism of Paul Karl Feyerabend and
medical education. Revista Brasileira de Educaçâo
Médica, 37 (1), 39-45. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anastasi Anne (1908-2001) : Psychométricienne
américaine. Elle s'est intéressée à la mesure de l'intelligence
et aux biais culturels des tests
d'intelligence. Présidente de l'APA
en 1972. Étudiante d'Hollingworth.
Collaboratrice de Urbina.
 |
ANASTASI, A. (1956). Intelligence and family size. Psychological
Bulletin, 53 (3), 187-209. |
|
ANASTASI, A. (1966). Testing problems in perspective.
Washington, D.C. : American Council of Education. |
|
ANASTASI, A. (1981). Differential psychology.
New York : Macmillan. |
|
ANASTASI, A. (1983). What do intelligence tests measure ?
In S.B. Anderson & J.S. Helmick (Eds.), On
educational testing : Intelligence, performance
standards, test anxiety, and latent traits (pp.
5-28). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
ANASTASI, A. (1986). Evolving concepts of test
validations. Annual Review of Psychology, 37,
1-15. [PDF] |
|
|
SEXTON, V.S. & HOGAN, J.D. (1990). Anne Anastasi. In
A.N. O'Connell and N.F. Russo (Eds.), Women in
psychology : A bio-bibliographic sourcebook (pp.
13-22). New York : Greenwood Press. |
|
REZNIKOFF, M. & PROCIDANO, M. (2001). Anne Anastasi
(1908-2001) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 56
(10), 816-817. |
|
|
|
Anastasi Jeffrey S. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain. Collaborateur de Payne
et Rhodes.
|
ANASTASI, J.S., RHODES, M.G. & BURNS, M.C. (2000).
Distinguishing between memory illusions and actual
memories utilizing phenomenological measurements and
explicit warnings. American Journal of Psychology,
112, 1-26. [PDF] |
|
ANASTASI, J.S., RHODES, M.G., MARQUEZ, S. & VELINO, V.
(2005). The incidence of false memories in native and
non-native speakers. Memory, 13, 815-828. [PDF] |
|
ANASTASI, J.S. & RHODES, M.G. (2005). An own-age bias
in face recognition for children and older adults. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 12, 1043-1047. |
|
ANASTASI, J.S. & RHODES, M.G. (2006). Evidence for an
own-age bias in face recognition. North American
Journal of Psychology, 8, 237-253.
[PDF] |
|
ANASTASI, J.S. & RHODES, M.G. (2008). Examining
differences in the level of false memories in children and
adults using child-normed lists. Developmental
Psychology, 44, 889-894. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Anastasiou Dimitris ( ) : Spécialiste de
l'éducation, plus particulièrement de l'éducation
spécialisée. Collaborateur de Kauffman.
|
ANASTASIOU, D. & KAUFFMAN, J.M. (2011). A social
constructionist approach to disability : Implications for
special education. Exceptional Children, 77,
367-384. |
|
ANASTASIOU, D. & KAUFFMAN, J.M. (2012). Disability as
cultural difference : Implications for special education.
Remedial & Special Education, 33, 139-149. |
|
ANASTASIOU, D. & KAUFFMAN, J.M. (2013). The social
model of disability : Dichotomy between impairment and
disability. Journal of Medicine & Philosophy, 38,
441-459. |
|
ANASTASIOU, D. & KELLER, C.E. (2014). Cross-national
differences in Special Education Coverage : An Empirical
Analysis. Council for Exceptional Children, 80
(3), 353-367. [PDF] |
|
ANASTASIOU, D., KAUFFMAN, J.M. & MICHALL, D. (2016).
Disability in multicultural theory : Conceptual and social
justice issues. Journal of Disability Policy Studies,
27, 3-12. |
|
|
|
Anatomie : Anatomiste : Branche de la biologie
qui étudie la structure et les parties du corps, notamment
celles du cerveau.
Anatomie et physiologie.
( ):
Dubois, Flechsig, Galien
de Pergame, Gall, His,
Legros Clark, Magendie,
Malpighi, Meynert,
Mondino de' Liuzzi, Luys,
Purkinje, Reil,
Vesale, Vicq d'Azir,
Vulpian, Willis.
| |
|
|
VICQ D'AZIR, F. (1774). Table pour servir à l'histoire
anatomique et naturelle des corps vivants ou organiques.
Paris : l'Académie Royale des Sciences. |
|
VICQ D'AZIR, F. (1779). Observations anatomiques. Paris
: Mémoires de l'Académie royale des sciences. |
|
VICQ D'AZIR, F. (1786). Traité d'anatomie et de
physiologie avec des planches coloriées représentant au
naturel les divers organes de l'Homme et des Animaux /
Vol I-II (planches). Paris : François Didot l'aîné. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AN -
ANDERSON - ANDROGÈNE
- ANDROGYNIE - ANGELL
- ANGOISSE - ANIMAL -
ANIMISME - ANNA O -
ANOREXIE - ANSART -
ANT |
|
|
Anderman Linley H. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'éducation,
et plus particulièrement de l'étude de la motivation
scolaire. Collaboratrice de Anderman,
Meece et Midgley.
|
ANDERMAN, L.H. (1999). Classroom goal orientation, school
belonging, and social goals as predictors of students'
positive and negative affect following the transition to
middle school. Journal of Research & Development
in Education, 32, 89-103. |
|
ANDERMAN, L.H. ANDERMAN, E.M. (1999). Social predictors of
changes in students' achievement goal orientations. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 25, 21-37. [PDF] |
|
ANDERMAN, L.H. (2003). Academic and social perceptions as
predictors of change in middle school students' sense of
school belonging. Journal of Experimental Education,
72, 5-22. |
|
ANDERMAN, L.H. & KAPLAN, A. (2008). The role of
interpersonal relationships in student motivation :
Introduction to the special issu. The Journal of
Experimental Education, 76 (2), 115-119. [PDF] |
|
ANDERMAN, L.H., ANDRZEJEWSKI, C.E. & ALLEN, J. (2011).
How do teachers support students' motivation and learning
in their classrooms ? Teachers College Record, 113 (5),
969-1003. |
|
|
|
Anderman
Eric M. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation,
et plus particulièrement de l'étude de la tricherie
et de la motivation
scolaire. Collaborateur de Anderman,
Griesinger, Hattie, Meece,
Midgley et Skiiba.
|
ANDERMAN, E.M. & MAEHR, M.L. (1994). Motivation and
schooling in the middle grades. Review of Educational
Research, 64, 287-309. |
|
ANDERMAN, E.M., GRIESINGER, T. & WESTERFIELD, G.
(1998). Motivation and cheating during early adolescence.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 90 (1),
84-93.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERMAN, E.M. & DANNER, F. (2008). Achievement goals
and academic cheating. International Review of Social
Psychology, 21, 155-180. |
|
ANDERMAN, E.M., CUOPP, P.K. & LANE, D.R. (2010).
Impulsivity and academic cheating. Journal of
Experimental Education, 78, 135-150. |
|
ANDERMAN, E.M., SINATRA, G. & GRAY, D. (2012). The
challenges of teaching and learning about science in the
21st century : Exploring the abilities and constraints of
adolescent learners. Studies in Science Education, 48
(1), 89-117. |
|
|
|
Andermann Frederick (Tchernivtsi 1930-2019 Montréal) : Neurologue québécois
d'origine ukrainienne, professeur à l'Université McGill et spécialiste de l'étude de l'épilepsie
chez les enfants.
|
ANDERMANN, F. (1987). Migraine and epilepsy.
Butterworth-Heinemann. |
|
ANDERMANN, F., KOBAYASHI, E. & ANDERMANN, E. (2005).
Genetic focal epilepsies : state of the art and paths to
the future. Epilepsia, 46 (S10), 61-67. |
|
ANDERMANN, F., SHENG DUH, M., GOSSELIN, A. & PARADIS,
E. (2007). Compulsory generic switching of antiepileptic
drugs : high switchback rates to branded compounds
compared with other drug classes. Epilepsia, 48 (3),
464-469. [PDF] |
|
ANDERMANN, E. & ANDERMANN, F. (2010). A life in
epilepsy. Epilepsia, 51, 101-103. |
|
SHORVON, S.D., ANDERMANN, F. & GUERRINI, R. (2011). The
causes of epilepsy : common and uncommon causes in
adults and children. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Anderson Adam K. ( ) : Neurosychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'émotion.
Collaborateur de Phelps
et West.
|
ANDERSON, A.K. & PHELPS, E.A. (2000). Perceiving
emotion : There's more than meets the eye. Current
Biology, 10, 551-554. |
|
ANDERSON, A.K. & PHELPS, E.A. (2001). Lesions of the
human amygdala impair enhanced perception of emotionally
salient events. Nature, 411, 305-309. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, A.K. CHRISTOFF, K., PANITZ, D.A., DE ROSA, E.
& GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2003). Neural correlates of the
automatic processing of threat facial signals. Journal
of Neuroscience, 23, 5627-5633. |
|
ANDERSON, A.K., WAIS, P.E. & GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2006).
Emotion enhances remembrance of neutral events past.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA,
103, 1599-1604. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, A.K. YAMAGUSHI, Y., GRABSKI, W. & LACKA, D.
(2006). Emotional memories are not all created equal :
Evidence for selective memory enhancement. Learning
& Memory, 13, 711-718. |
|
|
|
Anderson Craig A. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des attributions
et la représentation de la violence
dans les médias (télévision,
cinéma, jeu
vidéo, musique).
Il s'intéresse également aux pensées
hostiles et à l'effet de la température
sur la violence.
Collaborateur de Berkowitz,
Bushman, Carnagey,
Donnerstein, Dill,
Funk,
Gentile, Griffiths,
Huesmann, Kull,
Linz, Malamuth, Sedikides
et Weiner.
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1989). Temperature and aggression :
Ubiquitous effects of heat on occurrence of human
violence. Psychological Bulletin, 106, 74-96. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Implicit theories in broad
perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 286-290.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2002). Human
aggression. Annual Review Psychology, 53, 27-51.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, C.A., BERKOWITZ, L., DONNERSTEIN, E., HUESMANN,
L.R., JOHNSON, J.D., LINZ, D. MALAMUTH, N.M. &
WARTELLA, E. (2003). The influence of media violence on
youth. Psychological Science in the Public Interest,
4 (3), 81-110.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, C.A., SHIBUYA, A., IHORI, N., SWING, E.L.,
BUSHMAN, B.J., SAKAMATO, A., ROTHSTEIN, H.R., SALEEM, M.
& BARLETT, C.P. (2010). Violent video game effects on
aggression, empathy, and prosocial behavior in Eastern and
Western countries : A meta-analytic review.
Psychological Bulletin, 136 (2), 151-173.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Anderson Daniel R. (1944-) : Psychologue
américiain et spécialiste du développement,
notamment des effets de la technologie (télévision
et internet) sur l'attention.
Collaborateur de Bryant, Kirkorian,
Lorch, Pempek
et Zillman.
|
ANDERSON, D.R., LEVIN, S. & LORCH, E. (1977).
The effects of TV program pacing on the behavior of
preschool children. Educational Technology Research
& Development, 25 (2), 159-166. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., LORCH, E.P., FIELD, D.E. & SANDERS, J.
(1981). The effects of tv program comprehensibility on
children's visual attention and story comprehension. Child
Development, 52, 151-157. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., FIELD, D.E., COLLINS, P.A., LORCH, P.E.
& NATHAN, J.G. (1985). Estimates of young children's
time with television : A methodological comparison of
parent reports with time-lapse video home observation. Child
Development, 56, 1345-1357. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., CHOI, H.P. & LORCH, E.P. (1987).
Attentional intertia reduces distractibility during young
children's TV viewing. Child Development, 58, 798-806.
|
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & PEMPEK, T.A. (2005). Television and very young children. American Behavioral Scientist, 48
(5), 505-522. |
|
|
|
Anderson James A. (Détroit 1940-) : Physiologiste
américain et chef de file du connexionisme.
Il a développé plusieurs modèles de réseau
neural, notamment pour expliquer l'acquisition du langage.
 |
ANDERSON, J.A. (1973). A theory for the recognition of
items from short memorized lists. Psychological
Review, 80, 417-438. |
|
ANDERSON, J.A. (1979). States : brain and computer. Contemporary
Psychology, 24, 172-173. |
|
ANDERSON, J.A. (1990). Neuro-computing. Cambrige
: MIT Press. |
|
ANDERSON, J.A. (1995). Introduction to neural
networks. Cambridge : MA/Bradford Books. |
|
ANDERSON, J.A. (2003). Arithmetic on a parallel computer :
Perception versus logic. Brain & Mind, 4, 169-188.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Anderson James Russell ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste et primatologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la reconnaissance
de soi et du test
au mirroir. Collaborateur de Gallup,
Itakura et Mitchell.
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1983). Responses to mirror-image
stimulation, and assessment of self-recognition in mirror-
and peer-reared stumptail macaques. Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 35, 201-222. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1984). Monkeys with mirrors : some
questions for primate psychology. International
Journal of Primatology, 5, 81-98. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. & GALLUP, G.G. (1997). Self-recognition
in Saguinus ? A critical essay. Animal Behaviour, 54,
1563-1567. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R.
(2006). Looking into primate theory of mind. Anthropological
Psychology, 17, 22-25.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R.
& GALLUP, G.G. (2015). Mirror self-recognition : a
review and critique of attempts to promote and engineer
self-recognition in primates. Primates, 56 (4),
317-326.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Anderson John (1893-1962) : Philosophe
et logicien australien d'origine écossaise et père du réalisme
systématique.
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
RYLE, G. (1950). Logic and professor Anderson. Australasian
Journal of Philosophy, 28 (3), 137-153. |
|
MACKIE, J.L. (1950). Logic and Professor Anderson. Australasian
Journal of Philosophy, 29 (2), 109-113. |
|
DAVIE, G. (1977). John Anderson in Scotland. Quadrant,
21 (7), 55-57. |
|
BAKER, A.J. (1979). The social thought and political
life of professor John Anderson. Sydney : Angus and
Robertson. |
|
BAKER, A.J. (1986). Australian realism : the
systematic philosophy of John Anderson. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
KENNEDY, B. (1995). A passion to oppose : John
Anderson, Philosopher. Melbourne : Melbourne
University Press. |
|
COLE, C.M. (2009). John Anderson's political thought
revisited. Australian Journal of Political Science,
44 (2), 229-244. |
|
STEWART, A.W. (2009). A debate about Anderson's. logic.
History & Philosophy of Logic, 30 (2),
157-169. |
|
COLE, C.M. (2009). The ethic of the producers : Sorel,
Anderson and Macintyre. History of Political Thought,
31 (1), 155-176. |
|
|
|
|
|
Anderson John Robert (Vancouver 1947-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine canadienne et figure de proue du connexionisme.
On lui doit la découverte de l'effet
d'éventail (Fan effect). Étudiant de Bower.
Professeur de Reder et Salvucci.
Collaborateur de Simon et Sohn.
 |
ANDERSON, J.R. & BOWER, G.H. (1972). Configural
properties in sentence memory. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 11, 594-605. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R., REDER, L.M. & SIMON, H.A. (1996).
Situated learning and education. Educational
Researcher, 25 (4), 5-11.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (2002). Spanning seven orders of magnitude
: A challenge for cognitive modeling. Cognitive
Science, 26, 85-112. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (2005). Human symbol manipulation within an
integrated cognitive architecture. Cognitive Science,
29 (3), 313-341. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R., BOTHELL, D., BYRNE, M.D., DOUGLASS, S.,
LEBIERE, C. & QIN, Y. (2004). An integrated theory of
the mind. Psychological Review, 111 (4),
1036-1060. [PDF] |
|
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. (2014). The 2011 Benjamin Franklin Medal in
computer and cognitive science presented to John R.
Anderson. Journal of the Franklin Institute, 351,
98-102. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Anderson Michael C. ( ) : Neurocognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de la mémoire,
notamment de l'oubli et de
l'interférence. Collaborateur de Bjork,
Bjork et Mayr.
|
ANDERSON, M.C., BJORK, R.A. & BJORK, E.L. (1994).
Remembering can cause forgetting : Retrieval dynamics in
long-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Learning, Memory & Cognition 20, 1063-1087. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, M.C. (2003). Rethinking interference theory :
Executive control and the mechanisms of forgetting. Journal
of Memory & Language, 49 (4), 415–445. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, M.C., REINHOLZ, J, KUHL, B.A. & MAYR, U.
(2011). Intentional suppression of unwanted memories grows
more difficult as we age. Psychology & Aging, 26
(2), 397-405. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, M.C. & HUDDLESTON, E. (2012). Towards a
cognitive and neurobiological model of motivated
forgetting. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 58,
53-120. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, M.C. & HANSLMAYR, S. (2014). Neural
mechanisms of motivated forgetting. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 18 (6), 279-292. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Anderson Norman Bruce (Greensboro 1955-2024).
Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
médecine béhaviorale (Hypertension,
pression
artérielle). Il s'intéresse également au racisme
et aux différences
ethnique/raciales. Collaborateur de Clarkee,
Hayes et Rincover.
|
ANDERSON, N.B., LAWRENCE, P. & OLSEN, T. (1981).
Within-subject analysis of autogenic training and
cognitive coping training in the treatment of tension
headache pain. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 12, 219-220. |
|
ANDERSON, N.B., McNEILLY, M. & MYERS, H. (1991).
Autonomic reactivitity and hypertension in Blacks : A
review and proposed model. Ethnicity & Disease, 1,
154-170. |
|
ANDERSON, N.B. & ARMSTEAD, C.A. (1995). Toward
understanding the association of socioeconomic status of
health : A new challenge for the biopsychological
approach. Psychosomatic Medicine, 57, 685-702. |
|
ANDERSON, N.B. (1999). Solving the puzzle of socioeconomic
status and health : The need for integrated, multilevel,
interdisciplinary research. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 896, 302-312 |
ANDERSON, N.B. & NICKERSON, K.J. (2005). Genes, race,
and psychology in the genome era : An
introduction. American Psychologist, 60 (1), 5-8 |
|
|
|
Anderson Norman Henry (1925-2022). Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des attributions. On lui doit la théorie de l'intégration de l'information (Information integration theory). Il s'intéresse aussi aux attitudes et aux impressions. Collaborateur de Hovland.
 |
ANDERSON, N.H. (1962). Application of an additive model to
impression formation. Science, 138, 817-818. |
|
ANDERSON, N.H. (1968). Likableness ratings of SSS
personality-trait words. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 9, 272-279. |
|
ANDERSON, N.H. (1970). Functional measurement and
psychophysical judgment. Psychological Review, 77, 153-170. |
|
ANDERSON, N.H. (1971). Integration theory and attitude
change. Psychological Review, 78, 171-206. |
|
ANDERSON, N.H. (1972). Looking for configurality in clinical
judgment. Psychological Bulletin, 78, 93-102. |
|
|
WIXTED, J.T. (2024). Norman Henry Anderson
(1925–2022). American Psychologist, 79
(1), 153. |
|
|
|
Anderson Richard C. (River Falls 1934-). Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation,
notamment de la littéracie
et de la compréhension
de texte. Collaborateur de Guthrie,
Ortony et Pearson.
|
ANDERSON, R.C. & GUTHRIE, J.T. (1966). Effects of some
sequential manipulations of relevant and irrelevant
stimulus dimensions on concept learning. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 72, 501-504. |
|
ANDERSON, R.C., MASON, J. & SHIREY, L. (1984). The
reading group : An experimental investigation of a
labyrinth. Reading Research Quarterly, 20, 6-38. |
|
ANDERSON, R.C. & PEARSON, P. (1984). A
schema-theoretic view of basic processes in reading
comprehension. In P. Pearson (Ed.), Handbook of
reading research (pp. 255-291). White Plains, NY :
Longman. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, R.C., HIEBERT, E.H., SCOTT, J.A. &
WILKINSON, A.G. (1985). Becoming a nation of readers :
The report of the Commission on reading.
Washington, DC : U.S. Department of Education. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, R.C., NGUYEN-JAHIEL, K., MCNURLEN, B.,
ARCHODIDOU, A., KIM, S., REZNITSKAYA, A., TILLMANNS, M.
& GILBERT, L. (2001). The snowball phenomenon : Spread
of ways of talking and ways of thinking across groups of
children. Cognition & Instruction, 19, 1-46. |
|
|
|
|
|
Andersson Erik ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
d'origine suédoise et spécialiste de la thérapie
à distance, notamment pour le traimtement du trouble
obsessionnel-compulsif.
|
ANDERSSON, E., WALÉN, C., HALLBERG, J., PAXLING, B.,
DAHLIN, M., ALMLÖV, J., KALLSTRÖM, R., WIJMA, K.,
CARLBRING, P. & ANDERSSON, G. (2011). A randomized
controlled trial of guided Internet-delivered cognitive
behavioral therapy for erectile dysfunction. The
Journal of Sexual Medicine, 8 (10), 2800-2809. |
|
ANDERSSON, E., LJOTSSON, B., HEDMAN, E., KALDO, V.,
PAXLING, B., ANDERSSON, H., LINDEFORS, N. & RUCK, C.
(2011). Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive compulsive disorder : A pilot study.
BioMed Central Psychiatry, 11, 125. [PDF]
+ [LIRE] |
|
ANDERSSON, E., ENANDER, J., ANDRÉN, P., HEDMAN, E.,
LJÖTSSON, B., HURSTI, T., BERGSTRÖM, J., KALDO, V.,
LINDERSFORS, N., ANDERSSON, G. & RÜCK, C. (2012).
Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : a randomized controlled
trial. Psychological Medicine, 42, 2193-2203. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, E., ANDERSSON, E., STENEBY, S., KARLSSON, K.,
LJÖTSSON, B., HEDMAN, E., ENANDER, J., KALDO, V.,
ANDERSSON, G., LINDEFORS, N. & RÜCK, C. (2014).
Long-term efficacy of Internet-based cognitive behavior
therapy for obsessive-impulsive disorder with or without
booster : A randomized controlled trial. Psychological
Medicine, 44 (13), 2877-2887. |
|
ANDERSSON, E., HEDMAN, E., LJÖTSSON, B. WIKSTRÖM, M.,
ELVELING, E., LINDEFORS, N., ANDERSSON, G., KALDO, V.
& RÜCK, C. (2015). Cost-effectiveness of
internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : Results from a randomized
controlled trial. Journal of Obsessive-Compulsive
& Related Disorders, 4, 47-53. |
|
|
|
Andersson
Gerhard ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
d'origine suédoise et spécialiste de la thérapie
à distance et de l'optimiste.
Il s'intéresse également aux conséquences psychologiques de l'acouphène. Collaborateur de Carlbring,
Castonguay, Cuijpers,
Dimidjian, Dobson, Egan, Hoffmann,
Hollon, Lambert, Mohr,
Rozental, Shafran,
Titov
Turner et Wade.
|
ANDERSSON, G. (1993). Some implications of evolutionary
psychology for behaviour therapy. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22 (1), 49-59. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. (1996). The benefits of optimism : a
meta-analytic review of the Life Orientation Test. Personality
& Individual Differences, 21 (5), 719-725. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. BERGSTROM, J., BUHRMAN, M., CARLBRING, P.,
HOLLANDARE, F., KALDO, V., NILSSON-IHRFELT, E., PAXLING,
B., STROM, L. & WAARA, J. (2008). Development of a new
approach to guided self-help via the internet : the
Swedish Experience. Journal of Technology in Human
Services, 26, 161-181. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. (2009). Using the Internet to provide
cognitive behaviour therapy. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 47, 175-180. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & HEDMAN, E. (2013). Effectiveness of
guided internet-based cognitive behavior therapy in
regular clinical settings. Verhaltenstherapie, 23,
140-148.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Andreasen Nancy Coover (Lincoln 1938-) : Psychiatre
et neuropsychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la schizophrénie.
Collaboratrice de Gottesman
et Oltmanns.
 |
ANDREASEN, N.C. (1982). Negative symptoms in
schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 39, 784-788. |
|
ANDREASEN, N.C. & OLSEN, S. (1982). Negative and
positive schizophrenia : definition and validation. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 39, 789-794. [PDF] |
|
ANDREASEN, N.C. (1984). The broken brain : The
biological revolution in psychiatry. New York :
Harper & Row. |
|
ANDREASEN, N.C. & GROVE, W.M. (1986). Evaluation of
positive and negative symptoms in schizophrenia. Psychiatrie
et Psychobiologie, 1, 108-121. |
|
ANDREASEN, N.C. (2004). Brave new brain : Conquering
mental illness in the era of the genome. Oxford :
Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
Andresen Julie Tetel (Chicago 1950-) : Linguistique
et historienne
des sciences.
= Julie A. Tetel.
 |
ANDRESEN, J. (1983). Signs and systems in Condillac and
Saussure. Semiotica, 44 (3-4),
259-281. |
|
ANDRESEN, J.T. (1985). Why do we do linguistic
historiography ? Semiotica, 56 (3/4), 357-370. |
|
ANDRESEN, J.T. (1992). The behaviorist turn in recent
theories of language. Behavior & Philosophy, 20 (1),
1-19. |
|
ANDRESEN, J.T. (1990). Skinner and Chomsky thirty years
later. Histographica Linguistica, 17 (1/2),
145-165. / The Behavior Analyst, 14 (1), 49-60. [PDF] |
|
ANDRESEN, J. (1990). Linguistics in America :
1769-1924 : A critical history. London : Routledge.
|
|
|
|
Andrews J. Gavin ( ) : Psychiatre
australien et spécialiste de l'étude du bégaiement.
Collaborateur de Howie et Ingham
|
ANDREW, A.G. & INGHAM, R.J. (1971). Stuttering :
Considerations in the evaluation of treatment. British
Journal of Disorders of Communication, 6, 129-138. |
|
ANDREW, A.G. & INGHAM, R.J. (1972). An approach of he
evaluation of stuttering therapy. Journal of Speech
& Hearing Research, 15, 296-302. |
|
ANDREWS, G., GUITAR, B. & HOWIE P. (1980).
Meta-analysis of the effects of stuttering treatment. Journal
of Speech & Hearing Disorders, 45, 287-307. |
|
ANDREWS, G., CRAIG, A., FEYER, A.M., HODDINOT, S., HOWIE,
P. & NEILSON, M. (1983). Stuttering : A review of
research findings and theories circa 1982. Journal of
Speech & Hearing Disorders, 48, 226-246. |
|
ANDREWS, G. & HOBBS, M. (2016). Pragmatic treatment
options for depression and anxiety disorders are needed. World
Psychiatry, 5 (3), 241-242. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Androgène : Hormone sexuelle.
Androgen.
| |
|
|
BRONSON, F.H. & DESJARDINS, C. (1969). Aggressive
behavior and seminal vesicle function in mice :
Differential sensitivity to androgen given neonatally. Endocrinology,
85, 871-975. |
UDRY, J.R., MORRIS, N.M. & KOVENOCK, J. (1995).
Androgen effects on women’s gendered behaviour.
Journal of Biosocial Science, 27, 359-368. |
|
MICHAEL, R.P. & BONSALL, R.D. (1977). A 3-year study
of an annual rhythm in plasma androgen levels in male
rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) in a constant laboratory
environment. Journal of Reproduction & Fertility,
49, 129-131. |
WILSON, J.D. (1999). The role of androgens in male gender
role behavior. Endocrine Reviews, 20, 26-37. |
|
WAGNER, G.C., BEUVING, L.J. & HUTCHINSON, R.R. (1979).
Androgen-dependency of aggressive target-biting and paired
fighting in male mice. Physiology & Behavior, 22
(1), 43-46. |
HUGHES, I.A. (2000). A novel explanation for resistance to
androgens. New England Journal of Medicine, 343,
881-882 |
|
HANNES, R.P., FRANCK, D. & LIEMANN, F. (1984). Effects
of rank- order fights on whole-body and blood
concentration of androgen and corticosteriods in the male
swordfish Xiphophorus helleri. Zeitschrift für
Tierpsychologie, 65, 53-65. |
ALEXANDER, G.M. & SON, T. (2007). Androgens and eye
movements in women and men during a test of mental
rotation. Hormones & Behavior, 52, 197-204. |
| |
ALLEE, S.J., MARKHAM, M.R. & STODDARD, P.K. (2009).
Androgens enhance plasticity of an electric communication
signal in female knifefish, Brachyhypopomus pinnicaudatus.
Hormones & Behavior, 56, 264-273. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hormone
sexuelle |
|
|
Androgynie
: Qui agit et pense à la fois comme un homme
et une femme, si bien qu'on
ne peut affirmer s'il s'agit psychologiquement d'un homme ou d'une
femme. Bem a proposé un
inventaire de rôle sexuel - le Bem Sex Role Inventory
(BSRI) - pour évaluer ce phénomène. = troisième sexe. Androgyny.
|
|
Comparaison entre Sexe et Genre |
Sexe
|
Homme |
et |
Femme |
| Genre |
Masculin |
Féminin |
Androgyne |
Masculine |
Féminine |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
CONSTANTINOPLE, A. (1973). Masculinity-feminity : an
exception to a famous dictum. Psychological Bulletin,
80, 389-407. |
BEM, S.L. (1985). Androgyny and gender schema theory : A
conceptual and empirical integration. In T.B. Sonderegger
(Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1984 :
Psychology and gender. Lincoln : University of
Nebraska Press. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1974). The measurement of psychological
androgyny. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 42 (2), 155-162. [PDF] |
HALL, J.A. & TAYLOR, M.C. (1985). Psychological
androgyny and the masculinity X femininity interaction. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 49,
429-435. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1975). Sex-role adaptability : One consequence
of psychological androgyny. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 31, 634-643 |
MARSH, H.W. & MYERS, M.R. (1986). Masculinity,
femininity, and androgyny : A methodological and
theoretical critique. Sex Roles, 14, 397-430. |
|
STRAHAN, R.F. (1975). Remarks on Bem’s measurement of
psychological androgyny : Alternative methods and a
supplementary analysis. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 43, 568-571. |
BEM, S.L. (1986). Au-delà de l’androgynie. Quelques
préceptes osés pour une identité de sexe libérée. In M.-C.
Hurtig et M.-F. Pichevin (Éds.), La différence des
sexes. Questions de psychologie. Paris : Tierce. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1976). Sex typing and androgyny : Further
explorations of the expressive domain. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 34 (5),
1016-1023. |
LUNDY, A. & ROSENBERG, J.A. (1987). Androgyny,
masculinity, and self-esteem. Social Behavior &
Personality, 15, 91-95. |
|
ZELDOW, P.B. (1976). Psychological androgyny and attitudes
towards feminism. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 44 (1), 150. |
|
|
BEM, S.L., MARTYNA, W. & WATSON, C. (1976). Sex typing
and androgyny : Further explorations of the expressive
domain. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 34, 1016-1023. |
MARSH, H.W. (1987). Masculinity, Femininity and androgeny
: Their relations with multiple dimensions of
self-concept. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 22,
91-118. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1976). Yes : Probing the promise of androgyny.
In M.R. Walsh (Ed.), The psychology of women :
Ongoing debates. New Haven, CT : Yale University
Press. |
MARSH, H.W., ANTILL, J.K. & CUNNINGHAM, J.D. (1987).
Masculinity, femininity and androgyny : Relations to self
esteem and social desirability. Journal of
Personality, 55, 661-685. |
|
KELLY, J.A. & WORELL, J. (1977). New formulations of
sex roles and androgyny : a critical review. Journal
of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 45 (6),
1101-15. |
LOBEL, T.E., GUR, S. & YERUSHALMI, H. (1989). Cheating
behavior of sex-type and androgynous children in
sex-stereotyped and non-sex- stereotyped tasks. Journal
of Research in Personality, 23, 302-312. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1977). On the utility of alternative procedures
for assessing psychological androgyny. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 45 (2),
196-205. [PDF] |
EVANS, R.I., TURNER, S.H., GHEE, K.L. & GETZ, J.G.
(1990). Is androgynous sex role related to cigarette
smoking in adolescents ? Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 20, 494-505. |
|
LIPPA, R.A. (1977). Androgyny, sex-typing, and the
perception of masculinity-femininity in handwritings. Journal
of Research in Personality, 44, 541-559. |
BOLDIZAR, J.P. & JANET, P. (1991). Assessing sex
typing and androgyny in children : The Children's Sex Role
Inventory. Developmental Psychology, 27 (3),
505-515. |
|
ROWLAND, R. (1977). The Bem Sex-Role Inventory.
Australian Psychologist, 12 (1), 83-88. |
LENNEY, E. (1991). Sex roles : The measurement of
masculinity, femininity, and androgyny. In J.P. Robinson
& P.R. Shaver (Eds.), Measures of personality and
social psychological attitudes, (pp. 573-660). San
Diego : Academic Press. |
|
|
SPENCE, J.T. (1979). Traits, roles, and the concept of
androgyny. In J.E. Gullahorn (Ed.), Psychology and
women : In transition (pp. 167-187). New York :
Wiley. |
DEHEER, N.D., WAMPOLD, B.E. & FREUND, R. D. (1992). Do
sex-typed and androgynous subjects prefer counselors on
the basis of gender or effectiveness? They prefer the
best. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 39,
175-184. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1979). Theory and measurement of androgyny : A
Reply to the Pedhazur-Tetenbaum and Locksley-Colten
Critiques. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 37, 1047-1054. |
BERENBAUM, S.A. & HINES, M. (1992). Early androgens
are related to childhood sex-typed toy preferences. Psychological
Science, 3, 203-206. [PDF] |
|
KNOPPERS, A. (1980). Androgyny : Another look. Quest,
32 (2), 184-1891.
[PDF] |
DOHI, I. (1994). A consideration on the formation of
psychological androgyny. Japanese Psychological
Review, 37, 192-203. |
|
LAFRANCE, M. & CARMEN, B. (1980). The nonverbal
display of psychological androgyny. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 38 (1),
36-49. |
GANA, K. (1995). Androgynie psychologique et valeurs
socio-cognitives des dimensions du concept de soi. Cahiers
Internationaux de Psychologie Sociale, 25, 27-43. |
|
KENRICK, D.T., STRINGFIELD, D.O., WAGENHALS, W.L., DAHL,
R.H. & RANDSHELL, H.J. (1980). Sex differences,
androgyny, and approach responses to erotica : A new
variation on the old volunteer problem. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 38, 517-524. |
BURN, S.M., O'NEIL, A.K. & NEDEREND, S. (1996).
Childhood tomboyism and adult androgyny. Sex Roles,
34 (5-6), 419-428.
[PDF] |
|
BEM, S.L. & ANDERSEN, S.M. (1981). Sex typing and
androgyny in dyadic interaction : Individual differences
in responsiveness to physical attractiveness. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 41, 74. |
DAEWOO, P. (1997). Androgynous leadership style :
integration rather than a polarization. Leadership
& Organization Development Journal, 18 (3),
166-171. |
|
LOTT, B.E. (1981). A feminist critique of androgyny :
Toward the elimination of gender attributions for learned
behavior. In C. Mayo and N.N. Henley (Eds.), Gender
and nonverbal behavior (pp. 171-180). New York :
Springer. |
|
|
WIGGINS, J.S. & HOLZMULLER, A. (1981). Further
evidence on androgyny and interpersonal flexibility. Journal
of Research in Personality, 15 (1), 67-80. |
|
|
SPENCE, J.T. & HELMREICH, R.L. (1981). Androgyny
versus gender schema : A comment on Bem's gender schema
theory. Psychological Review, 88, 365–368. |
WOODHILL, B.M. & SAMUELS, C.A. (2003). Positive and
negative androgyny and their relationship with
psychological health and wellness. Sex Roles : A
Journal of Research, 48, 555–565. |
|
HEILBRUN, A.B. (1981). Gender differences in the
functional linkage between androgyny, social cognition,
and competence. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 41, 1106-1114. |
GALE-ROSS, R., BAIRD, A. & TOWSON, S. (2009). Gender
role, life satisfaction, and wellness : Androgyny in a
Southwestern Ontario sample. Canadian Journal on
Aging, 28 (2), 135-146.
[PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. & HALL, J.A. (1982). Psychological
androgyny : Theories, methods, and conclusions. Psychological
Bulletin, 92 (2), 347-366. |
IVTZAN, I. & CONNEELY, R. (2009). Androgyny in the
mirror of self-actualisation and spiritual health. The
Open Psychology Journal, 2, 58-70. [PDF] |
|
MORGAN, K.P. (1982). Androgyny : A conceptual critique.
Social Theory & Practice, 8 (3), 245-283. |
|
|
LUBINSKI, D., TELLEGEN, A. & BUTCHER, J.N. (1983).
Masculinity, feminity, and androgyny viewed and assessed
as distinct concepts. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 44 (2), 428-439. [PDF] |
SWANEY, W.T., DUBOSE, B.N., CURLEY, J.P. & CHAMPAGNE,
F.A. (2012). Sexual experience affects reproductive
behavior and preoptic androgen receptors in male mice. Hormones
& Behavior, 61, 472-478. [PDF] |
|
McCORMACK, T. (1983). The androgeny debate. Atlantis,
9 (1), 118-126. |
|
|
JACKSON, L.A. (1983). The perception of androgyny and
physical attractiveness : two is better than one. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 405-413. |
|
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1983). Masculinity, femininity, and
androgyny : Another look at three androgyny scoring
systems. Psychological Reports, 53, 1149-1150. |
RAMAM, R.S. (2013). An exploration of androgyny in Indian
women entrepreneurs. Procedia - Social &
Behavioral Sciences 133, 304-309. [PDF] |
|
HEILBRUN, A.B. (1984). Androgyny as type and androgyny as
behavior : Implications for gender schema in males and
females. Sex Roles, 14 (3-4), 123-139. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Bem, Genre
et Transgenre |
|
|
Androgynie
(Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer l'androgynie.
Measurement of androgyny.
| |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1974). The measurement of psychological
androgyny. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 42 (2), 155-162. [PDF] |
ROWLAND, R. (1980). The Bem Sex-Role Inventory and its
Measurement of Androgyny. Australian Psychologist, 15
(3), 449-457. |
|
STRAHAN, R.F. (1975). Remarks on Bem’s measurement of
psychological androgyny : Alternative methods and a
supplementary analysis. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 43, 568-571. |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1976). Sex typing and the avoidance of
cross-sex behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 33, 48. |
BEM, S.L. (1981). Bem Sex Role Inventory :
Professional manual. Palo Alto, CA : Consulting
Psychologists Press. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.A., SASEK, J., FRIEDMAN, A.F. & BOWDEN,
J.D. (1976). Androgyny and other measures of
masculinity-femininity. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 44, 766-770. |
BEM, S.L. (1981). The BSRI and gender schema theory : A
reply to Spence and Helmreich. Psychological Review,
88 (3), 69-71. |
|
LIPPA, R.A. (1977). Androgyny, sex-typing, and the
perception of masculinity-femininity in handwritings. Journal
of Research in Personality, 44, 541-559. |
|
|
EDWARDS, A.L. & ASWORTH, C.D. (1977). A replication
study of item selection for the Bem Sex-Role Inventory. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 1, 501-507. |
LUBINSKI, D., TELLEGEN, A. & BUTCHER, J.N. (1983).
Masculinity, feminity, and androgyny viewed and assessed
as distinct concepts. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 44 (2), 428-439. [PDF] |
|
GAUDREAU, P. (1977). Factor analysis of the Bem Sex-Role
Inventory. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 45, 299-302. |
WILSON, F.R. & COOK, E.P. (1984). Concurrent validity
of four androgyny instruments. Sex Roles, 11,
813-837. |
|
HOGAN, H.W. (1977). The measurement of psychological
androgyny : An extended replication. Journal of
Clinical Paychology, 33 (4), 1009-1013. |
WINDLE, M. & SINNOTT, J.D. (1985). A psychometric
study of the Bem Sex Role Inventory with an older adult
sample. Journal of Gerontology, 40, 336–343. |
|
WATERS, C.W., WATERS, L.K. & PINCUS, S. (1977). Factor
analysis of masculine and feminine sex-typed items from
the Bem Sex-Role Inventory. Psychological Reports, 40,
567-570. |
BOLDIZAR, J.P. & JANET, P. (1991). Assessing sex
typing and androgyny in children : The Children's Sex Role
Inventory. Developmental Psychology, 27 (3),
505-515. |
|
GROSS, R.W., BATLIS, N.C., SMALL, A C. & ERDWINS, C.
(1977). Factor structure of the Bem Sex-Role Inventory and
the Personal Attributes Questionnaire. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 47, 1122-1124. |
HOLT, C.L. & ELLIS, J.B. (1998). Assessing the current
validity of the Bem Sex-Role Inventory. Sex Roles, 39,
929-941. [PDF] |
|
BEM, S.L. (1977). On the utility of alternative procedures
for assessing psychological androgyny. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 45 (2),
196-205. [PDF] |
FONTAYNE, P., SARRASIN, P. & FAMOSE, J.P. (2000). The
Bem sex Role Inventory : Validation of a short version for
French Teenageers. European Review of Applied
Psychology, 50 (4), 405-416. [PDF] |
|
GAUDREAU, P. (1977). Factor analysis of the Bem Sex-Role
Inventory. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 45, 299-302. |
|
|
WALK-UP, H. & ABBOTT, R.D. (1978). Cross-validation of
item selection on the Bem Sex-Role Inventory. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 2, 63-71. |
|
|
PEDHAZUR, E.J. & TETENBAUM, T.J. (1979). Bem Sex-Role
Inventory : A theoretical and methodological critique. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 37,
996-1016. |
|
|
RUSSELL, G., ANTILL, J. & CUNNINGHAM, J. (1978). The
Measurement of Masculinity, Femininity and Androgyny : A
Reply to Rowland (1977). Australian Psychologist, 13
(1), 41-50. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Bem et Inventaire
de Bem |
|
|
|
Andronis Paul Thomas ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'analyse
expérimentale du comportement. Étudiant de Goldiamond.
Collaborateur de Laying.
 |
LAYNG, T.V.J. & ANDRONIS, P.T. (1984). Toward a
functional analysis of delusional speech and hallucinatory
behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 7 (2), 139-156.
[PDF] |
|
ANDRONIS, P.T. (1987). Spontaneous co- operation between
pigeons : An experimental analysis of some determinants of
a complex social pattern. Proceedings of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, 153, |
|
ANDRONIS, P.T. (1991). Rule-governance : Enough to make a
term mean. In L.J. Hayes & P.N. Chase (Eds.), Dialogues
on verbal behavior (pp. 226-235). Reno, NV :
ContextPress. |
|
ANDRONIS, P.T., LAYNG, T.V.J. & GOLDIAMOND, I. (1997).
Contingency adduction of "symbolic aggression" by pigeons.
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 14, 5-17. [PDF] |
|
LAYNG, T.V.J., ANDRONIS, P.T. & GOLDIAMOND, I. (1999).
Animal models of psychopathology : The establishment,
maintenance, attenuation, and persistence of head-banging
by pigeons. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 30, 45-61. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anecdote : Anecdotique : Tout événement rapporté à un tier dont l'authenticité (ça c'est produit ?), la véracité (ça s'est produit comme on le dit ?) ou l'importance (ça s'est produit comme on le dit et l'effet provoqué est majeur ?) n'a pas été vérifiée. Cet événement peut être rapporté par un ou plusieurs locuteurs pour de multiples raisons : par intérêt (anecdote savoureuse), par simple plaisir (anecdote amusante), ou encore parce que le locuteur en a été témoin (j'étais là !). A priori, l'anecdote n'est donc ni vraie ni fausse; si, à la suite d'une vérification en bonne et due forme (scientifique, juridique, etc.), elle s'avère, on dira qu'elle est devenue fait; sinon, il faudra la ranger au vaste rayon des croyances (si le locuteur l'a tient toujours pour vraie) ou des rumeur (si d'autres locuteurs la transmettent en le tenant pour un fait) ou carrément la désigner comme un mensonge (si le locuteur sait pertinemment qu'elle est fausse).
|
Anérotique : Absence d'attrait sexuel, d'érotisme.
EX: Homer Simpson est totalement anérotique (sauf
pour Marge, ce qui demeure un épais mystère pour la science...). /érotique.
|
Anesthésie : Suspension plus ou moins longue de la sensibilité d'une partie ou de l'ensemble du corps, consécutive à une maladie
ou volontairement produite par un gaz en vue d'une chirurgie. L'anesthésie s'accompagne parfois d'une perte de conscience (anesthésie générale). C'est en 1844 que le dentiste
américain Horace Wells a découvert les effets anesthésiants du
protoxyde d'azote (gaz hilarant).
Anesthesia.
| |
|
|
BERT, P. (1878). Sur la possibilité d'obtenir, a l'aide du
protoxyde d'azote, une insensibilité de longue durée, et
sur l'innocuité de cet anesthésique. Les Comptes
Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences, 87, 728. |
JAMES, C.D. (1975). Mesmerism : a prelude to anaesthesia.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Medicine, 68
(7), 446-447. |
|
ROTTENSTEIN, J.B. (1880). Traite d'anesthésie
chirurgicale contenant la description et les
applications de la méthode anesthésique de M. Paul Bert.
Paris : Librairie Garmer Baillier. |
|
|
KREUTZMANN, H.H. (1887). Anaesthesia by chloroform and
oxygen combined. Pacific M. & S.J., 30, 462. |
|
|
BUXTON, D.W. (1895). Nitrous oxide anaesthesia. British
Journal of Denstistry, 38, 865. |
LOFTUS, E.F. SCHOOLER, J., LOFTUS, G.R. & GLAUBER,
D.T. (1985). Memory for events occurring under anesthesia.
Acta Psychologica, 59, 123-128. |
|
BUXTON, D.W. (1896). The nature of anaesthesia. British
Dental Journal - SCI Journal, 39, 104. |
|
|
ROSEN, G. (1946). Mesmerism and surgery : A strange
chapter in the history of anesthesia. Journal of the
History of Medicine & Allied Sciences, 1 (4),
527-550. |
|
|
MAGOUN, H.W. (1954). A neural basis for the anesthetic
state. In Symposium on sedative and hypnotic drugs (pp.
1-19). Baltimore : Williams and Wilkins. |
KIHLSTROM, J.F. & SCHACHTER, D.L. (1990). Anesthesia,
amnesia, and the cognitive unconscious. In B. Bonke, W.
Fitch & K. Millar (Eds.), Memory and awareness
in anaesthesia (pp. 22-44). Amsterdam : Swets
& Zeitlinger. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R., HOBIKA, J.H. & ETSTENB, E. (1961).
Operant behavior during anesthesia recovery : a continuous
and objective method. Anesthesiology, 22 (6),
937-946. [PDF] |
JELICIC, M., DEROODE, A., BOVILL, J.G. & BONKE, B.
(1992). Unconscious learning during anaesthesia.
Anaesthesia, 47, 835-837. |
|
SAIDMAN, L.J. & EGER, E.I. (1964). Effect of nitrous
oxide and of narcotic premedication on the alveolar
concentration of halothane required for anesthesia. Anesthesiology,
52, 302-306. |
GHONEIM, M.M. & BLOCK, R.I. (1997). Learning and
memory during general anesthesia : an update. Anesthesiology,
87, 387-410 |
|
SMITH, W.D.A. (1966). A history of nitrous oxide and
oxygen anaesthesia part ix: the introduction of nitrous
oxide and oxygen anaesthesia . British of
Anaesthesia, 38, 950-962. |
DEAMICI, D., KLERSY, C., RAMAJOLI, F., BRUSTIA, L. &
POLITI, P. (2000). Impact of the Hawthorne effect in a
longitudinal clinical study : The case of anesthesia.
Controlled Clinical Trials, 21 (2), 103-114. |
|
TORIYAMA, M. (1975). Ear acupuncture anesthesia. Ear
& Throat, 47, 497-501. |
COHEN, L.L., BERNARD, R.S., McCLELLAN, C.B.,
PIAZZA-WAGGONER, C., TAYLOR, B.K. & MaLAREN, J.E.
(2006). Topical anesthesia versus distraction for infants’
immunization distress : Evaluation with 6-month follow-up.
Children’s Health Care, 35, 103-121. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Chirurgie
et Mémoire |
|
|
Anévrisme
:
| |
|
|
BROCA, P. (1856). Des anévrismes et de leur
traitement. Paris. |
|
|
|
Angélisme
scientifique : Croyance
de certains scientifiques en la pureté et l'objectivité
absolue de la science.
Pour certains scientifiques, ces vertus placent la science
au-dessus de tous les autres systèmes de connaissance. On observe
le même phénomène chez certains journalistes, qui croient dur
comme fer en l'objectivité du métier (le fameux quatrième
pouvoir). Cette croyance s'appuie en grande partie sur
l'ignorance des mécanismes
de production de la connaissance (subvention
de recherche, chaire
de recherche, etc.) et du jeu politique qui anime les
acteurs de la scène scientifique. La connaissance et l'information
sont des produits de consommation comme tout les autres produits.
À ce titre, ils n'échappent pas aux règles du marché : il existe
donc de bons et de mauvais produits; idem pour la connaissance
scientifique ou l'information produite par les médias.
Cela ne signifie pas que tout ce que fait la science est mauvais;
au contraire, de nombreuses recherches
répondent aux plus hauts
standards de la science.
| |
|
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1994). Political psychology or politicized
psychology : Is the road to scientific hell paved with
good moral intentions ? Political Psychology, 15
(3), 509-530. [PDF] |
|
BRUHN, J.G., ZAJAC, G., AL-KAZEMI, A.A. & PRESCOTT,
L.D. (2002). Moral positions and academic conduct :
Parameters of tolerance for ethics failure. The
Journal of Higher Education, 73 (4), 461-493. |
|
|
Voir aussi Scientificité |
|
|
|
|
Angel Hans-Ferdinand ( ) : Biologiste
allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude des fondements neurobiologiques
des croyances. Il
s'intéresse aussi aux religions.
|
|
ANGEL, H.-F. (2013). Religiosity. In A.L.C. Runehov
& L. Oviedo (Eds.), Encyclopedia of sciences and
religion (vol. 4, pp. 2012–2014). Dordrecht :
Springer. |
|
ANGEL, H.-F. & SEITZ, R.J. (2016). Process of
believing as fundamental brain function : The concept of
credition. SFU Research
Bulletin, 4 (1),
1-20. |
|
ANGEL, H.-F. (2020). A history of the evolution of
religion : From religion to religiosity to the processes
of believing. In J.R. Feierman & L. Oviedo (Eds.), The
evolution of religion, religiosity, and theology
(pp. 87-103). London : Routledge. |
|
ANGEL, H.-F. & SEITZ, R.J. (2024). Credition and the
neurobiology of belief : the brain function in believing.
Academia Biology, 2, 1-5. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Angell James Rowland (Burlington 1869-1949 Hamden États-Unis)
: Psychologue
américain, chef de file du fonctionnalisme
américain et précurseur du béhaviorisme.
Il est aussi l'un des théoriciens de
l'École de Chicago. Membre fondateur et président de
l'APA en 1906. Étudiant de James
et professeur de Carr, Kantor,
Thurstone et Watson.
Collaborateur de Warren.
 |
ANGELL, J.R. (1897). Thought and imagery. Philosophical
Review, 6, 646-651.
[LIRE] |
|
ANGELL, J.R. (1903). The relation of structural and
functional psychology to philosophy. Philosophical
Review, 12, 243-271. [LIRE] |
|
ANGELL, J.R. (1907). The province of functional
psychology. Psychological Review, 14, 61-91. [LIRE] |
|
ANGELL, J.R. (1909). The influence of Darwin on
psychology. Psychological Review, 16, 152-169.
[LIRE] |
|
ANGELL, J.R. (1913). Behavior as a category of psychology.
Psychological Review, 20, 255-270. [LIRE] |
|
|
|
Anglais
: Langue.
English.
| |
|
|
LABOV, W. (1964). Stages in the acquisition of standard
English. In R. Shuy (Ed.), Social dialects and Language
Learning, Champaign (Illinois) : National Council of
Teachers of English. |
|
LABOV, W. (1966). The social stratification of English
in New York City. Washington, DC : Center for Applied
Linguistics . |
|
LABOV, W. (1972). The logic of nonstandard English. In W.
Labov (Ed.), Language in theinner City (pp. 201-240).
Philadelphia : University of Pennsylvania Press. |
|
LABOV, W. (1972). Negative attraction and negative concord
in English grammar. Language, 48,773-818 |
|
LABOV, W. (1983). Recognizing Black English in the
classroom. In J. Chambers (Ed.), Black English :
Educational equity and the law (pp. 29-55). Ann Arbor
: Karoma Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Royaume-Uni et Langue |
|
|
|
 Anglais
(En...) : De nos jours la
psychologie, à l'instar des autres sciences, se développe
davantage en anglais que dans tout autre langue. Bien que l'on
puisse déplorer ce fait, il est nécessaire pour approfondir cette
science et en suivre les développements de connaître les termes
anglais utilisés pour désigner ses principaux concepts, qu'ils
aient été à l'origine formulés en allemand, en français ou dans
une autre langue. Vous trouverez donc dans ce lexique la
traduction de la plupart des concepts, ainsi qu'une liste
interactive de tous les
mots anglais. Voir Index.
|
|
|
Anglicanisme
: Anglican : Du latin ecclesia anglicana qui
signifie «église anglaise». Il s'agit d'une forme de religion
chrétienne, catholique mais réfomée , qui naquit en Angleterre en
1534. = Église
d'Angleterre, épiscopalien. Anglican
| |
|
|
RATABOUI, L.J. (1982). L'anglicanisme. Presses
universitaires de France. |
|
SACHS, W. (1993). The transformation of Anglicanism :
From state Cchurch to global community. Cambridge
University Press. |
|
PICTON, H. (2006). Histoire de l'église d'Angleterre.
Ellipses. |
|
FRANCIS, L.J., JONES, S., JACKSON, C.J. & ROBBINS, M.
(2001). The feminine personality profiles of male Anglican
clergy in Britain and Ireland. Review of Religious
Research, 43, 14-23. |
|
WARD, K. (2006). A history of global Anglicanism.
Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press |
|
BETHMONT, R. (2010). L'anglicanisme. Un modèle pour le
christianisme à venir ? Labor et Fides. |
|
|
Voir aussi Royaume-Uni
et Religion |
|
|
Anglicisme (Psychologie) : Il existe de
nombreux anglicismes en psychologie.
Cela s'explique par le fait que de nos jours cette science de
développe essentiellement en anglais (même si à ses tout débuts
l'allemand et le français étaient aussi dominants). On peut
diminuer l'ampleur de ce phénomène en traduisant correctement les
termes. Prenons un exemple, le mot monitoring,
souvent traduit par monitorage. Ce concept renvoie à l'idée
d'observer attentivement un comportement ou un processus et d'en
corriger les erreurs au besoin, au fur et à mesure qu'elles se
produisent (pendant l'exécution, donc en temps
réel). Ce concept se décompose
donc en deux opérations : observer et corriger. En quoi le
mot monitoring ou monitorage est-il plus adéquat que surveillance
? Lorsqu'on demande à son plus grand de surveiller les petits, on
comprend très bien qu'il doit non seulement les observer
attentivement, mais aussi, au besoin, intervenir pour résoudre un
conflit ou faire respecter une règle (ce qui sous-tend l'idée de
correction). Si cette surveillance est planifiée, on peut utiliser
le mot encadrement, ou encadrement serré si on veut insister sur
la fréquence élevée des observations et des corrections. Anglicism.
| |
|
|
BRUNEAU, M. (1997). Le tutorat et le monitorat : Faits et
questions. Dans L. Langevin et L. Villeneuve (Dirs.), L’encadrement
des étudiants. Un défi du XXIe siècle (p.
280-300). Montréal : Les Éditions Logiques. |
|
|
|
Angoff
William H. (Boston 1919-1993 Princeton) : Spécialiste
américain de la mesure et
de l'évaluation. Il a
contribué à la révision du SAT.
 |
ANGOFF, W.H. (1953). Test reliability and effective test
length. Psychometrika, 18, 1-14 |
|
ANGOFF, W.H. & SCHRADER, W.B. (1953). A study of
hypotheses basic to the use of rights and formula scores.
Journal of Educationnal Measurement, 21 (1),
1-17. |
|
ANGOFF, W.H. (1962). Scales with nonmeaningful origins and
units of measurement. Educationnal &
Psychological Measurement, 22 (1), 27-34. |
|
ANGOFF, W.H. (1968). How we calibrate College Board
Scores. College Board Review, 68, 11-14. |
|
ANGOFF, W.H. (1986). Some contributions of the College
Board SAT to psychometric theory and practice.
Educational Measurement, 5 (3), 7-11. |
|
|
|
Angoisse
: Chez Freud,
malaise ou inquiétude causé par un
conflit intrapsychique ou un danger réel. Il y a deux
formes d'angoisse causées par un conflit intrapsychique : l'angoisse
morale et l'angoisse
névrotique. = anxiété, ce qui ne
trompe pas. ( ): angoisse morale,
angoisse névrotique. Anxiety.
| |
|
|
FREUD, S. (1926). Inhibition, symptôme et angoisse.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
DIEL, P. (1968). La peur et l'angoisse. Paris
: Payot. |
|
LACAN, J. (2004). L’angoisse, séminaire X. Paris
: Seuil. |
| TAVRIS,
C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P.
(1999/2007). Introduction à la psychologie : les
grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
|
|
Angoisse
de castration : Chez Freud,
terme désignant la peur fantasmatique ou l'inquiétude ressentie
par le jeune garçon à l'idée d'être castré
par le père tout puissant, peur qui mène éventuellement à la
résolution du complexe
d'Oedipe et à l'identification
du fils au père. Castration anxiety.
|
Angoisse morale : Angoisse produite par
l'existence d'un conflit
intrapsychique entre le surmoi
et le moi. Le moi craint de
ne pas être à la hauteur des attentes et des exigences morales du
surmoi, qui lui tend vers la perfection
(morale, physique, sociale et intellectuelle).
|
|
|
Angoisse
de séparation : =anxiété de
séparation. Separation anxiety disorder.
|
Angst
Jules (Zurich 1926-) : Psychiatre
suisse et spécialiste de l'étude du trouble
bipolaire. Étudiant de Bleuler.
Collaborateur Akiskal, Ghaemi,
Perugi, Vieta
et Wittchen.
|
|
ANGST, J., WEIS, P., GROF, P., BAASTRUP, P.C. & SCHOU,
M. (1970). Lithium prophylaxis in recurrent affective
disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry, 116, 604-614. |
|
ANGST, J. & GAMMA, A. (2002). A new bipolar
spectrum concept : a brief review. Bipolar
Disorders, 4 (S1), 11–14. |
ANGST, J. & CASSANO, G. (2005). The mood spectrum :
improving the diagnosis of bipolar disorder. Bipolar
Disorders, 7 (S4), 4–12.
|
|
ANGST, J. (2007). The bipolar spectrum. The
British journal of Psychiatry, 190, 189–191. |
|
ANGST, J. (2009). From psychoanalysis to epidemiology :
autobiographical notes. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 119, 87-97. |
|
|
|
Anhédonie : Désigne l'incapacité à éprouver de la satisfaction,
du plaisir. On observe ce
symptôme chez de nombreux suicidaires
et schizophrènes. Anhedonia.
| |
|
|
CHAPMAN, L.J., CHAPMAN, J.P. & RAULIN, M.L. (1976).
Scales for physical and social anhedonia. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 85, 374-382. |
LOAS, G. (2002). L'Anhédonie : L'insensibilité au
plaisir. Paris : Doin. |
|
BERENBAUM, H., SNOWHITE, R. & OLTMANNS, T.F. (1987).
Anhedonia and emotional responses to affect evoking
stimuli. Psychological Medicine, 17, 677-684. |
ANISMAN, H., KOKKINIDIS, L. & MERALI, Z. (2002).
Further evidence for the depressive effects of cytokines :
anhedonia and neurochemical changes. Brain, Behavior
& Immunity, 16, 544-546. |
|
|
|
BERENBAUM, H., OLTMANNS, T.F. & GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1990).
Anhedonia in schizophrenics and their twins.
Psychological Medicine, 20, 367-374. |
HORAN, W.P., KRING, A.M. & BLANCHARD, J.J. (2006).
Anhedonia in schizophrenia : A review of assessment
strategies. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 32, 259-273. |
|
MARKOU, A. & KOOB, G.F. (1991), Post-cocaine anhedonia
: An animal model of cocaine withdrawal. Neuropsychopharmacology,
4 (1), 17-26. |
GARD, D.E., KRING, A.M., GERMANS GARD, M., HORAN, W P.
& GREEN, M F. (2007). Anhedonia in schizophrenia :
Distinctions between anticipatory and consummatory
pleasure. Schizophrenia Research, 93, 253-260. |
|
KWAPIL, T.R. (1998). Social anhedonia as a predictor of
the development of schizophrenia-spectrum disorders. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 107 (4), 558-565. [PDF] |
KASHDAN, T.B., ELHAI, J.D. & FRUEH, B.C. (2007).
Anhedonia, emotional numbing, and symptom overreporting in
male veterans with PTSD. Personality & Individual
Differences, 43, 725-735. [PDF] |
|
BOURGEOIS, M.-L. (1999). L'Anhédonie : Le non-plaisir
et la psychopathologie. Paris : Masson. |
GOLDBERG, Y.K., EASTWOOD, J.D., LAGUARDIA, J. &
DANCKERT, J. (2011). Boredom : An emotional experience
distinct from apathy, anhedonia, or depression.
Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 30 (6),
647-666. |
|
GERMANS, M.K. & KRING, A.M. (2000). Hedonic deficit in
anhedonia : Support for the role of approach motivation. Personality
& Individual Differences, 28, 659-672. |
CHAN, R.C.K., SHI, Y., LAI, M., WANG, Y., WANG, Y. &
KRING, A.M. (2012). The temporal experience of pleasure
scale (TEPS) for anhedonia : Exploration and confirmation
of factor structure in a healthy Chinese sample. PLos
One, 7 (4), 1-7.
[PDF] |
| |
WINER, E.S., DRAPEAU, C.W., VEILLEUX, J.C. & NADORFF,
M.R. (2016). The association between anhedonia, suicidal
ideation, and suicide attempts in a large student sample.
Archives of Suicide Research, 20, 265-272. [PDF] |
|
KRING, A.M. & GERMANS, M.K. (2000). Anhedonia. In A.E.
Kazdin (Ed.) Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol 1,
pp. 174-175). American Psychological Association and
Oxford University Press. |
COOPER, S., ELLMAN, L. & KRING, A.M. (2018).
Attenuated positive psychotic symptoms and the experience
of anhedonia. Early Intervention in Psychiatry, 12, 1188-1192.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Satisfaction,
Absence
d'émotion, Schizophrénie
et Plaisir |
| |
|
|
Animal : En psychologie,
les animaux sont étudiés en
milieu naturel et en
laboratoire.
( ): Voir tableau
ci-dessous.
Animal.
| |
|
|
DARWIN, C. (1872/1999). The expression of the
emotions in man and animals. London : Fontana
Press.
[PDF] |
|
|
HUXLEY, T. (1894). On the hypothesis that animals are
automata, and its history. Nature, 10, 362-366.
[PDF] |
|
|
ELTON, C.H. (1933). Exploring the animal world.
Londres : George Allen & Unwin. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2001). Imitation in animals : Evidence,
function, and mecanism. Cybernetics & Systems :
An International Journal, 32, 53-96. [PDF] |
|
HEBB, D.O. (1946). Emotion in man and animal: an analysis
of the intuitive process of recognition. Psychological
Review, 53, 88-106. |
ROBERTS, W.A. (2002). Are animals stuck in time ? Psychological
Bulletin, 128, 473-489. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1951). How to teach animals. Scientific
American, 185 (12), 26-29. |
CLAYTON, N.S., BUSSEY, T.J. & DICKINSON, A. (2003).
Can animals recall the past and plan for the future ? Nature
Reviews Neuroscience, 4, 685-691. [PDF] |
|
WYNNE, C.D.L. (1962). Animal dispersion in relation to
social behavior. London : Oliver & Boyd. |
|
|
STICH, S. (1979). Do animals have beliefs ? Australasian
Journal of Philosophy, 57, 15-28. |
|
|
DAVIDSON, D. (1982). Rational animals. Dialectica,
36, 317-328. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2005). A focus on instructions in research
with animals. The Experimental Psychology Bulletin,
9, 4-8. |
|
GRIFFIN, D. (1983). Animal thinking. Cambridge,
MA : Harvard University Press. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2005). Animals may not be stuck in time.
Learning & Motivation, 36, 208-225. [PDF] |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1987). Animal handling. Veterinary
Clinics of North America, 3, 323-338. |
PANKSEPP, J. (2005). Affective consciousness : Core
emotional feelings in animals and humans. Consciousness
& Cognition, 14 (1), 30-80.
[PDF] |
|
GRAFEN, A. (1990). Do animals really recognize kin ? Animal
Behavior, 39, 42-54. |
WYNNE, C.D.L. (2006). Do animals think ?
Princeton University Press. |
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1993). Can animals be spiteful ? Trends
in Ecology and Evolution, 8, 232-234. [PDF] |
BAILEY, A.M., MCDANIEL, W.F. & THOMAS, R.K. (2007).
Approaches to the study of higher cognitive functions
related to creativity in nonhuman animals. Methods,
42, 3-14. [PDF] |
|
|
BLUMBERG, M.S. & WASSERMAN, E.A. (1995). Animal mind
and the argument from design. American Psychologist,
50, 133-144. |
BOISSY, A., MANTEUFFE, G., BAK JENSEN, M., OPPERMANN MOE,
R., SPRUIJTE, B., KEELING, L., WINCKLERG, J., FORKMANH,
B., DIMITROVI, I., LANGBEIN, J., BAKKEN, M., VEISSIER, I.
& AUBERT, A. (2007). Review assessment of positive
emotions in animals to improve their welfare. Physiology
& Behavior, 92, 375-397. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, R.K. (1996). Investigating cognitive abilities in
animals : Unrealized potential. Cognitive Brain
Research, 3, 157-166. [PDF] |
WYNNE, C.D.L. (2007). What are animals ? Why is
anthropomorphism still not a scientific approach to
behavior ? Comparative Cognition & Behavior
Reviews, 2, 125-135. [PDF] |
|
LALAND, K.N., RICHERSON, P.J. & BOYD R. (1996).
Developing a theory of animal l social learning. In C.M.
Heyes & B.G. Galef. (Eds.), Social learning in
animals : The roots of culture (pp. 129-154).
Academic Press. |
SIEGEL, J.M. (2008). Do all animals sleep. Trends in
Neuroscience, 31, 208-213. [PDF] |
|
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1997). Why animals
don’t have language. The Tanner Lectures on Human
Values, 19, 173-210. [PDF] |
LAIDRE, M.E. (2009). How often do animals lie about their
intentions ? An experimental test. The American
Naturalist, 173 (3), 337-346. [PDF] |
|
BRANCH, M.N. & HACKENBERG, T.D. (1998). Humans are
animals, too : Connecting animal research to human
behavior and cognition. In W. O'Donohue (Ed.), Learning
and behavior therapy (pp. 15-35). New York : Allyn
and Bacon. |
BALCOMBE, J.P. (2009). Animal pleasure and its moral
significance. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 118,
208-216. [PDF] |
|
WISEMAN, R., SMITH, M. & MILTON, J. (1998). Can
animals detect when their owners are returning home ? An
experimental test of the "psychic pet" phenomenon.
British Journal of Psychology, 89, 453-462. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2012). What we can learn about ourselves
from studying other animals. Psychological Record,
62, 159-162. |
| |
BRAKES, P., DALL, S.R.X., APLIN, L.M., BEARSHOP, S.,
CARROLL, E.L., CIUCCI, P., FISHLOCK, V., FORD, J.K.B.,
GARLAND, E.C., KEITH, S.A., McGREGOR, P.K., MESNICK, S.L.,
NOAD, M.J., NOTARBARTALON DI SCIARA, G., ROBBINS, M.M.,
SIMMONDS, M.P., SPINA, F., THORTHON, A., WADE, P.R.,
WHITING, M.J., WILLIAMS, J., RENDELL, L., WHITEHEAD, H.,
WHITEN, A. & RUTZ, C. (2019). Animal cultures matter
for conservation. Science, 363 (6431), 1032-1034.
|
|
| |
| BURNIE,
D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi Modèle
animal |
|
|
Animal
(Dressage) : Ensemble de
techniques, notamment de
conditionnement, qui permettent au dresseur d'apprendre de nouveaux comportements à un
animal, en particulier les chiens
et les animaux de cirque.
Animal training.
| |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1951). How to teach animals. Scientific
American, 185, 26-29. |
|
MOST, K. (1954). Training dogs. London : Popular
Dogs Publishing Company. |
|
BRELAND, M. & BRELAND, K. (1960). Train your dog as
the experts do. Better Homes & Gardens, 38,
28-30. |
|
BRELAND, M. & BRELAND, K. (1960). Train your dog this
easy way. Better Homes & Gardens, 38,
115-116. |
|
BURCH, M.R. & PICKEL, D. (1990). A toast to Most :
Konrad Most, a 1910 pioneer in animal training.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23, 263-264.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Animal Behaviour : Revue
scientifique qui se consacre à l'étude du comportement
animal. Éditeur : Elsevier. =
Anim. Behav.
MAYNARD SMITH, J. & PARKER, G.A. (1976). The logic
of asymmetric contests. Animal Behaviour, 24,
159-175.
|
| |
|
|
Animal
de cirque : Tout animal maintenu
en captivité dans un
cirque, pour des fins récréatives et commerciales. (
): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
| |
HANGGI, E.B. & SCHUSTERMAN, R.J. (1990). Kin
recognition in captive California sea lions (Zalophus
californianus). Journal of Comparative Psychology,
104, 368-372. |
|
|
|
Animal
de compagnie : Tout animal maintenu
en captivité dans une
ferme, pour des fins récréatives.
= cinquième membre de la famille.
( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous.
|
Animal
de ferme : Tout animal maintenu
en captivité dans une
ferme, pour des fins alimentaires et commerciales, parfois
récréatives. = bétail, élevage. (
): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Cattle, farm animal.
| |
|
|
GRANDIN, T. (1980). Observations of cattle behavior
applied to the design of cattle handling facilities.
Applied Animal Ethology, 6, 19. |
GRANDIN, T. (2001). Cattle vocalizations are associated
with handling and equipment problems at beef slaughter
plants. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 7,
191-200. |
|
PRICE, E.O. (1985). Sexual behavior of large domestic farm
animals : an overview. Journal of Animal Science, 61 (S3),
62-74. |
|
|
GRANDIN, T. (1989). Voluntary acceptance of restraint by
sheep. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 23,
257. |
BENSON, G.J. (2004). Pain in farm animals : nature,
recognition and management. In G.J. Benson & B.E.
Rollin (Eds.), The well-being of farm animals :
challenges and solutions (pp. 61-84). Ames :
Blackwell. |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1993). Teaching principles of behavior and
equipment design for handling livestock. Journal of
Animal Science, 71, 1065-1070.
[PDF] |
DUNCAN, I.J.H. (2005). Science-based assessment of animal
welfare : farm animals. Revue Scientifique et
Technique/International Office of Epizootics, 24
(2), 483-492. [PDF] |
|
GRANDIN, T. (1993). Agitated wild behaviour is persistent
over time in exotic crossbred cattle. Applied Animal
Behaviour Science, 36, 1-9. |
GRANDIN, T. (2006). Progress and challenges in animal
handling and slaughter in the U.S. Applied Animal
Behaviour Science, 100, 129-139.
[PDF] |
|
APPLEBY, M.C., LAWRENCE, A.B. & HUGHES, B.O. (1996). Behaviour
and welfare of extensively farmed animals. Elsevier
Science. |
APPLEBY, M.C. (2008). Eating our future : The
environmental impact of industrial animal agriculture.
WSPA |
|
MOLONY, V. & KENT, J.E. (1997). Assessment of acute
pain in farm animals using behavioural and physiological
measurements. Journal of Animal Science, 75 (1),
266-272. |
APPLEBY, M.C., CUSSEN, V., LAAMBERT, L. & TURNER, J.
(2008). Long distance transport and welfare of farm
animals. CAB International. |
|
|
Voir aussi Bien-être
animal |
|
|
Animal de laboratoire : Tout animal maintenu
en captivité dans l'animalerie
d'un laboratoire pour
les fins d'une recherche
scientifique, notamment en psychologie,
en éthologie et en
primatologie. Ces
animaux sont généralement placés dans une cage
de taille adapté à l'espèce. Animal de laboratoire, modèle
animal et bien-être
animal. = cobaye. (
): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Laboratory
animal, animals in psychological research.
| |
|
|
KAVANAU, J.L. (1963). Behaviour : Confinement, adaptation,
and compulsory regimes in laboratory studies. Science,
143, 490. |
CARSTENS, E. & MORBERG, J.B. (2000). Recognizing pain
and distress in laboratory animals. Institute for
Laboratory Animal Research, 41, 62-71. |
|
KAVANAU, J.L. (1967). Behaviour of captive white-footed
mice. Science, 155, 1623-1639. |
DUKE, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M. (2001). The
effects of routine cage-changing on cardiovascular and
behavioral parameters in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Contemporary
Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 40 (1),
17-20. |
|
FOX, M.W. (1986). Laboratory animal husbandry :
ethology, welfare and experimental variables.
Albany : State University of New York Press. |
WÜRBEL, H. (2001). Ideal homes ? Housing effects on rodent
brain and behaviour. Trends in Neurosciences, 24, 207-211. |
|
SCHNEIDER, S.M. (1988). Rats' behavior in two different
home cages. Humane Innovations & Alternatives, 2,
39-42. |
LAWLER, M.M. (2002). Comfortable quarters for rats in
research institutions, In V. Reinhardt & A. Reinhardt
(Ed.), Comfortable quarters for laboratory animals (pp.
26-32). Washington, D.C. : Animal Welfare Institute. |
|
GRIFFITHS, R.R. & WOODSON, P.P. (1988). Caffeine
physical dependence : a review of human and laboratory
animal studies. Psychopharmacology 94, 437-451. |
|
|
WÜRBEL, H. & STAUFFACHER, M. (1996). Prevention of
stereotypy in laboratory mice : effects on stress
physiology and behaviour. Physiology & Behavior,
59, 1163-70 |
BALCOMBE, J.P., BARNARD, N.D. & SANDUSKY, C. (2004).
Laboratory routines cause animal stress. Contempary
Topics, 43 (6), 42-51. [PDF] |
|
PIOUS, S. (1996). Attitudes toward the use of animals in
psychological research and education results from a
national survey of psychologists. American
Psychologist, 51 (11), 1167-1180. [PDF] |
HUTCHISON, E., AVERY, A. & VAN deWOUDE, S. (2005).
Environmental enrichment for laboratory rodents. ILAR
Journal, 46, 148-161. |
|
WÜRBEL, H., CHAPMAN, R. & RUTLAND, C. (1998). Effect
of feed and environmental enrichment on development of
stereotypic wire-gnawing in laboratory mice. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 60, 69-81. |
BALCOMBE, J.P. (2006). Laboratory environments and
rodents’ behavioral needs : A review. Laboratory
Animals, 40, 217-235. [PDF] |
|
HURST, J.L., BARNARD, C.J., TOLLADAY, U., NEVISON, C.M.
& WEST, C.D. (1999). Housing and welfare in laboratory
rats : Effects of cage stocking density and behavioral
predictors of welfare. Animal Behaviour, 58,
563-586. |
CHAPOUTIER, G. & TRISTANI-POTTEUX, F. (2013). Le
chercheur et la souris. Paris : CNRS Éditions. |
|
|
| |
Voir aussi Éthique
en recherche et Bien-être
animal |
|
|
Animal
de zoo : Tout animal maintenu
en captivité dans un
zoo à des fins récréatives et de
conservation. Zoo housed.
| |
|
|
VEASEY, J.S., WARRAN, N.K. & YOUNG, R.J. (1996). On
comparing the behaviour of zoo housed animals with wild
conspecifics as a welfare indicator, using the giraffe
(Giraffa camelopardalis) as a model. Animal Welfare,
5, 139–153. |
|
WOOD, W. (1998). Interactions among environmental
enrichment, viewing crowds, and zoo chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Zoo Biology, 17, 211–230. |
|
BONAPARTE-SALLER, M. & MENCH, J.A. (2018). Assessing
the dyadic social relationships of female african
(Loxodonta africana) and asian (Elephas maximus) zoo
elephants using proximity, tactile contact, and keeper
surveys. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 199, 45-51.
|
|
HARVEY, N.D., DALY, C., CLARK, N., RANSFORD, E., WALLACE,
S. & LYON, L. (2018). Social interactions in two
groups of zoo-housed adult female Asian elephants (Elephas
maximus) that differ in relatedness. Animals, 8, 1-17.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi animal, Captivité,
Zoo, Bien-être
animal et Conservation.
|
|
|
|
Animal
en captivité : Animal
sauvage qui vit dans une maison ou dans une cage, comme simple animal
de compagnie ou comme sujet de
laboratoire. Captivité et bien-être
animal.
Condition of captivity,
captivity, home cage, confinement.
| |
|
|
HEDIGER, H. (1950). Wild animals in captivity.
London : Butterworth. |
BLOOMSMITH, M.A., ALFORD, P.L. & MAPLE, T.L. (1988).
Successful feeding enrichment for captive chimpanzees. American
Journal of Primatology, 16, 155-164. |
|
KAVANAU, J.L. (1963). Behaviour : Confinement, adaptation,
and compulsory regimes in laboratory studies. Science,
143, 490. |
SCHNEIDER, S.M. (1988). Rats' behavior in two different
home cages. Humane Innovations & Alternatives, 2,
39-42. |
| |
PERKINS, L.A. (1992). Variables that influence the
activity of captive orangutans. Zoo Biology, 11,
177–186. |
| |
DUTTON, D., CLARK, R.A. & DICKINS, D.W. (1997).
Personality in captive chimpanzees : Use of a novel rating
procedure. International Journal of Primatology, 18 (4),
539-552. |
|
RABB, G.B., WOOLPY, J.H. & GINSBURG, E. (1967). Social
relationships in a group of captive wolves. American
Zoologist, 7, 305-311. |
VERVAECKE, H., DE VRIES, H. & VAN ELSACKER, L. (1999).
An experimental evaluation of the consistency of
competitive ability and agonistic dominance in different
social contexts in captive bonobos. Behaviour, 136, 423-442.
|
|
GRUBER, S.H. (1980). Keeping sharks in captivity.
Journal of Aquariculture, 1, 6-14. |
O’REGAN, H.J. & ANDREW C. KITCHENER, A.C. (2005). The
effects of captivity on the morphology of captive,
domesticated and feral mammals. Mammal Review, 35
(3-4), 215-230. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, S.F. (1982). Environmental influences on the
activity of captive apes. Zoo Biology, 1,
201–209. |
MORGAN, K.N. & TROMBORG, C.T. (2007). Sources of
stress in captivity. Applied Animal Behaviour Science,
102 (3), 262-302. [PDF] |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P., CARON, J. & COMEAU, L. (1984). Social
organization of small heterosexual groups of green
swordtails (Xiphophorus helleri, Pisces, Poeciliidae)
under condition of captivity. Behaviour, 91,
24-60. |
CLÉMENT, A. & DROIT-VOLET, S. (2006). Counting in a
time discrimination task in children and adults. Behavioural
Processes, 71 (2-3), 164-171. |
|
COTNOIR, P.A., BEAUGRAND, J.P. & GOULET, C. (1986).
Des différences liées au sexe dans les stratégies de
répartition spatiale chez des poissons Porte-épée
(Xiphophorus helleri) maintenus en captivité. Naturaliste
Canadien (Rev. Écol. Syst.), 113, 257-262. |
VANITHA, V., THIYAGESAN, K. & BASKARAN, N. (2011).
Social life of captive asian elephants (Elephas maximus)
in southern india : implications for elephant welfare. Journal
of Applied Animal Welfare Science, 14, 42-58. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Zoo et Bien-être
animal |
|
|
STEIRN, J.N., WEAVER, J.E. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1995).
Transitive inference in pigeons : simplified procedures
and a test of value transfer theory. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 23, 76–82.
|
| |
|
|
Animalerie
: Lieu adjacent à un laboratoire
où sont maintenus en cage les
animaux qui servent de sujets
aux recherches
scientifiques. Entre deux expériences,
les animaux y sont logés, nourris et soignés. Animalerie, captivité
et bien-être
animal.
| |
|
|
KAVANAU, J.L. (1963). Behaviour : Confinement, adaptation,
and compulsory regimes in laboratory studies. Science,
143, 490. |
|
DUKE, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M. (2001). The
effects of routine cage-changing on cardiovascular and
behavioral parameters in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Contemporary
Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 40 (1),
17-20. |
|
WÜRBEL, H. (2001). Better housing for better science
(Comment). Chemical Industry London, 5 (8), 237. |
|
WÜRBEL, H. (2001). Ideal homes ? Housing effects on rodent
brain and behaviour. Trends in Neurosciences, 24, 207-211. |
|
LAWLER, M.M. (2002). Comfortable quarters for rats in
research institutions, In V. Reinhardt & A. Reinhardt
(Ed.), Comfortable quarters for laboratory animals (pp.
26-32). Washington, D.C.: Animal Welfare Institute. |
|
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL (2011). Guide for the care
and use of laboratory animals. Washington : The
National Acadames Press. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Laboratoire et captivité
et bien-être
animal |
|
|
Animalisme
: Tendance à préférer la compagnie des animaux
à celle des humains. NDLR
: Si vous préférez un épagneul aux yeux tristes à
votre petite amie, celle qui n'aime que les "belles choses", vous êtes
un animaliste... Hé oui..
Animalism.
|
Animisme
: Tendance à croire que les objets matériels sont doués
d'un esprit, d'une volonté
ou de sentiments. Pour
Piaget, croyance
enfantine selon laquelle la nature est régie par une volonté
propre, analogue à la volonté humaine. Selon lui, l'animisme
résulte d'une assimilation des
mouvements physiques à l'activité
intentionnelle. EX: « Où vont les
nuages ? Sont-il heureux ? Syndiqués ? » demande l'enfant.
Animalisme et religion.
Animism.
| |
|
|
McDOUGALL, W. (1913). Body and mind : A history and
a defense of animism. London : Methuen & Co. |
LOOFT, W.R. & BARTZ, W.H. (1969). Animism revived. Psychological Bulletin, 71, 1-19. |
|
ROHEIM, G. (1932). Animism and religion. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 1, 59-112. |
BULLOCK, M. (1985). Animism in childhood thinking : A
new look at an old question. Developmental
Psychology, 21, 217-225. |
|
DENNIS, W. (1953). Animistic thinking among college and
university students. Scientific Monthly, 76, 247-249. |
MASSEY, C.M. & GELMAN, R. (1988). Preschoolers’
ability to decide whether a photographed unfamiliar
object can move itself. Developmental Psychology,
24 (3), 307-317.
[PDF] |
|
DOLGIN, K.G. & BEHREND, D.A. (1984). Children’s
knowledge about animates and inanimates. Child
Development 55, 1646-1650. |
ZAITCHIK, D. & SOLOMON, G.E.A. (2008). Animist
thinking in the elderly and in patients with Alzheimer's
disease. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 25, 27-37 |
|
|
Voir aussi Religion |
|
|
|
Anna
O. (Vienne 1859-1936) : Patiente de
Breuer. Son vrai nom est Bertha
Pappenheim. Breuer a raconté ce cas à Freud
pour illustrer l'hystérie
et son traitement par hypnose.
Anna O. aurait utilisé le terme «cure
par le langage» pour désigner les méthodes thérapeutiques de
Breuer.
 |
|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| HUNT,
M. (1994). The story of psychology. New York :
Double Day. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annals
of Clinical Psychiatry : Revue
scientifique de psychiatrie.
Éditeur : Springer.
PARY, R., LEWIS, S., MATUSCKA, P.R., RUDZINSKIY, P.,
SAFI, M. & LIPPMANN, S. (2002). Attention deficit
disorder in adults. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry,
14 (2), 105-111.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Année
de publication : Dans la notice
d'un livre, d'un chapitre de livre ou d'un article scientifique,
désigne l'année de publication de l'ouvrage. Dans le modèle de
référence de l'American
Psychological Association, cette information est placée
entre le nom de l'auteur et
le titre de l'ouvrage dans le cas d'un article
scientifique (1) et d'un livre
(2) ou entre le nom de l'auteur et le titre du
chapitre dans le cas d'un
livre par chapitres (3).
| |
| (1) |
BÉLANGER, J. (1978). Images
et réalités du béhaviorisme. Philosophiques, 5
(1), 3-110.
|
| (2) |
SKINNER, B.F. (1971). L'analyse
expérimentale du comportement. Paris : Seuil.
|
| (3) |
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988).
Démarche scientifique et cycle de la recherche. Dans
M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la
recherche scientifique en psychologie (p.
1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
|
| |
|
Année
Psychologique (L') : Première
revue française de psychologie
fondée en 1894 par Binet et
Beaunis.
BINET, A. et SIMON, T. (1905). Méthodes nouvelles pour
la diagnostic du niveau intellectuel des anormaux. L'Année
Psychologique, 11, 191-244. [PDF]
|
| |
| |
NICOLAS, S. (1997). Alfred Binet et "L'Année
Psychologique" d'après une correspondance inédite. L'Année
Psychologique, 97 (4), 665-699. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Annexe
: Partie d'un article scientifique
(ou de tout rapport) qui contient tout ce qui est important mais
susceptible d'allourdir la lecture du rapport. Il peut s'agir de
tableaux ou de figures complémentaires, de données brutes, de
croquis, de développement mathématique, du programme d'une
simulation, etc.
|
Annotation
: Annoter un texte : Note que l'on griffonne en marge
d'un texte que l'on est en train de lire
(ou que l'on met en évidence grace à un marqueur) et qui en
facilite la compéhension
et le rappel lors de
l'étude. Textbook annotation,
highllighting.
| |
|
|
FOWLER, R.L. & BARKER, A.S. (1974). Effectiveness of
highllighting for retention of text material. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 59, 358-364. |
|
SIMPSON, M.L. & NIST, S.L. (1990). Textbook annotation
: An effective and efficient study strategy for college
students. Journal of Reading, 34, 122-129. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Fiche
de lecture, Test
de lecture, Étudier,
Suivre des
consignes, Guide
de lecture et Jeu-questionnaire |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
Reviews of Neuroscience : Revue
scientifique de neuropsychologie.
Éditeur : Annual Reviews, Inc. =
Annual Rev. Neurosci.
RIZZOLATTI G. & CRAIGHERO L. (2004). The
mirror-neuron system. Annual Reviews of
Neuroscience, 27, 169-192. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annuary
of Clinical & Health Psychology :
Revue scientifique de psychologie.
Éditeur : Université de Séville. =
Anuario de Psicología Clínica y de la Salud.
LOPEZ-CEPERO-BORREGO, J. & JIMENEZ-CALDERON, E.J.
(2009). Ten major reviews about positive psychology. Annuary
of Clinical & Health Psychology, 5, 47-53. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anomalie
congénitale : Modification accidentelle du code
génétique qui peut engendrer des malformations physiques,
notamment sur le plan sexuel (Intersexué).
= malformation physique.
| |
|
|
WOODHOUSE, C.R.J. (1994). The sexual and reproductive
consequences of congenital genitourinary anomalies. Journal
of Urology, 152, 645-651. |
|
|
|
Anomalie
scientifique : Chez Kuhn,
donnée ou phénomène
que le paradigme ou la
théorie dominante ne parvient pas à expliquer.
L'accumulation de ces anomalies est, selon Kuhn, à l'origine des révolutions
scientifiques et de l'émergence d'un nouveau paradigme.
| |
|
|
KAHNEMAN, D., KNETSCH, J.L. & THALER, R.H. (1991).
Anomalies : The endowment effect, loss aversion, and
status quo bias. The Journal of Economic Perspective,
5 (1), 193-206. [PDF] |
|
CHILD, W. (1993). Anomalism, uncodifiability, and
psychophysical relations. Philosophical Review 102,
215-245. |
|
KUHN, T.S. (1957/90). The copernican revolution :
Planetary astronomy in the development of western
thought / La révolution copernicienne. Cambridge,
MA/Paris : Harvard University Press/Gallimard. |
| |
|
|
|
|
Anomie
(cérébrale) : Difficulté ou
incapacité à nommer les
objets. Elle s'observe régulièrement à la suite d'une lésion
du gyrus angulaire.
Anomia, pure anomia.
| |
|
|
ZINGESER, L.B. & BERNDT, R.S. (1988). Grammatical
class and context effects in a case of pure anomia -
Implications for models of language production. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 5 (4), 473-516. |
|
ZINGESER, L.B. & BERNDT, R.S. (1990). Retrieval of
nouns and verbs in agrammatism and anomia. Brain &
Language, 39 (1), 14-32. |
|
GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. & HODGES, J.R. (1995).
Progressive pure anomia : Insufficient activation of
phonology by meaning. Neurocase, 1 (1), 25-38. |
|
GRAHAM, K.S., PATTERSON, K. & HODGES, J.R. (1998).
Semantic dementia and pure anomia : Two varieties of
progressive fluent aphasia. In E. Visch-Brink & R.
Bastiaanse (Eds.), Linguistic levels in aphasia
(pp. 49-67). San Diego, CA : Singular Publishing Group. |
|
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., SAGE, K. & ROBERTS, J. (2000).
Classical anomia : A neuropsychological perspective on
speech production. Neuropsychologia, 38,
186-202. [PDF] |
|
HARNISH, S.M. (2015). Anomia and anomic aphasia :
Implications for lexical processing. In A.M. Raymer and L.
Gonzalez-Rothi (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of aphasia
and language disorders. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Parler,
Aphasie et Nommer |
|
|
Anomie
(sociale) : Du grec an
qui signifie "absence" et de nomos qui signifie «normes
ou lois». Selon Durkeim,
désigne l'état d'une société
caractérisée par une désintégration des normes
qui règlent la conduite des individus et assurent l'ordre
social. Toujours selon Durkeim, cet état pourrait expliquer
le suicide. Anomia.
| |
|
|
DURKHEIM, E. (1897/1967). Le suicide : Étude de
sociologie. Paris : Les Presses universitaires de
France. |
|
MERTON, R.K. (1938). Social structure and anomie. American
Sociological Review, 3 (5), 672-682. |
|
CARAUNA, A. & EWING, M.T. (2000). The effect of anomie
on academic dishonesty of university students. The
International Journal of Educational Management, 14
(1), 23-29. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Anonymat
(Préserver) : Principe
éthique de la thérapie
et de la recherche
qui oblige le thérapeute/ chercheur
à ne pas dévoiler à quiconque le noms de ses patients/ participants
sous peine de sanction (poursuite légale, blâme, perte temporaire
du droit de pratique, etc.). Il convient de noter qu'en science
les chercheurs connaissent rarement le nom des participants que
l'on identifie par un code (sauf si la recherche se déroule avec
des patients ou des malades). Anonymat, code
de déontologie et devoirs
du professionnel. Anonymity.
| |
|
|
JOINSON, A. (1999). Social desirability, anonymity, and
internet-based questionnaires. Behaviour Research
Methods, Instruments & Computers, 31, 433-438.
[PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Principe
éthique |
|
|
Anorexie (mentale) :
Trouble alimentaire à prévalence féminine (6 à 10 filles
pour un garçon) qui se caractérise par un désir pathologique et la
plupart du temps inavoué de perdre du
poids. Les principaux symptômes
de l'anorexie sont : le manque d'appétit, la perte de poids et
l'arrêt des menstruations (aménorrhée). L'anorexie mentale
s'accompagne aussi parfois de la perte du volume musculaire, de
cheveux et d'ongles cassants, d'une prédisposition aux infections,
d'obsessions alimentaires, de boulimie
(rage alimentaire) et d'un désir absolu de contrôle
de soi et de perfection
(sur le plan physique, esthétique, moral, scolaire, sportif,
etc.). Anorexie, orthorexie
et boulimie.
= anorexie mentale, anorexie nerveuse,
trouble alimentaire. Anorexia, anorexia
nervosa, eating disorders.
| |
|
|
RUSSELL, R.W. (1948). The effects of mild anoxia on simple
psychomotor and mental skills. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 38 (2), 178-187. |
FOMBONNE, E. (1995). Anorexia nervosa : no evidence of an
increase (1995). British Journal of Psychiatry, 166, 462-471. |
|
SCOTT, W.C.M. (1949). Notes on the psychopathology of
anorexia nervosa. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 21, 741-747. |
HERPERTZ-DAHLMANN, B.M., WEWETZER, C. & REMSCHMIDT, H.
(1995). The predictive value of depression in anorexia
nervosa. Results of a seven-year follow-up study. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 91 (2), 114-119. |
|
JESSNER, L. & ABSE, D. (1960). Regressive forces in
anorexia nervosa. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 33, 301-312. |
YARYURA-TOBIAS, J.A., NEZIROGLU, F.A. & KAPLAN, S.
(1995). Self-mutilation, anorexia, and dysmenorrhea in
obsessive-compulsive disorder. International Journal
of Eating Disorders, 17, 33-38. [PDF] |
|
KOLUCH, J. & DAVIDOVA, M. (1962). On the problem of
anorexia nervosa. Acta Paedopsychiatrica, 29,
343-349. |
WAKELING, A. (1996). Epidemiology of anorexia nervosa. Psychiatry
Research, 62 (1), 3-9. |
|
AYLLON T., HAUGHTON E. & OSMOND, H.O. (1964). Chronic
anorexia : a behavior probem. The Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 9, 147-154 |
EPLING, W.F. & PIERCE, W.D. (Eds.) (1996). Activity
anorexia : Theory, research and treatment. New
Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
CRISP, A.H. (1965). Clinical and therapeutic aspects of
anorexia nervosa : A study of 30 cases. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 9, 67. |
VITOUSEK, K.M. (1996). The current status of cognitive
behavioural models of anorexia nervosa and bulimia
nervosa. In P.M. Salkovskis, P.M. (Ed.), Frontiers of
cognitive therapy (pp. 383-418). New York :
Guilford Press. |
| |
WAKELING, A. (1996). Epidemiology of anorexia nervosa. Psychiatry
Research, 62 (1), 3-9, |
|
BLINDER, B.J., FREEMAN, D.M. & STUNKARD, A.J. (1970).
Behavior therapy of anorexia nervosa : effectiveness of
activity as a reinforcer of weight gain. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 126 (8), 1093-1098. |
BEMPORAD, J.R. (1996). Self-starvation through the ages :
reflections on the pre-history of anorexia nervosa. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 19, 217-237. |
|
STUNKARD, A.J. (1972). New therapy for the eating
disorders : behavior modification of obesity an anorexia
nervosa. Archives of General Psychiatry, 26,
391-398. |
GARFINKEL, P.E., LIN, P., GOERING, P., SPEGG, C.,
GOLDBLOOM, D., KENNEDY, S., KAPLAN, A.S. & WOODSIDE,
D.B. (1996). Should amenorrhoea be necessary for the
diagnosis of anorexia nervosa ? Evidence from a Canadian
community sample. The British Journal of Psychiatry,
168 (4), 500-506. |
|
BRUCH, H. (1973). Eating disorders : Obesity,
anorexia nervosa, and the person within. New York
: Basic Books. |
STROBER, M., FREEMAN, R. & MORRELL, W. (1997). The
long-term course of severe anorexia nervosa in adolescents
: Survival analysis of recovery, relapse, and outcome
predictors over 10-15 years in a prospective study. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 22, 339-360. |
|
SLADE, P.D. (1973). A short anorexic behaviour scale. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 122, 83-85. |
TOUYZ, S.W. & BEUMONT, P.J.V. (1997). Behavioral
treatment to promote weight gain in anorexia nervosa. In
D.M. Garner & P.E. Garfinkel (Eds.), Handbook of
treatment for eating disorders (pp. 361-371). New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E. (1974). Perception of hunger and satiety
in anorexia nervosa. Psychological medicine 4 (3),
309-315. |
BULIK, C.M., SULLIVAN, P., FRANCZ, C.P., FEAR, J. &
PICKERING, A. (1997). Predictors of the development of
bulimia nervosa in women with anorexia nervosa. The
Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 185 (11),
704-707. |
|
CRISP, A.H., PALMER, R.L. & KALUCY, R.S. (1976). How
common is anorexia nervosa ? A prevalence study. The
British Journal of Psychiatry, 128 (6), 549-554.
|
PAWLUCK, D.E. & GOREY, K.M. (1998). Secular trends in
the incidence of anorexia nervosa : Integrative review of
population-based studies. International Journal of
Eating Disorders, 23 (4), 347-352. |
|
GARNER, D.M., GARFINKEL, P.E. & MODOFSKY, H. (1976).
Body image disturbances in anorexia nervosa. International
Eating Disorders, 1, 3-64. |
ROBIN, A.L., GILROY, M. & BAKER DENNIS, A. (1998).
Treatment of eating disorders in children and adolescents.
Clinical Psychology Review, 18, 421-446. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E. MODOFSKY, H. & GARNER, D.M. (1977).
Prognosis in anorexia nervosa as influenced by clinical
features, treatment and self-perception. Canadian
Medical Association Journal 117 (9), 1041-1045.
[PDF] |
FAIRBURN, C.G., SHAFRAN, R. & COOPER, Z. (1998). A
cognitive-behavioural theory of anorexa nervosa.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 37, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
GARNER, D.M. & GARFINKEL, P.E. (1978). Sociocultural
factors in anorexia nervosa. Lancet, 2, 674. |
COREN, S. & HEWITT, P.L. (1998). Is anorexia nervosa
associated with elevated rates of suicide ? American
Journal of Public Health, 88, 1206-1207. [PDF] |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E., MODOFSKY, H., GARNER, D.M., STANCER, H.C.
& COSCINA, D.V. (1978). Body awareness in anorexia
nervosa : disturbances in "body image" and "satiety".
Psychosomatic Medicine, 40 (6), 487-498. |
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z., DOLL, H.A. & WECH, S.L
(1999). Risk factors for anorexia nervosa : three
integrated case-control comparisons. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 56 (5), 468-476. [PDF] |
|
|
GARFINKEL, P.E. MODOFSKY, H. & GARNER, D.M. (1979).
The stability of perceptual disturbances in anorexia
nervosa Psychological Medicine, 9 (4), 703-708. |
|
|
STROBER, M. & GOLDENBERG, I., GREEN J., SAXON, J.
(1979). Body image disturbance in anorexia nervosa during
the acute and recuperative phase. Psychological
Medicine, 9, 695-701. |
|
|
JONES, D.J., FOX, M.M., BABIGIAN, H.M. & HUTTON, H.E.
(1980). Epidemiology of anorexia nervosa in Monroe County,
New York : 1960-1976. Psychosomatic Medicine, 42
(6), 551-558. |
|
|
GARNER, D.M. & GARFINKEL, P.E. (1980). The
heterogenity of anorexia nervosa. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 37, 1036-1040. |
STROBER, M., PATAKI, C., FREEMAN, R, DeANTONIO, M. (1999).
No effect of adjunctive fluoxetine on eating behavior or
weight phobia during the inpatient treatment of anorexia
nervosa. Journal of Child & Adolescent
Psychopharmacology, 9, 195-202. |
|
GARFINKEL, P.E. MODOFSKY, H. & GARNER, D.M. (1980).
The heterogeneity of anorexia nervosa : Bulimia as a
distinct subgroup. Archives of General Psychiatry, 37
(9), 1036-1040. |
|
|
BRANCH, H. & EURMAN, L.J. (1980). Social attitudes
toward patients with anorexia nervosa. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 37, 631-632. |
BACHAR, E., LATZER, Y., KREITLER, S. & BERRY, E.M.
(1999). Empirical comparison of two psychological
therapies. Self psychology and cognitive orientation in
the treatment of anorexia and bulimia. Journal of
Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 8, 115-128. |
|
STROBER, M. & GOLDENBERG, I. (1981). Ego boundary
disturbance in juvenile anorexia nervosa. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 37, 433-438. |
STROBER, M., FREEMAN, R. & MORRELL, W. (1999).
Atypical cases of anorexia nervosa : Separation from
typical cases in and outcome in a long-term prospective
study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 25,
135-142. |
|
BUTTON, E.J. & WHITEHOUSE, A. (1981). Subclinical
anorexia nervosa. Psychological Medicine, 11 (3),
509-516. |
|
|
GARFINKEL, P.E. MODOFSKY, H. & GARNER, D.M. (1982).
Anorexia nervosa : A multidimensional perspective. New
York : Brunner/Mazel. |
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z., DOLL, H.A. & WECH, S.L
(1999). Risk factors for anorexia nervosa : three
integrated case-control comparisons. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 56 (5), 468-476. |
|
SLADE, P.D. (1982). Towards a functional analysis of
anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. British Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 21, 167-191. |
RUBINSTEIN, S. & CABALLERO, B. (2000). Is Miss America
an undernourished role model ? Journal of the
American Medical Association, 283 (12), 1569. |
|
STROBER, M. (1983). An empirically derived typology of
anorexia nervosa. In P. Darby, P. Garfinkel, D. Garner
& D. Coscina (Eds.), Anorexia nervosa : Recent
developments in research (pp. 185-198). New York :
Alan Liss. |
JIMERSON, S.R. & PAVELSKI, R. (2000). The school
psychologist's primer on anorexia nervosa : A review of
research regarding epidemiology, etiology, assessment, and
treatment. California School Psychologist, 5 (1),
65-77. |
|
EPLING, W.F., PIERCE, W.D. & STEFN, L. (1983). A
theory of activity-based anorexia. The International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 3, 27-46. |
GARFINKEL, P.E. & NEWMAN, A. (2001). The Eating
Attitudes Test : twenty-five years later Eating and Weight
Disorders-Studies on Anorexia. Bulimia & Obesity,
6 (1), 1-21. |
|
WILLI, J. & GROSSMANN, S. (1983). Epidemiology of
anorexia nervosa in a defined region of Switzerland. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 140 (5), 564-567, |
PIERCE, W.D. (2001). Activity anorexia : Biological,
behavioral, and neural levels of selection. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 24 (3), 551-552.
[PDF] |
|
GARNER, D.M., OLMSTETD, M.P. & POLIVY, J. (1983).
Development and validation of a Multidimensional Eating
Disorder Inventory for anorexia and bulimia.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 2 (2),
15-34. [PDF] |
OLSON, E. (2001). Listening to the voices of anorexia :
The researcher as an "outsider-witness". Journal of
Feminist Family Therapy, 11, 25-46. |
|
TRIDON, P., CROMBEZ, Y. MARCHAND, P., FROT, F. &
VIDAILHET, C. (1984). Anorexia nervosa in boys. Acta
Paedopsychiatrica, 49 (6), 311-319. |
HEWITT, P.L., COREN, S. & STEEL, D. G. (2001). Death
from anorexia nervosa : Age span and gender differences. Aging
& Mental Health, 5, 41-46. |
| BLUMENTHAL, J.A., O’TOOLE, L.C. & CHANG, J.L. (1984). Is running an analogue of anorexia nervosa ? Journal
of American Medical Association, 252, 520-523. |
GRILLO, C.M., SINHA, R. & O'MALLEY, S.S. (2002).
Eating disorders and alcohol use disorders. Alcohol
Research & Health, 26 (2), 151-160.
[PDF] |
|
EPLING, W.F. & PIERCE, W.D. (1984). Activity-based
anorexia in rats as a function of opportunity to run on an
activity wheel. Nutrition & Behavior, 2,
37-49. |
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2002). ACT as treatment
of a disorder of excessive control : Anorexia.
Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 9, 253-259. |
|
BORIS, H.N. (1984). On the treatment of anorexia nervosa.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 65,
435-442. |
STEINHAUSEN, H.C. (2002). The outcome of anorexia nervosa
in the 20th century. American Journal of Psychiatry,
159, 1284-1293. |
|
|
GARNER, D.M. & GARFINKEL, P.E. (Eds. (1985). Handbook
of psychotherapy for anorexia nervosa and bulimia.
New York : Guilford Press. |
WILSON, K.G. & ROBERTS, M. (2002). Core principles in
scceptance and commitment therapy : An application to
anorexia. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 9,
237-243. |
|
WEEDA-MANNAK, W.L. & DROP, M.J. (1985). The
discriminative value of psychological characteristics in
anorexia nervosa. Clinical and psychometric comparison
between anorexia nervosa patients, ballet dancers and
controls. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 19, 285-290. |
SUTANDAR-PINNOCK, K., WOODSIDE, D.B., CARTER, J.C., OLMSTED, M.P. & KAPLAN, A.S. (2003). Perfectionism in
anorexia nervosa : a 6-24-month follow-up study.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33,
225-229. |
|
GARNER, D.M. & BEMIS, K.M. (1985). Cognitive therapy
for anorexia nervosa. In D.M. Garner & P.E. Garfinkel
(Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy for anorexia
nervosa and bulimia (pp. 107-146). New York :
Guilford Press. |
PIKE, K.M., WALSH, B.T., VITOUSEK, K., WILSON, G.T. &
BAUER, J. (2003). Cognitive behavior therapy in the
post-hospitalization treatment of anorexia nervosa. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 2046-2049. [PDF] |
|
RUSSELL, G.F.M. (1985). The changing nature of anorexia
nervosa : An introduction to the conference. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 19 (2-3), 101-109. |
HEFFNER, M. & EIFERT, G.H. (2004). The anorexia
workbook : How to accept yourself, healsuffering, and
reclaim your life. Oakland, CA : New Harbinger
Publications. |
|
STROBER, M. (1986). Anorexia nervosa : History and
psychological concepts. In K.D. Brownell & J.P. Foreyt
(Eds.), Handbook of eating disorders : Physiology,
psychology and treatment of obesity, Anorexia and
bulimia (pp. 231-246). New York : Basic Books. |
PIKE, K.M. (2004). Solving the complex puzzle of the
incidence of anorexia nervosa one piece at a time. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 5 (3), 259-261. |
|
STROBER, M. & BOWEN, E. (1986). Hospital management of
the adolescent with anorexia nervosa. The Clinical
Psychologist, 39, 46-48. |
STROBER, M. (2004). Managing the chronic,
treatment-resistant patient with anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 36, 245–255. |
|
SZMUKLER, G., MCCANCE, C., MCCRONE L. & HUNTER, D.
(1986). Anorexia nervosa : a psychiatric case register
study from Aberdeen. Psychological Medicine, 16
(1), 49-58. |
MATSUSHITA, S., SUZUKI, K., MURAYAMA, M., NISHIGUCHI, N.,
HISHIMOTO, A., TAKEDA, A., SHIRAKAWA, O. & HIGUCHI, S.
(2004). Serotonin transporter regulatory region
polymorphism is associated with anorexia nervosa. American
Journal of Medical Genetics Part B : Neuropsychiatric
Genetics, 128, 114-117. |
| |
HOEK, H.W., VAN HARTEN, P.N., HERMANS, K.M.E., KATZMAN,
M.A., MATROOS, G.E. & SUSSER, E.S. (2005). The
incidence of anorexia nervosa on Curacao. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (4), 748-752. |
|
HSU, G.L.K. (1986). The treatment of anorexia nervosa. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 143, 573-581. |
BIRMINGHAM, C.L., SU, J., HLYNSKY, J.A., GOLDNER, E.M.
& GAO, M. (2005). The mortality rate of anorexia
nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders,
38 (2), 143-146. |
|
WALSH, B.T., ROOSE, S.P., KATZ, J.L., DYRENFURTH, I.,
WRIGHT, L., VANDE, W.R. & GLASSMAN, A.H. (1987).
Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal-cortical activity in
anorexia nervosa and bulimia. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
12, 131-140. |
GILA, A., CASTRO, J., CESENA, J. & TORO, J. (2005).
Anorexia nervosa in male adolescents : body image, eating
attitudes and psychological traits. Journal of
Adolescence Health, 36, 221-226. |
|
WEIGHT, L.M. & NOAKES, T.D. (1987). Is running an
analog of anorexia ? A survey of the incidence of eating
disorders in female distance runners. Medicine &
Science in Sports & Exercise, 19, 213-217. |
WOLK, S.L., LOEB, K.L. & WALSH, B.T. (2005).
Assessment of patients with anorexia nervosa : Interview
versus self-report. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 29, 401-408. |
|
HSU, G.L.K. (1990). Eating disorders. New York :
Guilford. |
ATTIA, E. & SCHROEDER, L. (2005). Pharmacologic
treatment of anorexia nervosa : where do we go from here ?
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37 (S),
60-63. [PDF] |
|
NIELSEN, S. (1990). The epidemiology of anorexia nervosa
in Denmark from 1973 to 1987 : A nationwide register study
of psychiatric admission. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 81 (6), 507-514. |
WONDERLICH, S.A., LILENFIELD, L.R., RISO, L.P., ENGEL, S.
& MITCHELL, J.E. (2005). Personality and anorexia
nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders,
37, 68-71. |
|
STROBER, M. (1991). Disorders of the self in anorexia
nervosa : an organismic developmental paradigm. In C.L.
Johnson (Ed.), Psychodynamic treatment of anorexia
nervosa and bulimia. New York : Guilford Press. |
BULIK, C.M., REBA, L., SIEGLA-RIZ, A. &
REICHBORN-KJENNERUD, T. (2005). Anorexia nervosa :
Definition, epidemiology, and cycle of risk. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 37 (S), 2-9. |
|
BRAUN, C.M.J. & CHOUINARD, M.J. (1992). Is anorexia
nervosa a neuropsychological disease ? Neuropsychology
Review, 3, 171-212. |
McINTOSH, V., JORDAN, J., CARTER, A., LUTY, S.E.,
McKENSZIE, J.M., BULIK, C.M., FRAMPTON, C.M.A. &
JOYCE, P.R. (2005). Three psychotherapies for anorexia
nervosa : a randomized, controlled trial. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (4), 741-747. [PDF] |
|
BERS, S. & QUYINLAN, D. (1992). Perceveid-competence
deficit in anorexia nervosa. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 101, 423-431. |
ATTIA, E. & SCHROEDER, L. (2005). Pharmacologic
treatment of anorexia nervosa : Where do we go from here ?
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37,
60-63. [PDF] |
|
CHIAPPELLI, F., GWIRTSMAN, H., LOWY, M., GORMLEY, G.,
NGUYEN, L., POPOW, J., ESMAIL, I., WEINER, H., FAHEY, J.L.
& STROBER, M. (1992). Pituitary-adrenal-immune systems
in normal subjects and in patients with anorexia nervosa :
The number of circulating helper T lymphocytes expressing
the homing receptor Leu 8 is regulated in part by
pituitary-adrenal products. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
16, 423-432. |
BACHNER-MELMAN, R., ZOHAR, A.H., EBSTEIN, R.P. &
ELIZUR, Y. (2005). How anorexic-like are the symptom and
personality profiles of aesthetic athletes ? Medicine
& Science in Sports & Exercice, 38 (4),
628-636. [PDF] |
|
|
EPLING, W.F. & PIERCE, W.D. (1992). Solving the
anorexia puzzle : A scientific approach. Hogrefe
& Huber Publishers. |
BELKE, T.W., PIERCE, W.D. & DUNCAN, I.D. (2006).
Reinforcement value and substitutability of sucrose and
wheel running : Implications for activity anorexia. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86 (2),
131-158. [PDF] |
| |
BULIK, C.M., SULLIVAN, P.F., TOZZI, F., FURBERG, H.,
LICHTENSTEIN, P. & PEDERSEN, N.L. (2006). Prevalence,
heritability, and prospective risk factors for anorexia
nervosa. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (3),
305-312. |
| |
EIFERT, G.H. & CORNIA, K. (2006). Anorexia. In S.
Feinstein (Ed.), Handbook of learning and the brain
(Vol. 1, pp. 61-67). Westport, CT : Praeger. |
| |
HOEK, H.W. (2006). Incidence, prevalence and mortality of
anorexia nervosa and other eating disorders. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 19 (4), 389-394. |
| |
DALLE, G.R. & CALUGI, S. (2007). Eating disorder not
otherwise specified in an inpatient unit : the impact of
altering the DSM-IV criteria for anorexia and bulimia
nervosa. European Eating Disorders Review, 15
(5), 340-349. |
| |
SIDIROPOULOS, M. (2007). Anorexia nervosa : The
physiological consequences of starvation and the need for primary prevention efforts ? McGill Journal of
Medicine, 10 (1), 20-25. [PDF] |
| |
BULIK, C.M., BERKMAN, N.D., BROWNLEY, K.A., SEDWAY, J.A.
& LOHR, K.N. (2007). Anorexia nervosa treatment : A
systematic review of randomized controlled trials. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 310-320. |
|
STROBER, M. (1992). Family-genetic studies of anorexia
nervosa and bulimia nervosa. In K. Halmi (Ed.), The
psychobiology and treatment of anorexia nervosa and
bulimia nervosa (pp. 61-78). Washington, D.C. :
American Psychiatric Press. |
GUARDA, A.S. (2008). Treatment of anorexia nervosa :
Insights and obstacles. Physiology & Behavior,
94, 113-120. |
|
SHARP, C.W. & FREEMAN, C.P.L. (1993). The medical
complications of anorexia nervosa. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 162, 452-462. |
HASLAM, M., MOUNTFORD, V., MEYER, C. & WALLER, G.
(2008). Invalidating childhood environments in anorexia
and bulimia nervosa. Eating Behaviors, 9 (3),
313-318. |
| |
DOYLE, P.M., LE GRANGE, D., LOEB, K., DOYLE, A.C. &
CROSBY, R.D. (2010). Early response to family-based
treatment for adolescent anorexia nervosa. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 43, 659-662. |
|
SUNDGOT-BORGEN, J. & LARSEN, S. (1993). Nutrient
intake and eating behaviors of female elite athletes
suffering from anorexia nervosa, anorexia athletica or
bulimia nervosa. International Journal of Sport
Nutrition, 3, 431-442. |
CARTER, F.A., JORDAN, J., McINTHOSH, V.V.W., LUTY, S.E.,
McKENSZIE, J.M., FRAMPTON, C.M.A. & BULIK, C.M.
(2011). The long-term efficacy of three psychotherapies
for anorexia nervosa : A randomized, controlled trial. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 44 (7), 647-654. [PDF] |
|
MARSHALL, P.D., PALMER, R.L. & STRECH, D. (1993). The
description and measurement of abnormal beliefs in
anorexia nervosa : A controlled study. International
Journal of Methods of Psychiatry, 3, 193-200. |
FRAGA, A., DE PEDRO, B., CERRATO, M., CARRERA, O. &
GUTTIÉRREZ, E. (2012). Effect of auditory isolation on
activity-based anorexia. Psicothema, 24 (3),
416-421. [PDF] |
|
PAGSBERG, A.K. & WANG, A.-R. (1994). Epidemiology of
anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa in Bornholm County,
Denmark, 1970-1989. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica,
90 (4), 259-265. |
STROBER, M. & JOHNSON, C. (2012). The need for complex
ideas in anorexia nervosa : Why biology, environment, and
psyche all matter, why therapists make mistakes, and why
clinical benchmarks are needed for managing weight
correction. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 45, 155-178. [PDF] |
|
VITOUSEK, K.M. & MANKE, F. (1994). Personality
variables and disorders in anorexia nervosa and bulimia
nervosa. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103
(1), 137-147. |
HOLSEN, L.M., LAWSON, E.A., BLUM, J., KO, E., MAKRIS, N.,
FAZELI, P.K., KLIBANSKI, A. & GOLDSTEIN, J.L. (2012).
Food motivation circuitry hypoactivation related to
hedonic and nonhedonic aspects of hunger and satiety in
women with active anorexia nervosa and weight-restored
women with anorexia nervosa. Journal of Psychiatry
& Neuroscience, 37 (5), 322-332. [PDF] |
| |
ZIPFEL, S., WILD, B., GROB, G., FRIEDERICH, H.-C., TEUFEL,
M., SCHELLBERG, GIEL, K.E., DE ZWAAN, M., DINKEL, A.,
HERPERTZ, S., BURGMER, M., LÖWE, B., TAGAY, S., VON
WIETERSHEIM, J., ZEECK, A., SCHADE-BRITTINGER, C.,
SCHAUENBURG, H., HERZOG, W. & ANTOP STUDY GROUP
(2014). Focal psychodynamic therapy, cognitive behaviour
therapy, and optimised treatment as usual in outpatients
with anorexia nervosa (ANTOP study) : Randomised
controlled trial. The Lancet, 383, 127-137. |
| |
WALLER, G. (2015). Functional analytic model of anorexia
nervosa and bulimia nervosa. In Encyclopedia of
Feeding and eating disorders (pp 1-5). |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R., SARTIRANA, M., DALLE GRAVE, A. &
CALUGI, S. (2023). Effectiveness of enhanced cognitive
behaviour therapy for patients aged 14 to 25: A promising
treatment for anorexia nervosa in transition ?age youth. European
Eating Disorders Review. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir auss Boulimie, Troubles
alimentaires orthorexie,
Hyperphagie et
Évaluation de
l'anorexie |
| |
|
|
Anorexie
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
l'anorexie.
Assessment of anorexia nervosa.
| |
|
|
GARNER, D.M., OLMSTED, M.P., BOHR, Y. & GARFINKEL,
P.E. (1982). The Eating Attitudes Test : Psychometric
features and clinical correlates. Psychological
Medicine, 12, 871-878. |
GARFINKEL, P.E. & NEWMAN, A. (2001). The Eating
Attitudes Test : twenty-five years later eating and weight
disorders-studies on anorexia. Bulimia & Obesity,
6 (1), 1-21. |
|
GARNER, D.M., OLMSTETD, M.P. & POLIVY, J. (1983).
Development and validation of a Multidimensional Eating
Disorder Inventory for anorexia and bulimia.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 2 (2),
15-34. [PDF] |
PASSI, V.A., BRYSON, S.W. & LOCK, J. (2003).
Assessment of eating disorders in adolescents with
anorexia nervosa : Self-report questionnaire versus
interview. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 45-54. |
|
GARNER, D.M. & OLMSTED, M.P. (1983). The eating
disorders inventory manual. Odessa, FL :
Psychological Assessment Resources. |
BINFORD, R.B., LE GRANDE, D. & JELLAR, C. (2005).
Eating Disorder Examination versus Eating Disorder
Examination-Questionnaire in adolescents with full and
partial-syndrome bulimia nervosa and anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, 44-49. |
|
JIMERSON, S.R. & PAVELSKI, R. (2000). The school
psychologist's primer on anorexia nervosa : A review of
research regarding epidemiology, etiology, assessment, and treatment. California School Psychologist, 5 (1),
65-77. |
WOLK, S.L., LOEB, K.L. & WALSH, B.T. (2005).
Assessment of patients with anorexia nervosa : Interview
versus self-report. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 29, 401-408. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Anorexie et Mesure/Évaluation
des troubles alimentaires |
|
|
|
|
|
Anorexie
(Traitement/Thérapies) : Ensemble des
thérapies et autres moyens
qui permettent du soigner
les personnes anorexiques.
Treatment of anorexia nervosa.
| |
|
|
CRISP, A.H. (1965). Clinical and therapeutic aspects of
anorexia nervosa : A study of 30 cases. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 9, 67. |
JIMERSON, S.R. & PAVELSKI, R. (2000). The school
psychologist's primer on anorexia nervosa : A review of
research regarding epidemiology, etiology, assessment, and
treatment. California School Psychologist, 5 (1),
65-77. |
|
BLINDER, B.J., FREEMAN, D.M. & STUNKARD, A.J. (1970).
Behavior therapy of anorexia nervosa : effectiveness of
activity as a reinforcer of weight gain. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 126 (8), 1093-1098. |
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2002). ACT as treatment
of a disorder of excessive control : Anorexia.
Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 9, 253-259. |
|
SLADE, P.D. (1982). Towards a functional analysis of
anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. British Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 21, 167-191. |
WILSON, K.G. & ROBERTS, M. (2002). Core principles in
scceptance and commitment therapy : An application to
anorexia. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 9,
237-243. |
|
GARNER, D.M., GARFINKEL, P.E. & BEMIS, K.M. (1982). A
multidimensional psychotherapy for anorexia nervosa. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 1, 3-64. |
PIKE, K.M., WALSH, B.T., VITOUSEK, K., WILSON, G.T. &
BAUER, J. (2003). Cognitive behavior therapy in the
post-hospitalization treatment of anorexia nervosa. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 2046-2049. [PDF] |
|
BORIS, H.N. (1984). On the treatment of anorexia nervosa.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 65,
435-442. |
ATTIA, E. & SCHROEDER, L. (2005). Pharmacologic
treatment of anorexia nervosa : where do we go from here ?
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37 (S),
60-63. [PDF] |
|
GARNER, D.M. & GARFINKEL, P.E. (Eds.) (1985). Handbook
of psychotherapy for anorexia nervosa and bulimia.
New York : Guilford Press. |
STROBER, M. (2005). The future of treatment research in
anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 37 (S), 90–-94. |
|
GARNER, D.M. & BEMIS, K.M. (1985). Cognitive therapy
for anorexia nervosa. In D.M. Garner & P.E. Garfinkel
(Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy for anorexia
nervosa and bulimia (pp. 107-146). New York :
Guilford Press. |
WILSON, G.T. & SHAFRAN, R. (2005). Eating disorders
guidelines from NICE. Lancet, 365, 79-81. |
|
|
HSU, G.L.K. (1986). The treatment of anorexia nervosa. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 143, 573-581. |
McINTOSH, V., JORDAN, J., CARTER, A., LUTY, S.E.,
McKENSZIE, J.M., BULIK, C.M., FRAMPTON, C.M.A. &
JOYCE, P.R. (2005). Three psychotherapies for anorexia
nervosa : a randomized, controlled trial. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (4), 741-747. [PDF] |
|
SZMUKLER, G., MCCANCE, C., MCCRONE L. & HUNTER, D.
(1986). Anorexia nervosa : a psychiatric case register
study from Aberdeen. Psychological Medicine, 16
(1), 49-58. |
BULIK, C.M., BERKMAN, N.D., BROWNLEY, K.A., SEDWAY, J.A.
& LOHR, K.N. (2007). Anorexia nervosa treatment : A
systematic review of randomized controlled trials. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 310-320. |
|
SHARP, C.W. & FREEMAN, C.P.L. (1993). The medical
complications of anorexia nervosa. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 162, 452-462. |
GUARDA, A.S. (2008). Treatment of anorexia nervosa :
Insights and obstacles. Physiology & Behavior,
94, 113-120. |
|
TOUYZ, S.W. & BEUMONT, P.J.V. (1997). Behavioral
treatment to promote weight gain in anorexia nervosa. In
D.M. Garner & P.E. Garfinkel (Eds.), Handbook of
treatment for eating disorders (pp. 361-371). New
York : Guilford Press. |
DOYLE, P.M., LE GRANGE, D., LOEB, K., DOYLE, A.C. &
CROSBY, R.D. (2010). Early response to family-based
treatment for adolescent anorexia nervosa. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 43, 659-662. |
|
ROBIN, A.L., GILROY, M. & DENNIS, A.B. (1998).
Treatment of eating disorders in children and adolescents.
Clinical Psychology Review, 18 (4), 421-446. |
CARTER, F.A., JORDAN, J., McINTHOSH, V.V.W., LUTY, S.E.,
McKENSZIE, J.M., FRAMPTON, C.M.A. & BULIK, C.M.
(2011). The long-term efficacy of three psychotherapies
for anorexia nervosa : A randomized, controlled trial. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 44 (7), 647-654. [PDF] |
|
BACHAR, E., LATZER, Y., KREITLER, S. & BERRY, E.M.
(1999). Empirical comparison of two psychological
therapies. Self psychology and cognitive orientation in
the treatment of anorexia and bulimia. Journal of
Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 8, 115-128. |
WALLER, G., GRAY, E., HINRICHSEN, H., MOUNTFORD, V.,
LAWSON, R. & PATIENT, E. (2014). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for bulimia nervosa and atypical bulimic nervosa :
effectiveness in clinical settings. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 47 (1), 13-17. [PDF] |
| |
FRAGA, A., DE PEDRO, B., CERRATO, M., CARRERA, O. &
GUTTIÉRREZ, E. (2012). Effect of auditory isolation on
activity-based anorexia. Psicothema, 24 (3),
416-421. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Traitemenent
des troubles alimentaires |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| AND
- ANTHROPOMORPHISME
- ANTI -
ANTIDÉPRESSEUR -
ANTIPSYCHOTIQUE - ANTIPSYCHIATRIE
- ANTONUCCIO -
ANXIÉTÉ - ANZIEU - AP
|
Anthropologie : Anthropologue : Du grec anthropos
qui signifie «Homme ou humain»
et logos qui signifie «discours, science».
L'anthropologie est une science
empirique qui possède plusieurs branches : l'archéologie
préhistorique, l'ethnologie,
la paléoanthropologie, la primatologie.
( ): Allen,
Arcand,
Astuti, Atran, Aunger,
Barrett,
Barrette, Baruffaldi,
Bateson, Benedict,
Berlin, Bloch,
Bouchard, Boyer, Brace,
Brisman,
Casteneda, Chapais,
Charest, Dancause,
D'andrade, Fessler,
Gauthier, Godelier,
Goulet, Gouzoules,
Grammer, Hall, Harris,
Hill, Héritier,
Herskovits, Holloway,
Hutchins, Kaplan,
Latour, Lave,
Lebreton, Leroy-Ghouran,
Levi-Strauss, Lévy,
Lévy-Brühl, Lyell, Malinowski,
Mauss, Mead,
Morwood, Navarrete,
Nishida, Picq, Plavcan,
Sapir, Sauther,
Shweder, Silk,
Smith, Smith, Sosis,
Sperber, Sussman, Tabet,
Tooby, Weakland,
Wolcott, Wrangham,
Wissler,
Wynn. Anthropology.
| |
|
|
KANT, E. (1798). Anthropology from a pragmatic point
of view. |
LUTZ, C. & WHITE, G.M.L. (1986). The anthropology of
emotions. Annual Review of Anthropology, 15,
405-436. [PDF] |
|
MARCUS, G.E. & FISHER, M.M. (1986). Anthropology
as cultural critique. Chicago : University of
Chicago Press.
|
|
BOAS, F. (1912). An anthropologist's view of War. The
Advocate of Peace, 74 (4), 93-95. [PDF] |
SPIRO, M. (1986). Cultural relativism and the future of
anthropology. Cultural Anthropology, 1 (3),
259-286. |
|
BOVIN, M. (1988). Provocation anthropology : bartering
performance in Africa. The Drama Review, 32 (3),
21-41.
|
|
SCHULTZ, E. & LAVENDA, R. (1990). Cultural
anthropology : A perspective on the human condition.
St Paul. MN : West Publishing Company.
|
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1923). Anthropology, race, psychology, and
culture. American Anthropologist, 27, 267-283. |
LIEBERMAN, L., HAMPTON, R.E., LITTLEFIELD, A. &
HALLEAD, G. (1992). Race in biology and anthropology : A
study of college texts and professors. Journal of
Research in Science Teaching, 29, 301-321. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1929). An anthropological basis for
psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 26, 136-137.
|
SALZMANN, Z. (1993). Language, culture, and society :
an introduction to linguistic anthropology.
Boulder, CO : Westview Press. |
|
|
HERSKOVITS, M.E. (1950/67). Les bases de
l'anthropologie culturelle. Paris : François
Maspero. |
HARRIS, M. (1997). Culture, people, nature : An
introduction to general anthropology. Boston :
Allyn & Bacon. |
|
WERNER H. & KAPLAN, B. (1956). The developmental
approach to cognition : its relevance to the psychological
interpretation of anthropological and ethnolinguistic
data. American Anthropologist, 58, 866-880. |
LEWIS, H.S. (1998). The misrepresentation of anthropology
and its consequences. American Anthropologist, 100, 716-731.
|
|
SHERIF, M. (1959). Social psychology, anthropology, and
the behavioral sciences. Southwestern Social Science
Quarterly, 40, 105-112. |
JENKINS, J.H. (2007). Anthropology and psychiatry : The
Contemporary convergence. In D. Bhugra & K. Bhui
(Eds.), Textbook of cultural psychiatry. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. [PDF] |
|
HARRIS, M. (1968/2001). The rise of anthropological
theory : a history of theories of culture. Walnut
Creek, CA : AltaMira Press. |
BRISMAN, A. (2011). Advancing critical criminology through
anthropology. Western Criminology Review, 12
(2), 55-77. [PDF] |
|
TYLER, S. (Ed.) (1969). Cognitive anthropology.
New York : Holt, Rinehart, Winston. |
BLOCH, M. (2012). Anthropology and the Cognitive
Challenge. Cambridge University Press : New
Departures. |
|
JAHODA, G. (1982). Psychology and anthropology : a
psychological perspective. U.K. : Academic Press. |
ASTUTI, R. & BLOCH, M. (2012). Anthropologists as
cognitive scientists. Topics in Cognitive Science, 4,
453–461. |
|
SPERBER, D. (1982). Le savoir des anthropologues. Paris
: Hermann. |
GOULET, J-G.A. (2020). Epilogue : Three (Ir)Rational ways
of being an anthropologist in the field. In D.
Meintel, V. Béguet and J.-G.A. Goulet (Eds.),
Extraordinary experience in modern contexts (pp.
249-279). Département d’anthropologie. Montréal :
Université de Montréal.. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Ethnologie
et Primatologie |
|
|
|
Anthropologie
cognitive : Cognitive
anthropology.
| |
|
|
D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1995). The development of cognitive
anthropology. Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
Anthropologie
médicale :
Medical anthropology,
biomedical anthropology.
| |
|
|
ALLEN, J.S. (1990). Towards a more critical biomedical
anthropology. Kroeber Anthropological Society Papers,
71–/72, 29–-33. |
|
BAER, H., SINGER, M. & SUSSER, I. (2003). Medical
anthropology and the world system : A critical
perspective. Westport : Bergin & Garvey. |
|
JENKINS, J.H. (2007). Anthropology and psychiatry : The
contemporary convergence. In D. Bhugra & K. Bhui
(Eds.), Textbook of cultural psychiatry. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Anthropologie
physique : Physical
anthropology.
| |
|
|
ALLEN, J.S. (1989). Franz Boas's physical anthropology :
The critique of racial formalism revisited. Current
Anthropology, 30 (1), 79-84. |
|
|
|
Anthropologie
sociale : Social anthropology.
| |
|
|
CHAPAIS, B. (2015). Liens de sang : Aux origines
biologiques de la société humaine. Montréal :
Boréal. |
|
|
|
Anthropométrie
:
Anthropometry.
| |
|
|
KALUSZYNSKI, M. (1987) Alphonse Bertillon et
l’anthropométrie. Dans P. Viger (Dir.), Maintiens de l’ordre et police en France et en Europe au XIXe
siècle (p. 269-295). Paris : Créaphis. |
|
ABOUT, I. (2004) Les fondements d’un système national
d’identification en France (1893-1914). Anthropométrie,
signalements et fichiers. Genèses : Sciences
Sociales et Histoire, 54, 28-52. |
BALDWIN, R. (2018). Who are they to judge ? Overcoming
anthropometry and a framework for fat bodybuilding. Fat
Studies, 7 (3), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Anthropomorphisme : Du grec anthropos qui signifie "homme" et
morphe qui signifie "forme". Attribution
de comportements, d'émotion
ou de pensées humaines à des animaux,
attribution fondée sur des intuitions et des croyances, et non sur
des faits. EX: Mon chien aimerait bien avoir
une belle niche avec un garage double. Anthropomorphism.
| |
|
| AGASSI, .J. (1995). Anthropomorphisme in science. In
P.P. Wiener (Ed.), Dictionary of the history of ideas
: Studies of selected pivotal ideas (pp. 87-91). New
York : Scribner. [PDF]
|
|
|
FISHER, J.A. (1990). The myth of anthropomorphism. In
M. Bekoff & D. Jamieson (Eds.), Interpretation and
explanation in the study of animal behavior (Vol.
1). Boulder : Westview Press. |
MORRIS, P., FIDLER, M. & COSTAL, A. (2000). Beyond
anecdotes : An empirical study of "anthropomorphism" Society
& Animals, 8 (2), 151-165. [PDF] |
|
BURGHARDT, G.M. (1991). Ethology and critical
anthropomorphism : A snake with two heads and hognose
snakes that play dead. In C.A. Ristau (Ed.), Cognitive
ethology : The minds of other animals : Essays in honor
of Donald R. Griffin (pp. 53-90). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
BARRETT, J.L. & KEIL, F.C. (1996). Conceptualizing a
nonnatural entity : Anthropomorphism in God concepts.
Cognitive Psychology, 31 (3), 219-247. [PDF] |
|
BURGHARDT, G.M. (1991). Cognitive ethology and critical
anthropomorphism : A snake with two heads and hognose
snakes that play dead. In C.A. Ristau (Ed.), Cognitive
ethology : The minds of other animals : Essays in honor
of Donald R. Griffin (pp. 53-90). Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
RIVAS, J. & BURGHARDT, G.M. (2002). Crotalomorphism :
A metaphor for understanding anthropomorphism by omission.
In M. Bekoff, C. Allen & G.M. Burkhardt (Eds.), The
cognitive animal : Experimental and theoretical
perspectives on animal cognition (pp. 9-17).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
| |
BARRETT, J.L. & RICHERT, R.A. (2003). Anthropomorphism
or preparedness ? Exploring children's God concepts. Review
of Religious Research, 44, 300-312. |
|
FISHER, J.A. (1991). Disambiguating anthropomorphism : An
interdisciplinary review. In P.P.G. Bateson & P.H.
Klopfer (Eds.), Perspectives in ethology (Vol.
9, pp. 49-85). New York : Plenum. |
SERPELL, J.A. (2003). Anthropomorphism and anthropomorphic
selection - beyond the "cute response." Society
& Animals, 11 (1), 83-100. |
|
VOITH, V.L., WRIGHT J.C. & DANNEMAN, P.J. (1992). Is
there a relationship between canine behavior problems and
spoiling activities, anthropomorphism, and obedience
training ? Applied Animal Behavior Science, 34, 263-272.
[PDF] |
KEELEY, B.L. (2004). Anthropomorphism, primatomorphism,
mammalomorphism. Philosophy & Biology, 19,
521-540. |
|
KENNEDY, J.S. (1992). The new anthropomorphism. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
WYNNE, C.D.L. (2004). The perils of anthropomorphism.
Nature, 428, 606. |
|
EDDY, T.J., GALLUP, G.G. & POVENILLI, D.J. (1993).
Attribution of cognitive states to animals :
Anthropomorphism in comparative psychology. Journal of
Social Issues, 49, 87-101. |
DATSON, L. (2005). Intelligences : Angelic, animal, human.
In L. Daston & G. Mitman (Eds.), Thinking with
animals : New perspectives on anthropomorphism. New
York, NY : Columbia University Press. |
|
NASS, C., STEUER, J.S., TAUBER, E. & REEDER, H.M.
(1993). Anthropomorphism, agency, and ethopoeia :
computers as social actors. Amsterdam :
Proceedings of the International CHI Conference. |
GUTHRIE, S.E. (2007). Anthropology and anthropomorphism in
religion. In Religion, anthropology, and cognitive
science (pp. 37-62). Whitehouse & Laidlaw. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1994). The many perils of ejective
anthropomorphism. Behavior & Philosophy, 22 (2),
59-70. [PDF] |
HOROWITZ, A.C. & BEKOFF, M. (2007). Naturalizing
anthropomorphism : Behavioral prompts to our humanizing of
animals. Anthrozoös, 20 (1), 23-35. [PDF] |
|
POVINELLI, D.J. (1995). Panmorphism. In R. Mitchell &
N. Thompson (Eds.), Anthropomorphism, anecdotes and
animals. University of Nebraska Press. |
BURGHARDT, G.M. (2007). Critical anthropomorphism,
uncritical anthropocentrism, and naïve nominalism. Comparative
Cognition & Behavior Reviews, 2, 136-138. |
|
BARRETT, J.L. & KEIL. F.C. (1996). Conceptualizing a
nonnatural entity : Anthropomorphism in God concepts.
Cognitive Psychology 31 (3), 219-247. [PDF] |
EPLEY, N., WAYTZ, A. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2007). On
seeing human : A three-factor theory of anthropomorphism.
Psychological Review, 114 (1), 864-886. [PDF] |
|
ASQUITH, P.J. (1997). Why anthropomorphism is not metaphor
: Crossing concepts and cultures in animal behavior
studies. In R.W. Mitchell & N.S. Thompson & H.L.
Miles (Eds.), Anthropomorphism, Anecdotes, and
Animals (pp. 22-36). Albany : State University of
New York. |
TIMBERLAKE, W. (2007). Anthropomorphism revisited. Comparative
Cognition & Behavior Reviews, 2, 139-144. [PDF] |
|
|
MITCHELL, R.W. & HAMM, M. (1997). The interpretation
of animal psychology : anthropomorphism or behavior
reading ? Behaviour, 134, 173-204. |
WYNNE, C.D.L. (2007). What are animals ? Why is
anthropomorphism still not a scientific approach to
behavior ? Comparative Cognition & Behavior
Reviews, 2, 125-135. [PDF] |
|
MITCHELL, R.W., THOMPSON, N.S. & MILES, L.H. (Eds.)
(1997). Anthropomorphism, anecdotes, and animals :
The emperor's new clothes ? Albany : SUNY Press. |
SHTULMAN, A. (2008). Variation in the anthropomorphization
of supernatural beings and its implications for cognitive
theories of religion. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 34, 1123-1138. |
|
DE WAAL, F. (1997). Are we in anthropodenial ? Discover,
18, 50-53. |
DUVALL-ANTONACAPOULOS, N.M. & PYCHYL, T.A. (2008). An
examination of the relations between social support,
anthropomorphism and stress among dog owners. Anthrozoös,
21, 138-152. |
|
GUTHRIE, S.E. (1993). Anthropomorphism : A definition
and a theory. New York : State University of New
York Press. |
ANDREWS, K. (2009). Politics or metaphysics ? On
attributing psychological properties to animals. Biology
& Philosophy, 24, 51-63. [PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, R. (1998). Anthropomorphism. In G. Greenberg
& M. Haraway (Eds.), Comparative psychology : A
handbook (pp. 71-73). New York : Garland. |
WYNNE C.D.L. (2009). The perils of anthropomorphism. Nature,
428, 606. |
|
EYSSEL, F. & KUCHENBRANDT, D. (2012). Social
categorization of social robots : anthropomorphism as a
function of robot group membership. The British
journal of social psychology, 51 (4), 274-310. |
|
DE WAAL, F. (1999). Anthropomorphism and anthropodenial :
Consistency in our thinking about humans and other
animals. Philosophical Topics, 27, 255-280. |
ANDREWS, K. & HUSS, B. (2014). Anthropomorphism,
anthropectomy, and the null hypothesis. Biology
Philos. 29, 711-729. |
|
CRIST, E. (1999). Images of animals, anthropomorphism
and animalminds. Philadelphia : Temple University
Press. |
RICHERT, R.A., SHAMAN, N.J., SAIDE, A.R. & LESAGE,
K.A. (2016). Folding your hands helps God hear you :
Prayer and anthropomorphism in parents and children. Research
in the Social Scientific Study of Religion, 27,
140-157. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Psychologie
comparée
Religion et Animal |
|
|
|
Anthropos
: Du grec anthropos qui signifie «Homme ou
humain» et logos
qui signifie «discours, science».
|
|
|
Anthrozoös
: Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui étudie le lien social et
affectif entre les humains
et les animaux. Éditeur :
Taylor & Francis.
HOROWITZ, A.C. & BEKOFF, M. (2007). Naturalizing
anthropomorphism : Behavioral prompts to our humanizing
of animals. Anthrozoös, 20 (1), 23-35. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Anti
: Préfixe qui
signifie contre ou à l'opposé. =
antinomie, opposition, contraire.
|
Anticholinergique :
Anticholinergic medication.
| |
|
|
FEINBERG, M. (1993). The problems of anticholinergic
adverse effects in older patients. Drugs Aging, 3 (4),
335-348. |
|
BOUSTANI, M.A., CAMPBELL, N.L., MUNGER, S., MAIDMENT, I.
& FOX, G.C. (2008). Impact of anticholinergics on the
aging brain : a review and practical application. Aging
Health, 4, 311-320. |
|
CAMPBELL, N.L., BOUSTANI, M.A., LANE, K.A., GAO, S.,
HENDRIE, H., KHAN, B.A., MURRELL, J.R., UNVERZAGT, F.W.,
HAKE, A., SMITH-GAMBLE, V. & HALL, K. (2010). Use of
anticholinergics and the risk of cognitive impairment in
an African American population. Neurology, 75, 152-159.
[PDF] |
|
KERSTEN, H., MOLDEN, E., TOLO, I.K., SKOVLUND, E.,
ENGEDAL, K. & WYLLER, T.B. (2013). Cognitive effects
of reducing anticholinergic drug burden in a frail elderly
population : a randomized controlled trial. Journal of
Gerontology, Medical Sciences, 68 (3), 271-278. [PDF] |
|
PERSAUD, M. & HOLROYD-LEDUC, J.M. (2014).
Anticholinergic medications in the older adult : a hidden
burden. Canadian Geriatrics Society : Journal of CME,
4 (2), 4-7. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Acétylcholine et Déclin
cognitif |
|
|
|
|
|
Anticiper
: Anticipation : Prévoir
un geste, une action. Anticipation.
| |
|
|
MANN, D.L., ABERNETHY, B. & FARROW, D. (2010). Visual
information underpinning skilled anticipation : The effect
of blur on a coupled and uncoupled in situ anticipatory
response. Attention Perception & Psychophysics, 72
(5), 1317-1326. |
|
WRIGHT, M.J., BISHOP, D.T., JACKSON, R.C. & ABERNETHY,
B. (2011). Cortical fMRI activation to opponents' body
kinematics in sport-related anticipation : Expert-novice
differences with normal and point-light video.
Neuroscience Letters, 500 (3), 216-221. |
|
ABERNETHY, B., SCHORER, J., JACKSON, R.C. & HAGEMANN,
N. (2012). Perceptual training methods compared : The
relative efficacy of different approaches to enhancing
sport-specific anticipation. Journal of Experimental
Psychology-Applied, 18 (2), 143-153 |
|
WILLIAMS, A.M. & ABERNETHY, B. (2012). Anticipation
and decision-making : skills, methods and measures. In G.
Tenenbaum, R.C. Eklund & A. Kamata (Ed.),
Measurement in sport and exercise psychology (pp.
191-202). Champaign, Ill., U.S.A. : Human Kinetics. |
|
BISHOP, D.T., WRIGHT, M.J., JACKSON, R.C. & ABERNETHY,
B. (2013). Neural bases for anticipation skill in soccer :
an fMRI study. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 35 (1), 98-109. |
|
MÜLLER, S. & ABERNETHY, B. (2014). An expertise
approach to training anticipation using temporal occlusion
in a natural skill setting. Technology, Instruction,
Cognition & Learning, 9, 295-312. |
|
|
|
|
|
Antidépresseur : Groupe de médicaments
qui, dans le cadre d'une
thérapie médicamenteuse, a pour fonction de réduire la
sévérité de la dépression
unipolaire en rétablissant l'équilibre
chimique du cerveau.
Ce groupe se divise en cinq sous-classes (Voir ci-dessous).
L'usage et le degré d'efficacité de ces médicaments font l'objet
de nombreuses critiques de la part de certains psychologues,
psychiatres et autres professionnels de la santé; ils seraient
trop utilisés (surmédication),
moins efficaces que le prétend
l'industrie pharmaceutique et peu utile/inutile pour
résoudre de nombreux troubles
psychologiques (thérapie
combiné). Antidépresseur, rechute
et sevrage.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Antidepressant drug.
| |
|
|
McNAIR, D.M. (1974). Self-evaluations of antidepressants.
Psychopharmacologia, 37, 281-302. |
KHAN, A., WARNER, H.A. & BROWN, W.A. (2000). Symptom
reduction and suicide risk in patients treated with
placebo in antidepressant clinical trials. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 57, 311-317. |
|
MORRIS, J.B. & BECK, A.T. (1974). The efficacy of
antidepressant drugs. A review of research (1958 to 1972).
Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 667-674. |
KIRSCH, I. & SCOBORIA, A. (2001). Apples, oranges, and
placebos : Heterogeneity in a meta-analysis of placebo
effects. Advances in Mind-Body Medicine, 17 (4),
307-309. |
| |
KIRSCH, I. (2000). Are drug and placebo effects in
depression additive ? Biological Psychiatry, 47,
733-735. |
| |
HEALEY, D. (2000). Emergence of antedepressant induced
suicidality. Primary Care Psychiatry, 6 (1),
23-28. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
WITTCHEN, H.U., KESSLER, R.C., PFISTER, H. & LIEB, M.
(2000). Why do people with anxiety disorders become
depressed ? A prospective-longitudinal community study. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 406, 14-23. |
| |
EVEN, C., SIOBUD-DOROCANT, E. & DARDENNES, R.M.
(2000). Critical approach to antidepressant trials.
Blindness protection is necessary, feasible and
measurable. British Journal of Psychiatry, 177,
47-51. [PDF] |
|
PORSOLT, R.D., ANTON, G., BLAVE, N. & JALFRE, M.
(1978). Behavioural despair in rats : a new model
sensitive to antidepressant treatments. European
Journal of Pharmacology, 47, 379-391. |
KHAN, A, WARNER, H.A. & BROWN, W.A. (2000). Symptom
reduction and suicide risk in patients treated with
placebo in antidepressant clinical trials. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 57, 311-317. |
|
KRAMER, A. & FEIGUINE, R. (1981). Clinical effects of
amitriptyline in adolescent depression. Journal of
the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 20, 636-644. |
QUITKIN, F.M., RABKIN, J.G., GERALD, J., DAVIS, J. &
KLEIN, D.F. (2000). Validity of clinical trials of
antidepressants. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157,
327-337. [PDF] |
| |
DE JONGHE, F., KOOL, S., VAN AALST, G., DEKKER, J. &
PEEN, J. (2001). Combining psychotherapy and
antidepressants in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 64 (2-3), 217-229. |
|
ROBERTSON, M.M. & TRIMLE, M.R. (1982). Major
tranquillisers used as antidepressants. A review.
Journal of Affective Disorders, 4, 173 -193. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2001). Are antidepressants over-rated ? A
review of methodological problems in antidepressant
trials. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 189,
288-295. |
|
|
CARLSSON, A. (1982). Recent observations on new potential
and established antidepressant drugs. Pharmakopsychiary,
15, 116-120. |
KIRSCH, I. & ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (2002). Antidepressants
versus placebos : Meaningful advantages are lacking. Psychiatric
Times, 19 (9), 6-8. |
|
LADER, M.H. (1983). The problems of safety and compliance
with conventional antidepressant drugs. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 68 (S308), 90-95. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2002). The antidepressant debate.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 193-194. [PDF] |
| |
HOENCAMP, E., STEVENS, A. & HAFFMANS, J. (2002).
Patients' attitudes toward antidepressants. Psychiatric
Services, 53 (9), 1180-1181. |
| |
KIRSCH, I. (2002). Yes, there is a placebo effect, but is
there a powerful antidepressant drug effect ? Prevention
& Treatment, 5. |
| |
GREGORIAN, R.S., GOLDEN, K.A., BAHCE, A., GOODMAN, C.,
KWONG, J. & KHAN, Z.M. (2002). Antidepressant-induced
sexual dysfunction. Annals of Pharmacotherapy, 36,
1577-1589. [PDF] |
| |
FAVA, G. (2002). Long-term treatment with antidepressant
drugs : the spectacular achievements of propaganda. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 71, 127-132. |
|
WEHR, T.A. & GOODWIN, F.K. (1987). Can antidepressants
cause mania and worsen the course of affective illness ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 144, 1403-1411. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (2002). The antidepressant fact book. Cambridge,
MA : Perseus. |
|
PRESKORN, S., WELLER, E., HUGHES, C., WELLER, R. &
BOLTE, K. (1987). Depression in prepubertal children :
Dexamethasone nonsuppression predicts differential
response to imipramine vs. placebo. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 23, 128-133. |
KIRSCH, I., MOORE, T.J. & SCOBORIA, A. (2002). The
emperor’s new drugs : An analysis of anti-depressant
medication data submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration. Prevention & Treatment, 5
(Article 23). [PDF] |
|
GREENBERG, R.P. & FISHER, S. (1989). Examining
antidepressant effectiveness : Findings, ambiguities, and
some vexing puzzles. In S. Fisher and R.P. Greenberg
(Eds.), The limits of biological treatments for
psychological distress : Comparisons with psychotherapy
and placebo. Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
HUGNET, G. (2002). Antidépresseurs, la grande
intoxication : ce que 5 millions de patients ne savent
pas encore. Paris : Le cherche Midi. |
| |
BITNER, R., HILLMAN, L., VICTOR, B. & WALSH, R.
(2003). Subjective effects of antidepressants : A pilot
study of the varieties of antidepressant-induced
experiences in meditators. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 191 (10), 660-667. [PDF] |
| |
PARKER, G., ANDERSON, I.M. & HADDAD, P. (2003).
Clinical trials of anti-depressant medications are
producing meaningless results. British Medical
Journal, 183, 102-104. |
|
| |
LAUBER, C., NORDT, C. & RÖSSLER, W. (2003). Patients'
attitudes toward antidepressants. Psychiatric
Services, 54, (5), 746-747. |
|
GHAEMI, S.N., HSU, D.J., SOLDANI, F. & GOODWIN, F.K.
(2003). Antidepressants in bipolar disorder : the case for
caution. Bipolar Disorders, 5 (6), 421-433. |
| |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2003). A comparison of antidepressant
trials using active and inert placebos. International
Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 12, 117-127. |
|
SIMEON, J., DINICOLA, V., FERGUSON, B. & COPPING, W.
(1990). Adolescent depression : A placebo-controlled
fluoxetine treatment study and follow-up. Progress in
Neuro-psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry,
14, 791-795. |
WAGNER, K., AMBROSINI, P., RYNN, M., WOHLBERG, C., YANG,
R., GREENBAUM, M., CHILDRESS, A., DONNELLY, C. & DEAS,
D. (2003). Efficacy of sertraline in the treatment of
children and adolescents with major depressive disorder.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 290, 1033-1041. |
| |
OLFSON, M., SHAFFER, D., MARCUS, S.C. & GREENBERG, T.
(2003). Relationship between antidepressant medication
treatment and suicide in adolescents. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 60, 978-982. [PDF] |
| |
FAVA, G.A. (2003). Can long-term treatment with
antidepressant drugs worsen the clinical course of
depression ? Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64,
123-133. [PDF] |
| |
LIEBERMAN, J.A. (2003). History of the use of
antidepressants in primary care. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 5 (S7), 6-10. [PDF] |
| |
DONOHUE, J.M. & BERNDT, E.R. (2004). Effects of
Direct-to-consumer advertising on medication choice : The
case of antidepressants. Journal of Public Policy
& Marketing, 23, 115-127.
[PDF] |
| |
HELGASON, T., TÖMASSON, H. & ZOEGA, T. (2004).
Antidepressants and public health in Iceland. Time series
analysis of national data. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 184, 157-162. |
| |
PATTEN, S.B. (2004). The impact of antidepressant
treatment on population health : synthesis of data from
two national data sources in Canada. Population
Health Metrics, 2 (9), 1-7. [PDF] |
|
GELLER, B., COOPER, T., GRAHAM, D., MARSTELLER, F. &
BRYANT, D. (1990). Double-blind, placebo-controlled study
of nortriptyline in depressed adolescents using a "fixed
plasma level" design. Psychopharmacology Bulletin,
26, 85-90. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (2004). Suicidality, violence, and mania
caused by selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs)
: A review and analysis. International Journal of Risk
& Safety in Medicine, 16, 31-49. [PDF] |
|
RYAN, N.D. (1990). Heterocyclic antidepressants in
children and adolescents. Journal of Child &
Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 1, 21-32. |
HATCHER, S. (2005). Why stop at antidepressants ?
British Medical Journal, 331, 158. |
| |
LACASSE J.R. & LEO. J. (2005). Serotonin and
depression : a disconnect between the advertisements and
the scientific literature. PLoS Medicine, 2
(12), 1211-1215.
[PDF] |
| |
PESSOA, L. (2005). To what extent are emotional visual
stimuli processed without attention and awareness ? Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 15, 188-196. [PDF] |
|
CREANEY, W., MURRAY, I. & HEALY, D. (1991).
Antidepressant induced suicidal ideation. Human
Psychopharmacology, 6, 329-332. |
KRAVITZ, R.L. EPSTEIN, R.M. FELDMAN, M.D., FRANZ, C.E.,
AZARI, R., WILKS, M.S., HINTON, L. & FRANKS, P.
(2005). Influence of patients’ requests for
direct-to-consumer advertised antidepressants. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 293,
1995-2002. |
|
BOULOS, C., KUTCHER, S., MARTON, P., SIMEON, J., FERGUSON,
B. & ROBERTS, N. (1991). Response to desipramine
treatment in adolescent major depression. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 27, 59-65. |
POSTERNAK, M.A. & ZIMMERMAN, M. (2005). Is there a
delay in the antidepressant effect ? A meta-analysis. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 66, 148-158. |
|
KAPUR, S., MIECZKOWSKI, T. & MANN, J.J. (1992).
Antidepressant medication and the relative risk of suicide
attempt and suicide. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 268, 3441-3445. |
PELISOLLO, A. (2005). Bien se soigner avec les
médicaments psy : antidépresseurs, tranquilisants,
somnifères. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
GREENBERG, R.P., BORNSTEIN, R.F., GREENBERG, M.D. &
FISHER, S. (1992). A meta-analysis of antidepressant
outcome under blinder conditions. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60, 664-669. |
MONCRIEFF, J. & KIRSCH, I. (2005). Efficacy of
antidepressants in adults. British Medical Journal,
331, 155-157.
[PDF] |
|
| |
MONCRIEFF, J. & KIRSCH, I. (2005). Debating
antidepressant efficacy in adults. British Medical
Journal, 331, 155-157. [PDF] |
| |
GEDDES, J, FREEMANTLE, N., MASON, J., ECCLES, M. &
BOYNTON, J. (2005). Selective serotonin reuptake
inhibitors (SSRIs) versus other antidepressants for
depression. Cochrane Database System Review,
CD002791. |
|
OLFSON, M.D. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1993). Trends in the
prescription of antidepressants by office-based
psychiatrists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150,
571-577. |
DWOSKIN, L.P., RAUHUT, A.S., KING-POSIPIL, K.A. &
BARDO, M.T. (2006). Review of the pharmacology and
clinical Profile of Bupropion, an antidepressant and
tobacco use cessation agent. CNS Drug Reviews, 12
(3-4), 178-207.
[PDF] |
| |
RESELAND, S., BRAY, I. & GUNNELL, D. (2006).
Relationship between antidepressant sales and secular
trends in suicide rates in the Nordic countries.
Brith Journal of Psychiatry, 188, 354-358. [PDF] |
|
AMBROSINI, P.J., BIANCHI, M.D., RABINOVICH, H. & ELIA,
J. (1993). Antidepressant treatment in children and
adolescents : I. Affective Disorders. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
32, 1-6. |
BARAK, Y., OLMER, A. & AIZENBERG, D. (2006).
Antidepressants reduce the risk of suicide among elderly
depressed patients. Neuropsychopharmacology, 31, 178-181. |
| |
RAZ, A. (2006). Perspectives on the efficacy of
antidepressants for child and adolescent depression.
PLoS Medicine, 3 (1), 1-7. [PDF] |
| |
RUBINOW, D.R. (2006). Antidepressant treatment during
pregnancy : between Scylla and charybdis. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (6), 954-956. |
| |
WERNEKE, U., NORTHEY, S. & BHUGRA, D. (2006).
Antidepressants and sexual dysfunction. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandanvica, 114, 384-397. |
| |
HAMMAD, T.A., LAUGREN, T. & RACOOSIN, J. (2006).
Suicidality in pediatric patients treated with
antidepressant drugs. Archives of General Psychiatry,
63 (3), 332-339. |
| |
MONCRIEFF, J. & COHEN, D. (2006). Do antidepressants cure or create abnormal brain states. PLOS Medicine, 3, (7), 961-965. [PDF] |
|
HENRY, J.A., ALEXANDER, C.A. & SENER, E.K. (1995).
Relative mortality from overdose of antidepressants.
British Medical Journal, 310, 221-224. |
COHEN, L.S., ALTSHULER, L.L., HARLOW, B.L., NONACS, R.,
NEWPORT, D.J., VIGUERA, A.C., SURI, R., BURT, V.K.,
HENDRICK, V., REMINICK, A.M., LOUGHEAD, A., VITONIS, A.F.
& STOWE, Z.N. (2006). Relapse of major depression
during pregnancy in women who maintain or discontinue
antidepressant treatment. Journal of American Medical
Association, 295, 499-507. |
|
HAZELL, P., O'CONNELL, D., HEATCOTE, D., ROBERTSON, J.
& HENRY, D. (1995). Efficacy of tricyclic drugs in
treating child and adolescent depression : a
meta-analysis. British Medical Journal, 310,
897-901. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (2006). Recent regulatory changes in
antidepressant labels : Implications for activation
(stimulation) in clinical practice. Primary
Psychiatry, 13, 57-60. [PDF] |
| |
FRIEDMAN, R.L. (2007). Expanding the black box-depression,
antidepressants, and the risk of suicide. New England
Journal of Medicine, 356, 2343-2346. |
|
ALTSHULER, L.L., POST, R.M., LEVERICH, G.S., ALTSHULER,
L.L., POST, R.M., LEVERICH, G.S., MIKALAUSKAS, K., ROSOFF,
A. & ACKERMAN, L. (1995). Antidepressant-induced mania
and cycle acceleration. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 152 (8), 1130-1138. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2007). Are antidepressants as effective as
claimed ? No, they are not effective at all. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 52 (2), 96-97. [PDF] |
|
ALTSHULER, L.L., POST, R.M., LEVERICH, G.S., ALTSHULER,
L.L., POST, R.M., LEVERICH, G.S., MIKALAUSKAS, K., ROSOFF,
A. & ACKERMAN, L. (1995). Antidepressant-induced mania
and cycle acceleration. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 152 (8), 1130-1138. |
BRIDGE, J.A., IYENGAR, S., SALARY, C.B., BARBE, R.P.,
BIRMAHER, B., PINCUS, H.A., REN, L. & BRENT, D.A.
(2007). Clinical response and risk for reported suicidal
ideation and suicide attempts in pediatric antidepressant
treatment, a meta-analysis of randomized controlled
trials. Journal of the American Medical Association,
297 (15), 1683-1696. |
| |
RAVINDRAN, L. & KENNEDY, S.H. (2007). Are
antidepressants as effective as claimed ? Yes, But... Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 52 (2), 98. |
| |
BRIDGE, J.A., IYENGAR, S., SALARY, C.B., BARBE, R.P.,
BIRMAHER, B., PINCUS, H.A., REN, L. & BRENT, D.A.
(2007). Clinical response and risk for reported suicidal
ideation and suicide attempts in pediatric antidepressant
treatment : a meta-analysis of randomized controlled
trials. Journal of American Medical Association, 297,
1683-1696. [PDF] |
| |
SONDERGARD, L., LOPEZ, A.G., ANDERSEN, P.K. & KESSING,
L.V. (2007). Continued antidepressant treatment and
suicide in patients with depressive disorder. Archives
of Suicide Research, 11, 163-175. |
| |
SERRETTI, A. (2007). Pharmacogenetics of antidepressants.
Salud Mental, 30 (6), 1-12. [PDF] |
| |
LINEBERRY, T.W., BOSTWICK, J.M., BEEBE, T.J. & DECKER,
P.A. (2007). Impact of FDA black box warning on physician
antidepressant prescribing and practice patterns : opening
Pandora's suicide box. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 82, 518-520. |
| |
KIRSCH, I., DEACON, B.J., HUEDO-MEDINA, T.B., SCOBORIA,
A., MOORE, T.J. & JOHNSON, B.T. (2008). Initial
severity and antidepressant benefits : a meta-analysis of
data submitted to the Food and Drug Administration. PLoS
Medicine, 5 (2), 260-268. [PDF] |
| |
HETRICK, S., MERRY, S., McKENZIE, J., SINDAHL, P. &
PROCTOR, M. (2007). Selective serotonin reuptake
inhibitors (SSRIs) for depressive disorders in children
and adolescents. Cochrane Database of Systematic
Reviews, 18, CD004851. |
|
| |
TURNER, E.H., MATTHEWS, A.M., LINARDATOS, E., TELL, R.A.
& ROSENTHAL, R. (2008). Selective publication of
antidepressant trials and its influence on apparent
efficacy. New England Journal of Medecine, 358 (3),
252-260. [PDF] |
|
SOMMERS-FLANAGAN, J. & SOMMERS-FLANAGAN, R. (1996).
Efficacy of antidepressant medication with depressed youth
: What psychologists should know. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 27, 145-153.
[PDF] |
JOHNSON, B.T. & KIRSCH, I. (2008). Interpreting the
efficacy of antidepressants : Statistical significance
versus clinical benefits. Significance, 5,
54-58. |
| |
STEFANO, S.C., BACALTCHUK, J., BLAY, S.L. &
APPOLINARIO, J.C. (2008). Antidepressants in short-term
treatment of binge eating disorder : systematic review and
meta-analysis. Eating Behaviors, 9, 129-136. |
|
GHAEMI, S.N. (2008). Why antidepressants are not
antidepressants : STEP-BD, STAR*D, and the return of
neurotic depression. Bipolar Disorders, 10,
957–968. |
|
FISHER, R.L. & FISHER, S. (1996). Antidepressants for
children : Is scientific support necessary ? The
Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 184, 98-108. |
IOANNIDIS, J. (2008). Effectiveness of antidepressants :
an evidence myth constructed from a thousand randomized
trials ? Philosophy, Ethics & Humanities in
Medicine, 3, 14. [PDF] |
| |
BAHRICK, A.S. & HARRIS, M.M. (2008). Sexual side
effects of antidepressant medications : An informed
consent accountability gap. Journal of Contemporary
Psychotherapy, 39 (2), 135-143. [PDF] |
|
NEMEROFF, C.B., DEVANE, C.L. & OLLOCK, B.G. (1996).
Newer antidepressants and the cytochrome P450 system. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 153 (3), 311-320. |
KUMRA, S., OBERSTAR, J.V., SIKICH, L., FINDLING, R.L.,
MCCLELLAN, J.M., VINOGRADOV, S. & SCHULZ, C.S. (2008).
Efficacy and tolerability of second-generation
antipsychotics in children and adolescents with
schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 34 (1),
60-71. [PDF] |
|
GHAEMI, S.N., WINGO, A.P., FILKOWSKI, M.A. &
BALDESSARANI, R.J. (2008). Long-term antidepressant
treatment in bipolar disorder : meta- analyses of benefits
and risks. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 118
(5), 347-356.
|
| |
BAHRICK, A.S. (2008). Persistence of sexual dysfunction
side effects after discontinuation of antidepressant
medications : Emerging evidence. The Open Psychology
Journal, 1, 42-50. [PDF] |
|
| |
TURNIPSPEED, B. & MAGID, M. (2008). Antidepressants
and suicide risk : Considerations in treating patients
with major depression. Hospital Physician, 15-21.
[PDF] |
|
HEALY, D. (1997/2002). The antidepressant era. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press /Le temps de la dépression.
Paris : Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond. |
TURNER, E.H., MATTHEWS, A.M., LINARDATOS, E., TELL, R.A.
& ROSENTHAL, R. (2008). Selective publication of
antidepressant trials and its influence on apparent
efficacy. New England Journal of Medecine, 358 (3),
252-260. [PDF] |
|
CARLSSON, A. & WONG, D.T. (1997). A note on the
discovery of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.
Life Science, 161, 1203-1203. |
JOHNSON, B.T. & KIRSCH, I. (2008). Interpreting the
efficacy of antidepressants : Statistical significance
versus clinical benefits. Significance, 5, 54-58. |
|
DOUBLE, D.B. (1997). Prescribing antidepressants in
general practice. People may become psychologically
dependent on antidepressants. British Medical
Journal, 314, 829. [PDF] |
TURNER, E.H. & ROSENTHAL, R. (2008). Efficacy of
antidepressants. Bulletin of Medical Journal, 336 (7643),
516-517. [PDF] |
|
LEJOYEUX, M. & ADES, J. (1997). Antidepressant
discontinuation : a review of the literature. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 58 (S7), 11-15. |
KIRSCH, I., DEACON, B.J., HUEDO-MEDINA, T.B., SCOBORIA,
A., MOORE, T.J. & JOHNSON, B.T. (2008). Initial
severity and antidepressant benefits : A meta-analysis of
data submitted to the Food and Drug Administration. PLoS
Medicine, 5 (2). [PDF] |
|
MONCRIEFF, J., WESSELEY, S. & HARDY, R. (1998).
Meta-analysis of trials comparing antidepressants with
active placebos. British Journal of Psychiatry, 172, 227-231.
[PDF] |
TURNER, E.H., MATTHEWS, A.M., LINARDATOS, E., TELL, R.A.
& ROSENTHAL, R. (2008). Selective publication of
antidepressant trials and its influence on apparent
efficacy. New England Journal of Medicine, 358
(3), 262-268. [PDF] |
|
KIRSCH, I. & SAPIRSTEIN, G. (1998). Listening to
Prozac but hearing placebo : A meta-analysis of
antidepressant medication. Prevention & Treatment,
1 (Article 0002a). |
JOHNSON, B.T. & KIRSCH, I. (2008). Interpreting the
efficacy of antidepressants : Statistical significance
versus clinical benefits. Significance, 5,
54-58. |
| |
KIRSCH, I. (2009). Antidepressants and the placebo
response. Epidemiology & Psychiatric Sciences 18,
318-322. |
|
HIGGINS, E.S. (1999). A comparative analysis of
antidepressants and stimulants for the treatment of adults
with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. The
Journal of Family Practice, 48, 15-20. |
BRIDGE, J., BIRMAHER, B., IYENGAR, S., BARBE, R. &
BRENT, D.A. (2009). Placebo response in randomized
controlled trials of antidepressants for pediatric major
depressive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry,
166, 42-49f.
[PDF] |
| |
MÖLLER, H.J., SEEMÜLLER, F.H. & RIEDEL, M. (2009).
Time course of response and remission during
antidepressant treatment. Medicographia, 31 (2),
118-125. [PDF]
|
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G., DENELSKY, G.Y., GREENBERG,
R.P. & GORDON, J.S. (1999). Raising questions about
antidepressants. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
68 (1), 3-14.
[PDF] |
KIRSCH, I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs :
Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The
Bodley Head. |
|
HEALEY, D. (1997/2002). Emergence of antedepressant
induced suicidality. Primary Care Psychiatry, 6,
23-28. |
PIGOTT, E., LEVENTHAL, A.M., ALTER, G.S. & BOREN, J.J.
(2010). Efficacy and effectiveness of antidepressants :
Current status of research. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 79, 267-279.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
| |
NIERENBERG, A.A. (2010). Antidepressants : can't live with
them, can't live without them. CNS Spectrum, 15,
146-147. |
| |
REEVES, R.R. & LADNER, M.E. (2010).
Antidepressant-induced suicidality : an update. CNS
Neuroscience & Therapeutics, 16 (4), 227-234. |
| |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
| |
MÖLLER, H.J., SEEMÜLLER, F.H. (2009). Time course of
response and remission during antidepressant treatment. Medicographia,
31 (2), 118-125. [PDF]
|
|
DOUBLE, D.B. (1997). Prescribing antidepressants in
general practice. People may become psychologically
dependent on antidepressants. British Medical
Journal, 314, 829. [PDF] |
FRAGUASA, D., CORRELL, C.U., MERCHÀN-NARANJOB, J.,
RAPADO-CASTRO, M., PARELLADA, M., MORENO, C. & ARANGO,
C. (2010). Efficacy and safety of second-generation
antipsychotics in children and adolescents with psychotic
and bipolar spectrum disorders : Comprehensive review of
prospective head-to-head and placebo-controlled
comparisons. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 21
(8), 621-645.
[PDF] |
| |
HIGGINS, A., NASH, M. & LYNCH, A.M. (2010).
Antidepressant-associated sexual dysfunction : impact,
effects, and treatment. Drug, Healthcare &
Patient Safety, 2 141-150. [PDF] |
|
| |
BREGGIN, P.R. (2010). Antidepressant-induced suicide,
violence, and mania : Risks for military personnel.Ethical
Human Psychology & Psychiatry, 12 (2), 111-121.
[PDF] |
| |
PORCELLI, S., DRAGO, A., FABBRI, C., GIBIINO, S., CALATI,
R. & SERRETTI, A. (2011). Pharmacogenetics of
antidepressant response. Journal of Psychiatry
Neuroscience, 36 (2), 87-113. [PDF] |
|
SAPIRSTEIN, G. & KIRSCH, I. (1998). Listening to
Prozac but hearing placebo : A meta-analysis of
antidepressant medication. Prevention &
Treatment, 1, 1-16. [PDF] |
MORA, M.S., NOSTORIUC, Y. & RIEF, W. (2011). Lessons
learned from placebo groups in antidepressant trials. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological
Sciences, 366 (1572), 1879-1888. [PDF] |
|
VÖHRINGER, P.A. & GHAEMI, S.N. (2011). Solving
the antidepressant efficacy question : effect sizes in
major depressive disorder. Clinical Therapeutics,
(12), 33. [PDF] |
|
SIDOR, M.M. & MacQUEEN, G.M. (2011).
Antidepressants for the acute treatment of bipolar
depression : a systematic review and meta- analysis. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 72 (2), 156-167. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y.
(1999). Raising questions about antidepressants.
Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 68 (1), 3-14. |
GOLDSMITH, L. & MONCRIEFF, J. (2011). The psychoactive
effects of antidepressants and their association with
suicidality. Current Drug Safefy, 6 (2), 115-121.
[PDF] |
| |
KIRSCH, I. (2014). Antidepressants and the placebo effect.
Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 222 (3), 128-134. [PDF] |
| |
CORRELL, C.U., DETRAUX, J., DE LEPELEIRE, J. & DE
HERT, M. (2015). Effects of antipsychotics,
antidepressants and mood stabilizers on risk for physical
diseases in people with schizophrenia, depression and
bipolar disorder. World Psychatry, 14 (2),
119-136. [PDF] |
| |
LEONG, C., ENNS, M.W., SAREEN, J., ALESSI-SEVERINI, S.,
BOLTON, J., PRIOR, H.J. & CHATEAU, D. (2015), New
antidepressant use in older adults : a Canadian
population-based study (1997-2013). Aging & Mental
Health, 21 (7), 720-729. |
|
MONCRIEFFJ, J. & KIRSCH, I. (2015). Empirically
derived criteria cast doubt on the clinical significance
of antidepressant-placebo differences. Contemporary
Clinical Trials 43, 60–62. |
|
HEALY, D. (1999). The three faces of the antidepressants.
Journal of Nervous & Mental Diseasee, 87,
174-180. |
HENGARTNER, M.P. (2017). Methodological flaws, conflicts
of interest, and scientific fallacies : Implications for
the evaluation of antidepressants' efficacy and harm.
Frontiers in Psychiatry, 8 [275], 1-7. [PDF] |
|
KIRSCH, I. (2019). Placebo effect in the treatment of depression and anxiety.
Frontiers in Psychiatry, 10 [407], 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Médicaments,
Dépression et
Thérapie médicamenteuse
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Antidépresseur/Inhibiteur de monoamine oxydase : IMAO : Classe
d'antidépresseurs.
Les monoamines oxydases
ont pour fonction d'augmenter la concentration de sérotonine
en inhibant les enzymes responsables de la dégradation naturelle
de cette molécule dans le cerveau.
= première génération
d'antidépresseurs. Monoamine oxidase
inhibitor, MAOI.
| |
|
|
EVANS, D.L., DAVIDSON, J., & RAF, T.D. (1982).
Early and late side effects of phenelzine. Journal of
Clinical Psychopharmacology, 2, 208–-210. |
FIEDOROWICZ, J.G. & SWARTZ, K.L. (2004). The role of
monoamine oxidase inhibitors in current psychiatric
practice. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 10, 239–-248. |
|
RABKIN, J.G., MARKOWITZ, J.S., STEWART, J.W., MCGRATH,
P.J., HARRISON, W., QUITKIN, F.M. & KLEIN, D.F.
(1986). How blind is blind ? Assessment of patient and
doctor medication guesses in a placebo-controlled trial of
imipramine and phenelzine. Psychiatry Research, 19,
75-86. |
PATKAR, A.A., PAE, C.U. & MASAND, P.S. (2006).
Transdermal selegiline : the new generation of monoamine
oxidase inhibitors. CNS Spectrum, 11,
363–375. |
|
LINET, L.S. (1986). Mysterious MAOI hypertensive episodes.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 47 (11), 563–-565. |
|
|
VALLEJO, J., GASTO, C., CATALAN, R. & SALAMERO, M.
(1987). Double-blind study of imipramine versus phenelzine
in melancholias and dysthymic disorders. The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 151 (5), 639-642. |
|
|
FALLON, B., FOOTE, B., WALSH, B.Y. & ROOSE, S.P.
(1988). “Spontaneous” hypertensive episodes with
monoamine oxidase inhibitors. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 47, 163–-165. |
|
|
CLARY, C., MANDOS, L.A. & SCHWEIZER, E. (1990).
Results of a brief survey on the prescribing practices for
monoamine oxidase inhibitor antidepressants. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 51, 226–231. |
HULMAN, K.I., FISCHER, H.D., HERRMANN, N., HUO, C.Y.,
ANDERSON, G.M. & ROCHON, P.A. (2007). Current
prescription patterns and safety profile of irreversible
monoamine oxidase inhibitors : a population-based cohort
study of older adults. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry,
70, 681–-686. |
|
SOLOFF, P.H., CORNELIUS, J. & ANSELM, G. (1993).
Efficacy of phenelzine and haloperidol in borderline
personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry,
50, 377-385. |
|
|
GOMEZ-GIL, E., SALMERON, J.M. & MAS, A. (1996).
Phenelzine-induced fulminant hepatic failure. Annals
of Internal Medicine, 124, 692–-693. |
|
|
BALON, R., MUFTI, R. & ARFKEN, C.L. (1999). A survey
of prescribing practices for monoamine oxidase inhibitors.
Psychiatric Services, 50, 945–-947. |
|
|
LOTUFU-NETO, F., TRIVEDI, M. & THASE, M.E. (1999).
Meta-analysis of the reversible inhibitors of monoamine
oxidase type A moclobemide and brofaromine for the
treatment of depression. Neuropsychopharmacology, 20,
226–-247. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Antidépresseurs
et Sérotonine |
| |
|
|
Antidépresseur/Inhibiteurs
sélectifs de la recapture de la noradrénaline : NARI :
Classe d'antidépresseurs.
Norepinephrine reuptake. inhibitor.
| |
|
|
AXELROD, J., HERTTING, G. & WHITBY, L.G. (1961).
Effect of drugs on the uptake and metabolism of
H3-norepinephrine. Journal of Pharmacology &
Experimental Therapeutics, 134, 146-153. |
|
SCHATZBERG, A. (2000). Clinical efficacy of reboxetine in
major depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61,
(S10), 31-38. |
|
|
Voir aussi Antidépresseurs
et Noradréanline |
|
|
|
Antidépresseur/Inhibiteur
sélectif de la recapture de la sérotonine : ISRS :
Il s'agit de la plus récente classe d'antidépresseurs.
Ils ont pour fonction d'augmenter la concentration de sérotonine
dans la synapse en
empêchant sa recapture dans le neurone
pré-synaptique. = seconde
génération d'antidépresseurs. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-bas.
SRI,
SSRI, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.
| |
|
|
AXELROD, J. & INSCOE, J.K. (1963). The uptake and
binding of circulating serotonin and the effect of drugs.
Jounal of Pharmacology & Experimental
Therapeutics, 141 (2), 161-165. |
SUSSMAN, N., GINSBERG, D.L. & BIKOFF, J. (2001). Effects of
nefazodone on body weight : a pooled analysis of selective
serotonin reuptake inhibitor- and imipramine-controlled
trials. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62
(4), 256-260. |
|
TEICHER, M.H., GLOD, C. & COLE, J.O. (1990). Emergence
of intense suicidal preoccupation during fluoxetine
treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147,
207-210. |
WALKUP, J. & LABELLARTE, M. (2001). Complications of
SSRI treatment. Journal of Child and Adolescent
Psychopharmacology, 11, 1-4. |
|
MASAND, P., GUPTA, S. & DWAN, M. (1991). Suicidal
ideation related to fluoxetine treatment. New England
Journal of Medecine, 324, 420. |
|
|
BEASLEY, C.M. (1991). Fluoxetine and suicide. British
Medical Journal, 303, 1200. |
TAMAM, L. & OZPOYRAZ, N. (2002). Selective serotonin
reuptake inhibitor discontinuation syndrome : a review. Advances
in Therapy, 19, 17-26. |
|
BEASLEY, C.M., DORNSEIF, B.E., BOSOWORTH, J.C., SAYLER,
M.E., RAMPEY, A.H. & HEILIGENSTEIN, J.H. (1991).
Fluoxetine and suicide : a meta-analysis of controlled
trials of treatment of depression. British Medical
Journal, 304 (3), 685-692 |
HEALY, D. (2003). Lines of evidence on the risks of
suicide with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatic, 72, 71-79. [PDF] |
| |
GARLAND, E.J. (2004). Facing the evidence : Antidepressant
treatment in children and adolescents, CMAJ 170 (2004),
489-491. |
|
SONG, F., FREEMANTLE, N, SHELDON, T.A., HOUSE, A., WATSON,
P., LONG, A. & MASON, J. (1993). Selective serotonin
reuptake inhibitors : Meta-analysis of efficacy and
acceptability. British Medical Journal, 306,
683-687. |
| | |
l
Notre mission : Explorer la nébuleuse Psy !
